Skip to main content

Full text of "Archaeological report"

See other formats


of 


to 


ti    of  Toronto 

by 


G.IU   Armstrong  Esq. 


Vdrio  TVov/iricia\   KuSeu       loronlo 

f  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  (   A.  1888 

V  '  I  5T    \Acl-    ./ 


ANNUAL^  REPORT 


r 

OF    THE 


4  V  i  uu.  X 

CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 


SESSION  1886-87, 


BEING  PART  OF  APPENDIX 


TO   THE 


REPORT  OF  THE  MISTER  Of  EDOMTIO!,  ONTARIO, 


1887. 


PRINTED  BY  WARWICK  &  SONS,  FRONT  ST.  WEST. 

1888. 


I 


, 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL 1 

APPENDIX              I.  Membership 2' 

do                   II.  Treasurer's  Account 3 

do        III.,  IV.  Donations  and  Exchanges 5 

do                   V.  Periodicals   5 

do                  VI.  Classification  of  Papers  read 5 

REPORTS  OF  SECTIONS  OF  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE  :- 

(1)  The  Biological  Section 5 

(2)  The  Architectural  Section 6 

(3)  The  Photographic  Section 6 

(4)  The  Philological  Section 7 

(5)  The  Geological  and  Mining  Section 7 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT 9 

Localities  visited  : — 

York  Township 9 

Tidd's  Island -. 10 

Hay  Island 10 

Beverly  Township 11 

Humberstone  Township 11 

Baby  Property 12 

Nottawasaga  Township 12 

Tuscarora  Reserve ...  13 

Delaware  and  Caradoc  Townships 14 

Information  asked  by  circular 15- 

Methods  of  manufacture 17 

Material  and  Design 17 

Villages  and  Fortifications 17-5& 

Pottery   18 

Clay  Pipes 22 

Stone  Pipes 25 

Breastplates  or  Gorgets,  and  Pendants 3fr 

Ceremonial  Weapons 33 

Totems 36 

S^te  Spear  Heads 38 

Grooved  Axes , 39 

Gouges 40 

Tubes 41 

Beads 42 

Drills 44 

Modes  of  fastening  Flints 44 

Club  Flints 45 

Spade  Flints - 46- 

Mound  Biiilders 47 

Grinding  and  Rubbing  Stones 48 

Shell  Objects 4& 

Bone  and  Horn 50 

Copper 54. 

Modern  Specimens 57" 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  188 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE    COUNCIL    OF   THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE 
SESSION   1886-87,  BEING   PART  OF   APPENDIX    L  OF   THE  REPORT 
OF   THE  MINISTER    OF    EDUCATION    OF    1887.       SEE  PACE  235  OF 
THAT  REPORT. 

The  Council  of  the  Canadian  Institute  has  the  honor  to  lay  before  the  members 
its  thirty-eighth  Annual  Report. 

During  the  past  session  twenty-six  meetings,  including  the  annual  conversazione, 
have  been  held,  at  which  forty-nine  papers  have  been  read,  in  addition  to  twenty-three 
read  at  section  meetings.  This  number  is  largf  ly  in  excess  of  that  of  any  previous  year 
in  the  history  of  the  Institute.  The  character  of  these  communications  is  fully  equal  to 
the  standard  of  previous  years,  and  the  range  of  subjects  (as  shown  in. Appendix  VI.)  is 
unprecedentedly  large.  The  average  attendance  at  the  regular  weekly  meetings  also 
shows  a  considerable  and  steady  increase. 

The  distinguishing  feature  of  the  year  has  been  the  successful  establishment  of  n  -> 
less  than  four  new  sections,  in  addition  to  the  Biological  section,  incorporated  at  the  ei 
of  last  session,  viz.  :  (1)  A  Photographic  section,  (2)  an  Architectural  section,  (3)  fc 
Philological  section  and  (4)  a  Geological  and  Mining  section.  The  creation  of  these 
sections  has  extended  the  benefits  of  the  Institute  to  new  classes  of  the  citizens,  and  has 
been  the  chief  cause  of  the  large  increase  of  membership.  Their  annual  reports,  which 
are  appended,  show  a  gratifying  spirit  of  activity  in  every  branch  of  the  Institute. 

A  further  evidence  of  this  increased  activity  is  seen  in  the  number  of  memorials 
presented  to  the  Provincial  Government,  with  successful  results  in  many  cases,  as  follows  : 
In  February  last  the  Committee  of  Ways  and  Means  waited  on  the  Minister  of  E  loca- 
tion and  urged  him  to  increase  the  annual  grant  to  the  Institute  from  $750  to  $1,5 
general  purposes,  and  to  enable  the  Council  to  give  courses  of  public  lectures  on 
subjects,    especially  in  connection  with   industrial  pursuits.      While  gratefully  a  •';, 
lodging  the  increase  of  the  grant  to  $1,000  for  general  purposes,  the  Council  rec  • 
the  Government  did  not  see  fit  to  comply  with  the  latter  part  of  the  application. 

In  the  same  month  the  Archaeological  Committee  urged  the  Minister  to  p sake  a 
yearly  grant  of  $1,500  for  Archaeological  research  in  Ontario,  and  the  passing  ofl  an  Act 
for  the  protection  of  Archaeological  remains  founded  upon  Sir  John  Lubbock's  "  Ancient 
Monuments  Act  of  1812."  The  Council  again  thankfully  acknowledges  the  libeml  ^rant 
of  $1,000  for  this  purpose,  but  regrets  that  the  heavy  work  falling  upon  the  Minister  this 
session  in  connection  with  educational  matters  should  hare  made  it  impossible  for  him  to 
bring  in  an  Ancient  Monuments  bill,  which  would  have  greatly  enhanced  the  value  of  the 
Act.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  such  an  Act  may  become  law  in  the  next  session  of  the 
Legislature. 

In  March  a  deputation  waited  on  the  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands  to  urge  the 
establishment  of  a  large  park  reserve  in  the  district  of  Nipissing,  for  the  protection  of 
wild  animals  and  of  timber,  and  were  assured  of  the  Minister's  sympathy.  An  Act  for 
the  purpose  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  the  result  of  this  application  in  the  near  future. 

In  April  a  Committee  urged  upon  the  same  Minister  the  propriety  of  some;  improved 
means  of  collecting  information  on  matters  connected  with  the  mining  interests  of  the 
Province,  and  received  assurances  of  co-operation. 

Another  pleasing  feature  of  this  year's  work  is  the  partial  completion  of  the  Museum, 
of  Natural  History  and  Archaeology  in  the  third  story  of  our  building,  which  will,  it  is 
confidently  expected,  enable  the  Council,  for  some  time  at  least,  to  properly  accommodate 
1   (C.I.) 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


collections  and  donations.  In  this  direction  the  Council  desires  to  acknowledge  the 
liberality  of  the  Biological  section  in  guaranteeing  the  interest  for  two  years  on  the  $1,000 
borrowed  for  this  purpose. 

The  Library  has  been  increased  by  the  addition  of  124  volumes  of  bound  exchanges  ; 
but  further  shelf  accommodation  is  urgently  needed. 

While  congratulating  the  Institute  on  the  increase  in  membership,  in  income  and  iu 
activity,  the  Council  feels  that  it  is  necessary  to  impress  upon  the  members  the  fact  that 
the  current  expenses  are  greatly  increased,  especially  in  printing  and  gas,  while  there  is  a 
falling  off  in  the  rentals;  and  also  that,  in  order  properly  to  fulfil  the  objects  for  which 
it  exists,  the  further  extension  of  the  Museum,  and  Library  and  the  completion  of  the 
Building  by  the  erection  of  a  commodious  lecture  hall  is  highly  desirable.  It  there- 
fore urges  upon  the  members  the  necessity  of  supporting  the  present  efforts  of  the  Com 
inittee  of  Ways  and  Means  by  every  means  in  their  power,  by  contributions,  by  presenting 
the  claims  of  the  Institute  to  the  public  in  every  possible  way,  and  by  endeavoring  to 
obtain  new  members. 

During  the  past  year  the  Institute  has  lost  by  death  one  of  its  most  distinguished 
honorary  members,  the  Rev.  John  McCaul,  LL.D.,  late  President  of  University  College, 
ami  President  of  the  Institute  from  1862  to  1864.  The  deceased  was  for  nearly  half  a 
.  ncury  one  of  the  leading  figures  in  social  and  educational  affairs  in  this  city,  arfd  his 
aiticles  on  Roman  Inscriptions  in  the  Canadian  Journal,  which  formed  the  basis  of  his 
great  work  on  that  subject,  had  much  to  do,  not  only  with  the  establishment  of  his  own 
claims  to  be  called  the  first  English  scholar  in  Latin  epigraphy,  but  with  the  high  stand- 
ing attained  in  those  early  years  by  our  journal. 

(Signed)         W.  H.  VANDER  SMISSEN, 

President. 
ALAN  MACDOUGALL, 

Secretary. 


APPENDIX  I. 

Membership. 

Number  of  Members  April  1st,  1886 .    233 

Withdrawals  and  deaths  during  the  year 14 

219 
Elected  during  the  year 71 


Total  members  April  1st,  1887   290 


Compcsed  of  — 

Honorary    Members  ......  ...................  5 

Life  Members  ...............................  j3 

Ordinary  Members  ...........................  272 


Associates  ........................  or\ 


51  Victoria.                  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 

APPENDIX  II. 

Treasurer  in  account  with  the  Canadian  Institute  for  the  year  ending  March  31st,  1887. 
To  Summary — 

"  Balance  on  hand .  .$      63  05 

u  Annual  subscriptions 919  00 

"  Rents 218  00 

"  Government  Grant 750  00 

"  Proceeds,  Wallace  Lectures 107  42 

"  Journals  sold 2929 

"  Periodicals  sold 32  61 

"  Mr.  Sandford  Fleming's  proportion  of  printing 62  41 

"  Interest 2  65 

"  Natural  History  Society,  balance  of  funds 873 

"  Subscriptions  to  bust  of  Dr.  Wilson 25  00 

"  Proceeds  of  note  discounted 300  00 

"  Proceeds  of  Mortgage  due  1892 3,000  00 


),518   16 


By  Summary — 

"  Salaries , $    373  50 

"  Printing  Journal 338  76 

"         "         Miscellaneous 7  50 

"  Binding 124  60 

"  Stationery 32  89 

"  Postage 201   95 

"  Freight  and  express  charges 20  91 

"  Repairs,  stoves 4  80 

"Gas 43  12 

"  Water 24  00 

"  Show  cases  for  specimens 100  00 

"  Advertising 3  00 

"  Periodicals,  1886    120  36 

"             "          1885    60  55 

"  Discount  on  cheque   25 

Consul's  certificate  and  Customs'  expenses 3  50 

Sweeping  chimneys    2  00 

Fuel    109  90 

Painting 104  13 

Interest 194  39 

Mortgage  due  August,  1886 3,411   00 

Taxes 1021 

Bust  of  Dr.  Wilson  . 25  00 

Legal  expenses 25  00 

City  Directory,  1887 3  00 

Repairs  to  building   60  47 

Matting  for  reading-room 26  80 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 

9 

By  Summary — (Continued.) 

"  Housekeeper's  expenses    .  .  $  10  00 

"  Journals  purchased 50 

"  D.  Boyle,  disbursements  and  expenses 20   17 

"  Balance,  Imperial  Bank $50  00 

"          "         Cash  on  hand    6  40 

56  40 

15,518   16 

Examined  and  found  correct. 

(Signed)         T.  B.  BROWNING,  )   A     ,.. 

D.   B.  DICK,  '}  Auditors. 

April  22nd,  1887. 

Building  A  ccoun t. 
1886. 

Dec.   1,  To  Donation,  Natural  History  section $      50  00 

1887. 

Jan.  8,     "    Mortgage  due  1892 1,000  00 

"     Interest..  48 


$1,050  48 

1887. 

Feb.  9,    By  Law  expenses $    12  65 

""    Carpenters'  contract,  Certificate  No.  1 300  00 

Mar.  11,  "  "  "          No.  2 75  00 

"     Balance,  Imperial  Bank 662  83 


$1,050  48 

Examined  and  found  correct. 

(Signed)         T.  B.  BROWNING,  )    A    ,., 

D.  B.  DICK,  }  Audltors' 

22nd  April,  1887. 

Assets. 

Building   ,  $11.500  00 

Warehouse 720  00 

Ground 3,000  00 

Library 5,500  00 

Specimens 1,300  00 

Personal  property    600  00 


122,620  00 

Liabilities. 

Mortgage,  No.  1,  due  1892 $  3,000  00 

No.  2,          »        1,000  00 

Note  discounted 3()0  00 

Balance  in  favour  of  the  Institute 18,320  00 


$22,620  00 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


APPENDIX  III. 

Donations  and  Exchanges. — Books  and  pamphlets  received  from  April  1st,  1886,  to 
April  1st,  1887  :— From  Canada,  190;  United  States,  398;  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
310;  India  and  Australia,  82  ;  all  other  countries,  1,250  ;  total,  2,230. 

Toal  number  received  in  1882-3,  280;  ditto  1883-4,  800;  ditto,  1884-5,  730;  ditto 
1885-6,  1,502;  ditto  1886-7,  2,230. 


APPENDIX  IY. 
The  number  of  Societies  and  Publications  with  which  the  Institute  exchanges  is  341. 


APPENDIX  V. 

To  the  Periodicals  subscribed  for  last  year,  the  following  have  been  added  : — English 
Historical  Review,  Scottish  Review,  Hardwickes  Science,  Gossip,  Science.  There  have  been 
discontinu<  d  : — Btitisli  Quarterly  h'eview,  Brain,  Times  (Weekly),  English  Medicine, 
American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 


APPENDIX  VI. 

Classification  of  Papers  read  by  subjects:  General,  3;  Psychology,  1  ;  Archaeology, 
5 ;  Sociology,  2  ;  Mathematics,  2  ;  Chemistry,  5  ;  Mineralogy  and  Geology,  7  ;  Jurispru- 
dence, 1  ;  Philology,  8  ;  Meteorology,  1  ;  Geographical  Science,  2  ;  Electricity,  1  ; 
Biology.  5  ;  Astronomy,  2  ;  Medicine,  2 ;  Photography,  1  ;  Industrial  Science,  1. 

Read  at  Section  meetings  as  follows  : — Biological  section,  12  ;  Architectural  section, 
3;  Philological  section,  3  ;  total,  72. 


REPORTS  OF  SECTIONS  OF  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE,  1886-7. 
(1)  Report  of  the  Biological  Section  from  June,  1886,  to  April,  1887. 

During  this  period  eighteen  meetings  of  the  Section  have  been  held,  with  an  average 
attendance  of  18 J  (say  19)  members. 

The  Section  has  36  ordinary  members  and  12  associates. 

Twelve  papers  have  been  read  at  the  meetings,  and  nine  short  communications 
received. 

Two  of  the  meetings  were  set  apart  for  microscopical  exhibition  and  discussion, 
under  the  able  conduct  and  superintendence  of  Professor  R.  Ramsay  Wright. 

In  June,  a  branch  of  the  Audubon  Society  was  organized  in  connection  with  this 
Section,  and  Mr.  Hollingworth  was  appointed  local  secretary.  There  are  now  106 
members  in  the  Toronto  branch. 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


In  October,  a  special  vote  of  thanks  was  passed  to  W.  H.  Doel,  J.  P.,  (one  of  our 
members)  for  his  earnest  efforts,  made  during  the  summer,  for  the  protection  of 
insectivorous  birds,  by  fining  all  violators  of  the  law  that  were  brought  before  him. 

During  the  same  month  an  offer  of  the  Section  to  provide  the  interest  for  two  years 
on  a  loan  of  $1,000,  led  the  Council  of  the  Institute  to  decide  on  at  once  fitting  up  the 
attic  of  the  building  as  a  museum,  instead  of  leasing  it  to  the  Art  School.  Since  the 
completion  of  the  new  rooms  the  members  of  the  Section  have  assisted  in  moving  the 
objects  and  cases  from  the  various  places  in  which  they  lay  to  the  top  of  the  building. 

Signed.  J.  B.  WILLIAMS, 

Secretary  of  the  Biological  Section. 


(2)  Report  of  the  Architectural  Section. 

In  compliance  with  the  constitution  of  the  Canadian  Institute,  I  submit  a  summary 
of  the  work  of  the  Architectural  Section. 

This  Section,  consisting  of  five  regular  and  nineteen  associate  members  of  the  Cana- 
dian Institute,  has  held  eleven  meetings  since  its  fomiation,  of  which  the  following  is  a 
list  : — January  10th,  1887. — Discussion  on  what  style  of  Architecture  is  best  adapted  to 
this  country.  January  17th,  1887. —  Discussion  on  the  use  and  abuse  of  the  Romanesque 
style  of  Architecture.  January  24th,  1887. — Paper  on  Foundations,  by  Henry  Steele. 
January  31st,  1887. — Lecture  on  Wood  Floors,  by  S.  G.  Curry.  February  7th,  1887.— 
Paper  on  Style,  by  J.  C.  Horwood.  February  14th,  1887. — Lecture  on  Columns,  by  Alan 
Macdougall.  February  28th,  1887. — Paper  on  Hints  to  Young  Architects,  by  Henry  Lang- 
ley.  March  7th,  1887. — Lecture  on  Arches,  by  W.  L.  Symons.  March  14th,  1887. — 
Paper  on  the  Doric  Temple  in  its  Religious  and  Artistic  aspects.,  by  J.  W.  Gray.  March 
21st,  18rt7. — Receiving  the  Judges'  report  on,  and  discussing  the  competitive  drawings. 
March  28,  1887. — Paper  on  Masonry,  by  A.  F.  Wickson. 

Signed.  J.  P.  HYNES, 

TORONTO,  March  30th,  1887.  Secretary. 


(3)  Report  of  the  Photographic  Section. 

Report  of  the  working  of  the  Photographic  Section  of  the  Institute  during  the  past 
three  months. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Section  for  the  purpose  of  organization,  election  of  officers, 
etc.,  took  place  on  the  evening  of  February  23rd,  1887,  when  the  following  were  elected  : — 
Chairman,  Mr.  H.  Neilson  ;  Vice-Chairman,  Mr.  R.  Ewing ;  Secretary -Treasurer,  Mr.  A. 
Gaunt;  Executive  Committee,  Mr.  E.  R.  Parkhurst,  Mr.  C.  F.  Wagner,  Mr.  W.  W.  Fox, 
Mr.  W.  A.  Forbes,  Mr.  F.  D.  Manchee. 

The  number  of  members  now  on  the  rolls  is  28  ;  associates,  5  ;  total,  33. 

Meetings  for  the  transaction  of  business,  etc.,  have  taken  place  on  the  first  Tuesday 
in  each  month,  but  so  far  no  papers  have  been  read. 

The  first  exhibition  of  the  Section  took  place  in  the  Library  of  the  Institute  on  April 
12th,  and  13th,  and  was  very  successful,  considering  the  short  time  given  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  pictures. 

Signed.  ARTHUR  GAUNT, 

TORONTO,  May  4th,  1887.  Secretary. 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


(4)  Report  of  the  Philological  Section. 

1.  The  first  meeting  of  the  Section  was  held  on  March  15th,  1887,  when  the  follow- 
ing officers  were  elected  : — 

Chairman,  Rev.  J.  F.  McCurdy,  Ph.D.  ;  Vice  Chairman,  D.  R.  Keys,  B.A. ;  Secretary, 
Geo.  E.  Shaw,  B.A. ;  Committee,  J.  Squair,  B.A.,  M.  L.  Rouse,  J.  Cunningham  Dunlop, 
M.A.,  J.  H.  Cameron,  B.A.,  W.  H.  Vander  Smissen,  M.A.,  W.  H.  Huston,  M.A. 

2.  The  first  two  meetings  were  held  on  Saturday  afternoon  (March  5th  and  12th),  at 
16  o'clock,  all  the  subsequent  ones  on  alternate  Mondays,  beginning  March  28th,  1887. 

3.  The  Section  has  18  members. 

4.  The  following  papers  have  been  read  before  the  Section  : — (1)   "How  we  Speak," 
by  A.  Hamilton,  M.D.      (2)  "The  Science  of  Language  in  Popular  Education,"  by  Rev. 
J.  F.  McCurdy,  Ph.D.     (3)  "  Umbrian  Inscriptions,"  by  Rev.  Neil  McNish,  D.D.,  LL.D. 
All  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

Signed.  GEORGE  E.  SHAW, 

Secretary. 


(5)  Report  of  the  Geological  and  Mining  Section. 

1  have  the  honor  to  report  that,  proceeding  under  authority  conferred  by  the 
Canadian  Institute,  a  meeting  of  members  was  held  on  the  20th  April,  ult.,  when  a 
Geological  and  Mining  Section  was  duly  organized;  and  that  at  an  adjourned  meeting  on 
30th  April  regulations  and  by-laws  were  adopted,  which  have  since  been  approved  by  the 
Council  of  the  Institute;  and  that  the  following  officers  have  been  elected  for  the 
incoming  year  : — 

W.  Hamilton  Merritt,  Chairman  ;  Alexander  McNabb,  Vice  Chairman  ;  Archibald 
Blue,  Secretary ;  George  T.  B.  Ives,  Assistant  Curator ;  Messrs.  Boyle,  Dobson,  Notraan, 
Phipps,  and  Dr.  Bryce,  Executive  Committee. 

The  first  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  Section  was  held  on  Thursday  evening,  5th 
inst.,  at  which  the  Chairman  gave  his  inaugural  address. 

The  Section  is  composed  of  15  members. 

Signed.  A.  BLUE, 

TORONTO,  May  7th,  1887.  Secretary. 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


ARCH^LOGICAL  REPORT. 


To  the  President  and  Council  of  the  Canadian  Institute  : — 

GENTLEMEN, — I  have  much  pleasure  in  presenting  you  with  the  following  report  of 
work  done  in  the  Archaeological  field  during  the  past  season — work  which  it  would  have 
been  impossible  to  perform  but  for  the  aid  rendered  to  the  Institute  by  the  Provincial 
Legislature  at  its  last  session. 

As  this  is  thejirst. report  of  the^kjn^prepared  under  the  auspices  of  our  society,  we 
are  warranted  in  hoping  tnat  its  appearance  will  tend  to  arouse  a  more  general  interest  in 
the  subject.  The  brief,  illustrated  descriptions  that  follow,  of  a  few  typical  specimens  in 
our  cases,  may  induce  farmers  and  others  to  preserve  for  safe  keeping  in  the  Provincial 
Archaeological  Museum,  which  we  have  established,  many  such  scientifically  valuable 
objects  as  have,  too  often,  hitherto  been  lightly  esteemed,  or  neglected  and  lost. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be. 

Yours  respectfully, 

DAVID  BOYLE, 
TORONTO,  Dec.  20th,  1887.  Curator. 


As  soon  as  the  season  was  well  enough  advanced  to  make  digging  possible,  April  30, 
I  visited  lot  2,  con.  1,  township  of  York,  within  sight  of  Toronto.  As  many  interesting 
relics  had  been  picked  up  in  this  neighborhood,  it  seemed  a  promising  place  in  which  to 
begin  operations. 

On  the  rear  of  this  lot,  which  is  part  of  the  Jackes' estate,  is  a  mound,  evidently 
of  artificial  formation,  although  the  only  indications  that  remnin  are  disturbed  soil  and 
considerable  quantities  of  charcoal  and  ashes.  The  situation  is  high  and  dry,  and  the  trees 
close  to  the  mound  are  comparatively  young. 

The  discovery,  of  two  or  three  fragments  of  what  appeared  to  be  corn-cobs  suggested 
the  probability  of  this  earth-heap  having  been  employed  by  the  Indians  as  a  cache  or 
deposit  for  maize. 

The  whole  of  the  surrounding  country  abounds  in  traces  of  various  aboriginal  manu- 
factures— flint  chips,  broken  pottery  and  bone  implements — and  the  Museum  of  the 
Institute  contains  many  fine  specimens  from  the  same  neighborhood,  presented  by  Mr.  B. 
Jackes,  of  Toronto,  Mr.  J.  Long,  of  Lansing,  and  Miss  Marshall,  teacher  of  the  school 
section  in  which  the  property  is  situated. 

On  the  llth  of  May,  I  proceeded  to  Tidd's  Island,  in  the  River  St. Lawrence,  opposite 
Gananoque,  for  the  purpose  of  opening  a  mound  on  the  property  of  Messrs.  Louis  Bedard 
and  Lawrence  O'Neil,  these  gentlemen  having  kindly  granted  permission  to  the  Institute 
not  only  to  excavate,  but  to  appropriate  anything  that  might  be  found. 

The  island  itself  lies  within  a  mile  of  Gananoque,  is  about  half  a  mile  in  length,  and 
from  one-eighth  to  one-fourth  of  a  mile  wide.  Its  longer  axis  corresponds  with  the  course 
of  the  river,  and  the  mound  in  question  is  near  the  eastern  extremity,  but  on  the  south 
side. 

With  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Bedard  and  two  French-Canadian  laborers,  a  trench  was 
dug  from  the  margin  to  the  centre  of  the  elevation,  but  with  the  exception  of  a  few  flint- 

9 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


Hakes  and  some  charcoal  near  the  surface,  everything  went  to  show  that  the  mound  was 
one  of  natural  formation,  the  strata  of  fine  and  coarse  sand  reposing  on  each  other  undis- 
turbedly. 

A  little  to  the  north  and  east  of  this  elevation  was  another,  on  the  north  side  of 
which  I  observed  a  promising  depression.  On  examination  this  mound  proved  to 
contain  human  remains  in  a  very  fragmentary  condition.  The  only  other  relics  were 
a  rudely  formed  pipe-stern  of  clay  and  a  piece  of  brown  stone,  irregularly  quadrangular  in 
form,  and  showing  that  it  had  been  used  for  rubbing  or  polishing  purposes.  One  corner 
of  this  stone  was  coated  with  oxide  of  iron,  giving  rise  to  a  fear  that  traces  of  European 
presence  would  come  to  light ;  but  this,  I  am  glad  to  say,  was  dispelled  by  the  turning 
out  of  a  small  piece  of  hematite,  which  had  probably  been  used  as  a  pigment,  and  which, 
no  doubt,  was  accountable  for  the  rust  upon  the  stone. 

Openings  made  in  other  parts  of  the  mound  yielded  nothing  further. 

The  most  westerly  portion  of  Tidd's  Island  is  owned  by  Mr.  C.  A.  See,  and  has 
been  laid  out  by  him  as  a  summer  resort,  known  as  Tremont  Park.  Almost  midway 
between  the  northern  and  southern  shores  and  about  three  hundred  feet  from  the 
western  point,  was  a  circular  mound  forty  feet  in  diameter,  and  from  four  to  five  feet  in 
height  at  the  crown.  Mr.  See  broke  into  the  mound  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
building  material,  and  thus  accidently  came  upon  human  remains  and  flint  implements. 

From  Mr.  See's  account  there  would  seem  to  have  been  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
skeletons  within  the  mound,  and  these  were  arranged  as  if  radiating  from  the  centre, 
with  the  heads  outward  and  not  far  from  the  circumference.  Placed  over  the  bones,  and 
especially  about  the  head,  were  several  large,  flat  stones,  near  to  which  were  found  the 
implements  of  flint. 

From  my  own  observation  it  was  evident  that  the  bodies  had  simply  been  deposited 
upon  the  ground,  and  earth  from  around  the  place  collected  to  cover  them  to  the  depth 
already  mentioned,  and  this  mode  of  sepulture  was  in  all  probability  due  to  the  extreme 
difficulty  of  digging  beyond  the  vegetable  mould,  as  the  sub-soil  at  the  depth  of  only  a 
few  inches  consists  of  a  very  compact  and  tenacious  clay. 

In  the  centre  of  the  mound  a  large  quantity  of  ashes  was  found,  and  at  the  distance 
of  three  or  four  feet  south-east  was  a  simple  structure  about  a  yard  in  length,  consisting 
of  flat  stones  set  on  edge  in  two  rows  and  covered  with  other  stones,  as  Mr.  See  said, 
"like  a  drain. " 

With  kind  permission  from  the  proprietor,  I  had  a  somewhat  careful  examination 
made  of  such  portions  of  this  mound  as  had  not  been  disturbed,  and  I  succeeded  in 
procuring  several  enormous  flint  implements  similar  to  those  already  found  by  Mr.  See. 
I  was  also  abundantly  rewarded  by  finding  a  number  of  native-copper  beads— in  one 
instance  they  were  still  adherent  to  the  hide  or  skin  they  had  been  employed  to 
ornament. 

Mr.  See  having  presented  the  largest  and  best  pieces  of  his  "find"  to  the  Institute, 
our  cases  now  contain  (including  those  found  by  myself)  from  this  mound  ten  spear-like 
implements,  mostly  of  great  size— some  of  them  upwards  of  9  in.  long  and  half  as  wide; 
one  awl-like  tool,  two  conical  pendants  (slate),  two  other  perforated  stones,  a  number  of 
copper  beads,  and  a  copper  axe. 

A  brief  visit  to  Hay  Island,  half  a  mile  south-west  of  Tidd's,  enabled  me  to  procure 
from  Mr.  De  Witta,  the  proprietor,  a  fair  specimen  of  celt,  and  a  promise  to  preserve  for 
the  Institute  all  further  "finds." 

There  is  little  reason  to  doubt  tha,t  these  islands  lie  in  what  was  a  well-travelled 
route  across  our  great  river  by  the  ferocious  members  of  that  remarkable  confederation 
in  connection  with  whom,  indeed,  for  long  time  the  St.  Lawrence  was  known  as  The 
River  of  the  Iroquois.  The  valley  of  the  Gananoque  leads  into  the  very  heart  of  a 
country  remarkable  for  the  number  of  its  lakes— a  country  the  superior  of  which  it  would 
be  diffi.-ult  to  imagine  for  hunting  and  fishing  purposes,  and  one  that  was  undoubtedly 
visited  annually  at  least,  by  the  warriors  of  the  Six  Nations 

Thanks  are  due  to  Messrs.  W.  T.  K.  Smellie,  B.A.,  Head  Master  of  Gananoque 
High  School,  Paterson,  his  assistant,  L.  Bedard,  L.  O'Neil  and  C.  A.  See,  for  the 

10 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


many  courtesies  extended   by  them  to   the  representative  of  the  Institute,   and   more 
especially  to  the  last  named  gentleman  for  his  donation  of  specimens. 

On  the  20th  May,  accompanied  by  Mr.  Jas.  Bain,  Jr.,  City  Librarian-in-Chief,  and 
A.  Cox,  A.R.C.A.,  I  visited  the  Township  of  Beverly,  in  response  to  an  invitation  from 
Mr.  Wallace  McDonald,  Clerk  of  the  Township.  The  object  of  this  visit  was  to  examine 
the  site  of  an  old  palisaded  fort,  or  encampment,  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Wm.  Gilbert,  lot 
26,  con.  8. 

M?1.  McDonald  remembers  distinctly  being  able  to  trace  a  circular  series  of  post  holes 
in  the  field  when  cleared,  upwards  of  .  40  years  ago.  Not  only  were  they  apparent  on 
account  of  the  decayed  wood  they  contained,  but  they  became  disagreeably  noticeable  on 
account  of  the  frequent  stumblings  they  caused  to  ploughing  teams. 

Mr.  McDonald  had  preceded  us  to  the  ground  and  planted  flags  as  nearly  as  possible 
to  correspond  with  the  outline  of  the  enclosure.  The  accuracy  of  Mr.  McDonald's 
memory  was  proven  by  the  fact  that  after  having  had  a  portion  of  the  marked  ground 
ploughed  from  side  to  side,  and  the  loose  earth  carefully  removed  with  spades,  we  found 
unmistakable  evidences  of  the  old  palisades.  Only  a  few  decayed  fragments  of  wood 
were  found,  but  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  posts  were  pine ;  and  the  discoloration  of  the 
oarth  caused  by  the  subsidence  of  the  vegetable  mould  into  the  old  cavities  in  the 
lighter  colored  sub-soil,  indicated  that  the  stakes  had  been  from  four  to  six  inches  in 
diameter,  and  about  the  same  distance  apart.  The  enclosed  space  was  almost  circular, 
being  180  yards  in  diameter  from  east  to  west,  and  140  yards  from  north  to  south. 

As  we  were  assured  by  Mr.  McDonald  that  not  fewer  than  300  iron  tomahawks  had 
been  ploughed  up  in  the  same  field,  the  probability  is  that  the  enclosure  was  of  early 
French  origin. 

The  enclosure  was  on  a  plateau  about  12  feet  above  the  level  of  a  small  stream  a 
short  distance  to  the  west,  and  nearly  forty  yards  from  a  pool  on  the  east,  the  situation 
and  surroundings  of  which  are  so  peculiar  as  to  suggest  human  design  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  embankments,  although  our  excavations,  made  to  the  depth  of  fully  six  feet,  failed 
to  afford  any  proof  to  that  effect. 

Your  representatives  were  deeply  indebted  to  Mr.  Jos.  A.  Smith,  Public  School 
Inspector  of  Wentworth  County,  for  the  valuable  assistance  rendered  to  them  in  various 
ways  during  their  visit — to  Mr.  McDonald,  for  his  active  sympathy  and  intelligent 
co  operation — to  Mrs.  Gilbert  and  the  Messrs.  Gilbert,  proprietors  of  the  farm,  and  to 
Miss  Robertson,  teacher,  for  the  extension  of  many  courtesies. 

The  9th  and  10th  of  June  I  spent  in  the  Township  of  Humberstone,  a  few  miles 
east  of  Port  Colborne,  where,  from  information  furnished  me  by  Miss  Emma  Crosson, 
teacher,  I  was  led  to  understand  that  an  ossuary  had  been  discovered  a  short  time 
previously.  The  same  young  lady  also  presented  the  Institute  with  three  well-preserved 
skulls  from  the  burial  place  in  question. 

I  was  fortunate  enough  to  become  acquainted  with  Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearsse,  of 
Sherkston,  himself  an  enthusiastic  amateur  in  Archaeology,  and  he  kindly  accompanied 
me  to  the  spot  in  question,  within  a  short  distance  of  the  Lake  Erie  shore. 

The  ossuary  was  found  to  occupy  a  position  almost  in  the  centre  of  a  piece  of  low 
lying  ground,  about  ten  acres  in  extent,  and  nearly  surrounded  by  a  ridge  of  sand  hills 
from  20  to  30  feet  high. 

Owing  to  the  promiscuous  way  in  which  the  bones  lay,  it  was  well  nigh  impossible 
to  estimate  hew  many  skeletons  had  been  deposited,  but  the  number  was  probably  not 
far  from  fifty.  Notwithstanding  the  Indian  mode  of  burial,  many  of  the  skulls  seem  to 
be  those  of  whites,  but  until  proper  measurements  have  been  made  nothing  on  this 
point  can  be  stated  with  certainty. 

I  was  informed  that  a  fine  stone  pipe  had  been  taken  from  near  the  margin  of  the 
pit,  and  was  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Carroll,  of  Buffalo,  whose  men  are  here  engaged  in 
shipping  sand  to  that  city. 

The  low  situation  of  this  ossuary,  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  such  heights  a 
the  aborigines  usually  selected  for  places  of  permanent  sepulture  would,  of  itself,  Ptiffic 
to  raise  doubts  as  to  the  work  having  been  of  purely  Indian  origin.  I  am  of  opinion 

11 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


that  much  may  yet  be  learned  from  an  examination  of  the  surrounding  sand  hills,  and 
hope,  next  season,  with  the  permission  of  Mr.  Carroll,  to  spend  a  few  days  in  exploring 
them  somewhat  thoroughly. 

Heaps  of  flint  flakes  occur  frequently  along  the  lake  shore,  and  highly  finished  stone 
implements  of  various  kinds  are  often  found  on  farms  in  the  vicinity.  From  Mr. 
C.  Bearsse  I  procured  a  vessel  of  clay  (Fig.  7),  an  exceedingly  fine  stone  gouge,  and  a 
number  of  other  articles.  From  Mr.  Wilson,  a  neighbor  of  his,  and  nearer  the  lake 
shore,  I  received  a  peculiarly  formed  spade-like  specimen,  the  use  of  which  it  is  not  easy 
to  divine.—  (Fig  40  ) 

The  Institute  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Bearsse  for  much  valuable  assistance  on  this 
occasion. 

Within  easy  distance  of  Toronto  is  the  Village  of  Lambton  Mills,  on  the  River 
Humber.  This  locality  has  long  been  noted  as  one  rich  in  Indian  relics.  An  old  trail 
to  Lake  Simcoe  and  the  Georgian  Bay  followed  the  valley  of  this  river  for  a  good  many 
miles,  and  hero  mid  there  throughout  its  course  are  found  indications  of  the  old  encamp- 
ments and  potteries. 

A  little  south  of  Lambton  Mills,  on  the  Baby  Estate,  there  must  have  been  at  one 
time  a  considerable  Indian  population  of  as  stationary  a  character  as  it  was  possible  for 
the  nature  and  habits  of  the  aborigines  to  permit. 

On  the  summit  of  a  club-shaped  plateau,  having  an  area  of  about  ten  acres,  and 
bein»  fully  one  hundred  feet  above  the  bed  of  the  ETumber,  a  number  of  native  burial 
pits  have  been  opened  at  various  times,  and  much  valuable  material  taken  from  them.  It 
is  quite  certain  that  when  this  portion  of  the  farm  is  freed  from  underbrush  further 
interesting  discoveries  will  be  made. 

On  the  flats  to  the  south  of  this  elevation,  and  facing  the  Baby  residence,  Mr.  Ray- 
mond Baby  pointed  out  a  camping  ground,  or  village  site,  as  indicated  by  remains  still 
turned  up  by  the  plough,  and  I  am  quite  sure  that  inspection  of  the  corresponding  flats 
to  the  north  would  reveal  even  more  numerous  proofs  of  old  time  habitation. 

As  somewhat  akin  to  our  subject,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  Messrs.  Baby  have  in 
their  possession  a  deed  of  gift  of  land  in  and  about  Detroit,  made  to  their  grandfather  by 
the  Pottawatamie  Indians  in  the  year  1780  and  attested  by  "  A.  S.  De  Peyster,  Major, 
King's  Regiment,"  the  officer  then  commanding  the  British  troops  in  the  town ;  but 
to  us  the  most  interesting  fact  connected  with  this  document  is  that  it  bears  the  totem 
signatures  of  the  several  chiefs  who  represented  the  tribes  concerned. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  R.  Baby  did  everything  possible  to  further  the  views  of  the  Institute, 
and  expressed  their  intention  to  give  our  Society  due  notice  of  any  local  archa3ological 
developments. 

Mr.  Jas.  Bain,  Treasurer  of  the  Institute,  accompanied  me  on  June  29th  to  the 
Township  of  Nottawasaga.  Here  we  spent  four  days  in  visiting  and  examining  various 
village  sites  and  ossuaries  that  want  of  time  had  prevented  being  done  on  a  previous 
occasion — last  year. 

Apart  from  historic  knowledge  there  is  abundant  evidence  that  this  was  at  one  time 
a  populous  Indian  section.  On  many  of  the  principal  elevations  are  found  the  old  pit- 
graves  or  ossuaries  so  characteristic  of  our  Indian  sepulture,  and  the  higher  lands 
contiguous  to  the  streams  afford  ample  proof  of  former  encampments  and  village  sites. 

The  people  (of  the  Tobacco  Nation)  who  occupied  this  portion  of  the  country  appear 
to  have  devoted  themselves  in  a  large  measure  to  manufacturing  clay  pots,  pipes,  bone 
implements  and  beads  for  trading  purposes  with  other  tribes  less  ingenious,  or  more 
nomadic,  who  would  willingly  exchange  the  result  of  the  chase  for  coveted  articles  of 
utility  or  ornament. 

We  were  particularly  fortunate  in  finding  on  the  north  half  of  lot  13,  concession  7, 
the  property  of  Mr.  Robert  Lougheed,  a  number  of  exceedingly  valuable  specimens  of  shell 
and  of  red  stone  on  which  some  work  has  been  expended  preparatory  to  the  making  of  beads. 
These  pieces  are  of  especial  value  as  indicating  to  us  the  laborious  methods  adopted  to 
produce  symmetrical  forms  from  rough  and  obdurate  material.  Further  reference  will  be 
made  to  this  subject  in  the  sequel. 

12 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  188 


Excavations  made  in  a  few  ossuaries  did   not  yield   many  relics,  as  in  nearly  ever, 
case  openings  had  been  made  previously  by  the  settlers,  either  out  of  mere  curiosity  or  foi 
the  purpose  of  securing  the  copper  or  brass  kettles  that  are  so  frequently  found  in  graves* 
of  post- French  date. 

On  the  farm  of  Mr.  Ed.  Beecroft,  lot  19,  concession  8,  an  ossuary  was  opened  a 
a  number  of  years  ago,  in  which  it  was  estimated  that  not  fewer  than  1,000  bodies  had 
been  deposited. 

From  Mrs.  Beecrofb  we  obtained  an  exceedingly  peculiar  object  formed  of  catlinite 
(see  fig.  27).  The  arrangement  of  the  holes  suggests  its  use  as  a  pipe,  but  I  arn  unable  to 
convince  myself  that  this  oddly  formed  piece  of  workmanship  did  not  serve  some  other 
purpose.  It  was  taken  from  the  ossuary  already  mentioned  on  the  property  about  forty 
years,  and  had  been  in  possession  of  Mrs.  Beecroft  the  whole  of  that  time.  Iron 
tomahawks  bearing  the  French  stamp  are  plentiful  in  the  township. 

From  Mrs.  Adam,  of  Creemore,  and  from  Mr.  Rt.  Lougheed,  Mr.  John  Hannah  and 
Mr.  Jas.  Connor,   of  Glen   Huron,   we  received   a  number  of  good  specimens.        Special  ~ 
thanks  are  also  due  to   Masters   Herbert  and  Theophilus  Connor,  sons  of  the  last-named 
gentleman,  for  a  donation  of  one  stone  pipe  and  three  clay  ones,  all  bearing  good  imita- 
tions of  human  faces. 

The  Institute  was  formerly  indebted  to  Mr.  Lougheed  for  a  great  many  relics  that 
had  been  collected  by  himself  and  sons  on  the  farm  for  a  number  of  years. 

Wm.  Smith,  Esq.,  and  Mrs.  Smith,   of   Smithdale,    were  particularly  obliging  to  the  I 
representatives  of  the  Institute,  and  did  all  in  their  power  to  make  our  visit  both  pleasant 
and  profitable. 

In  July  I  paid  a  brief  visit  to  the  Tuscarora  Reserve  in  the  County  of  Brant. 

On  application  to  Col.  J.  T.  Gilkison,  Indian  Superintendent  and  Commissioner,  that 
gentleman  kindly  permitted  Chief  Smith  (De-ka-nen-ra-neh),  his  assistant,  to  accompvrrf 
us  to  the  reserve,  and  to  act  as  interpreter.  Mr.  Thos.  Whitehead,  a  public  school 
teacher  from  Sheffield,  England,  formed  ono  of  our  party. 

Having  driven  to  the  farm  of  Chief  Bucke  (Ska-na-wa-tih),  about  twelve  miles  south- 
west of  the  City  of  Brantford,  the  presence  of  the  assistant  superintendent  secured  for  us 
a  hearty  welcome  from  the  aged  "  Fire- Keeper  "  and  two  of  his  companions,  all  of  whom 
were  pagans  and  members  of  the  Mohawk  tribe. 

Ska-na-wa-tih,  as  "  Fire-Keeper  "  of  the  tribe,  has  entrusted  to  his  care  the  wampum 
belts  which  fell  to  the  share  of  the  Mohawks  when  they  abandoned  thoir  ancient  hunting 
grounds  in  New  York  and  separated  from  the  other  tribes  that  formed  the  remarkable  con- 
federacy so  well  known  in  the  history  of  our  continent  as  "  The  Six  Nations,"  to  settle  on 
the  banks  of  the  Grand  River,  under  the  protection  of  the  old  flag. 

On  the  announcement  of  our  object  by  Chief  Smith,  Ska,-na-wa-tih  immediately 
consented  to  display  his  archives  and  give  us  their  ex.pl anat ion. 

Amid  a  clump  of  fruit-trees,  not  far  from  his  log-house,  the  old  chief  having  spread 
a  white  sheet  on  the  ground,  we  seated  ourselves  on  the  grass  and  listened  eagerly  t>  his 
recital,  as  interpreted  by  Mr.  Smith,  of  the  various  compacts  and  treaties  formed  between 
different  Indian  tribes,  and  between  Whites  and  Indians,  as  recorded  by  the  arrangement 
of  the  beads  or  wampum  woven  into  belts. 

Full  particulars  relating  to  these  extremely  interesting  "documents"  may  be  learned 
by  reference  to   Hale's   "  Iroquois   Book  of   Rites,"   where  the   reader  will  gather  much- 
more  information  than  he  could  from  the  Indians  themselves. 

Nothing  could  exceed  the  courtesy  of  assistant  superintendent,  Chief  Smith,  wh 
exerted  himself  to  the  utmost  to  forward  the  aims  of  the  Institute. 

Early  in  October  I  examined  what,  from  its  surroundings  and  the  regularity  of  its 
form,  was  supposed  by  the  people  in  the  neighborhood  to  be  a  mound,  on  a  farm  near  the 
village  of  Troy,  in  the  township  of  Beverly. 

The  first  view  of  the  situation  was  enough  to  throw  extreme  d-mbt  upon  the  proba 
bility  of  the  earth-heap  in  question  being    a  genuine  "  mound,"   and   closer  examination 
enabled  me  to  conclude  that  not  Archaeology   but   Geology  must   answer   the   question:^ 
How  came  this  elevation  here  1 

13 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  ^.1888 

.  _  

Owing  to  a  rain,  that  lasted  during  the  greater  part  of  my  stay  in  this  locality,  little 
could  be  done  in  the  way  of  digging.  Without  any  doubt,  this  township  is  well  worthy 
of  a  thorough  examination,  notwithstanding  the  immense  quantities  of  material  that  have 
already  been  taken  from  it  to  the  cases  of  the  most  celebrated  museums  in  Europe  and 
America. 

Our  collection  is  even  now  under  deep  obligations  to  Messrs.   McDonald,  Dwyer, 
Rae,  McKnight,  McQueen  and  others  for  specimens  presented  on  frequent  occasions  since 
hajnstitute  undertook  the  work  of  investigation  in  this  direction. 

Should  opportunity  serve  next  season,  I  think  it  would  be  well  to  make  an  exhaus- 
tive survey  of  the  whole  township  and  of  some  adjacent  townships,  as  that  section  of 
country  is  extremely  interesting  from  an  historical  as  well  as  from  an  archaeological 
point  of  view. 

Before  leaving  the  township  on  this  occasion  I  was  enabled  to  procure  from  Mr.  W. 
umphrey  a  remaikably  fine  copper  chisel.  It  was  found  on  Mr.  Humphrey's  farm, 
ot  6,  con.  2,  and  is  one  of  the  finest  specimens  in  our  somewhat  meagre  collection  of  copper 
implements. 

Mr.  E.  Clement  rendered  valuable  service  by  way  of  furnishing  information  and 
affording  facilities  to  reach  some  out-of-the-way  places. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  same  month  I  took  the  opportunity  of  visiting  Komoka  from 
the  neighborhood  of  which  we  last  year  received  about  seventy  flint  weapons  found  on  the 
farm  of  Mr.  Arthur  Seabrook.  Here,  as  in  many  other  pla  -es,  the  bluffs  along  the  river 
banks  afford  many  evidences  of  aboriginal  life.  In  the  townships  of  Delaware  and 
Caradoc  large  numbers  of  Indian  relics  have  been  found.  As  in  Beverly  and  some  other 
localities,  there  is  here  plenty  of  encouragement  to  make  a  detailed  examination  of  the 
whole  ground. 

At  Strathroy  I  had  the  pleasure  of  examining  the  collection  of  Mr.  Jos.  \V.  Stewart. 
This  gentleman  has  been  an  enthusiastic  collector  for  several  years,  and  his  occupation 
having  afforded  him  opportunities  to  travel  over  much  of  the  Province,  he  was  enabled 
(with  the  exercise  of  judgment  and  good  taste)  to  form  a  cabinet  of  nearly  six  hundred 
specimens,  nearly  all  of  which  are  among  the  best  of  their  kind  procurable. 

On  representing  to  Mr.  Stewart  the  claims  of  the  Canadian  Institute  to  be  made  the 
repository  of  so  many  fine  specimens,  he  ultimately  consented  to  part  with  them,  an- 1 
they  now  form  a  valuable  addition  to  our  museum.  Further  reference  will  be  made  to 
some  of  these  relics  in  what  follows. 

The  thanks  of  the  Institute  are  due  to  Mr.  Joseph  S.  Carson,  Public  School  Inspector 
of  West  Middlesex,  for  the  assistance  he  rendered  to  your  representative  on  the  occasion 
of  this  visit. 

Although  where  there  is  so  much  to  be  done,  I  have  accomplished  less  than  I  could 
wish,  still  a  good  beginning  has  been  made  and  a  great  deal  of  valuable  information  has 
been  gleaned  for  future  use. 

By  means  of  exploration,  donation  and  purchase,  upwards  of  eight  hundred  speci- 
mens have  been  added  to  our  collection  during  the  year. 

Of  course,  but  for  the  small  appropriation  made  by  the  Provincial  Legislature  last 
session,  it  would  have  been  absolutely  impossible  to  do  even  the  little  that  has  been 
clone  ;  ami  it  must  be  gratifying  to  know  that  at  least  a  beginning  has  been  made  by  war 
of  providing  the  future  student  of  history,  ethnology  and  archaeology  with  a  store  of 
material  and  facts  relating  to  our  own  province  that  will  be  available  for  reference  in  the 
chief  centre  of  our  educational  institutions. 

It  is  extremely  desirable  that  there  should  be  prepared  a  map  of  the  province,  show- 
ins  the  state  of  our  knowledge  with  regard  to  aboriginal  settlements,  battle-grounds, 
favored  places  for  the  making  of  pottery,  flint  and  other  stone  implements,  bone  needles, 
awls  and  hooks,  stone  and  shell  beads,  (wampum)  etc. 

This  imp  should  also  show  all  the  principal  trails  and  portages  connecting  our 
northern  and  southern  waters,  and  as  many  of  the  minor  routes  as  possible.  In  a  large 
number  of  localities  nearly  every  trace  of  these  has  been  obliterated  in  the  process  of 

14 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


settlement,  but  there  are  still  living,  pioneers  who  have  a  distinct  enough  recollection  of 
the  old  paths.  In  other  instances,  the  trails  remain  clearly  traceable,  and  a  record  of 
them  should  be  made  at  once. 

It  is  also  desirable  that  as  full  a  list  as  possible  should  be  made  of  all  Indian  topo- 
graphical .names,  with  their  significations.  In  too  many  instances  these  have  been 
displaced  either  by  local  vulgarities  or  by  European  anomalies. 

These  original  Indian  names  would,  as  a  matter  of  course,  find  a  place  on  the  map 
referred  to. 

In  connection  with  the  circular  issued  by  the  Institute  at  the  beginning  of  the  year, 
it  may  be  stated  that  a  large  amount  of  important  information  has  been  procured  from 
various  parts  of  the  country  in  response  to  the  request  for  donations,  as  well  as  in  reply 
to  the  following  queries  : — 

1.  Is  there  any  mound,  tumulus,  or  intrenchment  in  your  neighborhood  ? 

2.  Are  there  any  elevations   which,    from  their   regularity  or  for  any  other  reason, 
suggest  an  artificial  origin  ? 

3.  What  are  the  dimensions  and  area  of  these  from  actual  measurement  ?     If  possible, 
give  a  plan  with  sections. 

4.  What  are  the  physical  features  of  the  situation  and  vicinity  1 

5.  'Are  there  any   evidences  of  the  place  having  been    surrounded    with  posts  or 
pickets  1 

6.  Are  there  still,  or  were  there  before  "  clearing,"  trees  of  large  size  within  the  area 
of  the  work  1     If  so,  state  kind  and  size,  also  number  of  annual  growth-rings  on  largnst 
stump. 

7.  Are  stone  or  bone  weapons  of  any  kind,  or  fragments  of  pottery  ploughed  up  in 
the  neighborhood  1 

8.  Have  any  copper  implements  of  native  manufacture  been  discovered  1     What  I 

9.  Have  any  iron  or  copper  articles  been  found  indicating  intercourse  with  Europeans? 
What? 

10.  Are  there  any  local  names  of   Indian  orgin  in  your  township  or  neighborhood  ? 
If  so,  kindly  make  a  list  of  them,  indicating  their  correct  pronunciation,  stating  their 
meaning,  and  the  local  or  traditionary  circumstances  from  which  they  originate. 

11.  Names  of  Township  and  County,  and  numbers  of  lot  and  concession  in  which 
any  mound  ossuary,  intrenchment,  old  village  site,  or  battle-ground  exists. 

12.  Name  of  any  local  collector  of  Indian  relics,  or  of  any  persons  who  are  interested 
in  Canadian  Archaeology. 

As  a  rule,  farmers  and  others  having  in  their  possession  single  or  several  specimens, 
willingly  present  them  for  the  purpose  of  being  placed  in  a  public  collection,  but,  as 
might  naturally  be  expected,  amateur  collectors  are  very  loath  to  part  with  their 
"  treasures." 

The  publicity  which  has  been  given  to  the  project  of  the  Institute,  owing  to  the  dis- 
tribution of  its  circulars,  and  the  friendly  notices  that  have  appeared  in  many  newspapers, 
will,  to  a  very  considerable  extent,  prevent  mercenary  transactions  in  Indian  relics  for 
disposal  beyond  the  province,  and  there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  many  of  the  private- 
collections  just  referred  to  will  ultimately,  by  presentation  or  purchase,  form  a  part  of 
the  Provincial  Museum. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  following  brief  references  to  a  few  of  the  typic.l  specimens  in. 
our  cases  will  not  only  aid  in  arousing  more  general  interest  in  the  subject,  but  ma\ 
enable  many  of  our  young  people  either  to  collect  for  themselves  more  intelligently,  or 
simply  to  preserve  from  utter  loss  such  objects  as  have  hitherto  not  been  deemeil 
to  possess  any  scientific  value. 


15 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


Although  it  is  a  little  more  than  three  hundred  and  fifty  years  since  Canada  became 
known  to  Europeans,  and  considerably  less  than  that  since  the  greater  portion  of  this 
province  afforded  homes  to  pioneer  settlers  from  the  Old  World,  our  knowledge  of 
aboriginal  life-history  here,  is,  in  many  respects,  surprisingly  deficient. 

From  living  descendants  of  the  old  race  nothing  satisfactory  can  be  gleaned.  The 
traditions  they  possess,  and  which  are  mainly  fabulous  as  a  matter  of  course,  contain 
little  or  nothing  that  affords  any  clue  either  as  to  the  manner  in  which  their  ornaments, 
utensils  and  implements  were  produced,  or  the  uses  to  which  many  of  these  articles  were 
put.  Neither  do  we  gather  as  much  as  is  desirable  on  these  points  from  the  writings  of 
those  who  had  good  opportunities  to  examine  and  describe  during  the  early  periods  of 
European  settlement. 

With  regard,  therefore,  to  objects  that  compose  almost  every  archaeological  collection 
worthy  of  the  name,  it  may  be  said  of  many  that,  whether  as  to  the  processes  by  which 
they  were  fashioned,  or  as  to  their  ultimate  applications  in  savage  economy,  we  are  almost 
totally  ignorant. 

Aboriginal  relics  may  be  conveniently  classified  thus  :  — 

1st.  Those  of  which  we  know  the  mode  of  production  and  their  uses,  e.  g.,  arrow 
heads. 

2nd.  Those  of  which  we  know  the  mode  of  production,  but  are  uncertain  -as  to  the 
use,  e.  g.,  so-called  breast-plates,  and  banner  stones. 

3rd.  Those  of  which  we  know  the  use,  but  not  the  mode  of  production,  e.  g.,  certain 
kinds  of  finely  drilled  beads. 

4th.   Those  of  which  we  know  absolutely  nothing. 

European  aboriginal  relics  are  classified  as  palaeolithic  or  neolithic,  according  to  their 
degree  of  finish,  the  latter  being  of  more  recent  origin  and  of  superior  workmanship. 
In  this  country,  however,  no  such  distinction  can  be  made,  for  we  find  the  rude  and  the 
more  elaborate  forms  in  various  degrees  of  finish,  in  such  circumstances  as  to  indicate 
that  all  were  made  and  used  by  the  same  people  contemporaneously. 

Many  of  the  more  elaborately  formed  and  highly  finished  were,  no  doubt,  for 
ceremonial,  or,  as  we  would  say,  for  holiday  use,  the  material  and  construction  precluding 
any  belief  that  economic  utility  was  a  consideration  with  the  makers. 

Again,  many  of  the  weapons  we  agree  to  call  by  specific  names  were,  in  all 
probability,  applied  to  a  variety  of  uses.  Just  as  the  the  dexterous  backwoodsman  finds 
in  his  trusty  jack-knife  a  chisel,  a  spoke-shave,  a  scraper,  a  bit  or  gimlet,  and  even  a  saw, 
the  Indian  had  in  his  spear  or  arrow-head  that  which  would  serve  a  variety  of  purposes. 
With  the  same  weapon  that  slew  his  prey,  he  cculd  skin  the  animal  and  cut  it  up.  For 
excising  a  scalp,  cutting  thongs,  severing  a  twig,  smoothing  handles  or  boring  holes,  his 
flint  weapon  would  answer  admirably. 

A  weapon  found  in  considerable  abundance  is  known  as  a  "  skinning  knife."  No 
doubt  the  article  in  question  may  have  been  employed  in  the  manner  indicated  by  this 
name,  but  it  is  quite  certain  that  the  main  purpose  of  such  instruments  was  warlike. 
They  were  chiefly  used  as  tomahawks,  or  battle-axes,  having  been  attached  to  handles  by 
means  of  sinews  or  thongs.  They  are  invariably  made  decreasing  slightly  in  size  from 
the  edge  to  the  head,  so  that  when  bound  to  a  handle  every  blow  administered  would  tend 
to  tighten  their  hold.  Occasionally  these  are  found  of  exquisite  finish,  being  perfectly 
symmetrical  and  highly  polished. 

It  seems  to  be  very  evident  that  certain  persons  in  each  tribe  devoted  their  time  in 
great  measure  to  the  manufacture  of  implements  which  they  no  doubt  gladly  exchanged 
with  others  possessing  less  mechanical  ability  for  the  results  of  the  chase,  but  we  have  no 
means  of  ascertaining  the  comparative  values  placed  upon  the  various  articles. 

To  the  women,  in  all  likelihood,  was  allotted  the  making  of  earthen  vessels,  fragments 
of  which  are  of  such  frequent  occurrence  here  and  there  all  over  the  Province,  and  it 
must  be  acknowledged  that  they  evinced  considerable  taste  in  modelling  and  ornamenting 
i  heir  pottery.  Unlike  the  process  of  building  in  a  coil,  as  employed  by  some  of  the  more 

16 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


southern  tribes,  the  natives  of  this-  country  appear  to  have  shaped  their  vessels  from  the 
clay  in  lump  form,  tempering  the  material  either  with  powdered  shells  or  with  stones  of 
granitic  formation,  calcined  and  finely  pounded.  Wherever  the  latter  material  has  been 
employed  particles  of  mica  are  distinguishable  on  the  surface.  In  outline  and 
ornamentation  many  of  the  vessels  in  question  prove  very  clearly  that  the  ancient  red- 
man  had  an  eye  for  the  beautiful.  Unfortunately,  whole  specimens  of  pottery  are  seldom 
found  unless  in  the  form  of  pipes,  but  the  fragments  frequently  enable  us  to  arrive 
at  a  pretty  correct  idea  of  the  size,  outline  and  appearance  of  the  Indian  potter's 
handiwork. 

It  is  probable  that  the  men  fashioned  their  own  pipes  in  material  of  whatever  kind, 
and  one  cannot  help  admiring  the  taste  that  is  often  displayed,  as  well  as  the  fertility  of 
resource  in  the  adaptation  of  animal  and  other  forms  to  the  intended  purpose. 

Presumably,  also,  most  of  the  other  objects  requiring  peculiar  mechanical  skill  were 
produced  by  the  male  members  of  the  tribe,  although  there  is  little  doubt  that  many 
operations,  such  as  the  preparing  of  skins,  the  weaving  of  mats  and  baskets,  and  the 
making  of  moccasins  and  other  articles  of  clothing,  devolved  mainly  on  the  women.  As 
dyers,  too,  the  women  were  expert  in  the  production  of  brilliant  colours  from  the  many 
vegetable  juices  found  in  the  virgin  forest. 

In  material,  shape  or  design  there  is  little  or  nothing  to  distinguish  the  work  of  one 
tribe  or  nation  from  that  of  another,  except  in  the  case  of  nations  that  are  separated  by 
long  distances.  The  widely  flared  or  trumpet-mouthed  pipe-head  would  seem  to  have 
been  a  favourite  Huron  form,  but  it  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the  territory  that  was 
occupied  by  that  people.  In  all  the  chief  characteristics  of  aboriginal  life,  judging  from 
relics  now  brought  to  light,  there  would  appear  to  have  been  scarcely  any  difference 
among  the  tribes  that  inhabited  this  portion  of  Canada. 

The  principal  materials  employed  by  the  Indians  in  the  production  of  utensils,  tools, 
weapons  and  ornaments  were  clay,  shells,  flint,  quartzite,  slate,  steatite,  blood-stone  or 
•catlinite,  bone,  horn  and  (rarely)  copper. 

Not  only  are  all  the  implements  and  utensils  similarly  fashioned  and  from  the  same 
kinds  of  material,  but  we  find  that  wherever  it  was  possible  the  crown  of  some  bluff  near 
a  stream  was  selected  as  camping  ground,  and  in  like  manner  the  highest  ground  was 
preferred  for  purposes  of  interment. 

It  frequently  happens  that  the  number  and  arrangement  of  ash-heaps  in  a  field 
enable  us  to  form  a  fair  estimate  not  only  as  to  the  number  of  "  lodges  "  that  composed  a 
village,  but  as  to  the  number  of  "  fires  "  or  families  in  each  lodge. 

In  a  field  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Robert  Lougheed,  near  Glen  Huron  station,  in  the 
Township  of  Nottawasaga,  the  extent  of  a  village  is  thus  plainly  discernible  and  indicates 
the  former  existence  on  the  site  of  about  fifty  lodges,  each  affording  shelter  to  from  three 
to  seven  families.  An  examination  of  this  field  by  Mr.  Lougheed's  family,  and  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Institute,  was  the  means  of  adding  upwards  of  one  hundred  excellent  specimens 
to  our  cabinets. 

In  a  few  places  there  seem  to  have  been  attempts  made  at  fortification  by  means  of 
earthworks  and  palisades,  but  it  is  difficult  to  determine  how  far  these  means  of  defence 
may  or  may  not  be  due  to  European  influence,  as  in  almost  every  instance  where  evidences 
of  such  structures  exist,  there  are  found  iron  tomahawks,  brass  kettles,  glass  beads  and 
other  indications  of  the  white  man's  presence. 

Yours  respectfully, 

DAVID  BOYLE. 


2  (c.i.)  17 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Paper:;  (No.  7), 


A. 1888 


POTTERY. 

From  clay,  tempered  with  powdered  shells  or  granite,  weie  formed  vessels  for 
cooking  purposes  or  for  holding  water.  These  are  seldom  found  entire,  but  from  the 
fragments  that  are  picked  up,  it  is  evident  that  utensils  of  this  kind  were  sometimes 
upwards  of  a  foot  in  diameter  and  about  as  deep.  Some  appear  to  have  been  moulded 
and  baked  within  rudely  woven  basket-work — others  show  no  sign  of  having  been  formed 
in  this  way,  but  are,  on  the  contrary,  graceful  in  form  and  tastefully  ornamented  with 
patterns  usually  made  up  of  straight  lines  and  dots. 


FIG.  1.   (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  1  shows  plain   lining,  but    is  remarkable  us  forming  almost  right  angles  on   the 
side  and  edge. 


FIG.  2.  (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  2  shows  a  peculiarly  symmetrical  arrangement  of  elliptical  depressions  within 
a  triangular  panel.  This  arrangement  of  markings  is  very  peculiar,  but,  unfortunately, 
the  cut  does  not  show  it  at  all  clearly. 


18 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


w 

FIG.  3.    (Full  Size.) 

Figs.  3  and  4  exhibit  what  may  be  regarded  as  common  styles  of  marking,  but> 
in  Figs.  5  and  6  there  is  a  very  noticeable  variation.  The  holes  shown  at  the  top  of  Fig. 
5  do  not  penetrate  the  pottery.  They  have  b<  en  made  with  a  blunt-pointed  instrument 


FIG.  4.    (Full  Size.) 

from  the  inside  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  corresponding  bosses,  or  swellings,  on  the- 
outside,  as  at  Fig.  6.  Both  pieces  are  fragments  of  the  same  vessel,  and  were  presented 
by  Mr.  George  Laidlaw,  of  "  The  Fort,"  having  been  found  by  him  near  Balsam  Lake. 


FIG.  5.    (Full  Size.) 

19 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  6.  (Full  Size.; 


In  every  instance  the  clay  vessels  are  round  bottomed,  and  this  seems  the  more 
singular  in  the  case  of  those  that  are  formed,  as  is  supposed,  without  the  aid  of  any 
enclosing  wicker. 


FIG.  7.  (iSize.)* 

Fig.  7  is  an  almost  perfect,  but  somewhat  rudely-formed  clay  pot,  from  the  Erie 
shore  east  of  Port  Colborne,  where  it  was  found,  projecting  from  a  sandbank,  by  Mr. 
Cyrenius  Bearsse. 

*  "  J  size  "  means  that  the  cut  is  only  half  as  long  and  half  as  wide  as  the  object.      "1-16"  one-fourth 
as  long  and  one-fourth  as  wide. 

20 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  8.  (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  8,  though  less  in  size,  is  more  elegantly  formed,  and  shows  more  taste  in 
its  ornamentation.  It  was  found  in  an  ossuary  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  James  Dwyer, 
Beverly — a  former  habitat  of  the  Neuters.  From  the  same  place  we  have  been  able  at 
various  times,  by  the  generosity  of  the  proprietor,  to  add  many  fine  specimens^  to  our 
collection. 


FIG.  9.  (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  9  is  a  coarsely  formed  specimen  of  the  potter  s  art  from  Beverly.  It  may 
have  been  used  as  a  spoon,  but  more  probably  was  a  child's  plaything.  Pipes  and  other 
articles  are  sometimes  found  of  such  diminutive  size  as  to  preclude  the  belief  that  they 
were  made  for  any  other  purpose  than  that  of  toys.  In  a  few  cases,  perhaps,  they  were 
used  as  articles  of  adornment,  and  this  seems  the  more  likely  when  we  find  them 
perforated  as  if  for  suspension. 

Our  collection  is  very  weak  in  this  department,  and  particular  attention  should  be 
devoted  to  the  securing  of  good,  perfect  specimens  of  the  potter's  handiwork. 

Of  clay  pipes  we  have  been  successful  in  procuring  a  fair  variety,  but  many  of 
them  are  the  property  of  the  York  Pioneers,  and  are  merely  in  the  temporary  keeping 
of  the  Institute. 

21 


Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


CLAY  PIPES. 

On  this  class  of  workmanship  the  Indian  has  employed  his  best  talents  as  a  mechanic 
and  an  artist.  As  mentioned  elsewhere,  the  flared,  flanged  or  trumpet-mouthed  form  was 
in  considerable  repute,  but  the  adaptations  of  design  to  human  and  lower  animal  forms 
•are  frequently  very  ingenious  and  sometimes  amusing. 


FIG.  10.  (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  10  may  be  taken  as  a  typical  illustration  of  what,  from  the  frequency  of  its 
appearance  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Georgian  Bay,  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  "The 
Huron  JPipe,"  although  many  of  them  have  a  sharper  and  longer  outward  curve,  giving 
the  mouth  a  broad,  flattened  look. 

The  specimen  figured  is  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  James  Eae,  Beverly  township,  a 
considerable  distance  from  the  ground  occupied  by  the  Hurons. 


FIG.  11.  (Full  Size.) 

In   Fig.    11    we    have   the    flared  mouth  modified  in  such  a  manner  as   to  give  the 
outside  a  quadrangular  form.      The    lower  part  of   the   bowl  is  relieved   by  means  of 

22 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


four  ribs,  that  give  it  the  appearance  of  a  square,  whose  angles  correspond  with  the 
sides  that  form  tthe  mouth.  This  is  a  very  unusual  combination  of  design.  Our 
collection  contains  a  few  other  specimens.  Both  are  from  the  Lougheed  farm,  township 
of  Nottawasaga.  Some  pipes  of  this  shape  have  been  found  at  Lake  Medad,  near 
Waterdown. 


FIG.  12.  (Full  Size.) 

From  t  the  same  ground  we  have  Fig.  12,  of  very  graceful  design  ;  the  open  mouth 
of  the  snake  forming  the  bowl  of  the  pipe.  Unfortunately,  the  stem  is  broken,  but  it 
was  probably  not  more  than  an  inch  or  two  longer  when  complete. 


FIG.  13.     (Full  Si  it-.) 


In  Fig.  13  it  has  been  the  evident  intention  of  the  aboriginal  artificer  to  produce 
the  semblance  of  an  owl.  The  stem  is  lost,  and  the  beak  has  been  destroyed,  but  enough 
remains  to  prove  that  the  old  pipe-maker  who  fashioned  this  bowl  was  an  excellent 
mechanic.  Not  only  is  the  general  conception  of  the  head  very  good,  but  the  high  finish 
is  remarkable.  Locality,  Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasaga. 

The  heads  of  other  animals  were  also  used  as  models  for  imitation  in  pipe-making, 
and  our  collection  contains  many  forms,  but  the  human  face  seems  to  have  been  a  prime* 
favorite  everywhere. 

When  the  head  of  such  an  animal  as  the  wolf,  for  example,  is  imitated  in  connection 
with  pipe-bowls,  it  is  usually  as  an  appendage  to  the  inside  edge,  or  edge  next  the  month 
of  the  smoker  when  the  pipe  is  in  use.  The  neck  rises  from  this  edge,  and  the  head  faces 
ste  inwards. 

23 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


As  a  rule,  the  human  face  was  made  to  form  the  front  side  of  the  bowl,  as  in  the  case 
of  our  own  similarly  ornamental  pipes. 


FIG.  14.     (Full  size.) 

In  Fig.  14  we  have  a  very  rare  combination — a  face  looking  each  way.  This  pipe 
was  part  of  Mr.  Stewart's  collection.  It  is  of  close  texture,  well  baked  and  of  superior 
finish. 

Many  of  the  clay  pipes  appear  to  have  been  fractured  in  the  process  of  burning, 
and,  consequently,  have  never  been  used.  Fi^.  14  is  perfectly  free  from  discoloration. 

Besides  forming  pipes  from  clay  in  a  plastic  condition,  there  is  evidence  that 
another  method  was  employed.  The  clay  was  burned  occasionally  in  a  solid  lump, 
bearing  the  general  form  of  the  finished  article,  and  the  holes  for  bowl  and  stem 
were  bored  subsequently.  Specimens  of  this  kind  are  of  more  frequent  occurrence 
near  the  extreme  west  of  the  province  than  elsewhere,  and  in  a  few  private  collections 
are  the  burned,  but  unbored  and  crudely  shaped  blocks. 


FIG.  15.     (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  15  is  a  fragment  of  a  pipe  remarkable  for  the  delicacy  of  its  lining  and  the 
thinness  of  the  piece.  In  texture  and  finish  it  is  the  best  in  our  collection.  Locality, 
Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasa^  i. 

24 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


STONE    PIPES. 

It  might  be  difficult  to  state  authoritatively  whether  in  the  development  of 
Indian  mechanical  ingenuity,  the  clay  or  the  stone  pipe  had  precedence.  For  many  reasons 
it  would  seem  that  stone  had  the  superior  claim  to  this  distinction,  notwithstanding  the 
enormous  amount  of  labor  that  was  necessary  to  fashion  them  with  such  primitive 
appliances  as  the  aborigines  had  at  command.  Contrary  to  what  might  be  supposed  in 
working  such  matrial,  the  outline  was  completed  before  the  boring  was  begun. 


FIG.  16.     (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  16  is  an  exceedingly  ancient  form.  The  material  is  very  hard,  and  only 
part  of  the  boring  has  been  done.  Both  in  bowl  and  stem  the  holes,  each  about  half  an 
inch  deep,  are  conical  at  the  base.  From  Mr.  Stewart's  collection.  Locality,  Brantford. 


FIG.  17.     (Full  Size.) 


Of  the  same  type,  but  much  more  gracefully  formed,  is  Fig.  17.  The  bowl  is 
perfectly  round  and  relieved  by  a  neatly  cut  groove  near  the  top,  so  as  to  form  a  bead 
round  the  lip.  The  stem  and  shorter  opposite  projection  are  rounded  on  the  upper 
side.  Both  here  and  in  Fig.  16  the  under  sides  are  flat.  This  pipe  is  formed  of  steatite 
or  soapstone,  an  easily  wrought  material. 

25 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7), 


A.  1888 


FIG.  18.     (Full  Size.) 


Tn  this  pipe  (Fig.  18.)  we  have  something  like  the  modern  form.  As  is  fre- 
quently the  case,  however,  the  hole  in  the  bowl  is  exceedingly  small :  so  small  as  to 
suggest  that  the  article  itself  was  more  for  ornament  than  use. 


This  seems  to  be  unmistakably  the  case  in  Fig.  19,  in 
which  the  aperture  is  smaller  still,  and  at  each  corner  of  the 
extremely  flattened  Astern  is  a  hole  for  suspension  from  a 
string.  The  holes  'show  marks  of  wear.  Both  pipes  are 
quite  black,  and  are  of  steatite.  Locality  unknown. 


FIG.  19.     (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  20.     (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  21.     (Full  Size.) 


We  have  a  somewhat  singular  variation  from  Indian  methods  in  Fig.  20,  the  bowl 
and  short  stem  being  six-sided.  Locality,  Beverly  township. 

Even  in  stone  we  find  an  attempt  made  to  imitate  the  "human  form  divine."  Fig. 
21,  from  Mr.  MaKnight's  farm,  Beverly,  is  of  white  marble,  slightly  discolored.  It  is 
roughly  four-sided,  and,  although  stemless,  is  complete,  there  being  a  hole  bored  at  the 
back  to  communicate  with  the  bowl. 

Such  heads  are  not  uncommon,  and  many  of  them  have  a  suspension  hole, 
generally  at  the  lower  end.  Such  a  hole  is  to  be  found  in  this  specimen,  although  not 
shown  in  the  cut,  as  it  passes  from  right  to  left  behind  the  chin. 

The  features  are  in  very   low  relief,  the  no^e 

26 


being  almost  flat. 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  22.     (Full  Size.) 

A  more  pretentious  attempt  at  sculpture  has  been  made  in  Fig.  22.  The  broken 
end  would  indicate  that  there  had  been  originally  material  to  form  a  stem,  but  the  piece 
having  become  detached  before  the  pipe  was  finished,  a  hole  has  been  bored  at  the  back  of 
the  neck  for  the  insertion  of  a  wooden  tube.  Through  the  lips  of  the  bowl  and  at  the 
base  of  the  neck  three  other  holes  have  been  made — it  is  hard  to  say  for  what  purpose. 

The  forms  of  pipe  are  almost  infinite  in  variety,  and  the  ancient  people  clung 
with  greater  tenacity  to  pipes  of  their  own  make  than  to  anything  else,  after  communi- 
cation with  the  Whites  enabled  them  to  procure  what  they  were  quick  enough  to  per- 
ceive were  superior  articles. 


FIG.  23.    (Full  Size. 


The  influence  of  European  contact  is  plainly  seen  in  Fig.  23,  not  only  so  far 
as  the  shape  is  concerned,  but  in  the  character  of  the  finish,  which  shows  the  employment 
of  better  tools  than  those  formerly  available.  But  this  is  further  evidenced  from  the 
appearance  of  the  square  and  compasses  which  are  plainly  enough  seen  on  the  front 
side  of  the  squared  central  portion,  unless,  indeed,  we  accept  this  as  a  proof  that  the 
"  mystic  art  "  was  not  unknown  in  the  lodges  of  the  aborigines  !  An  enthusiast  in  this 
kind  of  lore  might  be  curious  in  any  case  to  ascertain  in  what  "degree"  the  pipe 
had  been  made,  but  the  nature  of  the  markings  are  not  such  as  to  make  the  position 
of  the  "  points  "  quite  clear. 

27 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  26.     (Full  Size,  stem  half  length.) 

The  natives  of  the  Pacific  Coast  attained  to  high  excellence  in  rude  sculpture. 
Many  of  their  pipes  are  marvels  of  ingenuity  and  much  more  complicated  in  design  than 
Fig.  26,  of  which  only  half  the  stem  is  shown.  This  specimen  is  of  jet  black  material. 
The  stem  is  cylindrical,  but  the  head  is  a  compressed  oval,  the  greater  axis  being  from 
front  to  back.  The  exact  locality  is  unknown,  as  this  specimen  is  part  of  the  York 
Pioneers'  collection,  and  scarcely  any  article  in  it  can  be  located. 


FIG.  27.     (About  three  -fourths  Size.) 

Fig.  27  is  a  remarkably  odd  pipe,  if  pipe  it  be,  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  Ed.  Beecroft, 
lot  19,  concession  8,  Nottawasaga.  It  is  made  of  bloodstone  or  catlinite.  It  is  perfectly 
symmetrical  in  form.  The  broad  side  is  little  more  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in 

28 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


thickness.  The  back  consists  of  a  strong  square-sided  rib  (the  wide  end  of  which  is 
shown  in  the  engraving)  of  the  same  depth  or  thickness  all  along,  but  having  its  two 
sides  converge  almost  to  a  point  at  the  lower  end.  It  was  found  in  the  ossuary  already 
mentioned,  in  which  a  very  large  number  of  bodies  were  found  upwards  of  forty  years 
ago,  ori  Mr.  Beecroft's  farm. 


FIG.  28.     (Full  Size.) 


One  of  the  most  remarkable  relics  ever  found  in  this  country  is  that  shown  in  Fig.  28. 
It  was  presented  to  the  Institute  by  Mr.  Findlay  McCallum,  of  Milton,  in  the  county 
of  Halton,  and  was  found  by  him  on  his  farm  there. 

Notwithstanding  the  length  of  the  nose,  the  resemblance  of  the  head  to  that  of  a 
monkey  is  very  striking.  The  length  of  the  tail  also  adds  force  to  the  belief  that  the 
animal  named  was  intended  to  be  represented,  although  the  engraving  does  not  bring  this 
out  very  clearly.  This  appendage  is  made  to  form  the  front  of  the  pipe,  being  turned 
up  until  it  meets  the  neck,  when  it  curves  downwards  for  a  short  distance  on 
«ach  side.  The  feet,  or  hands  and  feet,  are  carved  as  if  grasping  the  tail  in  this 
position.  The  hole  forming  the  bowl  is  bored  downwards  from  the  shoulders  and  meets  a 
smaller  aperture  at  a  right  angle  to  it  near  the  base,  for  the  insertion  of  a  stem.  On  each 
side  of  the  pipe  are  six  cavities — five  on  the  body  and  one  on  the  tail.  On  the  base  and 
front  of  the  tail  (as  curved  upwards)  there  are  other  six ;  on  the  top  of  the  head  are 
five  more,  and  at  the  back,  between  the  two  holes,  there  is  another,  but  much  shallower 
hollow.  The  eye  holes  are  deeply  bored. 

Two  small  holes  have  been  made  to  imitate  nostrils,  and  the  lower  side  of  the 
under  jaw  has  been  carefully  worked  to  show  the  anatomical  arrangement  of  the 
bones. 

The  surface  of  the  pipe  is  black,  whether  from  usage  or  by  the  application  of  a 
pigment  it  is  hard  to  say,  but  the  material  itself  is  a  light  grey,  very  soft  and  porous, 

29 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No. 


A.  1888 


and  quite  unlike  anything  in  the  geological  formations  of  this  province.     Under  a   mag- 
nifying glass  small  nutallic  looking  specks  appear,  but  they  are  probably  micaceous. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  the  specimen  found  its  way  from  more  southern  latitudes, 
along  with  the  shells  brought  hither  for  the  making  of  wampum. 


FIG.  29.     (Full  Size. ) 

The  only  interesting  feature  about  Fig.  29  is  that  it  was  found  in  a  veritable 
mound  on  the  property  of  Mr.  C.  A.  See,  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island,  Gananoque, 
along  with  a  number  of  other  extremely  interesting  and  valuable  relics. 

It  is  part  of  a  pipe  bowl  made  from  freestone.  It  is  simple  in  design,  the 
pattern  consisting  merely  of  a  few  diagonal  lines. 


BREASTPLATES  OR  GORGETS,  AND  PENDANTS. 


FIG.  30.     (£Size.) 


FIG.  31.     (iSize.) 


There  is  perhaps  no  other  class  of  Indian  relics  regarding  which  there  is  so  much 
diversity  of  opinion  as  in  relation  to  such  as  those  figured  from  30  to  38. 

They  are  usually  formed  of  a  light,  greyish  blue  slate,  from  one-fourth  to  half  an 
inch  at  the  thickest,  and  thinned  off  at  the  edges. 

30 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  32.     (JSue.) 


As  may  be  seen  from  the  cuts,  they  vary  in  shape,  in  size,  and  in  the  number^ 
as  well  as  the  arrangement  of  holes,  with  at  least  one  of  which  they  are  always 
found  perforated,  although  the  greatest  number  have  two.  They  are  found  all 
over  the  province  (wherever  other  relics  appear),  and  every  collector  ttias  one  or  more 
specimens. 


I'm.  33. 


Size.) 


Theories  as  to  their  use  are  nearly  as  numerous  as  the  writers  who  have  referred  to- 
them,  and  these  are  not  few.  They  have  been  described  as  gorgets,  or  breast-plates,  by 
those  who  consider  them  to  have  been  purely  ornamental.  From  this  point  of  view 
the  holes  would  be  merely  for  suspension,  and,  although  it  is  true  that  many  have  holes 
showing  signs  of  wear,  there  are  probably  just  as  many  that  do  not.  Besides,  the  wear 
may  be  accounted  for  otherwise,  as  for  example,  by  those  who  entertain  the  belief 
that  the  articles  in  question  were  used  for  the  purpose  of  rounding  thongs  and  sinews  for 
bow-strings,  fishing-lines,  etc. 


FIG.  34.    (iSize.) 


FIG.  35.    (i  Size.) 


It  has  also  been  held  that  they  were  worn  on  the   crown  of  the  head,  as  a  means  of 
attachment  for  feathers,  porcupine  quills  and  other  gauds. 

31 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


They  may  have  been  employed  in  some  way  for  netting  or  weaving,  or  were,  perhaps, 
simply  regarded  as  charms. 


FIG.  36. 


Size.) 


FIG.  37. 


FIG.  38.     (£  Size.) 


In  some  instances  the  holes  are  bored  straight  through  (Figs.  34  and  37),  but 
generally  they  .are  oblique,  as  in  Figs.  30,  31,  32,  33,  and  36. 

The  smallest  of  these  tablets,  Fig.  35,  is  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  George  Strangways, 
near  Elora.  The  others  are  from  various  places  east,  west,  and  north  of  Toronto. 


FIG.  39.    (4  Size.) 


Differing  somewhat  from  these  is  Fig.  39.  This  beautiful  specimen  is  almost 
symmetrical,  and  is  richly  banded  with  lines  of  deeper  color  than  the  ground.  It  is 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  thick  in  every  part,  including  the  edges,  which  merely  have  the 
corners  slightly  rounded.  It  was  found  near  Jarvis,  in  the  county  of  Norfolk,  and 
formed  part  of  Mr.  Stewart's  collection. 


FIG.  40.    (iSize.) 

This  spade-like  object,  Fig.  40.  was  procured   from  Mr.  Wilson,    near  Sherkston, 
a  few  miles  from  Port  Colborne,  in  the  township  of   Hum.berstone.     At .  both  interior 

32 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


angles  there  are  considerable  signs  of  wear,  but  not  much  about  the  hole.     The  material 
is  also  light  blue  slate,   with   irregular    spar-like   veins. 


Fig.    41   is  of 
greenish-blue  slate. 


FIG.  41.     (iSize.) 

a   remarkably  elegant  form,   very  thin,    and  of  beautifully   veined 
It  was  found  near  Gait. 


FIG.  42.    (4  Size.) 

Fig.  42  is  peculiar  in  its  being  hollowed  throughout  the  greater  portion  of  its  length, 
as  shown  in  the  cut.  Regarding  the  hollowed  surface  as  the  top  of  the  specimen,  the 
bottom  is  an  inch  and  a  quarter  deep  at  the  middle,  from  which  it  tapers 
to  both  ends  until  it  is  only  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 
The  piece  may  be  described  as  being  of  canoe  shape.  The  inevitable  holes 
with  which  it  is  pierced  show  slight  signs  of  wear. 

If  used  simply  as  an  ornament,  parallels  are  not  wanting  for  such 
an  application  among  ourselves,  for  jewellry  is  frequently  made  in  imita- 
tion of  snow-shoes,  toboggans,  anchors,  horse-shoes,  etc. 

Of  similar  material,  but  totally  different  as  to  form  and  finish,  are 
two  pieces  from  the  Tidd's  Island  mound.  One  of  these  is  shown  at 
Fig.  43.  The  under  side  is  flat,  the  side  shown  in  the  cut  is  ridged, 
being  three-eighths  of  an  inch  thick  in  the  middle  and  sloping  sharply 
to  the  edges.  They  were  probably  used  as  ornamental  pendants,  and 
worn  either  round  the  neck  or  the  waist,  although  scarcely  any  signs  of 
wear  are  observed  about  the  hol<  s. 
FIG.  43.  Size. 


CEREMONIAL  WEAPONS. 

An  easy  way  of  accounting  for  the  probable  use  of  mysteriously  formed  archaeological 
objects  is  to  state  in  general  terms  that  in  all  probability  they  were  used  for  ceremonial 
purposes.  There  is,  however,  a  class  of  these,  gracefully  modelled,  highly  finished,  and 
of  comparatively  fragile  material,  that  seem,  without  any  doubt,  to  have  been  employed 
by  the  Indians  only  upon  "high"  occasions,  e.  g.,  their  various  dances,  celebrations  of 
victory,  and  tribal  pow-wows. 

In  nearly  every  case  the  objects  in  question  are  symmetrical,  or  nearly  so,  and  are 
perforated  in  the  centre  as  if  for  the  reception  of  a  handle  or  staff,  which,  from  the 
size  of  the  hole,  must  have  been  too  slender  to  prove  effective  for  offensive  or  defensive 
purposes. 

3  (c.i.)  33 


Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


.  1888 


FIG.  44.     (i  Size.) 


FIG.  45. 


Size.' 


Figs.  44  and  45  are  of  the  simplest  form,  the  transverse  section  being  perfectly  round. 
In  Fig.  44  the  side  view  is  given,  and  the  hole,  only  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in 
-diameter,  is  not  shown. 

Fig.  45  is  a  much  heavier  weapon.  The  proportionately  small  hole  is  shown  on  the 
upper  side. 

Stone  heads  of  similar  form  are  in  common  use  among  the  Indians  of  the  North- 
West  ;  but,  instead  of  the  hole,  a  groove  is  cut  round  the  middle,  about  which  is  bound 
u  strip  of  "  Shaganappi "  or  raw-hide  for  the  purpose  of  fastening  the  weapon  to 
the  handle. 


FIGS.  4G  and  47.     ({  Sizy.) 


Figs  46  (from  Plympton)  and  47  (from  Zone  Township)  show  what  was  a  favourite 
form.  They  are  suggestive  of  buffalo-horns,  and  we  know  that  the  supposed  originals 
were  frequently  employed  as  an  ornamental  head  dress.  The  material  is  a  beautifully 
marked  slate  in  both  cases,  and  the  knobbed  ends  probably  served  as  means  of  attachment 
for  scalps,  feathers,  or  trophies  of  any  kind  that  might  thus  be  displayed  when  carried 
aloft  by  the  happy  possessor  in  the  indulgence  of  his  orgies.  These  formed  part  of  Mr. 
Stewart's  collection. 

34 


Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIGS.  48  and  49.    ({  Size.) 

shapes  are  not  uncommon.  Fig.  48  (from  Wingham)  has  some  resemblance  to 
the  seed  of  the  maple  ;  but  Fig.  49  (from  lake  shore,  Norfolk)  appears  to  be  quite  fanciful, 
as  indeed  are  most  of  these  "  ceremonial  "  objects. 


FIG.  50.     (£Size.) 

Fig.  50  ((from  Port  Perry)  has  been  originally  almost  square  ;  but,  one  corner 
having  been  broken,  subsequent  rubbing  down  has  again  produced  a  sharp  edge. 

Such  evidences  of  repair  are  not  unfrequent.  Articles  that  have  been  made  for  one 
purpose  have,  in  some  instances,  been  modified,  on  account  of  breakage,  so  as  to  be  suit- 
able for  another  use. 


FIG.  51.     (4  Size.) 

For  comparative  purposes.  Fig.  51  is  here  introduced.  It  represents  a  so-called 
<l  banner-stone "  found  in  an  Ohio  mound  ;  and  one  cannot  fail  to  be  struck  by  the 
similarity  of  design  and  workmanship  when  compared  with  those  of  Indian  origin  in  our 
own  and  other  collections. 

35 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


It  is  not  unlikely  that  sufficient  proof  will  soon  be  forthcoming  to  show  us  very 
clearly  that  the  Mound-Builder  race  theory  is  foundationless,  and  that  all  the  highly 
imaginative  speculations  relating  to  an  exterminated  people  have  no  good  ground  on 
which  to  rest. 

As  a  rule  holes  made  by  the  aborigines  in  the  various 
articles  they  produced,  are  round,  the  result  of  drilling.  An 
elliptical  hole  is  rarely  met,  but  in  Fig.  52  the  perforation 
which  has  been  made  from  right  to  left,  a  little  above  the 
inner  angle,  is  a  well-formed  oval.  A  hole  of  this  shape 
indicates  considerable  advancement  in  mechanical  ideas,  because 
it  could  have  been  formed  only  by  drilling  two  small  holes  side 
by  side,  and  then  cutting  away  the  separating  material. 

FIG.  52.     (    Size.) 


FIG.  53.     (i-Size.) 

Polished  stones  like  Fig. 53  are  very  rare  and  their  use  is  doubtful.  Even  as  ceremonial 
objects  it  is  not  easy  to  divine  what  part  they  played.  Shorter  and  proportionately 
thicker  specimens  are  sometimes  found  having  a  hole  bored  diagonally  at  each  end  from 
the  flat  surface  outwards,  and  it  has  been  suggested  that  they  were  used  as  hand-pieces  in 
the  middle  of  bow-strings,  but  Fig.  53  is  too  long  and  too  slender  for  such  a  purpose, 
unless  we  suppose  it  to  have  been  intended  for  attachment  to  a  purely  ornamental 
weapon.  There  are  no  holes  at  the  extremities. 


TOTEMS  OR  TRIBE  SYMBOLS. 


FIG.  54.     (|  Size. 


FIG.  55.     (4- Size.) 


There  is  much  difference  of  opinion  regarding  the  use  of  such  specimens  as  are 
figured  here  (Figs.  54  and  55).  They  have  been  believed  by  some  to  be  "totems,"  or 
tribe-emblems,  but  Mr.  H.  Gillman,  in  his  report  to  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  1875,  says  : 
"  I  have  learned,  through  an  aged  Indian,  that  in  olden  times  these  ornaments  were  worn 
on  the  heads  of  Indian  women,  but  only  after  marriage.  I  have  thought  that  these 
peculiar  objects  which  are  always  made  of  some  choice  material,  resemble  the  figure  of  a 
brooding  bird ;  a  familiar  sight  to  the  'children  of  the  forest '  that  thus  they  are  emble- 
matic of  maturnity,  and  as  such  were  designed  and  worn." 

Fig.  54  is  plainly  meant  to  represent  a  bird,  although  the  form  is  somewhat 
conventionalized.  The  eyes  are  enormously  out  of  proportion,  being  nearly  of  the  same 
diameter  as  the  head  itself.  They  project  by  means  of  a  footstalk  nearly  half  an  inch 
from  the  sides  of  the  head,  but  this  is  not  well  brought  out  in  the  engraving.  The  two 

36 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


feet  seem  to  be  formed  solely  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the  figure  to  balance  itself.  A 
hole  is  bored  obliquely  through  each  end  from  the  inside  of  the  feet  outwards  in  a  forward 
and  backward  direction.  It  was  found  near  Thorndale. 

Fig.  55  is  of  a  pattern  not  uncommon  in  mounds.  The  outline  is  suggestive  of  bird- 
form,  but  there  has  been  no  attempt  to  work  out  any  details. 

The  locality  in  which  this  specimen  was  found  is  unknown.  Both  of  them  formed 
part  of  Mr.  Stewart's  collection. 

Another  specimen,  almost  identical  in  form  with  that  last  mentioned,  has  been  so 
ingeniously  shaped  from  a  piece  of  richly  grained  slate  as  to  make  an  oval  mark  contain- 
ing a  dark  spot,  take  the  place  of  an  eye.  This  really  beautiful  specimen  is  from  the  farm 
of  the  Messrs.  Baby,  near  Lambton. 

Probably  the  best  "  totem  "  in  our  collection  was  found  near  Port  Rowan.  It  is 
formed  of  a  hard  amygdaloid,  and  must  have  cost  an  enormous  amount  of  labour  to 
bring  into  its  present  shape,  although  what  that  shape  is  one  can  hardly  say.  In  some 
respects  it  resembles  a  snail,  perhaps,  more  than  anything  else.  It  was  procured  from 
Mr.  Stewart. 

All  these  animal  forms  are  worked  out  in  relief,  and  are  from  one  to  two  inches  in 
thickness,  but  from  the  Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasaga,  we  procured  two  small  figures  that 
may  also  be  considered  as  "totems"  wrought  from  slate  less  than  an  eighth  of  an  inch  in 


FIG.  5G.     (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  57.    (Full  Size.) 


thickness.  One  of  these  is  probably  a  bear  (Fig.  56),  the  other  of  about  the  same  size  is 
shown  in  Fig.  57,  and  is  no  doubt  meant  to  represent  a  beaver.  In  the  former  case  a 
small  hole  has  been  bored  about  the  middle  of  the  back,  as  if  to  suspend  it  evenly,  but  in 
the  latter  there  is  nothing  of  this  sort. 


FIG.  58.     (Full  Size.) 


Something  in  the  line  of  sculpture  is  shown  at  Fig.  58.  The  same  kind  of  material 
is  employed  here  also.  The  design  is  a  wolf's  head,  the  ears  projecting  sharply  and 
proportionably  high.  Two  deep  holes  have  been  bored  for  eyes,  and  a  third  hole, 

37 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


larger  and  deeper,  has  been  drilled  in  the  forehead.     The  back  portion  ot  the  head  is 
unfinished. 

A  very  delicately  carved  head  an  inch  and  a  half  long  was  found  on  the  Dwyer 
Farm,  Beverly.  Want  of  time  has  prevented  it  from  being  figured.  The  workmanship 
reminds  one  more  of  Central  America  than  of  this  latitude — even  the  features  and  head- 
dress are  not  in  correspondence  with  what  we  woul$  expect  from  a  Canadian  Indian. 

We  have  j  ust  received  from  the  Longheed  Farm,  Nottawasaga,  a 
marvellously  carved  stone  pipe  ;  the  human  head  and  face  on  which 
are  the  work  of  one  who  must  have  been  a  very  Michael  Angelo 
among  the  aborigines.  From  the  same  place  also  comes  the  head  of 
an  owl  in  clay,  also  of  fine  workmanship. 

Imitations  in  clay  are  sometimes  very  good.  The  hawk,  or 
eagle,  figured  in  Fig.  71,  is  a  sample  of  several  in  our  collection,  and 
some  of  our  best  specimens  have  come  in  as  this  is  going  to  press, 
so  that  further  reference  to  them  must  be  deferred.  Figs.  56  and 
57,  recently  added  specimens,  are  from  Longheed  Farm. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  all  or  most  of    these  objects  were 

employed  for  totem  purposes,  that  is,  much  as  we  use  flags  or  coats     ,-,  ,,.,      ~. 

of  arms,  viz.,  as  symbols  of  nations  or  tribes. 


SLATE  SPEAR  HEADS. 

Among  the  "  ceremonial "  weapons  may  be  included  certain  spear,  or  arrow-points^ 
made  of  the  same  fragile  material  as  that  from  which  the  "  banner  stones"  are  formed > 
viz.,  light,  grayish-blue  slate.  No  deadly  wound  could  well  be  inflicted  by  such  a 
weapon  more  than  once,  because  it  would  inevitably  break  the  moment  it  hit  the  mark. 

Fig.   60  shows  the  common  way  of  fastening  to  a  shaft. 


FIG.  GO.     (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  01.     (Full  Size.) 


A  different  mode  of  attachment  is  shown  at  Fig.  61.  This  specimen  was  found 
by  Prof.  Vandersmissen  and  myself  on  Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto,  where  workmen  were 
engaged  in  making  the  road-bed.  Our  collection  contains  several  similarly  formed 
heads  of  the  same  soft  slato  material.  -:• 

38 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


GROOVED   AXES. 

Of  stone  axes  and  chisels  (or  so-called  skinning  knives),  we  have  a  large  number 
and  variety,  but  little  need  be  said  about  them.  Some  of  them  are  long  enough  to  be 
held  immediately  in  the  hand  when  employed  as  tools ;  others,  not  quite  so  long,  were  no 
doubt  bound  to  handles,  and  the  shortest — from  three  to  four  inches — were  inserted  in 
sockets  at  the  end  of  stout  wooden  hafts  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave  only  an  inch  or  so. 
projecting.  Mounted  in  this  way,  they  formed  an  eflective  weapon  at  close  quarters. 

A  very  beautiful  specimen  of  chisel  (Fig.  62)  pointed  at  each 
end,  was  presented  to  the  museum  by  Chief  Smith  (De-kah-neu- 
ra-neh).of  Brantford.  It  is  fully  one  foof  in  length,  and  is  the- 
most  elegantly  formed  implement  of  -the  kind  in  our  cases. 


FIG.  02. 


FIG.  63.     (iSize.) 

We  can  also  boast  of  a  few  first-rate  specimens  of  grooved 
axes.  Some  of  these  form  part  of  the  York  Pioneers'  collection^ 
and  others  were  secured  from  Mr.  Stewart,  of  Strathroy. 

Fig.  63  shows  one  of  the  latter,  found  near  Gait.  It  is  a 
magnificent  piece  of  aboriginal  workmanship,  and  is  well  adapted 
for  the  purpose  it  was  intended  to  serve.  Of  syenite,  hard  and 
close-grained,  it  is  capable  of  bearing  a  much  keener  edge  than  one 
might  suppose  possible.  The  mode  of  fixing  a  handle  to  such  au 
implement  is  easily  seen. 


39 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


GOUGES. 

Among  all  the  products  of  the  Indians'  handicraft  few  exhibit  more  patient  labor 
than  do  the  stone  gouges  that  are  occassionally  found  in  ossuaries  and  on  old  village 
sites. 


.  64. 


Size.) 


FIG.  05.     (4  Size.; 


FIG.  66.     (iSize.) 


The  material  of  which  they  are  usually  formed  is  a  close-grained  stone  of  primary 
formation,  and  capable  of  bearing  a  fine  edge.  Many  gouges  are  hollowed  only  far  enough 
back  to  permit  of  the  lips  being  properly  formed,  as  in  Figs.  64,  65,  and  66  ;  others,  like 
Figs.  67  and  68,  are  hollowed  the  whole  of  their  length. 


FIG.  67.     (i  Size.) 

Figs.  65  and  66  are  from  the  Baby  Farm,  Lambton,  where  they  were  found  by  Mr. 
Kirk  wood,  an  enthusiastic  collector  ;  and  Fig.  67  is  from  the  County  of  Victoria,  and  is 

40 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


made  of  what  seems  to  be  lithographic  limestone.  The  largest  specimen  (Fig.  68)  we 
have  was  presented  to  the  Institute  by  Mr.  John  Hind,  in  1857,  but  the  label  bears  no 
record  of  where  it.  was  found. 


FIG.  68. 


Size.) 


TUBES. 

The  same  kind  of  stone  that  was  used  for  making  "  gorgets "  and  "  ceremonial 
weapons  "  was  employed  for  the  production  of  tubes,  the  use  of  which  is  not  ascertained. 
Tt  is  said  that  among  some  south-western  tribes  similar  tubes  are  still  used  by  the 
•"  Medicine  Men  "  when  performing  their  incantations  on  a  diseased  person.  Apply iig 
one  end  ot*  the  tube  to  the  seat  of  pain,  they  profess  to  suck  out  the  evil  spirit  that  c  uses 
the  trouble.  This  is  not  an  improbable  use  ;  but,  however  that  may  be,  much  time,  labour, 
and  ingenuity  have  been  expended  in  their  production.  Many  of  them  are  almost  perfectly 
cylindrical,  and  some  are  flattened  on  two  sides  The  accuracy  of  the  boring  is  generally 
remarkable.  Sometimes,  in  a  length  of  even  six  inches,  there  will  appear  no  more 
variation  than  if  the  work  had  been  done  in  a 


FIG.  69. 


Fig.  69  is  nearly  seven  inches  long,  and  is  a  fair  specimen  of  aboriginal  skill  in  this 
line.     It  formed  part  of  Mr.  Stewart's  collection. 


Fig.  70  is  more  clumsily  shaped,  but  is  well  bored,  and 
shows  what  is  a  more  common  form.  Objects  of  this  kind 
are  comparatively  rare. 


FIG.  70.     (i  Size.) 


FIG.  71.     (iSize.) 

The  accompanying  cut  (Fig.  71)  is  a  section  of  a  stone  through  which  it  has  been 
intended  to  bore  a  hole.  It  enables  us  to  form  some  idea  of  how  such  work  was 
performed. 

41 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


BEADS. 

An  almost  indispensable  portion  of  the  aboriginal  outfit,  for  both  male  and  female, 
was  a  quantity  of  beads.  Bloodstone  or  catlinite  was  a  favourite  material,  but  other 
stones  of  brilliant  color  were  often  substituted.  We  have  been  very  fortunate  in  being 
able  to  procure  some  pieces  of  stone  in  process  of  being  shaped  into  beads,  and  which 
shew  us  the  laboriously  slow  methods  that  were  necessarily  employed  by  the  Indians  in 
fashioning  these  personal  adornments. 

We  have  in  our  cases  several  pieces  of  hard,  close-grained  stone  partially  cut  into 
strips  preparatory  to  being  squared,  or  rounded,  and  bored.  We  learn  from  this  and 
other  specimens  that  the  rough  block  of  stone  was  first  polished  on  two  sides,  so  as  to 
present  even  surfaces  for  marking  off  and  for  being  ultimately  sawn  through  by  means  of 
flint-flakes.  Probably  this  sawing  process  was  aided  by  water.  When  a  moderately  deep 
cut  had  been  made  on  both  sides,  the  strip  was  broken  off,  cut  into  lengths,  and  bored  ; 
but  how  the  boring  was  done,  when  the  holes  required  were  so  small,  it  is  not  quite  so 
easy  to  understand.  Beads,  broken  lengthwise,  enable  us  to  see  that  the  process  was 
carried  on  from  each  end  ;  but  here  certainty  ceases. 

As  this  goes  to  press,  a  specimen  has  come  into  our  possession  from  the  celebrated 
Lougheed  Farm,  proving  that  the  Indians  understood  a  method  of  cutting  stones  some- 
what similar  to  the  plan  known  as  "plug  and  feather,"  which  we  employ  in  our  quarries 
to-day  ;  a  series  of  holes  has  been  bored  in  line  close  to  each  other,  the  necessary  or 
unnecessary  piece  of  material  has  been  broken  off,  and  then  friction  has  been  resorted  to 
for  the  purpose  of  removing  the  projecting  portions  between  the  holes.  Our  specimen 
shows  the  work  in  an  incomplete  condition,  and  like  all  other  similar  specimens  is 
especially  valuable  on  that  account. 

The  beads  were  sometimes  from  three  to  six  or  more  times  as  long  as  they  were 
thick  ;  almost  cubical,  and  frequently  sometimes  roughly  spherical. 


FIG.  71.      Full  Size.) 


Fig.  71  gives  a  fair  idea  of  some  of  the  shapes  most  commonly  found.  The  early 
French  and  other  European  traders  were  not  slow  to  take  advantage  of  the  Indians'  fond- 
ness for  this  kind  of  display,  and  they  consequently  made  and  imparted  enormous 
quantities  of  coarse  glass  beads  of  brilliant  hues  (generally  red  and  blue)  and  bearing  a 

42 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


pattern  that  no  doubt  powerfully  fascinated  the  native  eye.     (Fig.  72.)     For  these  gew- 
gaws  valuable   peltries  were   readily  exchanged,  and   in  process  of   time  the  European 


FIG.  72.     (Full  Size.; 


article  wholly  displaced  the  ancient  stone  adornment.  Other  beads  less  pretentious  in 
size  and  color  were  also  brought  over  by  the  ton,  and  are  now  found  in  almost  every 
ossuary  of  post-European  origin. 


Fig.  73,  from  Beverly,  is  a  common  form.     It  is  made  of  blue 
glass,  and  is  square  sided. 


FIG.  73.   (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  74.     (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  74  is  a  stone  bead  or  pendant  of  a  somewhat  unusual 
pattern.  Instead  of  a  hole  piercing  it  lengthwise  it  is  provided 
with  two  holes — one  at  each  end,  bored  at  an  angle,  so  as  to  pass 
through  the  corner. 

The  cut  would  seem  to  indicate  that  they  pass  through 
almost  at  right  angles,  but  this  is  owing  to  a  mistake  on  the  part 
of  the  engraver. 


43 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FLINTS. 

Little  need  be  said  of  flint  implements  in  a  general  way.     All  over  the  world  they 
are  much  alike. 


FIG.  75.  (Full  Size.) 

The  long,  narrow,  and  comparatively  thick  flints  were  no  doubt  used  as  drills  in  the 
fashioning  of  stone  pipes,  and  such  articles  as  the  necessity  for  carrying  which  required  a 
perforation.  Fig.  75  is  a  fair  sample  of  drill. 

A  few  illustrations  are  given  to  show  the  different  methods  of 
attaching  arrow  heads  and  spears  to  shafts. 

The  simplest  method  was  that  employed  with  the  war  arrow,  as 
Fi^.  76.  The  base  of  the  weapon  generally  had  a  slight  inward 
curve,  and  was  worked  to  a  thin  edge  for  insertion  in  the  cleft  end 
of  the  shaft,  without  any  more  binding  than  was  requisite  to  hold 
it  firmly  in  position  while  upon  its  errand  of  death.  Being  short,  thin 
and  sharp,  it  easily  penetrated  the  flesh  and  embedded  itself  beyond 
sight,  so  that  on  any  attempt  being  made  to  remove  it  the  shaft  be- 
came easily  disconnected,  and  left  the  weapon  in  the  wound. 

FIG.  76.    (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  77.     (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  77  is  of  the  same  type,  but  larger,  and  has  the  angles  at  the  base  prolong*  d  to 
form  barbs. 


FIG.  78.     (Full  Size.) 

Fig  78  is  somewhat  peculiar  in  being  double  notched,  besides  having  a  neck.     Flints 

44 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


notched  in  this  manner  are  rare.     This  was  in   Mr.  Stewart's  collection,  and  the  locality 
is  unknown. 


(FiG.  79.    Full  Size.) 


A  rarer  form  still  is  seen  at  Fig.  79.  In  this  case  the  neck  of  the  weapon  is  cleft. 
Evidently  the  chipping  is  not  accidental,  because  it  is  done  neatly  and  evenly  from  both 
sides. 

Figs.  80  and  81  represent  two  of  sixty-eight,  all  roughly 
leaf-shaped  flints  found  buried  together  a  few  inches  below 
the  surface,  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Arthur  Seabrook,  near 
Komoka,  in  the  township  of  Delaware.  The  farm  is  on  the 
right  bank  of  the  Thames,  and  the  pieces  were  embedded  in 
the  level  ground  at  an  elevation  of  at  least  fifty  feet  above 
the  river,  the  bank  of  which  is  here  quite  high.  Not  far 
away  from  the  spot  is  a  stream  of  spring  water  which  forms 
a  beautiful  cascade  as  it  tumbles  over  the  steep  brow  to  reach 

the   river ;   and  taken   altogether  the 

situation  was  just  such  as  would  de- 
light the  heart  of  an  Indian. 

If  we  regard  these  rudely  formed 

flints  as  finished  articles,  they  could 

not   have   been   intended  for   use   as 

arrow-heads — their  flight  would  be  too 

uncertain :    besides  no   provision    has 

been    made    for   fastening   them  to  a 

shaft.       The  latter  reason  would  also 

preclude  their  use  for  spear  or  lance 

purposes.       It  seems  highly  probable 

that  they  were  intended  for  insertion 

in   the   heads  of  clubs — the   tapering 

end  being  let  into  the  wood,  and  the 

sharp    semi-circular  edge   allowed    to 

project  from  an  inch  to  an  inch  and 
a-half.     On  this  supposition  their  very  roughness  would  be  an  advantage  to  them  in 
maintaining  their  hold. 

The  whole  of  Mr.  Seabrook's  "  find  "  is  now  in  our  collection. 


FIG  80.    (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  81.     (Full  Size.) 


45 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


FIG.  82.     (i  Size.) 


Figs.  82,  83  and  84  are  from  the  Tidd's  Island  Mound.  They  are  chiefly  remarkable 
for  their  great  size  —  so  great  as  to  hinder  the  supposition  that  they  were  used  even  as 
spears. 


FIG.  83.    (|  Size.) 
The  longest  (Fig.  83)  measures  nine  and  a-quarter  by  three  and  three-quarter  inches, 


FIG.  84.     (J  Size.) 

and  another  (Fig.  84),  is  eight  and  a-half  by  four  and  a  half  inches.     The  latter  is  of  a  dark 
grey  compact,  but  shaly-looking  material,  and  very  thin  in  proportion  to  its  other  dimeri- 

46 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


sions  ;  the  former  is  of  the  same  cherty  stone  as  that  from  which  the  arrows  or  "  flints  " 
are  generally  formed. 

There  can  hardly  be  a  doubt  that  these  large  objects  were  used  as  spades  or  as  hoes. 
The  surface  soil  on  the  island  is  light  and  might  be  readily  stirred  by  means  of  these  tools, 
even  if  held  directly  in  the  hand,  but  is  not  improbable  that  they  were  attached  to  a, 
handle. 


FIG.  85.     (J  Size.) 


Some  of  the  smaller  specimens  from  the  same  place  are  of  quartzite,  in  one  (Fig.  85) 
the  material  is  of  a  pale,  milky  hue,  and  presents  a  beautiful  appearance.  The  lower 
portion  of  the  neck  has  been  broken  off. 


FIG.  86. 


Size.) 


Fig.  86  is  also  a  fine  weapon.     The  quartzite  has  rich  dark  veins  running  through  it. 

Neither  in  this  case  nor  in  that  of  Fig.  85  does  the  cut  do  anything  like  justice  to 
real  appearance  of  the  stone. 

Some  of  these  were  found  by  Mr.  C.  A.  See,  of  "  Tremont  Park,"  in  which  the 
mound  is  situated,  and  some  were  found  by  myself  when  examining  the  place  subse- 
quently. Those  that  may  be  regarded  as  agricultural  implements,  are  very  thin  in  pro- 
portion to  their  length  and  breadth. 

With  regard  to  the  vexed  question,  Who  were  the  Mound  Builders  1  I  venture  the 
opinion  that  these  relics  and  those  of  copper,  referred  to  elsewhere,  which  were  found  in 
the  same  place,  afford  a  strong  argument  in  favor  of  the  belief  that  the  people  hitherto 
spoken  of  as  an  extinct  race,  were  none  other  than  the  Indians  themselves.  That  the 
historic  or  recent  Indian  knows  nothing  whatever  regarding  the  origin  of  the  remarkable 
earth-heaps,  known  as  mounds,  is  no  more  singular  than  that  they  are  now  totally 
ignorant  of  the  uses  of  many  such  comparatively  modern  implements  and  utensils  as  are 
to  be  found  in  almost  every  collection. 

As  a  people,  they  have  simply  changed  their  habits  —  slowly,  no  doubt,  and  in  the 
absence  of  any  literature,  tradition  has  failed  to  preserve  a  record  of  obsolete  customs, 
excepting  in  so  far  as  these  may  be  mentioned  incidentally  in  their  mythology. 

The  Institute  was  fortunate  in  having  secured  all  the  characteristic  specimens  found 
in  the  Tremont  Park  Mound,  and  special  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  C.  A.  See,  the  proprietor* 
for  his  generosity  not  only  in  presenting  the  specimens  he  himself  had  found,  but  for 
permitting  us  to  prosecute  a  further  search,  and  thus  to  add  many  more  valuable  articles. 

47 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


GRINDING  AND  RUBBING  STONES. 


FIG.  87. 

From  the  farm  of  Mr.  James  Dwyer,  in  the  township  of  Beverly,  a  prolific  source  of 
good  material,  we  obtained  the  large  stone  of  which  the  above  is  a  fair  representation. 
It  is  fully  three  and  a  half  feet  long,  and  about  two  and  a  half  in  breadth.  When 
lying  in  Mr.  Dwyer' s  bush  it  was  upwards  of  a  foot  in  thickness,  but  this  has  been  con- 
siderably reduced  to  render  it  more  portable. 

It  is  a  fine  gritty  freestone,  and  bears  marks  of  usage  by  the  Indians  for  rubbing, 
smoothing  and  sharpening  purposes. 

Mr.  Dwyer  kindly  undertook,  free  of  cost,  to  team  this  massive  and  instructive 
specimen  to  Copetown  station  (a  distance  of  eight  miles  from  where  it  was  embedded  in 
the  soil),  for  transmission  to  Toronto. 

Other  stones  that  have  been  used  for  similar  purposes  are  known  to  exist  in  various 
parts  of  the  Province,  and  it  is  hoped  that  public-spirited  citizens,  upon  whose  property 
these  lie,  will  emulate  the  example  of  Mr.  Dwyer,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Provincial 
Archaeological  Museum. 


48 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


SHELL  OBJECTS. 

Somewhat  aimilar  to  the  beads,  and  often  used  for  the  same  purpose  in  a  measure,, 
was  the  wampum,  or  white  shell  money  of  the  Indians.  It  was  made  in  two  formsr 
discoidal  and  cylindrical.  Woven  into  belts,  it  served  as  a  girdle,  and  special  patterns 
were  sometimes  made  to  confirm  bargains  and  ratify  treaties  between  various  tribes. 
The  arrangement  of  the  bars  and  other  portions  of  the  design  had  special  significations,. 
the  recollection  and  interpretation  of  which  were  entrusted  to  a  chief  known  as  the 
"Fire  Keeper,"  who  was  solemnly  bound  not  to  permit  the  belts  to  go  out  of  his  care 
without  the  permission  of  his  tribe  in  council  assembled.  Treaty  belts  of  wampum  were 
from  three  to  six  feet  in  length,  and  from  six  inches  to  a  foot  wide.  '  fj  The  *Mohawks,  on 
the  Tuscarora  reserve,  near  Brantford,  still  own  some  of  the  belts  that  were  the  joint 
property  of  the  Six  Nation  Indians,  previous  to  the  American  war,  but  (none  of  the 
specimens  are  very  ancient,  as  the  cylindrical  wampum  of  which  they  are  composed  is 
evidently  of  European  manufacture,  although  made  from  shell.  A  considerable  quantity 
of  the  same  kind  was  found  a  few  years  ago  in  a  cave  on  the  Grand  river,  nearjElora, 
and  it  was  quite  evident  that  the  workmanship  was  that  of  the  "Pale  Face." 


FIG.  88.      (1-16  size.) 


The  discoidal,  or  flat  form,  is  less  common.  It  is  made  from  a  large  univalve  found 
on  the  shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Fig.  88  is  a  specimen  that  was  [found  at 
Penetanguishene,  and  presented  to  the  Institute  thirty -two  years  ago,  by  Dr.  Richardson,  in 
1856.  We  have  specimens  from  Nottawasaga,  and  from  the  Dwyer  farm,  in  Beverly, 
illustrating  nearly  all  the  steps  in  the  manufacture  of  this  wampum  from  the  whole  shell 
to  the  finished  article. 

These  show  us  (Fig.  89)  that  after  portions  of  the  shell  had  been  broken  off,  they 
were  cut  partly  through  on  both  sides,  so  that  strips  from  three-eighths  to  about  five- 
eighths  of  an  inch  wide  might  be  formed.  These  were  again  cut  across 
to  make  square  blocks — a  hole  was  bored  in  the  middle  from  both  sides, 
and  the  corners  were  ground  down  until  the  finished  article  was 
perfectly  circular. 

Many  specimens  of  this  "shell  money"  are  so  accurately  made  as 
to  suggest  that  European  traders  imitated  it  as  they  did  stone  beads. 

Another  variety  of  wampum  was  made  either  of  a  black  shell,  or  of 
a  purple  colored  shell,  and  we  learn  from  the  writings  of  early  settlers 
in  New  England  that  this  dark  or  black  wampum  was  estimated  at  several  times  the 
value  of  the  more  common  white  article. 


FIG.  89.  (1-16  size. 


4  (C.I.) 


49 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


The  columellce  of  univalves  were  also  made  into  a  roughly  cylindrical  form  when 
small,  but  when  larger  pains  were  taken  to  form  them  more  truly,  and  specimens  are  in 
<our  collection  four  inches  in  length  and  upwards  of  half  an  inch  in  diameter. 

Shells  from  one-fourth  of  an  inch  to  two  inches  long  were  sometimes 
perforated  and  worn  whole,  as  pendants  or  bangles.  Fig.  90  is  one 
of  this  kind,  measuring  fully  two  inches  in  length,  and  of  a  species 
found  only  in  sub-tropical  salt  water. 

(Fio.90.  (1-16  Size.) 

But  the  unios  or  native  fresh  water  mussels  .tig.  91  were  also 
employed  for  purposes  of  personal  adornment.  Sometimes  they  were 
merely  bored,  but  occasionally  an  attempt  was  made  to  improve  their 
appearance  by  a  series  of  markings. 

Fig.  92  is  one  of  these  on  which  the   native  artist   has  taken  some 
pains  to  produce  the  semblance  of  a  fish. 


FIG.  91.  (1-16  Size.) 


FIG.  92.  (1-16  Size.) 


FIG.  93.  (1-16  Size). 


A  small,  symmetrically-shaped  pendant,  made  from  a  shell  like  Fig. 
88,  is  shown  at  Fig.  93. 


BONE   AND   HORN. 


FIG.  94.     (£  Size.) 

Bone  and  horn  were  utilized  in  a  number  of  ways,  In  Fig.  94  (from  the  Dwyer 
Farm,  Beverly)  the  hole  and  cut  end  are  the  only  indications  of  art.  Other  specimens  of 
horn  in  our  collection  have  been  bored  in  the  same  way.  A  large  but  rudely  formed 
gou^e,  made  of  horn,  is  the  only  implement  we  have  of  that  material  besides  the 
perforated  pieces  already  referred  to. 


FIG.  95.     (Full  Size. 


In  almost  every  burial  place  are  found  numerous  bears'  teeth.  Occasionally  these 
have  a  small  hole  bored  at  the  extremity  of  the  root,  but  usually  they  are  intact,  as  in 
Fig.  95,  which  is  of  the  natural  size.  Bone  was  much  more  frequently  employed  than 

50 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Tapers  (No.  7). 


A  1888 


horn.  Of  this  were  formed  the  needles,  or  awls,  so  indispensable  in  the  making  of  clothing 
and  moccasons. 


(FiG.  96.      Full  Size.) 

As  a  rule  these  were  made  from  long  splinters,  ground  to  a  fine  point,  or  from  whole 
bones  of  suitable  size  treated  in  the  sume  way.  (Fig.  96.) 

They  could  have  been  employed  only  to  pierce  holes,  through  which  the  sewing 
material  had  to  be  thrust.  A  famous  old  needle-maker  must  have  plied  his  vocation  for 
some  time  not  far  from  Toronto,  as  considerable  quantities  of  these  bone  articles  have 
been  found  in  the  township  of  York. 


FIG.  97.     (Full  Size.)- 

• 

In  Fig.  97  we  have  what  may  truly  be  called  a  needle.  The  eye  is  well  formed,  and 
the  specimen  possesses  evidence  of  long  use.  It  is  extremely  thin,  being  scarcely  one- 
twentieth  of  an  inch  thick  in  any  part. 

The  two  specimens  figured,  besides  a  number  of  others,  form  part  of  the  Long 
collection,  presented  to  the  Museum  by  Mr.  W.  Long,  Jr.,  of  Lansing,  York  Township. 


FIG.  98.     (4  Size.) 

Fig.  98  may  be  called  a  bone  knife,  if  we  may  judge  from  the  shape  of  the  specimen, 
but  its  cutting  qualities  would  hardly  recommend  it.  In  the  modelling  of  pottery  it 
would  have  proved  useful  both  for  smoothing  the  inner  surface  and  for  marking  the 
pattern  on  the  outer  one.  Lougheed  Farm,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  99.     (JSize.) 


We  have  a  few  specimens  of  bone   spear  or  harpoon.     The  hole  in  the  flat  portion 
has  been  either  to  aid  in  fastening  it  into  a  handle  or  to  carry  it  by  a  string  when  -not  in 

51 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


use.  The  form  is  very  much  like  that  still  employed  by  the  Eskimo.  Spears  of  this 
kind  were  probably  used  for  securing  the  larger  kinds  of  fish.  Fig.  99  was  found  by  Mr. 
Long,  in  York  Township.  We  have  another  fine  specimen  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  James 
Rae,  Beverly. 


FIG.  100.     (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  100  may  have  been  applied   to   a  like  purpose,  but  the  barbs  seem  to  be  hardly 
"pronounced5'  enough.     Perhaps  this  is  an  unfinished  specimen. 


FIG.  101.     (JSize.) 


In  Fig.  101  we  have  also  three  barbs  instead  of  one  as  in  Fig.  99,  and  a  hole  in  the 
same  relative  position.     This  specimen  is  not  so  well  finished  as  the  former. 

Bones  ground  down,  as  in  Fig.  102,  are 
frequently  found  in  ossuaries  and  on  old 
camping  grounds.  They  are  popularly 
known  as  whistles,  and  I  have  heard  of 
persons  who  are  able  to  produce  a  loud  and 
shrill  sound  from  them.  Generally  these 
bones  are  ground  quite  fiat  on  both  sides, 
but  more  on  one  side  than  on  the  other,  the 
cavity  of  the  bone  presenting  the  wider 
opening  on  the  former  side.  Sometimes,  however,  only  one  side  is  ground  flat,  and  the 
other  is  worked  down  angulary  at  each  end  until  the  hollow  of  the  bone  is  met.  Those 
shaped  in  this  way  certainly  look  more  like  whistles,  but  I  have  never  been  able  to  pro- 
duce any  sound  from  them. 


FIG.  102.      (Full  Size. 


FIG.  103.     (Full  Size.) 


Lacking  anything  in  the  form  of  literature,  and  not  having  an  extensive  system  of 
numeration,  the  Indians  had  to  resort  to  such  expedients  as  wampum  belts  for  the 
preservation  of  important  national  or  tribal  records,  whilst  for  those  of  a  more  personal 

52 


51  Victoria 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


character,  e.  g.,  number  of  days'  or  of  moons'  travel  ;  of  braves  in   a  party  ;   of  prisoners 
captured,  or   of    scalps  taken,    they  resorted  to  the   simple  expedient  of   notching  the 


FIG.  104.     (Full  Size.) 


angular  edges  of  short  pieces  of  bone,  which  were  easily  carried  on  a  string. 

-and  104  are  good  examples  of  these  "tally  bones."     Both  are  from  lot  34,  con.  7 

farm),  Beverly. 

Except  as  an  article  of  adornment,  one  can  hardly  imagine 
any  use  for  the  diminutive  oone  mask,  Fig.  105.  The  face  has 
a  convexity  not  well  brought  out  in  the  illustration,  and  the 
back  is  correspondingly  concave.  The  eye-holes  are  bored 
clear  through.  Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasga. 

It  is  seldom  that  we  find  any  attempt  to  represent  the 
whole  human  form,  but  this  has  been  done  in  Fig.  106  in  so 
far  as  the  material  would  permit.  In  slight  relief  the  right 
hand  covers  the  left  breast,  and  the  left  is  crossed  to  the 
waist  at  the  right  side.  The  shape  of  the  bone  prevented  any 
attempt  to  make  feet.  A  small  hole  penetrates  the  neck  from 
right  to  left,  suggesting  that  it  was  worn  as  a  pendant, 
either  singly  or  with  beads.  This  very  interesting  specimen 
of  native  art  was  presented  to  the  Museum  by  Mr.  Jas.  Rae, 
of  Ueverly.  [The  engraver  has  reversed  the  position  of  the 
hands.] 

Our  collection  contains  a  considerable  variety  of  articles 
made  from  bone  besides  those  named.  Bones  of  the  larger 
birds  were  often  formed  into  necklaces  composed  of  pieces 
from  half  an  inch  to  four  inches  long. 


FIG.  105. 
<Full  Size,) 


Figs.  103 
(Dwyer's 


FIG.  106. 
(Full  Size.) 


FIG.  107.     fJSize.) 

Portions  of  the  human  skull  were  in  request  mainly  for  ornamental  purposes.  Fig. 
107  is  perforated  with  seven  holes,  and  may  have  been  interlaced  with  brightly  dyed 
grasses,  feathers  or  porcupine  quills,  and  thus  worn  on  the  breast,  or  it  may  have  formed 
a  base  of  adornment  for  head  gear.  The  holes  have  been  bored  from  the  inside.  Dwyer 
collection. 

53 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


We  have  another  piece  of  skull  somewhat  Lirger,  worked  to  a  smooth  edge  all 
round,  without  any  holes,  for  a  wonder.  This  was  probably  used  as  a  cup.  It  formed 
part  of  Mr.  Stewart's  collection  and  was  found  at  Aurora. 


Size.) 


A  turtle  shell,  Fig.  108,  was  found  on  the  Dwyer  farm,    I'everly.     It  is  perforated 
with  fourteen  holes — ten  near  the  margin  of  the  plates  and  four  on  the  crown. 


C3PPER. 

I  am  very  sorry  that  want  of  time  has  prevented  Principal  Wilson,  of  Toronto 
University  College,  from  furnishing  a  few  notes  on  our  copper  implements,  according  to 
his  original  intention.  As  an  authority  on  this  subject  Dr.  Wilson  is  well  known,  and 
we  can  only  hope  that  should  another  opportunity  of  this  kind  present  itself  he  may  be 
able  to  give  us  the  benefit  of  his  wide  reading  on  such  an  extremely  interesting  depart- 
ment of  this  subject. 

It  is  pretty  well  known  that  the  aborigines  mined,  in  a  rude  way,  the  native  copper 
which  is  found  so  abundantly  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  and  that  they  succeeded 
in  hammering  portions  of  it  into  form,  mainly  as  weapons,  cutting  tools,  or  personal 
ornaments.  It  is  extremely  doubtful  that  they  employed  heat  in  any  way  for  the  purpose, 
although  many  writers  are  inclined  to  adopt  this  view.  That  they  may  have  employed 
grooves,  or  what  blacksmiths  call  "  swages,"  in  wood  or  stone  into  which  the  metal  was 
pounded  to  give  it  the  required  form  is  not  unlikely.  Still,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose 
that,  in  such  an  event,  some  of  these  swage-stones  would  have  baen  discovered,  and  I  am 
not  aware  that  this  is  the  case. 


FIG.  109.     (J  Size.) 

Figs.  109,  110,  and  111  were  evidently  used  as  spear  or  lance  heads.     As  with  flint 
heads,  it  will  be  noticed  that  there  are  various  ways  of  fastening  to  the  shaft.     In   Fig. 

54 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


109  there  is  a  clearly  marked  neck  for  deep  insertion.     In  Fig.   110  the  body  of   the 
weapon  merges  imperceptibly  into  a  neck,  which  must  also  have  required  a  deep  seat  for 


FIG.  110.     (iSize.) 


FIG.  111. 


Size.) 


attachment  ;  but  in  Fig.  1  1  1  we  have  a  mode  of  fastening  very  much  like  what  we  find 
in  most  similar  weapons  of  stone. 

Fig.  109  was  found  near  Brantford,  Fig.  110  in  the  township  of  Caradoc,  and  Fig. 
Ill  unknown,  but  in  Ontario. 


FIG.  112.     (J  Size.) 

Fig.  112  is  an  axe  or  an  adze  or  a  chisel.  It  is  stoutly  made,  has  a  good  edge,  and 
is  formed  (like  Fig.  115)  with  a  socket  to  receive  a  handle.  The  outer  or  convex  side 
shows  no  signs  of  hammering,  but  rather  gives  color  to  the  swage  theory.  This  well- 
formed  implement  was  found  in  Manitoulin,  and  was  presented  to  the  Institute  by  Mr. 
Yellowlees,  who  is  a  resident  of  the  island. 


FIG.  113.     (i  Size.) 

Fia;.  113  was  found  by  Mr.  C.  A.  See  in  the  Tremont  Park  Mound  on  Tidd's  Island. 
It  has  flat  sides  and  square  edges,  and  is  made  for  fastening  to  a  handle  by  means  of 
thongs,  or  for  insertion  in  a  hole  at  the  end  of  a  handle.  It  is  evidently  a  tomahawk. 


114. 




FIG.  114.     (J  Size.) 

One  of  the  most  elegantly  formed  copper  relics  in  our  collection  is  that  numbered 
It  is  more  of  an  adze  or  chisel  than  an  axe,  being  sharpened  to  bring  the  cutting 

55 


51  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  7). 


A.  1888 


edge  wholly  to  one  side.  It  is  very  symmetrically  shaped,  and  the  sides  are  flat ;  but  the 
edges  are  rounded,  suggesting  the  use  of  this  tool  directly  in  the  hand.  Compared  with 
its  other  dimensions,  this  specimen  is  comparatively  thin. 

It  was  found  by  Mr.  J.  Humphrey  within  a  short  distance  of  his  dwelling-house,  on 
the  farm  lot  6,  concession  2,  in  the  township  of  Beverly. 


FIG.  115. 


Size.) 


Fig.  115  is  supplied  with  a  well-formed  socket,  which  is  fully  one-third  of  the  whole- 
length.  The  inside  as  seen  in  the  cut,  is  very  much  corroded,  but  the  opposite  is  per- 
fectly smooth,  and  the  blade  portion  has  been  hammered  so  as  to  leave  a  ridge  in  the 
middle  throughout  its  entire  length.  It  was  found  "  north-east  of  Toronto." 

The  formation  of  a  socket  marks  a  very  decided  step  in  the  adaptation  of  means  to 
an  end. 


FIG.  116.     (£  Size.) 

Fig.  116  is  much  corroded,  but  shows  unmistakable  signs  of  workmanship.  The 
locality  where  found  is  not  known ;  all  the  foregoing  (except  as  noted)  were  procured 
from  Mr.  J.  W.  Stewart. 


FIG.  117.     (4  Size.) 

A  knife  is  suggested  by  the  shape  of  Fig.  117,  and  the  shank  is  evidently  made  for 
insertion  in  a  handle  of  some  sort,  and  one  is  led  to  suspect  European  influence. 

A  much  heavier  and  more  clumsily  shaped  implement,  in  general  form  resembling 
the  Tidd's  Island  tomahawk,  was  found  near  Brantford,  and  is  now  in  our  collection. 

We  have  also  a  few  specimens  of  copper  bracelets.  These  were  often  made  either  by 
procuring  native  metal  in  "  leaf  "  condition,  or  by  poundinsf  it  very  thin,  then  cutting  it 
into  strips  and  bending  the  edges  over  as  if  to  make  a  tube,  after  which  it  was  curved 
to  form  a  single  or  double  coil. 

One  of  our  bracelet  specimens  is  made  from  solid  metal. 

Copper  beads  were  fashioned  in  the  same  manner  and  were  from  one-fourth  to  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  long.  I  collected  a  number  of  these  from  the  Tidd's  Island  Mound, 
and,  what  was  of  more  value,  a  piece  of  hide,  perhaps  a  portion  of  belt  or  head-dress' 
which  had  been  ornamented  with  them.  Some  of  the  beads  were  still  lying  on  the 
material  they  had  adorned,  and  the  method  of  fastening  may  be  clearly  seen. 

Finders  of  copper  iuiplements  and  weapons  should  refrain  from  making  any  attempt 
to  clean  or  sharpen  them,  as  no  good  end  is  thereby  attained,  whereas  any  operation 
having  this  object  in  view  only  gives  the  article  a  suspiciously  modern  appearance. 


56 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


MODERN    SPECIMENS. 

Mr.  M.  M.  Fen  wick,  B.  A.,  Head  Master  of  the  Farmersville  High  School,  and 
F.  F.  Payne,  Esq.,  have  each  presented  the  museum  wdth  a  number  of  specimens  that 
will  prove  valuable  for  comparative  purposes. 

The  contribution  of  the  former  gentleman  consists  of  wearing  apparel,  ornaments  and 
weapons  in  use  among  the  Arouay  Indians  of  British  Guiana  ;  and  the  latter  of  several 
suits  of  Eskimo  clothing,  two  Kayak  models  and  a  number  of  other  valuable  articles. 

A  donation  of  $10  from  President  Vandermissen  was  expended  in  the  purchase  of 
specimens. 


The  following  report  by  Mr.  A.  F.  Hunter  is  interesting.  The  writer  has  gone  over 
some  portions  of  Simcoe  County  with  considerable  care,  and  his  estimate  of  the  number 
of  villages  and  ossuaries,  indicates  that  a  large  Indian  population  formerly  occupied  that 
part  of  our  Province. 

Mr.  Hunter's  general  remarks  have  rendered  it  unnecessary  for  me  to  refer  further 
to  the  points  involved,  more  especially  as  the  space  at  our  command  is  limited. 

VILLAGES. 

According  to  the  Jesuits,  there  were  in  the  year  1639  thirty-two  inhabited  villages  of 
the  Hurons  in  the  small  territory  between  Lake  Simcoe  and  Georgian  Bay.  There  is  no 
reason  to  doubt  the  accuracy  of  the  Jesuits'  statement,  but  we  have  located  the  sites  of 
upwards  of  one  hundred  Huron  villages  within  that  area.  All  these,  however,  were  not 
occupied  at  the  same  time,  as  the  remains  show.  Some  had  evidently  been  abandoned 
before  the  arrival  of  the  French,  because  all  research  has  failed  to  reveal  any  traces  of 
French  intercourse ;  while  other  sites  yield  abundant  evidence  of  the  presence  of  French 
traders.  The  Hurons  were  incessantly  harassed  by  hostile  tribes,  and  were  compelled  to 
shift  their  habitations  from  time  to  time.  Their  filthy  domestic  habits  also  rendered  it 
impossible  for  them  to  remain  long  in  one  place.  They  were  thus  obliged  to  lead  a  half 
nomadic  life,  although  they  were  quite  stationary  when  compared  with  Ohippewas, 
Ottawas,  and  the  other  existing  tribes.  And  hence  it  came  that  only  a  few  of  the  villages, 
whose  remains  are  still  traceable,  were  occupied  at  the  time  of  the  Jesuit  census. 

The  sites  of  nearly  all  these  villages  are  marked  by  artificial  depressions  and  eleva- 
tions of  the  surface  of  the  ground,  ashes  and  debris  at  some  distance  below  the  surface, 
stone  implements,  fragments  of  pottery  in  great  abunndance,  besides  many  other  relics. 
Articles  of  early  French  manufacture  are  often  found.  These  villages  were  of  various 
sizes,  ranging  from  two  or  three  lodges  to  extensive  hamlets.  The  largest  site  known  to 
us  is  in  the  northern  part  of  the  township  of  Oro;  it  covers  an  area  of  more  than  fifteen 
acres.  Many  of  them  were  palisaded  ;  but  nearly  all  traces  of  fortification  have  been 
obliterated,  owing  to  the  great  length  of  time  that  had  elapsed  since  they  were  deserted. 
In  one  instance — a  village  site  in  the  township  of  Flos — we  observed  the  remains  of  stone 
fortification  and  mound-building  without  any  collateral  tra-es  of  French  intercourse. 
A  large  ossuary  near  it  contained  no  articles  of  French  manufacture  when  it  was  exca- 
vated in  the  year  1882.  All  the  Huron  villages  were  situated  on  elevated  ground  where 
the  soil  is  light,  but  close  to  a  supply  of  fresh  water  ;  and  in  many  cases  we  have  been 
able  to  locate  a  chain  of  villages  lying  along  a  particular  trail,  whose  direction  depended 
on  the  physical  features  of  the  region. 

The  fortified  missions  of  the  Jesuits  are  still  traceable — Ste.  Marie  on  the  Wye,  Ste. 
Marie  on  Christian  Island,  Ste.  Jean  Baptiste,  and  a  few  others.  The  sites  of  Wenrio, 
Ste.  Marie,  Ste.  Louis,  Ste.  Ignace,  and  other  mission  posts  were  minutely  examined  by 
Dr.  Tache,  as  well  as  by  Rev.  Father  Laboureau,  of  Penetanguishene,  who  has  also 
examined  many  other  sites  with  interesting  results. 

5  (C.I.)  57 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  7).  A.  1888 


OSSUARIES. 

With  many  of  the  more  important  villages  in  the  Huron  country  there  are 
associated  ossuaries,  or  bone-pits.  The  number  of  these,  discovered  and  undiscovered, 
has  been  variously  estimated ;  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  have  already  been 
excavated  by  different  persons,  but  chiefly  by  the  farmers.  As  to  the  number  of  skeletons 
in  each  pit,  a  great  diversity  exists.  The  ossuary  of  average  size  contains  about  three 
hundred,  but  a  few  have  been  found  in  the  townships  of  Tay  and  Tiny  containing  more 
than  a  thousand,  while  others  contain  less  than  a  dozen.  These,  however,  are  exceptional 
cases.  Light,  sandy  soil  was  almost  invariably  selected  for  the  pits,  clearly  because  the 
Indians  had  no  good  implements  for  digging  heavy  soils. 

The  Huron  mode  of  burial  resembled  in  some  respects  that  of  the  Sioux,  Blackfeet, 
and  other  Northwest  tribes  of  our  own  day.  The  body  was  placed  after  death  upon  a 
scaffold  supported  by  four  upright  poles.  At  regular  intervals  of  time,  varying  from 
seven  to  twelve  years,  (frequently  ten)  the  skeletons  were  collected  from  the  scaffolds  and 
buried  in  a  large  pit  dug  for  the  purpose. 

Brebceuf's  famous  account  of  the  burial  ceremony  (Relations  des  Jesuites,  1636),  has 
been  fully  confirmed  by  excavation  of  the  ossuaries.  In  most  cases,  the  small  bones  of 
the  feet  and  hands,  and  such  as  could  easily  be  blown  from  the  scaffolds  or  removed  by 
carrion-eating  fowls,  are  not  to  be  found,  showing  that  the  bodies  were' exposed  on 
scaffolds  before  interment.  In  a  few  instances  we  found  some  large  bones  of  the  limbs 
(femora,  tibia,  humeri)  arranged  in  bundles  of  a  size  convenient  for  carrying.  Although 
the  thongs  which  bound  them  together  had  entirely  perished,  the  surrounding  mould  had 
kept  them  in  their  original  position.  Further  proof  of  the  strange  mode  of  burial  among 
the  Hurons  exists  in  the  fact  that  the  dimensions  of  the  pit  are  almost  always  less  than 
would  have  been  required  for  dead  bodies.  No  definite  arrangement  of  the  bones  in  a  pit 
can  be  traced;  although  we  sometimes  observed  that  all  the  skulls  had  been  placed  with 
the  face  downwards — an  arrangement  by  no  means  universally  adopted.  The  few 
ossuaries,  in  which  entire  bodies  were  buried  together,  can  easily  be  distinguished  from 
the  prevailing  variety.  When  buried  in  this  way,  as  sometimes  occurred  after  a  mass  icre, 
it  was  usual  to  arrange  the  bodies  regularly  with  their  feet  towards  the  centre  of 
the  pit. 

After  the  arrival  of  the  French,  brass  kettles  were  often  buried  with  the  bones.  These 
were  purposely  damaged  at  the  time  of  interment  by  having  a  large  hole  knocked  in  the 
bottom  with  a  tomahawk.  As  many  as  twenty  of  these  kettles  have  been  found  in  some 
ossuaries,  especially  those  of  the  townships  of  Medonte.  Besides  kettles,  they  buried  copper 
and  glass  beads,  wampum,  pipes,  pottery,  copper  and  stone  axes,  chisels,  and  in  fact  almost 
everything  to  be  found  in  a  Huron  household. 


58 


ANNUAL  REORT 
—  l\ 


OF    THE 


CANADIAN    INSTITUTE 


SESSION    1887-3. 


BEING    PART    OP    APPENDIX    L. 


TO    THE 


REPORT  OF  THE  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION,  ONTARIO, 


1888. 


tfte 


TORONTO : 

PRINTED  BY  WARWICK  &  SONS,  68  &  70  FRONT  STREET  WEST. 

1889. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE — SESSION  1887-88 1 

Appendix  I.  Membership 2 

"  II.  Treasurer's  Statement 3 

"  III.  Donations  and  Exchanges 5 

"  IV.  Societies,  etc.,  exchanged  with 5 

"  V.  Periodicals  subscribed  for 5 

"  VI.  Classification  of  Papers 5 

REPORTS  OF  SECTIONS — 

(1)  Biological  Section ...    . 5 

(2)  Architectural  Section 6 

'  (3)  Philological  Section 7 

(4)  Geological  and  Mining  Section    7 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT  (by  the  Curator) 9 

NOTES— 

Pottery .. 16 

Clay  Pipes ' 20 

Stone  Pipes , 23 

Implements  of  Stone , 28 

Bone 40 

•  Shell 40 

Flints 41 

Carved  Head 46 

Tablets 46 

Copper 48 

CONTRIBUTIONS  TOWARDS  A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  ARCHEOLOGY  OF  THE  DOMINION^OF  CANADA  AND 

NEWFOUNDLAND  . .  . .  54 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE— 

SESSION,  1887-88. 


The  Council  of  the  Canadian  Institute  has  the    honour  to  lay  before  the  members 
its  Thirty-Ninth  Annual  Report : 

Early  in  the  past  Session  the  President,  Mr.  W.  H.  Vander  Smissen,  to  whose 
exertions  so  much  of  the  increased  activity  and  prosperity  of  the  Institute  were  due,  was 
unfortunately  obliged,  through  the  pressure  of  other  duties,  to  resign,  and  the  Vice- 
president  being  at  the  time  absent  in  Europe,  Mr.  Charles  Carpmael  was  elected  to  fill 
the  vacant  position.  Twenty-six  meetings,  including  the  annual  conversazione,  have  been 
held  during  the  past  session,  at  which  thirty-nine  papers  have  been  read,  in  addition  to 
fifty  read  at  Section  meetings.  The  aggregate  number  of  papers  read  thus  exceeds  by 
seventeen  that  of  the  preceding  year,  when  there  were  but  seventy-two,  and  this  number 
was  again  largely  in  excess  of  that  of  any  previous  year  in  the  history  of  the  Institute. 
The  character  of  these  communications  has  been  fully  equal  to  the  standard  of  previous 
years,  and  the  range  of  subjects  (as  shown  in  the  appendix)  has  been  unusually  large. 
The  average  attendance  at  the  regular  weekly  meetings  has  also  shown  an  increase.  It 
is  also  satisfactory  to  notice  that  there  has  been  a  considerable  increase  in  the  number  of 
members  who  have  made  use  of  the  reading-room.  On  the  occasion  of  the  annual  con- 
versazione, the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  Archaeology  was  opened, .and  there  was 
an  excellent  exhibition  of  photographs  by  the  Photographic  Section.  There  was  a  large 
attendance  of  members  and  their  friends.  The  Archaeological  collection  is  already  exten- 
sive, and  has  been  admirably  arranged  by  the  Curator,  to  whom  the  Institute  is  greatly 
indebted  for  his  exertions,  both  in  collecting  specimens  and  in  carefully  classifying  them. 
The  Archaeological  Report,  which  has  been  bound  up  with  the  Annual  Report  of  the 
Institute  for  the  year  1886-87,  is  already  in  the  hands  of  the  members,  and  contains  an 
account  of  what  has  been  done  by  the  Institute  down  to  December  last,  in  this  field. 
Our  exertions  to  add  to  our  collection  continue  unabated,  and  the  Council  has  thank- 
fully to  acknowledge  the  grant  of  $1,000  by  the  Ontario  Government,  which  will  enable 
us  to  devote  a  considerable  sum,  as  in  the  past  year,  to  this  purpose.  The  number  of 
books  and  pamphlets  received  during  the  year,  is  shown  in  Appendix  III,  to  have  con- 
tinued to  increase,  and  to  have  been  considerably  more  than  eight  times  as  large  as  it  was 
five  years  ago.  A  pamphlet  has  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Sandford  Fleming,  on  the  subject 
of  "Time  Reckoning,"  and  issued  by  the  Institute  for  the  purpose  of  introducing  the  sub- 
ject, in  the  educational  institutions  throughout  the  Dominion.  In  this  pamphlet  the  princi- 
ples of  time-reckoning  are  set  forth,  with  special  reference  to  the  recommendations  of  the 
Washington  conference  on  the  subject.  A  deputation  of  the  Council  of  the  Institute  has 
waited  upon  the  Minister  of  Education  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  and  acting  on  the 
recommendation  of  this  deputation,  the  Minister  has  requested  to  be  furnished  with  five 
hundred  copies  of  the  pamphlet,  for  distribution  to  the  head  masters  of  the  various  high 
schools  and  collegiate  institutes  in  the  Province.  The  Council  has  also  sent  copies  of  the 
pamphlet  to  the  Ministers  of  Education  in  the  other  Provinces.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  it  was  a  paper  by  Mr.  Sandford  Fleming,  read  before  this  Institute,  copies  of  which 
were  forwarded  with  a  memorial  from  the  Institute  to  the  Marquess  of  Lome,  then  Governor- 
General  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  and  through  him  to  the  British  Government, 
and  to  various  foreign  scientific  institutions,  which  first  called  prominent  attention 
throughout  the  world  to  this  subject.  The  views  then  advanced  by  Mr.  Sandford  Fleming, 
were  very  generally  accepted  by  scientific  men  in  all  civilized  nations,  the  subject  was 
discussed  at  various  congresses,  and  in  October,  1884,  a  conference  was  held  at  Washing- 
ton on  the  invitation  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  at  which  twenty-five  nations 
were  represented,  and  the  proposed  reforms  were  by  it  recommended  for  adoption  by  all 

1  (C.I.) 


nations.  Your  Council  has  every  reason  to  hope  that  the  pamphlet  now  issued  will 
facilitate  the  introduction  of  these  reforms  in  Canada.  A  memorial  was  also  forwarded 
to  the  Minister  of  the  Interior  in  connection  with  Geological  and  Mining  affairs,  and  in 
reply  a  certified  copy  of  a  report  of  a  committee  of  the  Honorable  the  Privy  Council, 
approved  by  his  Excellency  the  Governor-General  in  Council  on  the  28th  September,  1887,. 
has  been  received,  in  which  it  is  set  forth  that  a  Division  of  the  Geological  Branch  of  the 
Interior  has  recently  been  organized  by  the  appointment  to  the  permanent  staff  of  the  Sur- 
vey, of  a  Mining  Engineer  and  a  Mining  Geologist,  to  examine  and  report  upon  the  mining 
industries  of  the  Dominion,  to  collect  mineral  statistics,  and  otherwise  to  work  out  the- 
economic  geology  of  our  mining  districts.  While  congratulating  the  Institute  on  the- 
increase  in  membership  and  activity,  the  Council  feels  it  necessary  to  impress  upon  the 
members  that  much  has  yet  to  be  done  in  the  direction  of  the  further  extension  of  th& 
Museum  and  Library.  Our  accommodation  in  these  is  still  inadequate,  and  additional 
shelving  and  oases  are  required,  The  balance  shown  on  our  balance  sheet  is  already 
expended.  It  therefore  urges  upon  the  members  the  necessity  of  supporting  the  present 
efforts  of  the  Committee  of  Ways  and  Means  by  every  means  in  their  power,  by  contribu- 
tions, by  presenting  the  claims  of  the  Institute  to  the  public  in  every  possible  way,  and 
by  endeavoring  to  obtain  new  members.  During  the  past  year  the  Institute  has  lost  by 
death  one  of  its  most  distinguished  honorary  members,  Prof.  Balfour  Stewart,  of  Owen's 
College,  Manchester.  Balfour  Stewart's  name  was  first  prominently  brought  before  the- 
public  by  his  researches  on  radiant  heat,  published  in  1858.  In  1859  he  was  appointed 
Director  of  Kew  Observatory,  and  held  this  post  until  1870,  when  he  was  appointed 
Professor  ot  Physics  at  Owen's  College,  Manchester.  He  died  of  apoplexy  on  December 
18,  1887. 

CHARLES    CARPMAEL, 

President. 


APPENDIX  I. 


Membership. 

Number  of  Members  April  1,  1887 290 

Withdrawals  and  deaths  during  the  year „ . .  .  .      27 


263 
Elected  during  the  year 56 


Total  members,  April  1,  1888 


Composed  of  : 

Honorary  Members  .  .  .  ,  ..................................  6 

Life  Members  ..........................................  12 

Ordinary  Members  .........    ............................  301 


Total 
Associates  .  .  ........  54 


APPENDIX  II. 


Treasurer  in  Account  with  the  Canadian  Institute  for  the  Year  Ending  March  31st,  1888 V 

To  Summary  : — 

"  Balance  on  hand $56  40 

"  Annual  Subscriptions 909  75 

"  Rents 206  50 

"  Government  Grant 1,000  00 

"  Journals  sold 7,15 

"  Periodicals  sold 38  80  ' 

"  Donation 250 

"  Interest 1   14 

'  Proceeds  of  Note 200  00 

$2,422  24 

By  Summary  : — 

"  Salaries $314  00 

"Printing  Journal 813  27 

"       "       Miscellaneous 59  00 

"  Stationery 2  00 

"  Postage ,  .  78  85 

"  Freight  and  Express  Charges 13  53 

"  Repairs 36  64 

"Gas 40  75 

"  Water 24  00 

"  Periodicals 120  76 

"Furniture 11   15 

"  Housekeeping 43  80 

"Fuel 20  75 

"  Insurance 52  00 

"  Blinds 10  00 

"  Gas  Lights 19  20 

"  Taxes 975 

"  Journals  purchased 2  50 

"  City  Directory 3  00 

"  Chemicals  for  Museum 8  53 

"  Grant  to  Photographic  Section 40  00 

"  Sundries 8  00 

"  Interest 218  00 

"  Promissory  Note 300  00 

"  Balance,  Imperial  Bank 163  56 

"        "        on  hand 920 

$2,422  24 

jgBBBBHEi 

Bank  Balance  as  per  Bank  Book $273  67 

Balance  as  above , $163  56 

"       for  Building  Fund 110  11 

-, 273  67 


Building  Account. 
1887. 
April  1,  to  Balance $662  83 

^••••••MHMMMMHMi 

1887. 

April  29th,  By  Carpenters  Contract,  Certificate  No.  3,..     $32  75 
May      5tb,         Painters  "  "          "     1,..     113  40 

Nov.    18th,          Plasterers         "  «          "     1,..       41   80 

Oct.      16th,         Roofers  "  "          "     1,..       25  00 

May     17th,         Contract  for  Cases $  50  00 

Oct.     24th,  "  75  00 

100  00 

Nov.    16th,  "  65  °° 

290  98 

Dec.     16th,     "  Law  Expenses 3  64 

1888. 
Jan.     13th,     "  Carpenters  Account  for  Alterations  and 

Shelves 45  15 

"  Balance  in  Imperial  Bank 110  11 

$662  83 

Archc&ological  Grant. 
To  Grant,  1887 $1,000  00 

By  Grant  to  Fort  Rouille  monument $200  00 

"    Purchase  of  Specimens 235  50 

"    Engraving  of  Specimens  for  Report 134  55 

"    Travelling  expenses,  sundry  expenses  and  remunera- 
tion of  the  Curator 394  50 

"    Balance  on  hand ..  35  45 


$1,000  00 


(Signed) 


W.  A.  DOUGLASS, 
ALFRED  BAKER, 


Auditors. 


Assets. 
Building  ........  .  .............................  $11,500  00 


Warehouse 


Ground  .......................................  3,000 

Library  ......................................  5,500 

Specimens  ......................  ..............  2,000 

Personal  property  ..............................  1,000  00 


720  00 
00 
00 
00 


$23,720  00 


Liabilities. 


Mortgage  No.  1,  due  1892 $3,000  00 

2,    "    1892 1,000  00 

Note  discounted r 200  00 

Balance  in  favour  of  the  Institute 19,520  00 


$23,720  00 


APPENDIX  III. 

Donations  and  Exchanges. — Books  and  Pamphlets  received  from  April  1st,  1887,  to 
April  1st,  1888  :— From  Canada,  229  ;  United  States,  503  ;  Great  Britain  and  Irelandr 
466  ;  India  and  Australasia,  90  ;  all  other  countries,  1,045.  Total,  2,333. 

Total  number  received  in  1882-3,  280  ;  in  1883-4,  800  ;  in  1884-5,  730  ;  in  1885-6f 
1,502;  in  1886-7,  2,230;  in  1887-8,  2,333. 


APPENDIX  IV. 
The  number  of  Societies  and  Publications  with  which  the  Institute  exchanges  is  396r 


APPENDIX  V. 

The  Periodicals  subscribed  for  are  the  same  as  last  year,  with  the  addition  of  the- 
Amateur  Photographer. 


APPENDIX  VI 

Classification  of  papers  read  by  subjects  : — Anthropology,  3  ;  Archaeology,  1  ;  Bio- 
logy, 2 ;  Botany,  1  ;  Chemistry,  1  ;  Economics,  4 ;  Geology,  4 ;  Geography,  2 ;  Juris^ 
prudence,  1  ;  Medicine,  1  ;  Metallurgy,  1  ;  Meteorology,  1 ;  Philology,  4  ;  Political 
Science,  3 ;  Psychology,  1  ;  Sociology,  1 ;  Solar  Physics,  1 ;  Telegraphy  and  Telephony, 
1 ;  Zoology,  4  ;  Miscellaneous,  2.  Total,  39. 

Read  at  Section  Meetings: — Architectural  Section,  12;  Biological  Section,  22  -r 
Geological  and  Mining  Section,  6  ;  Philological  Section,  10.  Total,  50. 


REPORTS  OP  SECTIONS  OP  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE,  1887-8. 

(1)  Report  of  the  Biological  Section. 

The  Biological  Section  of  the  Canadian  Institute  has  held  its  regular  meetings  on 
the  1st  and  3rd  Mondays  in  every  month  during  the  past  session.  At  each  of  these  meet- 
ings one  or  more  original  papers  have  been  read  on  a  variety  of  topics,  as  may  be  seen  on 
reference  to  the  programmes  issued. 

The  "  Microscope  Fund  "  has,  through  the  liberality  of  a  few  members  and  their 
friends,  been  sufficiently  augmented  to  allow  of  the  purchase  of  a  first-class  instrument, 
now  expected  to  arrive  in  a  few  days. 

Yours  faithfully, 

W.  E.  MlDDLETON. 


Schedule  of  Papers  Read  in  Biological  Section  1887-8. 

2  1887,  "  The  English  Rabbit  as  an  Agricultural  Pest," William  Brodie 

16,      "      "  The  Fresh  Water  Hydra," W.  E.  Middleton 

"  The  Coleoptera  of  the  N.W.T.," Wm.  Brodie 

"  The  Acclimatization  of  the  English  Goldfinch," Wm.  Brodie 

"  Canadian  Ants," , Wm.  Brodie 

"  Canadian  Gall  Insects," Wm.  Brodie 

11  Foreign  Ants," W.  E.  Middleton 

"Hyphantria  Cunea," Wm.  Brodie 

Dec.     5,        "       "  The  Brownian  Movement," W.  E.  Middleton 

"  Mind  in  Animals," Wm.  Brodie 

"  The  Calamorpha  Moth," Wm.  Brodie 

19,  "      "Canadian  Reptiles," J.  B.  Williams 

Jan.    16,    1888,  "Planorbis  Corpulentus," Wm.  Brodie 

"  Some  Canadian  Insects," Wm.  Brodie 

Feb.      6,       "       "  Birds'  Eggs," , E.  V.  Rippon 

"  Museum  Collections  and  their  Preservation," C.  Armstrong 

<f  Certain     Alleged     Digestive     Glands     of     Carnivorous 

Plants," W.  E.  Middleton 

"The  English  Sparrow," Dr.  Gamier 

20,  "       "Chloroform," Wm.  Brodie 

March  5,       "      "  Coleoptera  of  the  N.  W.  T.,"  No.  2 Wm.  Brodie 

April    2,       "       "  Habits  of  Canadian  Birds," E.E.Thompson 

16,       "       "  The  Echini," Rev.  K.  F.  Junor 

(22  papers.) 

The  Officers  for  the  ensuing  year  are  : — James  H.  Pearce,  President ;  W.  E.  Middle- 
ton,  Secretary. 


(2)  Report  of  the  Architectural  Section. 

The  Architectural  Section  of  the  Canadian  Institute  has  the  honor  to  present 
its  Second  Annual  Report : 

Since  our  first  report  to  the  Canadian  Institute  we  have  held  weekly  meetings  during 
the  winter  months,  closing  the  first  session  of  our  existence  on  May  9th,  1887,  and  com- 
mencing the  session  of  1887-88  on  October  llth. 

The  following  papers  and  addresses  were  delivered  before  this  section  during  the  past 
year: 

April     4th,  1887,  Mr.  C.  F.  Wagner  read  a  paper  on  "Carpentering." 

llth,     "       Mr.  J.  W.  Gray  read  a  paper  on  "The  Doric  Temple  in  its  Construc- 
tive Aspect." 
May      2nd,     "        Mr.  Curry  gave  an  address  on  "  Plumbing,"  illustrated  by  drawings, 

showing  correct  and  defective  work. 

Jan.     17th,  1888,  Mr.  M.  J.  Hynes  gave  an  address  on  the  subject  of  "Terra  Cotta." 

24th,     "        Mr.  Frank  Douglas  read  a  paper  on  "  Renaissance  Architecture." 

31st,      "        Mr.  J.  B.  Vick  gave  an  address  on  "  Stone  Cutting  and  Stone  Setting." 

Feb.     7th,       "       Mr.  A.  G.  Gregg  read  a  paper  on  "  Architectural  Lessons  from  the 

Human  Figure." 

14th,     "       Mr.  Jas.  Wright  gave  an  address  on  "  Plastering." 
28th,     "       Mr.  Wm.  Simpson  gave  an  address  on  "  Joinery." 
Mar.    20th,     "        Mr.  R.  J.  Hovenden  gave  an  address  on  "  Painting." 

27th,     "        Mr.  R.  J.  Hovenden  gave  an  address  on  "The  Manufacture;  Adulter- 
ation and  Application  of  Colors." 
.April  10th,     "       Mr.  Wm.  Phillips  gave  an  address  on  "  House  Drainage." 


The  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  are  :  Chairman,  A.  F.  Wickson  ;  Vice-Chairman, 
R.  Dawson ;  Treasurer,  C.  D.  Lennox ;  Secretary,  J.  F.  Brown ;  Committee  of  Manage- 
ment, John  Howard  and  G.  F.  W.  Price, 

ROBERT  DAWSON, 

Chairman. 
TORONTO,  April  10th,  1888. 


(3)  Report  of  the  Philological  Section. 

GENTLEMEN, — In  accordance  with  the  constitution  of  the  Canadian  Institute  I  beg 
to  submit  the  following  report  of  the  work  of  the  Philological  Section  for  the  year  ending 
March  31st,  1888  : 

The  number  of  members  on  the  roll  is  eighteen.  Since  the  31st  March,  1887,  the 
section  has  held  eleven  meetings.  Since  December  13th,  1887,  the  meetings  of  the 
section  have  taken  place  at  twenty  o'clock  on  the  second  and  fourth  Tuesdays  in  each 
month  of  the  session  of  the  Institute. 

At  the  meeting  of  November  14th,  1887,  it  was  decided  that  the  section  should  take 
up  the  study  of  "  Phonetics,"  and  the  work  of  the  members  has  to  a  great  extent  been 
the  pursuance  of  such  study. 

At  the  meeting  of  January  10th,  1887,  Mr.  George  E.  Shaw,  B.A.,  resigned  the 
position  of  Secretary  of  the  Section,  to  which  office  Mr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  B.A.,  was 
Appointed. 

During  the  year  the  following  papers  have  been  read  before  the  Section : 

{[)     April  llth,  1887,  "The  Science  of  Language  in  Popular  Education,"  by  the  Rev.  J. 

F.  McCurdy,  Ph.D. 

<2)  25th,     "      "  Umbrian  Inscriptions,"  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  McNish. 

(3)     May      9th,     "      "An  International  Alphabet  with  a  System  of  Shorthand,"  by  M. 

L.  Rouse. 
^4)     Dec.    13th,     "      "  The  Organs  of  Speech,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Production 

of  Speech  in  the  Larynx,"  by  Dr.  G.  R.  McDonagh. 

(5)     Jan.   10th,   1888,  "Throat  Sounds,"  by  the  Rev.  J.  F.  McCurdy,  Ph.D. 
<6)  24th,      "      "  Portuguese  Nasal  Sounds,"  by  G.  E.  Shaw,  B.A. 

(7)     Mar.  27th,      "      "  A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  the  Franco-Canadian  Dialect,"  by 

Jno.  Squair,  B.A. 

(Signed) 

-  •     A.  F.  CHAMBERLAIN, 

Secretary  Philol  Sect.  C.  I. 
TORONTO,  April  7th,  1888. 


(4)  Report  of  the  Geological  and  Mining  Section. 

This  Section  of  the  Institute  was  organized  at  a  meeting  held  on  the  20th  of  April, 
1887,  and  its  Regulations  and  By-laws  were  approved  by  the  Council  on  the  30th  of  the 
same  month.  The  names  of  sixteen  members  of  the  Institute  are  enrolled  on  the  minute 
book  as  members  of  the  Section. 

Besides  the  inaugural  meeting,  six  meetings  of  the  Section  have  been  held  during  the 
year.  The  attention  of  the  Section  was  called  soon  after  its  formation  to  the  want  of 
statistics  and  other  trustworthy  information  relating  to  the  mining  and  metallurgical 
operations  carried  on  in  the  Dominion,  and  the  desirableness  of  the  public  being  put  in 
possession  of  such  information  as  soon  after  the  close  of  each  year  as  possible.  A  memorial 


setting  forth  these  views  was  prepared  by  the  Section,  approved  by  the  Institute,  and 
forwarded  to  the  Dominion  Government  in  May  of  last  year.  In  answer  to  this  memorial 
the  Government  replied  on  the  28th  September,  that  an  Order  in  Council  was  passed 
creating  a  division  of  the  Geological  Survey  to  attend  to  these  matters.  Furthermore,  in 
reply  to  an  interview  had  with  the  Deputy-Minister  of  the  Interior  by  an  authorized  sub- 
committee of  the  Section,  consisting  of  the  chairman  and  secretary,  the  Minister  stated  : 
(1)  That  the  officers  of  the  division  referred  to  have  been  appointed ;  (2)  That  the  publica- 
tion of  statistics  and  information  by  this  division  will  hereafter  be  much  more  prompt  after 
the  close  of  each  year  than  hitherto  ;  (3)  That  the  Dominion  Government  has  co-operated 
and  will  co-operate  with  the  Provincial  Governments  in  the  direction  of  acquiring  mining 
and  metallurgical  information ;  and  (4)  That  the  Government  is  considering  the  publica- 
tion of  all  reports  of  the  Geological  Survey  relating  to  mining  and  metallurgy  in  Canada- 
since  1863  in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  forthcoming  census. 

A  select  committee  of  the  Section  has  also  prepared  an  exhaustive  report,  with 
tables  of  exports  and  imports,  on  the  minerals  and  raw  metallurgical  products  of  the- 
United  Kingdom,  the  United  States,  Canada  and  the  other  Colonies  of  the  Empire, 
more  especially  in  regard  to  the  trade  of  the  several  countries  with  each  other. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  work  accomplished  by  the  Section,  papers  were  read 
at  the  several  meetings  as  follows  : 

1.  "  On  the  Mineral  Production  of  Canada  in  1886-7,"  by  Wm.'Hamilton  Merritt. 

2.  f<  On  Iron  and  other  Ores  of  Ontario,"  by  James  T.  B.  Ives. 

3.  "  On  certain  Lacustrine  Deposits  and  their  Economic  Values,"  by  Arthur  Harvey. 

4.  "  On  the  Physical  Aspects  of  Iron  Smelting,"  by  Samuel  D.  Mills,  of  St.  Ignace, 
Michigan. 

5.  "  Notes  on  Thunder  Bay  Silver  Ores,"  by  Robert  B.  Headley,  of  Port  Arthur. 

6.  "  Notes  on  New  Jersey  Iron  Ores,"  by  Wm.  Hamilton  Merritt. 

Two  officers  elected  at  the  organization  of  the  Section,  viz.:  Alexander  McNabbr 
Vice-Ch airman ;  and  J.  T.  B.  Ives,  Curator,  having  resigned  in  consequence  of  leaving" 
the  country,  their  places  were  filled  by  the  appointment  thereto  of  Arthur  Harvey 
and  David  Boyle,  respectively. 

The  following  officers  of  the  Section  have  been  elected  for  the  Institute  yeary 
beginning  May  1st,  1888  . 

Chairman,  William  Hamilton  Merritt ;  Yice-Chairman,  Arthur  Harvey  ;  Secretary r 
A.  Blue;  Executive  Committee,  John  Notman,  A.  Elvins,  R.  W.  Phipps,  Dr.  P.  EL 
Bryce  and  A.  F.  Chamberlain. 

A,  BLUE, 

Secretary. 

Resolution  adopted  unanimously  by  the  Geological  and  Mining  Section  of  the 
Canadian  Institute,  at  Toronto,  on  the  26th  April,  1888  : 

Whereas,  the  late  Hon.  Thomas  White,  Minister  of  the  Interior,  for  years  recognized 
the  importance  of  the  mineral  and  metallurgical  interests  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada, 
and  previous  to  taking  office  in  the  Government  ably  advocated  through  the  press  the 
desirability  of  more  attention  being  paid  to  their  development ;  and  wnereas,  since  taking 
office  he  has  reorganized  *the  Geological  Survey  so  that  a  division  of  it  may  accomplish  a 
practical  utility  in  keeping  a  record  of  mining  and  metallurgical  development  in  Canada, 
and  has  also  made  important  and  beneficial  changes  in  our  mining  laws ;  Be  it  resolved, 
that,  while  expressing  the  most  profound  sorrow  at  his  death,  the  Geological  and  Mining 
Section  of  the  Canadian  Institute  desires  to  bear  record  to  the  great  benefits  accomplished 
by  the  deceased  during  his  short  term  of  office  for  the  mineral  interests  of  the  Dominion 
of  Canada ;  and  that  a  copy  of  this  resolution  be  forwarded  to  his  son,  Mr.  Robert  White. 

TORONTO,  April  26th,  1888. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT. 

To  the  President  and  Council  of  the.  Canadian  Institute,  Toronto  ; 

GENTLEMEN, — Absence  from  Ontario  during  the  whole  of  last  summer  prevented  my 
doing  anything  archseologically  during  the  year  from  a  strictly  provincial  point  of  view, 
but  I  am  pleased  to  be  able  to  inform  you  that  the  work  of  collecting  at  least,  has  not  for 
this  reason  been  a  total  blank,  as  during  my  residence  of  nearly  five  months  in  the  United 
States  I  was  enabled  to  gather  a  considerable  number  of  specimens,  many  of  which  differ 
considerably  from  the  types  found  in  this  country,  and  some  being  totally  unlike  anything 
met  with  in  Ontario. 

Having  spent  all  my  time  in  Cincinnati,  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  centre  of 
that  region  which  contains  so  many  evidences  of  the  ancient  mound-builders'  peculiar 
art,  I  was  afforded  several  opportunities  of  gaining  such  knowledge  as  may  prove  service- 
able in  future  should  any  similar  works  be  discovered  within  our  own  territory. 

I  have  especially  in  this  connection  to  thank  Drs.  Craig  and  Collins,  of  Lawrencf- 
burg,  Indiana,  for  their  extreme  kindness  and  courtesy  to  me,  both  personally  and  as  your 
representative.  These  gentlemen  not  only  conducted  me  to  interesting  localities,  but  they 
secured  for  me  the  rare  permission  to  open  a  number  of  mounds  and  to  appropriate  for 
the  museum  of  the  Institute  anything  of  value  that  might  be  found  therein.  I  regret  to 
state,  however,  that  owing  to  the  unusual  wetness  of  the  season  our  digging  intentions 
were  frustrated  on  three  or  four  occasions,  until  eventually  the  weather  became  too  cold. 
Our  gratitude  is  due  also  to  Mr.  Robt.  Clarke,  publisher,  Cincinnati,  for  casts  of  the  famous 
Cincinnati  or  Gest,  and  Waverly  or  Clarke  "  tablets,"  the  originals  of  which  are,  in  many 
respects,  among  the  most  interesting  relics  of  pre-historic  man  that  have  been  found  in  North 
America.  Within  recent  years  one  or  two  writers  have  attempted  to  throw  doubt  upon 
the  genuine  character  of  the  former  tablet,  but  the  weight  of  testimony  warrants  the  full 
belief  that  the  relic  in  question  was  actually  taken  from  a  mound  near  the  north-east 
corner  of  Fifth  and  Mound  Streets,  Cincinnati,  in  November,  1841,  and  since  that  time 
it  has  remained  the  property  of  Mr.  Gest,  who  owned  a  portion  of  the  ground  from 
which  it  was  unearthed. 

Mr.  Robert  Clarke,  the  custodian  of  this  precious  relic,  in  his  pamphlet  entitled 
"  The  Pre-historic  Remains  which  were  found  on  the  Site  of  the  City  of  Cincinnati,  with 
a  Vindication  of  the  Cincinnati  Tablet,"  has  carefully  collected  all  the  evidence  for  and 
against  the  genuineness  of  the  "  find,"  and  has  succeeded  in  showing  conclusively  that 
there  is  no  room  for  a  particle  of  doubt  regarding  the  authenticity  of  the  tablet  in 
question. 

With  regard  to  the  Clarke  Tablet  we  learn  (quoting  from  the  Journal  of  the  Cin- 
cinnati Society  of  Natural  History  for  January,  1887)  that  it  "was  discovered  March  12, 
1885,  by  Mr.  J.  P.  MacLean  in  the  collection  of  Dr,  W.  R.  Hurst,  of  Piketon,  Ohio,  was 

obtained  of  him  and  disposed  of  to  Mr.  Clarke The  history  of  the  tablet, 

as  given  by  Dr.  Hurst  to  Mr.  MacLean,  is  as  follows  : — '  The  tablet  was  taken  from  a 
mound  on  the  farm  of  Abraham  Cutlip,  about  one  mile  south  of  Waverly  and  about  three- 
and  a  half  miles  north  of  fiketon,  about  March,  1872.  It  was  found  about  three  feet 
from  the  bottom  of  the  mound  on  the  north  side  by  Abraham  Cutlip  and  David  Allan, 
who  were  cutting  away  the  mound.  Dr.  Hurst  obtained  it  from  them.  The  mound  was 
on  the  second  bottom  of  the  river,  had  been  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  high,  but  had  from 
time  to  time  been  cut  away,  so  that  it  was  only  about  ten  feet  high  at  the  time  of  the 
excavation.  It  was  composed  of  clay.  With  the  tablet  were  found  darts,  badges  and 
human  bones.'  " 

Another,  called  the  Richardson  Tablet,  similar  in  design  to  those  known  as  the 
Cincinnati  and  Clarke  Tablets,  was  found  "on  the  31st  day  of  January,  1879,  in  excavat- 
ing a  mound  on  the  road  leading  from  Wilmington,  Ohio,  to  Harveysburg."  An  attempt 
has  been  made  to  give  to  all  of  these  a  phallic  interpretation,  and  one  writer  professes  to- 
have  discovered  in  t,he  Cincinnati  Tablet  a  system  of  time  computation  as  applied  to 
foetal  life. 


10 


However  much  or  little  of  «uch  symbolization  the  tablets  are  capable  of  bearing,  the 
archaeological  student  of  Ontario  will  now  have  an  opportunity  to  examine  for  himself 
in  Toronto,  with  as  much  satisfaction  as  if  he  had  the  originals  before  him. 

Of  the  other  specimens  I  procured  when  away,  the  following  may  be  enumerated  : — 

From  "North  Carolina — Three  large  flints,  one  fragment  of  a  steatite  dish,  four  frag- 
ments of  pottery,  one  pure  quartz  arrow-head,  and  thirty-five  other  arrowheads. 
From  Georgia — Fourteen  arrow-points,  mostly  of  quartz. 

From  West  Virginia — Two  smoothly  wrought  and  peculiarly  formed  implements,  one 
steatite  ornament  perforated  with  two  holes,  one  small  discoidal  gambling  (?)  stone  and  four 
war  arrowheads. 

From  Tennessee — One  stone  axe  and  eight  flints. 
From  Mississippi — Seven  war  arrowheads. 

From  Alabama — Two  rudely-formed  axes,  one  spear-head  and  eighteen  arrowheads 
of  various  kinds. 

From  Kentucky — Two  pestles,  four  grooved  axes,  five  plain  axes,  one  hammer  stone, 
one  stone  ornament,  two  fragments  of  pottery,  twelve  pieces  of  corn  cobs  and  some  burnt 
corn,  two  drills  and  eighty-six  flints  of  great  variety. 

From  Ohio — Five  stone  axes,  two  bone  implements,  three  bone  beads,  two  perforated 
unio  shells,  three  smoothly-finished  stone  implements  of  unknown  purpose,  one  perfor- 
ated slate  tablet,  one  small  discoidal  stone,  one  copper  button-like  specimen,  three  flint 
cores  and  twenty-four  flints  of  different  sizes  and  shapes. 

From  Indiana — Eight  grooved  axes,  thirteen  plain  axes,  nine  discoidal  stones,  four 
fragments  of  pottery,  one  partly  made  axe  or  hammer,  one  perforated  slate  tablet  or 
gorget,  two  paint-cup  stones  (?),  five  flint  drills  and  thirty-three  arrowheads.  For  many 
of  these  American  specimens  we  are  indebted  to  Miss  Maria  Tipton,  of  Paris,  Kentucky ; 
Mr.  £.  T.  Hummel],  of  Decatur,  Alabama;  Mr.  L.  Deming,  of  Cincinnati;  the 
Brothers  of  St.  Mary's  Institute,  Dayton,  Ohio ;  and  to  others  whose  names  are 
mentioned  in  what  follows. 

From  Arkansas  mounds — Thirteen  whole  or  nearly  whole  specimens  of  pottery 
vessels,  which  formed  part  of  a  collection  made  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Riggs,  of  Cincinnati,  during 
the  past  twelve  years.  Also  five  ditto  from  the  collection  of  Mr.  W.  K.  Moorehead. 

Owing  to  the  extreme  difficulty  of  procuring  perfect,  or  comparatively  perfect,  speci- 
mens of  earthenware,  "modern  antiquities"  are  frequently  prepared  and  sold  to  the 
unsuspecting,  most  of  whom  are  usually  found  among  European  tourists  and  travellers, 
and  as  the  vessels  in  question  were  almost  the  only  articles  I  procured  involving  any  out- 
lay, I  was  very  careful  to  make  inquiry  relative  to  Mr.  Biggs,  his  antecedents  and  reputa- 
tion, the  result  in  every  case  going  to  prove  him  thoroughly  trustworthy  in  all  respects. 
To  private  collectors  and  to  directors  of  museums  I  can  confidently  recommend  Mr. 
Biggs  as  not  only  a  gentleman  having  the  largest  private  collection  for  sale  in  the  United 
States,  but  as  one  upon  whom  the  most  implicit  confidence  can  be  placed. 

With  two  exceptions  these  are  the  only  perfect  specimens  of  earthenware  in  our 
collection,  all  the  rest  being  mere  shreds  or  fragments.  Should  we  be  able  to  secure 
good  Ontario  or  Canadian  pieces  in  the  course  of  time,  those  will  prove  interesting  and 
instructive  by  way  of  comparison,  and  in  any  event  they  will  form  an  exceedingly 
valuable  adjunct  to  our  collection  as  illustrative  of  the  work  performed  by  a  branch  of 
the  same  people  who  were  aboriginal  in  this  country. 

For  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  have  our  American  scientific  neighbors  acted 
towards  Ontario  in  a  most  friendly  manner,  visiting  us  frequently,  carrying  off  to  Wash- 
ington and  elsewhere  every  specimen  worthy  of  preservation  in  their  cabinets,  and  it 
seemed  to  me  only  fair  even  at  this  late  day,  to  evince  a  spirit  of  good  fellowship  by  way 
of  reciprocity.  It  is  therefore  gratifying  to  state  that  acting  upon  this  principle  we  have 
l>een  able  to  add  about  five  hundred  objects  of  interest  to  the  Provincial  Archaeological 
Museum  in  connection  with  the  Canadian  Institute. 

Shortly  after  the  issue  of  our  last  report  a  meeting  of  the  Provincial  Land  Surveyors 
was  held  in  the  Institute.  An  invitation  having  been  extended  to  the  members  of  the 
Association  to  inspect  our  cases,  Mr.  James  Dickson,  P.L.S.,  of  Fenelon  Falls,  expressed 


11 


liis  pleasure  to  find  that  a  collection  was  being  made,  at  the  same  time  informing  Mr.  Jas. 
Bain  and  myself  that  he  had  a  number  of  good  specimens  which  he  had  been  saving  for 
years  to  present  to  just  such  an  institution  as  ours,  and  that  he  would  gladly  forward  them 
as  soon  as  he  returned  home.  Mr.  Dickson  was  true  to  his  promise,  and  it  was  not  long 
until  he  expressed  to  us  sixteen  axes  (one  of  them  measuring  fully  a  foot  in  length  and 
the  others  upwards  of  ten  inches),  a  mortar  stone  used  for  grinding  purposes,  an  immense 
flint  weapon  or  tool,  gracefully  formed  and  measuring  ten  and  a  half  inches  long,  two  very 
good  stone  pipes,  several  clay  pipes  and  fourteen  fragments  of  pottery,  with  the  usual 
markings. 

Other  members  of  the  Association  expressed  their  intention  to  aid  the  collection 
as  soon  as  opportunity  offered,  and  when  the  nature  of  surveyors'  duties  is  taken 
into  account,  it  is  evident  that  gentlemen  of  their  profession  might  do  much  in  further- 
ance of  our  archaeological  project. 

About  the  same  time  also  we  received  through  Mr.  John  Notman,  from  a  gentleman 
whose  name  was  not  ascertained,  three  portions  of  beavers'  jaws  with  teeth,  from  a  grave 
in  Onentisati,  Simcoe  Co.,  two  bone  awls,  one  trumpet-mouthed  pipe-head,  and  one  of 
•cylindrical  form,  all  from  the  same  locality,  also  two  fragments  bof  pottery  from  Ste. 
Marie,  Simcoe  Co. 

Early  in  May,  we  received  a  small  but  valuable  collection  from  the  Pike  Farm,  Wolfe 
Island,  through  Dr.  Dickson,  of  Kingston.  During  many  years  Wolfe  Island  has  been  a 
favourite  hunting-ground  for  American  collectors,  and  some  of  the  best  specimens  in  their 
museums  are  from  this  place.  In  several  respects  there  is  a  marked  difference  between 
the  materials  and  forms  of  implements  found  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  Province  as 
•compared  with  those  in  the  west,  and  the  fine  specimens  procured  through  Dr.  Dickson, 
added  to  those  we  got  from  Tidd's  Island  last  year,  are  fairly  representative  of  that  section. 

The  Pike  Farm  collection  consists  of  native  copper  beads,  four  heavy  copper  pen- 
dants, two  small,  pointed,  copper  instrumeuts,  two  large  stone  axes  (one  of  which  is  eleven 
and  three-fourth  inches  long),  one  small  axe,  one  small  gouge,  a  slate  implement  (prob- 
ably used  for  skinning  purposes),  sixteen  unusually  large  flints,  sixty-one  arrow-heads, 
two  small  drills,  two  excellent  stone  tubes,  three  fragments  of  pottery,  four  slate  tablets, 
perforated,  and  one  rudely  finished  bead  (?)  of  black  material,  flat  and  approximately 
•circular. 

Dr.  Orr,  of  Maple,  presented  us  with  three  good  specimens  from  the  township  of 
Vaughan,  viz.  :  a  stone,  partly  formed  in  preparation  for  a  pipe-head,  a  small  mortar,  of 
size  and  shape  convenient  for  being  used  in  the  lap,  and  a  small  "  banner-stone." 

What  is  perhaps  the  most  gracefully  formed,  and  at  the  same  time  certainly  the 
most  capacious  pipe  in  our  collection,  was  presented  to  us  last  spring  by  Mr.  Moon,  of 
Madoc.  It  was  found  by  a  farmer  near  L.  Moira  or  Hog  Lake,  within  a  short  distance  of 
the  village  of  Madoc,  about  two  years  previously,  the  find  being  duly  chronicled  in  the 
local  paper. 

From  the  Rev.  Mr.  Laboureau,  of  Penetanguishene,  we  have  received  a  finger-ring 
made  of  brass,  on  the  "seal"  of  which  are  engraved  the  letters  I.  H.  S.,  in  monogram  form. 
It  is  probably  the  work  of  some  old  French  attache  to  one  of  those  Huron  missions,  for 
which  that  portion  of  the  country  where  the  reverend  gentleman  is  stationed,  was  so  cele- 
brated in  the  early  history  of  Canada.  The  ring  is  contained  in  a  small  and  neatly  made 
•case  of  recent  Indian  workmanship. 

Only  a  few  weeks  ago  we  came  into  possession  of  one  of  the  largest  and  best  private 
collections  in  the  Province,  consisting  of  upwards  of  fourteen  hundred  pieces.  Those 
were  brought  together  by  Mr.  Wm.  Matheson,  of  Lucan,  in  the  county  of  Middlesex. 

Apart  from  the  extent  of  this  collection,  and  the  important  fact  that  a  record  has 
been  kept  of  all  the  principal  articles,  it  is  especially  interesting  as  being  so  exhaustively 
illustrative  of  a  limited  area,  nearly  everything  in  it  having  been  found  within  the 
townships  of  East  and  West  Williams,  Biddulph,  Blanchard,  and  McGillivray. 
It  is  noticeable  that  pipes  and  bead-forms  are  scarce  in  this  collection,  as  compared 
with  those  found  further  south  and  east,  but  this  want  is  fully  compensated  by  the 
unusually  large  number  of  perforated  tablets,  bird-forms  and  other  even  rarer  shapes,  of 
which  there  are  many. 


12 


Chief  among  the  objects  procured  from  Mr.  Matheson,  may  be  enumerated  fifty  slate 
tablets  or  gorgets,  perforated  with  one  or  more  holes  and  varying  to  a  great  extent  in 
form,  seven  banner  stones,  or  as  they  are  called  in  a  recent  publication  emanating  from 
the  Smithsonian  Institute,  '•  butter-fly  stones,"  thirteen  bird-formed  amulets  (?),  two 
spherical  hammers  of  granite  formation  (these  are  encircled  with  a  a  deep  groove  for 
attachment  to  a  handle),  two  flat  hammers  (both  notched  for  handle  attachment),  sjlx 
stone  pipes,  six  short  tubes,  five  shell  ornaments  complete,  two  imperfect  ornaments  of  the 
same  material,  two  copper  spear  or  lance  heads  (one  having  a  tine  or  prong  for 
insertion  in  a  handle,  the  other  being  provided  with  a  socket  to  receive  the  handle), 
one  native  copper  axe,  showing  unmistakeable  traces  of  native  silver,  eleven 
grooved  axes,  one  hundred  and  eighty  plain  axes,  eleven  iron  tomahawks,  some  of  them  of 
a  different  pattern  from  anything  already  in  our  possession,  six  gouges,  and  a  north-west 
"  shaganappi "  covered  club.  There  are  also  several  hundred  flints,  many  of  them  of 
considerable  size  and  well  formed —  others  so  rudely  chipped  as  to  prove  admirable 
examples  of  the  work  done  in  what  some  writers  would  fain  regard  as  the  paleolithic- 
period  on  this  continent. 

The  large  number  of  flints  and  axes  in  this  collection  will  enable  us  to  do,  when 
opportunity  offers,  what  we  have  hitherto  been  unable  to  perform  satisfactorily,  viz.  ; 
effect  exchanges  with  individuals  and  institutions  in  our  own  and  other  countries. 

From  W.  Ransom,  Esq.,  England,  we  have  received,  through  Mr.  J.  H.  Pearce, 
President  of  the  Biological  Section  of  the  Institute,  a  number  of  very  good  paleolithic 
flints,  illustrative  of  early  European  "  society."  Most  of  these  are  from  Hitchin  and 
neighbourhood,  in  the  county  of  Sussex,  but  some  are  from  Persigny,  France,  and  an 
exceedingly  valuable  specimen  of  celt  in  horn  socket,  is  from  one  of  the  ancient  lake 
dwellings  in  Switzerland. 

Mr.  Ransom's  gift  includes  also  some  fragments  of  Samian  ware  and  two  specimens- 
of  the  Roman  stylus  (all  dug  up  in  the  city  of  London  from  a  depth  of  ten  feet  below  the 
surface)  three  beautiful  arrow-tips,  from  Antrim  county,  and  one  from  Derry  county,  in 
Ireland. 

As  Mr.  Ransom's  donation  includes  nearly  all  we  possess  illustrative  of  the  stone  age 
in  Europe,  we  are  indebted  to  him  for  the  opportunity  he  has  afforded  us  to  compare 
equivalents  of  the  two  continents. 

A  genuine  old  English  "  Grey-beard  "  pitcher  from  the  same  gentleman  is,  perhaps, 
the  only  one  in  any  Canadian  collection,  and  will  not  be  devoid  of  interest  to  those  who 
fondly  regard  all  that  relates  to  the  mother-land. 

Owing  to  an  oversight,  our  last  report  contained  no  reference  to  the  gift  of  Sheriff 
McKellar,  of  Hamilton.  This  consisted  of  a  brack,  or  old-fashioned  handmill  made  by 
Mr.  McKellar's  father  and  used  by  the  first  settlers  in  the  Talbot  settlement.  Thi* 
brack  was  mounted  in  a  portion  of  a  hollow  log,  as  originally  used,  and  was  sent  to  the 
Intercolonial  Exhibition,  London,  after  its  return  from  which  it  was  deposited  with  the 
Institute. 

Another  pair  of  brack  stones  was  presented  to  the  museum  by  the  sheriff's  brother, 
Mr.  Peter  McKellar,  of  Chatham.  These  two  sets  are  probably  the  only  ones  of  the 
kind  ever  made  in  Ontario,  and  it  is  gratifying  to  know  that  they  have  been  preserved 
"  to  point  a  moral  and  adorn  a  tale  "  for  coming  generations. 

JBrachs  or  querns  occupy  a  prominent  place  in  the  Archaeological  Museums  of 
Britain  and  other  European  countries.  It  is  not  long  since  they  were  used  in  the  Orkney 
and  Shetland  Islands,  and  it  is  said  they  were  employed  still  more  recently  in  Cape 
Breton. 

Taken  altogether,  the  year  has  not  been  barren  of  results,  at  least  in  so  far  as 
increase  to  the  museum  is  concerned.  Upwards  of  two  thousand  specimens  have  been 
added  to  our  cases,  and  the  collection  is  beginning  to  assume  a  character  such  as  tc* 
warrant  the  belief  that  in  a  few  years  the  Province  of  Ontario  will  possess  an  Archaeo- 
logical Museum,  which,  if  not  what  it  might  have  been  with  an  earlier  start,  will,  at  all 
events,  go  a  long  way  towards  placing  us  upon  an  equal  footing  in  this  respect  with  other 
progressive  nationalities. 


13 


It  is  needless  to  repeat  here  that,  but  for  the  small  grant  made  by  the  Provincial 
Legislature  to  assist  in  this  work,  we  could  have  done  absolutely  nothing.  The  material 
already  in  our  cabinets  is  worth  many  times  more  than  it  has  cost,  and  at  the  present 
rate  of  increase  in  quantity  will,  in  two  or  three  years,  require  every  inch  of  space  in 
the  museum. 

Just  in  proportion  as  it  gr^^s  in  number,  variety  and  instructiveness,  will  it  become 
popular,  and  consequent  upon  IOT  popularity,  we  may  look  for  a  corresponding  increase 
in  the  number  of  donations. 

Two  of  the  chief  drawbacks  to  its  growth  and  popularity  in  the  meantime  are  its 
situation  on  a  third-story  floor,  and  the  impossibility  of  having  it  thrown  open  to  the 
public  at  reasonable  hours.  There  are  probably  thousands  of  people  in  this  city  who 
are  totally  unaware  that  there  is  even  a  small  collection  of  such  objects;  but  few 
throughout  the  province  know  of  its  existence,  and  tourist  visitors  never  hear  it  men- 
tioned. 

1  am  not  aware  that  any  real  progress  has  been  made  since  last  report  was  presented 
to  you  towards  the  satisfactory  solution  of  the  problem  relating  to  the  purpose 
or  uses  of  the  many  different  sorts  of  objects  that  for  convenience  sake  have 
hitherto  been  known  as  "  banner  -stones "  and  "ceremonial"  weapons.  There  are 
not  a  few  writers  on  this  subject  who  express  themselves  glibly  as  to  the  appli- 
cation of  almost  every  specimen  that  comes  under  their  observation,  but  the  truth 
is  that  regarding  a  large  number  of  types  we  are  totally  ignorant  of  the  purposes  they 
served  in  aboriginal  economy.  Still  we  have  reason  to  hope  that  some  light  will  yet  be 
thrown  upon  at  least  a  few  of  the  obscurities.  In  the  journal  of  American  Folk-Lore 
for  October-December,  1888,  there  is  a  brief  article  by  Mr.  Franz  Boas,  on  a  "Collec- 
tion of  Ethnological  Specimens  from  Alaska,"  made  "  by  Lieutenant  Einmons,  during  a 
five  years'  stay  "  in  that  country.  These  have  been  purchased  by  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  in  New  York,  and  we  are  informed  that  "the  collector  has  taken 
great  pains  to  ascertain  the  meaning  of  the  various  implements,"  as  well  as  to  "record 
the  traditions  referring  to  them." 

Our  knowledge  of  what  have  been  called  ceremonial  weapons,  gorgets  or  tablets, 
and  various  animal  forms  has  always  been  seriously  at  fault,  but  even  the  scanty  extracts 
given  in  the  article  referred  to,  from  the  notes  of  Lieutenant  Emmons,  seem  to  be  indi- 
cative of  something  like  certainty.  For  example,  the  holes  so  almost  invariably  found 
in  such  objects  have  always  proved  mysterious  to  students,  but  writing  of  an  ornamented- 
and  perforated  stone  Lieutenant  Emmons  says  :  "The  holes  in  this  amulet  are  used  to 
put  into  them  what  is  picked  from  the  teeth,  so  that  witches  will  not  get  hold  of  it  to 
bring  destruction  to  the'person."  Although  this  hint  may  not  serve  to  explain  every- 
thing relating  to  the  presence  of  holes  in  such  objects,  it  will  at  any  rate  give  us  a  clue, 
and  it  agrees  fully  with  a  vague  impression  I  have  long  entertained  that  they  were  in 
some  way  connected  with  luck. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  go  very  far  back  in  our  history  to  meet  with  similar  superstitious 
beliefs.  It  is  not  long  since  diseased  persons,  especially  children,  were  passed  through  the 
dolmens  of  Cornwall  and  Brittany,  with  the  hope  that  a  cure  might  be  effected,  and  this 
belief  was,  no  doubt,  connected  with  one  concerning  witch  craft  or  the  evil-eye.  Keys, 
rings  and  beads  have  always  been  regarded  as  particularly  ominous.  Among  many 
amulets  of  a  similar  kind  in  the  National  Museum  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of 
Scotland,  is  one  (No.  182,  Section  I)  which  is  "a  flat  oblong  stone,  four  inches  long,  by 
two  and  three-quarters  wide,  and  less  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  notched  on 
the  sides,  and  pierced  with  two  holes  one  and  a  half  inches  apart,  formerly  used  as  a 
charm  for  the  cure  of  diseases  in  Islay,  Argyleshire,"  and  No.  196  in  the  same  section  is 
a  "  perforated  stone  which  was  hung  up  in  a  cow-byre  in  Cumberland,  to  protect  the 
cattle  from  being  bewitched."  It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  instances  relating  to  the 
past,  and  not  very  difficult  to  adduce  many  connected  with  the  living  generation. 

It  appears  not  impossible  that  the  American  specimens  hitherto  (for  the  want  of  b  3t- 
ter  names),  known  as  banner-stones,  gorgets,  and  ceremonial  weapons,  were  nothing  more 
than  amulets,  supposed  to  have  power  against  this  or  that  kind  of  evil  spirit,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  form  or  device  of  the  objects  themselves.  Perhaps,  also,  this  class  of  speci- 


14 


men  may  be  found  to  include  those  tubes  which  have  always  been  a  puzzle,  and  of  which 
our  collection  contains  several  tine  examples.  In  the  "  Personal  Narratives  "  of  Hum- 
boldt,  we  find  that  writer  in  speaking  of  articles  made  from  jadestone,  remarking  that 
the  Spanish  planters  share  the  predilection  of  the  Indians  for  these  amulets,  which  are- 
sold  at  a  very  considerable  price,  the  form  most  frequently  given  to  them  being  that  of 
the  Persepolitan  cylinders,  longitudinally  perforated,  anA  loaded  with  inscriptions  and 
figures. 

When  we  bear  in  mind  that  the  Tlinglit  of  Alaska  are  less  removed  from  a  condition 
of  genuine  savagery  than  are  most  of  the  other  North  American  aborigines,  it  is  not 
unreasonable  to  expect  enlightenment  on  many  points  from  the  notes  of  an  observer  like 
Lieutenant  Emmons,  who,  a«  Mr.  Boas  states,  "  has  taken  great  pains  to  ascertain  the- 
meanings  of  the  various  implements." 

Since  the  issue  of  our  first  report  last  year,  letters  from  different  parts  of  the  Pro- 
vince have  been  received  by  the  Education  Department,  the  Institute,  and  myself 
approving  of  the  task  we  have  undertaken,  and  giving  information  relative  to- 
localities  and  discoveries  connected  with  the  pre-historical  or  early  historical  existence  of 
the  Indians.  Want  of  opportunity  has  prevented  any  advantage  from  being  taken  of 
these,  but  in  all  probability  some  original  work  will  be  performed  next  year  at  a  few  of 
the  places  to  which  attention  has  been  directed,  as  well  as  elsewhere. 

I  am  still  convinced  that  from  the  five  thousand  teachers  of  rural  schools  in  this 
Province,  there  is  much  valuable  information  to  be  gleaned.  The  question  is  how  to  reach 
them.  Shall  it  be  by  a  circular,  or  by  a  card  in  the  educational  journals  ?  Perhaps  both 
methods  should  be  tried.  We  need  not  expect  too  much  at  first,  but  if  the  subject  is 
kept  persistently  before  the  eyes  of  all  who  are  engaged  in  rural  school  work  throughout 
Ontario,  there  can  be  little  doubt  as  to  the  profitable  results.  Perhaps  even  one  letter 
from  such  a  correspondent  would  fully  repay  all  the  trouble  and  expense  incident  to 
the  plan. 

Our  collection  has  now  assumed  such  proportions  that  it  will  be  necessary  to- 
rearrange  it,  and  in  some  measure  to  alter  the  classification.  I  intend  also  to  paint  a 
number  on  each  specimen,  and  to  catalogue  them  all.  In  many  museums  a  number  is  all 
that  serves  to  identify  the  pieces,  and  constant  reference  to  a  catalogue  is  thus  involved 
on  the  part  of  him  who  wants  to  get  information.  This,  however,  is  not  my  idea  of  how 
either  to  popularize  a  collection,  or  to  facilitate  the  work  of  the  student. 

Everything  possible  should  be  done  to  enable  young  and  old,  learned  and  unlearned. 

to  examine  with  pleasure  and  profit,  at  the  least  possible  expense  of  time  and  trouble. 

This  object  can  be  obtained  only  by  means  of  copious  and  legibly  written,  or  printed  labels, 

It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  state  that  as  the  existence  of  our  collection  becomes 

known  so  many  persons  having  specimens  willingly  contribute  them  to  the  Museum. 

Before  this  report  passes  through  the  press  it  is  hoped  that  all  the  specimens  will 
have  been  rearranged.  The  area  of  case  room  has  been  fully  doubled,  and  we  may  now 
regard  our  Archaeological  Cabinets  as  not  unworthy  of  examination  by  specialists  in  this 
department. 

I  have,  etc., 

DAVID  BOYLE. 

TORONTO,  December,  1888. 


15 


NOTES. 


We  are  too  much  disposed  to  overlook  the  fact  that  there  are  degrees  of  advancement 
in  savage  life,  both  with  regard  to  comparative  time  and  to  peoples,  even  neighboring 
ones,  that  exist  contemporaneously. 

It  is  seldom  that  in  the  writings  of  those  who  profess  to  describe  the  "  manners  and 
customs  "  of  the  uncivilized  we  are  permitted  to  get  a  glimpse  of  the  true,  inner  social 
aspect  of  life.  Much  is  related  regarding  the  predaceous,  warlike  and  religious  practices 
of  this  or  that  savage  nation — something  perhaps  about  its  marriage  and  burial  usages, 
its  costumes,  its  domiciles  and  its  most  striking  or  peculiar  characteristics  of  any  other 
kind,  but  as  a  rule  the  greater  part  of  such  descriptions  is  superficial,  and  too  often 
"  things  are  not  what  they  seem."  Unseen,  because  far  deeper,  lie  the  originating 
instincts,  the  motives  and  the  habits  of  thought  that  find  only  partial  expression  in  what 
catches  the  eye  or  ear  of  the  alien  and  casual  onlooker. 

By  means  of  what  we  now  call  "  folk-lore  "  something  is  being  done  in  various 
parts  of  the  world  to  put  us  in  touch  with  the  inner  life  of  the  simple  past  and  its 
lingering  representative  in  our  own  time.  The  scope  of  our  knowledge  has  thus  been 
extended  in  a  direction  once  thought  to  be  too  narrow  and  barren  for  research,  and  the 
results  have  aided  in  the  solution  of  not  a  few  ethnological  problems.  On  this  continent 
efforts  have  been  successfully  made  to  collect  myths  and  legends  of  the  Indian  race,  and 
the  work  is  still  going  on,  although  of  course,  owing  to  lapse  of  time,  much  has  been 
irrecoverably  lost. 

The  more  we  learn  about  the  aborigines  of  this  portion  of  America  the  more  are  we 
brought  face  to  face  with  the  fact  that  their  savagery  fell  but  little  short  of  civilization. 
Perhaps  barbarism  would  be  the  best  term  to  employ  when  speaking  about  the  condition  of 
such  people  as  the  Iroquois,  and  in  many  respects  the  Hurons  were  little,  if  at  all,  inferior. 

That  they  were  revengeful  and  blood-thirsty  is  undeniable,  but  among  the  nations 
they  were  not  alone  in  this  respect.  Their  manifestation  of  these  qualities  wa?  simply 
less  refined  than  that  of  others  who  probably  regarded  themselves  as  civilized  beings. 
In  social  and  political  virtue  they  were  unsurpassed,  and  in  point  of  mechanical  ability 
their  capabilities  and  attainments  were  marvellous.  It  is  extremely  doubtful  whether 
any  other  people  in  the  world,  similarly  circumstanced,  could  be  compared  with  them  in 
the  latter  respect.  The  variety,  tastef ulness  and  workmanship  of  their  relics  are  amazing. 

"  Patience  and  perseverance "  are  stamped  upon  most  of  their  productions,  for  it 
appears  probable  that  many  specimens  of  their  handicraft  must  have  occupied  them  at 
intervals  during  years,  or  even  a  lifetime.  To  take  a  rough  lump  of  granite  or  other 
equally  hard  material,  and  fashion  it  by  persistent  pecking  and  rubbing  into  a  symmetrical 
plain  or  grooved  axe,  or  to  form  a  bit  of  huronite  into  animal  semblance  for  some 
mysterious  use,  required  a  continuity  of  purpose  and  a  skill  in  execution  no  less  remarkable 
than  if  one  of  ourselves  should  undertake  to  produce  a  bust  with  the  aid  of  no  tool  but  a 
pocket-knife,  or  a  piece  of  machinery  with  only  a  hammer,  a  saw  and  a  file. 

In  the  art  of  making  coarse  pottery  they  excelled,  and  the  further  south  we  go  until 
we  reach  Peru,  the  more  do  design  and  workmanship  improve.  Nothing  that  was  very 
elaborate  seems  to  have  been  attempted  in  this  line  by  the  aborigines  who  inhabited  our 
part  of  the  continent.  Here  they  seem  to  have  contented  themselves  with  plain,  service- 
able vessels,  yet  not  wholly  devoid  of  ornamentation.  This  consisted  mainly  of  lines  and 
dots  impressed  upon  the  clay  when  soft,  with  an  occasional  variation  in  the  outline  of  the 
vessel,  such  as  narrowing  to  form  the  neck,  flaring  of  the  lip,  and  the  addition  of 
projections  of  various  kind  round  the  mouth.  Although  immense  numbers  of  earthenware 
fragments  are  found  scattered  all  over  this  Province,  entire  vessels  are  very  seldom 
discovered,  Farther  south  this  does  not  hold  good  to  the  same  extent,  but  whether  this 
is  owing  to  a  difference  in  the  quality  of  the  materials  employed  in  the  manufacture,  or 
to  the  climate  and  the  character  of  the  soil  it  is  not  easy  to  say. 

Whilst  no  doubt  among  the  Indians,  much  more  than  with  ourselves,  there  were 
individuals  who  preferred  articles  of  their  own  manufacture,  it  seems  abundantly  evident 


16 


that  trades  were  specialized  by  them  to  a  considerable  extent.  The  expert  in  pipes» 
arrows,  etc.,  would  confine  himself  mainly  to  such  occupations.  As  corroborative  of  the 
remark  made  in  our  last  report  that  "  to  the  women,  in  all  likelihood,  was  allotted  the 
making  of  earthen  vessels,"  I  was  informed  by  Dr.  Collins,  of  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana, 
that  there  died  recently  an  old  woman  belonging  to  a  western  tribe  of  Indians,  who  was 
said  to  be  the  last  living  representative  of  her  people  possessing  the  art  of  making  pottery 
of  the  genuine,  old-fashioned  description.  A  friend  of  Dr.  Collins,  who  was  well 
acquainted  with  the  old  woman,  persuaded  her  to  make  for  him  six  specimens  of  her  art. 
These  he  distributed  among  his  friends,  one  falling  to  the  share  of  Dr.  Collins.  I  had  the 
pleasure  of  examining  this  piece,  and  but  for  its  comparatively  new  appearance  it  seemed 
to  correspond  very  closely  in  material,  form  and  ornamentation,  with  those  that  are 
occasionally  taken  from  ossuaries  in  Canada  and  the  United  States. 

The  ancient  people  of  the  lower  Mississippi  valley  were  adepts  in  the  production  of 
pottery.  The  Louisiana  historian,  Du  Pratz,  refers  to  this  fact,  remarking  that  he  found 
the  Natchez  Indians  so  expert  that  he  got  them  to  make  a  set  of  vessels  for  his  own  use. 
"The  women,"  he  says,  "  make  pots  of  an  extraordinary  size,  jars  with'a  medium-sized 
opening,  bowls,  two-pint  bottles  with  long  necks,  pots  or  jugs  for  containing  hair  oil,  which 
hold  as  much  as  forty  pints,  and  finally  plates  and  dishes  in  the  French  fashion." 

Father  Marquette,  in  the  account  he  gives  of  his  voyage  down  the  Mississippi  in 
1673,  says  :  "They  [the  Indians  of  Arkansas]  used  in  cooking,  large  pots  of  earth  very 
curiously  made,  and  large  plates  of  the  same  material,  which  they  employed  for  a  variety 
of  purposes." 

Mr.  George  P.  Thurston,  in  the  American  Magazine  of  History  for  May,  writes  : 
"  Utensils  and  objects  of  well-burned  clay  are  found  in  Tennessee,  Missouri,  Arkansas  and 
elsewhere,  of  varied,  original  and  even  artistic  form,  interesting  mementoes  of  ancient  life, 
but  they  indicate  no  knowledge  of  the  potter's  wheel.  They  are  without  glaze,  and  are 
but  comparatively  rude  conceptions,  fashioned  by  hand." 

The  absence  of  glaze  here  referred  to  was,  in  some  measure,  overcome  by  the  Natchez, 
whose  "  red-stained  pottery  "  is  spoken  of  by  Du  Pratz,  a  specimen  of  which  we  now  have 
in  our  collection.  A  black  stain  was  also  used,  and  vessels  are  occasionally  found  whose 
exteriors  are  ornamented  with  patterns  consisting  of  both  colors.  There  is  little  doubt 
that  this  staining  vastly  improved  the  serviceable  qualities  of  the  pots,  besides  adding 
greatly  to  their  appearance,  for  the  material  so  applied  has  filled  up  the  pores  so  thoroughly 
that  the  vessels  thus  treated  take  a  fair  polish  when  rubbed,  and  are  at  all  times  compara- 
tively smooth  to  the  touch. 

The  following  nine  figures,  now  in  our  collection,  represent  average  specimens 
of  earthenware  from  mounds  in  Cross  County,  Arkansas.  They  formed  part  of  Mr. 
O.  W.  Riggs'  exhibit  at  the  Cincinnati  Exposition  : 

POTTERY. 


FIG.  1. 


Fig.   1  is  of  the  greatest  capacity  in  the  lot,  its  widest  diameter  being  about  eight 
inches.     Considering   the  size  its  sides  are  thin.     Although  the   outline  is  not  devoid 


17 


of  gracefulness,  the  workmanship  is  rude.  The  flaring  of  the  lip  is  not  uniform,  nor  are 
the  walls  of  equal  thickness  throughout.  Perhaps,  the  chief  peculiarity  of  this  specimen 
is  the  ornamentation  which  consists  mainly  of  small,  rounded  projections  about  one  fourth 
of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  fully  an  eighth  of  an  inch  above  the  general  surface.  If 
these  have  been  made,  as  is  probable,  by  the  material  when  soft  being  pushed  outwards 
with  the  point  of  a  blunt  instrument,  all  traces  of  this  operation  have  been  removed,  for  the 
inside  is  as  smooth  as  if  nothing  of  the  kind  had  been  done.  Mr.  Riggs,  had  only  another 
specimen  ornamented  this  way  in  his  collection,  and  he  informed  me  that  the  pattern  was 
rarely  found. 


FIG.  2. 


Much  less  in  size,  but  more  beautiful  in  every  respect  is  Fig.  2.  Four  scrolls  cover 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  lower  portion,  and  between  these  are  small  circles  each  containing 
a  diagonal  cross.  The  upper  part,  or  neck  is  relieved  with  a  series  of  bars  extending  from 
the  lip  to  the  body  of  the  vessel,  and  these  appear  to  have  been  luted  to  their  places  after 
the  general  form  had  been  completed. 


FIG  3. 


The.  scroll  design  on  Fig.  3  is  similar  to  that  on  Fig.  2,  but  13  more  deeply  marked, 
and  round  the  neck  are  several  loops  of  triangular  form  attached  solidly  to  the  vessel  at 
their  lower,  or  pointed  ends,  as  well  as  to  the  lip  itself.  A  clear  space  between  these  and 
the  neck  left  ample  room  for  suspension  by  means  of  a  cord,  but  perhaps  the  intention 
was  simply  an  ornamental  one. 


FIG.  4. 


Fig.  4,  nearly  eight  inches  in  diameter  is  fairly  imitative  of  a  frog,  although  the  cut 
not  bring  this  out  very  clearly.      In  fact  the  legs  and  even  the  toes  are  plainly 
2  (cu.) 


18 


modelled,  and  the  protuberant  eyes  are  well  marked, 
smooth  on  the  surface. 


Otherwise  the  specimen  is  perfectly 


FIG.  5. 

There  has  been  a  more  pretentious  attempt  in  the  direction  of  art  in  Fig.  5.  The> 
handle,  at  the  left  of  the  cut,  has  certainly  been  a  head  of  some  sort,  but  whether  a. 
human  one,  or  that  of  some  other  animal,  it  is  now  impossible  to  say,  as  the  front 
portion  has  been  destroyed.  The  projection  on  the  opposite  side  has  also  been  broken,, 
and  we  can  only  imagine  what  it  may  have  been.  The  body  of  the  vessel  is  very  weft 
formed,  and  the  burning  has  been  better  done  than  is  often  the  case. 


FIG.  6. 


Fig.  6  is  almost  classic  in  outline,  and  is  peculiar  in  having  a  slightly  raised  cincture- 
or  band  round  the  middle  of  the  body.  The  neck  is  not  now  full  length,  some  pieces- 
having  been  broken  off,  but  it  was  probably  never  more  than  half  an  inch  longer. 


FIG.  7. 

So  far  as  shape  is  concerned   Fig.  7  is  a  gem  of  aboriginal  ceramic  art.     Its  outline 
is  almost  perfect,  and  no  attempt  whatever  has  been  made  to  ornament  it.     With  the  ex- 


19 


ception  of  a  small  fragment  from  the  lip,  this  specimen  is  in  every  respect  as  good  as  on 
the  day  it  was  finished. 


FIG.  8. 


Fig.  8  is  equally  beautiful  in  form,  and  is  remarkable  both  for  the  great  length  of 
the  neck,  and  on  account  of  having  a  well-made  collar  round  its  base  to  give  it  solidity 
when  standing.  Even  here,  however,  there  is  no  sign  of  the  potter's  wheel  having  been 
known — a  close  examination  merely  showing  that  the  work  has  been  done  wholly  by 
hand,  but  with  infinite  pains  to  make  it  as  true  as  posible.  The  surface  is  free  from 
markings. 


Fig.  9  is  a  specimen  of  the  "  red-stained  pottery  "  mentioned  by  Du  Pratz.  Some 
pieces  have  been  broken  from  the  lip,  and  a  chip  has  been  knocked  off  the  side.  These 
fractures  enable  us  to  see  that  the  red-stain  did  not  penetrate  beyond  the  surface.  Here 
also,  as  in  Fig.  8,  there  is  a  well-formed  base  giving  the  vessel  quite  a  modern  appearance 
so  far  as  shape  alone  is  concerned. 


20 


FIG  10. 

The  fragment  here  figured  was  presented  to  us  with  other  things  by  the  Society  of 
Natural  History  of  Cincinnati,  and  was  found  near  Madisonville,  Ohio,  a  neighborhood 
which  has  furnished^many  thousands  of  the  finest  relics  that  enrich  the  museums  of  the 
world. 

The  simplicity  and  beauty  of  the  design  (Fig.  10)  are  unique.  The  pattern  is  totally 
unlike  the  normal  lining  traced  by  the  Indian  on  clay  vessels,  and  indicates  a  taste  con- 
siderably in  advance  of  what  is  usually  exemplified  in  ornamenting  pottery,  or,  indeed, 
anything  else. 


CLAY  PIPES. 


FIG  11. 

Fig.  11  differs  considerably  from  most  aboriginal  attempts  to  imitate  the  human 
face.     It  has  been  moulded  in  strong  relief — the  superciliary  ridges  are  very  prominent, 


21 


and  the  eyes,  nostrils  and  mouth  are  deeply  depressed.  As  is  often  the  case,  the  face  has 
been  made  to  look  towards  the  smoker  when  the  pipe  was  in  use.  Unfortunately  the- 
stem  of  this  pipe  has  been  broken  and  lost. 


FIG.  12.     (Nearly  full  Size). 


We  seldom  associate  a  sense  of  humor  with  Indian  character*  but  Fig.  12  would 
appear  to  indicate  that  the  maker  of  the  pipe  represented  had  some  of  this  quality  in  hia 
composition.  The  eyes  and  mouth  are  set  awry  and  at  different  angles,  giving  an  exceed- 
ingly comical  air  to  the  face — much  more  so,  in  fact,  than  is  brought  out  in  the  engraving^ 

This  was  presented  to  us  by  Master  Theophilus  O'Connor,  of  Glen  Huron. 


FIG.  13.     (4-5  size). 


If  another  illustration  of  aboriginal  humor  is  wanted  we  have  it  in  Fig.  13.  This 
represents  the  top  or  upper  edge  of  a  clay  pipe,  the  open  mouth  of  the  human  face 
forming  the  bowl.  This  is  a  unique  specimen  so  far  as  the  design  is  concerned — at  least 


22 


I   have  not  heard  of   anything  similar  elsewhere.     It  was  found  in  Nottawasaga  by 
Master  Herbert  O'Connor.     The  figure  is  only  about  four-fifths  of  the  full  size. 


FIG.  14.      (Full  Size.) 


A  very  fair  imitation  has  here  been  made  of  the  head  of  a  bird  of  prey.  This  clay 
j>ipe  (Fig.  14),  is  from  the  township  of  Nottawasaga,  and  was  presented  to  us  by  Mr. 
Albert  Lougheed.  Unfortunately,  the  break  prevents  any  certainty  as  to  how  the  stem 
pointed,  but  very  likely  it  was  in  the  same  direction  as  the  beak.  The  lip  of  the  bowl  is 
<of  more  than  the  usual  thickness  in  Huron  pipes. 


FIG.  15. 


The  very  slender-looking  pipe  figured  here  is  one  of  the  few  almost  perfect  clay  speci- 
-mens  in  the  museum.  Fig.  15,  is  only  about  one-fourth  of  the  full  diameter,  having  been 
too  much*reduced  by  the  engraver  ;  still,  the  proportions  are  correct.  In  the  making  of 
such  curved  stems,  it  is  probable  that  a  flexible  twig  or  other  vegetable  stalk  was  intro- 
duced through  the  entire  length  when  the  clay  was  straight,  or  else  the  material  has  been 
moulded  round  a  bent  core,  and  in  either  case  the  burning  has  been  effected  with  the 
core  in  position,  so  that  when  this  operation  was  completed  the  hole  was  left  perfectly 
-clear.  This  fine  specimen  is  from  the  Baby  farm  at  Lambton,  where  it  was  found  by  Mr. 
.James  Kirkwood. 


23 


STONE  PIPES. 


FIG  16.    (full  size). 


Fig.  16  vt&s  presented  to  us  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Kidd,  Public  School  Inspector,  city  of 

1  Kingston.     It  is  made  of  steatite  or  soapstone,  a  material  plentifully  found  both  in  situ, 

And  as  "  drift,"  and  one  which  is  easily  wrought.     This  pipe  is  by  no  means  symmetrical, 


FIG.  17. 


for  not  only  does  the  bowl  slope  backwards  from  the  stem  end,  but  it  inclines  considerably 
to  one  side  when  the  base  rests  on  a  level  surface.     The  workmanship  is  very  rude  and 


the  type  is  regarded  as  one  of  the  oldest.     Compared  with  Figs.  17  and  18,  as  given  in 
the  report  for  1887,  it  would  seem  almost  to  complete  the  series  from  the  rudest  to  the 


FIG.  18. 


most  elegant  form  in  this  class.     It  was  found  under  a  pine  stump  in  the  township  of 
Pittsburg,  county  of  Frontenac,  not  far  from  the  St.  Lawrence. 


FIG.  19.     (JSize.) 

Fig.  19  is  a  very  good  specimen  of  plain  pipe-head.  As  it  is  'quite  black  and 
smoothly  finished,  the  nature  of  the  stone  cannot  well  be  ascertained  without  injury  to- 
the  appearance.  It  is  perfect  in  every  particular.  The  short  stem-piece  being  intended 
for  the  insertion  of  a  wooden  tube.  The  appearance  of  the  pipe  thus  complete  would  be 
very  much  like  that  of  a  cigar-holder.  It  was  found  by  Mr.  Wm.  Bradley,  of  McGillivray 
township,  on  the  Grand  Bend  of  the  Sable  River,  and  formed  part  of  the  collection  pur- 
chased from  Mr.  Matheson,  Lucan. 


FIG.  20. 


In  pattern  and  finish,  Fig.  20  is  as  far  removed  as  possible  from   the   Pittsbui 
specimen.     This  gracefully  formed  pipe  is  almost  as  perfectly  round   and  smooth  in 


25 


bowl  as  if  it  had  been  produced  in  a  machine.  The  stem  is  a  flattened  oval — the  upper 
and  lower  being  the  compressed  sides.  The  wall  of  the  bowl  is  no  thicker  than  that  of 
an  ordinary  clay  pipe,  aud,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  chip  out  of  the  lip,  the  speci- 
men is  absolutely  perfect.  Its  total  length  is  seven  inches.  The  greater  portion  of  its 
surface  is  covered  with  delicate  markings  in  which  many  people  profess  to  see  a  pictograph 
representing  wigwams,  fortifications  and  tallies.  This  pipe  is  also  made  of  steatite.  It 
was  found  on  the  bank  of  Lake  Moira,  or  Hog  Lake,  a  few  miles  from  Madoc,  and  was 
presented  to  the  museum  by  Mr.  Moon,  of  that  village. 


FIG.  21.     (4-5  Size). 


This  pipe  (Fig.  21)  is  also  a  well  finished  specimen.  It  seems  to  have  been  modelled 
from  the  head  of  a  hawk  or  eagle.  The  material  is  quite  black.  There  is  a  hole  at  the 
back  for  the  insertion  of  a  stem.  This  specimen  was  found  by  Mr  Frank  Scott,  London 
township,  and  formed  part  of  Mr.  Matheson's  collection. 


FIG.  22. 


Fig  22,  from  the  same  collection,  was  found  on  the   farm  of  Mr.  Thomas  Stanley, 
townbhip  of  McGillivray.     It  is  of  a  light,  fine  grained  stone,  and  has  had  much  labor 


26 


expended  upon  it.  The  lozenge  pattern  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  bowl  is  accurately 
worked  ;  the  rings  forming  the  neck  are  almost  perfectly  true,  and  the  circular  form  is  so 
correct  that  one  is  apt  to  conclude  that  the  pipe  must  have  been  made  with  the  aid  of 
a  lathe.  As  seen  in  the  engraving,  two  chips  have  been  knocked  off  this  otherwise  perfect 
specimen — one  from  the  upper  and  one  from  the  lower  part. 


FIG.  23.     (§-  Size). 


Fig.  23  is  another  from  the  Matheson  collection.  The  material  is  limestone,  which 
has  been  rendered  perfectly  black  exteriorly.  The  head  and  shoulders  forming  the  bowl 
are  circular,  but  the  stem-holder  is  square.  There  is.no  attempt  at  detail  in  ornamenta- 
tion beyond  the  rudely  formed  features  of  the  face.  This  very  good  specimen  was  found 
at  Hope  Bay  (near  Wiarton),  in  the  county  of  Grey,  by  Mr.  John  Hewton. 


FIG.  24. 


FIG.  25  (Size,  3J  inches). 


The  very  singular  pipe  figured  here  (Figs.  22  and  25)  dispels  former  doubt  relating  to 
Fig.  26  which  appeared  in  last  report. 


27 


It  is  quite  certain  that  this  is  a  pipe.  It  is  constructed  on  the  same  plan  as  Fig.  26, 
but  with  much  better  effect.  It  is  made  of  a  fine-grained  sandstone.  The  disc  is  three 
inches  and  a  half  in  diameter,  comparatively  thin,  and  the  bowl  is  detached  from  the  disc 


FIG. 


«xcept  in  the  centre,  where  it  communicates  with  the  large  stem-hole  from  the*  opposite 
side,  as  seen  in  Fig.  25.  The  lower  half  of  the  bowl-piece  is  wholly  ornamental,  and  it  is 
noticeable  how  nearly  the  design  corresponds  with  the  lower  end  of  Fig.  26  ;  the  one 
however,  belonging  to  the  bowl  and  the  other  to  the  disc.  At  the  edge  of  Fig.  25, 
just  above  the  mouth  of  the  bowl,  is  a  small  hole,  as  if  for  suspension,  and  this  probably 
was  the  way  it  was  carried,  serving,  no  doubt  as  a  brt  of  personal  decoration  when  not 
otherwise  in  use.  This  beautiful  and  unique  object  was  found  by  Mr.  James  Cluness,  on 
his  farm  in  the  township  of  West  Williams. 


Fig.  27. 


The  tastefulness  of  design  and  treatment  of  subject  in  Fig.  27,  are  suggestive  of  an 
aboriginal  Michael  Angelo.   The  material  of  which  this  pipe  is  composed,  is  a  hard,  compact 


28 


limestone.  The  bowl  proper  is,  in  its  cross  section,  square,  and  the  sides  are  straight,  the 
width  at  the  mouth  not  greatly  exceeding  that  of  the  base.  The  head,  which  is  sc* 
exquisitely  carved  on  the  front  side,  shows  nothing  characteristic  of  Indian  physiognomy. 
Every  feature  is  well  brought  out,  and  the  finish  of  the  workmanship  is  of  a  very  high 
quality.  This  pipe  is  perfect  in  every  respect.  There  is  a  stem-hole  at  the  back.  Fig. 
27  is  from  the  celebrated  Lougheed  farm,  in  Nottawasaga,  and  was  presented  to  the 
museum  by  the  finder,  Mr.  Albert  Lougheed. 


IMPLEMENTS  OP  STONE. 


Fig.  2$.  (£  Size). 
i 

Dependent,  as  the  former  people  were,  mainly  on  stone  for  their  tools  and  imple- 
ments, they  were  qu:ck  to  perceive  in  water-worn  pebbles  such  shapes  as  might  be  readily- 
adapted  or  modified  for  f-pecific  purposes.  The  museum  of  the  Institute  contains  many 
specimens  of  this  description.  Naturally,  most  stones  of  the  kind  in  question  are  oval 
or  spherical,  and  as  these  required  comparatively  little  labor  to  form  hammers  or  club- 
heads,  every  first-rate  specimen  found  was,  no  doubt,  appropriated  for  such  purposes. 
These  stones  in  their  natural  condition  are  often  found  in  graves  where  they  have  been 
deposited  with  finished  articles,  as  if  to  furnish  material  for  use  in  the  spirit  land.  Some- 
times without  the  expenditure  of  a  single  blow  on  them,  they  were  encased  in  raw-hide  and 
attached  to  the  end  of  a  handle,  but  frequently  a  groove  was  cut  round  the  middle  for 
the  reception  of  a  stout  leather  thong,  the  ends  of  which  were  firmly  wound  about  a- 
shaft.  Fig,  28,  procured  from  Mr.  J.  VV7ood,  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana,  is  a  good  example 
of  the  latter  method,  intentionally.  Most  of  the  surface  possesses  the  appearance  so- 
characteristic  of  water-wear  and  subsequent  weathering,  but  the  aboriginal  finder  had 
begun  to  peck  a  groove  all  round,  as  is  perfectly  evident  from  the  lighter  color  and 
sharper  outline  of  the  markings,  as  well  as  from  the  slight  depression  itself. 

Stones  of  the  kind  referred  to  are  frequently  picked  up  in  fields  a  long  distance  from- 
water-courses,  and  are  highly  prized  as  Indian  relics  by  youthful  collectors,  who  cannot 
account  for  the  symmetrical  forms  and  smooth  surfaces  otherwise  than  by  attributing 
these  to  human  skill  ;  but  unless  such  specimens  are  found  along  with  what  are  unmis- 
takable objects  of  Indian  art,  they  are  totally  valueless,  except  as  geological  curiosities. 

Of  a  simple  adaptation  in  this  line  Fig.  40  is  a  good  example.  It  is  a  flat  water-worn- 
stone,  originally  ovate  marginally.  Near  to  the  smaller  end  notches  have  been  chipped 
for  the  purpose  ot  fastening  a  handle,  and  it  is  evident  that  the  intention  was  to  make- 


29 


use  of  it  as  a  temporary  working  hammer,  or  as  a  club-head  for  less  innocent  purposes. 
Two  of  these  form  part  of  our  collection. 


FIG.  2J.  (full  Size). 

Fig.  29  is  composed  of  a  fine,  close-grained  argillite,  cut  deeply  on  both  "sides,  as  if 
for  the  purpose  of  being  broken  off  to  form  beads.  Other  specimens  in  our  cases 
illustrate  the  same  treatment,  but  this  is  interesting  as  shewing  the  advantage  taken 
of  a  water-worn  stone  for  the  purpose  of  economizing  labor.  The  other  specimens 
referred  to  have  been  rough  blocks,  which  were  first  smoothed  on  the  larger  parallel 
sides  before  the  cutting  was  begun.  (See  Fig.  37).  Fig.  29  was  found  by  Mr.  Richard 
Prance,  on  the  eighth  concession  of  McG-illivray  township.  From  the  Matheson  collection. 


FIG.  30.     (Full  Size  ) 

This  specimen  (Fi».  30)  is  somewhat  peculiar.  It  is  made  of  blue  slate,  and  hag 
been  sharpened  to  a  chisel  edge  at  the  wide  end.  The  small  end  is  carefully  rounded,  and 
the  whole  of  the  object  is  well  finished.  As  a  cutting  tool  it  would  be  useless,  and  the 


FIG.  31. 


presence  of  the  hole  rendered  it  too  weak  for  any  operation  requiring  much  pressure. 
Perhaps  it  was  worn  as  an  ornament,  or  as  a  button  or  pin  to  fasten  clothing,  and  might 


30 


also  have  been  used  to    mark  patterns  upon  earthenware,  fragments  of  which  in  the 
museum  have  certainly  had  the  aid  of  some  such  instrument  in  their  ornamentation. 


Fig.  31  shows  where  a  tool  having  a  pointed  end  like  Fig.  30  has  been  pushed  into 
the  clay  from  the  inside  of  a  wide-mouthed  pot,  and  Fig.  32  exhibits  the  effect  of  this- 
operation  on  the  outside.  Both  pieces  are  fragments  of  the  same  vessel. 


FIG.  33.     (jf  Size). 

Five  other  specimens  that  I  regard  as  having  been  similarly  used,  were  recently 
presented  to  the  museum  by  Mr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  M.A.,  he  having  procured  them  from 
a  Mr.  Stevens  on  Noncon  Island,  Lake  Scugog.  The  one  figured  (Fig.  33),  was  found  in  a 
grave  along  with  a  copper  axe,  stone  axe,  slate  tablet,  bone  spear,  and  other  articles 
including  a  piece  of  pure  plumbago. 


FIG.  34. 


Size). 


Fig.  34  is  very  unusual  in  form,  and  the  only  use  that  suggests  itself  to  me  is  that 
of  a  pottery-marker.     One  of  the  noticeable  features  of  Fig.    34  is  that  it  has  not  been 


31 


bored.     It  is  from  near  the  city  of  Hamilton,  in  Butler  county,  Ohio,  and  was  procured 
from  Mr.  W.  K.  Moorehead,  now  of  Washington.     The  material  is  veined  blue  slate. 


FIG.  35. 


Size). 


Fig.  35  -is  from  Shelby  County,  Ohio,  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  Moritz  Fischer, 
Curator  of  the  Kentucky  State  Museum,  in  Frankfort.  It  is  of  argillite,  like  Fig.  34, 
is  flat  on  one  side  and  rounded  on  the  other.  On  the  lower,  or  flat  side,  a  beginning 
has  been  made  in  the  boring  of  two  holes,  each  about  three-fourths  of  an  inch  from  the 
middle,  and  in  the  direction  of  the  ends. 

Another  specimen,  somewhat  similar  in  shape  in  our  collection,  is  from  Mason 
county,  West  Virginia. 


FIG.  36.    (4  Size  ) 


Fig.  36  belongs  to  the  class  of  stone  relics  commonly  known  as  "sinkers,"  but  was 
more  probabiy  a  personal  ornament — a  pendant  of  some  sort,  the  notch  or  neck  answer- 
ing one  of  the  purposes  usually  served  by  a  hole.  In  this  respect  it  corresponds  with 
the  hematite  specimen,  Fig.  78.  This  stone  was  found  in  W.  Middlesex. 


FIG.  37.  (About  \  Size.) 


This  is  an    instructive    specimen,   showing  some    of  the  steps    taken  preparatory 
to  making  red  sandstone  or  freestone  beads.     The  rough  block  has  been  smoothed  on  two 


32 


sides,  and  long  cuts  have  been  made  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  pieces  suitable  for 
boring.  We  have  several  finished  beads  of  this  material  in  our  cases,  from  the  counties 
of  Simcoe,  Wentworth  and  Middlesex.  Fig.  37  is  from  the  Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  38. 


FIG.  39. 


Stone  hammers,  like  those  figured  (Fig.  38  and  39),  are  not  often  found.  Fig.  38  is 
of  limestone  and  Fig.  39  is  of  granite  rock.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  groove  in  Fig. 
38  is  between  one-third  and  one-fourth  of  the  whole  length  from  the  top,  while,  that  of 
Fig.  39  is  in  the  middle,  although,  owing  to  preponderance  of  bulk,  the  lower  end  of  the 
latter  is  also  the  heavier.  It  does  not  seem  at  all  likely  that  these  tools  were  employed 
to  strike  anything  harder  than  wood,  and  perhaps  the  chief  use  to  which  they  were 
applied  was  the  driving  of  stakes  in  connection  with  the  building  of  wigwams  or  "  log- 
houses,"  or  in  fastening  poles  in  the  ground  for  fortification  purposes.  Fi<r.  38  was  found 
42  miles  north-west  of  Brandon,  Manitoba,  by  Mr.  Titus  Andrews,  and  Fig.  39  at  Point 
Edward,  Ont.,  by  Mr.  Louis  Earnest.  Both  were  procured  from  Mr.  Matheson. 

The  former  specimen  is  six  and  a  quarter  inches  long  and  fur  arid  a  quarter  wide, 
^rhile  the  latter  is  five  inches  long  arid  four  and  a  half  inches  wide. 

A  hammer  of  this  kind  found  in  Ohio  weighs  sixty  pounds. 


FIG.  40. 


Fig.  40  is  quite  different  in  construction.  It  is  simply  a  flat  water-worn  stone, 
measuring  not  more  than  an  inch  and  a  quarter  at  the  thickest  portion,  and  of  soft 
shaly  limestone. 

Advantage  has  been  taken  of  the  natural  ovate  form  to  cut  notches  near  the  small 
end  for  the  attachment  of  a  handle,  but  it  could  have  been  intended  only  for  temporary 
use.  It  is  a  little  over  eight  inches  long  and  nearly  five  inches  in  width.  A  smaller 


33 


one  of  the  same  kind  is  in  the  museum, 
and  was  procured  from  Mr.  Matheson. 


Fig.  40  was  found  on  lot  15.  con  2,  BidduJph 


JJIG.  41     (^  Size.) 

Fig.  41  is  a  hollow  limestone  pebble.  Stones  in  this  condition  are  usually  spoken  of 
as  "  paint-pots,"  or  "paint-mills,"  the  supposition  being  that  the  work  of  hollowing  has 
been  performed  artificially,  and  that  the  Indians  employed  them  for  grinding  or  holding 
the  paints  they  used  for  personal  decoration.  While  it  is  not  improbable  that  some  of 
these  stones  were  employed  for  such  a  purpose  (especially  when  they  are  found  asso- 
ciated with  other  articles  in  graves),  it  is  more  likely  that  their  peculiar  form  is  the  result 
of  the  action  of  water.  The  hollow  has  formed  the  matrix  of  a  fossil  which,  having 
dropped  out,  subsequent  attrition  of  sand  and  gravel  in  a  water-course  speedily  deepened,, 
rounded  off  and  left  smooth. 


FIG.  42.     (i?uii 

Fig.  42  is  part  of  the  small  European  collection  presented  to  us  by  Mr.  W.  Ransom, 
3  (01.) 


Hitchin,  Sussex,  England.  The  upper  three-fourths  consist  of  deer  horn,  into  which  a 
deep  hole  has  been  worked  from  the  under  side,  forming  a  socket  in  which  there  is  fixed 
a  small  stone  celt,  identical  in  form  with  many  that  are  found  in  this  country.  The 
handle,  to  the  left,  has  almost  wholly  decayed,  leaving  only  what  is  shown  in  the  cut, 
unless  indeed  we  regard  the  implement  as  a  chisel,  in  which  case  the  upper  end  would 
have  been  the  part  held  in  the  hand.  Th's  specimen  is  from  a  lake-dwelling  in  Switzer- 
land, and  is  introduced  merely  for  comparison  with  our  own. 


FIG.  43. 

Fig.  43  has  evidently  been  employed  as  a  cutting  tool,  the  neck  having  been  fixed 
in  a  socket  or  otherwise  fastened  to  a  handle.  The  type  is  of  very  rare  occurrence  in 
America.  Many  European  collections  contain  highly  finished  symmetrical  specimens. 
This  one  is  from  the  County  of  Middlesex  (where  it  was  found  by  Mr.  Delanoy),  and  was 
procured  from  Mr.  Matheson. 


FIG.  44. 


Grooved  axes  are  rare  in  Ontario  as  compared  with  Ohio,  Indiana,  Kentucky  and 
some  neighboring  States.     In  most  cases  also  with  us,  the  channel  has  been  cut  all  the 


35 


way  round  in  implements  of  this  kind.  To  the  south  of  us,  however,  in  the  larger 
number  of  these  axes  one  of  the  narrow  sides  (probably  the  rear  one  when  in  use),  has 
been  left  ungrooved,  and  occasionally  specimens  are  found  having  the  ungrooved  edge 
slightly  furrowed  longitudinally,  suggesting  the  idea  of  a  wedge  having  been  employed  to 
tighten  the  tool  when  it  became  loose  in  its  withe  handle.  The  excellent  axe  shown  at 
Fig.  44,  is  one  of  two  procured  through  the  kindly  offices  of  Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg, 
Indiana,  from  Mr.  Kajon,  J.P.,  of  the  same  city. 


^"*s3si&:.-  sssi 

FIG.  45. 

Gouges  are  seldom  grooved.  Fig.  45  is  an  exception.  The  inference  is  that  this 
specimen  was  intended  to  be  fastened  to  a  handle.  No  signs  of  abrasion,  however,  are  to 
be  seen  about  the  groove,  but  this  may  be  owing  either  to  the  effect  of  "weathering"  or 
to  the  tool  not  having  been  much  used  after  it  was  made.  The  latter  is  the  more  likely 
supposition,  as  the  "  bit "  is  quite  sharp  and  smooth.  Fig.  45  is  fully  eight  inches  long. 
It  was  found  on  lot  18,  con.  7,  McGillivray  township,  by  Mr.  John  Taylor. — Matheson 
Collection. 


FIG.  46. 


Size.) 


There  can  scarcely  be  any  doubt  that  Fig.  46  was  intended  to  be  used  in  the  dressing 
of  skins.  The  material  is  slate,  and  the  lower  edge  has  been  sharpened  by  rubbing  or 
grinding  wholly  from  one  side  —  like  a  carpenter's  chisel.  The  hole  was  for  convenience 
in  carrying.  Fig.  46  is  nearly  a  perfect  specimen  in  every  respect,  and  is  especially 
interesting  as  having  been  found  within  the  city  limits.  It  was  taken  from  a  cutting  on 
Withrow  Avenue  by  Prof.  W.  H.  Vander  Smissen  and  myself  in  the  summer  of  1887. 


FIG.  47. 

A  considerable  number  of  those  mysterious  stone  tubes  have  been  added  to  our 
collection  during  the  year.  Two  of  the  best  are  from  Pike's  farm,  Wolfe  Island.  They 
are  made  of  a  fine-grained,  buffoolored  stone,  very  much  like  the  lithographic  stone  of 
commerce.  The  diameters  of  the  two  are  nearly  the  same,  but  one  is  only  half  as  long  as 
the  other.  The  longer  one,  measuring  eight  and  a  half  inches,  is  shown  at  Fig.  47.  Both 
of  these  differ  from  the  common  form  of  tube  in  the  hole  being  more  than  twice  as  wide 
at  one  end  as  at  the  other.  In  Fig.  47,  at  the  end  showing  the  hole,  the  wall  of  the 
tube  is  scarcely  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  while  at  the  opposite  extremity  it  is 
twice  that.  In  addition  to  this  the  sides,  although  beautifully  rounded,  are  not  parallel 
throughout  their  full  length,  as  the  diameter  increases  slightly  (but  only  slightly)  at  the 
end  where  the  hole  is  enlarged. 


It  is  probable  that,  like  the  "  gorgets  "  and  "  ceremonial  "  stones,  the  tubes  were 
regarded  as  being  both  ornamental  and  lucky.  Were  they  ever  employed  as  pipes  ? 
Even  if  it  could  be  shown  that  they  had  some  specific  use,  the  element  of  superstition 
would  still  have  to  be  taken  into  account,  as  we  have  the  authority  of  Schoolcraft  and 
others  for  believing  that  all,  or  almost  all,  the  decorative  "  environments  "  of  the  Indian, 
were  looked  upon  as  being  more  or  less  in  the  nature  of  amulets. 


FIG.    48. 


We  may  consider  Fig.  48  from  the  same  point  of  view.  It  is  fashioned  from  a  piece- 
of  thick  and  richly-veined  slate — spherical  except  on  one  side,  which  has  been  made 
slightly  concave  in  line  with  the  hole  which  penetrates  the  piece.  It  was  found  on  lot 
20,  con.  18,  West  Williams,  by  Mr.  Alex.  Thompson. 


FIG.   49. 


Fig.  49  is  an  unfinished  specimen  of  the  same  kind,   but   of  different   material.     A. 
ining  has  been  made  in  the  drilling  of  a  hole  in  what  is  clearly  a  water-worn  stone, 
from  Brookfield,  Missouri,  and  was  procured  from  Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 


Fig.  50.     (i  Size) 


The  purpose  or    intention  of   objects  like  Figs.  50  to  52  is  yet  unexplained.     Mr, 
Wilson  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  at  Washington,  in  a  recent  pamphlet  states,  that 


37 


an  Ojibeway  Indian  had  informed  him  they  were  employed  in  playing  a  game  of  chance- 
This  sage  Indian  affirmed  that  several  of  them  were  put  into  a  vessel  and  shaken  up- 
The  vessel  was  then  inverted  like  a  dice-box,  and  the  count  was  reckoned  for  or  against 
the  player,  in  accordance  with  the  number  found  standing  or  fallen  when  the  vessel  was 
removed.  There  is  more  than  one  reason  for  believing  that  the  Ojibeway  was  a  mere 
guesser  at  truth,  and  a  very  poor  guesser  too.  1st,  because  the  bases  of  some  are  rounded  off 
so  much,  or  are  so  narrow,  that  it  requires  careful  adjustment  to  make  them  stand  at  all. 
2nd,  many  are  top-heavy  and  therefore  easily  overbalanced.  (Fig.  51  is  illustrative  of  this, 


Fig.  51.     (4  Size.) 


and  of  the  convex  base.)  In  the  third  place,  what  is  perhaps  the  strongest  reason  why 
these  objects  were  not  so  employed,  consists  in  the  fact  that  they  seldom  show  any  signs 
of  abrasion.  On  the  contrary,  they  are,  of  all  relics  those  that  are  most  frequently  found 
in  the  best  state  of  preservation.  Other  reasons  might  be  adduced,  as,  for  example, 
that  these  bird-forms  are  chiefly  made  of  slate,  or  some  equally  fragile  material.  Fig.  50 
however,  is  an  exception  to  this,  it  being  formed  of  huronite,  a  very  hard  and  refractory 
kind  of  stone.  Our  collection  contains  another  of  these  bird-forms,  made  from  the  same 
material. 


Fig.  52.     (J  Size.) 

In  Figs.  50  and  52  the  eye  pieces  stand  out  from  the  head  like  cuff  buttons  having  a 
long  and  substantial  stalk. 

Fig.  51  is  the  only  specimen  of  the   kind  I  have  seen  having  a  projection  on  the 
crown.       These  three  are  from  the  township  of  West  Williams.       Fig.  50  is  froir      'e 
faim  of  Mr.  Archibald   McEwan  ;  Fig.  51  from  that  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Johnston,  lot  t 
21  ;  and  Fig.  52   from  Mr.  Robert  Gray's  property,  on  the  18th  concession.     The}     .%> 
part  of  the  Matheson  collection. 


FIG.  53(iSizp.) 


.  —  Forms  similar  in  material  and  construction  but  without  any  pretence  at  the  imita- 
tion of  birds  or  other  animals  are  not  uncommon.      Fig.  53  is  an   example,  but  many  of 


38 


them  are  quite  plain,  being  flat  on  one  side,  and  round  on  the  other,  with  the  ends  at  right 
angles  to  the  sides.  In  every  case  these  and  the  bird-forms  are  perforated  at  each  end  of 
the  base  or  flat  side,  the  holes  being  bored  diagonally  as  in  Fig.  53,  but  where  bars  are 
formed  across  each  end,  as  if  in  imitation  of  feet,  the  holes  penetrate  these  in  the  middle 
and  at  right  angles  to  them  in  the  direction  of  the  object's  longer  axis. 

Schoolcraft  described  all  such  specimens  (Figs.  50  to  53)  as  knife-handles,  but  as  na 
blades  have  ever  been  found  showing  any  arrangement  for  attachment  to  articles  of  this 
sort,  it  must  be  concluded  that  this  was  not  their  purpose. 

It  seems  more  probable  that  they  and  the  perforated  tablets — perhaps  also  the  stone 
tubes — were  worn  partly  as  articles  of  personal  adornment  and  partly  as  amulets  or  luck- 
stones,  and  we  can  ill  afford  to  smile  at  the  superstitions  of  the  aborigines  in  this  or  any 
other  respect  so  long  as  we  have  among  ourselves  persons  who  keep  coins  (known  as- 
pocket-pieces)  for  luck ;  who  carry  horse  chestnuts  to  ward  off  rheumatic  attacks,  and 
who  suspend  old  horse-shoes  over  their  doors,  for  what  ? 


FIG.  54.     (§  Size.) 


Fig.  54  is  one  of  the  incomprehensibles.  Although  small  and  unfinished  a  good  deal 
of  labor  has  been  spent  upon  it.  The  material  is  that  light  grayish-blue  slate,  so  much  in 
favor  for  perforated  tablets,  and  what  we  call  "ceremonial"  weapons.  An  oval  cavity 
has  been  made  on  the  upper  side,  and  at  the  end  facing  us  in  the  cut  a  beginning  has 
been  made  in  the  carving  of  a  human  face.  But  the  further  end  is  the  most  instructive 
part  of  this  object,  for  there  we  are  able  to  perceive  the  method  employed  to  detach  it 
from  another  piece.  A  thin  flake  of  flint  has  been  used  as  we  would  use  a  file  to  make  a 
daep  incision  all  round,  and  when  the  part  has  been  sufficiently  weakened  the  two  pieces 
have  been  forcibly  broken. 

It  should  not  be  omitted  to  state  that  a  hole  has  been  bored  through  this  stone 
from  the  bottom  of  the  cavity  already  mentioned. 


FIG.  55. 


Another  slate  object  is  shown  as  Fig.  55.     It  measures  three  by  two-and-a-half 
inches,  and  looks  as  if  it  had  been  intended  for  a  pipe.     Boring  has  teen  done  from  both 
ends,  but  the  holes  have  not  met.    It  was  picked  up  on  lot  18,  con.  6,  McGillivray  Town- 
hip,  the  farm  of  Mr.  Wm.  Meikle. — Matheson  Collection. 


39 


FIG.  56  (nearly  full  size.) 

The  smallest  example  of  the  banner  stone  in  our  collection  is  figured  above.  With 
the  exception  of  a  piece  off  one  point  it  is  perfect.  It  was  found  in  the  Township  of 
Vaughan,  in  this  county,  and  was  presented  to  us  by  Dr.  Orr,  of  the  Village  of  Maple. 
The  doctor  is  an  enthusiastic  collector,  and  has  in  several  ways  shown  his  good  feeling 
towards  our  museum. 


FIG.  57. 

An  unfinished  specimen  of  slate,  winged  relic  is  shown  at  Fig.  57.  It  is  valuable 
chiefly  as  another  proof  that  the  Indians  did  not  perforate  their  work  until  is  was  almost 
or  wholly  finished.  The  presence  of  a  few  flaws  on  this  specimen  at  critical  places  may 
have  led  to  its  rejection  by  the  maker.  It  was  presented  to  us  by  Dr.  Craig  of  Lawrence- 
burg,  Indiana,  but  came  from  Kentucky. 


FIG.  58. 


Fig.  58  is  from  our  North- West  Territory.     Weapons  of  this  kind  are  still  in  use 
among  the  Indians  of  Manitoba  and  more  western  districts  ;  or  perhaps  it  would  be  more 


40 


correct  to  say  that  such  articles  are  now  mainly  manufactured  for  sale  as  curiosities. 
With  the  disappearance  of  large  game,  skull-crackers  of  this  description  have  become  use- 
less. The  head  is  commonly  fashioned  from  quartz  or  some  other  hard  kind  of  stone. 
Generally  they  are  about  as  accurately  formed  as  if  they  had  been  turned.  A  groove  is  cut 
round  the  middle,  and  a  thong  of  raw-hide  encircling  this  and  being  bound  tightly  to  the 
handle  keeps  the  head  firmly  in  position.  The  heads  are  from  four  to  six  inches  in 
length  and  from  one-and-a-half  to  two-and-a-half  inches  in  diameter.  The  handle,  includ- 
ing its  leather  covering,  seldom  exceeds  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  is  usually 
about  three  feet  long.  A  foot  or  more  of  loose  raw  hide  extends  beyond  the  handle. 
Besides  being  ornamental  this  was  useful  for  wrapping  round  the  hand  before  grasping 
the  shaft,  giving  a  much  firmer  grip.  Since  Fig.  58  was  engraved  we  have  been  presented 
by  the  Rev.  John  McLean,  M.A.,  of  Fort  McLeod,  with  a  very  handsome  modern  speci- 
men of  the  "  tommy-stick,"  as  such  a  weapon  is  sometimes  caLed.  It  is  highly  finished, 
and  a  pattern  cut  in  the  stone  has  been  inlaid  with  lead.  Mr.  McLean  has,  besides  this, 
presented  the  Museum  with  a  large  number  of  valuable  articles  illustrative  of  modern  life 
among  the  Blood  Indians,  connected  with  whom  he  has  resided  for  nine  years.  Further 
reference  to  these  articles  must  be  deferred  until  the  issue  of  the  next  report,  as  they  are 
not  now  available  for  description. 

BONE. 


59. 


Among  the  articles  of  Eskimo  manufacture  mentioned  in  last  report  as  having  been 
presented  by  F.  F.  Payne,  Esq.,  we  have  a  set  of  "  men  "  resembling  dominoes,  a  number  of 
carved  figures  representing  a  fish,  a  bear,  a  seal,  a  goose  and  two  human  beings.  Besides 
these  were  a  comb,  a  thimble,  some  ornaments  and  a  powder  measure — all  made  of  bone. 

The  last  mentioned  is  illustrated  nearly  full  size  at  Fig.  59. 


SHELL, 


FIG.  60  (§  Size.) 
^Nothing  affords  better  evidence  of  the  widely-extended  wanderings  of  the  Indians 


41 


than  we  find  in  ornaments  of  shell  made  from  species  whose  habitat  is  more  than  a 
thousand  miles  distant  from  where  the  manufactured  articles  are  picked  up.  Valves  of 
our  own  unios  are  often  found  in  graves  and  ash-hen ps,  but  scarcely  any  labor  seems  to 
have  been  spent  upon  them — they  were  probably  regarded  as  too  fragile  for  either  use  or 
adornment. 

Large  and  strong  conches  from  southern  seas  were  highly  prized,  and  some  of  the  finest 
Indian  scroll  patterns  have  been  wrought  on  broad  pieces  of  these.  No  elaborately- worked 
specimens  have  as  yet  fallen  to  our  lot,  but  we  possess  several  plainly-made  articles. 
Fig.  60  is  part  of  a  find  mads  in  1849  by  a  Mr.  John  McDowell  when  excavating  a  cellar 
near  Blackfriars  bridge,  London,  Ontario.  Many  other  fine  specimens  (all  of  which  we 
procured  from  Mr.  Matheson)  were  found  in  this  grave.  Those  of  shell  included  three 
whole  "gorgets,"  one  of  which  is  represented  in  Fig.  60  ;  two  halves  of  others  somewhat 
smaller ;  one  large  spoon-like  piece  made  from  what  must  have  been  nearly  a  third  of  the 
outside  whorl;  a  small  and  neatly-finished  heart-shaped  ornament  (all  these  were 
perforated)  a  large  bead  made  from  the  columella ;  and  eight  pieces  of  wampum. 


FLINTS. 


FIG.  61. 


In  Fig.  61,  from  Pike's  Farm,  Wolfe  Island,  we  have  an  excellent  illustration 
of  the  dexterity  possessed  by  the  Indians  in  the  manipulation  of  flinty  substances.  Not  only 
is  this  specimen  as  nearly  as  possible  symmetrical,  but  it  is  surpassingly  thin,  for  although 
sight  and  a  half  inches  long,  it  barely  averages  one- fourth  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The 
edges  are  sharpened  by  chipping  mainly  from  one  side. 


A  unique  specimen,  in  many  respects,  is  shown  at  Fig.  62.  Though  less  than  three 
inches  in  length,  it  is  almost  as  thick  as  Fig.  61.  The  sides  are  as  nearly  flat  as  it  is  in 
the  nature  of  flint  to  be  made,  and  the  edges  are  chipped  at  such  an  angle  as  to  make 
a  cross  section  as  nearly  as  possible  a  rhomboid.  Flints  so  chipped  have  been  regarded 
as  "  rotary  "  arrows,  on  the  supposition  that  the  intention  of  the  angle  was  to  make  the 
weapon  revolve  in  its  flight, — a  sort  of  aboiiginal  idea  of  "  rifling,"  in  fact,  but  that  seems 
to  be  a  little  too  far-fetched.  It  is  more  likely  that  the  pecularity,  when  it  occurs,.  is- 
owing  to  the  want  of  ambi-dexterity  on  the  part  of  the  maker,  unless,  as  is  probable,  say 
in  the  case  of  Fig.  62,  the  flint  was  intended  for  a  drill  rather  than  a  missile.  The 
projections  at  the  base  can  hardly  be  regarded  as  barbs,  because  the  sides  of  the  neck  pro- 
ject so  far  that  when  this  head  was  attached  to  a  shaft  or  handle  the  hollows  would  be 
completely  filled  with  the  material  employed  to  fasten  it  on.  It  was  presented  by  Mr, 
E.  T.  Hummell,  Decatur,  Alabama. 


FIG. 


A  somewhat  unusual  form  of  arrow-head  is  seen  at  Fig  63.  The  notched  base  com- 
bines the  wedge  method  of  insertion  with  the  barbed  form.  This  type  of  weapon  is  more 
common  in  the  Central  States  than  in  Ontario. 


43 


FIG.  64. 

Fig.  64  is  a  fine  example  of  the  serrated  edge.     It  is  from  near  Lawrenceburg, 
Indiana,  and  was  presented  to  us  by  Dr.  Collins,  of  that  city. 


FIG.  65. 


Fig.  65  represents  the  largest  chipped  implement  in  the  museum.  It  measures 
eleven  and  a  half  inches  in  length.  It  is  made  of  hard  cherty  limestone,  and  shows  signs 
of  having  been  in  use  for  digging  (?),  as  the  ridges  between  the  flakings  are  worn  down 
slightly. 


This  magnificent  specimen  formed  part  of  the  handsome  collection  presented  by  Mr. 
James  Dickson,  P.L.S.,  of  Fenelon  Falls. 


FIG.  67. 


Fig.  67  is  a  large  leaf-shaped  and  roughly  dipped  "  flint,"  from  Pike's  farm,  Wolfe 
Island.  It  is  six  inches  and  a  quarter  long,  by  four  inches  wide.  If  found  in  Europe  it 
would  be  regarded  as  paleolithic,  but  as  copper-beads  and  many  highly  finished  stone 
weapons  were  found  along  with  this  specimen  the  inference  is  that  all  were  produced  con- 
temporaneously. Another  specimen  from  the  same  locality  is  made  of  similar  material 
(both  showing  a  nucleus)  and  is  much  better  finished,  besides  being  provided  with  a  neck 
for  attachment  to  a  handle. 


FIG.  68. 


Fig.  68,  scarcely  inferior  in  size,  is  also  from  the  same  farm.  The  material,  however, 
is  of  a  finer  quality,  and  the  chipping  has  been  more  carefully  done.  It  is  about  five 
inches  and  three  quarters  long  and  nearly  four  broad. 


45 


FIG  69. 


Among  the  specimens  presented  by  Mr.  Ransom,  of  Hitchin,  few  are  more  instruc- 
tive than  the  one  figured  at  69.  It  represents  an  enormous  flint  cone,  ten  inches  long, 
from  which  large  chips  have  been  flaked  for  tool  making.  Fig.  69  is  from  Persigny,  a 
locality  that  has  yielded  many  valuable  paleolithic  relics. 


46 


CARVED  HEAD. 


FIG.  70.     (Full  Size.) 

Fig.  70  is  as  beautiful  as  it  is  remarkable.  Almost  black,  and  apparently  carved 
from  a  piece  of  limestone,  one  is  struck  at  first  sight  both  with  the  design  and  the  quality  of 
the  workmanship.  The  head  dress  is  quite  unlike  what  we  would  suppose  an  Indian  to 
model,  and  the  conception  of  the  head  itself  is  different  in  every  reppect  from  the  normal 
aboriginal  attempts  to  represent  human  features.  The  half-finished  appearance  of  the 
under  side  of  the  neck  gives  us  the  idea  that  the  head  might  at  one  time  have  formed 
part  of  a  whole  figure.  A  hole  is  bored  through  piece  from  below  the  chin  to  the  top  of 
the  cap,  immediately  above  the  forehead.  This  specimen  is  from  lot  34,  con.  7,  Beverley, 
the  farm  of  Mr.  Jas.  Dwyer. 


TABLETS. 


Fig.  71  represents  the  celebrated  Gest  or  Cincinnati  Tablet.     It  is  five  inches  long, 


three  broad  at  each  end  and  half  an  inch  thick.  The  material  is  a  light  brown  sandstone  of 
close  texture.  Quoting  from  Mr.  Robert  Clarke's  pamphlet  on  the  "  Prehistoric  Remains 
at  Cincinnati,"  I  find  that  Mr.  E.  G.  Squier.  a  good  archaeological  authority,  described 
this  relic  in  1848  as  follows:  *  *  *  "The  figures  are  cut  in  low  relief  (the  lines 
being  not  more  than  one-twentieth  of  an  inch  in  depth)  and  occupy  a  rectangular  space 
four  inches  and  two-tenths  by  two  and  one-tenth  wide.  The  sides  of  the  stone,  it  will  be 
observed,  are  slightly  concave.  Right  lines  are  drawn  across  the  face,  near  the  ends  ;  at 
right  angles  and  exterior  to  these  are  notches,  twenty-five  at  one  end  and  twenty-four 
at  the  other.  Extending  diagonally  inward  are  fifteen  longer  lines,  eight  at  one  end  and 
seven  at  the  other.  The  back  of  the  stone  has  three  deep,  longtitudinal  grooves,  and 
several  depressions,  evidently  caused  by  rubbing — probably  produced  by  sharpening  the 
instruments  used  in  the  sculpture.  *  *  *  *  it  will  be  observed  that  there  are  but 
three  scrolls  or  figures — four  of  one  description  and  two  of  each  of  the  others.  Probably 
no  serious  discussion  of  the  question,  wheth  *r  or  not  these  figures  are  hieroglyphical,  is 
needed.  They  more  resemble  the  stalk  and  flowers  of  a  plant  than  anything  else  in 
nature.  What  significance,  if  any,  may  attach  to  the  peculiar  markings  or  graduations 
at  the  ends,  it  is  not  undertaken  to  sty.  The  sum  of  the  products  of  the  longer  and 
shorter  lines  (24x7  +  25x8)  is  368,  three  more  than  the  number  of  days  in  the  year; 
from  which  circumstance  the  suggestion  has  been  advanced  that  the  tablet  had  an  astro- 
nomical origin  and  constituted  some  sort  of  a  calendar." 

Mr.  Squier  then  goes  on  to  suggest  that  the  tablet  was  probably  only  a  stamp,  such 
as  have  been  found  "  in  Mexico  and  in  the  mounds  of  the  Mississippi "  made  "  of  burned 
clay,  the  faces  of  which  are  covered  with  figures,  fanciful  or  imitative,  all  in  low  relief 
like  the  face  of  a  stereotype  plate.  These  were  used  in  impressing  ornaments  upon  the 
clothes  or  prepared  skins  of  the  people  possessing  them."  Dr.  (now  Sir)  Daniel  Wilson  in 
"  Pre-historic  Man,"  vol.  1,  page  175,  after  criticising  the  astronomical  and  stamp  theories, 
proceeds  :  •*  But  whatever  theory  be  adopted  as  to  its  original  object  or  .destination,  the 
series  of  lines  on  its  two  ends  have  justly  attracted  attention,  for  they  constitute  no  part 
of  the  device  and  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  an  ornamental  border.  Possibly  in  them 
we  have  a  record  of  certain  scales  of  measurement  in  use  by  the  mound  builders  :  and  if 
so,  the  discovery  is  calculated  to  add  fresh  interest  to  our  study  of  the  geometrical  structures, 
which,  far  more  than  great  mounds,  are  the  true  characteristics  of  that  mysterious 
people." 

A  recent  essayist  in  the  "  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History  "  for 
January,  1887,  after  demonstrating  to  his  own  satisfaction  the  phallic  origin  and  interpre- 
tation of  the  design  and  the  astronomical  intention  of  the  lines  and  spaces,  concludes, . 
"  Thus  we  have  the  exact  descriptions  of  these  tablets  [the  Richardson  and  the  Gest 
or  Cincinnati.]  The  numbers  shown  on  these  are  familiar  as  those  used  in  the  measures 
of  the  Mound  Builder  works  in  which  the  tablets  were  found  ;  also  as  periods  of  lunar 
and  solar  time,  and  especially  lunar  time,  as  marking  the  natural  periods  of  menstrua- 
tion, quickening,  viability  and  gestation.  The  relationship  becomes  closer  when  we  find 
that  the  Gest  Tablet,  as  to  its  size,  has  special  measures  from  the  same  unit  or  standard 
with  the  Gridley  stone.  They  are  :  Length  5  inches ;  least  breadth,  2.50  inches  ;  greatest 
breadth,  3  (2.99)  inches,  with  two  chords  of  4.50  inches  each." 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  purpose  of  this  tablet,  if,   indeed,  it  had  any  beyond 
caprice  or  whim  on  the  part  of  the  maker,  it  is,  at  all  events,   a  genuine  relic.     Fortu- 
nately the  evidence  in  its  favour  is  too  strong  to  be  put  aside  by  even  the  most  icono- 
lastic. 


48 


FIG.  72. 

As  if  to  "  make  assurance  doubly  sure,"  however,  on  this  point,  the  Clarke  or 
Waverly  Tablet  has  been  discovered  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  W.  R.  Hurst,  of  Piketon, 
Ohio,  where  it  seems  to  have  been  regarded  of  so  little  value  that  its  broken  parts  were- 
not  even  placed  together. 

Its  corroborative  testimony  in  favour  of  the  Cincinnati  Tablet  cannot  be  over- 
estimated. Fig.  72,  which  is  little  more  than  half  the  full  size,  gives  a  fair  idea  of  its- 
appearance.  That  the  spirit  of  the  design  corresponds  with  that  of  the  other  is  manifest 
—there  is  only  less  of  it.  The  piece  of  stone  is  barely  half  as  thick  as  in  the  Cincinnati 
specimen,  and  is  not  so  well  preserved  at  the  edges,  probably  on  that  account. 

This  tablet  is  now  the  property  of  Mr.  Robert  Clarke,  publisher  of  Cincinnati,  to- 
whom  we  are  indebted  for  casts  of  both  these  fine  specimens. 


COPPER. 

Of  all  the  material  employed  by  the  Indians  in  the  production  of  ornaments  and 
implements,  native  copper  is  among  the  rarest.  It  has  been  asserted  in  a  recent  publica- 
tion that  the  presence  of  objects  formed  from  this  metal  in  its  virgin  condition  over  so 
large  an  area  of  North  America  in  no  wise  argues  communication  on  the  part  of  the 
natives  with  the  Lake  Superior  deposits.  Enough  copper,  it  is  said,  may  be  found  as 
"  drift,"  from  which  all  the  objects  made  by  the  Indians,  might  easily  be  made.  While 
it  may  be  acknowledged  that  drift  copper  is  occasionally  found,  it  must,  at  the  same 
time,  be  affirmed  that  it  is  exceedingly  rare.  I  have  not  heard  of  a  single  instance  in 
Ontario,  and  the  chances  now-a-days  are  millions  against  one  as  compared  with  the  oppor- 
tunities afforded  during  the  pre-historic  period  when  forest-growth  covered  the  country 
and  when  the  ground  was  littered  with  dead  and  decaying  vegetable  matter.  It  is  absurd 
to  regard  distance  as  any  barrier  when  we  find  here  sea-shells  from  the  distant  south.  As 
well,  too,  might  it  be  argued  that  pipes  of  catlinite  discovered  in  Ontario,  prove  no  con 
nection  with  the  famous  pipe-stone  quarries  of  the  North- West.  That  copper  was  brought 
here  from  Lake  Superior  there  can  be  little,  if  any,  doubt. 

In  an  article  on  "  Ancient  Society  in  Tennessee,"  by  G.  P.  Thruston,  in  that  excel- 
lent publication  The  Magazine  of  American  History,  the  writer  speaking  of  what  is  taken 
from  the  mounds  of  his  State  says,  "  Among  the  treasures  found  are  a  number  of  articles 
indicating  commercial  development,  a  pipe  made  of  '  red  pipestone,'  or  catlinite,  found 


49 


only  in  Dakota  Territory,  more  than  a  thousand  miles  distant ;  native  copper  from  the 
shores  of  Lake  Superior,  ornamented  sea-shells  from  the  Gulf  and  south  Atlantic  coasts, 
mica  from  North  Carolina,  exquisite  polished  implements  of  cannel  coal,  pearls  from  the 
southern  rivers,  implements  of  polished  hematite  from  distant  iron  mines,  and  of  steatite 
and  quartz  from  the  Alleghany  range." 


FIG.  73.     (Full  Size.) 

From  the  Pike  farm  on  Wolfe  Island,  we  have  upwards  of  one  hundred  copper 
beads.  As  may  be  seen  from  Fig.  73,  which  illustrates  fourteen  of  them,  they  vary  con- 
siderably in  size.  They  are  in  excellent  preservation.  Perhaps  this  is  on  account  of 
their  great  thickness  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  holes.  Along  with  these  were  three 
spike-like  specimens,  one  of  which  is  shown  in  the  illustration.  The  eye  is  formed  by  the 
end  being  bent.  In  our  show-case,  the  beads  and  the  three  long  pieces  are  strung  to 
form  a  necklace,  the  latter  at  nearly  equal  distances  apart ;  but  I  have  not  been  able  to 
learn  how  far  this  arrangement  corresponds  with  the  way  they  were  disposed  when  found. 
Altogether,  these  form  a  most  valuable  addition  to  pur  very  modest  collection  of  copper 
articles. 


FIG.  74. 


This  cut   represents  nine  cylindrical  copper  beads  just  as  they  were  found  in  the 
Tremont  Park  mound,  Tidd's  Island.     They  were  lying  on  a  piece  of  the  original  hide  c 
4  (C.I.) 


50 


leather  to  which  they  had  been  attached,  and  I  was  careful  not  to  disturb  them.  They 
are  made  of  beaten  or  leaf  copper  rolled  into  their  present  shape.  In  length  they 
measure  from  three-fourths  of  an  inch  to  an  inch,  and  vary  from  three-sixteenths  to  five- 
sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  fine  thongs  by  which  they  were  sewn  to  the 
hide  are  still  adherent  to  the  under  side. 


FIG.  75. 

Fig.  75  was  found  by  Mr.  Samuel  Haskett,  on  lot  23,  con.  4,  Biddulph  township,  and 
formed  part  of  the  Matheson  collection. 

It  differs  but  little  in  pattern  from  some  we  had  before,  but  it  is,  perhaps,  specially 
interesting  from  the  fact  that  a  few  specks  of  pure  silver  may  be  easily  detected  on  the 
surface,  thus  affording  proof  (although  none  is  required)  that  the  material  is  native  or 
virgin. 

It  is  four  and  a  half  inches  long,  and  one  inch  and  a  half  wide  at  the  cutting  edge. 


FIG.  76. 


This  good  specimen  (Fig.  76)  was  found  by  Mr.  David  Willet,  in  the  township  of 
Burford.  It  measures  eight  and  three  quarter  inches  long,  and  at  its  widest  part  is  an 
inch  and  five-eighths.  Like  some  of  those  described  in  our  last  report,  it  is  provided  with 
a  fairly  well-formed  socket  to  receive  a  handle  or  shaft. 


FIG.  77. 

Fig.  77  is  much  smaller,  and  has  a  tine  instead  of  a  socket.  It  was  ploughed  up 
on  lot  15,  con.  7.  in  the  township  of  London,  by.  Mr.  James  Hodgins.  Both  of  these 
were  procured  from  Mr.  Matheson. 


HEMATITE  (Iron  Ore). 

The  Indians  of  the  territory  (much  of  which  formerly  belonged  to  New  France)  now 
included  in  the  Central  States  of  the  American  Union,  employed  hematite  to  some  extent 
in  the  production  of  weapons  and  a  few  other  things. 

I  have  never  found,  or  heard  of  anything  being  found,  of  this  material  in  Ontario, 
although  it  is  more  than  probable  that  there  are  specimens  of  it  in  some  private  collec- 
tions. The  only  trace  of  it  I  have  met  with  was  on  Tidd's  Island  (see  report  for  1887,, 


51 


page  10),  where  some  decomposed  ore  had  apparently  been  deposited  in  a  grave  for  the 
use  of  the  "  dear  departed  "  as  paint.  In  the  Central  States,  however,  fragments  of  hard 
and  compact  hematite  have  been  patiently  ground,  often  into  handsome  form,  for  celts  (or 
for  insertion  into  the  heads  of  clubs),  corresponding  in  size  and  shape  with  many  weapons 
found  in  this  country,  made  for  a  similar  purpose  from  granite,  syenite  and  other  primi- 
tive rocks. 

We  have  one  from  the  collection  of  Mr.  Warren  K.  Moorehead,  of  Xenia,  Ohio. 
Recently,  we  have  also  procured  four  good  ones  from  Dr.  Rear,  of  this  city.  They  were 
found  in  Linn  Co.,  Missouri. 


FIG.  78. 


Fig.  78  is  of  the  same  material,  beautifully  formed.  A  cross  section  is  circular. 
The  slight  groove,  one-third  of  the  length  from  the  top,  suggests  the  idea  of  suspension, 
and  the  specimen  may  have  been  a  sinker.  It  was  found  near  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  was 
presented  by  Master  C.  D.  Pettibone,  of  Cincinnati. 


TYPES  OP  RECENT  IRON  AXES. 


FIG.  79. 


FIG.  80. 


Immense  numbers  of  cheap  iron  axes  or  tomahawks  were  imported  to  America  for 
distribution  among  the  natives  "for  value  received"  no  doubt.     Poor  tools  as  these  were, 


52 


few  of  them  having  a  steel  edge,  they  were  still  greatly  superior  to  the  former  implements 
of  stone  or  even  copper,  and  were  accordingly  highly  prized  by  the  Indians.  Fig.  79  is. 
the  most  common  type.  Sometimes  the  pattern  varies  slightly  and  the  size  often  very 
much.  In  what  I  take  to  be  the  oldest  forms  the  hole  is  round;  in  those  that  are  more 
recent  it  is  oval.  The  stamps  of  the  makers  occasionally  enables  us  to  distinguish 
their  nationality,  but  more  frequently  this  is  not  easy.  The  billed  or  poled  form 
is  not  so  common.  Fig.  80  is  the  only  one  in  our  collection.  It  was  procured  from 
Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 

Another  form  was  somewhat  similar  to  Fig.  80,  but  instead  of  the  pole  a  pipe-head 
was  fashioned,  a  small  hole  communicating  with  the  handle  which  formed  the  stem. 
Axes  of  this  kind  were  more  ornamental  than  useful. 


FIG.  81. 


The  type  shown  at  Fig.  81  resembles  the  hatchet  still  used  in  Britain.  Axes  of  this- 
form  are  comparatively  scarce  in  Ontario.  All  of  the  kind  I  have  seen  are  steel  edged, 
and  therefore  much  more  serviceable  then  those  like  Fig.  79.  The  cut  illustrates  one 
found  by  Mr.  Albert  Loughead  of  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  82. 


The  most  modern  form  of  tomahawk  is  shown  at  Fig.  82. 
to   the   shape   of   tool   so   well   known   by   every   one   to-day. 


It  approaches  closely 
Those   however,    that 


53 


were  served  out  to  the  Indians  were  made  smaller  than  what  we  call  a  "chopping  axe.'^ 
the  one  figured  being  not  more  than  half  the  average  size  of  a  woodman's  implement. 
No  doubt  they  were  intended  to  be  used  single-handed. 


FIG.  83, 


The  specimen  figured  (Fig.  83)  is  large  and  coarse,  and  has  the  appearance  of  having 
been  forged  by  some  colonial  country  blacksmith,  who,  if  he  did  not  actually  try  "  his. 
'prentice  han' "  on  it,  had  certainly  not  made  a  great  many  before  he  produced  this  one^ 


FIG.  84. 


Indian  hatchets  were  made  by  Canadian  mechanics  within  the  last  fifty  or  sixty  years, 
rwo  in  our  collection  bear  the  stamp  of  the  patriot  "  S.  LOUNT."     Fis.  83  was  in  the 


in  our  collection  bear  the  stamp  of  the  patriot 
Matheson  collection. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   TOWARDS   A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  ARCHAEOLOGY 
OF  THE  DOMINION  OF  CANADA  AND  NEWFOUNDLAND. 

[The  accompanying  list  and  digest  have  been  prepared  by  Mr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain, 
B.A.,  Toronto,  and  are  the  first  on  this  subject  that  have  ever  been  made  covering  the 
ground  in  question. 

It  requires  only  a  glance  to  perceive  the  great  labor  involved  in  the  preparation  of 
such  a  statement  as  is  here  presented,  and  Mr.  Chamberlain's  sole  reward  must  consist  in 
the  consciousness  that  he  has  performed  a  task  which  will,  to  a  very  considerable  extent, 
facilitate  reference  by  students,  at  the  same  time  that  it  places  on  record  the  work  that 
has  been  done  in  this  field. 

There  are,  doubtless,  other  papers  and  works  bearing  on  the  subject — for  Mr. 
Chamberlain  modestly  speaks  of  his  work  as  "  Contributions," — and  he  will  be  glad  to 
hear  from  any  one  who  may  be  able  to  assist  him  in  making  this  bibliography  as  nearly 
complete  as  possible.  Address,  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  B.A.,  Canadian  Institute,  Toronto.] 

BAILEY,  L.  W.,  M.A. — Indian  relics  from  New  Brunswick.  Science,  Vol.  I.  (1883), 
pp.  245-246. 

Describes  some  specimens  of  pottery. 

BAILEY,  L.  W.,  M.  A.. — On  the  relics  of  the  stone  age  in  New  Brunswick.  Bullet, 
of  the  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  New  Brunswick,  No.  6  (1887),  pp.  3-16. 

A  somewhat  exhaustive  paper  with  three  plates.  Nature,  distribution  and  mode  of 
occurrence,  pp.  4-7  ;  implements  of  stone,  7-13  ;  of  shell  and  bone,  13  ;  of  clay,  earthen- 
ware, 14-16. 

BAIN,  JAMES,  JR. — The  present  condition  of  the  old  French  Fort  at  Ste.   Marie. 
Proc.  Canad.  Inst.,  3rd  Series,  Vol.  3,  1886,  pp.  278-279. 
Brief  abstract  of  paper  given. 

BAIRD,  SPENCER  F. — Aboriginal  Shell  mounds  of  New  Brunswick  and  New  England. 
Proc.  U.S.  National  Museum  for  1881,  Vol.  4  (1882),  pp.  292-297. 

New  Brunswick  shell  deposits  treated  on  pages  292,  293,  294,  295. 

BELL,  CHARLES  N. — The  Mound-builders  in  Canada.  Proc.  Canad.  Inst.,  3rd  Series, 
Vol.  4  (1886),  pp.  131-138. 

Describes  the  nature,  situation  and  contents  of  mounds  in  the  Province  of  Manitoba. 

A  summary  and  review  of  this  paper  is  to  be  found  in  the  Verhandl.  der  Berl. 
Gesellsch,  fr.  Anthrop.,  Ethnol.,  und  Urgeschichte,  Jahrgang,  1886,  s.  192. 

BELL,  CHARLES  N. — Aboriginal  trade  in  the  Canadian  North- West.  Canad.  Record 
of  Science,  Vol.  2  (1886),  pp.  102-105. 

Evidences  of  trade  from  contents  of  mounds. 

BOYLE,  DAVID. — The  Archaeological  Outlook.  Proc.  Canad:  Inst.,  3rd  Series,  Vol. 
4  (1886),  pp.  1-7. 

At  pp.  4-5  describes  a  find  of  70  tomahawks  in.  the  Township  of  Beverley ;  at  p.  5 
an  ossuary  in  the  same  district. 

BOYLE,  DAVID. — Report  of  Curator  for  1885-1886.     Proc.  Canad.  Inst.,  3rd  Series, 
Vol.  4  (1886-7),  pp.  208-210. 
Enumerates  specimens. 

BOYLE,  DAVID. — Archaeological  Report.  Annual  report  of  the  Canadian  Institute, 
Session  1886-1887,  being  part  of  appendix  to  the  report  of  the  Minister  of  Education, 
Ontario,  1887,  Toronto,  1888,  pp.  9-58. 

The  most  important  contribution  to  the  Archaeology  of  Ontario.  Deucribes,  with 
117  figures,  part  of  the  collection  now  in  the  Institute's  Museum.  Pottery,  pp.  18-21  ; 
clay  pipes,  22-24  ;  stone  pipes,  25-30  ;  breast-plates  and  gorgets,  pendants,  30-33  ;  cere- 
monial weapons,  33-36  ;  totems,  tribe-symbols,  36-38 ;  slate  spear-heads,  38 ;  grooved 


55 


axes,  39  ;  gouges,  40 ;  tubes,  41  ;  beads,  42-43  ;  flints,  44-47  ;  grinding  and  rubbing 
stones,  48 ;  objects  in  shell,  49-50 ;  bone  and  horn,  50-54 ;  copper,  54-56 ;  village  sites 
and  ossuaries,  57-58. 

Pages  9-14  describe  Mr.  Boyle's  operations  during  1887. 

BUSK,  GEO.,  F.R.S. — Description  of  two  Beothuc  skulls.  Journ.  of  Anthrop.  Inst. 
of  Gt.  Brit,  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  5  (1885),  pp.  230-233,  with  plate. 

CROFT,  HENRY,  LL.D. — Report  on  implements  found  near  Brock  ville.      Canadian 
Journal,  new  Series,  Vol.  1  (1856),  pp.  334-336.     See  Reynolds,  Thos. 
Chemical  analysis  of  copper  implements. 

BADE,  REV.  C. — Indian  Remains.     Canad.  Journal,  Vol.  1  (1852-1853),  p.  6. 
Describes  an  Indian  burying  ground  in  Beverley  Township,  some  10  miles  from 
Dundas. 

DAWSON,  SIR  J.  W. — Fossil  Men  and  their  Modern  Representatives.  An  attempt  to 
illustrate  the  character  and  condition  of  prehistoric  man  in  Europe  by  those  of  the 
American  races.  Montreal,  1880.  1  Vol.  VIII.,  348  pp.,  illustrd.,  12  mo.  Passim. 

FAIRBANK,  DR.  F.  R. — On  some  flint  arrowheads  from  Canada :     Journ.  Anthrop. 
Soc.  Lond.,  Vol.  2  (1864),  pp.  Ixiv-lxv.     Bound  up  with  Anthrop.  Rev.,  Vol.  4  (1864). 
Deals  with  some  arrowheads  ploughed  up  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie. 

FOWLER,  REV.  JAS. — On  Shell  heaps  of  New  Brunswick.     Report  of  Smithson.  Inst 
1870,  (Washington,  1871),  p.  389. 

Negative  evidence  as  to  existence  of  shell  mounds  in  Northumberland  County,  New 
Brunswick. 

GIBB,  SIR  DUNCAN,  BART.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S. — Stone  implements  and  frag- 
ments of  pottery  from  Canada.  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.  of  Gt.  Brit,  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  3 
(1874),  pp.  65-69,  and  2  plates. 

Describes  arrowheads  from  Quebec,  Island  of  Montreal,  Saguenay  District,  Ottawa 
River,  and  Chippewa  (Ont.)  ;  pottery  from  Lake  Erie,  Montreal  Island  and  Brant  County  ; 
hatchets  from  Niagara ;  spear-head  from  the  Saguenay. 

GUEST,  E.  W. — Ancient  Indian  Remains  near  Prescott,  C.  W.  Ann.  Report  Smith- 
son.  Inst.,  1856,  pp.  271-276,  with  eleven  figures. 

Describes  mounds  in  Augusta  Township,  eight  and  one-half  miles  north-west  of 
Prescott,  Ontario,  and  similar  structures  near  Spencerville. 

GUNN,  DONALD. — Indian  Remains  near  Red  River  Settlement,  Hudson's  Bay  Terri- 
tory.    Report  of  Smithson.  Inst.,  1867,  (Washington,  1872),  pp.  399-400. 
Describes  tumulus  and  contents. 

HALIBURTON,  R.  S. — A  search  in  B.  N.  A.  for  lost  colonies  of  Northmen  and  Portu- 
guese. Proc.  Roy.  Geog.  Soc.  Lond.,  new  Series,  Vol.  7  (1885),  pp.  25-34. 

Notices  (p.  34),  earth  mounds,  etc.,  near  St.  Peter's,  Cape  Breton,  which  Indians 
ascribe  to  white  men  before  the  arrival  of  the  French. 

KANE, PAUL. — Chinook  Indians.  Canadian  Journal,^Vol.  III.,  1854-1855,  pp.  273-279. 
P.  277,  sepulchral  rites  ;  p.  274,  shell-money,  utensils. 

KING,  RICHARD,  M.D. — On  the  industrial  arts  of  the  Esquimaux.  Jour,  of  Ethnol 
Soc.  London,  Vol.  I.,  1848,  pp.  277-300. 

LAWSON,  A.  C. — Ancient  rock  inscriptions  on  the  Lake  of  the  Woods.  American 
Naturalist,  Vol.  XIX.,  1885,  pp.  654-658.  Illus. 

The  above  paper  has  been  re-printed  in  pamphlet  form. 

L'HEUREUX,  JEAN. — The  Kekip-Sesoators,  or  Ancient  Sacrificial  Stones  of  the  N.  W. 
Tribes  of  Canada.     Journal  of  the  Anthrop.   Inst.  of   Great  Brit,    and   Ireld.,  Vol.  XV 
1885,  pp.  161-165. 

Describes  the  ancient  and  interesting  sacrificial  stones  of  the  Blackfoot  Indians. 

LLOYD,  F.  G.  B.,  C.E.,  F.G.S. — Note  on  some  Indian  Remains  found  on  the  Coast  of 
Labrador.  Jour.  Anthrop.  Instit.  of  Great  Brit,  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  V.,  1875,  pp.  39-44. 


56 


LLOYD,  F.  G.  B.,  C.E.,  F.G.S. — On  the  stone  Implements  of  Newfoundland.  Jour. 
Anthrop.  Instit.  of  Great  Brit,  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  V.,  1875,  pp.  233-238,  with  three  plates. 

LLOYD,  F.  G.  B.,  O.E.,  F.G.S. — On  the  Beothucs,  a  tribe  of  red  Indians,  supposed 
to  be  extinct,  which  formerly  inhabited  Newfoundland.  Jour.  Anthrop.  Instit.  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  V.,  1875,  pp.  21-39,  with  plate. 

MASON,  O.  T. — Basket-work  of  the  North  American  Indians.  Smithsonian  Report, 
1884,  Pt.  II.,  pp.  291-306,  with  64  plates. 

Describes  the  basket-work  of  some  Canadian  Indians.  Tinneh,  pp.  294-295  ;  Chil- 
kaht,  295;  Haida,  296-297;  Bilhoola,  297;  Makahs,  Algonkins,  305. 

MASON,  0.  T. — Thro  wing-sticks  in  the  National  Museum.  Smithsonian  Report, 
1884,  Washington,  1885,  pp.  281-289,  with  16  plates. 

Describes  the  types  of  throwing-sticks  in  use  by  Canadian  Eskimo  at  Ungava,  281- 
282  ;  Cumberland  Gulf,  283  ;  Fury  and  Hecla  Straits,  283  ;  Anderson's  River,  283. 

(?)  MATTHEW,  MAYHEW  [? — ],  G.  T. — A  supposed  Specimen  of  aboriginal  Art. 
Smithsonian  Report,  1881,  pp.  672-673. 

Describes  a  boulder-like  stone,  at  one  end  resembling  a  human  head,  found  at  Gon- 
dola Point,  King's  Co.,  New  Brunswick. 

MAYHEW,  G.  F.,  M.A.,  F.R.S. — Discoveries  at  a  Village  of  the  Stone  Age  at  Bocabec. 
Bulletin  of  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  New  Brunswick,  No.  III.,  1884,  pp.  6-29,  with  map. 

An  exhaustive  and  valuable  paper.  Describes  a  village  site  at  Bocabec,  New  Bruns- 
wick,  and  the  relics  found.  Huts,  11-15;  pottery,  15-18;  implements  and  weapons  of 
stone,  18-22  ;  bone  and  ivory,  23  ;  animals  used  as  food,  24-29 ;  antiquity  of  village  and 
ethnic  relations  of  the  people,  29. 

MCKELLAR,  SHERIFF. — A  Bragh  or  stone  flour  mill.  Proc.  Canad.  Institute,  3rd 
Series,  Vol.  V.,  1888,  p.  193.  Title. 

Described  a  stone  mill  in  use  by  the  early  settlers  of  Western  Ontario  and  now  in 
the  Institute's  Museum. 

MACLACHLAN,  R.  W. — Indian  stone  Pipes.  The  Canadian  Antiquarian  and  Numis- 
matic Journal,  Montreal,  Vol.  IV.,  1875-1876,  pp.  15-22,  with  plate. 

Describes  pipes  of  Flathead  Indians,  20  ;  pipe  found  at  Balsam  Lake,  Peterboro' 
Co.,  20  ;  pipe  from  Hochelaga,  21. 

MACLACHLAN,  R.  W. — Fragments  from  the  Stone  Age  of  Montreal.  The  Canadian 
Antiquarian  and  Numismatic  Journal,  Vol.  IV.,  1875-1876,  pp.  174-181,  with  plate. 

Spear  and  arrow  heads,  176-177;  whetstone,  178;  stone  hammer,  178;  axe,  179; 
stone  celt,  179;  knife,  180. 

McLEAN,  REV.  JOHN. — The  Mortuary  Customs  of  the  Blackfeet  Indians.  Proc. 
Canad.  Institute,  3rd  Series,  Vol.  V.,  1888,  pp.  20-24. 

Describes  burial  rites  among  the  Blackfeet  of  the  Canadian  North- West. 

MURDOCH,  JOHN. — A  study  of  the  Eskimo  bows  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 
Smithsonian  Report,  1884,  Pt.  II.,  pp.  307-316,  with  11  plates  and  map  showing  distribution. 

NATURALISTE  OANADIEN,  LE. — Age  de  la  pierre  taillie  chez  nos  Aborigenes.  Tome 
XVI.,  1886-1887,  pp.  65-72. 

Discusses  the  stone  age  in  Canada. 

PATTERSON,  REV.  GEO.,  D.D. — Antiquities  of  Nova  Scotia.  Smithsonian  Report, 
1881,  pp.  673-677. 

A  summary  of  our  knowledge  of  the  Archaeology  of  this  Province.  Treats  of  earth- 
works, 673-674  ;  shell  heaps,  674  ;  engraved  stones,  675  ;  mummy,  675  ;  flint  factories, 
•675  ;  implements,  676-677. 

PAYNE,  F.  F. — List  of  Eskimo  implements,  dresses  and  other  objects  of  interest  from 
Prince  of  Wales'  Sound,  presented  by  Mr.  F.  F.  Payne  to  the  Museum  of  the  Canadian 
Institute.  Proceed.  Canad.  Inst.,  3rd  Series,  Vol.  V.,  1887,  pp.  12-13. 

REYNOLDS,  THOMAS,  M.D. — Discovery  of  copper  and  other  Indian  relics  near  Brock- 
ville.  Canadian  Journal,  new  Series,  1856,  pp.  328-334,  with  4  figures  in  text. 


57 


Describes  discoveries  of  chisels,  knives,  together  with  a  portion  of  a  pipe,  a  clay 
mask,  etc.,  at  Les  Galops  Rapids,  while  digging  the  St.  Lawrence  Canal,  in  1847. 

SANDHAM,  ALF. — Ville.  Marie.  A  sketch  of  Montreal,  past  and  present.  Montreal, 
1870,  X.,  pp.  393. 

Describes,  pp.  384-388,  Indian  relics  from  Montreal  and  vicinity. 

SCHWATKA,  LIEUT.  F.,  'CJ.S.N.— The  Igloo  of  the  Innuit.  Science,  Vol.  2,  1883,  pp. 
:21  -216,  259-262,  304-306,  347-8. 

AH3U  Describes  Igloos  and  implements  used  in  their  construction  by,  amongst  others,  the 
Eskimo  on  King  William's  Land,  Chesterfield  Inlet,  Back's  Eiver  and  Hudson's  Bay  in 
Canada. 

SMITH,  A.  C.,  LETTERS  OF — Edited. — On  prehistoric  remains  and  on  an  interment  of 
the  early  French  period  at  Tabusintac.  Bullet.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  New  Brunswick,  No. 
V.,  1886,  pp.  14-20. 

Describes  Archaeological  discoveries  at  Tabusintac  River,  New  Brunswick,  with  chart 
of  vicinity. 

SWAN.  J.  G. — The  Haidah  Indians  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Islands,  B.  0.,  with  a  brief 
description  of  their  carvings,  tattoo  designs,  etc.  4to.,  Washington,  1874,  pp.  22,  with  7 
plates.  See  Smithsonian  collections,  Vol.  XXI. 

SWAN,  J.  G.— Smithsonian  Report,  1880,  Washington,  1881.  p.  447. 
Describes  a  carved  seal  club  or  tinethl  of  the  Makah  Indians  made  on  the  Coast  of 
Vancouver's  Island. 

VAN  COURTLAND,  EDWARD. — Notice  of  an  Indian  burying  ground.  Canadian  Jour- 
nal, Vol.  I.,  1852-1853,  pp.  160-161. 

Describes  an  Indian  burying  ground  and  contents  discovered  at  Bytown,  (Ottawa)  in 
1843. 

WALLBRIDGE,  THOMAS  CAMPBELL. — On  some  ancient  mounds  upon  the  shores  of  the 
Bay  of  Quinte.  Canadian  Journal,  new  Series,  Vol.  V.,  1860,  pp.  409-417,  with  two 
plates  between  pages  482-483. 

Describes  mounds  and  contents  in  the  neighborhood  of  Rednersville  and  Massassaga 
Point. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.— Hints  for  the  formation  of  a  Canadian  collec- 
tion of  ancient  crania.  Canadian  Journal,  Vol.  3,  1854-1855,  pp.  345-346.  Signed 
"D.  W." 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — Observations  suggested  by  specimens  of  a 
class  of  conchological  relics  of  the  red  Indian  tribes  of  Canada  west.  Canadian  Journal, 
Vol.  3,  1854-1855,  pp.  155-159. 

Describes  specimens  of  tropical  shells  found  with  Indian  remains  ;  also  describes  an 
ossuary  in  Beverley  Township. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.— Discovery  of  Indian  remains  in  the  County 
of  Norfolk.  Canadian  Journal,  new  Series,  Vol.  1,  1856,  pp.  511-519. 

Describes  discovery  of  a  skeleton,  fragments  of  pottery,  etc.,  in  the  Township  of 
Windham. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — Indian  remains.  Canadian  Journal,  new 
Series,  Vol.  1,  1856,  pp.  554-556. 

Describes  an  Indian  barrow  near  Orillia,  Simcoe  County,  from  which  70  skulls,  some 
beads,  copper  kettles,  etc.,  were  taken.  Signed  "D.  W." 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.— Physical  ethnology.  Smithsonian  Report, 
[862,  Wash.,  1863,  pp.  240-302. 

Treats  of  crania  of  Canadian  Indians,  256  ;  table  of  measurement  of  Huron  crania, 
)9  ;  of  Algonkin  crania,  260. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — The  Huron  race  and  its  head  form.  Jour- 
il  of  the  Anthrop.  Instit.  of  Great  Brit,  and  Ireld.,  Vol.  1,  1872,  pp.  262-263. 

A  paper  read  before  the  Canadian  Institute,  April  8,  1874. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.— Some  stone  implements  from  Lake  St.  John. 
»roc.  Canad.  Inst.,  3rd  Series,  Vol.  V.,  1887-1888,  p.  124.  Brief  abstract. 

5  (C.I.) 


58 


ADDENDA. 

BELCHER,  CAPT.  SIR  EDW.,  R.N. — On  the  manufacture  of  works  of  art  by  the  Esqui- 
maux. Trans.  Ethnol.  Soc.  Lond.,  new  Series,  Vol.  I.  (1861),  pp.  129-U5. 

BLAKE,  LADY  [Edith], — The  Beothuks  of  Newfoundland.  Nineteenth  Century, 
Vol.  XXIV.,  No.  cxlii  (Dec.,  1888),  pp.  899-918. 

General  description.     Wigwams,  912  ;  canoes,  912;  ornaments,  913. 

BRYCE,  REV.  GEO.,  LL.D. — The  mound-builders  [a  lost  race  described].  Season 
1884-1885,  Trans.,  18,  (Hist.  Soc.)  Winnipeg,  pp.  1-20. 

A  most  important  contribution  to  our  Archaeological  knowledge  of  the  Manitoba 
region.  Plates  p.  8  (5  figures),  p.  12,  p.  18. 

Description  of  mound,  2  ;  varieties  of  mounds,  3-4 ;  great  mound  on  Rainy  River,  4- 
13  :  excavation,  5-6  ;  natural  products,  6-7  ;  manufactured  articles,  9-13  ;  stone  imple- 
ments, 9-10;  horn,  10;  copper,  10-11;  pottery,  11-12;  shell,  11  ;  the  mound-builders, 
14-15  ;  not  an  Indian  race,  13-14  ;  mound  on  Rainy  River,  15-16 ;  age  of  mounds,  16-19. 

BRYCE,  REV.  GEO.,  LL.D — The  Souris  Country,  its  Monuments,  Mounds,  Forts  and 
Rivers.  (A  paper  read  before  the  Society  10th  Nov.  1885.) 

Hist,  and  Scientific  Society  of  Manitoba,  Winnipeg;  Trans.,  24,  season  1886-7.. 
Winnipeg,  1887,  pp.  1-7. 

Pp.  1-3,  red  pipestone  quarry  ;  3,  remarkable  earth  works  and  embankments  on 
South  Antler  Creek ;  4-5,  mound  on  South  Antler  and  on  North  Antler  Creek ;  5-7, 
exhaustive  list  of  contents  of  mound,  age  of  mound,  built  by  Mandans.  (?) 

CANADIAN  ANTIQUARIAN  AND  NUMISMATIC  JOURNAL,  THE — Published  quarterly  by 
the  Numismatic  and  Antiquarian  Society  of  Montreal.  Vol.  III.  (1874-5),  pp.  110-112. 

Interpretation  of  Indian  wampum  belts. 

Interpretation  of  3  belts  of  wampum  sent  to  Canada  by  the  Mohawks  in  1639.  (See 
Lit.  and  Hist.  Soc.  of  Quebec. 

CANADIAN  ANTIQUARIAN  AND  NUMISMATIC  JOURNAL,  THE.     Vol.  [II.,  pp.  167-169. 
Indian  dress,  love-making,  feasts,  burials,  from  MS.  Letter   of  Soeur  Ste.  Helene,. 
published  by  Abbe  Verran.     (See  Revue  Canadienne,  Feb.,  1875,  pp.  108-9.) 

CANADIAN  ANTIQUARIAN  AND  NUMISMATIC  JOURNAL,  THE — Vol.  VI.  (1877-1878),. 
pp.  166-167.  Stone  Medallion  from  St.  George,  New  Brunswick. 

GIBB,  SIR  DUNCAN,  BART.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.G.S. — Canadian  stone  implements; 
and  fragments  of  Pottery,  pp.  181-185.  Oanad.  Antiq.  and  Numism.  Journal,  Vol.  III. 
(1874-5). 

Describes  (182-3)  2  spear-heads  from  Saguenay  district,  2  hatchets  from  Niagara 
Falls,  1  from  Chippewa,  4  from  Niagara,  1  from  Ft.  Wm.  Henry,  and  1  from  Quebec. 
183-4 — 3  fragments  of  pottery — one  from  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  and  two  from  the 
Island  of  Montreal. 

GIBBS,  GEO. — Notes  on  the  Tinneh  or  Ohepewyan  Indians  of  British  and  Russian 
America.  Smithson.  Report  for  1866,  (Wash.,  1872),  pp.  303-327;  pp.  321-325, 
dwellings,  arts,  instruments,  implements. 

GREENE,  W. — On  some  processes  in  use  among  the  Hurons  (of  Lorette)  in  dyeing. 
Trans.,  Lit.  and  Hist.  Soc.  of  Quebec,  Vol.  II.,  (1831),  pp.  23-25. 

GREENE,  W. — Notes  respecting  textile  substances  in  use  among  the  N.  American 
Indians.  Ib.,  pp.  310-312. 

HOFFMANN,  W.  J. — Comparisons  of  Eskimo  Pictographs,  with  those  of  other 
American  Aborigines.  Trans.  Anthrop.  Soc.,  Washington,  Vol.  II.  (1883),  pp.  120-146, 
with  12  figures. 

KOHLMEISTER,  BENJ..  and  KMOCH,  GEO. — Journal  of  a  voyage  from  Okkak  on  the 
coast  of  Labrador  to  Ungava  Bay,  etc.  London,  1814.  Describes  (pp.  37-83)  Eskimo 
ruins  on  Amitok  Island  ascribed  to  the  ancestors  of  the  Greenlanders ;  also,  p.  44, 
Eskimo  graves  at  Oppernavik. 


59 


RINK,  DR.  H  — The  migrations  of  the  Eskimo,  as  indicated  by  their  progress  in 
completing  the  Kayak  implements.  Journal  of  Anthrop.  Inst.  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  Vol.  XVII.,  pp.  68-72. 

STUPART,  M.  R.  F. — The  Eskimo  of  Stupart  Bay.  Proc.  Canad.  Instit.,  3rd  series, 
Vol.  IV.  (1886-7),  pp.  95-114.  Describes,  p.  100,  tents;  101-2,  kyak ;  102-3,  igloos, 
implements  and  ornaments,  103. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  RR.S.E. — Prehistoric  Man.  Researches  into  the 
origin  of  civilization  in  the  Old  and  New  World.  London  (1862),  1  vol ;  second  edition 
(1876),  2  vols.  Passim. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL  D.,  F.R.S.E.,— The  Huron  Race  and  its  Head-form.  Cana- 
dian Journal,  sec.  series,  Vol.  XIII.  (1871-73),  pp.  113-134.  Plates,  pp.  113,  126, 128 ; 
table  of  measurements,  p.  131. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — Ethnical  Forms  and  Undescribed  Artificial 
Distortion  of  the  Human  Cranium.  Canadian  Journal,  second  series,  Vol.  VII.  (1862), 
pp.  399-446.  Plates,  399  (Barrie  skull),  406,  438 ;  Huron  skull  from  Barrie,  400,  401. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D..  F.R.S.E. — Some  Ethnological  Aspects  of  Conchology. 
Canadian  Journal,  second  series,  Vol.  III.  (1858),  pp.  377-409.  Shell  ornaments  of 
Chinook  Indians,  p.  380  ;  find  (in  1848)  of  shells  and  pottery,  p.  399  ;  Indian  cemetery 
near  Orillia,  pp.  399-400. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — Narcotic  Usages  and  Superstitions  of  the 
Old  and  New  World.  Canadian  Journal,  second  series,  Vol.  II.  (1857),  pp.  233-264, 
continued,  pp.  324-344.  Plate  of  Babeen  and  Chippeway  pipes,  p.  254  ;  Mohawk  pipe, 
p.  326 ;  Chinook,  p.  331  ;  Cree,  p.  333 ;  pipe  of  Chippeways  of  Manitoulin  Island,  p. 
333  ;  plate  of  Babeen  pipe,  p.  334. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. — Supposed  prevalence  of  one  Cranial  Type 
throughout  the  American  Aborigines.  Canadian  Journal,  second  series,  Vol.  II.  (1857), 
pp.  406-435.  Measurements  of  Ohippeway  skulls  (Lake  Couchiching),  p.  422  ;  general 
type  of  Canadian  Indian  skulls,  p.  424-425  ;  Western  Canada  Hurons,  p.  428  ;  Six 
Nations,  p.  429. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


ANNUAL,  REPORT 


OF    THE 


CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 


SESSION,    ±888-9_ 


BEING-   PART    OP    APPENDIX 


TO    THE 


BEPORT  OF  THE  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION,  ONTARIO, 


±889, 


PRINTED  BY  ORDER  OF  THE  LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY. 


TORONTO  : 

PRINTED  BY  WARWICK  &  SONS,  68  AND  70  FRONT  ST,  WEST, 

1889. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

I 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT — Continued.  PAGE. 

Township  of  York 19 

Village  Site , 19 

Pottery 19 

Township  of  Vaughan , 20 

Ossuary  and  Large  Find  of  Skulls 20 

NOTES  , 21 

Potteiy 21 

Mindemoya  Vase 22 

Clay  Pipes 23 

Stone  Pipes 28 

Bone  and  Horn 31 

Flint    ' 35 

Stone  Tubes 35 

Miscellaneous  Stone  Relics 36 

Mills  or  Mortars . « 38 

Copper    39 

Crania 41 

Modern  Indian  Dress,  etc 42 

FRENCH  RELICS  FROM  VILLAGE  SITES  OF  THE  HURONS,  BY  A.  F.  HUNTER,  B.A 42 

Table  Showing  Geographical  Distribution  of  French  Relics  in  the  Counties  of  Simcoe, 

York  and  Ontario 44 

CATALOGUE  OF  SPECIMENS  IN  THE  PROVINCIAL  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  MUSEUM 47 

Case  A. ,  European  Manufacture 48 

"    B. ,  Broken  and  Unfinished  Articles    50 

"    C.,  Rough  Flints 53 

u    D.,  Typical  Flints 53 

"    E. ,  Miscellaneous  Flints 54 

"    F.,  Flaked  Tools  and  Weapons 54 

"    G.,  Bone  and  Horn 56 

"  H.,       "      "         "     , 60 

"    J.,  Shell 62 

"    K. ,  Gouges 64 

"   L.,  Stone  Pipes 66 

"   M.,  Slate  Objects 68 

Bird  Amulets s 08 

Winged  and  Horned  Specimens 71 

Tubes 73 

Bar  Amulets 74 

"    N.,  Gorgets — two  or  more  holes 74 

"    0.,         "       — one  hole 76 

"   P. ,  Copper  and  Hematite 78 

u    Q. ,  Of  Unknown  Use , 80 

"    R.,  Clay  Pipes , 83 

"    S.,  Clay  Pipes 85 

"    T. ,  Discs 87 

Rubbing  Stones  and  Pestles 89 

iv. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


CATALOGUE  OF  SPECIMENS,  ETC — Continued.  PAGE. 

Case  U. ,  Grooved  Axes  and  Hammers 89 

"   V.,  Pottery 91 

"    W. ,  Clearville  Specimens 92 

"   X.,  Drills 92 

"    Y.,  Slate  Weapons 94 

"  Z.,  Miscellaneous 95 

"    A2.,  Miscellaneous 97 

Wall  Case  1,  Pottery ' 9& 

2,  Iron  Tomahawks,  etc 98 

"         3,  Crania 99 

"          4,  Crania 99 

5,  Celts 99 

"         6,  Arrow  and  Spear  Heads 100 

Mortars  or  Mills 100 

Modern  Specimens 100 

Blood  Indian,  N.  W.  Terr 100 

Arouay  Indian,  British  Guiana 100 

7,  Eskimo 101 

Carib  (West  Indian) 101 

BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  ART  AND  ARCHAEOLOGY  OF  THE  ABORIGINAL  TRIBES  OF  THE  DOMINION 

OF  CANADA.  AND  NEWFOUNDLAND. — SECOND  PAPER  by  A.  F.  Chamberlan  M.  A 102 


v. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 

SESSION    1888-89. 


The  Council  of  the  Canadian  Institute  has  the  honor  to  lay  before  its  members 
its  Fortieth  Annual  Report. 

The  Council  has  much  pleasure  and  gratification  in  recording  an  increased 
interest  in  the  work,  and  an  extension  in  the  influence  and  prestige  of  the 
Institute. 

The  movement  for  a  universal  system  of  time-reckoning,  initiated  by  Mr. 
Sandford  Fleming,  has  spread  far  and  wide.  A  deputation  waited  on  His  Excellency 
Lord  Lansdowne  in  May  of  last  year  w^ith  regard  to  this  subject,  who  was  kind 
-enough  to  bring  the  pamphlet  on  "  Time-Reckoning  "  before  the  notice  of  the 
Secretary  of  State,  through  whom  it  was  sent  to  all  the  colonial  and  foreign 
governments. 

Cosmic  or  twenty-four  hour  time  is  being  largely  adopted  on  this  continent. 
Inquiries  have  lately  been  received  from  the  government  of  Hong  Kong  on  this 
subject.  The  very  enterprising  kingdom  of  Japan  has  adopted  the  system  as  the 
basis  of  its  time  reckoning. 

A  clock  marking  cosmic  time,  the  present  of  an  American  firm,  has  been  in 
the  reading  room  of  the  Institute  for  over  twelve  months. 

The  government  of  our  Province  paid  the  institute  the  compliment  of  placing 
one  of  its  members,  Mr.  W.  Hamilton  Merritt,  on  the  Royal  Commission  to  enquire 
into  the  Mineral  and  Mining  Resources  of  the  Province.  The  report  is  of  great 
value  and  will  largely  extend  the  development  of  our  mineral  resources. 

The  interest  in  the  work  of  the  Institute  has  not  flagged  during  the  past 
year ;  there  have  been  24  ordinary  meetings  at  which  31  papers  were  read,  and 
36  meetings  of  sections  at  which  39  papers  were  read,  or  a  total  of  70  papers  for 
the  session. 

The  range  and  character  of  these  communications  have  been  fully  equal  to 
the  standard  of  former  years  ;  they  have  been  well  and  fully  discussed.  The 
average  attendance  of  the  meetings  is  in  advance  of  last  year.  The  attendance 
of  members  in  the  reading  room  has  also  increased. 

The  Council  desires  to  record  its  high  appreciation  of  the  generosity  of  the 
Government  in  again  placing  the  sum  of  $1,000  at  the  disposal  of  the  Institute 
for  the  extension  of  archaeological  research.  Through  the  indefatigable  exertions 
of  the  curator  many  valuable  additions  have  been  made  to  the  museum  from  the 
Province  and  from  the  United  States.  The  admirable  arrangement  of  the  speci- 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  18901 

mens  in  the  various  cases,  has  greatly  assisted  the  study  of  this  important  branch 
of  our  national  history.  It  is  gratifying  to  report  that  the  museum  has  been 
visited  by  a  large  number  of  ladies  and  gentlemen,  from  many  of  whom  valuable 
donations  have  been  received. 

The  appointment  of  Mr.  David  Boyle,  as  representative  of  the  Provincial 
Government  at  the  Cincinnati  Exhibition  last  year,  has  been  productive  of  much 
good  to  the  interests  he  represented  there,  and  has  been  the  means  of  many  valuable 
gifts  being  presented  to  our  museum.  His  archaeological  report  for  1888  has 
already  appeared  as  an  appendix  *to  the  report  of  the  Minister  of  Education  for 
last  year. 

The  thanks  of  the  Institute  are  due  to  Mr.  Sandford  Fleming  for  his  exertions 
in  procuring  an  interesting  and  valuable  present  from  the  Grand  Trunk  Kailway 
Company  of  a  portion  of  the  first  sod  of  the  Northern  Railway,  cut  on  the  loth- 
October,  1851,  by  Her  Excellency  the  Countess  of  Elgin  and  Kincardine,  and  the- 
bottle  used  on  14th  January,  1853,  to  christen  Collingwood  harbor,  and  an  extract 
from  the  Globe  of  the  26th  January,  1863,  giving  an  account  of  these  relics  and 
other  interesting  matters. 

The  members  of  the  Photographic  Section,  desiring  to  extend  their  work  in 
a  more  practical  manner,  resolved  to  form  a  Photographic  Society  having  wider 
scope  than  they  believed  would  be  offered  by  a  union  with  the  Institute;  they 
have  in  consequence  withdrawn  from  the  Institute.  The  Council  regrets  this 
action. 

The  Biological  and  Natural  History  Section  continues  to  make  its  influence 
felt,  and  deserves  the  thanks,  not  only  of  the  Institute  but  of  the  citizens  at  large, 
for  its  recent  successful  remonstrances  against  the  destruction  of  the  purely 
natural  beauties  of  High  Park, 

The  list  of  donations  and  exchanges  has  increased.  The  library  has  received 
many  valuable  additions  ;  this  department  is  carefully  attended  to  by  our  ener- 
getic librarian  ;  over  300  volumes  were  bound  this  year  ;  extra  accommodation  in 
the  library  is  an  urgent  necessity. 

The  treasurer's  statement  shows  a  satisfactory  balance  at  the  credit  of  the 
Institute,  and  the  increased  interest  taken  in  the  Institute  by  the  comparatively 
small  number  of  members  in  arrears. 

The  membership  has  been  increased  by  22  elections  during  the  past  session. 
The  Council  after  much  careful  thought  determined  to  make  a  thorough  examina- 
tion of  the  list  of  members  and  enforce  the  rules  against  members  in  arrears  who 
refused  to  make  any  settlement.  The  list  now  submitted  is  more  complete  than 
any  hitherto  presented  to  the  Institute,  and  represents  truly  the  actual  member- 
ship. The  Council  would  urge  on  the  Institute  the  importance  of  adhering  to  the 
step  now  taken,  and  enforcing  the  rules  against  members  in  arrears,  as  it  is  only 
by  this  means  that  membership  in  the  Institute  will  become  of  value. 

The  Council  endorses  the  remarks  of  ttie  auditors  that  a  proper  valuation  of 
the  assets  of  the  institute  should  be  made. 

viii. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

During  the  past  year  the  Institute  has  lost  by  death  two  distinguished  life 
members,  the  Rev.  Walter  Stennett,  of  Cobourg,  and  Prof.  G.  Paxton  Young. 
Apart  from  his  special  attainments  in  the  department  of  Mental  and  Moral 
Philosophy,  Prof.  Young  was  a  mathematician  of  a  very  high  order ;  some  of  his 
later  papers  read  before  and  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Institute,  place 
him  in  the  foremost  rank  of  mathematicians. 

In  recognition  of  his  valuable  services  at  the  inception  and  in  the  early  days 
of  the  Institute,  as  well  as  his  honorable  professional  career,  Mr.  Kivas  Tully, 
C.E ,  (who  was  our  first  Secretary)  has  been  elected  an  honorary  member. 

Your  Council  is  much  gratified  to  announce  that  the  invitation  of  the  Insti- 
tute to  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  to  hold  its  next 
meeting  in  this  city  has  been  accepted,  and  there  are  bright  prospects  of  a  very 
successful  meeting. 

Following  up  the  memorial  of  January,  1888,  meetings  have  been  held  with 
the  Honorable  Commissioner  of  Crown  Lands  with  reference  to  setting  aside  a 
tract  of  land  for  the  preservation  of  the  forests  and  wild  animals  in  this  Province. 
At  his  suggestion  a  memorial  with  a  sketch  map  showing  an  area  which  could  be 
made  available  for  such  purposes  is  being  prepared. 

The  reports  of  the  various  Sections  are  appended.  They  all  show  satisfact- 
ory progress  in  their  several  branches. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

CHARLES  CARPMAEL, 

President. 


IX. 


58  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


APPENDIX  I. 

MEMBEKSHIP. 

Number  of  Members  on  1st  April,  1888,— 309. 

Honorary  Members 7 

Life  Members 10 

17 

Ordinary  Members : 

1.  Who  have  paid  their  subscriptions  to  31st  December,  1889,  in- 

cluding new  members 141 

2.  Who  have  paid  their  subscriptions  to  31st  December,  1888 65 

3  "  31st  December,  1887 14 

4.  Who  are  two  years  and  more  in  arrears   , 3 

223 

240 

5.  Losses  through  death  and  withdrawals' 36 

6.  Names  struck  off  the  roll  for  non-payment  of  arrears 23 

7.  Names  placed  on  suspense  list  for  non-payment  of  arrears  ....      10 

<J9 

309 

8.  Members  elected  during  the  present  session  who  have  paid  their 

annual  subscription .«     15 

9.  Members  elected  during  the  present  session  who  have  not  yet 

paid 7 

22 

Associates    .  32 


APPENDIX  II. 

TREASURER    IN    ACCOUNT  WITH  INSTITUTE  FOR  THE  YEAR    ENDING   MARCH 

31st,  1889. 

To  Summary  : — 

"  Amount  received,  from  building  fund $110  11 

in  Imperial  Bank    163  56 

"  Cash  on  hand  9  20 

"  Annual  subscriptions   809  75 

"  Rents 233  50 

x. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

To  Summary  : — 

"  Government  Grant   , $1,000  00 

"  Journals  sold  15  65 

"  Periodicals  sold   949 

"  Biological  Section   50  00 

"  Woodcuts 4  75 

"  For  Conversazione  of  1886 2  00 

"  Interest  ..  60 


$2,408  61 

By  Summary: 

"  Salaries  $  370  50 

"  Printing  Journal  688  67 

Miscellaneous    39  25 

"  Stationery 45  53 

"  Postage 129  26 

"  Freight  and  express  charges   23  27 

"  Repairs    , 56  96 

"  Gas 32  88 

"  Water  24  00 

"  Periodicals , 123  21 

"  Furniture   6  00 

"  House  cleaning 99  30 

«  Fuel 78  25 

"  Taxes 9  36 

"  Phonographic  Exhibition 15  00 

"  Architect     50  00 

"  Customs  charges  and  brokerage 3  00 

"  Advertising  , ,' <•••  7  75 

"  Sundries   19  35 

«  Interest 212  00 

"  Promissory  note 200  00 

"  Balance  in  Imperial  Bank    137  00 

"  Cash  in  hand..                                                               s8  °7 


$2,408  61 
Examined  and  found  correct. 

,a.        ,N     ARTHUR  HARVEY, 
(Signed)     j    B  WILLIAMS, 


XI. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


JAMES   BAIN,   JR.,    IN   ACCOUNT  WITH   ARCHAEOLOGICAL   GRANT. 

To  Government  Grant  for  1888-89 $1,000  00 

"  Balance  forward  .  35  45 


$1,035  45 

By  Purchase  of  specimens  .....  ............................................  $  550  00 

«             "             cases  ..............................  <  ...................  .  ..........  91  65 

"  Engraving  and  printing  of  specimens  for  Report  .......................  102  50 

"  Travelling  expenses  and  remuneration  of  Curator  ..............  .........  285  67 

"  Bank  charges  .................................................................  3& 

"  Balance  on  hand  ........................................................  .......  -••  5  25 

$1,035  45 

' 

Examined  and  found  correct. 


,,     ARTHUR  HARVEY,  )   . 
(Signed)  Audltors' 


R  WILLIAMS, 


ASSETS  AND  LIABILITIES. 

ASSETS. 

Building $11,500  00 

Warehouse 720  00 

Ground 3,000  00 

Library .,  5,000  00 

Specimens  2,000  00 

Personal  Property 1,000  00 


S23,220  00 

LIABILITIES. 

Mortgage  No.  1,  due  1892 $3,000  00 

1,000  00 

Balance  in  favor  of  the  Institute ...  19,220  00 

$23,220  00 


Xll. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.6).  A.  1890 


The  Auditors  having  carefully  gone  over  the  accounts  and  vouchers  beg  to 
report. 

That  the  cash  accounts  kept  by  Mr.  Young  are  in  perfect  order. 

That  the  distribution  into  the  various  heads  of  income  and  expenditure,  made 
by  Mr.  Bain,  the  treasurer,  corresponds  therewith. 

Your  Auditors  think  it  would  be  wise  to  have  a  proper  valuation  made  of  the 
various  assets  of  the  Institute — Library,  museum  and  building,  and  to  procure  bv 
this  means  a  reliable  statement  of  its  Assets  and  Liabilities— and  recommend  the 
subject  to  the  consideration  of  the  Council. 

ARTHUR  HARVEY  )   . 
(Signed)       j    R  wlLLIAiV1S}       [Auditors. 

Canadian  Institute,  Toronto, 

April  25,  1889. 


APPENDIX  III. 
CLASSIFICATION  OF  PAPERS. 

Classification  of  papers  read,  by  subjects  : — Anthropology,  1 ;  Archaeology,  3  ; 
Astronomy,  2  ;  Chemistry,  2  ;  Economics,  1 ;  Geology,  3  ;  History,  2  ;  Mathematics, 
1  :  Miscellaneous,  3 ;  Philology,  3 ;  Political  Science,  1  ;  Physics,  3 ;  Physiology, 
1 ;  Sanitary  Science,  2 ;  Social  Science,  1 ;  Sociology,  2 ;  total,  31  papers  read  at 
24  meetings. 

Read  at  the  meetings  of  the  Biological  Section,  22  papers ;  Architectural 
Section,  3 ;  Geological  and  Mining  Section,  5 ;  Philological  Section,  9  papers  ; 
total,  39.  Making  in  all  70  papers. 


APPENDIX  IV. 

LIBRARIAN'S  REPORT. 
The  statement  for  the  Library  for  the  year  1888-89  is  as  follows : 

I.  Donations  to  the  Library  85 

II.  Exchanges : 

1.  Canada 138 

2.  Great  Britain  and  Ireland 481 

3.  United  States 569 

4.  Mexico  and  South  America 43 

5.  Austria- Hungary    150 

6.  Belgium 54 

7.  Denmark 4 

8.  France  and  Algeria 396 

xiii. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


• 


9.  Germany 106 

10.  Italy 146 

11.  Netherlands 25 

12.  Norway 30 

13.  Portugal  7 

14.  Russia 37 

15.  Spain 18 

16.  Sweden 18 

17.  Australia 31 

18.  British  India  and  China    34 

19.  Japan  and  Java ......  20 


Total 2,307 

III.  New  exchanges 39 

IV.  Total  number  of  exchanges..., 435 

V.  Periodicals  subscribed  for,  same  as  last  year  with  the  ex- 
ception of  "  Hardwicke's  Science  Gossip,"  which  has 

been  discontinued 31 

Total  single  copies  of  these  received , 769 

V  I.  Number  of  volumes  bound  during  the  year 306 

VII.  Number  of  publications  taken  from  Reading  Room  and 

Library  during  the  year 1.900 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

GEO.  E.  SHAW, 

Librarian. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  SECTION. 

The  section  has  to  report  a  year  of  progress  and  prosperity. 

The  regular  fortnightly  meetings  have  been  held  throughout  the  year,  and 
the  attendance  has  been  satisfactory. 

A  schedule  is  attached  showing  the  papers  read — 22  in  all. 

As  this  section  is  to  a  large  extent  educational  in  its  objects,  it  is  not  required 
that  the  papers  read  should  be  the  result  of  original  research,  and  we  would 
welcome  the  assistance  of  some  of  the  many  members  of  the  Institute  who  are 
well  qualified  to  give  us  much  information  that  would  both  interest  and  instruct. 

The  microscope  which  our  last  report  mentioned  as  having  been  purchased 
but  not  then  arrived,  has  been  received,  and  by  its  means  many  points  in  the 
papers  read  before  the  section  are  illustrated,  and  the  enthusiasm  of  those  mem- 

xiv. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

bers  engaged  in  the  study  of  minute  forms  of  life,  has  been  quickened.  The 
microscopical  curator  will  always  be  ready  to  attend  meetings  of  the  Institute, 
or  other  sections,  when  the  use  of  the  instrument  is  desired.  A  small  collection 
of  slides  has  already  been  secured  for  the  section's  cabinet,  and  more  are  expected. 

Two  years  ago  when  the  Institute  contemplated  the  completion  of  the 
museum  upstairs,  this  section  became  responsible  for  two  years  for  the  interest 
on  the  mortgage  of  $1,000,  which  was  given  to  raise  the  necessary  funds,  and  we 
are  glad  to  say  that  this  has  been  paid,  and  the  section  is  now  free  from  debt  or 
liability. 

Not  much  progress  has  been  made  in  our  department  of  the  museum.  We 
merely  desire  to  draw  attention  to  the  fact  that  biological  specimens  cannot  be 
mounted  without  money,  and  that  our  section  has  absolutely  no  source  of  income 
except  grants  from  the  Council  of  the  Institute. 

W.  E.  MIDDLETON, 

Secretary  of  Biological  Section. 

The  officers  for  next  year  are  :  James  H.  Pearce,  President ;  W.  E.  Middleton, 
Secretary. 

SCHEDULE  OF  PAPEKS. 

1.  E.  E.  Thomson Canadian  Birds. 

2.  Rev.  K.  F.  Junor Echini. 

3.  J.  H.  Pearce Inaugural  Address. 

4.  M.  Chamberlai  n Canadian  Birds. 

5.  J.  Noble Mosses  (First  Paper). 

6.  "      "       (Second  Paper). 

7.  Wm.  Brodie Parasites  of  Potato  Beetle. 

8.  Wm.  Brodie Lemothrips  G-raminw. 

9.  J.  H.  Pearce Flowers  (First  Paper). 

10.  "         "        (Second  Paper). 

11.  W.  E.  Middleton Fresh  Water  Sponges. 

12.  J.  B.  Williams Birds  Observed  in  1888. 

13.  Win.  Brodie Snakes. 

14.  W.  E.  Middleton Structure  and  Fructification  of  Ferns. 

15.  C.  Armstrong , Canadian  Ferns. 

16.  Wm.  Brodie Relation  to  Environment. 

17.  E.  E.  Thompson Winter  Birds  of  Toronto  District. 

18.  J.  H.  Pearce Moulds  and  Kindred  Fungi. 

19.  W.  E.  Middleton Microscopic  Mouw ting. 

20.  James  Noble Plant  Evolution. 

21.  James  Noble Plant  Development. 

22.  A.  Elvins. . ,  . .  Volvox  Globator. 


XV. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6),  A.  1890 

REPORT  OF   THE   PHILOLOGICAL  SECTION. 

Gentlemen. — I  have  the  honor  to  present  for  your  consideration  the  Third 
Annual  Report  of  the  Philological  Section,  for  the  year  ending  March  31,  1889. 
During  the  session  the  section  has  met  regularly  on  the  second  and  fourth  Tues- 
days of  each  month. 

Following  is  a  list  of  papers  read  at  the  various  meetings  : 

(1)  April  10,  1888— "A  Chart  of  Elocutionary  Drill."      By  T.  B.  Browning, 

M.  A. 

(2)  April  24,  1888—"  Volapuk,  the  New  World-Language."     By  D.  R.  Keys, 

B.A. 

(3)  April  24,  1888 — "  On  some  words   of  Indian   origin  in  the  French  Cana- 

dian Dialect  and  Literature."     By  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  B.A. 

(4)  November  13,  1888 — "The  language  of  the  Mississaguas  of  Scugog,  with 

special  reference  to  Sematology."     By  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  B.  A. 

(5)  November  27,  1888-r"  The   Semitic    Vowels."     By  Rev.  Prof.  McCurdy 

Ph.D. 

(6)  January  8,  1889 — "The  Origin  and   Development  of  Grammatical  Gen- 

der."    By  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  B.A. 

(7)  January  22,  1889 — •"  Language  Learning  and  Language  Teaching."     By 

William  Houston,  M.A. 

(8)  February  12,1889— "The  Gaelic  Vowel  System."   By  David  Spence,Esq. 

(9)  26, 1889— "The  Gaelic  Consonants." 

During  the  month  of  March  the  section  continued  the  investigation  of  the 
Gaelic  Language  introduced  by  the  papers  of  Mr.  Spence,  of  whose  valuable 
assistance  it  was  enabled  to  avail  itself.  On  the  8th  January,  1889,  the  Rev.  J. 
F.  McCurdy,  Ph.D.,  resigned  the  office  of  chairman  of  the  section,  to  which  posi- 
tion Mr.  D.  R.  Keys,  B.A.,  was  duly  elected. 

The  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  are : — Chairman,  D.  R.  Keys,  M.A. ;  Vice- 
Chairman,  Jno.  Squair,  B.A. ;  Secretary.  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  M.A. 

(Signed)         A.  F.  CHAMBERLAIN, 

Secretary  Philo.  Section.  C.  I. 


REPORT  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MINING  SECTION. 

Gentlemen, — Very  much  interest  continues  to  be  manifested  by  the  mem- 
bers of  this  section*  in  the  study  and  discussion  of  those  subjects  which  form  the 
specialty  of  our  organisation. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


At  the  various  meetings  which  have  been  held  during  the  year,  the  attend- 
ance has  been  good. 

At  the  first  meeting  of  the  sessional  year,  communications  were  read  from 
the  Department  of  the  Interior,  referring  to  measures  taken  by  that  Department 
for  collecting  and  publishing  statistics  and  other  information  on  the  mining  and 
metallurgical  interests  of  the  Dominion,  aud  enclosing  a  copy  of  an  Order-in- 
Council  on  the  same  subject,  approved  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council ;  also 
referring  to  an  interview  had  by  the  chairman  and  secretary  of  this  section,  with 
the  Deputy  Minister  of  the  Interior,  on  the  subjects  of  (1)  Prompt  publication 
of  the  Survey's  reports  on  mining  affairs ;  (2)  Cooperation  of  the  Dominion  and 
Provincial  Governments  in  the  collection  of  such  information,  and  (3)  Legislation 
making  the  furnishing  of  such  information  compulsory. 

In  thus  directing  the  attention  of  the  authorities  to  an  important  subject, 
the  section  has  been  able  to  do  good  work,  and  recent  publications  of  reports 
justify  the  action  taken  by  this  section. 

A  number  of  interesting  papers  have  been  read  during^  the  ypar,  and  the 
discussions  arising  therefrom  have  aided  materially  in  familiarizing  many  with 
facts  relative  to  the  minerals  and  mineral  resources  of  our  Province. 

The  Section  has  also  taken  much  interest  in  the  project  of  eastablishing  in 
this  city  a  Provincial  Mineralogical  Museum,  and  trusts  that  its  efforts  in  this 
direction  may  yet  be  crowned  with  success. 

Officers  have  been  elected  as  follows  for  the  current  year : 

Chairman — W.  Hamilton  Merritt. 

Vice-Chairman — Arthur  Harvey. 

Secretary  and  Curator — David  Boyle. 

Managing  Committee — R.  W.  Phipps,  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  A.  Elvins,  John 
Notman,  P.  H.  Bryce,  M.D. 

The  present  year  is  confidently  regarded  by  the  section  as  likely  to  prove 
more  than  usually  profitable  to  the  section  in  all  that  relates  to  the  investigation 
and  study  of  geology  and  mining  in  Ontario. 

W.  HAMILTON  MEREITT, 

Chairman. 
ARTHUR  HARVEY, 

Vice-President 

DAVID  BOYLE, 

Secretary. 


PAPERS  READ  DURING  THE  SESSION. 

Mr.  Harvey — "  On  Certain  Lacustrine  Deposits ; "  "  On  the  Synclinal  Trough 
of  Lake  Superior." 

Mr.  Merritt — "  The  Iron  Ranges  of  Northern  Michigan  and  Minnesota ; " 
"  Laurentian  Formation  of  New  Jersey,  with  relation  to  the  Iron  Mines  therein." 

Mr.  Mills,  of  St.  Ignace,  Michigan — "  Iron  Smelting  Furnaces." 
2*  (c.  I.)  xvii. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


REPORT  OF  THE  ARCHITECTURAL  SECTION. 

Gentlemen — The  members  of  the  Section  have  met  fortnightly  during  the 
Session,  the  meetings  being  chiefly  occupied  by  instructive  and  interesting  dis- 
courses, theoretic  and  practical,  delivered  by  some  of  the  prominent  Architects 
and  Master  Mechanics  of  this  city,  who  commended  and  encouraged  the  objects 
and  motives  of  the  Section,  promising  and  offering  us  their  entire  sympathy  and 
support. 

The  following  were  among  the  papers  read  and  debated  upon,  being  subse- 
quently published  in  the  Canadian  Architect ; 

"  The  responsibilities  of  Students  to  their  Profession,"  by  R.  R.  Gambier 
Bousfield,  AR.I.B.A.  ;  "  Subsoil  Irrigation,"  by  E.  Burke,  Architect;  "  A  Dis- 
course on  Carpentry,"  by  R.  Wilson. 

Besides  the  papers  and  addresses,  competitions  were  engaged  in  in  designing 
Bay  windows,  Oriel  windows,  Entrances,  etc. 

At  the  close  of  the  Session  the  following  officers  were  elected :  Robert 
Dawson,  Chairman  ;  Chas.  D.  Lennox,  Treasurer ;  J.  Fras.  Brown,  Secretary. 

Yours  verily, 

J.  FRAS.  BROWN,  Secretary. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SOCIOLOGICAL  COMMITTEE. 

The  Committee  on  Sociology  begs  leave  to  present  its  report  for  the  year 
1888-89. 

1.  Your  Committee  was  constituted  at  the  first  meeting  of  Council  this 
year  and  at  once  procured  a  circular,  which  appears  in  the  last  Fasciculus  under 
the  heading  "  Sociological  Circular,"  to  be  drawn  up,  printed  and  distributed 
chiefly  to  the  following  classes  of  persons : 

(1)  Indian  agents,  farm  instructors,  inspectors,  teachers  in  Indian  schools  in 
Ontario,  Quebec,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Prince  Edward's  Island,  Mani- 
toba, the  North- West  Territorities  and  British  Columbia. 

(2)  Magistrates,  inspectors  of  North-West  Mounted  Police,  registrars,  clerks 
of  the  peace,  members  of  Council  in  North- West. 

(3)  Missionaries   of  the    leading    churches:    Church    of    England,    Roman 
Catholic,  Presbyterian,  Wesleyan. 

More  than  a  thousand  copies  have  been  distributed,  so  that  your  Committee 
is  of  opinion  that  the  circular  has  found  its  way  to  most  persons  in  the  Dominion 
who  are  interested  in  Indian  questions. 

xviii. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

2.  Your  Committee  has  received  material  assistance  from  the  Hon.  Edgar 
Dewdney,   Superintendent-General  of  Indian  Affairs  for  the  Oominion,  the  Hon. 
A.  S.  Hardy  and  the  Hon.  G.  W.  Ross,  Ministers   respectively  of  Crown  Lands 
and  Education  of  Ontario  ;  is  deeply  indebted  to  the  newspapers,  educational, 
religious  and  legal  pres=5  of  Canada  for  bringing  the  subject  to  the  attention  of 
the  public,  and  for  extended  and  favorable  notices  of  the   Committee's  work ; 
also  to  the  following  periodicals :  Magazine  of  Western  History,  Popular  Science 
Monthly,  Journal  of  Anthropology  of  the  United  States,  Historical  Review  and 
Law  Quarterly  of  England. 

3.  At  the  request  of  your  Committee  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  has 
kindly  consented  to  carry  archaeological  and  natural  history  specimens  free  of 
charge  for  the  Institute. 

4..  The  publication  of  the  Indian  Treaties  of  Canada  and  the  Provinces  has 
engaged  the  attention  of  your  Committee.  The  Council  and  Institute  will,  no 
doubt,  be  pleased  to  learn,  from  the  accompanying  letter  of  Mr.  Vankoughnet, 
that  this  important  work  is  under  way  and  will  shortly  be  completed.  The  cor- 
respondence on  the  subject  is  herewith  submitted.  Copies  of  the  Dominion 
Reports  on  Indian  Affairs  from  1875  up  to  and  inclusive  of  1888  have  been 
received  for  the  use  of  the  Institute,  for  which  your  Committee  has  duly  returned 
its  thanks  to  the  Superintendent-General. 

5.  In  reply  to  the  circular  a   number  of  letters   and   abstracts  have  been 
received,  among  them 

(1)  A  short  abstract  from  the  Rev.  T.  S.  Cole,  B.A. 

(2)  An  interesting  letter  from  Inspector  A.  Bowden  Perry  of  Prince  Albert, 
North- West  Territories,  which  your  Committee  begs  to  submit  to  the  Editorial 
Committee  for  publication,  together  with  a  detailed  paper  on 

(3)  "The  Western  De*ne',"  by  the  Rev.  A.  G.  Morrice,  O.M. 

A  number  of  other  papers  are  promised,  principally  by  reverend  gentlemen 
whose  duties  bring  them  into  direct  contact  with  the  Indian  population  of 
Manitoba  and  the  North -West. 

6.  Your  Committee  begs  leave  to  reserve  such  remarks  of  a  sociological 
nature  as  it  may  desire  to  make  for  the  separate  papers  as  they  appear,  suggests 
that  the  circular  be  re-issued  with  such  alterations  and  additions  as  may  seem 
proper,  and  entertains  the  hope  that  the  success  which  has  accompanied  its  efforts 
this  year  will  be  redoubled  in  the  year  to  come  to  the  common  benefit  of  the  Insti- 
tute, its  members  and  the  country. 

All  which  is  respectfully  submitted  on  behalf  of  the  Committee. 

T.  B.  BROWNING, 

Chairman. 

xix. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT. 

BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 

To  the  President  and  Members  of  the  Canadian  Institute : 

GENTLEMEN, — It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  state  that  the  interest  in  archaeo- 
logical matters  has  increased  very  considerably  throughout  the  province,  since 
the  inception  of  our  scheme  to  place  ourselves  as  nearly  as  possible  abreast  of 
other  countries  in  this  respect.  The  hope  expressed  in  our  first  report,  that  "  its 
appearance  would  tend  to  arouse  a  more  general  interest  in  the  subject,"  has  thus 
been  realized.  The  activity,  however,  has  been  mainly  displayed  in  the  work  of 
collecting,  Old  collectors  have  been  encouraged  to  go  on,  and  many  new  ones 
have  entered  the  field.  On  this  account  there  is  no  doubt  that  much  valuable 
material  will  be  preserved,  which  otherwise  would  have  been  lost,  but  as  a  con- 
sequence, there  is  now  greater  difficulty  in  adding  specimens  to  our  collection. 
Ultimately,  it  is  probable  that  many  amateur  lots  will  find  their  way  to  the 
provincial  museum,  and  already  several  assurances  have  been  given  to  this  effect 
by  individual  collectors.  Another  good  result  arising  from  our  project,  is  the 
very  general  determination  arrived  at  by  almost  all  who  pick  up  specimens,  not 
to  let  tnem  go  out  of  the  country.  In  a  few  instances  collectors  seem  to  be 
mainly  actuated  by  mercenary  motives,  but  as  a  rule  they  are  really  amateurs. 
Among  the  latter  are  some  who  take  the  broad,  public-spirited  view,  that  it  is  better 
to  place  their  "  finds  "  in  a  large  collection,  where  every  one  may  see  them,  than 
to  retain  them  at  home  for  merely  personal  gratification. 

On  a  list  of  such  for  the  past  year,  the  Institute  must  place  the  names  of 
Messrs.  R.  W.  Reavley,  B. A.,  Teacher,  Tilsonburg;  R.  D.  George,  Teacher,  Fonthillj 
William  and  David  Melville,  Creemore ;  Dugald  Carrie,  Teacher,  Creemore ; 
Cyrenius  Bearss,  Sherkston;  Wm.  Michener,  Sherkston  ;  Isaac  and  Ezra  Bearss, 
Sherkston  ;  John  M.  Boyle,  Braeside,  Richmond  Hill  ;  Dr.  R.  Orr,  Maple ;  William 
and  Robert  Lougheed,  Srnithdale ;  Herbert  and  Theophilus  Connor,  Glenhuron  ; 
Thomas  White,  Cashtown  ;  Thomas  Boon,  Bothwell ;  Mrs.  Barney,  senior,  Sherk- 
ston ;  Geo.  Muma,  Hurnberstone  ;  Mr.  John  McPherson,  Toronto  ;  Miss  Kirkwood, 
Toronto  ;  Wardie  and  Ottie  White,  Toronto  ;  Joseph  Smelser,  Vaughan  ;  Luke 
Mullock,  Waterdown ;  Major  J.  M.  Delamere,  Toronto;  Wm.  Welsh,  Amberley ; 
Rev.  John  McLean,  Moosejaw,  N.  W.  T.;  Angus  Buie,  Nottawasaga,  and  Clarence 
Bell. 

Thanks  are  also  due  to  a  large  nnmber  of  persons  in  various  parts  of  the 
province,  who  have  supplied  information  of  great  value.  The  names  of  some  of 
these  gentlemen,  with  a  statement  of  the  results  arising  from  their  communica- 
tions, will  be  found  in  the  present  report.  In  other  cases  the  work  remains  to  be 
done. 

Owing  to  some  misunderstanding,  the  number  of  reports  printed  last  year  was 
considerably  less  than  for  the  year  previous.  On  this  account  I  believe  that  even 
the  members  of  the  Institute  were  not  supplied  with  them,  and  many 
applications  for  copies  have  had  to  be  refused.  This  year  it  is  hoped  that  a 
large  enough  number  will  be  struck  off,  to  supply  all  who  are  interested. 

1  (C.I.) 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


I  have  already  stated  that  the  increased  archaeological  activity  recently 
displayed  among  amateurs,  has  manifested  itself  chiefly  in  the  work  of  collecting. 
This  is  good  so  far  as  it  goes,  but  does  not  accomplish  what  is  required  from  the 
Institute's  .standpoint.  For  present  and  future  use  are  demanded  at  least 
moderately  accurate  surveys  of  all  aboriginal  locations,  with  drawings  of  fortified 
works,  and  exact  data  relating  to  materials,  patterns,  depths,  soils,  ash-heaps,  posi- 
tion* of  bodies,  with  particulars  relating  to  skulls,  modes  of  burial,  presence  or 
absence  of  European  influences,  and  many  other  details  requiring  experience,  time 
and  labor  to  record  satisfactorily . 

Mr.  A.  F.  Hunter  has  devoted  considerable  time  and  done  a  good  deal  of 
travelling,  for  the  purpose  of  locating  villages,  potteries  and  ossuaries,  in  townships 
formerly  occupied  by  the  Hurons.  His  paper  on  that  district  is  exceedingly 
interesting,  and  will  enable  any  future  explorer  with  "  reasonable  means,"  to 
economize  time  in  making  a  more  detailed  survey,  or  in  excavating  for  relics. 

Having  begged  permission  from  Dr.  Francis  Parkman,  the  historian,  to  quote 
from  his  works  for  use  in  this  report,  in  connection  with  the  work  done  in  Simcoe 
county,  a  prompt  and  courteous  reply  was  received  from  that  gentleman,  granting 
the  favor  asked.  In  this  note  Dr.  Parkman  wrote  : 

"  I  infer  from  what  you  write,  that  you  are  making  investigations  in  the  old 
Huron  country.  Should  the  result  be  printed,  I  should  be  glad  if  you  would 
let  me  know  of  it." 

Copies  of  our  two  former  reports  having  been  mailed  to  him,  he  afterwards 
wrote : 

"  Thank  you  for  the  two  reports  of  the  Canadian  Institute  which  you  have 
kindly  directed  to  be  sent  me.  It  is  certainly  in  the  power  of  the  Institute  if  it 
has  reasonable  means  at  its  disposal,  to  do  good  service  to  American  archaeology, 
by  exploring  the  Indian  remains  of  Ontario,  and  above  all  those  of  the  old  Huron 
country,  including  that  of  the  Tobacco  nation.  I  am  g<ad  a  beginning  has  been 
successfully  made  in  this  direction,  and  hope  that  the  Institute  will  be  enabled 
to  continue  its  work,  before  the  spread  of  settlement  makes  such  researches  diffi- 
cult or  impossible. 

"  Yours  very  truly, 

"F.  PARKMAN. 
"Boston,  3rd  July,  1889 " 

It  is  inspiriting,  even  inspiring,  to  know  that  we  have  the  countenance 
of  so  high  an  authority,  the  very  highest  in  fact,  in  all  that  appertains  to  the 
history  of  American  and  more  especially  (so  far  as  we  are  concerned),  of  Canadian 
Indians.  No  one  better  than  he  can  fully  estimate  the  value  of  such  investiga- 
tion, in  their  bearing  upon  the  past  arid  present  European  relations  of  the 
Aborigines  to  the  history  of  our  country,  for  no  one  else  has  devoted  so  much  of 
a  busy  life- time  to  the  patient,  arduous  and  scholarly  study  of  Canadian  colonial 
development,  the  results  of  which  are  embodied  in  a  series  of  volumes,  that  are 
perhaps  unequalled  in  the  historic  literature  of  any  other  land  in  the  world. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  conjecture  what  Dr.  Parkman  regards  as  "reasonable 
means"  at  the  disposal  of  the  Institute,  whereby  "to  do  good  service  to  American 
archaeology,"  and  he  would  probably  be  incredulous  were  he  informed  as  to  the 
smallness  of  the  sum  that  has  been  spent  by  us  in  three  years,  for  the  purpose  in 
question — a  sum  which  has  covered  payment  of  services,  travelling  expenses, 
employment  of  manual  labor,  purchase  of  specimens,  express  and  freight  charges, 
supply  of  show  cases,  printing  of  circulars  and  labels,  postage  and  engraving. 

2 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


During  the  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  many  of  the  most  distinguished  ethnologists  and  archaeologists  on  this 
•continent,  examined  our  collection  of  illustrative  specimens,  and  their  remarks  on 
the  extent  and  character  of  the  museum  were  such  as  to  afford  the  Institute  satis- 
faction with  what  has  been  accomplished,  as  well  as  encouragement  for  future 
prosecution  of  work  in  the  same  direction. 

Prof.  Putnam,  of  the  Peabody  museum,  which  has  one  of  the  largest  collec- 
tions of  this  kind  in  the  United  States,  said  that  in  proportion  to  its  size,  our 
museum  contained  a  greater  variety  of  unique  and  instructive  specimens,  than 
.any  other  he  had  ever  seen. 

Dr.  Abbott,  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  expressed  himself  as  being  especially 
pleased  with  the  contents  of  the  cases  containing  ornaments  and  implements  of 
tone. 

Rev.  Mr.  Beauchamp  declared  that  our  collection  of  stone  "  bird-amulets  " 
was  superior  to  anything  of  its  kind  in  any  American  museum. 

Prof.  Morse,  of  the  Essex  Institute,  Mass.,  was  surprised  to  see  the  variety  of 
pottery  patterns. 

Several  of  the  visitors  recorded  their  opinions  on  the  pages  of  our  register' 
and  from  these  the  following  are  quoted : 

Mr.  A.  E.  Douglas,  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  wrote : — 
•"  I  consider  this  collection  is  almost  unique  in  objects  of  great  interest  to  archaeolo- 
gists." Mr.  Douglas  is  himself,  the  owner  of  one  of  the  largest  private  collections 
in  America.  It  is  on  permanent  exhibition  in  the  New  York  museum. 

The  Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamp,  of  Baldwinsville,  New  York,  and  an  attache 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  Washington,  expresses  himself  as  follows  : —  "  I  have 
been  greatly  pleased  and  profited  by  examining  the  valuable  collection  of  Indian 
articles  in  the  Canadian  Institute,  among  which  are  some  that  are  beyond  price  to 
an  antiquarian,  and  will  prove  of  the  highest  use  in  solving  some  questions  of 
early  history.  Ontario  will  soon  have  reason  to  be  proud  of  such  treasures."  Mr. 
Beauchamp  is  now  employed  in  getting  together  for  the  Smithsonian  Institute 
just  si  ch  information  relative  to  .the  Hurons,  as  Mr.  A.  F.  Hunter  and  myself 
•employed  a  portion  of  the  past  season  in  procuring  for  the  Institute. 

Mr.  Chas.  W.  Smiley,  who  is  also  connected  with  the  Department  at  Washing- 
ton, wrote  : — "Here  is  a  fine  collection,  which  we  should  appreciate  in  Washington 
very  highly.  Whatever  more  can  be  obtained  and  added  before  it  is  too  late, 
should  be  secured  at  once.  Unless  Ontario  gather  up  her  scattered  materials  soon, 
they  will  be  taken  away  to  enrich  museums  abroad.  Now  or  never  ! " 

Few  persons  are  better  qualified  than  Dr.  C.  C.  Abbott,  of  Trenton,  New 
Jersey,  to  express  an  intelligent  opinion  in  relation  to  matters  of  this  kind.  He 
has  devoted  many  years  to  archaeological  study,  and  is  the  author  of  several  works 
on  the  subject.  His  immense  private  collection  is  on  view  at  the  Peabody 
Museum,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  Dr.  Abbott  has  left  us  the  following 
record  : — "  I  have  examined  the  archaeological  collection  of  this  Institute,  and  am 
delighted  with  it.  Its  value  for  scientific  purposes  is  very  great,  and  already 
there  is  gathered  here  the  material  for  comparative  study,  so  much  needed  by 
students  of  archaeology.  Collections  of  given  areas  as  complete  as  possible,  are 
the  requirements  for  finally  solving  the  problem  of  North  America's  aboriginal 
peoples ;  and  I  earnestly  pray  that  not  only  the  citizens  of  Toronto,  but  the  Pro- 
vincial Government,  will  be  exceedingly  liberal  in  assisting  those  who  have  made  so 
admirable  a  collection  as  is  here  brought  together." 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


The  time  of  Prof.  Putnam  was  so  fully  occupied  in  the  performance  of  his- 
duties  as  secretary  of  the  A.  A.  A.  S.,  that  he  had  but  little  leisure  to  do  more 
than  make  a  few  brief  visits  to  the  museum.  The  following  sentence  however, 
may  be  quoted  from  what  he  has  written  : — "  I  have  found  here  very  much  of 
importance  to  me  in  my  study  of  the  skulls  of  American  peoples."  Prof.  Putnam 
ranks  among  the  first  of  American  ethnologists  and  archaeologists,  and  it  was- 
exceedingly  gratifying  to  receive  from  him,  both  orally  and  in  writing,  so  high 
an  opinion  of  the  work  that  has  been  done. 

It  is  a  matter  of  some  regret  that  Prof.  Putnam's  visit  to  the  city  did  not 
occur  a  few  weeks  later,  as  during  that  time  we  more  than  doubled  our  collection 
of  crania,  several  specimens  of  which  exhibit  notable  peculiarities,  one  at  least 
having  the  Inca  bone  well  marked. 

"THE  LAN!)  OF  SOULS." 

"  We  come  from  the  Land  of  Souls,  where  all  is  sorrow,  dismay,  and  desolation.  Our  fields- 
are  covered  with  blood  ;  our  wigwams  are  filled,  but  with  the  dead,  and  we  ourselves  have  only 
life  enough  left  to  beg  our  friends  to  take  pity  on  a  people  drawing  near  their  end."  Petition 
of  the  Hurons  to  the  Andastes  in  1647.  Raguenau,  Eelation  des  Hurons. 

The  vast  number  of  communal  and  other  burial  places  that  may  still  be 
traced  over  the  area  formerly  occupied  by  the  Hurons,  evidence  the  density  of 
the  aboriginal  population  and  afford  a  reason  for  the  poetic  title  given  by  the 
natives  to  their  dying  country,  when  they  besought  their  kindred  on  the 
Susquehanna  for  assistance,  nearly  two-hundred  and  fifty  years  ago. 

Having  spent  considerable  time  last  June  in  the  township  of  Nottawasaga. 
for  the  purpose  of  mapping  the  district,  marking  the  ancient  village  sites  and 
ossuaries,  and  collecting  specimens,  I  cannot  do  better  than  quote  from  Parkmanr 
a  brief  description  of  that  land  and  its  people. 

"  In  the  woody  valleys  of  the  Blue  Mountains,  south  of  the  Nottawasaga  Bay, 
of  Lake  Huron,  and  two  days  journey  west  of  the  frontier  Huron  towns,  lay  the 
nine  villages  of  the  Tobacco  Nation,  or  Tionnontates;  *  In  manners  as  in  language 
they  closely  resembled  the  Hurons.  Of  old  they  were  their  enemies,  but  were 
now  at  peace  with  them,  and  about  the  year  1640  became  their  close  confederates. 
Indeed  in  the  ruin  which  befel  that  hapless  people,  the  Tionnontates  alone  retained 
a  tribal  organization  ;  and  their  descendants,  with  a  trifling  exception,  are  to  this 
day  the  sole  inheritors  of  the  Huron  or  Wyandot  name.  Expatriated  and 
wandering,  they  held  for  generations  a  paramount  influence  among  the  western 
tribes.  In  their  original  seats  among  the  Blue  Mountains,  they  offered  an  example 
extremely  rare  among  Indians,  of  a  tribe  raising  a  crop  for  the  market ;  for  they 
traded  in  tobacco  largely  with  other  tribes.  Their  Huron  confederates,  keen 
traders,  would  not  suffer  them  to  pass  through  their  country  to  traffic  with  the 
French,  preferring  to  secure  for  themselves  the  advantage  of  bartering  with  them 
in  French  goods  at  an  enormous  profit."  •(• 

If  other  reasons  were  wanting,  the  facts  cited  in  the  foregoing  quotation  are 
sufficient  to  interest  us  in  all  that  pertains  to  a  people  so  exceptional  in  many 
respects  to  other  aborigines  inhabiting  this  part  of  the  continent.  The  axe  and 


*  The  district  formerly  occupied  by  the  Tobacco  Nation,  and  now  included  within  the  limits  of  Colling- 
wood,  Nottawasaga  and  Sunnidale  townships,  held,  within  recent  geological  time,  a  very  different  relation 
to  the  great  fresh  water  sea  from  what  it  does  at  present.  The  proofs  are  everywhere  abundant  that  the 
valley  drained  by  the  Nottawasaga  River  was  at  one  time  a  prolongation  of  Nottawasaga  Bay,  connecting 
the  waters  of  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Simcoe,  and  bounded  westwards  by  the  gentle  slopes  of  the  "  Blue 
Mountains,"  so-called  ;  for  the  term  is  a  misnomer,  where  we  take  into  account  that  these  elevations  seldom 
if  ever  exceed  500  feet,  above  the  lake  level,  and  are  cultivated  from  base  to  crown. 

fParkman,  The  Jesuits  in  North  America.     Introduction,  p.  >liii,  21st  edition.     Boston,  1885. 

4 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


the  plow  are  rapidly  removing  every  land-mark  ;  already  many  have  been 
obliterated,  but  a  large  enough  number  remain  to  attest  the  truth  of  all  that  has 
Tseen  stated  regarding  the  population,  which  was  reckoned  at  from  twenty  thousand 
to  thirty-live  thousand.  * 

If  we  regard  the  nine  villages  or  towns  of  the  Tionnontates  or  Tobacco 
Nation,  as  having  been  of  average  population  with  the  remainder  of  the  thirty-two 
all  of  which  were  reckoned  in  1639,  to  contain  thirty  thousand  souls,  it  would  appear 
that  the  population  of  the  Blue  Mountain  district  was  not  less  than  five  thousand 
five  hundred,  but  if  we  make  allowance  for  the  agricultural  habits  of  the 
Tobaccoes  and  their  consequently  less  persistent  warlike  proclivities,  it  is  probable 
that  the  number  of  the  people  fell  little  short  of  eight  thousand,  about  the  year 
1640. 

Even  with  half  that  number  the  country  of  the  Tobacco  Nation  must  have 
been  well  populated,  when  it  is  borne  in  mind  how  large  an  area  is  required  for 
the  support  of  those  who  depend  more  or  less  on  the  results  of  the  chase  for  their 
livelihood. 

Some  of  the  ossuaries,  or  communal  burial  pits  have  been  estimated  by 
intelligent  settlers  who  have  opened  them,  to  contain  from  h've  hundred  to  fifteen 
hundred  skeletons.  Making  due  allowance  for  exaggeration  in  viewing  the 
spectacle  of  immense  quantities  of  bones,  without  any  effort  to  assort  them  or 
otherwise  make  an  exact  count,  it  seems  to  be  capable  of  proof,  that  fully  a 
thousand  skeletons  have  been  found  in  a  single  pit.  One  settler  informed  me 
that  he  had  counted  upwards  of  nine  hundred  skulls  almost  whole,  and  assured 
me  that  there  must  have  been  from  one  hundred  to  two  hundred  others  in  a 
fragmentary  condition.  Dr  Tache  of  Quebec,  writing  to  Dr.  Parkman, 
says,  "  I  have  inspected  sixteen  bone-pits.  * 

They  contain  from  six  hundred  to  twelve  hundred  skeletons  each."  Most  of 
the^e  ossuaries,  known  locally  as  "  bone-holes,"  are  of  post-European  date  and 
contained  copper  or  brass  kettles.  Here,  as  in  the  township  of  Beverly  (mentioned 
in  a  former  report,)  the  pioneer  settlers,  or  some  of  them  rather,  made  it  their 
business  to  open  every  known  grave-pit,  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  these 
utensils,  sometimes  to  the  number  of  twenty  or  more  from  one  place.  AU 
those  I  opened  last  summer  had  been  previously  ransacked,  and  I  think  I  am 
safe  in  saying  that  it  is  now  almost  impossible  to  find  within  the  ancient  limits 
of  the  Tobacco  Nation,  or  inded  any  where  in  the  old  Huron  country,  an  ossuary 
that  has  been  left  undisturbed. 

Even,  however,  at  the  time  when  these  burial-pits  were  first  opened,  many 
of  them  were  totally  devoid  of  anything  save  promiscuously  interred  bones,  and 
we  are  thus  brought  face  to  face  with  the  fact  that  it  was  not  the  invariable 
custom  of  the  aborigines  to  deposit  tools,  utensils  and  ornaments  with  human 
remains,  at  any  rate,  during  the  latter  days  of  savage  existence  in  this  part  of  the 
world.  That  the  custom  was  much  more  prevalent  in  former  times  there  is  little 
doubt,  but  it  is  my  own  experience  as  well  as  that  of  others,  that  graves  evidently 
of  prehistoric  date  have  been  found  wholly  destitute  of  material  for  the  use  of 
the  departed  spirits.  This  may  be  accounted  for  either  on  the  supposition  that 
the  bodies  were  hastily  interred  after  some  bloody  affray,  and  in  proximity  to  the 
enemy,  by  those  who  were  defeated,  or,  that  those  who  succeeded  in  maintaining 

"The  number  of  the  Huron  towns  changed  from  year  to  year.  Cham  plain  and  Le  Caron,  in  1615, 
reckoned  them  at  seventeen  or  eighteen,  with  a  population  of  about  ten  thousand,  meaning,  no  doubt, 
adults.  Brebeuf,  in  1035,  found  twenty  villages,  and,  as  he  thinks,  thirty  thousand  souls.  Both  Le  Mercier 
and  Du  Quen,  as  well  as  Dollier  de  Casson  and  the  annonymous  author  of  the  Relation  of  1660,  state  the 
population  at  from  thirty  to  thirty-five  thousand.  Since  the  tinr:e  of  Champlain's  visit,  various  kindred 
tribes,  or  fragments  of  tribes,  had  been  incorporated  with  the  Hurons,  thus  mo'-e  than  balancing  the 
ravages  of  pestilence  which  had  decimated  them." — Parkman,  Jesuits  in  North  America.  Introduction — 
note,  p.  xxv. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


their  ground  after  an  engagement  thus  buried  the  slain  of  the  discomfited  party. 
I  am  not  aware  that  any  such  record  exists,  but  nothing  can  be  more  reasonable 
than  to  conclude  that  the  victors  would  hasten  to  bury  the  bodies  of  those  who 
had  been  killed,  especially  when  the  fighting  had  taken  place  as  it  so  often  did 
at,  or  close  to,  a  village,  and  when  it  involved  less  trouble  and  inconvenience  to 
bury  the  dead  than  to  strike  camp  and  leave  the  bodies  exposed.  In  the  Huron 
country  this  must  frequently  have  been  a  powerful  reason,  where  clearings  were 
made  for  simple  agricultural  purposes,  and  dwellings  were  erected  of  a  more 
permanent  type  than  that  of  the  Indian  who  subsisted  altogether  by  hunting. 

Another  reason  suggests  itself,  namely,  that  numerous  deathvs  as  the  result 
of  sickness  or  war  may  have  so  depleted  the  living  of  personal  property  that 
nothing  in  many  cases  was  left  for  mortuary  offerings. 

Account  for  it  as  we  may,  it  is  well  at  all  events  to  disabuse  the  popular 
mind  of  a  fallacy  that  has  been  confirmed  by  so  many  writers,  leading  to  the 
belief  that  every  Indian  grave  necessarily  contains  objects  of  human  workmanship, 

Nevertheless,  the  great  feast  of  the  dead  was  an  occasion  of  vast  importance 
when  conducted  according  to  traditional  custom,  and  occurring  as  it  did  at 
intervals  of  several  years.  Bre'beuf  in  1636,  was  the  first  to  describe  fully  the 
ceremonies  attendant  upon  a  communal  burial  at  Ossossane  or  La  Conception, 
the  site  of  which  was  not  far  from  the  present  village  of  Wyevale.  The  people 
inhabiting  this  district  were  the  Attignaouentans  or  Bear  Mation,  of  the  Huron 
confederacy,  among  all  the  members  of  which  the  practices  were  similar.  From 
the  Relation  of  Brebeuf,  and  from  other  sources  we  are  tolerably  well  informed 
with  regard  to  the  ceremonies  in  question.  Dr.  Parkman's  vivid  rendering  of 
Bre'beuf  s  discription  may  be  quoted  :  u  The  body  was  usually  laid  on  a  scaffold, 
or,  more  rarely  in  the  earth.  At  intervals  of  ten  or  twelve  years,  each  of  the  four 
nations  *  which  composed  the  Huron  confederacy  gathered  together  its  dead,  and 
conveyed  them  all  to  a  common  place  of  sepulture.  Here  was  celebrated  the 
great  '  Feast  of  the  Dead,' — in  the  eyes  of  the  Hurons,  their  most  solemn  and 
important  ceremonial.  *  *  *  *  *  * 

"  The  corpses  were  lowered  from  the  scaffolds  and  lifted  from  their  graves, 
Their  coverings  were  removed  by  certain  functionaries  appointed  for  the  office, 
and  the  hideous  relics  arrayed  in  a  row,  surrounded  by  the  weeping,  shriekirg, 
howling  concourse.  The  spectacle  was  frightful.  Here  were  all  the  village  dead 
of  the  last  twelve  years.  *  Each  family  reclaimed  its  own,  and 

immediately  addressed  itself  to  removing  what  remained  of  flesh  from  the  bones. 
These,  after  being  tenderly  caressed,  with  tears  and  lamentations,  were  wrapped 
in  skins  and  adorned  with  pendent  robes  of  fur.  In  the  belief  of  the  mourners 
they  were  sentient  and  conscious.  A  .soul  was  thought  to  still  reside  in  them  ; 
and  to  this  notion,  very  general  among  the  Indians,  is  in  no  small  degree  due 
that  extravagant  attachment  to  the  remains  of  the  dead,  which  may  be  said  to 
mark  the  race. 

"  These  relics  of  mortality,  together  with  the  recent  corpses,  which  were 
allowed  to  remain  entire,  but  which  were  also  wrapped  carefully  in  furs,  were 
now  carried  to  one  of  the  largest  houses  and  hung  to  the  numerous  cross-poles, 
which,  like  rafters,  supported  the  roof.  Here  the  concourse  of  mourners  seated 
themselves  at  a  funeral  feast;  and  as  the  .squaws  of  the  household  distributed  the 
food,  a  chief  harangued  the  assembly,  lamenting  the  loss  of  the  deceased  and 
extolling  their  virtues.  This  solemnity  over,  the  mourners  began  their  march  for 
Ossassane',  the  scene  of  the  final  rite.  The  bodies  remaining  entire  were  borne 
on  a  kind  of  litter,  while  the  bundles  of  bones  were  slung  at  the  shoulders  of  the 

*  The  Tobacco  Nation  similar  in  language  and  manners,    did  not  join  the  Huron  confedracy  until 
about  1639-40. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


relatives  like  fagots.  Thus  the  procession  slowly  defiled  along  the  forest  path- 
ways with  which  the  country  of  the  Hurons  was  everywhere  intersected ;  and 
as  they  passed  beneath  the  dull  shadow  of  the  pines,  they  uttered  at  intervals,  in 
unison,  a  dreary,  wailing  cry,  designed  to  imitate  the  voices  of  disembodied  souls  * 
winging  their  way  to  the  land  of  spirits,  and  believed  to  have  an  effect  peculiarly 
soothing  to  the  conscious  relics  which  each  man  bore.  When,  at  night,  they 
stopped  to  rest  at  some  village  on  the  way,  the  inhabitants  came  forth  to  welcome 
them  with  a  grave  and  mournful  hospitality. 

"From  every  town  of  the  nation  of  the  Bear  processions  like  this  were  con- 
verging towards  Ossossane.  This  chief  town  of  the  Hurons  stood  on  the  eastern 
margin  of  Nottawasaga  Bay,  encompassed  with  a  gloomy  wilderness  of  fir  and 
pine.  The  capacious  bark  houses  were  filled  to  over- 

flowing, and  the  surrounding  woods  gleamed  with  camp  fires :  for  the  processions 
of  mourners  were  fast  arriving,  and  the  throng  was  swelled  by  invited  guests  of 
other  tribes.  Funeral  games  were  in  progress,  the  young  men  and  women 
practising  archery  and  other  exercises  for  prizes  offered  by  the  mourners  in  the 
name  of  their  dead  relatives.  Some  of  the  chiefs  conducted  Bre'beuf  and  his 
companions  to  the  place  prepared  for  the  ceremony.  It  was  a  cleared  area  in  the 
forest  many  acre.-?  in  extent.  In  the  midst  was  a  pit  about  ten  feet  deep  and 
thirty  feet  wide.  Around  it  was  reared  a  high  and  strong  scaffolding,  and  on  this 
were  planted  numerous  uprigh'  poles,  with  cross-poles  extended  between  for 
hanging  the  funeral  gifts  and  the  remains  of  the  dead. 

"  Meanwhile  there  was  a  long  delay.  The  Jesuits  were  lodged  in  a  house 
where  more  than  a  hundred  of  these  bundles  of  mortality  were  hanging  from  the 
rafters.  Some  were  mere  shapeless  rolls,  others  were  made  up  into  clumsy  effigies 
adorned  with  feathers,  beads,  and  belts  of  dyed  porcupine  quills.  *  *  *  * 
At  length  the  officiating  chiefs  gave  the  word  to  prepare  for  the  ceremony.  The 
relics  were  taken  down,  opened  for  the  last  time,  and  the  bones  caressed  and 
fondled  by  the  women  amid  paroxysms  of  lamentation.  Then  all  the  processions- 
were  iormed  anew,  and  each  bearing  its  dead,  moved  towards  the  area  prepared 
for  the  last  solemn  rites.  As  they  reached  the  ground  they  defiled  in  order,  each 
to  a  spot  assigned  to  it  on  the  outer  limits  of  the  clearing.  Here  the  bearers  of 
the  dead  laid  their  bundles  on  the  ground,  while  those  who  carried  the  funeral 
gifts  outspread  and  displayed  them  for  admiration  of  the  beholders.  Their  num- 
ber was  immense  and  their  value  relatively  very  great.  Among  them  were  many 
robes  of  beaver  and  other  rich  furs,  collected  ard  preserved  for  years  with  a  view 
to  this  festival.  Fires  were  now  lighted,  kettles  slung,  and  around  the  entire 
circle  of  the  clearing,  the  scene  was  like  a  fair  or  caravansary.  This  continued 
till  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  when  the  gifts  were  repacked  and  the  bones- 
shouldered  afresh.  Suddenly  at  a  signal  from  the  chiefs,  the  crowd  ran  forward 
from  every  side  towards  the  scaffold,  like  soldiers  to  the  assault  of  a  town,  scaled 
it  by  rude  ladders  with  which  it  was  furnished,  and  hung  their  relics  and  their 
gifts  to  the  forest  of  poles  which  surmounted  it.  Then  the  ladders  were  removed 
and  a  number  of  chiefs,  standing  on  the  scaffold,  harangued  the  crowd  below, 
praising  the  dead  and  extolling  the  gifts,  which  the  relatives  of  the  departed  now 
bestowed  in  their  names  upon  their  surviving  friends. 

"  During  these  harangues  other  functionaries  were  lining  the  grave  with  robes 
of  beaver  skin.  Three  large  copper  kettles  were  next  placed  in  the  middle  and 
then  ensued  a  scene  of  hideous  confusion.  The  bodies  which  had  been  left  entire 
were  brought  to  the  edge  of  the  grave,  flung  in,  and  arranged  in  order  at  the 
bottom  by  ten  or  twelve  Indians  stationed  there  tor  the  purpose,  amid  the  wildest 
excitement  and  the  uproar  of  many  hundred  mingled  voices.  When  this  part  of 

*  It  is  not  easy  to  conjecture  wheie  they  got  their  model  for  this  imitation. 

7 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


the  work  was  done  night  was  fast  closing  in.  The  concourse  bivouacked  around 
the  clearing  and  lighted  their  camp-fires  under  the  brows  of  the  forest,  which 
hedged  in  the  scene  of  the  dismal  solemnity.  Brebeuf  and  his  companions  with- 
drew to  the  village,  where  an  hour  before  dawn,  they  were  roused  by  a  clamor 
which  might  have  wakened  the  dead.  One  of  the  bundles  of  bones,  tied  to  a 
pole  on  the  scaffold  had  chanced  to  fall  into  the  grave.  This  accident  had  precipi- 
tated the  closing  act  and  perhaps  increased  its  frenzy.  Guided  by  the  unearthly 
din  and  the  broad  glare  of  flames  fed  with  heaps  of  fat  pine  logs,  the  priests  soon 
reached  the  spot,  and  saw,  what  seemed  in  their  eyes,  an  image  of  Hell.  All 
around  blazed  countless  fires  and  the  air  resounded  with  discordant  outcries.  The 
naked  multitude  on,  under  and  around  the  scaffold,  were  flinging  the  remains  of 
their  dead,  discharged  from  their  envelopments  of  skins,  pell-mell  into  the  pit, 
where  Brebeuf  discerned  men  who,  as  the  ghastly  shower  fell  among  them 
arranged  the  bones  in  their  places  with  long  poles.  All  was  soon  over,  earth,  logs 
and  stones  were  cast  upon  the  grave  and  the  clamor  subsided  into  a  funereal  chant, 
so  dreary  and  lugubrious,  that  it  seemed  to  the  Jesuits  the  wail  of  despairing 
souls  from  the  abyss  of  perdition.*  " 

This  most  vivid  and  succinct  description  of  one  great  burial  ceremony  may  be 
regarded  as  being  applicable  in  a  general  way  to  all  other  great  feasts  of  the  dead. 
It  is  probable  that  the  various  nations,  composing  the  confederacy,  differed  to 
some  extent  in  matters  of  detail,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  in  at  least 
one  important  particular,  the  Tobacco  Nation  differed  from  the  Hurons  proper. 
Referring  to  the  first  disposal  of  the  dead,  as  may  be  gathered  from  the  foregoing 
extract,  Dr.  Parkman  says,  "  The  body  was  usually  placed  upon  a  scaffold,  or, 
more  rarely,  in  the  ground."  When  we  bear  in  mind  the  settled  habits  of  the 
Tionnontates  or  Tobaccoes  and  the  somewhat  limited  area  they  had  to  occupy,  we 
can  readily  see  that  the  scaffolding  of  dead  bodies  was  not  so  well  adapted  to 
them  as  to  peoples  who  led  a  roving  life  over  vast  extents  of  country.  I  have 
accordingly  found  numerous  evidences  that  among  the  Tobacco  Nation,  inhuma- 
tion, was  the  prevalent,  if  not  the  sole  mode  of  preliminary  disposal.  On  many 
of  the  farms  in  the  Blue  Mountain  district,  the  plough  has  brought  to  light 
human  remains  that  had  been  laid  in  graves  singly,  and  not  far  below  the  surface. 
On  lot  19  of  the  7th  concession  of  Nottawasaga,  Mr.  Edward  Beecroft  informed 
me  that  there  were  on  the  front  or  west  end  of  the  farm  about  one  hundred  single 
graves,  and  twice  that  number  on  the  rear  of  his  property.  On  the  same  lot  an 
extensive  village  had  been  situated  judging  by  the  numerous  deep  and  widely 
spread  beds  of  ashes,  while  not  far  away  the  manufacture  of  clay  vessels  and  pipes 
had  been  carried  on,  as  is  shown  even  yet  by  proofs  of  the  most  unmistakeable 
kind.  There  is  a  large  ossuary  on  the  same  farm  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
village  site. 

If,  therefore,  we  regard  the  existence  of  the  village  as  having  been  contempo- 
raneous with  the  individual  graves,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  this,  we  can 
understand  why  inhumation  was  preferable  to  scaffolding. 

In  the  account  of  the  great  communal  burial,  quoted  from  Parkman,  reference 
is  made  to  the  topography  of  the  "  cleared  area  in  the  forest,  many  acres  in 
extent,"  and  "  in  the  midst  [of  which]  was  a  pit,  about  ten  feet  deep  and  thirty 

*  Parkman,  Jesuits  in  North  America.     21st  ed.     Boston  1885.     p.  72  ct  seq. 

It  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  description  eriven  by  Brebeuf,  is  that  upon  which  are  based  all  the  popu- 
lar notions  regarding  Indian  burials  in  this  country.     On  the  occasion  in  question  there  was  considerable 
Dissension  among  the  Attignaouentons,  or  Bear  Nation,  whose  feast  of  the  dead  he  witnessed.     A  respect- 
ble  minority  consisting  of  three  or  four  towns,  refused  to  take  any  part  with  the  others  in  this  ceremony, 
nd  declared  their  intention  to  conduct  one  independently.     This  naturally  caused  ill-feeling  between  the 
jjssentients  and  we  are  therefore  warranted  in  assuming  that  on  this  account,  those  with  whom  Brebeuf  was 
esent  conducted  the  proceedings  with  much  more  "  braverie  "  than  was  their  wont.     No  doubt  the  seced- 
V     towns  were  actuated  by  similar  motives.    Is  it  right  then,  to  regard  this  as  having  been  a  normally  typi- 

8 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


feet  wide,"  but  is  to  be  noted  that  these  burial  pits  are  almost  invariably  found  on 
the  top  of  knolls  and  hills  ;  generally  the  highest  ground  within  easy  reach  of  the 
town  or  village.  *  Was  this  practice  in  any  way  connected  with  the  mound- 
building  predilections  of  other  tribes  ?  Did  our  northern  Indians  cease  to  throw 
up  great  earth  heaps  for  such  a  purpose  because  they  found  so  many  of  natural 
formation  ?  Does  the  construction  of  mounds  by  people  occupying  more  level 
areas  in  any  way  indicate  the  persistence  of  a  habit  formed  by  their  ancestors  in 
some  hill  country  ?  Or  are  both  practices  but  the  survival  of  some  ancient  custom 
of  religious  or  other  significance  derived  from  common  predecessors  ? 

During  the  time  in  spent  the  township  of  Nottawasaga,  I  endeavored  to 
ascertain  the  position  of  every  known  locality  associated  with  the  Tionnontates, 
and  succeeded  in  being  able  to  mark  upon  the  map  ten  village  or  town  sites, 
twenty-one  ossuaries,  one  fortified  place,  and  three  potteries.  There  are  no  doubt 
other  places  of  which  nothing  could  be  learned,  as  the  first  settlers  on  many  farms 
are  now  dead,  and  every  surface  trace  has  been  removed  in  the  course  of  cultivation. 
In  almost  every  case  I  examined  the  places,  and  found  in  only  two  instances  that 
spots  which  had  for  many  years  be^.n  popularly  regarded  as  "  bone  holes," 
were  but  natural  depressions,  caused  probably  by  the  infiltration  of  water  through 
the  sandy  subsoil  which  was  little  more  than  a  foot  below  the  surface. 


NOTTAWASAGA 

BAY 


TOWHS'rllP      OF 

NOTTAWASAGA 

Village  sites         c 

Ossuaries  < 

Single  graves 


*I  have  met  with  only  one  instance  of  a  grave  on  low  Jand.  This  is  situated  in  the  township  of 
Humberstone,  within  a  short  distance  of  Lake  Erie.  The  flat,  near  the  middle  of  which  the  grave  has 
fceen  made,  is  of  several  acres  in  extent,  and  almost  surrounded  by  sandhills  of  considerable  height,  from 
forty  to  sixty  feet.  Although  pipes  and  other  relics  of  Indian  production  have  been  found  in  this  ossuary, 
it  is  suspiciously  connected  with  "white"  origin,  as  some  of  the  skulls  taken  from  it,  and  now  in  our 
possession,  appear  to  be  those  of  Europeans. 

9 


58  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


A  reference  to  the  map-diagram  will  show  that  all  the  locations  marked 
extend  in  a  direction  from  north-west  to  "south-east,  that  is  to  say,  corresponding 
with  the  range  of  hills  that  stretch  through  the  township  of  Nottawasaga.  The 
hills  extend  into  Collingwood  and  Osprey  townships,  but  time  did  not  permit  of 
these  places  being  visited.  The  whole  of  this  neighborhood  should  be  examined 
carefully,  as  soon  as  possible  for  much  of  it  is  no  doubt  quite  as  valuable 
archseologically  as  any  other  portion  of  the  Nottawasaga  Bay  district. 

Beds  of  askes,  blackened  earth,  fragments  of  pottery  and  bone,  flint  flakes 
and  sometimes  charred  corn-cobs  mark  the  village  sites.  Dr.  Tache  is  said  to 
have  prepared  a  map  of  the  Huron  country  (including  probably  the  Tobacco 
Nation,)  by  means  of  which  he  thought  he  could  identify  many  places  with  those 
mentioned  in  the  Relations,  but  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  Douglas  Boymner, 
Dominion  Archivist,  that  it  has  never  been  published.  *  A  few  of  the  places- 
showing  traces  of  habitation  seem  to  have  been  mere  temporary  camping-grounds, 
where  the  quality  of  the  clay  and  the  proximity  of  water  afforded  facilties  for  the 
making  of  pottery  and  pipes  ;  others,  however,  judging  by  their  extent  and  the 
depth  of  the  ash-beds  seem  to  have  been  more  permanent  abodes. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  village  sites  is  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  William 
Melville,  north  half  of  lot  10,  concession  5.  The  proprietor  informed  me  that  in 
the  course  of  ploughing  over  this  place  he  had  turned  up  large  quantities  of 
corn  and  corn-cobs.  William  and  David  Melville,  his  sons,  both  intelligent 
collectors,  have  picked  up  several  whole  and  fragmentary  pipes,  a  few  stone  and 
shell  beads,  arid  an  excellent  bone  chisel  upwards  of  eleven  inches  in  length.  •(• 
All  of  these  they  presented  to  our  collection. 

On  lot  12,  concession  7,  is  the  famous  Lougheed  farm,  from  the  old  site  on 
which  so  much  valuable  material  has  been  mentioned  and  figured  in  former  reports. 
This  year  again  we  are  indebted  to  Master  Lougheed,  for  some  very  good 
specimens. 

Two  other  villages  occupied  what  are  now  respectively  the  north  half  of  lot 
11,  concession  8,  and  the  south  half  of  lot  11,  concession  9  ;  immediately  north  of 
the  former,  on  lot  12  concession  8,  is  an  ossuary,  and  west  of  the  latter  on  the  same 
lot  there  is  another.  About  midway  between  these  and  Mr.  Melville's  farm  there 
is  an  ossuary  on  lot  10,  concession  7. 

Due  east  of  the  Lougheed  farm,  on  the  property  of  Mr.  Thos.  White,  lot  13r 
concession  1,  there  are  extensive  indications  of  former  residence.  Broken  pottery 
is  plentiful  and  pipes  of  stone  and  clay  have  been  found.  Mr.  White  presented 
the  Institute  with  several  good  specimens  from  his  farm,  chief  among  which  is  a 
well  made  bone  chisel  nearly  a  foot  long.  From  the  son  of  Mr.  Ed.  Coyle,  on  the 
adjacent  farm,  in  the  township  of  Sunnidale,  we  received  some  clay  pipes  found 
on  Mr.  White's  property. 

South  of  the  White  farm,  there  is  an  ossuary  on  lot  12,  concession  1. 


*A  rude  map  purporting  to  show  the  topography  of  the  Huron  towns  as  they  were  in  1660,  was- 
published  in  the  Canadian  Journal,  for  November,  1857,  to  accompany  a  paper  by  Mr.  John  Langton,  "On 
the  Early  Discoveries  of  the  French  in  North  America."  It  is  too  confused  to  be  worth  much,  beyond 
enabling  us  to  see  that  St.  Michael  was  south  of  St.  Louis,  or  St.  John  north  of  St.  Ignatius,  information 
that  may  be  obtained  more  satisfactorily  elsewhere.  This  map  showing  Creuxius'  topography,  is  from 
Ducreux's  Histoirc  Canadcnses,  Paris,  1664.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Annie,  of  St.  Thomas,  claims  to  have  located 
a  few  of  the  old  Huron  towns,  but  owing  to  the  transient  character  of  these  Indian  habitations,  it  seems- 
impossible  that  we  should  ever  be  able  fix  with  certainty  the  spots  occupied  at  different  times  by  the  same 
people,  and  always  known  by  the  same  names. 

f  Since  this  was  written,  Ah-yand-wah-wa,  Ma-shuck-ah-wa-we-tong  and  John  Settee,  intelligent  and' 
educated  representatives  of  the  Ojibewa  and  Cree  tribes  on  the  Lake  Winnipeg  Reserve,  paid  several  visits 
to  the  museum.  They  informed  me  that  similar  instruments  are  still  used  among  their  people  for 
skinning  purposes. 

10 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


On  the  south  half  of  lot  16,  concession  4,  and  the  north  half  of  lot  16,  con- 
cession 6,  are  ossuaries. 

West  of  these  on  the  lot  16,  concession  8,  the  property  of  Mr.  Conner,  there 
is  a  village  site  from  which  his  sons,  Herbert  and  Theophilus  have  collected  a 
good  many  specimens  all  of  which  they  have  sent  to  form  part  of  our  collection. 

A  little  to  the  north,  lot  19,  on  the  same  concession,  is  the  Beecroft  farm,  on 
which  are  a  village  site,  a  pottery  and  a  grave-pit,  besides  about  three  hundred 
single  graves. 

On  lot  21,  concession  9,  is  a  village  site,  and  on  lot  22,  immediately  north,  an 
ossuary. 

Another  village  site  is  on  lot  22,  concession  5,  the  farm  of  Squire  Currie,  and 
not  far  away  to  the  south-west  are  three  ossuaries  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Join: 
Edmonds,  lot  21,  concession  6. 

There  has  been  a  village  on  lot  26,  concession  10,  on  this  lot  there  is  also  an 
ossuary. 

Other  ossuaries  exist  on  lot  24,  concession  7 ;  lot  25,  concession  8  ;  lot  27, 
concession  10  ;  lot  29,  concession  10  ;  and  lot  30,  concession  12. 


u  _  a b 


Lot  23 


V 

Eartliwcrk 

(n.Kj       concession  9 
Nottavmcaga 


On  the  farm  of  Mr.  Win.  Anderson,  north  half  of  lot  23,  concession  9,  traces  of 
an  old  village  are  visible  on  the  face  of,  and  near  the  top  of  a  hill  sloping  towards  the 
west,  and  at  the  foot  of  which  runs  a  small  stream  known  as  Darroch's  Creek, 
flowing  into  the  larger  Batteaux  Creek.  At  this  point  Darroch's  Creek  makes  a 
bend  almost  semi-circular  and  nearly  encloses  a  strong  spring.  Between  the  base 
of  the  hill  and  the  creek  the  land  is  low  and  level.  From  the  extremities  of  the 
bend,  banks  have  been  thrown  up  stretching  towards  the  high  land.  That  to  the 
north  is  now  barely  discernible,  but  the  one  on  the  south  side  can  be  easily  traced 
for  a  distance  of  fifty-five  j^ards,  inclusive  of  its  windings.  In  the  construction 
of  such  earthworks  no  regularity  was  observed.  When  the  nature  of  the  ground 
offered  any  advantage  the  line  of  embankment  was  adapted  to  it,  but  in  this  case 

11 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


the  curves  were  evidently  made  to  extend  from  one  large  tree  to  another ;  one  of 
these  is  still  standing,  the  others  have  dissappeared,  either  in  the  partial  clearing 
that  has  taken  place,  or  in  the  course  of  nature.  I  was  unable  to  discover  whether 
this  embankment  had  been  palisaded,  as  I  believe  it  was,  if  we  suppose 
the  construction  of  it  had  anything  to  do  with  the  protection  or  defence  of  the 
spring. 

The  situation  of  this  earthwork  is  remarkable.  Usually  we  find  embankments 
tnrown  up  on  higher  ground,  and  serving  to  protect  habitations ;  here  the  village 
was  on  the  hill  face,  and  overlooking  the  fortified  enclosure.  Perhaps  the 
embankment  originally  extended  up  the  hill,  so  as  to  surround  the  village.  If  so, 
it  has  disappeared  during  years  of  tillage. 

The  irregularity  of  the  work  points  to  a  time  anterior  to  French  influence, 
for  according  to  Bre'beuf,  the  missionaries  taught  the  natives  of  that  neighborhood 
how  to  construct  regular  fortifications,  having  bastions  and  other  European 
devices  for  defensive  and  offensive  purposes. 

Previous  to  this  their  palisaded  embankments  must  have  been  far  from 
strong,  notwithstanding  the  enormous  labor  that  was  requirred  to  make  them. 
The  ground  selected  as  a  fortified  dwelling  place,  was  usually  chosen  on  account  of 
its  natural  advantages  for  defence,  usually  high  ground  at  the  confluence  of  two 
streams,  or  on  a  point  formed  by  the  sharp  bend  of  a  river.  But  other  conditions 
were  desirable.  The  soil  should  be  loose  and  easily  tilled ;  good  clay  for  pottery 
and  pipes  should  be  within  easy  distance ;  the  proximity  of  nut-bearing  trees  was 
not  over  looked,  and  a  good  spring  of  water  was  almost  indispensable,  for  it  is 
worthy  of  note  that  the  Indians  were  evidently  partial  to  spring  water.  Perhaps 
one  reason  may  be  found  for  this  preference  in  the  non-freezing  quality  of  springs 
during  winter.  Another  was  no  doubt  the  coolness  of  the  water  in  summer,  but 
in  the  depraved  condition  of  their  taste  it  is  not  likely  they  were  influenced  by 
any  consideration  of  purity  or  flavor. 

As  has  already  been  remarked,  the  labor  required  to  build  and  fortify  a 
village  must  have  been  enormous,  and  this  mainly  on  account  of  the  primitive 
tools  employed.  For  edge-tool  purposes  stone  was  the  chief  material,  copper  more 
rarely.  To  effect  a  clearing  of  from  five  to  ten  acres  in  extent,  fire  was  therefore 
to  them  a  powerful  agent,  as  indeed  it  is  even  to  the  white  settler  who  is  well 
provided  with  all  "  modern  conveniences."  Kindling  a  fire  at  the  root  of  a  tree, 
the  charred  wood  was  removed  from  time  to  time  with  their  stone  axes,  so  many 
of  which  are  found  all  over  this  province,  in  common  with  many  other  places  on 
the  continent.  These  implements,  of  which  small  specimens  are  usually  called 
"  skining  tools,"  were  fastened  to  withe  or  to  crotched  handle?.  They 
were  generally  plain,  decreasing  slightly  in  size  towards  the  head  or  pole.  This 
shape  caused  them  to  tighten  in  the  handle  when  a  blow  was  struck.  The 
grooved  axe  was  a  much  more  elaborate  affair,  and  few  of  them  are  found  either 
in  the  Huron  country  or  elsewhere  in  Ontario. 

The  work  of  clearing  finished,  much  more  of  a  similar  kind  had  to  be  done, 
to  procure  the  large  number  of  small  poles  to  form  the  walls  of  their  houses,  and 
larger  ones  for  the  palisading,  unless  we  assume  that  many  such  were  saved  dur- 
ing the  great  burning.  To  dig  holes  for  the  reception  of  these  must  have  been 
tedious  and  difficult.  Splinters  of  wood,  pieces  of  bark  and  flat  stones  served  for 
picks  and  shovels.  Then  the  earth  had  to  be  thrown  up  round  the  outside  of  the 
wigwam  or  the  "  longhouse,"  and  a  ditch  two  or  three  feet  deep  dug  along  the 
whole  line  of  the  palisades,  both  outside  and  inside,  and  thrown  up  to  form 
a  breastwork  as  well  as  to  strengthen  the  hold  of  the  posts  in  the  ground.  It  is 
to  be  remembered  too,  that  these  posts  were  sometimes  in  two,  three,  or  even  four 

12 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


parallel  rows,  those  on  one  side  of  the  embankment  inclining  towards  those  on 
the  other,  and  crossing  at  the  top  where  they  were  lashed  to  each  other  with 
pliable  twigs  and  strips  of  tough  bark-  A  platform  of  poles  was  laid  to  extend 
lengthwise,  resting  at  the  intersection  of  the  palisades,  and  here  it  is  said  the 
defenders  stood  to  pour  water  upon  fires  lighted  by  the  besieging  force  to  make  a 
breech  in  the  "  wooden  wall."  Here  also  heaps  of  stones  were  piled,  for  use 
against  the  enemy  at  close  quarters.  In  addition  to  the  labor  of  erecting  such  a 
frame,  the  finishing  touches  must  also  have  required  much  time  and  patience,  for 
the  palisades  were  covered  to  the  height  of  six  feet  or  more,  with  sheets  of  bark. 
As  a  whole,  and  considering  the  lack  of  good  cutting  tools,  we  cannot  fail  to  be 
surprised  at  the  amount  of  work  the  Hurons  and  other  Indians  accomplished,  and 
the  manner  in  which  it  was  executed,  although  it  would  appear  that  in  the  art 
of  fortification,  the  Hurons  were  excelled  by  their  kindred  the  Iroquois.* 

With  regard  to  the  extent  and  number  of  the  aboriginal  clearings  in  the 
Tobacco  Nation's  country,  there  has  probably  been  some  exaggeration.  One  writer 
has  given  it  as  his  opinion  that  almost  every  square  yard  of  land  in  that  district, 
shows  signs  of  a  former  clearance.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  what  these 
signs  were  that  persisted  in  showing  themselves,  after  a  lapse  of  two  hundred 
years,  now  two  hundred  and  forty.  A  farmer  on  whose  property  there  is  an  old 
village  site,  told  me  that  the  trees  growing  upon  it  had  smoother  bark  than  those 
in  the  surrounding  woods.  I  failed  to  observe  the  difference,  but  allowing  it  to 
be  as  represented,  it  proves  too  much,  for  even  if  the  richer  soil  produced  a  finer 
bark,  the  coarser  covering  of  the  surrounding  trees  yielded  no  evidence  of  such  an 
advantage.  It  is  chimerical  after  so  long  a  time,  to  look  for  surface  indications 
of  this  kind,  where  the  upturned  roots  of  trees  from  three  to  four  feet  in  diameter, 
sometimes  disclose  flakes  of  flint,  broken  pipes  and  fragments  of  pottery. 

Still  it  is  plain  that  the  agricultural  operations  of  the  Tionnontates  were 
comparatively  extensive,  for  the  density  of  the  population  made  game  scarce,  and 
their  chief  food  consisted  of  maize  or  Indian  corn,  raw  or  roasted,  or  boiled  with 
flesh  and  fish.  This  grain  they  stored  in  caches  or  pits.  The  only  evidence  now 
existing  of  the  use  of  corn  are  the  charred  cobs  and  grains  found  among  the  ashes 
of  old  dwellings. 

Our  knowledge  of  aboriginal  vegetable  diet  is  not  very  extensive,  but  it 
would  appear  that  in  addition  to  maize,  they  cultivated  sunflowers,  pumpkins 
and  beans,  all  of  which  were  probably  introduced  from  southern  sources.  Wild 
fruits,  especially  plums,  were  moderately  plentiful  about  the  Georgian  Bay,  and 
the  district  is  at  the  present  time  noted  for  its  cultivated  varieties  of  this  fruit. 
Cherries,  gooseberries, raspberries  and  strawberries,  though  not  abundant  were  no 
doubt  added  to  their  scanty  liso  of  tid-bits,  and  beech-nuts  could  sometimes  be 
gathered  in  considerable  quantities.  They  no  doubt  made  use  of  maple  sap  during 
early  spring,  but  their  traditional  manufacture  of  sugar  by  boiling  is  a  little 
dubious. 

From  a  coarse  hemp  the  women  twisted  strong  cord  or  twine,  which  was  used 
chiefly  in  making  nets  and  constructing  wigwams.  From  coarse  grasses  and 
sedges  they  wove  mats  and  articles  of  clothing.  Baskets  were  made  in  the  same 
way  and  from  similar  material.  In  these  were  formed  at  least  a  few  of  the  clay 
vessels,  fragments  of  which  are  so  plentifully  found. 

There  is  perhaps  no  single  article  of  aboriginal  manufacture  with  which  the 
popular  imagination  so  intimately  associates  the  Indian,  as  the  birch-bark 

"  The  forts  of  the  Iroquois  were  stronger  and  more  elaborate  than  those  of  the  Hurons  ;  and  to  this 
day,  large  districts  in  New  York  are  marked  with  frequent  remains  of  their  ditches  and  embankments." 
Parkman,  Jesuits  in  North  America,  Intro,  p.  xxix. 

13 


53  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


<canoe,  and  the  Hurons  were  adepts  in  the  art  of  building  this  frail  type  of  vessel. 
"The  capacity  and  strength  of  these  boats  when  compared  with  their  lightness, 
were  wonderful.  One  man  could  with  ease  carry  across  a  portage,  a  canoe  large 
enough  to  hold  five  or  six  persons.  Scattered  remnants  of  these  people  con- 
tinue to  make  birch-bark  canoes,  as  is  also  the  case  with  many  Algonkiri  tribes  who 
have  lost  the  art  of  producing  almost  everything  else  that  was  characteristic  of 
the  stone  age  in  America. 

As  might  be  expected,  the  Tionnontates  displayed  much  ingenuity  in  the 
making  of  pipes.  Those  of  clay  were  by  far  the  more  numerous,  but  many  fine 
specimens  have  been  found  carved  from  stone.  In  size  the  bowls  vary  from  that 
of  a  small  thimble  and  of  far  less  capacity,  to  upwards  of  three  inches  in  length. 
In  clay  pipes  the  hole  is  often  so  small,  that  a  modern  smoker  would  require  to 
fill  one  several  times  before  getting  a  satisfactory  smoke — in  stone  pipes  the  capa- 
city is  usually  much  greater.  In  form  there  is  considerable  variety,  one  of  the 
most  common  patterns  being  the  flared  or  trumpet-mouthed  head  ;  a  second  has  the 
margin  compressed,  forming  a  heavy  collar  round  the  upper  third  of  the  bowl ; 
another  kind  has  a  square  mouth,  and  occasionally  a  specimen  is  found  upon 
which  the  human  face  or  whole  form  is  represented. 

It  seems  probable  that  pipes  as  well  as  tobacco  were  produced  for  commercial 
purposes.  The  pipes  found  in  the  country  inhabited  by  the  Attiwandarons  along 
Lake  Erie,  are  undistinguishable  in  any  way  from  those  that  are  so  comparatively 
abundant  in  the  district  occupied  by  the  Hurons.  This  is  particularly  noticeable 
in  the  square-mouthed  pipes,  which  are  of  the  least  common  type  any  where,  and 
in  the  manufacture  of  which  there  appears  to  have  been  almost  perfect  adherence 
rto  a  regulation  pattern.  Of  course  it  is  easy  to  suppose  that  peoples  even  so 
widely  separated  .might  conform  in  their  tastes,  as  to  designs,  patterns  and  forms, 
fout  when  it  is  taken  into  account  that  the  Attiwandarons  or  Neuters  had  easy  access 
to  an  unlimited  supply  of  material  for  spear  and  arrow-tips,  and  that  all  the 
;{ flints  "  found  in  the  Huron  country  appear  to  have  come  from  this  source,  we 
may  reasonably  conclude  that  a  system  of  exchange  existed  in  these  articles,  and 
this  supposition  is  strengthened,  when  it  is  known  that  extensive  beds  of  flakings 
are  found  along  the  Erie  shore,  where  the  chert-bearing  rock  is  most  abundant. 

Of  the  Tobacco  Nation  as  distinguished  from  the  Hurons  proper,  there  is  not 
a  vestige  left  in  Canada  to-day.  The  last  of  the  confederacy  had  to  give  way  before 
the  Iroquois,  about  1652-3,  when  they  were  compelled  to  flee  to  Michilimackinac. 
Thence  they  were  driven  by  their  old  foe  to  the  islands  in  Green  Bay,  Michigan, 
and  again  from  this  place  to  the  country  of  the  Illinois.  Removing  westwards 
they  reached  the  Mississippi,  but  the  Sioux  drove  them  away.  They  next  found 
a  resting  place  on  Shagamigon  Point,  on  Lake  Superior,  but  this  spot  they  had 
to  abandon,  and  they  returned  to  Michilimackinac  about  1670-1.  Their  next 
move  was  southward  to  the  neighborhood  of  Detroit  and  Sandusky,  where  they 
were  known  as  Ouendots  or  Wyandots.  Latterly  they  were  removed  to  a 
western  reserve,  and  it  is  now  improbable  that  anything  more  than  the  name  of 
"Wyandot  exists. 

Thus  has  totally  disappeared  the  Tionnontates  or  Tobacco  Nation,  a  people 
who,  although  conforming  in  many  respects  to  what  we  characterize  as  savage, 
were. yet  remarkable  for  their  skill  in  the  practice  of  much  that  is  inseparable 
from  civilization.  Their  relics  scattered  so  profusely  among  the  Blue  Mountains 
attest  the  mechanical  ability  possessed  by  them,  and  the  French  missionaries 
leave  us  in  no  doubt  respecting  their  agricultural  and  commercial  tendencies 
While  we  may  not  feel  warranted  in  expressing  a  belief  that  by  any  inherent 
potentiality  they  would,  if  left  unmolested,  have  ever  reached  a  much  higher 

14 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


plane  than  that  in  which  they  were  found  by  Bre'beuf,  yet  it  appears  evident  that 
but  for  the  implacable  enmity  of  the  Iroquois  they  would,  under  European 
influences,  eventually  have  ranked  among  the  most  progressive  of  American 
aborigines  in  the  arts  of  civilized  life. 

In  the  townships  adjacent  to  Nottawasaga,  and  indeed  throughout  the  whole 
of  the  district  occupied  by  the  Huron  nation,  there  is  yet  much  to  be  recorded 
and  considerable  material  to  be  collected.  Meanwhile  it  is  gratifying  to  be  able 
to  state  that  our  cases  now  contain  a  moderately  good  representation  of  all  that 
is  procurable  to  illustrate  the  social  condition  of  a  nation  which  enacted  so 
important  a  part  in  the  history  of  Canada,  whose  hunting  and  war  parties  no 
doubt  frequently  trod  the  woods  where  Toronto  now  stands,  and  which,  as  Park- 
man  says,  was  "  once  prosperous,  and  in  its  own  eyes  and  those  of  its  neighbors', 
powerful  and  great." 

VILLAGE  SITE  AT  CLEARVILLE. 

t 

On  receipt  of  information  from  Mr.  Thomas  Boon,  of  Bothwell,  I  visited 
Clearville  in  company  with  that  gentleman  on  May  31.  Ciearville,  once  a  place 
of  some  importance,  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile  from  lake  Erie,  and  is  situated 
near  the  south-east  corner  of  the  township  of  Orford,  in  the  county  of  Kent.* 

What  is  known  as  the  "  Fort "  lies  about  a  mile  due  north  of  the  village  on 
the  property  of  Messrs.  Ridley  and  Bury.  Clear  Creek,  passes  through  the  farm, 
and  at  this  point  in  its  flow  southwards  makes  a  considerable  detour  round  a  low 
terraced  table  land,  the  slopes  showing  evidence  of  former  higher  levels  in  what 
must  have  been  a  much  larger  stream.  The  Indians  had  taken  advantage  of  the 
situation  for  domiciliary  and  strategic  purposes,  for  both  of  which  it  was  well 
adapted.  The  sandy  loam  was  fitted  for  the  cultivation  of  corn,  the  creek  sup- 
plied fish  in  abundance,  walnut  and  chestnut  trees  were  plentiful  in  the  neighbor- 
hood, and,  no  doubt,  game  was  easily  procured.  Here  were  all  the  requisites  for 
aboriginal  happiness  if  only  protection  could  be  assured  against  attack  from 
•enemies.  To  effect  this  the  natural  bluffs  rising  from  ten  to  thirty  or  forty  feet 
above  the  bed  of  the  creek  were  utilized.  A  reference  to  the  diagram  will  show 
how  this  was  accomplished.  There  appear  to  have  been  two  village  sites  occupy- 
ing different  levels,  but  it  is  not  easy  to  say  whether  both  have  been  used  at  the 
same  or  different  times,  or  by  the  same  people.  The  western  embankment  of  the 
high  level  site  consists  chiefly  of  ashes,  aud  it  is  probable  the  face  of  the  natural 
bluff  was  made  to  serve  as  a  place  of  deposit  from  the  camp-fires.  At  any  rate 
the  materials  are  those  of  a  kitchen-midden — shells-,  bones,  skulls,  broken  pipes 
and  pottery,  and  an  immense  quantity  of  ashes.  At  a  point  a  few  yards  south  of 
the  walnut  stump  the  ashes  formed  an  almost  solid  bed  to  the  depth  of  five  feet 
from  the  surface.  Four  feet  seven  inches  down  we  found  several  large  fragments 
of  what  must  have  been  very  capacious  clay  vessels.  These  were  proportionately 
thick  and  very  coarse-grained,  free  from  any  ornamentation,  and  quite  unlike  many 
•smaller  and  more  delicately  made  pieces  found  higher  in  the  deposit.  The  frag- 
ments of  flint  also  appeared  to  indicate  a  different  source  of  supply,  as  those  near 
the  top  were  of  a  uniform  grey  color,  while  the  flakes  found  at  the  greater  depth 
were  of  a  lighter  hue  and  streaked  with  narrow  dark  bands.  From  three  to  four 
feet  from  the  surface  were  taken  three  skulls  of  the  common  deer,  a  human 
jawbone,  and  pieces  of  pottery. 

*Mr.  Archibald  Blue,  Deputy  Minister  of  Agriculture,  had  previously  directed  my  attention  to  this 
locality. 

15 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


Beyond  {aking  measurements  and  sketching  a  ground-plan  nothing  further 
was  done  at  Clearville  on  this  occasion,  as  permission  was  required  to  make  a 
thorough  examination  of  the  ground. 

Having  received  this  from  Messrs.  Ridley  and  Bury,  I  returned  on  July  16th, 
again  accompanied  by  Mr.  Thomas  Boon,  who  had  previously,  at  my  request, 
engaged  men  to  dig.  A  drive  of  fifteen  miles  from  Bothwell  occupied  some  of 
the  first  day,  and  openings  made  in  a  number  of  places  brought  to  light  large 
quantities  of  coarse  pottery  fragments,  some  bone  awls  or  needles,  and  several 
stones,  one  or  more  surface  on  each  of  which  showed  that  they  had  been  employed 
for  rubbing,  smoothing,  or  polishing  other  bodies.  Subsequent  operations  lasting 
two  days,  yielded  in  addition  to  these  a  very  fine  clay  pipe  head  of  unique  pattern, 
a  small  and  rudely  formed  old  pipe,  the  upper  half  of  a  clay  pipe  in  appear- 
ance like 


Maple  stu 

Sfttta^fe- 


On  the  second  day  we  turned  up  a  skull  on  the  face  of  the  western  embank- 
ment (marked  C)  at  a  depth  of  three  feet.  Decay  had  proceeded  too  far  to  make 
it  worth  taking  away.  The  day  following  Mr.  Boon  laid  bare  two  skeletons  near 
the  edge  of  the  northern  bluff  overlooking  the  creek  (at  D).  These  also  were  too 
far  gone  for  preservation.  Other  portions  of  human  remains  were  found  in 
various  places.  A  few  small  and  rudely  formed  slate  chisels,  two  semicircular 
flint  *'  scrapers,"  a  number  of  implements  made  from  deer-horn,  some  unio  shells, 
most  of  which  were  worn  on  the  edge,  as  they  had  been  used  in  scraping  bones, 
were  also  fouud  here. 

16 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


Human  remains,  much  decayed,  were  found  also  at  A.  Here  there  were  two 
skeletons  lying  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  not  deeper  than  one  foot  from  the 
surface. 

Mr.  Blue  and  Dr.  Bryce  afterwards  discovered  another  grave  nearF,  but  the 
bones  were  too  far  gone  for  preservation. 

On  the  third  day  my  sounding  rod  struck  a  "soft  place,"  (B)  which,  on  examina- 
tion, turned  out  to  be  a  grave  containing  the  skulls  and  limb  bones  of  eight  per- 
sons. No  ribs  or  other  small  bones  were  found,  so  that  this  was  evidently  a  case 
of  second  burial.  The  leg  and  arm  bones  had  been  first  thrown  into  the  hole, 
and  above  these  were  placed  the  skulls  in  a  cluster,  without  any  arrangement, 
some  lying  face  down,  and  others  on  one  side.  Five  under-jaws  were  found. 
The  distance  from  the  surface  of  the  ground  to  the  uppermost  skull  was  barely 
two  feet. 

When  compared  with  those  we  had  previously  unearthed  the  remains  in  this  pit 
were  quite  fresh,  although  some  of  the  femora  were  more  decayed  than  others, 
looking  as  if  they  had  been  underground  a  longer  time.  All  these  skulls  were 
secured  and  are  now  in  the  museum,  as  are  also  specimens  of  the  femora  and 
tibiae. 

The  examination  of  this  ground  was  peculiarly  interesting  from  the  fact  that 
not  a  vestige  of  European  presence  or  influence  was  met  with  over  the  whole 
area,  and  numerous  evidences  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  place  must  have  been 
occupied  at  widely  separated  periods  by  at  least  two,  and  perhaps  by  three  dif- 
ferent tribes. 

The  earthworks,  I  take  it,  were  the  work  of  those  who  first  perceived  the 
advantages  of  the  situation.  At  one  point  on  the  embankment  near  the  creek  (E) 
traces  of  posts  or  palisades  were  discovered,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  whole  of 
the  lower  plateau,  as  well  as  the  higher  one,  was  thus  enclosed.  The  broken  pot- 
tery found  near  the  base  of  the  middle  embankment  (C)  were  large  and  coarse 
and  without  ornament,  and  the  flint-flakes  were  different  in  color  and  appearance 
from  those  nearer  the  surface.  The  houses  of  these  people  would  occupy  the 
enclosed  spaces,  and  in  accordance  with  this  we  find  beds  of  ashes  at  depths  vary- 
ing from  two  to  four  feet,  and  alternating  with  thin  layers  of  sand  all  over  the 
area  in  question.  A  bed  of  ashes  four  feet  from  the  surface  was  found  below  the 
eight  skulls  and  other  bones  already  mentioned.  The  deepest  of  these  were  pro- 
bably left  by  those  who  threw  up  the  earthwork,  and  this  view  is  confirmed  from 
the  correspondence  in  appearance  between  the  potsherds  and  flint-flakes  found  at 
the  greatest  depths  here,  with  those  found  deep  in  the  embankment. 

By  the  time  the  second  people  took  possession  it  is  likely  that  every  trace 
of  former  occupation  had  disappeared,  and  the  new  arrivals  erected  their  tents 
or  wigwams  close  to  the  middle  bank  on  the  higher,  or  easterly  side,  finding  the 
western  slope  convenient  as  a  dumping-ground  for  refuse.  Along  the  central 
portion  of  the  bank,  north  and  south  of  the  walnut  stump,  ashes  and  earth  are 
intermingled  with  splintered  bones,  tips  of  deer-horn,  broken  shells,  skulls  of 
deer,  beavers'  teeth  and  even  human  remains.  Unless  we  attribute  the  presence 
of  the  last  mentioned  to  accident  we  shall  have  to  accept  it  as  evidence  of  canni- 
balism, for  many  of  the  smaller  bones  are  split,  while  others  are  wholly  or  partly 
charred.  The  broken  pottery  found  in  the  midden  is  finer  than  what  comes  from 
a  greater  depth  and  is  relieved  with  simple  patterns,  although  greatly  inferior  to 
what  we  see  from  many  other  places. 

2  Tc.  I.)  17 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


With  few  exceptions  all  the  flint  and  bone  specimens  we  found  would  De 
regarded  in  Europe  as  belonging  to  the  paloeolithic  age.  Even  the  slate  chisels 
have  scarcely  more  rubbing  done  to  them  than  was  required  to  produce  a  cutting 
edge. 

The  grave  in  which  the  eight  skulls  were  found,  I  regard  as  being  compara- 
tively recent,  and  the  work  of  a  third  people.  Aside  from  the  freshness  of  the 
remains  in  this  ossuary,  it  is  not  reasonable  to  believe  that  those  who  fortified 
the  place  would  bury  within  the  enclosure.  In  addition  to  this  the  existence  of 
ashes  below  the  bones  goes  to  show  a  more  ancient  possession  of  the  spot  by 
others.  A  single  unio  valve,  worn  on  the  edge  as  if  it  had  been  used  as  a  scraper 
was  the  only  thing  in  the  grave  besides  the  bones,  and,  judging  from  its  position, 
its  presence  was  probably  accidental. 

Although  the  Clearville  site  did  not  yield  %mch  of  what  goes  to  make  a 
museum  attractive,  it  is,  nevertheless,  one  of  the  most  interesting  localities  I 
know  of  in  Ontario, on  account  of  its  situation,  its  three-fold  (?)  occupation,  and  its 
perfect  freedom  from  even  the  slightest  trace  of  the  white  man.  Amateur  col- 
lectors have  at  various  times  made  openings  and  procured  relics,  and  it  may  be 
that  they  have  met  evidence  calculated  to  upset  the  non-European  view,  but  I 
can  hardly  think  it  possible  that  if  ever  white  intercourse  had  taken  place,  some 
proof  would  not  have  come  to  light  in  the  course  of  our  making  so  many 
openings. 

The  diagram  of  the  Clearville  village  site  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  having 
any  pretensions  to  accuracy,  although  the  relative  proportions  are  correct.  The 
measurements  of  the  spaces  enclosed  by  the  embankments  are  from  outside  to 
outside,  as  nearly  as  could  be  ascertained.  The  height  of  the  bluffs  is  given 
approximately. 

Mr.  Henry  Watson,  township  clerk  of  Orford,  and  Mr.  Ridley  of  Clearville 
gave  material  assistance  to  us. 

TOWNSHIP  OF  HUMBERSTONE. 

On  the  12th  of  August  Mr.  Jas.  Bain  and  myself  constituted  a  self-appointed 
delegation  of  the  Institute,  and  accepted  an  invitation  from  Mr.  Peter  Mclntyre, 
captain  of  a  Memphis  (Tenn.)  camping  club  near  Port  Colborne,  to  examine  a 
quantity  ot  Indian  relics  that  had  been  discovered  when  digging  a  hole  to  plant 
a  flag-pole. 

I  had  previously  written  to  Mr.  Mclntyre  hoping  to  secure  the  specimens 
for  preservation  in  our  collection.  His  reply  indicated  uncertainty  as  to  the  ulti- 
mate disposal  of  the  find,  but  expressed  a  wish  that  representatives  of  the 
Institute  should,  meanwhile,  see  what  had  been  unearthed.  We  were  received 
with  genuine  southern  hospitality  by  the  members,  numbering  about  eighty,  of 
the  "  Solid  Comlort  Club,"  and  had  the  pleasure  of  examining  several  skulls, 
a  few  clay  pets,  some  clay  pipes,  wampum,  stone  tomahawks,  and  a  considerable 
quantity  of  material  of  European  manufacture  including  glass  beads,  iron  and 
copper  bracelets,  and  iron  hatchets.  While  rejoicing  heartily  with  our  American 
friends  over  the  happy  discovery  they  had  made,  our  pleasure  was  not  unmingled 
with  a  few  degrees  of  envy,  especially  when  we  contemplated  the  possibility  of 
these  objects  being  taken  away  from  the  province,  although  we  have  reason  to 
hope  that  some,  or  all,  of  them  will  yet  find  a  suitable  depository  with  us. 

As  illustrative  of  the  value  set  upon  articles  of  an  archaeological  nature  by 
Americans,  it  may  be  stated  that  almost  immediately  after  the  discovery  was 

18 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


made  at  "Solid  Comfort"  camp,  a  highly  influential  deputation  consisting  of 
"  honorables,"  municipal  officials,  and  medical  gentlemen  arrived  from  a  neigh- 
boring city  in  the  United  States  to  secure  if  possible,  the  "find"  for  their 
museum. 

We  did  not  return,  however,  from  this  locality  empty-handed,  for  by  a 
previous  arrangement  we  met  our  old  friend  Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss  who  has  always 
taken  a  warm  interest  in  our  project,  and  has  made  himself  correspondingly 
active  in  supplying  information  and  procuring  specimens.  Through  his  instru- 
mentality we  succeeded  in  adding  several  valuable  stone  and  other  relics  to  our 
collection.  These  inolude,  a  very  fine  gouge  from  Mr.  Gustav  Utz ;  a  tube  and 
two  cutting  implements  from  Mr.  William  Michener ;  a  bird-formed  amulet  (?) 
from  Mr.  George  Muuia  ;  a  large  shell  and  some  wampum  from  Mrs.  Barney, 
senior,  and  two  clay  pipes  from  Mr.  Isaac  Bearss,  Mr.  C.  r  earss  himself  presented 
us  with  a  number  of  valuable  specimens  all  of  which  are  now  in  our  cases. 

TOWNSHIPS   OF   FORK   AND  VAUGHAN. 

On  the  5th  of  September,  in  company  with  Drs.  Orr  and  Noble  of  Maple, 
Wilson  of  Richmond  Hill,  Orr  of  Toronto,  Watson  of  Sherwood,  the  Rev.  Mr, 
Rutledge  of  Richmond  Hill,  and  Messrs.  Smelser  of  Vaughan.  I  visited  a  village- 
site  on  a  farm  in  the  township  of  York.  Mr.  Miller  the  tenant  was  engaged  in 
ploughing  a  field  which  had  formed  part  of  the  aboriginal  village  ground,  and  a 
large  quantity  of  broken  pottery  was  picked  up  by  the  members  of  our  party, 
who  were  well  supplied  with  spades,  and  who  managed  to  dig  to  a  depth  of  t\vo 
or  three  feet  over  a  considerable  area  in  the  most  promising  places. 

Many  of  the  fragments  were  those  of  large  vessels — from  ten  to  twelve 
inches  in  circumference,  and  proportionately  deep.  A  few  days  before  this  Dr. 
R.  Orr  was  fortunate  enough  to  find  at  this  place  enough  fragments  of  an 
unusually  large  vessel,  to  complete  the  rim,  and  show  the  form  of  the  body.  Its 
dimensions  are,  externally  :  diameter  at  lip,  14  inches  ;  greatest  diameter  at  swell 
of  body,  17  inches;  depth,  17  inches.  The  upper  edge  of  the  lip  is  formed  by 
four  arcs  making  depressions  about  half-an-inch  below  the  level  of  the  points  of 
their  junction  which  are  not  equi-distant.  The  edge  is  relieved  with  a  series  of 
diagonal  markings,  and  a  border  two  inches  wide  consisting  of  upright  and 
oblique  linings  surrounds  the  margin.  Considering  the  enormous  size  of  this 
vessel  its  form  is  not  devoid  of  gracefulness,  and  the  material  is  thinner  than 
might  be  expected.  Two  holes  about  an  inch  apart  have  been  bored  on  each  of 
two  opposite  sides  not  far  from  the  top.  At  first  sight  these  suggest  a  means  of 
suspension,  but  the  existence  ot  other  holes  lower  down  is  puzzling,  unless, 
indeed,  we  suppose  that  they  were  made  for  the  purpose  of  binding  fractures  by 
means  of  thongs,  as,  in  most  cases,  the  hole  is  close  to  a  broken  edge.  Had 
the  crack  appeared  subsequent  to  the  boring,  it  would  most  probably  have  passed 
through  the  hole. 

Some  of  the  pieces  obtained  by  us  were  of  pots  nearly  as  large,  and  orna- 
mented with  a  similar  pattern.  A  very  unusual  kind  of  lip  was  found  here. 
Portions  of  the  margins  have  been  bent  inward  making  the  outside  convex,  and 
forming  a  sharp  angle  on  the  inside. 

The  markings  on  all  the  fragments  picked  up  at  this  place  are  good,  and 
many  of  them  are  of  unusual  designs.  A  small  and  plain  clay  cup  was  turned 
up.  Although  not  perfect,  it  is  sufficiently  so  to  show  what  it  looked  like  when 
new.  It  is  three  inches  in  diameter  across  the  rnouth,  and  one  inch  and  a  half 
deep,  the  slope  of  the  sides  making  the  bottom  only  about  two  inches  in  diameter. 

19 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


Flint-flakes  appeared,  but  only  one  finished  arrow-tip  was  found.  This  was 
procured  from  Mr.  Miller  who  turned  it  up  with  the  plow. 

A  few  bone  awls,  more  or  less  perfect,  a  number  of  tarsal  bones  of  the  deer 
and  some  portions  of  human  skulls  were  found  among  the  ashes. 

From  the  same  farm  we  procured  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  James  Lawson 
earlier  in  the  season,  a  very  fine  mill  or  mortar.  It  weighs  upwards  of  two 
hundred  weight,  and  has  four  hollows  worn  deeply  by  grinding. 

Although,  so  far,  no  ossuary  has  been  discovered  near  this  village  site,  it  is 
certain  that  one  exists  not  far  away — probably  in  the  woods  close  by,  out  a 
search  made  by  us  failed  to  locate  the  spot. 

For  many  years  an  ossuary  has  been  known  on  lot  12,  con.  8,  Vaughan,  and 

.  once  or  twice  superficial  openings  had  been  made  in  it.     After  leaving  the  village 

site  we  determined  to  examine  this  place  thoroughly,  with  the   consent  of  Mr. 

Keffer  the  proprietor  which  was  kindly  given.     Mr.  Keffer  also  did   everything 

he  could  to  facilitate  the  work  while  it  was  in  progress. 

We  uncovered  a  portion  of  the  surface,  and  reached  the  bones  at  a  depth  of 
three  feet,  but  the  presence  of  water  compelled  a  stoppage  for  the  day.  As 
it  was  evident  that  our  amateur  digging  would  not  enable  us  to  master  the 
difficulties,  Dr.  R.  Orr  kindly  undertook  to  procure  two  professional  spadesmen  for 
the  following  day,  when  with  the  aid  of  a  pump  we  were  able  to  examine  the 
contents  thoroughly,  as  well  as  to  ascertain  the  extent  of  the  pit. 

This  ossuary  presented  a  number  of  peculiar  features  which  it  may  be  well 
to  note.  Usually  these  communal  graves  occupy  the  highest  knoll  within  easy 
reach  of  the  village,  and  light,  sandy  soil  was  considered  preferable,  but  in  this 
case  the  ossuary  is  not  on  the  most  elevated  point,  and  the  soil  consists  of  an 
exceedingly  tenacious  clay.  Overlying  the  bones  was  a  coating  of  light-colored 
"  hard-pan  "  about  three  inches  in  thickness.  This  clay  had  evidently  been  em- 
ployed to  cover  the  bones  uniformly,  and  probably  the  sides  of  the  pit  had  been 
plastered  with  it  also,  thus  accounting  for  the  quantity  of  water  we  found  it 
necessary  to  pump  out. 

Then,  again  there  is  considerable  diversity  in  the  type  of  skulls  in  this  ossuary. 
Not  only  are  there  the  long  and  short  varieties,  but  many  of  them  have  an 
abnormally  large  occipital  development. 

As  in  other  ossuaries,  there  did  not  appear  to  be  any  special  arrangement  of 
bones,  except  that  here  and  there  the  skulls  were  placed  in  groups  of  half-a- 
dozen  or  more,  but  lying  base  up,  crown  up,  or  side  up.  Not  a  vestige  of  any- 
thing artificial  was  met  with  with.  The  diameter  of  the  pit  was  fully  twelve  feet 
and  Dr.  R.  Orr  estimated  the  interments  at  not  fewer  than  one  thousand.  We 
procured  for  our  collection  from  this  place  (including  a  few  presented  by  Dr. 
Orr)  upwards  of  fifty  skulls  all  more  or  less  perfect.  Should  time  and  opportunity 
permit  it  is  intended  to  give  in  next  report  the  measurement  of  these,  and  of  the 
other  crania  in  the  Museum. 


20 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


NOTES. 


BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 


POTTERY. 

In  no  department  of  "  Primitive  Industry  "  (to  borrow  the  title  of  Dr.  Abbott's 
interesting  book)  does  our  museum  continue  to  afford  so  scanty  a  representation 
as  in  perfect  specimens  of  aboriginal  plastic  art.  We  have  accumulated  a  consider- 
able quantity  of  fragments  bearing  a  variety  of  patterns,  but  nothing  like  a  whole 
vessel  has  been  added  to  our  collection  since  last  report.  The  nearest  approach 
was  the  small  cup  picked  up  by  Dr.  Orr,  in  York  Tp.,  on  the  occasion  referred  to- 
on a  former  page.  This  specimen,  Fig.  1,  is  exceedingly  plain.  There  is  not  the 


FIG.  1.     (i  Size). 


jmotest  attempt  at  ornamentation.  Many  of  the  sherds,  however,  found  on  the 
same  site  are  lined  and  dotted  in  various  ways.  Other  good  specimens  were 
procured  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  Thos.  White,  Nottawasaga,  and  from  the  Ridley 
and  Bury  property,  Orford  Township. 

Sometimes  a  certain  pattern  of  ornamentation  is  found  more  frequently  in  a- 
given  locality  than  any  other  pattern.  On  the  Murray  farm,  York  Township, 
already  mentioned,  amid  a  variety  of  designs,  that  shown  at  Fig.  2  was  the  most 
common.  A  heavy  band  formed  the  upper  portion  of  the  vessel.  This  was- 
scalloped  or  crenated  on  the  lower  edge.  Near  the  upper  and  under  edges  of  the 
collar  parallel  lines  were  drawn  all  round,  and  between  these  the  pattern  con- 
sisted of  upright  and  diagonal  lines. 

Early  in  the  season  Mr.  John  McPherson,  of  this  city,  brought  from  his- 
summer  residence  on  Mindemoya  Island,  in  a  lake  of  the  same  name  in  the 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


Island  of  Manitoulm,  a  number  of  fragments  that  were  remarkable  for  the  fine 
quality  of  the  material  and  the  character  of  the  ornamentation.     These,  when  put 


FIG.  2.     (iSize.) 


together,  revealed  the  shape  and  proportions  of  a  vessel  so  handsome  in  form  and 
so  unique  in  design,  that  T  have  dignified  it  with  the  name  of  the  Mindemoya 
Yase. 


FIG.  3.     Mindemoya  Vase. 


The  surface  has  first  been  divided  into  sections  by  means  of  straight  lines 
drawn  from  the  upper  part  of  the  body  to  the  base.     Between  these  lines  the 

22 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


design  consists  of  triangular  and  lozenge-shaped  figures  chiefly  bounded  by  tbreo 
parallel  lines.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  these  have  not  been  made  by  any  tool 
that  would  produce  the  desired  effect  at  one  draw,  for,  although  in  the  main 
approximately  equidistant,  there  is  not  the  exactitude  that  would  result  from 
fixed  teeth  or  projections  having  been  employed.  Each  line  has  been  drawn  singly 
with  considerable  care  and  patience,  just  as  have  the  two  series  that  surround  the 
neck,  above  and  below. 

Its  measurement  when  perfect  would  be  5  in.  dia.  at  the  mouth,  7  in.  at  the 
widest  part  of  the  body,  and  about  9  in.  in  height. 

The  gracefulness  of  outline  displayed  in  the  Mindemoya  Vase  must  appeal  to 
the  artistic  conception  of  beauty.  In  this  respect  it  is  equal  to  the  best  specimens 
found  anywhere  else  on  this  continent,  and  will  compare,  not  unfavorably  with 
the  ancient  vessels  that  have  been  unearthed  in  Europe  and  Asia  Minor. 

The  grain  of  the  fracture,  though  coarse,  is  still  much  finer  than  is  ordinarily 
the  case  with  Indian  pottery,  and  the  material  thinner,  harder,  and  more  uniform 
in  thickness  than  is  usual.  The  surface  is  very  smooth,  and  almost  as  true  and 
as  free  from  traces  of  manipulation  as  if  it  had  been  made  on  a  wheel. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  Mr.  McPherson  did  not  succeed  in  getting  all  the 
fragments  of  this  peculiarly  interesting  vessel,  but  owing  to  the  situation  of  the 
find,  beneath  the  roots  of  a  stump,  there  is  still  a  probability  that  further  careful 
search  may  bring  the  remainder  of  the  pieces  to  light. 


CLAY  PIPES. 


FIG.  4.    (|  Size.) 


This  quaint-looking  pipe-head  is  from  the  township  of  Humberstone,  where 
it  was  found  by  that  intelligent  collector  and  friend  of  the  Institute,  Cyrenius 
Bearss.  In  spirit  and  execution  it  is  totally  unlike  any  other  specimen  in  our 
The  cheeks  are  broadened  until  they  merge  imperceptibly  into  large  ears, 
bhe  edges  of  which  are  united  by  means  of  four  lines  across  the  back  of  the 
lead.  The  eyes  are  made  by  small  depressions  round  which  the  clay  forms  an 
ilevated  ring  or  collar.  The  mouth  is  simply  a  small  round  hole  somewhat 
larger  than  those  of  the  eyes.  The  representation  of  lips  has  been  neglected. 
"  nose  is  prominent  but  damaged  at  the  point.  The  eyebrows  are  sharply 
brought  out.  The  outside  diameter  at  the  mouth  of  the  bowl  is  one  inch,  and 
bhe  total  length  of  the  specimen  is  one  inch  and  a  quarter. 

23 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  I 'a  per  j  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


FIG.  5.     (Full  Size. 

The  finest  specimen  of  handiwork  found  on  the  Clearville  site  last  summer 
is  here  figured.  Enough  of  the  neck  remains  to  indicate  that  the  face  looked 
towards  the  smoker.  Unfortunately  the  nose  is  broken,  and  only  the  outline  of 
its  extent  on  the  face  remains.  Unlike  Fig.  4,  the  eyes  are  simply  holes,  and 
pains  have  been  taken  to  form  lips.  The  eye-brows  and  cheeks  are  well  modelled. 
The  projections  for  ears  are  crude,  and  each  is  penetrated  by  a  small  hole.  The 
band  forming  the  head-dress  is  peculiar. 


FIG.  6.     ( Nearly  full  size. ) 

In  common  with  the  greater  number  of   our  best 
sented  in  Fig.  6  is  from  the  Township  of  Nottawasaga. 

24 


clay  pipes,  that  repro- 
From  the  curve  to  the 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


lips  of  the  bowl  this  specimen  is  unusually  long.  The  marking,  too,  is  unlike  the 
prevailing  style.  Two  plain  lines  surround  the  upper  portion  of  the  bowl,  and 
between  these  there  are, four  pairs  of  upright  lines,  two  of  which  (one  each  of 
two  pairs)  are  shown  in  the  engraving.  The  specimen  is  of  a  bright  ochre  tint, 
and  does  not  appear  even  to  have  been  in  use.  As  is  the  case  with  a  good  many 
specimens  that  are  found  where  they  were  made,  it  was  probably  broken  in  the 
process  of  burning.  It  was  presented  by  Master  David  Melville. 


FIG.  7.     (Nearly  Full  Size.) 

In  form  and  ornamentation  this  pipe  is  unlike  any  other  in  the  museum. 
The  bowl  is  capacious  and  the  sides  are  thin.  The  lines  and  dots  are  quite  differ- 
ent in  order  and  arrangement  from  the  normal  patterns.  It  was  found  on  an 
old  village  site  near  a  branch  of  the  Don  on  Brseside  farm,  Richmond  Hill,  and 
presented  by  Mr.  David  Boyle,  sr. 


FIG.  8.    (|  Size.) 

This  pipe  bowl  is  from  the  Lougheed  farm,  Nottawasaga.  The  engraving 
does  not  bring  out  all  the  details.  The  bowl  hole  should  be  shown  as  circular,  and  a 
deep  cut  marks  the  mouth  almost  meeting  the  two  oblique  lines  beneath  the  eye. 
The  nose  should  also  be  longer.  As  an  imitation  of  some  animal  form,  it  is  per- 

25 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


haps  meant  for  a  fox.     The  break  is  too  near  the  heac   to  enable  one  to  say  how 
the  stem  turned,  but  it  was  probably  in  the  direction  of  the  face. 


FIG.  9.     (J  Size). 


The  style  of  rude  art  shown  in  Fig.  9  is  totally  distinct  from  anything  else 
in  the  museum.  It  is  indescribable,  and  is  not  well  brought  out  in  the  cut.  When 
perfect  the  face  must  have  looked  down  upon  the  stem  at  an  angle  of  30°.  The 
face  consists  mainly  of  three  cavities,  containing  mouth  and  eyes,  which  are 
deeply  impressed  at  the  bases.  Viewed  from  underneath  it  has  a  laughing 
appearance.  From  the  farm  of  Mr.  Thos.  White,  Nottawasaga.  Mr.  Edward  Coyle. 


FIG.  10.     (|  Size.) 


This  pattern  of  pipe  is  unique,  so  far  as  I  know.  Although  the  hole  is 
almost  circular,  the  outline  of  the  exterior  at  the  mouth  is  oval,  measuring  from 
front  to  back  1J  in.  and  from  side  to  side  H  in.  One  side  is  shown  in  the 
cut.  An  inch  and  a  quarter  from  the  lip  the  shorter  diameter  is  still  further 
compressed  to  f  in.,  the  measurement  from  side  to  side  remaining  the  same. 
Longitudinally  the  head  is  divided  by  upright  lines  into  four  equal  parts — one 

26 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


of  them  is  shown   above.     These   are   connected    by    diagonals.     Nottawasaga 
Tp.     David- Melville. 

It  is  somewhat  singular  that  although  no  other  clay  pipe  of  a  similar  shape 
had  ever  found  its  way  into  our  collection,  the  finder  of  the  specimen  shown  at 
Fig.  10  was  fortunate  en  -ugh  to  find  the  stem  of  what  was  evidently  another 
pipe  made  af  er  the  same  pattern.  It  was  intended  to  give  a  figure  showing  the 
resemblance  between  the  head  figured  and  the  stem  here  referred  to,  but  as  the 
-engraving  was  not  ready  its  presentation  must  be  deferred.  In  the  case  of 
the  stem  the  ornamentation  has  been,  however,  somewhat  more  elaborate  than 
on  the  pipe  head,  for  the  lines  are  more  numerous  and  more  carefully  made, 
and  a  series  of  dots  on  the  lower  side  relieves  the  pattern.  The  toothed  edges 
are  neatly  moulded. 


FIG.  11.    (Full  Size). 


Although  the  original  of  Fig.  1 1  is  imperfect,  the  cut  does  not  do  it  justice.  It 
is  meant  no  doubt  to  represent  the  head  of  a  snake,  and  is,  in  this  respect  some- 
what like  No.  90  in  Case  S.  The  jaws,  however,  are  reversed  in  this  specimen. 
Fig.  11  was  found  in  the  Nottawasaga,  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  Angus  Buie. 


27 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


STONE  PIPES. 


FIG.  12.     (Nearly  Full  Size.) 


Fig.  12  represents  what  is  the  heaviest  if  not  the  most  elegant  pipe  in  the 
collection.  The  material  is  a  light  grey,  vei  ed  marble.  Originally,  no  doubt, 
smooth,  it  is  now  very  rough  on  the  surface,  looking  as  if  it  had  been  long 
exposed  to  the  action  of  the  weathei.  Notwithstanding  the  size  of  the  specimen 
the  bowl  is  remarkably  small,  as  the  hole  (whose  greatest  diameter  is  only  J 
in.  and  narrows  rapidly)  is  less  than  an  inch  and  a  quarter  in  depth.  The  wall 
of  the  bowl  is  from  f  in.  to  J  in.  in  thickness.  In  cross  section  this  pipe  is- 
somewhat  oval,  the  longer  diameter  being  at  right  angles  to  the  stem  hole. 

It  was  found  on  Brseside  Farm,  near  Richmond  Hill,  by  Alexander  and 
Arthur  Boyle,  children  of  the  proprietor. 


FIG.  13.  (Newly  Full  Size.) 


The  smallest  stone  pipe  in  the  museum  is  illustrated  at  Fig.  13.     It  is  well 
made  and  resembles  in  shape  some  that  we  have  much  larger.     The  stem-hole 

28 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


enters  the  lower  triangular  portion.  This  diminutive  specimen  is  from  the 
Qu'Appelle  River  Valley,  N.  W.  T.,  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  Jas.  C.  Stokes, 
Reeve  of  King  Tp. 


FIG.  14.    (§  Size). 


Fig.  14  is  a  somewhat  rude  attempt  to  imitate  the  human  face,  on  a  stone 
pipe  bowl.  The  marks  of  the  workman's  tools  are  still  apparent  in  this  specimen. 
A  first  attempt  to  bore  a  hole  at  the  base  has  proved  a  failure,  and  a  second 
beginning  has  been  made  immediately  above  on  the  side  shown  in  the  cut.  The 
stem  hole  enters  below  the  middle  on  the  opposite  side.  The  bowl  is  thin,  and 
is  brought  to  a  sharp  edge  at  the  lip.  Hubert  Conner,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  15.  (Full  size.) 


Fig.  15  illustrates  an  unusual  attempt  at  variation  in  the  form  of  stone  pipe- 
lieads.  Apparently  the  design  of  the  workman  has  not  been  completed,  for  the 
projecting  portion  on  the  upper  half  is  a  rough  and  unfinished  representation  of  a 
human  face.  The  stem  hole  enters  from  the  opposite  side.  This  specimen  was 

29 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


procured  from  Mr.  Ed.  Coyle,  Sunnidale,  but  ifc  was  picked  up  from  the  village 
site  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Thomas  White,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  16. 


Size.) 


Fig.  16  must  have  been  wheu  perfect  a  beautiful  piece  of  aboriginal  handi- 
craft. It  is  made  of  serpentine,  and  contains  large  crystals  of  iron  pyrites  which 
have  been  carefully  rubbed  down  uniformly  with  the  body  of  the  material.  Fig. 
16  is  given  here  chiefly  on  account  of  its  having  two  stem-holes.  This  pipe  was- 
found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Duff,  Nottawasaga,  and  was  by  him  presented  to  the 
museum. 


FIG.  17.     (Full  Size.) 


This  very  handsome  stone  pipe  was  presented  by  Wardie  and  Ottie  White. 
It  was  found  at  Lambton  Mills,  York  Tp.  It  is  nearly  perfect  in  every  respect.  The 
material  is  a  fine,  light  brown  sandstone.  The  stem-hole  is  bored  immediately 
below  the  central  grove,  on  the  right  hand  side  of  the  engraving. 

30 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


FIG.  18. 


Size.) 


Specimens  of  the  "white  stone"  pipe  are  rare  in  Ontario.  Fig.  18  illustrates 
one  of  two  in  the  museum  It  is  5J  in.  long,  considerably  weathered,  and  has 
what  appears  to  be  the  head  of  a  bear  or  dog  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  bowl. 
This  pipe  was  found  on  the  Lotteridge  farm,  near  Hamilton,  a  spot  from  which 
large  numbers  of  valuable  relics  have  been  procured. 


FIG.  19.     (Ful^Size). 

To  Mr.  Dugald  Currie,  teacher,  Creemore,  we  owe  the  pipe  here  figured.  It 
is  very  well  made,  the  chief  detect  in  its  form  being  in  the  flared  tip,  where,  no 
doubt  owing  to  a  want  in  the  material  on  one  side  the  prominence  is  less  than 
elsewhere.  Two  parallel  lines  (not  shown)  surround  the  bowl,  which  in  cross 
sections  is  rather  oval  than  circular.  A  hole  for  suspension  has  been  bored  through 
the  bottom,  below  the  stem  hole  on  the  left  side  of  the  illustration.  The  material 
of  this  pipe  is  steatite 


BONE  AND  HORN. 


FIG.  20.     (Full  Size.) 


Fig.  20  is  a  somewhat  rare  form  of  relic  in  anything  like  a  perfect  condition, 
and  even  fragments  are  not  conimrn.  This  specimen  formed  part  of  the  collec- 
tion presented  to  the  museum  by  Mr.  James  Dickson,  of  Fenelon  Falls,  and  was 
found  in  the  county  of  Victoria.  The  form  is  extremely  suggestive  of  Eskimo 

31 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


influence  or  contact,  and  some  force  is  added  to  this  conjecture  from  the  fact  that 
we  have  a  small  walrus  tusk  found  in  the  same  locality. 

This  specimen,  in  any  event,  must  be  classed  among  those  of  comparatively 
recent  date. 


FIG.  21. 


FIG.  22. 


FIG.  23. 


The  specimen  here  figured  (21)  is  an  exceedingly  handsome  one,  and  measures 
llf  inches  in  length.  The  bone  of  which  it  is  formed  is  almost  square  in  cross  sec- 
tion, and  the  workmanship  is  so  well  done  as  almost  to  lead  one  to  the  conclusion 
that  steel  tools  must  have  been  used  in  reducing  the  material  to  its  present  shape. 
The  side  shown  in  the  engraving  has  been  neatly  shouldered  down  near  the  head 

32 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


where  the  bone  is  an  inch  and  a  quarter  thick,  and  has  been  made  to  taper  until 
a  good  catting  edge  is  formed  at  the  opposite  end. 

This  tool  was  found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Thomas  White,  Nottawasaga 

Within  a  few  miles  of  the  same  place  another  similar  implement  was  louna 
on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Melville,  by  whose  son  it  was  presented  to  the  museum.  It 
is  shown  ab  Fig.  22.  In  this  case  the  workmanship  is  not  so  good,  although  the 
specimen  is  equally  interesting.'  The  bone,  in  cross  section,  is  oval,  and  no  pains 
have  been  taken  to  modify  the  knuckle  or  joint  processes  that  form  the  head. 
No  attempt  has  been  made  to  form  a  shoulder  as  in  Fig.  21,  as  the  upper  side 
«hown  has  been  ground  in  a  uniform  line  to  produce  an  edge  at  the  mouth.  It 
is  somewhat  shorter  than  Fig.  21,  measuring  only  11^  in. 

Some  light  was  thrown  on  the  probable  use  of  these  implements,  by  Messrs. 
Ah-yan-dwa-wa  and  Mah-shuck-a-wa-we-tong,  two  Indians  from  St.  Francis' 
Reserve,  Manitoba,  who  visited  the  museum  during  the  fall.  They  stated  that 
similar  tools  are  still  in  use  among  the  tribes  in  the  North-west  for  the  purpose  of 
skinning  or  of  dressing  skins,  and  these  gentlemen  promised  to  send  us  specimens 
of  those  that  are  thus  employed. 

Since  that  we  have  been  presented  by  Major  J.  M.  Delamere  of  this  city, 
with  one  of  the  North-west  specimens,  which  is  represented  at  Fig.  23.  Like 
Fig.  21  its  cross  section  has  been  groun  1  square,  and  like  Fig  22  the  original  joint 
formation  at  the  head  is  left  intact — indeed  a  good  deal  of  cartilage  is  still 
adherent  to  that  end.  It  differs,  however,  from  both  of  these  at  the  mouth, 
where  a  number  of  shallow  notches  have  been  worked  on  both  sides  lengthwise 
giving  the  cutting  edge  a  serrated  appearance.  For  scraping  purposes  this  device 
would  prove  serviceable.  Major  Delamere's  specimen  was  procured  from  near 
Battleford.  It  is  14J  in*  long,  and  at  the  thickest  part  of  the  squared  portion 
measures  1J  in.  The  taper  extends  only  4f  in.  from  the  lip. 

Among  a  number  of  articles  recently  presented  by  William  and  David 
Melville  is  a  small  tool,  somewhat  imperfect,  of  the  same  type  as  these. 


FIG.  24.     (f  Size.) 

Fig.  24  represents  a  forked  deer-horn  prong,  the  marks  upon  which  tell  their 
own  tale.     The  abraded  hollow  as  seen  in  the  cut  on  one  branch  has  a  corres- 
3  (C.I.)  33 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890- 


ponding  depression  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  other.  It  seems  evident,  therefore 
to  have  been  held  in  the  hand  by  the  squarely  cut  end,  and  to  have  been  used  for 
rounding  or  smoothing  thongs  and  sinews  in  a  state  of  tension  as  the  material 
passed  over  one  part  and  under  the  other  while  the  tool  was  moved  briskly  back- 
wards and  forwards.  It  is  from  Humberstone  Tp.,  and  was  presented  by  Mr. 
Cyrenius  Bearss. 


FIG.  25. 


Fig.  25  is  a  piece  of  bone  2f  in.  long,  and  f  in.  at  its  greatest  diameter.  A 
deep  hollow  runs  along  the  side  shown  in  the  engraving.  From  edge  to  edge  of 
this  holloa,  round  the  opposite  side  fourteen  lines  are  deeply  cut  diagonally,  the- 
seven  from  the  one  side  crossing  those  from  the  other  and  forming  a  lozenge 
pattern.  The  bone  is  cut  smoothly  and  squarely  off  at  both  ends  and  has  a 
semi-lunar  hole  through  it.  Lambton  Mills.  Wardie  and  Ottie  White,  Toronto,, 


FIG.  26.      (ft  sue.) 


A  few  bones  similar  to  Fig.  26  are  labelled  in  our  cases  as  "  Tally  "  or  "  Record  '* 
bones.  The  fact  that  these  are  notched  slightly,  crosswise,  in  one  or  more  rows, 
naturally  suggests  keeping  count  of  something  ;  scalps,  captives,  number  of  men 
in  a  band,  days'  travel,  etc.  Having  counted  the  notches  on  all  the  specimens  of 
this  kind  (about  halt'  a  dozen)  in  our  possession,  it  was  interesting  to  note  that 
none  exceded  twenty-nine  or  thirty,  that  one  had  two  rows  of  fourteens,  and  that 
another  was  arranged  in  sevens,  the  total  amounting  to  twenty-eight. 

In  Fig.  26  there  are  two  rows  of  notches,  twenty-eight  in  each  row.  These 
are  delicately  cut  along  the  crowns  of  the  two  ridges  that  extend  from  the 
cylindrical  body  of  the  bone  to  the  joint.  As  reckoning  time  wholly  by  "  moons  " 
was  common  to  the  Indians  with  the  uncivilized  of  all  countries,  the  maximum  ot" 
marks  on  these  bones  might  lead  one  to  regard  such  specimens  as  simple  calendars, 
or,  perhaps,  rather  as  mnemonic  aids  relating  to  days  past.  On  the  latter  supposi- 
tion, we  should  not,  of  course,  expect  to  find  the  groups  of  markings  exceed 
twenty-eight  or  twenty-nine,  and  any  less  number  could  be  easily  accounted  for. 

With  so  small  a  number  of  specimens  to  compare,  it  would  be  rash  to  write 
with  assurance  on  this  point,  but  it  is  to  be  desired  that  those  who  have  "  Tally  " 
bones  will  examine  them  carefully,  and  inform  us  of  the  result.  It  is  needless  to 
say  that  we  will  be  glad  to  receive  specimens  that  tend  either  to  confirm  or  to 
disprove  the  view  suggested. 

Fi«-  26  is  a  very  fine  specimen,  squarely  cut  at  one  end,  and  exceedingly 
Near  the  ridged  and  marked  end  it  is  stained  green  owing  to  contact  with 
I  found  it  along  with  some  native  copper  beads  in  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's 


smooth, 
copper. 
Island. 


34 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No. 


A.  1890 


FLINT. 


FIG.  27.     (|  Size.) 

The  specimen  figured  here  is  of  an  unusual  tpye.  Our  collection  of  "flints'* 
is  large,  but  this  is  the  only  one  of  its  kind  we  have.  It  is  from  the  Miami 
Valley,  Indiana,  and  formed  part  of  the  collection  of  Mr.  C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  oi- 
Lawrenceburg. 


STONE  TUBES. 


FIG.  28. 

Our  collection  of  these  mysterious  objects  has  received  some  valuable  addi- 
tions since  the  issue  of  last  report.  Two  very  fine  specimens  came  from  Wolfe 
Island,  the  largest  of  which  measures  8J  in.  in  length. 

Fig.  28  is  4f  in.  long.  The  hole  is  not  quite  round  and  corresponds  in  size 
with  the  outside  measurement  of  the  stone.  Lengthwise,  on  the  opposite  side 
from  that  shown  above  there  is  a  shallow  groove.  The  material  is  stripped  slate. 
This  specimen  was  presented  by  Mr.  Wm.  Michener,  one  of  the  oldest  and  most, 
highly  respected  surviving  settlers  in  the  Township  of  Humberstone. 


FIG.  29. 


Size). 


Fig.  29  is  of  the  same  material  as  Fig.  28,  and  is  evidently  an  unfinished 
tube.  A  hole  about  f  in.  in  dia.  has  been  bored  to  a  depth  of  If  in.  at  the  larger 
end.  Found  on  farm  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Johnston,  Township  of  West  Williams. 

35 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


FIG.  30.     (Nearly  Full  Size.) 


This  really  fine  specimen  appears  to  be  unfinished,  as  it  was  likely  the 
intention  to  bore  it  perpendicularly.  It  is  of  striped  slate,  well  made  (better 
than  the  engraving)  and  was  found  near  the  village  of  Burfor-i. 


FIG.  31. 


The  specimen  represented  here  is  one  of  the  puzzles.     But  for  its  great  size, 
5J  in.  long  and  4  in.  wide,  it  might  be  taken  for  an  intended  pipe-head  of  the 

36 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


McCallum  type  found  near  Milton,  figured  in  our  report  for  1886-7.  The  material 
is  a  close  grained,  dingy  blue  argillite,  and  is  If  in.  thick.  The  hole  in  the  middle 
is  counter-sunk  on  both  sides,  and  some  pecking  has  been  done  on  each  side  both 
above  and  below  this  hole,  either  with  the  intention  of  enlarging  it,  or  of  producing 
others.  Whatever  the  ultimate  intention  may  have  been,  the  work  is  evidently 
incomplete,  but  is  none  the  less  interesting  on  that  account. 

This,  along  with  some  other  fine  specimens  was  presented  to  the  museum  by 
Mr.  Angus  Buie,  of  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  32.     (Full  Size). 


The  curious  nondescript  specimen  here  figured  is  from  Nottawasaga.  It  is. 
made  of  white  marble,  and  has  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  head  of  a  bull-dog. 
Owing  to  mistake  on  the  part  of  the  engraver,  there  should  be  a  shoulder  and 
short  leg  shown  behind  the  neck.  Originally  the  specimen  was  probably  full 
length  as  the  lower  end  presents  a  rough  surface  as  if  a  piece  had  been  broken, 
off.  From  Mr.  John  Hannah,  teacher,  Duntroon. 


FIG.  33.      (Full  size.) 


Fig.  33  is  of  brown  argillite,  less  than  £  of  an  in.  in  thickness.  It  seems  to 
have  been  worn  as  a  pendant ;  perhaps,  as  a  part  of  a  string  of  beads.  One  hole 
near  the  margin  is  larger  than  the  others  and  shows  signs  of  wear.  It  is  unique 
so  far  as  our  collection  is  concerned,  and  not  common  anywhere.  Lougheed  farm, 
Nottawasaga. 


37 


63  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


MILLS  OR  MORTARS. 


FIG.  34. 


Although  our  collection  of  mills  or  mortars  is  not  an  extensive  one  we  have 
been  successful  in  procuring  a  few  very  good  specimens.  The  largest  and  best  is 
from  the  township  of  York,  within  a  few  miles  of  Toronto.  It  is  2  ft.  9  in.  long; 
1  ft.  7  in.  at  the  widest,  and  8  in.  thick.  The  stone  is  of  gneiss,  hard,  and  of  a 
light  pink  color.  At  the  larger  end  a  hollow  has  been  formed,  16  inches  long,  10 
in.  wide,  and  1J  in.  deep.  Near  the  middle  of  the  length,  but  to  one  side, 
there  is  another  and  almost  circular  hollow,  the  greatest  diameter  of  which  is  10J 
in.,  and  the  depth  1  in.  At  the  smaller  end  of  the  stone,  which  rounds  off 
to  less  than  a  foot  across,  there  is  a  third  hollow  whose  longest  diameter  is  9 
in.,  and  the  shortest  8  in.  The  depth  of  this  one  is  only  about  |  in.  On  the 
opposite  side  to  the  second  hollow  mentioned,  is  a  fourth  hollow,  occupying  all 
the  remaining  available  space.  It  is  only  half  round,  being  worn  out  to  the 
margin  of  the  stone,  which  has  here  a  straight  face. 

This  must  have  proved  an  excellent  stone  for  grinding  purposes,  as  the 
gneissoid  laminations  have  broken  oft'  sharply  in  the  course  of  rubbing,  thus  pre- 
senting a  series  of  angular  edges  along  the  sloping  sides  of  the  hollows  that  no 
doubt  facilitated  very  much  the  bruising  process  as  applied  to  seeds,  nuts  or  roots. 
The  weight  of  this  specimen  cannot  be  less  than  two  hundred  pounds. 

In  many  parts  of  the  world  stones  have  been  found  indicative  of  bruising  by 
means  of  pounding,  and  some  of  those  met  with  in  this  country  may  have  been  so 
used,  but  all  the  specimens  we  have,  appear  from  the  character  of  the  hollowed 
portion  to  have  been  subjected  to  a  circular,  grinding  motion.  This  was  mani- 
festly so  with  the  lar^e  stone  in  question.  It  is  large  enough  to  permit  of  at 
least  three  persons  grinding  at  the  same  time.  The  continued  use  of  such  a 
heavy,  and  consequently  importable  stone,  points  to  a  considerable  permanency 
of  habitat,  or  else  frequent  return  of  people  at  intervals  to  the  same  locality. 

The  upper,  or  hand  stone,  was  usually  a  somewhat  flattened  and  rounded 
piece  of  primitive  rock  weighing  from  three  to  six  pounds.  Long  and  artificially 
formed  pestles  are  of  comparatively  rare  occurrence  in  Ontario,  and  those  that 
have  been  discovered  are,  as  a  rule,  exceedingly  plain,  differing  in  this  respect 
from  many  that  are  found  in  more  southerly  districts. 

38 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


COPPER. 


FIG.  35.    (i  Size.) 


FIG.  37.     (Full  Size.) 


FIG.  36.    (Full  size.) 


The  Fig.  35  represents  a  remarkably  fine  specimen  of  native  copper 
implement  found  on  the  north  bank  of  the  River  Kaministiquia,  near  Fort 
William,  and  was  presented  to  the  museum  by  Capt.  J.  S.  Smith,  of  Fort  William, 

39 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  189C 


along  with  a  spike  or  spear  of  the  same  material,  about  one  foot  long,  from  the 
same  locality.  The  edges  forming  the  handle  socket  are  just  turned  over  enough 
to  give  a  good  grip,  and  the  cutting  end  has  been  worked  to  as  keen  an  edge  as 
it  is  possible  for  copper  to  take.*  This  is  in  many  respects  the  best  specimen  of 
native  copper  implement  in  our  cases. 

Although  our  collection  of  native  copper  relics  is  comparatively  small,  its 
extent  is  already  much  greater  than  we  anticipated  making  it  when  we  began  to 
form  cabinets.  Neither  is  it  to  be  expected  that  we  shall  ever  possess  objects  of 
this  material  in  such  profusion  as  those  of  stone  or  bone.  It  is  not  quite  easy  to 
account  for  the  scarcity  of  native  copper  tools.  Distance  from  source  of  supply 
is  not  enough.  Indeed,  it  seems  probable  that  for  most  purposes  the  implement 
of  hornstoue  or  chert  was  in  nearly  every  way  more  serviceable  than  that  of  the 
virgin  metal.  However  this  may  be,  copper  has  not,  at  any  rate,  entered  so 
largely  into  aboriginal  economy  in  this  part  of  the  country,  as  has  shell  of  a 
species  that  had  to  be  brought  from  even  a  greater  distance  in  an  opposite  direc- 
tion, and  offering  fewer  facilities  for  travel. 

Fig.  36  is  a  good  example  of  the  spear  or  lance  head.  It  was  found  in  the 
valley  of  the  Ottawa,  and  has  with  other  objects  been  placed  in  our  keeping  by 
Dr.  t.  W.  Beeman,  of  Perth. 

Another  weapon  of  this  material  is  illustrated  here,  Fig.  37.  It  was  found  near 
Lakeside  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  Sparham  Sheldrake  of  that  village.  Like 
nearly  all  such  objects  it  has  a  rough  surface  as  the  result  of  weathering,  and 
this  roughness  is  shown  in  short  and  crooked  ribs  running  longitudinally.  Had 
the  metal  ever  been  smelted  no  such  effect  would  have  been  produced  from 
weathering,  because  the  metal  would  then  be  homogeneous  throughout ;  bub  in 
its  native  condition  small  portions  here  and  there  are  harder  than  the  rest,  and 
the  effect  of  hammering  into  shape  is  to  elongate  these.  In  consequence  of  their 
greater  hardness  these  parts  withstand  the  action  incident  to  decay  better  than 
the  other  portion  and  are  thus  left  standing  above  the  general  surface.  It  is. 
mainly  on  account  of  such  ridges  that  so  many  persons,  writers  and  others,  have 
concluded  that  the  implements  or  weapons  were  cast  in  a  mould. 

*It  may  be  remarked  here  that  the  commonly  accepted  belief  with  regard  to  tempering  of  copper  tools 
by  the  Indians  is  a  fallacy.     If  they  have  any  unusual  hardness  it  is  merely  the  result  of  cold  hammering. 


40 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


CRANIA. 


FIG.  38. 


This  figure  represents  one  of  eight  skulls  taken  from  within  the  ancient 
enclosed  village  site  on  the  Ridley  and  Bury  farm,  Clearville,  The  measurement 
of  these  and  other  skulls  will  probably  be  given  in  next  report ;  meanwhile  the 
contour  of  figure  38  is  worthy  of  study.  The  frontal  recession  is  particularly 
noticeable. 


FIG.  39. 


Among  the  large  number  of  interesting  skulls  from  the  Keffer  ossuary  in 
Vaughan  township,  a  good  many  are  remarkable  for  their  occipital  development 
as  in  Fig.  39. 

41 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


MODERN  INDIAN  DRESS,  ETC. 

It  is  perhaps  almost  as  desirable  that  we  should  preserve  specimens  of  the 
present  day  of  aborigines'  workmanship  as  well  as  those  of  a  bygone  time.  While 
it  is  true  that  the  Indian  as  we  know  him  has  lost  the  art  of  producing  stone 
weapons  and  tools,  he  (and  we  should  say  also  she)  exists  in  the  manufacture  of 
a  few  simple  articles  including  chip  baskets,  snow-shoes,  and  various  objects 
ornamented  with  bead-work.  In  the  production  of  these,  the  women,  especially, 
show  considerable  taste,  and  the  exercise  of  much  patience. 

Beads  were  valued  highly  among  them  even  in  their  primitive  condition 
when  stone,  shell  and  bone  were  their  only  available  materials,  and  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  colored  glass  article  proved  so  attractive  that  the  ancient  wampum 
was  discarded  at  a  very  early  date  even  in  the  making  of  treaty  belts.  All  the 
belts  of  this  description  now  held  by  Fire-keeper,  John  Buck,  for  the  Six  Nation 
Indians  on  the  Tuscarora  Reserve,  are  composed  of  European  material,  as  glass, 
or  of  other  material  shaped  by  European  skill,  as  shell. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  Rev.  John  McLean,  now  of  Moosejaw,  IST.W.T.,  for  a 
number  of  modern  specimens  illustrative  not  only  of  the  skill,  but  of  the  manners 
and  customs  of  the  Blood  Indians  among  whom  he  spent  many  years  of  enthusi- 
astic labor,  and  regarding  whom  he  has  written  an  extremely  interesting  volume, 
besides  numerous  papers  that  have  been  read  before  the  Canadian  Institute,  and 
some  that  have  appeared  in  the  publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

A  list  of  the  specimens  presented  by  Mr.  McLean  and  others  will  be  found 
in  the  catalogue  accompaning  this  report. 


FRENCH  RELICS  FROM  VILLAGE  SITES  OF  THE  HURONS. 

THE   GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF    THESE   RELICS  IN   THE    COUNTIES    OF 

SIMCOE,  YORK,  AND  ONTARIO. 

By  A.  F.  Hunter,  B.A. 

The  French  traders  of  the  seventeenth  century  brought  amongst  the  Huron 
Indians  of  Ontario  large  quantities  of  articles  of  European  manufacture  in 
exchange  for  the  Indians'  furs.  The  metal  portions  of  these  articles  are  found  in 
abundance  at  the  present  day  in  those  parts  of  the  province  inhabited  by  the 
Hurons  at  that  time. 

The  most  abundant  relic  of  this  kind  is  the  iron  tomahawk,  thousands  of 
which  have  been  found  in  various  parts  oc  the  province,  but  more  especially  in 
North  Simcoe,  and  at  the  west  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  where  the  i\euters  dwelt. 
These  tomahawks  are  of  various  sizes,  but  almost  all  of  the  same  well-known 
shape,  each  bearing  three  crosses  in  relief  on  one  side;  their  appearance  is,  how- 
aver,  too  well  known  to  require  a  description. 

42 


63  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


Copper  and  brass  kettles  are  also  numerous,  and  are  almost  invariably  found 
in  the  ossuaries.  In  nine  cases  out  of  ten  these  kettles,  which  were  formed  of 
sheet  metal,  were  rendered  useless  by  blows  from  a  tomahawk  upon  the  bases  of 
the  vessels.  This  practice  of  rendering  useless  every  article  deposited  with  the 
dead  was,  however,  common  to  man}^  tribes,  the  apparent  object  being  to  remove 
any  temptation  to  desecrate  the  graves. 

Besides  tomahawks  and  kettles,  there  are  iron  knives,  earthen  and  glass 
beads,  copper  bracelets  and  ear  ornaments,  and  many  other  articles.  The  various 
kinds  of  French  relics  are  well  represented  in  the  Museum  of  the  Canadian 
Institute,  where  they  can  be  minutely  examined  at  any  time,  so  that  they  do  not 
require  further  notice  here.  We  shall  now  proceed  to  the  special  suVject  of  this 
paper — the  geographical  distribution  of  these  relics  over  the  Hurontario  isthmus. 
The  analysis  by  townships  of  the  Huron  village  sites  and  ossuaries  in  the  three 
counties  of  Simcoe,  York  and  Ontario,  which  is  given  in  the  table  accompanying 
this  paper,  shows  certain  evident  facts  regarding  the  geographical  distribution  of 
French  relics.  The  information  supplied  by  this  table  has  been  obtained  from 
catalogues  opened  by  the  writer  for  each  of  the  counties  mentioned,  in  which 
details  of  each  village  site,  ossuary,  etc.,  have  been  collected  and  recorded.  A 
majority  of  the  sites  were  personally  visited. 

The  Huron  custom  of  settling  in  village  communities  and  remaining  for  a 
considerable  time,  makes  it  an  easy  task  to  recognize  the  remains  of  one  of  their 
villages.  These  are  indicated  by  abundant  accumulations  of  charred  soil  and 
ashes,  broken  relics,  etc.;  complete  relics  are,  unfortunately,  becoming  rare.  In 
preparing  these  catalogues,  therefore,  although  many  sites  were  visited,  it  was 
almost  impossible  to  obtain  any  r*elics.  In  most  cases,  accordingly,  all  that  the 
writer  could  do  was  to  make  notes  of  what  relics  had  been  found  in  past  years 
from  as  many  reliable  sources  as  possible.  It  occasionally  happened  that  the  very 
fact  of  the  former  existence  of  a  village  or  ossuary  had  almost  passed  from  the 
recollection  of  the  present  inhabitants  of  the  district. 

Up  to  the  present  time  the  writer  has  made  a  record  of  the  following  Huron 
sites  : — 

Villages Simcoe 218     York 33     Ontario 14 

Ossuaries "      122        "     5,  «      6 

[These  figures  do  not  include  a  considerable  number  of  Algonquin  village 
sites  and  burial  grounds,  which  have  also  been  recorded  ;  they  apply  altogether 
to  the  sites  once  occupied  by  Huron s.] 

They  do  not  indicate  the  absolute  number  of  village  sites  and  ossuaries  in 
each  county,  nor  are  they  any  index  of  the  relative  numbers  of  sites  which  may 
subsequently  be  found  to  exist.  They  merely  indicate  the  numbers  recorded  so 
far  in  each  county  according  to  our  opportunities  for  making  enquiries.  They 
are,  however,  sufficiently  representative  to  enable  us  to  arrive  at  certain 
important  conclusions  respecting  the  geographical  distribution  of  French 
relics. 

Many  persons  have  contributed  valuable  facts  towards  the  preparation  of  the 
catalogues  mentioned,  for  which  the  writer  is  under  obligations  to  them ;  and  it 
would  be  a  long  task  to  give  the  names  of  all  those  to  whom  credit  is  due.  It 
will  be  sufficient  for  the  present  to  say  that  the  name  of  every  person  who  became 
authority  for  a  statement  regarding  any  site,  has  been  recorded  in  its  descriptive 
account  of  the  catalogues. 

43 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  1890 


Further  investigation  may  modify  to  some  extent  the  statistics  furnished 
here ;  but  a  degree  of  confidence  may  be  placed  upon  the  general  relations  in- 
dicated by  the  table  : — 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  FRENCH  RELICS  IN  THE 
COUNTIES  OF  SIMCOE,  YORK,  AND  ONTARIO. 


TOWNSHIP. 

VILLAGE  SITES. 

OSSUARIES. 

[n  Catalogues. 

Post-French. 

Percentage. 

In  Catalogues. 

Post-French. 

Percentage. 

Simcoe  County  : 
Nottawasaga  
Tiny             .   ... 

32 
27 
16 
41 
6 
23 
19 
12 
30 
5 
7 

4 
2 
6 
3 
3 
13 
2 

3 

1 
6 
3 

1 

11 

14 
12 
33 
4 

8 
5 
2 
5 
1 
1 

35 
51 

75 
80 
86 
35 
27 
16 
17 
20 
14 

*\J/ 
-41 

19 
18 
19 
2 
9 
2 
4 
3 
2 
3 

11 
8 
9 
14 
1 
5 
1 
1 

27 
42 
50 
74 
50 
55 
50 
25 

Tav 

Medonte  
S.  Orillia  
Oro  

Vespra  
Flos  
Innisfil  
W.Gwillimbury. 
Tecumseth  . 

York  County  : 
E.  Gwillimbury. 
King  
Whltchurch  
V"augiian 

2 
1 
2 

York 

1 

8 

Scarboro'  .  . 

Ontario  County  : 
Scott 

2 

Reach  
Pickering.  
^^hitbv 

1 

16 

2 

1 
1 

* 

Totals 

265 

133 

44 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


The  first  column  of  the  table  gives  the  townships.  In  the  second  is  given 
the  number  of  village  sites  so  far  recorded  in  each  township.  The  third  contains 
the  number  of  village  sites  at  which  French  relics  have  been  found,  and  the 
relative  percentage  which  these  bear  to  the  whole  number  recorded  is  carried  out 
into  the  fourth.  This  is  done  for  the  purpose  of  comparing  one  township  with 
another.  The  fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  contain  similar  statistics  relating  to  the 
ossuaries. 

The  townships  are  arranged  in  the  table,  beginning  at  Georgian  Bay  and 
descending  southwards.  Bearing  this  fact  in  mind  and  glancing  down  the  fourth 
column,  it  will  be  observed  how  rapidly  the  percentage  of  villages  where  French 
relics  have  been  found  falls  off  after  leaving  the  first  few  townships  in  the  remote 
north  beside  Georgian  Ba}'.  This  was  the  district  occupied  by  the  Hurons  in  the 
time  of  the  Jesuit  missionaries  of  the  seventeenth  century.  If  we  draw  a  line 
from  east  to  west  through  Kempenfeldt  Bay  on  Lake  Simcoe,  it  will  be  seen  that 
of  all  villages  south  of  this  line  less  than  twenty  per  cent,  have  yielded  French 
relics.  The  difference  in  the  geographical  distribution  of  these  relics  on  the  two 
sides  of  this  line  is  made  apparent  by  contrasting  one  representative  township 
from  each  part,  say  Medonte  and  Innisfil.  In  Medonte  41  village  sites  have  been 
entered  in  the  catalogue,  of  which  no  less  than  33  (or  80  per  cent  of  them)  have 
yielded  French  relics  ;  while  of  30  village  sites  in  Innisfil,  only  5  (or  17  per  cent.) 
have  yielded  French  relics,  and  merely  one  or  two  isolated  tomahawks  in  most  of 
these  five  cases.  There  is  a  wide  difference  here — viz.,  between  80  per  cent,  and 
17  per  cent.,  and  this  difference  of  geographical  distribution  can  only  be  accounted 
for  by  supposing  that  the  larger  part  ot  the  villages  of  Innisfil,  as  well  as  of  the 
others  south  of  the  line  just  drawn,  were  occupied  by  the  Hurons  before  the 
arrival  of  the  French  traders.  In  York  and  Ontario  counties  there  is  but  one 
case  in  each,  so  far  as  the  writer  has  ascertained,  of  European  relics  having  been 
found  at  Huron  village  sites,  and  in  neither  of  these  cases  is  the  evidence  very 
conclusive.  Many  European  relics  have  been  found  at  Algonquin  sites  in  these 
two  counties,  and  the  two  cases  in  question  may  be  of  relics  lost  by  later 
Mississagas  on  the  ground  previously  occupied  by  the  Huron  lodges. 

Independent  evidence  of  a  similar  character  is  furnished  by  the  ossuaries. 
There  is  no  proof  of  any  French  relics  having  been  found  in  the  ossuaries  south 
of  the  line  through  Kempenfeldt  Bay,  that  is  in  South  Simcoe,  York,  and  Ontario. 
But  in  North  Simcoe  the  percentage  runs  as  high  as  74. 

This  classification  affords  us  a  means  of  arriving  approximately  at  the  date 
of  Huron  occupation  of  these  parts  of  Central  Ontario  under  consideration.  The 
beginning  of  French  intercourse  with  the  Hurons  may  be  said  to  have  taken 
place  in  1615,  when  Champlain  made  his  celebrated  journey  to  their  country. 
From  that  year  onwards  traffic  between  the  French  and  Hurons  was  established. 
So  that  speaking  in  a  general  way,  this  date,  1615,  is  the  dividing  line  between 
post-French  and  ante-French  villages.  Wherever  French  relics  are  found,  in  most 
cases  it  maybe  concluded  that  the  village  dates  after  1615.  The  table  therefore 
shows  that  the  sites  in  N.  Simcoe,  near  Georgian  Bay,  were  mostly  post-French, 
while  the  more  southerly  ones — those  in  S.  Simcoe,  York  and  Ontario — were 
chiefly  ante-French, 

The  former  statement  might  readily  have  been  inferred  from  our  historical 
•data  of  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century,  without  the  assistance  of 
archaeology  ;  but,  little  of  an  historical  nature  has  been  known  with  regard  to  the 
numerous  Huron  sites  of  S.  Simcoe,  York  and  Ontario.  It  would  appear  from 
the  table  that  they  chiefly  belong  to  a  period  preceding  the  sites  of  N.  Simcoe. 

45 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


There  are  references  in  the  early  French  writers  to  an  increase  of  population 
in  the  Huron  tract  (now  North  Simcoe,)  from  which  we  may  infer  that  what 
might  be  called  a  migration  took  place.  Champlain  and  Le  Caron  in  1615 
reckoned  17  or  18  villages  in  the  Huron  peninsula,  with  10,000  persons.  Brebeuf, 
in  1635 — 20  years  later — found  20  villages,  and  about  30,000  souls.  [Relations 
(Canadian  edition),  16o5,  p.  33  ;  1636,  p.  138.]  Here  is  evidence  of  a  rapid  influx 
from  some  quarter  into  the  sheltered  peninsula  of  N.  Simcoe,  between  the  years- 
1615  and  1635. 

The  aborigines  of  any  country  are  always  found  at  the  corner  opposite  to  the- 
point  of  entry  of  their  invaders  This  w?s  the  case  with  the  early  Celts  of 
Britain,  the  Lapps  of  North  Europe,  the  Basques  of  Southern  France,  and  indeed 
with  every  race  of  conquered  people  known  to  history.  It  might  therefore  be 
expected  that  the  Hurons  would  remove  as  far  as  possible  from  their  enemies,  the 
Iroquois  ;  and  it  was  in  this  position — against  the  northerly  limit  of  land  adapted 
to  agricultural  pursuits — that  they  were  found  by  the  early  French. 

These  inferences  from  historical  considerations  have  been  fully  confirmed  by 
the  table  of  sites  given,  from  which  it  is  evident  that  a  removal  from  the  sites  of 
Ontario,  York  and  S.  Simcoe  took  place  about  the  time  the  French  first  came. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  stated  that  there  is  another  important  feature  of  the 
N.  Simcoe  sites,  not  indicated  in  the  table,  and  which  though  highly  important, 
will  be  merely  alluded  to  in  this  paper.  The  largest  Huron  village  sites  in  the 
country  are  found  there,  and  they  are  likewise  post-French.  It  would  appear 
from  this  that  as  danger  from  the  invading  Iroquois  grew  greater,  the  population 
became  amassed  into  larger  villages  for  safety. 


46 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  0).  A.  1890 


CATALOGUE  OF  SPECIMENS 


IN   THE 


PROVINCIAL  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  MUSEUM. 


The  foil  wing  list  does  not  comprise  all  that  is  in  the  cases  of  the  museum. 
Many  pages  would  be  required,  merely  to  mention  the  names  of  donors  and 
localities  connected  with  hundreds  of  stone  axes, "  flints,"  and  other  comparatively 
common  types  of  relics. 

Neither  are  ttie  arrangement  and  classification  to  be  regarded  as  satisfactory 
or  final.  Museums,  like  libraries  of  humble  origin,  require  frequent  changes  and 
re-arrangements  corresponding  to  the  increase  and  variety  of  the  collections. 
This  is  especially  so  when,  as  with  us,  the  growth  is  remarkably  rapid,  and  the 
space  at  disposal  limited.  From  almost  absolutely  nothing  four  years  ago,  what 
follows  will  give  some  idea  of  the  success  that  has  attended  the  efforts  of  the 
Canadian  Institute  to  form  an  archaeological  collection  in  some  degree  worthy  of 
the  province. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  example  set  by  so  many  persons  whose  names  appear 
in  this  list  as  those  of  donors  will  be  emulated  by  others,  who  may  have  in  their 
possession  single  specimens  or  small  collections,  and  that  these  objects^may  be 
presented  to  us  for  safe  keeping.  ^  s 

S.  stands  for  Mr.  J.  W.  Stewart  and  M.  for  Mr.  W.  Matheson,  from  whom  we 
purchased  small  collections,  and  Y.  P.  col.  stands  for  York  Pioneers'  collection. 

DAVID  BOYLE, 

Curator.. 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


CASE  A. 

PARTLY  OR  WHOLLY  OF  EUROPEAN  MANUFACTURE,  BUT  FOUND  IN  FIELDS  AND 

OSSUARIES. 

1.  Quantity  of  small  red  glass  beads.     Beverly  Tp.     Jas.  Dwyer. 

2.  Quantity  of  small  blue  and  purple  glass  beads.    Beverly  Tp.    Jas.  Dwyer. 

3.  String  of  glass  beads.     Baby  Farm,*  York  Tp.     Miss  Kirkwood. 

4.  String  of  very  small  red  glass  beads.     York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

5.  Four  blue  glass  beads.     Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 

6.  Two  blue  and  one  red  glass  bead  (all  square  in  cross  section).  Brantford.  S. 

7.  String  of  glass  beads,  various  colors,  with  stone  pendant.     Beverly  Tp. 
Dwyer,  col. 

8.  String  of  long  red  glass  beads.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

9.  String  of  glass,  shell  and  stone  beads.     Y.  P.  col. 

10.  String  of  long  blue  glass  beads.     York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

11.  Quantity  of  long  and  spherical  glass  beads,  red  and  blue.     Beverly  Tp. 
Dwyer  col. 

12.  Thirteen  glass  beads  from  |  in.  to  1J  in.  long,  variegated  red  and  blue. 
Lake  Medad.     Y.  P.  col. 

13.  Two  oval  glass  beads.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

14.  Quantity  of  blue  and  red  glass  beads,  various  sizes  and  forms.     Notta- 
wasaga.     G.  Lougheed. 

15.  Three   long,  pale   blue,   glass    beads    (cross    section    square).     ^Beverly. 
Dwyer,  col. 

10.  Three  red  glass  beads.     Norwich  Tp.     S. 

17.  Quantity  of  small  glass  beads,  various  colors.     Beverly  Tp.      Dwyer  col. 

18.  One  cylindrical  variegated  glass  bead,  1  in.  long  and  \  in.  diameter.  Notta- 
wasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

19.  String  of  red  and  blue  (mainly  round)  glass  beads,  with  small  Catholic 
medallion.     Baby  Farm.     J.  Kirkwood,  Toronto. 

20.  Brass   brooch  plate.      Mindemoya  Island,    Manitoulin.      John  McPher- 
son,  Toronto. 

21.  Silver  brooch  plate.     Brant  Co-     S. 

22.  Silver  medal  (temp.  George  III).     The  body  of  the  medal  is  thin  but  has 
the  bust  of  the  youthful  king  ob.  and  royal  arms  rev.  in  strong  relief.      Y.  P.  col. 

23.  Brass  belt  medal,  2J  in.  diameter.     Beverly  Tp,     Dwyer  col. 

24.  tron  bracelet.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

25.  Large  brass  finger-ring.     Baby  Farm.     Y.  P.  col. 

26.  Rude  copper  medal    apparently  made    from  fragment  of   some  copper 
vessel.     Baby  Farm.     Y.  P.  col. 

27. -Small  ring-brooch  and  pin.     Baby  Farm.     Y.  P.  col. 

*Pronouneed  Bawby.     The  Baby  family  was  intimately  associated  with  the  early  history  of  Detroit. 

48 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


28.  Small  brass  seal  finger-ring.     On  the  seal  is  the  letter  L  enclosing  a  heart. 
Baby  Farm.     Miss  Kirkwood. 

29.  Brass  seal  finger-ring.     On  seal  are  engraved  I.  H.  S.,  with  a  cross  stand- 
ing on  the  bar  of  the  H.     This  ring  was  presented  in  a  neat  box  of  porcupine 
quill  work.     Ossossand,  Simcoe  Co.,  Rev.  Father  Laboureau.     Penetanguishene. 

30.  Silver  ornament — circular,  2f   in.  diameter.     Consists  of  a  narrow,  flat 
rim,  J  in.  across,  enclosing  a  six-pointed  star,  in   the  centre  of  which  is  a  circle  f 
in.  diameter,  outside  measurement.     The  whole  of  the  pattern  is  of  the  same 
dimensions  as  the  rim.     The  star  and  inner  circle  are  slightly  relieved  with 
double-dotted  lining  on  both  sides.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

31.  Copper  coil  nearly  1  in.  in  diameter.     This  seems  to  have  been  made  of 
round  wire  which  was  beaten  flat  after  being  coiled.  Baby  Farm.  Jas.  Kirkwood. 

32.  Brass  belt-buckle,  oval,  3J  in.  long  by  2|  in.  wide.     Found  near  Toronto, 
Wm.  Townsend. 

33.  Quantity  of  glass  beads  in  considerable  variety.     Parkdale.     J.  R.  Wis- 
mer,  Parkdale. 

34.  Two  large  beads,  one  blue,  one  white.     Near  Toronto.     Y.  P.  col. 

35.  Rudely  formed  ear  of  large  copper  kettle.     It  is  made  of  several  thick- 
nesses of  sheet  copper  folded.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

36.  Sheet  copper  coiled  to  form  a  rough  tube  and  bent  like  L.     Baby  Farm. 
J.  Kirkwood. 

37.  Sheet  copper,  fragment  of  kettle  bottom.  Shows  hammer  marks.  Beverly. 
Dwyer  col. 

38.  Four   fragments   of    sheet   copper   from    kettles.      Baby   Farm.      Miss 
Kirkwood. 

39.  Twelve  pieces  sheet  copper.    Five  of  them  triangular  and  perforated  near 
the  middle,     Five  are  coiled  conically.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

40.  Several  fragments  of  copper  kettles.     Beverly.     Jas.  Rae. 

41.  Two  fragments  copper  kettles.     F.  A.  Benson,  Port  Hope. 

42.  Brass  vessel  6  in.  diameter  and  2|  in.  deep,  with  ears.     No  record. 

43.  Lead  ingot  and  conical  bullet.     Baby  Farm.     J.  Kirkwood. 

44.  Lead  smoking  pipe.     Scotland  Village,  Brant  Co.  S. 

45.  Piece  of  sheet  copper  7  in.  long  and  2J  at  widest.     Said  to  have  been 
over  two  feet  long  when  found  along  with  other  relics.     Jas.  Dickson  Fenelon 
Falls. 

46.  Sheet  copper  needle  (?)  2J  in.  long,    barely  |  in.  wide  at  head  where  it  is 
broken  apparently  about  midway  through  a  long  eye,  J  in.  of  which   remains. 
Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

47.  Iron  pipe-tomahawk.     Pipe   head  broken  off.     Blade  has  floral  design 
engraved  on  each  side.     Some  lines  are  also  cut  on  the  sides  of  the  eye.     Vardy 
Lake,  Addington  Co.     Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman,  Perth. 

48.  Part  of  gun-lock.     Baby  Farm.     Miss  Kirkwood. 
49-  Fire  or  tinder  steel.     Y.  P.,  col. 

50.  Gun  flint.     Baby  Farm.     Miss  Kirkwood. 

51.  Six  gun  flints.     Baby  Farm.     J.  Kirkwood. 

4  (C.T.)  49 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

52.  Part  of  white  clay  pipe  stem   on  which  are  stamped  two  lozenge-shaped 
figures,  quartered,  each    quarter  containing   a    fleur   de   Us.     Baby   Farm.     J. 
irkwood. 


53.  Iron  pipe  tomakawk,  complete,  with  perforated  handle.     No  record.     Y, 
P.  col. 

54.  Iron  nodule  containing  pyrites.     Found  with  some  Indian  relics  in  Huron 
Tp.     William  Welsh,  Amberly. 


CASE  B. 
BROKEN  AND  UNFINISHED  ARTICLES  SHOWING  METHODS  OF  WORKING. 

1-11.  Pieces  of  red  freestone  and  grey  limestone  smoothed  and  marked  off 
as  if  preparatory  to  making  beads.     G.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

12.  Stone  marked  to  form  pipe.    Head  portion  broken.     G.  Lougheed,  Notta- 
wasaga. 

13.  Part  of  what  was  probably  a  pipe  stem.     Now  in  two  pieces — broken 
lengthwise  and  showing  the  bore.     A.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

14.  Piece  of  limestone  in  process  of  being  shaped  as  a  pipe-head  (probably). 
This  illustrates  one  of  the  methods  of  cutting  through  stone.     A  row  of  holes 
has  been  bored  in  the  direction  of  the  proposed  cut.     When  broken  off,  grinding 
or  rubbing  has  been  begun  to  efface  the  marks  left  by  the  holes. 

15.  Small,  roughly  oblong  piece  of  limestone  about  1 J  in.  long,  \  deep,  and 
nearly  \  in.  thick.     A  hole  (oval)  about  }  in.  long  has   been  worked   on  one  of 
the  narrow  sides,  and  this  penetrates  to  the  opposite  side  where  it  terminates  as- 
a  small  round  hole.     The  latter  side   shows   that  the   piece  has   been   detached 
from  another  larger  or  smaller  portion  by  cutting  all   round   to  weaken   before 
breaking.     The  carving  of  a  human  face  has  been  begun  on  one  end.     A.  Loug- 
heed, Nottawasaga. 

16.  Portion  of  large  implement  quite  unlike  anything  else  in  the  collection. 
Marks  of  work  are  perfectly  evident,  but  the  specimen  is   not   easily  described. 
Pike's  Farm,  Wolfe  Island. ' 

17.  Rudely  formed,  or  unfinished  implement  of  limestone,  semicircular,  with 
projection  like  a  handle  on  the  straight  side.     Has  a  general  resemblance  to  an  old- 
fashioned  hand  meat-chopper.     Length  of  blade  5J  in.  and  from  edge  to  end  of 
handle  4J  in.     Middlesex  Co.     M. 

18.  A   flat   ovate,  striated  slate  pebble,  4   in.  long,  greatest  width   2f ,  and 
greatest  thickness  f  inch.     Is  deeply  cut  lengthwise  into  five  sections.     Incisions 
on  both  sides.     Apparently  the  intention  was  to  break  the  several  pieces  off"  for 
beads  or  other  ornaments.     McGillwray  Tp.,  Middlesex.     M. 

19.  Small  piece  of  limestone  pebble,  showing  a  cut-off  mark  corresponding 
in  kind  to  that  on  No.  15  in  this  case,  but  much  more  distinct. 

20.  Two  specimens  marked  A  and  B.     These  are  unfinished   beads  of  red 
freestone  like   Nos.  1  to  7.     The  smaller  piece,  20  A,  is   only  half  an  inch  long, 
and  has  been  bored  from  one  end.     The  larger  piece  If  in.  long  is  unbored.     G. 
Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

50 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1S9C 


21.  A  spoiled  or  unfinished  tablet.     (See   description,  cases  N  and  O.)     The 
four  sides  have  been  hollowed  to  depth  of  f  of  an  in.,  and  the  corners  are  rounded, 
One  hole  has  been  partly  bored.     S. 

22.  Small  cylindrical  piece  of  limestone,  1  in.  long,  and  about  f  in.  diameter. 
One  side  is  split  off,  evidently  as  the  result  of  boring  which  has  been  begun  at 
one  end.     Albert  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga, 

23.  A  waterworn,  nearly  globular  pebble;  longest  diameter  2J  in.     Trans- 
verse to  this  a  beginning  has  been  made  in  cutting  a  groove,  as  if  for  attachment 
to  a  handle  by  means  of  a  thong.     J.  Wood,  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana. 

24.  A  waterworn  stone.     Appears  to  have   been  at  first  globular,  and  2J  in, 
in   diameter.     Two  opposite   sides  have   been  rubbed   down  presenting  nearly 
parallel  faces  1^  in.  across.     M. 

25.  A  spherical    waterworn   pebble,  2J   in.  in  diameter.     A  hole  has  been 
bored  into  it  about  J  in.  deep.     Brookfield,  Missouri. 

26-  A  waterworn  granitic  pebble,  2J  in.  in  diameter.  Shows  traces  of  hand- 
rubbing  in  two  or  three  places.  Mercer  Co.,  Kentucky.  Prof.  Moritz  Fischer, 
Curator  Ky.  Geol.  Sur.  Mus.,  Frankfort. 

27.  Granite,  4J  long,  3J  wide,  and  If  thick  in  the  middle.     Although  still 
rough,  an  immense  amount  of  work  must  have   been   done   on  this  stone.     The 
two  ends  have  been  pecked  down  and  rounded  to  half  the  thickness   of  the 
middle,  where  a  ridge  has  been  left,  running  from  side  to  side  as  if  the  intention 
had  been  to  bore  through  in  that  direction.     Point  Edward,  Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 

28.  Waterworn  stone,  5  in.  long,  2|  wide  and  nearly  2  in.  thick  ;  the  natural 
shape  has  suggested  an  ax  or  other  tool,  and  one  side  has  been  pecked  to  make  it 
correspond  with  the  opposite  side.     The  material  is  a  close-grained,  dark  grey 
limestone.     Dr.  Crctig,  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana. 

29.  Fragment  of   steatite   vessel.     Three    slit-like   holes    in  this  piece  are 
probably  of  recent  origin.     Alamarice  Co.,  N.  Carolina,  Prof.  Jos.  Moore,  Earlham 
College,  Richmond,  Indiana. 

30.  Slate  tablet  5  in.  long,  3J   wide.      Apparently   unfinished — holes  not 
bored.     Lot  25,  con.  22,  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

31.  Slate  tablet,  4  in.  by  2J  in.     No  holes.     Lot  4,  con.  4.     Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

32.  Unfinished  implement  or  weapon  of  veined  blue  slate,  like  43,  44,  46  and 
47,  Case  M.     Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana. 

33.  Unfinished  slate  tablet,  4x2  J,  with  corners  rounded.     Unbored.     S. 

34.  Slate,  three  inches  long,  two  and  a  half  wide  at  one  end,  one  and  three- 
fourths  at  the  other ;  one  inch  and  a  quarter  thick  at  the  wider  end  and  having 
roughly  convex  sides.     At  the  larger  end  two  holes  have  been  drilled,  one  9-16 
of  an  inch  in  diameter,  is  If  inch  deep ;  the  other  f  inch  diameter,  is  only  f  inch 
deep.     The  inner  or  adjoining  sides  of  the  holes  have  met  giving  the  drillino-  a 
figure  8  outline,  the  longer  diameter  of  the  double  boring  being  only  1   1-16  inch. 
At  the  smaller  end  the  hole  is  10-16  inch  diameter,  and  If  inch  deep.     Although 
the  length  of  the  borings  is  equal  to  the  total  length  of  the  specimen  the  holes 
do  not  meet,  the  deeper  of  the  two  at  the  wider  end  having  been  drilled  some- 
what aslant.     McGillivray,  Tp.  Middlesex.     M. 

35.  Piece  of  argillite,  9f  in.  long,  about  an  inch  in   diameter,  with  roughly 
clipped  or  pecked,  rounded  sides,  along  one  of  which,  as  well  as  at  one  end,  an 
angular  groove  has  been  cut.     M. 


51 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A. 

36.  Argillite,  4  in.  long,  1   inch   in   diameter  at  thick   end,  and  tapering  to 
a  point.     Is  half  of  an  implement  like  30  and  31  in  case  M.     M. 

37.  Tablet  (?)   4Jx2^  in.   greatest    measurements.      Thickness    in    middle, 
i  inch.     Edges    convex,    one   side    slightly    convex,   the    other   very   much    so. 
Specimen  carries  what  seem  to  be  crystals  of  calcite.     Miss  Maria  Tipton,  Paris 
Kentucky. 

38.  Tablet  of  brown  argillite,  3^x1 1.     5-16  inch  thick.     Edges  convex.     One 
side  nearly  flat,  other  convex.     No  holes.     M. 

39.  Tablet,  much  like  38  in  material  and  form,  but  4Jxlf.     S. 

40.  Small  hatchet-shaped  piece  of  limestone,  showing  signs  of  having  been 
used  to  sharpen,  polish  or  rub  other  material.     One  corner  is  coated  with  iron 
rust  owing  to  the  proximity  of  a  small  quantity  of  hematite  where  it  was  found, 
near  the  east  end  of  Tidd's  island  opposite  Gananoque. 

41.  Pipe-stem   of   limestone   3|   in.  long.     The  workmanship   is   suggestive 
of  European  influence. 

42.  Much  like  41,  but  only  2  in.  long,     Both  from  A.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

43.  Unfinished  pipe-stem  of  limestone,  2|xl  inch  and  roughly  square.     Has 
evidently  been  separated  from  the  head  after  the  bowl  was  bored.     Instructive 
as  showing  mode  of  reducing  to  required  size.     Deep  cuts  have  been  made  with 
flint  flakes  at  intervals  of  from  3-16  to  ]  of  an  inch,  and  the  intervening  portions 
have  been  broken  off.     A.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

44.  Seems  also  to  have  been  part  of  a  pipe.     It  is  3-J  inches  long,  1|-  thick 
in  one  direction,  and  only  a  little  more  than  an  inch  in  the  other.     The  two 
wider  sides  are  flattened  and  the  other  two  are  rounded.     Near  to  one  of  the 
round  sides  a  ^  inch   hole  has   been  bored  nearly  If  in.  deep,  in  the  direction  of 
the  longer  axis.      The  same  end  also  shows  that  the  piece  of  stone  has  been  cut 
from  another  by  notching  deeply  (3-16  of  an  inch)  all  round,  and  then  breaking 
forcibly. 

45.  A  roughly  blocked  out  pipe-head  of  marble,  intended  for  a  hole  to  receive 
a  wooden  stem.      Vaughan  Tp.     Dr.  Orr,  Maple. 

46.  Two  fragments  of  pipe- sterns,  limestone,  square.     Geo.  Lougheed,  Notta- 
wasaga. 

47.  Broken  pipe-stem,  limestone,  rounded.     Albert  Lougheed,  'Nottawasaga 

48.  Roughly  blocked  pipe  (?)     Perhaps  only  a  water  worn  stone.     S. 

49.  Piece   of  limestone,  cylindrical,  1  in.  in  diameter,  a  hole  J  of  an  inch  in 
diameter  has  been  bored  lengthwise  ck>se  to  the  outside.     The  portion  between 
the  hole  and  outside  has  then  been  removed,  the  work  now  looking  like  a  groove 
made  from  the  outside.     David  Melville,  Oeemore. 

50.  Rough  block  for  pipe.     Baby  Farm,  Lambton  Mills.     J.  Kirkwood. 

51.  Three  pipe-stems.     (See  remark,  41.)     G.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

52.  Spoiled  pipe-head,  limestone.     The  bowl  has  been  badly  bored  and  the 
stem  is  broken  off.     This  specimen,  three  inches  long  and  two  wide  at  the  broken 
mouth,  shows  that  both  sides  of  the  bowl  have  been  lined  up  the  middle  exteriorly 
to  aid  the  eye  in  directing  the  drill.     G.  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga. 

A  to  S. — Contents  of  a  grave  opened  on  Noncon  island  by  Mr.  A.  Stevens. 

The  find  consists  of  two  bone  awls  or  needles,  three  tips  of  deer-horn,  a  bone 

.spear-head,  a  wolfs  jaw  bone,  a  stone  ax,  a  perforated  slate   tablet,  a  bit    of 

pottery,  seven  flints,  and  two  small  pieces  of  graphite.    A.  F.  Chamberlain,  Toronto. 

52 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


CASE  C. 

ROUGH   FLINTS. 

1  to  9.  Paloeolithic  flints  from  Sussex  Mills,  England.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin, 

10.  Large  flint  core  10J  inches  long,  from  which  flakes  have  been  chipped. 
Le  Grande  Persigny,  France.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

11.  Flint  knife.     Persigny,  France.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

12  to  18.  Paloeolithic  implements  of  flint  varying  in  color  from  light  gray  to 
almost  black,  and  in  size  from  three  inches  to  six  inches  long. 

19.  Palaeolithic  implements.     Bedford,  Eng.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

20.  Small  barbed  arrow  head  1|  inches  long  without  neck.     Derry,  Ireland. 
W.  Ransom,  Hitchin  * 

21.  Small  and  beautiful  barbed  and  necked  arrow  head,  f  in.  long,  and  | 
in.  across  base  of  barbs.     Antrim,  Ireland.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

22.  Leaf-shaped  flint,   1^  in.   long,  and  1   in.  wide.     Antrim,  Ireland.     W. 
Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

23.  Arrow  head  If  in.  long  barbed   and    necked.      Antrim,  Ireland.      W, 
Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

24.  Fragment  of  neolithic  implement,  apparently  about  half  of  a  bored  axe 
or  club-head,  originally  upwards  of  six  inches  long,  but  now  broken  across  the 
hole.     Sussex  mills,  England.     W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

25.  Small  stone  axe  in  deer-horn  handle,  from  lake-dwelling,  Switzerland. 
W.  Ransom,  Hitchin,  England. 

The  foregoing  were  procured  through  Mr.  Jas.  H.  Pearce  of  the  Institute. 

Case  C.  includes  also  sixty -nine  leaf  shaped  "  flints  "  from  2  inches  to  4  inches- 
long,  found  in  a  heap  a  few  inches  below  the  surface,  on  the  farm  of  Arthur  Sea- 
brook,  Komoka. 

Eight  large  and  rudely  chipped  implements  from  Wolfe  Island. 

And  coarse  specimens  from  N.  Carolina,  Alabama,  Georgia,  Kentucky, 
Indiana,  Missouri3  Ohio  and  Wyoming. 

All  in  this  case  are  of  such  a  character  as  would  be  called  "  paloeolithic  "  if 
our  data  permitted.  The  total  number  is  nearly  200. 


CASE  D. 
TYPICAL  FLINTS. 

Contains  240  specimens  of  "  flints  "  varying  from  half  an  inch  to  six  inches 
in  length,  and  were  probably  all  used  as  spears,  lances  or  arrows.  The  arrange- 
ment in  this  case  is  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating,  sizes,  shapes,  material  and 
and  modes  of  fastening  to  shafts. 

Mainly  of  chert,  some  are  of  flint,  others  of  jasper,  chalcedon}^,  obsidian  and 
agate.  One  is  of  pure  quartz. 

The  territory  represented  covers  many  of  the  United  States  as  well  a* 
Ontario. 

53 


53*Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

CASE  E. 
MISCELLANEOUS  FLINTS. 

Contains  about  200  small  flaked  "flints"  mainly  from  the  United  States. 
The  chief  donors  were  Drs.  Craig  and  Collins,  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana,  the  Natural 
History  Society  of  Brookville,  Indiana,  the  Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky ; 
Prof.  Jas.  Moore,  Earlham  College,  Richmond,  Ind. ;  E.  T.  Hummell,  Decatur, 
Alabama  ;  the  Society  of  Natural  History,  Cincinnati  ;  and  Prof,  J.  L.  Deming,  of 
ihe  Technological  Institute,  Boston,  Mass. 


CASE  F. 
FLAKED  TOOLS  AND  WEAPONS. 

1.  Shaly  chert,  almost  black,  8|  in.  long,  4J  wide,  and  averaging  about  J 
inch   thick  ;  no  notch  for  attachment  to    handle  ;  general  outline,    an   irregular 
-oval.     An  intrusive  vein  one   line   in  thickness  croses  it  at  a  slight  angle  2J  in. 
from   the   point.     May  have   been  intended  for  a  spade  or  a  hoe,  but  shows  no 
signs   of   use.     From  a  grave   mound   in   Tremont    Park,   Tidd's   Island,    R.    St. 
Lawrence  (opposite  Gananoque).     C.  A.  See,  Tremont  Park. 

1J.  Quartzite,  5J  in.  long  by  2f  wide,  about  f  inch  in  thickest  part, 
has  been  notched,  but  is  broken  at  shoulder  ;  rudely  chipped,  and  of  irregular 
outline.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.  C.  A.  See. 

2.  Chert,  dark   brown,    9-J  in.    long  by    3f    inches  wide,    and  about  J    in. 
thick  in  middle ;    broken  in   three  pieces  ;    no   notch  ;    signs   of  wear    slightly 
observable.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A.  See. 

3.  Chert,    dingy   grey,    8J-   in.    long   by  3J    wide    and    f  in.  thick  in  the 
middle,  sides  unsymmetrical ;  notched  ;  neck  f  inch  long.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A. 

See. 

4.  Flint;  not  homogeneous;  8  in.  long  by  3J  wide,  greatest  thickness  5-16 
in.;  thicker  towards   each   end   than  in    the   middle;    symmetrical;    no   notch, 
leaf-shaped,  pointed  and  slightly  worn.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A.  See. 

5.  Veined  quartzite,    G|    in.    long  by  3  inches  wide,   leaf-shaped,    with  a 
•comparatively  small  neck,  thin  in  proportion  to  length.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A. 

See. 

6.  Chert,  7J  in.  long  by  21}  in.  wide  at  base;  slightly  barbed  ;  neck  broken ; 
thin  and  almost  symmetrical ; ,  lanceolate.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A.  See. 

7.  Quartzite,    translucent,    6    in.    long   by    2J    in.    wide ;    notched    neck  ; 
sides  not  symmetrical.     Tremont  Park.     C.  A.  See. 

8.  Chert,  grey  and  brown,  not  homogeneous,  9f  in.  long  by  3|  in.  wide, 
leaf-shaped  ;  very  thin  ;  symmetrical,  but  slightly  curved  in  direction  of  flat-side. 
"Tremont  Park.     C.  A.  See. 

9  to  14.  Fragments  of  similar  weapons  or  tools  from  same  place. 
14J.  Quartzite,   translucent,   4   in.    long   by  2-J-  in.   wide  ;    symmetrical    and 
somewhat  thick  in  proportion  to  length  ;  leaf-shaped.    Tremont  Park.    C.  A.  See. 

54 


53  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


15.  Chert,    11 J  in.  long  by  3|  in.  wide;  leaf-shaped;    fractured  slightly  at 
base ;  about  f  in.  at  the  thickest  part ;  symmetrical ;  this  is  the  largest  flaked 
implement  in  the  museum.     Pickering  Tp.     Jas.  Dickson,  Fenelon  Falls. 

16.  Cherty  limestone,  7^  in.  long  by  3  in.  wide ;  very  thin  ;    notched  neck- 
Wolfe  Island. 

17.  Fine   cherfc,   6J    in.    long   by  3f   in.  wide;    short   and  deeply  notched 
neck,  forming  semi-barbs  ;  beautiful  heart-shaped  outline.     Wolfe  Island. 

18.  Coarse   chert,   4|   in.  long  by    3f   in.  wide ;    neck    f    in  .  long   and    1 
inch   wide;   somewhat  rudely    chipped;    very    broad    in   proportion   to    length. 
Wolfe  Island. 

19.  Chert,  5  in.  long  by  2f  wide ;  slightly  barbed  ;  neck  f  in.  long  by  1  in 
wide.     In  this  specimen  there  is  a  well-defined  oval  nucleus  exactly  in  the  middle 
and  showing  both  sides ;    on  one  side  this  measures  about  2  in.  by  1 J  in.,  and  on 
the  other  If  in.  by  If.     Wolfe  Island. 

20.  Fine  veined  chert,  5J  in.    long  by   2J  in.  at  base;  sides  little  curved; 
straight  neck    f  in.  long.       Edges  thinned   from    left  side ;    very  thin  in  pro- 
portion to  length.     Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

21.  Chert,   5J   in.  long   by   If  wide;    point  broken;  straight  neck  1J  inch 
long,  very  thick.     Sarnia  Indian  Rererve.     M. 

22.  Impure  chert.  5J  in.  long  by  2^  in.  wide  ;  sides  almost  straight ;  notched 
neck.     East  Williams  Tp.     M. 

23.  White  chert,  8J   in.    long  by  3    in.  wide  ;  unsvmmetrical ;  leaf-shaped. 
Plympton  Tp.     S. 

24.  Chert,  Sin.  long  by  If  in.  wide;  sjnnmetrical  and  gracefully  formed; 
neck  faintly  marked  off  from  body,  If  inch  long.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

25.  Chert,   5J  in.  long   by  2J  wide  ;    notched   neck   f    in.  long   and  same 
width  ;  body  comparatively  thick.     Wolfe  Island. 

26.  Chert,  of  in.  long  by  If  in.  wide,  squarely-shouldered  neck,   f  in.  long 
and  pointed.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

27.  Chert,  4f  in.  long  by  If  in.  wide;  slightly  notched  neck:  edges  sym- 
metrical, one  side  flat.     Middlesex,  Co.     M. 

28  to  39.  Chert,  group  of  weapons  from  4J  in.  to  8J  in.  long,  and  from  2J 
in.  to  3J  in.  wide  at  base.  With  the  exception  of  No.  28,  they  are  all  of  the  same 
pattern,  being  square  shoulderd  and  having  heavy,  strong  necks  about  an  inch 
long.  No.  28  is  almost  leaf-shaped,  the  neck  being  abortive.  These  "  flints  " 
were  found  together  at  the  edge  of  a  swamp  on  gore  lot  27  ;  N.  B.,  West  Williams 
Tp.  M. 

40.  Dark  brown  flint,  5^  in.  long  by  If  in.  wide;  notched  neck  J  in.  long,  and 
forked  at  base.     Wolfe  Island. 

41.  Brown  cherty  limestone,  5J   in.    long   by    1J    in.    wide,   neck    broken. 
Plympton  Tp.     S. 

42.  Chert,  a  beautiful    leaf-shaped   specimen,  8J  in.  long  by  2^  in.  wide, 
and  scarcely  a  quarter  inch  thick  ;  edges  flaked  chiefly  from  right  side.     Wolfe 
Island. 

43.  Chert,    leaf-shaped,    7J    in.  long    by    2J    in.  wide ;    tip    broken,   sym- 
metrical and  elegant.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

44.  Very   coarse    chert,    leaf-shaped,    6f   in.    long-  by   2  in.   wide ;    rudely 
chipped.     Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

55 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


45.  Chert,  5J   in.  long  by  2f  in.  wide ;    notched  neck,  \  in.  long  by  1  \   in. 
wide  ;  roughly  flaked  and  unsym metrical.     Wolfe  Island. 

46.  Chert,  5  J  in.  long  by  1 1  in.  wide  ;  square  shouldered,  neck  f  in  long. 
This  specimen  is  very  thick  in  the  middle  in  proportion  to  length. 

47.  Coarse  chert,  5  in.  long  by  If  in.  wide  ;    neck  has  a   slightly  square 
shoulder,  and  is  1J  in.  long,  being   rounded    at  base.     Madison  Co.,    Ky.      Dr. 
Collins,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

48.  Fine  chert,  4f  in.  long  by    1J    in.   wide   at  base,  leaf-shaped ;    edges 
flaked  from  left  side  and  slightly  serrated  ;  body  almost  flat  otherwise  and  about 
\  inch  thick.     Fayette  Co.,  Kentucky.     Dr.  Collins,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

49.  Light  bluish  flint,  6  f  in.  long  by  2J  in.  wide  at  base  ;  leaf -shaped ;   edges 
rudely  flaked.     Forest.     S. 

50.  Milky  quartzite,  of  in.  long  by  1 J  in.   wide  ;  neck  notched  and  equal 
in   breadth  to  base  of  body  ;    tip  broken  j    body   f  in.  thick   in  middle,  cross- 
section  would  show  a  good   ellipse ;   not  quite  symmetrical  in  the  edges.     St. 
Mary's.     S. 

51.  Coarse  chert,  5  inlong  by  2f  in.  wide  ;  leaf -shaped  ;  edges  symmetrical 
and    much  curved,  the  general  outline  being   more    egg-shaped  than  is   usual. 
No  locality.     S. 

52.  Very   dark    (almost    black)   chert,  with  light  colored  veins  ;   4f  in.  long 
by  If   in.  wide  ;    middle  of  body  f  inch  thick  and  smoothly   flaked   to   edges  ; 
deeply  notched  neck,  which  is  also  hollowed  at  base ;  very  symmetrical.     North 
Branch,  Mich.     S. 

5o.  Chert,  3|  in.  long  by  2  in.  wide  ;    straight  neck  1  in.  long  ;    barb  J  in. 
long,  one  barb  off.     Bourbon  Co.,  Ky.     Dr.  Collins,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

54  to  58.  Five  notched  necked  "flints,"  varying  from  4  in.  to  4J   in.  long, 
and  from  2  in.  to  2|  in.  wide.     McGillivray  Tp.      M. 

59.  Chert,  6  in.   long  by  2|  in.  wide ;  point  broken ;  straight  neck  ;  rudely 
flaked.     West  Williams.     M. 


CASE  G. 
BONE  AND  HORN. 

1.  Small  turtle   shell   perforated  with   sixteen  holes.     Has   probably  been  a 
rattle.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

2.  Bone,  somewhat  cylindrical,  1J  in.  diameter,  rudely  worked  at  each  end. 
York  Tp.     B.  Jackes,  Toronto. 

3.  Splinter  of  deer-horn,  9  in.  long  and  about  1  in.  wide.     Edges  appear  to 
have  been  hacked   with   a  sharp  tool.     One  end  roughly  sharpened  ;  other  end 
broken.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

4.  Bone  of  beaver's  tail.     Found  with  many  relics  in  London,  Ont.,  by  Jas. 
McDowell,  1849.     M. 

5.  Part  of  turtle  shell,  semicircular,  2}  in.  diameter,  perforated  with  three 
holes. 

56 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


6.  Gouge  or  chisel  of  deer-horn,  7f  in.  long  and  2J  in.  across  widest  part;  1J 
in.  behind  lip.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

7.  Horn  chisel,  7  in.  long,  and  I J  wide-     Considerably  injured  ;  head  broken*, 
York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

8.  Bone  knife,  8  in.  long.     Y.  P.  col. 

9.  Circular  portion  of  human  skull,  4  in.  diameter,  three  holes  bored  1  in., 
apart  in  middle,  as  if  at  the  angles  of  an  equilateral   triangle.     Three   smaller 
holes  have  also  been  bored  close   to  the  margin  triangularly.     York  Tp.     Geo. 
Miller. 

10.  Circular  portion  of  human  skull,  4  in.  diameter,  unperforated.     No  work 
done  on  it  beyond  rubbing  down  the   edges  smoothly,  and  scouring  the  outside, 
Aurora,  York  Tp.     S. 

11.  Portion  of   human  skull,  somewhat     oval.       Longer  diameter,  4J   in.,, 
shorter  diameter,  3|  in.     Perforated  with  seven  holes,  six  of  them  in  pairs  from 
|  in.  to  1  in.  apart,  but  not  regularly  arranged.     The  odd  hole  is  near  the  margin, 
of  the  longer  axis.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

12-16.  Horn  tips  sharpened  to  chisel  points.     Kitchen  midden.     Vancouver, 
British  Columbia.     James  Johnson,  Vancouver. 

17.  Rude  bone  awl.     Kitchen  midden.     Vancouver.     James  Johnson,  Van- 
couver. 

18.  Bone  awl — ditto. 

19.  Bone  awl— -ditto.     Point  broken. 

20.  Deer-horn  fork  ;  one  tip  broken.     Has  had   a  hole  at  base   of  prong. 
Lower  part  now  broken  away ;  4  in.  long.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

21.  Deer-horn   fork,  4J   in.  long,  and  tip   of  longer  prong  broken.     A  7/16 
inch  hole  bored   at  base   of  fork  2J  in.  from   tip  of  smaller  prong.     A  base  of  2: 
inches  extends  beyond  the  hole,  where  the  cut-off  marks  are  very  plain.     Beverly. 
Dwyer  col. 

22.  Horn-tip,   split    and    blackened    by  fire;   3   in.   long.     Point   has   been 
sharpened.     Noncon  Island,  Lake  Scugog.     Jas.  Stevens,  per  A.  F.  Chamberlin. 

23.  Bone  spear  or  harpoon,  5J  in.  long,  but  a  portion  of  the  shaf  c  has  been 
broken  off.     Greatest  width  at  end  of  shaft  11/16  in.,  2  in.  from  point  shaft  nar- 
rows to  f  in,  and  the  head  consists  of  a  flat  portion  decreasing  from  9/16  in.  to  a 
point,  and  having  on  each   side  five  barbs.     The  booe  is  grooved   longitudinally 
on  each  side.     Near  Simcoe  Town.     S. 

24.  Horn   spear  or  harpoon  (single-barbed),   8   in.   long.     Breadth   of    shaft 
from  hole  1  in.     This  part  is  flat  and  2  in.  long,  with  square  shoulders  whore  it 
meets  the  middle  portion  which  is  a  flattened  oval  3f  in.  long  from  the  shoulders 
to  the  inner  angle  of  the  barb      The  barb  itself  is  f  in.  long,  and  from  its  tip  to 
the  point  of  the  spear  is  2|  in.     Beverly.     Jas.  Rae. 

25.  Bone    spear   or  harpoon    (three-barbed    on    one  side)  6J  in.  long,  point 
broken  a  little ;  barbs  deeply  cut.     From  broken  point  to  tip  of  first  barb  is  2 
inches  ;  from  tip  of  first  to  tip  of  second  barb  1  5/16  in. ;  from  tip  of  second   to- 
tip  of  third  barb  If  in.     The  shaft  from  inner  angle   of  third   barb  is  2  in.,  1 J 
in.  from  shaft  end  and  below  the  third  barb ;  close  to   edge  is  an  oval  hole  about 
J  in.  the  longer  way.     The  shaft  end  has  been   ground   down  to  a  chisel  [joint, 
and  has  no  doubt  had  a  secondary  use.     Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

57 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

I 

26.  Harpoon,  three-barbed,    5f    in.  long ;    hole   1 J  in.  from    shaft   end,   and 
eccentric  towards  barbed  edge.     Barbs  slightly  ogee  on  edge ;   axils  well  rounded. 
York  Tp.     Jackes  col. 

27.  Point   of   spear-head    2f   in.   long,  three  barbed  on  each  side.       Shaft 
portion  remaining   1J   in.   long,  and   f  in.  wide.     Five  barbs  square  shouldered 
— one  a  little  under  cut.     Breadth  across  widest  portion  of  barbed  end  \  inch. 
Lake  Medad. 

28.  Fish-hook.     Length  from  upper  end  to   curve  3  7/16  inch;  barbed   end 
from  curve   to  point  2  1/16  in.;  thickest  portion  of  shaft  at   curve  J  in.,  taper- 
ing to  J-  in.  near  upper  end;    shaft  terminates  in   small   knob  about  \  in.  diam- 
eter ;    carved   part  averages  fully  \  in.,  with   inside  fairly  rounded,  and  outside 
more   angular  and  roughly  finished;    barb  from  tip  to  tip   1  7/16  in.,  with  axil 
3/16   deep  ;  width  between  shaft  and  barb  axil  \  in.,   between  tip  of  barb  and 
inner  curve   \  in.,  and   between   tip   of  hock  and  shaft  f  in.     One  side  of  curve 
appears   as  if  gnawed,  leaving   four  bars  with  a  slight  bend  running   across  it 
from  the  barbed  side  towards  the  shaft  side.'     Lindsay.     S. 

29-30.  Two  halves  of  beaver's  upper  jaws.     Grave,  Onentisati,  Simcoe  Co. 
31.  Lower  jaw  of  beaver.     Grave,  Onentisati,  Simcoe  Co. 
32-34.  Bear's  teeth.     Grave  near  Orillia.     Jas.  Fraser,  Craighurst. 
35-41.  Bears'  teeth.     Village  site,  Nottawasaga,     Lougheed  col. 

42,  Bear's  tooth.     Ste.  Marie,  Simcoe  Co. 

43.  Walrus  tooth.     Balsam  Lake,  Ont.     T.  Bell. 

44-52.  Small  compressed  pear-shaped  teeth  (elk's)  about  1  in.  long  and  \  in. 
wide.  These  are  ground  smooth  at  small  end  and  are  then  perforated.  No 
locality.  Y.  P.  col. 

53.  Bone  2f  in.  long,  carved  to  represent  a  fish.     The  outline  is  somewhat 
whale   like;    5/16    in.    from    nose    and     J    in.    from    throat,    are    what    may 
have  been  intended  for  gills  (not  if  a  whale).     A  small  hole  has  been  bored  from 
side  to  side,  3/16  in.  in  advance  of  this  and  a  little  higher  are  two  small  depres- 
sions.    These  are  too  far  forward  for  eyes,  and  too  high  as  well  as  too  far  back  to 
be  nostrils.     They  were  probably  meant  for  eyes.     Mouth  deeply  cut  and  extend- 
ing back  almost  to  the  gills.     No  imitation  of  fins  or  tail.     At  tail  end  7/16  in. 
on  the  upper  side  relieved  by  nine  lines  cut  at  right  angles  to  long  axis,  and  eight 
lines  crossing  these  diagonally  from  left  to  right.     Exeter.     S. 

54.  Human  form — bone;    31/16   in.   long;    width    at    shoulders    9/16    in. 
Right  arm  placed  on  left  shoulder.     Left  arm  extending  to  right  side  of  waist. 
No  feet      The  figure  is  proportionate.     While  head  and  neck  measure   7/16  in., 
the  body  is   fully  1  9/16  in.,  and  the   legs  only  1  1/16   inch  long.     Beverly  Tp. 
Kae  col. 

55.  Bone  mask,  human;  2^  in.  long,  and   f  in.  wide.     Eye  holes   are   bored 
through.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

56.  Horn,  spear  or  harpoon,  one  barb.     Shaft  end  3J  in.  long,  and  1  j-  wide. 
Hole  near  middle  two  inches  from  end.     Flat  portion   at   shaft  end   shouldered 
down  to  I  in.,  then  rounded   on  edges  to   tip.     Barb,  tip  to  tip,  2  1/16.     Axil  J 
in.  deep,  and  nearly  same  width.     Shaft  end  behind  hole,  whittled,  and   hole  has 
been  cut  through,  not   bored;  or  else  has  been  enlarged  by  cutting  after  boring. 

.York  Tp.     Long  col. 

57.  Deer-horn   fork,  3|   in  long,  cut   off    squarely    at   butt   or  lower  end. 
One  prong  is    2J   in.   and   the   other   If   in.  long.     Greater  diameter  of  butt  at 

58 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  18SO 


<;ut  f  inch.  Across  upper  side  of  larger  prong,  and  lower  side  of  the  other,  and 
in  a  line  with  the  axil  two  grooves  are  worn  as  if  the  object  had  been  employed 
as  a  tool  to  smooth  thongs  or  sinews  by  rubbing  them  lengthwise.  About  mid- 
way below  the  prongs  other  fainter  grooves  are  perceptible.  Humberstone  Tp., 
Welland  Co.  Cyrenius  Bearss. 

58.  Bone  chisel    llf    in.   long,   and   averaging    1J   in.   across  blade.      This 
tool  is  made  of  an   undetermined  quadruped's  leg  bone,  a  cross  section  of  which  is 
roughly  quadrangular.     The  upper  or  handle  end  is  almost  square  and  about  1J 
in.   on   each '  side.      For  2J  in.  the  bone  has  been  left   intact,  beyond   rubbing 
the  joint  down  to  a  level  surface.     At  this  distance  the  wall  on  one   side   is  cut 
sharply  down  until  the  cavity  of  the  bone  is  reached,  and  the  whole  side  is  made 
to  taper  beautifully  to  the  lip,  giving  the  tool  when  viewed  edgewise  the  appear- 
ance of  an  elongated  wedge.     Nottawasaga.     Thomas  White. 

59.  Bone  chisel  or  gouge,  11J  in.  long.     This  appears  to  be  made  from  a 
leg-bone,  but  is  quite  unlike  No.  58.     A  cross   section   of  it  would  be   oval,  and 
the  diameter  is  less  in  the  middle  than  at  the  end*,  being  1^  in.  near  the  lip,  2 
in.  near  the  joint,  and  only  1J  in.   at   the  middle.     The   processes  at  the  joint 
have  not  been  altered  in  any  way,  and  the  rubbing  down  to  produce  a  cutting 
•edge  extends   back   only  about  5J  in.      The   tool   bears   evidence  of  long   use. 
Nottawasaga.     David  Melville. 

60.  Five  wolf's  teeth.     Village  site.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

61.  Cylindrical    bone   3J  in.  long,  and   5/16    in.   diameter,  rounded  at  one 
«nd.     Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 

75.  Portion  of  human  skull  like  No.  10.     Vaughan  Tp.     Dr.  Orr,  Maple. 
ESKIMO.     Presented  by  F.  F.  Payne,  Esq. 

62.  Comb,  2J  in.  from  back  to  point  of  teeth,  1J  wide. 

63.  Four  pendants,  conical  and  perforated  at  flattened  ends. 

64.  Powder   measure,    If    in    long,   \  in.   wide   and   \  in.   deep.      Formed 
somewhat  like   a  grocer's   scoop.     A  small  hole  for  suspension   when  carried   is 
bored  through  the  lower  corner  of  the  larger  end. 

65-66.  Two  human  figures  in  bone,  If  in.  long. 

67.  Forty-three  pieces  of  bone  from   |  to   If   in.  long,  and  from  f  in.  to  f 
*wide,  generally  decreasing  in  width  towards   one    end  which  is  rounded.     These 
are  marked  like  dominoes.     The  highest  number  on  this  set  is  39.     The  game  is 
not  played  as  are  dominoes,  but  seem  to  be  a  kind  of  grab-game. 

68.  Bone  thimble. 

69.  Bear,  If  in.  long. 
70    Seal,  If  in.  long. 

71.  Fish,  with  fins  and  tail,  1 J  in,  long. 

72.  Water-fowl,  1J  in.  long. 

73.  Dog,  1  in.  long. 

74.  Toothpick,  about  2  in.  long. 


59 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

» 

CASE  H. 

. 

BONE  AND  HORN. 

1  to  24.  Bone  awls  or  needles  from  7  in.  to  3  in.  long.  York  Tp.  Wm. 
G.  Long. 

25.  Eyed  needle,  3f  in.  long,  J  in.  wide  and  1/16  in.  thick  in  middle, 
oval  hole,  3/16  in.  long  and  less  than  1/16  wide  at  an  in.  from  end.  Grooves- 
on  both  sides  extending  from  ends  of  hole,  bone  slightly  curved,  with  natural 
hollow  on  concave  side.  Both  ends  thinned  and  rounded,  but  left  flat.  Point 
end  the  more  so,  being  highly  polished  and  very  sharp.  York  Tp.  Wm.  G, 
Long. 

26  to  37.  Bone  awls  from  3J  to  2J  in  long.     Various  localities. 

38  to  43.  Bone  awls  from  4 J  to  3  in  long.     York  Tp.     B.  Jackes,  Toronto. 

44  to  45.  Bone  awls.     London  Tp.     M. 

46.  Bone  awl.  Onentisati,  Simcoe  Co. 

47  to  49.  Bone  awls.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

50  to  54.  Tarsal  bones  of  deer,  twu  are  ground  flat  on  both  sides  exposing 
the  cavity,  one  has  had  the  larger  end  cut  wholly  out  and  a  small  hole  bored 
obliquely  through  the  opposite  end.  One  has  been  ground  flat  on  one  side  but  is 
otherwise  intact,  and  one  has  been  bored  into  from  each  end. 

55.  Two  fragments  of  horn  implements  and  two  splintered  bones, (one  whittled) 
from  kitchen  midden,  British  Columbia.     Jas.  Johnson,  Vancouver. 

56.  2  bone  awls,  5J  in   and  2f   in  long.     Dumfries   Tp.,   near  Gait.     Jas. 
G.  Caven,  Toronto. 

57.  Almost  cylindrical  bones,  2  in.  long  and  f  in.  diameter,  rounded  at  both 
ends.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed,  col. 

58.  Bone,  small,  3  in.  long,  cut  at  both  ends,  has  one  notch ;  perhaps  a  tally 
or  record  bone.     Beverly. 

59.  Bone  3J  in.  long  and  from  J  in,  to  f  in.  in  diameter,  cut  at  both  ends. 
Either  a  bead  or  a  tally  bone.     Beverly. 

60.  Five  bone  beads  from  2  in.  to  3|  in.  long.     Nottawasaga.     Thos.  White, 

o  O  O 

61  to  64.  Four  bone  beads,  respectively,  4J,  2f ,  2|  and  1  in.  long.       Y.  P.  col. 

65.  Deer-horn    tip,    cut    at    large    end    and   ground    at  point,  5    in.    long 
Y.  P.  col. 

66.  Cylindrical  bone  3|    in.    long,    general  diameter    5-16    in.,  rounded  at 
both  ends.     From  larger  end  two  parallel  lines  have  been  scratched  lengthwise- 
li  inches  between  which  are  four  diagonal  crosses. 

67.  Horn  tip  3f  in  long,  ends  rounded,  weathered.     Y.  P.  col. 

68.  Horn  tip  2  in.  long,  ends  rounded.     Y.  P.   col. 

69.  Cylindrical  bone  bead  3J  in.  long  and  J  in.  diameter.     Guelph  Tp.     Dr, 
Hugh  G.  Roberts. 

70  to  72.  Three  bone  beads  respectively  3J,  If  and  1  %  in.  long.     Beverly. 

73.  Oblong  section  of  horn  2  in.  long,  smoothed  on  all  sides  and  one  end ; 
other  end  broken  off.  Has  four  transverse  slight  cuts  on  outer  side,  as  if  marked 
for  cutting  off.  Beverly.  Dwyer  col. 

60 


63  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


74.  Tally  bone  3  in.  long,  f  in.  diameter,  triangular  at  one  end  and  rounded 
at  the  other.  Has  three  rows  of  small  notches  on  edges  extending  in  line  of 
angles.  On  each  of  two  rows  are  twenty-nine  cuts,  and  on  the  third  twenty- 
eight.  Beverley.  Dwyer  col. 

75  to  80.  Six  bone  beads  about  1  in.  long.     Waterdown. 

81.  Heavy  bone  bead  3f  in.  long  and  J  in.  by  1  in.  diameter.     Dumfries  Tp. 
•82.  Bone  bead  2f  in,  long.     Dumfries  Tp. 
83  to  85.  Three  bone  beads,  3  in.,  2f  in.  and  2J  in.  long.     Sarnia  Tp. 

86.  Bone  2  in.  long  and  1  in.    diameter,    cut  off   squarely  at   smaller  end 
leaving  small  portion  of  detached  section  adhering.     Larger  end  has  eight  notches 
deeply    cut   leaving    the    margin   like  saw    teeth    round    the    cavity.     Beverly. 
Dwyer  col.     A  doubtful  specimen. 

87.  Tarsal  deer-bone,  rubbed  down  a  little  on  one  side,  opposite  has  four 
cross-bars  of  a  dark  color  as  if  burnt.     Dumfries  Tp. 

88  Tarsal  deer-bone,  on  one  side  ground  flat  exposing  cavity  at  upper  end. 
Opposite  side  ground  in  such  a  manner  as  to  suggest  a  whistle.  Dum- 
fries Tp. 

89.  Portion   of  deer-horn,  near  base  3  in.  long,    marks   of  cutting  at  both 
ends.     Beverly. 

90.  Tally-bone  (?)     2J  in  long,  triangular  cross  section ;   although    slightly 
notched  as  in  the  case  of  those  that  seem  to  be  records,  this  is  somewhat  dubious 
as  the  markings  appear  to  be  without  any  method  or  arrangement.     Most  of  them 
also    are    on    one    of    the    flat    sides    and    not    along    the    ridges.     Beverly. 
Dwyer  co 

91.  Bone  bead  1    in.   long,   with   two  small   notches   near  the   larger  end. 
Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

92.  Fragment   of   bone  1 J  in.  long  with  serrated  edge  and  two  deeply  cut 
lines  lengthwise.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

93.  Tally-bone  2|  in.  long,  with  three  rows  of  lightly  cut  notches,  count- 
ing respectively  twenty-one,  fourteen  and  fourteen.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

94.  Bone  needle  or   awl  5^   in.  long,  both   ends   damaged.     Nottawasaga 
Lougheed  col. 

95.  Tally-bone    3|   in.  long,   notched  on  two  ridges,  total  number  twenty- 
eight  or  twenty-nine.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

96.  Small  piece  of  bone  f  in  long,  split,  cut   and  smoothed  at   each    end. 
Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

97-100.  Four  bone  beads,  4|,  4|,  4J  and  2|  in.  long. 

101.  2J  in.  long  and  f  in.  wide  at  widest  part.     Less  than  £  in.  thick,  lance- 
shaped  with  notches  forming  a  neck  J  inch  from  wide  end. 

102.  Horn  bead,  If  in.  long.     Ohio,  U.  S.       Soc.  of  Nat.  Hist.  Cincinnati. 

103.  Bone  bead,  Ig  in.  long. 

104.  Bone  bead,    j  in.  long. 

105.  Cylindrical    bone,  1J  in.  long,  ends  rounded  like  LNo.  57.     Ohio,  U.  S. 
Soc.  of  Nat.  Hist.,  Cincinnati. 

106.  Tally-bone  4    in.    long,   almost   round   at   smaller   end   and   oval   (one 
side  depressed)  at  the  other,  average  diameter  £  in.  1|  in.  from   the  larger  end 

61 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

$ 

and  extending  towards  middle  are  two  rows  of  markings,  numbering  in  each  case 
twenty-eight.*     Tidd's  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 

107.  Deer-horn  tip   bored   out,    2f   in   long.     Ohio,  U.   S.     Nat.  Hist.    Soc, 
of  Cincinnati. 

108.  Horn  chisel  pointed,  5  in.  long.     Ohio.     Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Cincinnati. 

109.  Idem,  point  broken. 

110.  Splintered  bones,  ash-heap.     Lake  Medad. 

111.  Small  bone  chisel.     Nottawasaga.     David  Melville. 

112.  Bone  awl  or  needle  6  in.  long.     Nottawasaga.     Wm.  Melville. 


CASE.  J. 
SHELL. 

1.  Beads  or  wampum  made  from  columellse  of  pyiula  perversa,  probably. 
Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

2.  Four  beads  from  2J  to  4  in.  long  and  from  J  in.  to  J  in.  diameter,  from 
columellse  of  large  shell,     (species  not  identified)     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

3.  Wampum  (discs)   from    \    in.    to  f  in.  diameter  arid   averaging   under 
•J  in.  thick.     This  large  number  was  found  in  an  ossuary  in  Beverly.     Dwye1 
collection.     Some  of  them  (in  one  instance  six)  adhere  face  to  face,  showing  tha^ 
they  had  been  carried  or  worn  that  way  and  not  edge  to  edge  as  they  are  usually 
strung  in  collections. 

4.  Eight  fragments  of  p.  perversa,  broken  and  cut  in  preparation  for  the 
making  of  wampum.     Nottawasaga.     Chas.  Smith,  Smithdale. 

5.  Six  fragments  of   large    shell   partly  cut   in  preparation   for   wampum. 
Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

G.  Two  fragments,  ditto.     Beverly.     Jas.  Rae. 

7.  Two  strips,  ditto.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

8.  Three  pieces.     Two  bored  at  margin  and  one  about  an  inch  long  and  f 
inch  wide,  marked  off  into  ten  small  squares. 

9.  Four  fragments  of  p.  perversa.     Beverly  Tp.     Jas.  Rae. 

10.  Fragment  of  large  shell.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

11.  Two  spiral  shells  from  which  the  body  whorls  have  been  cut,  leaving  the 
columellae  bare.     Through  the  anterior  end  of  one  a  small  hole  has  been  bored 
Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

12.  Spiral  shell,  bored  through  the  tip.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

13.  Wampum,  (disc  and  cylinder).     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

14.  Wampum  (disc)     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

15.  Wampum,    one  large  disc,  fully  f  in.  diameter  and  four  cylinders  from 
\  in.  to  1  7/16  in.  long.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

16.  Wampum  (discs)     Baby  Farm,  York  Tp.     W.  Kirk  wood. 

*  The  recurrence  of  28  and  the  lesser  multiples  of  7  are  suggestive  of  lunar  computation  of  time. 
Compare  IM  os.  93  and  95.  Even  in  No.  90  the  markings  count  not  more  than  thirty,  but  lack  of  order 
and  precision  makes  the  number  uncertain. 

62 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


17.  Solid  cylinder  J  in.  long  and  f  in.  diameter.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

PI  8.  Triangular  bead.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 
19.  Bead,  columellse  of  p.  perversa,  with  hole  through  middle  of  side  to  meet 
other  hole  from  end.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

20.  Eight  beads,  cylindrical.     Some  of  these  are  very  beautifully  made.  Baby 
Farm,  York  Tp.     W.  Kirkwood. 

21.  Pendants  (two).     Beverly  tp.     Rae  collection. 

22.  Half  of  circular    ornament  f   in.  diameter  and   3/16   in.   thick,   bored 
through  edgewise  arid  ornamented  with  dots  round  the  margin  as  well  as  across.  S, 

23.  Two  triangular  pieces  of  unio.     Edges  smoothed.     Perforated  near  one 
angle. 

24.  Two  long  cylindrical  beads  and  four  small  ditto.     The  latter  probably  of 
European  manufacture.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

25.  Two  beads  (cylindrical).     One  1J  in.  long  and  J  in.   diameter  is  only 
bored  a  short  distance  from  each  end  in  the  direction  of  its  length,  and  holes  are 
bored  from  the  sides  near  the  end  to  meet  these.      Beverly.      Rae  col. 

26.  .Wampum   (purple,  nine  pieces,  discs).     Nottawasaga,      Lougheed  col- 
'  lection. 

27.  Pendant,  2  inches  long,  §  inch  diameter.     Hole  bored  at  one   end  and 
through  corner.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

28.  Two  fragments  of  beads.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

29.  Bead  partly  bored.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

30.  String  of  columeila  beads.     Y.  P.  col. 

31.  String  of  columeila  beads  (small).     Y.  P.  col. 

32.  String  of  wampum  (disc).     Y.  P.  col. 

33.  String  of  wampum  (disc)      Y.  P.  col. 

34.  String  of  wampum  (disc).     Y.  P.  col. 

35.  Unio  valve,  ossuary.     Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

36.  Three  unio  valves,  ossuary.     Ste.  Marie.     Simcoe  County. 

37.  Large   spatulate    ornament,    8  in.  long,   3   in.    at  widest   and  narrow- 
ing to  rounded   end  about   1J   in.  across.     Has  two   holes,  one  near^  middle  and 
one  near  large  end. 

38.  Ornament  2   in.   long;    half   oval  across  short   diameter.     Hole  bored 
near  edge  in  middle  of  short  side. 

39.  Circular  ornament  about  2f  in.  diameter.     Has  a  f  inch  hole  near  centre 
and  two  small  holes  |  in.  apart,  near  edge. 

40.  Circular  ornament  3f  in.  diameter,  bored  as  in  No.  39. 

41.  Half  of  ornament,  originally  larger  than  No.  40,  bored  in  the  same  way 
as  No.  39. 

42.  Fragment  of  ornament  Kke  Nos.  39  and  40. 

43.  Similar  to  Nos.  39  and  40.     Stained  green,  with  copper. 

No.  37  to  43  inclusive  form  part  of  the  contents  of  a  grave  'opened  on  the 
east  side  of  Blackfriar's  Bridge,  London,  Ont.,  in  1849,  by  a  Mr.  John  McDowell.  M 

44.  Gouge — Barbadoes,  W.  I.,  Toronto  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. 

45.  Gouge — Barbadoes,  W.  L,  Toronto  Nat.  Hist,  Soc. 

63 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6),  A,  1890 


f 

46.  Two  unio  valves  with  large  hole  punched  through  centre  of  each.     Cin- 
'cinna'ti  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. 

47.  Wampum  ("  cock -spur  shells  ").     Pacific  coast.     D.  H.  Price. 

48.  Circular  ornament,  like    No.   39   to   43,  but   without   the   middle  hole. 
Norfolk  county.     S. 

49.  Four  unio  valves  from  ash-heap.     Lake  Medad. 

50.  Is  much  like  No.  37,  but  shorter  and  broader.     Three  holes  are  bored 
across  the  widest  part,  about  1J  in.  from   the  end.     This  is   one  of  a  few  old 
gifts  to  the  Institute  but  has  no  record. 

51.  Wampum  (discs).     Humberstone  Tp.     Mrs.  Barney,  sen. 

52.  Five  pieces  of  black  wampum  (discs),  two  cylindrical  and  one  serpentine 
bead.     Y.  P.  col. 

53.  Wampum — unfinished     specimen,    incomplete    rounding     and     boring. 
Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

54.  Bead,  3J   in.   long,    side    broken    exposing  hole.     Nottawasaga.     Loug- 
heed  col. 

55.  Bead  (cylindrical).     Near  Sarnia.     S. 


CASE  K. 
GOUGES. 

L  1\  in.  long  ;    width  at  mouth  or  edge,  If  in.;     hollowed,  3f  in.;    tapers  to 
rounded  head  about  f  in.  in  diameter,     Limestone.     Western  Ontario. 

2.  8J  in.  long  ;  mouth,  2  in.;  width  in  middle,  2|  in;  at   head   If   in.;  thick- 
ness in  middle,  1J  in.  ;  hollowed  4  in.     Groove  flared  near  lip.     Sides  sharply  cut 
and   narrowing  rapidly  towards  top.      York  tp.     James  Kirkwood. 

3.  7  in  long;  2J  wide  at  mouth  ;  scarcely  any  taper  ;  IJin.  thick  ;  hollowed 
3  inches,  slightly ;  head  broken.     Striped  slate.     Ancaster.     William  Forbes. 

4.  10^  in.  long;    mouth  rounded   and   If   in.  wide;  width  in  middle,  2  in., 
tapering  to  fin.  at  head  ;  hollowed  8  in.  slightly.     Edges  of  hollowed  side  from 
top   to  mouth  comparatively   straight.       Opposite  side  sharply   rounded  trans- 
versely and  much  curved  lengthwise  ;  greatest  thickness  being  If  in.,  and  taper- 
ing to  |  in.  at  head.     Granitic.     Victoria  County. 

5.  5|  in  long;    1J  in.   wide,  tapering   slightly  to  head;    hollowed,  2J   in.; 
•sides  flat;  f  in.  thick.     Erin  Tp.     R   McRae. 

6.  6  in.  long;  width  at  mouth,  1|  in.;  at  head,  1J  in.;  hollowed,  2f  in.;  1J-  in. 
thick.     Upper  side  flat ;    lower  rounded   throughout.     Granitic.     Humberstone 
Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 

7.  3f  in  long;    width  at  mouth,  1|,  tapering  to  rounded  top  about  f   in. 
diameter  ;  hollowed,  2  in,  slightly.     Greatest  thickness  near  head, J  in.     Granitic. 
Adjala  Tp.      Mr.  Connor,  Toronto. 

8.  6J  in.  long  ;  width  at  mouth,  If  in.;    at  head,  1J  in. ;    hollowed,  3  in.,  as 
in  No.  2.       Greatest  thickness,  1J-  in.       Compact  greenstone.      Near   Lindsay. 

64 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


9.  9  in.  long ;   width  at  mouth,  2  in      No   taper.     Hollowed,  4  in.     Head 
broken.     Upper  side  Hat,  lower  side  rounded  throughout.      Blue  slate.     Victoria 
Couuty.     S. 

10.  8f  in.  long ;    width  at  mouth,  1|  in.     Lip  rounded,  tapers  to  rounded 
head.     Hollowed,  5  in.     Greatest  thickness,  1J  in.     Dark  limestone.     Chingua- 
cousy  Tp. 

11.  9J  in.  long;  width  at  mouth,  If  in.     Tapers  to  rounded  head.     Hollowed 
4  in.     Sides  flat,  edges  rounded.     Greatest  thickness,  If  in.     Victoria  County. 
Jas.  Dickson. 

12.  6 Jin.  long;    width   at  mouth,  1|.      Tapers  to  f  in.   *  Hollowed   total 
length,  deeply  ;    the  edges  left  along  the  sides  of  the  groove  being  only  about  J 
in.  wide.     Pilkington.  Tp. 

13.  8J  in.   long;    width   at  mouth,  2J  in.;    at   head,  1 J ;    hollowed,  3£,  as 
in  Nos.  2  and  8;  greatest  thickness,  If.     Buff  colored  material,  resembling  litho- 
graphic limestone.     Near  Belleville.     S. 

14.  7|   in.    long;    width    at   mouth,    1|   in.;    in   the   middle   nearly   2    in. 
Tapers   very   slightly   to   rounded   head.     Hollowed,  3  in.;    greatest  thickness, 
1J  in.     Much  weathered.     Granitic.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

15.  6  in.  long  ;    width  at  mouth,  1J  in.     Tapers  to  1  in.  at  flattened  head. 
Hollowed  3J  in.     Granitic.     Victoria  County.     Jas.  Dickson. 

16.  6  J  in.   long ;    width   at  mouth,   If  in.     Tapers   to   1J   in.   at  flattened 
head.     Upper  side  flat,  lower  side  rounded  except  near  head  where  it  is  flat, 
giving  head  a  triangular  look  when  viewed  endwise.     Hollowed  3J  in.     Greatest 
thickness,  1J  in.     York'Tp.     Jas.  Kirk  wood. 

17.  7|   in.  long,  and  2^  wide.      Hollowed  3  in.,  slightly ;    other   portions 
rounded.     Blue  slate.     York  Tp.     Jas.  Kirkwood. 

18.  10  in.  long;  width  at  mouth,  2J  in.,  tapering  to  1  in.  at  head.     Hollowed 
from  end  to  end,  deeply  ;    1J  in.  at  lip,  and  J  in.  at  head.     Greatest  thicknes,  1J 
in.     Material  like   No.  13.      Victoria  County.     S. 

19.  4£  in.  long;  width  at  mouth,  1J  in.,  tapering  gently  to  head.      Hollowed 
2J  inches.     Upper  side  flat,  lower  rounded.     Head  a  little  broken.     Greatest 
thickness,!  in.     Granitic.     Pilkington  Tp. 

20.  14  in.   long;    width  at  mouth,   If   in.;    at  head,   1|   in.;    hollowed,   5 
in.     Lower  side  and  both   edges  flat  for  4  in.  at  mouth  end,  the  corners  only 
being  rounded  to  correspond  with  the   groove  ;    all   remaining  portion  rounded. 
Limestone.     No  locality.     John  Hind. 

21.  6  in.  long ;  width  at  mouth,  2  in.,  tapering  to  1  in.  at  head.     Hollowed, 
2  in.      Thickness,  1  in.      Schistose  slate.     Western  Ontario.     S. 

22.  3J  in.  long ;    width  at  mouth,   2   in.;  at  head,  1 J.     Hollowed  slightly 
from  end  to  end.     Granitic.     Pickering  Tp.     G.  Welborne. 

23.  3J   in.  long;    width   at   mouth,  If,  tapers  to  rough  head  about  1   in. 
across.      Hollowed  slightly,  1J  in.      Lower  side  ridged.     Gneiss.     Pike's  Farm 
Wolfe  Island. 

24.  3J  in.  long  ;    width  at  mouth  1  in.,  tapers  to  J  in.  at  head.     Hollowed 
deeply  the  whole  length.     Greatest  thickness,  \  inch.     Port  Perry.     S. 

25.  3J  in.  long  ;   width  at  mouth,  1 J  in.     Hollowed  2  in.,  as  in  Nos.  2,  8  and 
13.     Thickness,  \  in.     No  locality.     S. 

26.  5  in.  long ;    width   at   mouth    2    in.      Tapers  (with   slight   depression 
on  each  side  mid- way)  to  rounded  head  1£  in.     Can  barely  be  called  a  gouo-e 

5  (c.l.)  65 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

as  the  hollow  is   scarcely  J  in.  deep,  and  extends  but  a  short  distance  from  the 
lip.     Upper  side  flat,  lower  round  and  curved  lengthwise.     West  Middlesex.     M. 

27.  7f  in.  long ;  width  at  mouth   2  J  in.     Tapers  with  slightly  convex  sides 
to  rounded  head  about  1J  in  dia.     Hollowed  only  about  1/16  in.  at  lip,  and  only 
j  inch    at  back.      Upper  side  flat,  lower  round.     Granite.     West  Middlesex  M, 

28.  7f  in.  long ;   width  at  mouth  1 J  in.     A  litle  wider  in  middle.     Head  1 
in.  dia.      Hollowed  slightly,  2J  in.  from  lip,  upper  side  flat,  lower  rounded  and 
much  curved  lengthwise.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

29.  8J  in.  long;  width  at   mouth   If  in.     Tapers  to   1  in.      Well   rounded 
head.     Hollowed*  3J   in.  deeply.     Upper  side  slightly  rounded,  lower  side  very 
much.     Immediately  behind  groove,  but  on  the  under  side  a  transverse  groove 
has  been  cut  for  handle  attachment.    Granite.     McGillivray  Township.     M. 

30.  6J  in.  long ;   width  at  mouth   If  in.     Tapers  to  f  in.  at  rounded  head. 
Hollowed  slightly  tor  2J  in.     Upper  side  flat.     Granite.     West  Middlesex.     M. 

31.  6f  in.  long  ;  width  at  mouth  If  in.    Sides  convex.    Head  If  in.    Hollowed 
slightly  1J  inches  from  lip.     Upper  side  flat.     Granite.     West  Middlesex.     M. 

32.  6  in.  long ;    width  at  mouth   2J    in.     Tapers   to  rounded  head    1    inch. 
Hollowed  deeply  2Hn.  Upper  side  flat.  Head  rounded.  McGillivray  Township.  M. 

33.  4J  in.   long;    width  at   mouth    If   in.     Tapers    to   rough  head    1J  in. 
Hollowed  from  end  to  end   deeply.     Serpentine.     No  locality     S. 

34.  5 J  in.  long ;    width  at  mouth  If  in.      Tapers  rapidly  to  f  in.  at  broken 
head.     Hollowed  from   end  to  end   deeply.     Thickness  If  in.  in  middle.     Lowe>* 
side  has   two   sharply  cut  notches  as  if  for  binding  to  a  handle.     These  are  f  in. 
apart,  the  lower  one  being  3J  in.  from   lip.     They  extend  only  half  w&y  round, 
Brookfield,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 

35.  4  in.  long;  width  at  mouth  If  in.     Tapers  to  \  in.  at  smoothly  rounded 
head.     Hollowed  from  end  to  end.     1  in.  thick.     Addington  County.     Dr.  T.  W. 
Beeman,  Perth.     (O.  L.) 

36.  oj  in.  long;  width  at  mouth  1J  in.  expanding  for  remainder  of  length  to 
If  in.     Hollowed  '1\  in.     Thickness  J  in.     Head  rough.     Lanark  County     Dr.  T. 
W.  Beeman,  Perth.     (0.  L.) 

37.  6J  in,  long;  width  of  mouth  (which  is  rounded)  If   in.     Hollowed  very 
slightly  nearly  the  full  length.     West  Middlesex.     M. 

38.  of  in.  long;  width  of  mouth  If  in.,  expands  slightly  and  tapers  to  1 J  in. 
at  head.     Hollowed  2f  in.     Upper   and  lower  sides  flat,  with  corners  chamfered. 
Thickness  1  in.     Argillite.     Humberstone  Tp.     Gustav  Utz, 

39.  8J  in.  long;  width  at  moutn  1J  in.,  enlarges  behind  to  If  in.     Tapers  to 
rough    head    1    in.      Hollowed  3J  in.       Sherbrooke  Tp.       Dr.   T.   W.    Beeman, 
Perth.     (O.  L.) 


CASE  L. 
STONE  PIPES. 

1.  Nottawasaga  Tp.    Lougheed  col. 

2.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Wm.  Smith,  Toronto. 

3.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Herbert  Connor. 

66 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

4.  Orillia.     S.  G.  Plunkett,  Toronto. 

5.  Albion  Tp.     S. 

6.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

7.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

8.  Sault  Ste  Marie.     Y.  P.  col. 

9.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

10.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

11.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

12.  Eglinton,  Y.  Tp.     York  P.  col. 

13.  Victoria  Co.     S. 

14.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

15.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

16.  Kent  Co.     Y.  P.  col. 

17.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

18.  Probably  modern  North-west.     Y.  P.  col. 

19.  Newmarket.     Stew.  col. 

20.  Burlington  Beach.     Y.  P.  col. 

21.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

22.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

23.  Forest.     S. 

24.  Near  Milton.     Finlay  McCallum. 

25.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

26.  Modern  North-West.     Y.  P.  col. 

27.  Markham.     S. 

28.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Catlinite.     Ed.  Beecroft. 

29.  Modern  Northwest.     Catlinite.     Y.  P.  col. 

30.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

31.  Beverly  Tp.     A.  McKnight. 

32.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

33.  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

34.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

35.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

36.  Plympton.     S. 

37.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

38.  Pembina.     Manitoba.     S. 

39.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Ed.  Coyle. 

40.  Kincardine.     M. 

41.  Ste.  Marie,  Simcoe  Co. 

42.  Stem  catlinite  modern  North-west.    York  P.  col. 

43.  West  William  Tp.     M. 

44.  Wiarton.     M. 

67 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

45.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Dugald  Currie. 

46.  London  Tp.     M. 

47.  WiartoD.     M. 

48.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

49.  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

50.  Lake  Moira,  near  Madoc.     Mr.  Moon. 

51.  Richmond  Hill.     Alex,  and  Arthur  Boyle. 

52.  Miami  valley.     C,  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

53.  York  Co.     Y.  P.  col. 

54.  Simcoe  Town.     S. 

55.  Boone  Co.,  Kentucky  U.  S. 

56.  Pittsburg  Tp.     Frontenac  Co.     W.  G.  Kidd,  Kingston, 

57.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Mr.  Duff. 

58.  Nottawasaga  Tp.     Herbert  Connor. 

59.  London  Tp.     M. 

60.  Grand  Bend,  Sable  River.     M. 

61.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

62.  Bay  of  Quinte,  (pewter  or  lead).     Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman  (0.  L.) 

63.  Qu'Appelle  R.  Valley,  N,  W.  T.     Jas.  C.  Stokes. 

64.  Dakota,  U.  S.  (catlinite)     Dr.  Rear-. 

65.  Eglinton,  Y.  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

66.  Lake  Medad,  ("  white  stone.")     Y.  P.  col. 

67.  Burlington  Beach.     Y.  P.  col. 

68.  Pacific  Coast,  Brit.  Columbia.     Y.  P.  col. 

69.  Blood  Indian  (modern)     Rev.  John  McLean. 

70.  Modern. 


CASE  M. 

MAINLY  OF  SLATE. 

Bird  Amulets. 

1.  5|  in.  long  and  f  in.  across  middle  of  base,  neck  2J  in.  long  and  only  f  in. 
(at  crown  of  head)  above  level  of  back.     The  attempt  to  represent  a  head  is  very 
simple,  the  neck  being  sloped  off  at  about  45°  a  slight  downward  curve  on  the 
under  side   adding  to  beak  appearance.     Tail  at  widest  part  1J  in.  erected  at 
angle  and  stands  f  in.  higher  than  back,  length  of  base  3  in.,  slightly  hollowed 
lengthwise  and  a  little  rounded  transversely.     Aurora,  York  Co.     S. 

2.  3J  in.  long  and  f  in.  across  middle  of  base,  which'is  2  in.  long,  neck  erect, 
crown  of  head  1J  in.  above  base,  head  If  in.  long,  beak  from  f  in.  deep  in  front 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


of  eyes,  to  J  at  end.  Peduncled  eyes,  only  part  of  one  now  left,  tail  erect 
andlf  inches  long  from  base.  Base  very  slightly  hollowed  lengthwise,  otherwise 
flat.  No  locality.  S. 

3.  3  in.  long,  head  and  tail  erected  at  about  45° ;  from  crown  to  tip  of  beak 
1  in.     Peduncled  eyes  f  in.  in  diameter  the  upper  portion  of  them  rising  J  in. 
above  crown  of  head.     Bar  across  base  at  each  end  and  projecting  about  3/16 
below  base.     Thorndale,  Perth  Co.     S. 

4.  3J  in.  long,  neck  erect,  sharp  curve  forming  crown  of  head  and  continua- 
tion of  curve  forming  beak.     Lower  curve  more  circular,  width  of  head  from 
crown  to  neck  1  in.  Base  If  in.  long,  J  in.  wide  and  convex  both  ways.     S. 

5.  4J  in.  long,  neck  erect,  crown  of  head  If  in.  above  base.     Head  formed 
as  in  No.  4.    No  tail.     The  original  hole  through  rear  end  having  been  broken  out, 
a  new  one  has  been  bored  coming  out  on  the  top.     Base  2f  in.  long  and  f  wide, 
slightly  convex  in  both  directions.     York  Tp.  (?) 

[This  handsome  specimen  was  presented  to  the  museum  about  three  years 
ago.  It  was  handed  in  by  the  gentleman  who  owned  it,  but  unfortunately 
the  record  of  its  reception  has  been  lost.  Should  the  owner  recognize  it  by  the 
above  description,  or  by  seeing  it  in  the  case,  he  will  conf  jr  a  favor  by  addressing 
the  curator.] 

6.  3  5-16  in.  long,  the  outline  is  similar  to  that  of  No.  4.     Base  If  in.  long 
and  |  in.  wide  ;  convex  in  both  directions.  S. 

7.  4f  in.  long.     Head  and  tail  on  line  with  back,  except  for  slight  depressions- 
to  form  neck  and  flatten  tail.     Base  If  in.  long  with  heavy  transverse  bar  at  each 
end.     From  front  bar  to  tip  of  beak  is  1  f  in.  and  from  rear  bar  to  end  of  tail  1 J 
in.      The  tail  is  If  in.  wide.   At  the  shoulders  the  specimen  is  1 J  in.  wide  whence 
it  narrows  rapidly  to  tip  of  beak.     Brantford.     S. 

8.  3  5/16  in.  long,  neck  and  head  raised  a  little,  tail  depressed  and  pointed. 
Base  2  in.    long,    If   in.    wide  and  barred.     It  is  quite  impossible  to  write  an 
intelligible  description  of  this  singular  specimen.   The  eyes  project  but  have  no  disc. 
They  stand  out  8-16  in.  from  the  head  and  terminate  in  a  rounded  end,  less  than 
•J  in.  diameter.     The  material  is  huronite.     Port  Rowan.     S. 

9.  4f  in.  long,  neck  and  tail  almost  at  right  angles  to  body.     Base  2J  in. 
long  and  f  in.  wide.     Tail  If  wide  and  If  in.  from  base  to  end.     The  head  from 
crown  to  point  of  beak  is  2  in.  and  is  at  right  angle  to  neck,  tapering  from  \  inr 
to  3/16.     Biddulph  Tp.,  Middlesex.     M. 

10.  5f  in.  long,  neck  and  tail  erect  and  rising  \   in.  above  back.     Breast 
forms  nearly  a  right  angle  with  base.     Tail  more  oblique  with  a  central  rib  in 
continuation  of  sharp  ridge  forming  the  whole  upper  outline.     Head  from  breast 
to  point  of  back  2J  in.     Tail  from  base  1J  in.     Base  3  in.  long  and  f  in.  wide,, 
concave   lengthwise   and   concave   across.     Brown   and   purple  veined  argillite, 
London  Tp.,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

11.  5J  in.  long,  neck  rises  high.     Crown  of  head  2f  in.  above  base.     Head 
from  curve  of  throat  to  point  of  beak  1  in.  long.     Tail  from  base  If  in.  and  same 
width  as  body.     Base  3J  in.  long  and  13/16  in.  wide,  slightly  convex  in  both 
directions.     McGillivray  Tp.,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

12.  3f  in.  long,  head  above  base  If  in.     Tail  above  base  1  in.  and  ribbed. 
Base  2J  in.  long  and  9/16  in.    wide,  convex  in  both  diiections.     Stephen   Tp., 
Middlesex  Co.     M. 

13.  4J  in.  long.     Head  rises  If  in.  above  base.     Tail  broken.     Base  2J  in. 
long  and  13/16  in.  wide,  convex   and  twisted  a  little  lengthwise — slightly  convex, 
across.     West  Williams,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

69 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  189C 


14.  5J  in.  long.     Head  and  neck  almost  on  level  with  back,  the  two  measur- 
ing 1J  in.  from  shoulder.     Tail  rises  If  in.  above  base  and  of  same  width  as  body. 
Base  3J  in.  long  and  1  in.  wide.     Front  hole  in  base  broken  and  no  hole  at  rear 
Angle.     Base  slightly  convex  both  ways.     McGillivray  Tp.,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

15.  3f  in.  long,  broken  off  at  tail  end.     Form  of  head  similar  to  Nos.  5  and  6. 
Pale  pink  granite.     City  of  London,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

16.  This  specimen  is  in  many  respects  of  the  same  unusual  type  as  No.  8,  but 
its  condition  is  less  perfect,  both  head  and  tail  being  damaged.     The  head  fracture 
has  been  rubbed  down  pretty  smoothly  and  the  angularities  of  the  tail  fracture 
have  been  rounded  off.     All  that  remains  of  the  left  eye  indicates  pedimculation 
but  the  disc  is  broken  off.     The  body  oval  in  outline,  being  2  in.  long  and  1J  in. 
wide.     The  thickness  of  the  body  from  upper  to  lower  side  is  only  about  half  an 
inch.     The  material  is  the  striped  slate  of  which  so  many  are  made.    East  Williams, 
Middlesex  Co.     M. 

16 1 .  3f  in  long.  Neck  elevated,  head  horizontal,  eyes  peduncled;  one  broken; 
tail  almost  horizontal  and  depressed  marginally  near  body.  Base  If  in.  long  1J- 
in.  wide  and  barred.  McGillivray  Tp.,  Middlesex  Co.  M. 

17.  2|-  in.  long.     Neck  almost  at  right  angles  to  body,  head  horizontal  and 
-crown  If  in.  above  base.     Head  from  centre  of  crown  f  in.  and  from  throat  f  in. 
long.     Eyes  peduncled,  discs  about  7/16  in.  diameter.     Tail  rises  only  a  little 
.above  horizontal.     Base  If  in.  long,  11/16  in.  wide  and  barred.     This  specimen 
.seems  to  be  in  an  unfinished  condition  as  the  holes  have  not  been  bored  through 
the    bars.     The  two  extremities  of   the  front  hole  have    merely   been   marked. 
Huronite.     AVest  Williams  Tp.,  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

18.  6J  in.  long.     Neck  rises  with  a  gentle  curve,  beginning  within  1  in.  of 
tail      Height  of  crown  from  base  1J  in.     Head  14-  in.  long,  points  downwards  at 
.angle  corresponding  to  rise  of  neck,  it  is  9/16  in.  wide,  about  3/16  in.  thick,  square 
pointed  and  edge  up.     Eyes  peduncled  and  projecting  about  f  in.,  discs  about  J 
in.  diameter.     Base  3J  in.  long  and  varying  in.  width  from  9/16  in.  in  front  to  f- 
in  behind.     Tail  rises  at  sharp  angle  1J  in  above  base  and  is  J  in.  wide.     This 
specimen    is   perfect  in   every  respect  and   is   admirably  made.    West  Williams 
Tp.     M. 

19.  2f  in.  long.     Crown  of  head  same  height  as  tail.     Tail  erect  almost  at 
right  angle.     Base  If  in.  long,  and  f  in.  wide.     Convex  both  ways.      W.  Muma, 
Humberstone  Tp. 

20.  2  J  in.  long,     Neck  in  line  with    back  and   head  pointing  downwards. 
Crown  surmounted  with  oval  projection  7-16  in.  long  and  3-16  wide.     Tail  only 
.a  slight  upward  curve  of  back  line  about  J  in.  high.     Base  1 J  in  long  and  f  in. 
wide,  convex  in  both  directions. 

21.  Tail  fragment.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

22.  Head    and   neck   of    bird-amulet.      Peduncled   eyes.      One    broken   off. 
Upper  edge  of  whole  piece  notched,     A  hole  has   been  drilled  through  the  neck 
•end  for  secondary  rise.     S. 

Unless  where  otherwise  noted,  all  these  are  of  striped  slate,  and  are  bored 
diagonally  on  each  end  at  the  under  side. 

25.  2f  in.  long,  1  7/16  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  thick  in  middle,  decreasing  at  end 
to  J  in.  thick.  Hole  bored  edgewise  and  oval,  the  longer  diameter  being  on  one 
side  f  in.,  and  on  the  other  f  in.  The  specimen  is  hammer  shaped,  but  shows  no 
signs  of  use  on  ends.  All  the  edges  are  square.  Slate,  faintly  striped.  Ontario.  S. 

70 


£3  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


2<\  3J  in.  long,  If  in.  wide,  and  J  in.  thick.     Ovate   sidewise    and  edgewise. 
Bored      One  end  broken.     S. 

27.  2|  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  and  1   in.  deep.     Port   Rowan.     S. 

28.  2  in.  long,  1  11/16  in.  wide  and  1  in.  thick.     Oval ;  flattened  at  each  end. 
Hole  7/16  in.  diameter  at  one  end,  and  f  at  the  other,  bored  lengthwise.     Edges 
of  specimen  rounded,  and  one  of  them  bearing  nineteen  notches  crosswise,  from 
J  to  J  in.  long.     Striped  slate.     Western  Ontario.     S. 

29.  If  in.  diameter,  and  1 J  in.  thick,  viewed  from  side  it  is  perfectly  circular. 
A  hole  |  in.  in  diameter  is  bored  through  the  longer  axis.     On  one  side  and  parallel 
with  the  hole  a  hollow  has  been  formed,  the  greatest  width  of  which  is  fully  one 
inch.     Striped  slate.     West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

30.  6f  in.  long,  1J   in.  wide,  and   1 J  in.  thick   in  middle,  ending  in   a  blunt 
point  at  the  extremities.     All  the  sides  are  rounded  smoothly,  and  a  7/16  in.  hole 
is  bored  through  greater  diameter  of  middle.     Striped  slate,  brown.     Wingham. 
S.     (Perfectly  symmetrical  in  every  respect.) 

31.  4f  in.  long,  1 J  in.  wide,  and  •§•  in.  thick.     Finely  rounded  on  all  sides,  and 
pointed  at  each   end.      A  f  in.  hole   bored    through   middle.     This  specimen  is 
similar  in  shape  to  No.  30,  but  one  side  is  less  curved  than  the  opposite.     Striped 
slate.     Norfolk  Co. 

32.  3|  in.  long,  1J  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  thick,   tapering  to  point  at  each  end. 
Hole  J  in.  diameter,  bored  through  shorter  diameter  of  middle.     Brown  striped 
and  mottled  slate.     Caradoc  Township.     M. 

Winged  and  Horned  Specimens. 

33.  5  in.  long  across  tips  of  curved  horns  which  are  knobbed  at  ends,     1J 
in.  deep  in  middle  through   which  a  f  in.  hole  is  bored.     Not  quite  symmetrical. 
Slate  ;  weathered.     Plympton  Tp.    S. 

34.  Of  in,  from  tip  to  tip  of  horns,  which  are  terminated  in  handsome  oval 
knobs.     Depth  in  middle  If  in.     Hole  7/16  in.  diameter.     Same  type  as  No.  33, 
but  smoothly  finished  and  perfect  in  symmetry.     Zone  Tp.    S. 

35.  5f  in.  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings,  which  are  flattened  in  line  with  the  hole, 
nearly  7/16  in.  in  diameter  in  middle,  which  is  f  in.  deep.     The  wings  are  curved 
to  one  side  f  in.  beyond  the  centre,  and  on  the  opposite  side  are  two  projections, 
each  about  f   in.  from  centre  of  hole,  and  extending  fully  the   same   distance 
beyond  the  body  in  the  centre.     One  wing  is  a  little   longer  and  more  pointed 
than  the  other.     Light  gray  slate.     Lake  shore,  Norfolk  Co.     S. 

36.  6|-  in.  across  horns,  which  terminate  in   oval  knobs   sharply  ridged  on 
outer  surface.     Depth  in   middle   1 J  in.     Dark  striped  slate.     Specimen  closely 
resembles  No.  34,  but  has  been  broken  across  the  hole  and  cemented.     Highly 
finished.     Forest.     S. 

37.  5 1  in.  across  wings,  which  are  flattened   in  line  with  hole  through  the 
middle,  which  is  If  in.  deep.     The  wings  are   about   If  in.  wide  at  the  broadest 
part,  and  not  more  than  f  in.  thick  where  they  join  the  central  portion,  which  is 
flat  sided  and  rises  with  sharply  marked  shoulders  above  the  sides  of  the  wings. 
The  thickness  of  the  central  portion  is  less  than  an  inch,  and  the  hole  is  f  in.  in 
diameter  on  one  side,  and  slightly  less  on  the  other.  Brown  argillite.   Wingham.  S. 

38.  3 J  in.  long,  and  2 J  in.  wide,  irregularly  quadrangular.    Wings  full  breadth, 
—ends  have  been  broken  off1  and  rubbed  down  again.     This  has  been  effected  by 

71 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


some  one  recently,  as  the  rubbing  has  been  done  to  produce  a  sharp  edge.  A 
squarely  cut  notch  J  in.  deep  and  the  same  width  is  made  on  one  side  where  the 
hole  comes  out.  Hole  f  in.  diameter  at  this  end,  and  \  in.  diameter  at  the  other. 
Striped  slate.  Port  Perry.  S. 

39.  3J   in.  long,  and   3  in.  wide.      One  wing  much  damaged.      Notched   in- 
middle  at  extremities   of  hole,  which  is  about  f  in.  diameter.     One  notch  J  in. 
deep,  and  one  1  in.  deep.     Specimen  has  been  broken  across  hole  and  cemented. 
Slate.     S. 

40.  4J  by  4J  in.     Each   wing   forms  half  of  a  six  sided  figure.     Notches  in 
middle   between  wings  1J  inch   deep.     The  hole  has  been   bored   through   the 
entire   width  before   the   notches  were  made,     Has   been  broken  and  cemented. 
One  side  of  eye  lost.    One  side  of  each  wing  injured.    Wings  less  than  J  in.  thick. 
Brown  slate.     Y.  P.  col. 

41.  4J  in.  long,  and  o  3/16  in.  wide.     Outline  approximately  oval.     Hole  f 
in.  diameter.     One  notch   -J   in.  deep,  and  one  f  in.  deep.      Notches  made  after 
boring.     Wings  near  middle  about  \  in.  thick.     Striped  slate.     Blanshard  Town- 
ship.    M. 

50.  3|  in.  long,  3J-  in.  wide.     Has   been   almost   circular   in    outline    when 
perfect.     One  wing  broken.    Notches  between  wings  about  f  in.  deep,  and  as  they 
are  |  in.  wide,  the  hole  being  only  f  in.  diameter,  it  is  not  possible  to  tell  whether 
they  were  made  before  or  after  the  boring.     Striped  slate.     Mound  in  Perry  Co.,. 
Ohio. 

43.  4f  inch  long,  and  2J  in.  wide.     Approximately  oval  in   outline.     Wings 
-f  in.  thick  near  middle.     No  notches.     Hole  7/16  in.  diameter  at  one  side,  and  a 
little  over  5/16  at  the  other.     Striped  slate.    McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

44.  5J  in.  long,  and  1J  in.  wide.     Outline  a  long  oval,  somewhat  pointed  at 
the  ends.     Hole  f  in.  diameter.    One  side  weathered.    Brown  striped  slate  tinged 
with  blue.     East  Williams  Tp.     M. 

45.  3J  in.  long,  and   2J   in.  wide.      Outline   oval.      Hole   3-16  in.  diameter. 
Notches  |  in.  deep  and   made  after   boring.      At  point  of  one   wing  a  circular 
depression  7/16  in.  long  and  \  in.  deep  has  been  made.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

46.  3 f  in.  long,  and  If  in.  wide.     Hole  5/16  in.  diameter.     Two  half  round 
depressions  less  than  \  in.  deep  take  the  place  of  notches.     Wings  thick  in  pro- 
portion  to  size.     Ends  chipped  as  if  used  for  hammering.     Dark  striped  slate. 
McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

47.  4-J  in.  long,  and  1J  in.  wide.     Butterfly  outline.     Hole  on  more  rounded 
side   \   in.  diameter ;  on  the  other  under   |   in.  diameter.      Striped   slate.      East 
Williams  Tp. 

48.  5 J  in.  long,  and  2J  in.  wide.    Outline  a  pointed  oval.    Hole  f  in.  diameter 
at   one   end,  and   J   in.  nearly  at  the  other.      No  notches.     Striped  slate.     West 
Williams  Tp.      JV1. 

49.  4|  in.  long,  and  3  in.  wide.     One  wing  is  nearly  an  inch  shorter  than  the 
other,  and  has  been  re-worked.      Hole  f  in.  diameter.      Only  one  side  notched  If 
in.  deep.     Striped  slate.     Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

51.  2J  in.  long,  and  If  in.  wide.     Wings  triangular.     Point  of  one  broken. 
Hole  about  f  in.  diameter,  and  walls  very  thin.      Notches   f   in.  deep.      A  sharp 
ridge  rises  on  the  sides  of  the  hole,  and  in  line  with  it,  making  diameter  across 
centre  f  in.     This  is  the  smallest  specimen  of  its  kind  in  the  collection.     Striped 
slate.     Vaughan  Tp.     Dr.  Orr,  Maple. 

72 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


52.  In  outline  like  a  pipe,  but  the  hole  (which  is  oval)  pierces  the  "head"  in- 
line with  the  "  stem."  Upper  edge  of  what  may  be  called  stem  slightly  grooved 
in  continuation  of  curve  made  by  lower  side  of  hole.  Stem  2J  in.  long.  Upper 
side  |  in.  wide  at  angle  and  tapering  to  j-  in.  at  point.  Lower  side  brought  to  a. 
rounded  edge.  Head  2J  in.  deep,  f  in.  thick,  and  1J  in.  wide  in  direction 
of  stem.  Hole  11-16  by  5-16  in.  diameter.  Brown  striped  slate.  No 
locality.  S. 

55.  Fragment  of  a  peculiar  specimen,  having  apparently  had  two  large  and 
two  small  incurved  wings.     S. 

56.  Fragment  of  horned  specimen.  The  horn  rises  in  a  curve  almost  in  line  with 
the  hole.     Simcoe  Town.     S. 

5J.  One  half  of  specimen  like  No.  30.     Caradoc  Tp.     M. 
59.  One  half  of  specimen  similar  to  No.  57.     M. 

Tubes. 

62.  SJxlfxl  in.     Striped  slate.     Forest.     S. 

63.  2£xljxlin.     Striped  slate.     Norfolk  Co.     S. 

64.  2f xlfxlj  in.     Slate.     Norfolk.     S. 

65.  5f   in.   long,  and   If    in.   diameter,   perfectly  round.       Hole   f    in.  dia. 
This  is  a  fragment  of  what  is  said  to  have  been  a  tube  at  one  time  upwards  of  a. 
foot   in   length.      The   material   appears    to   be   a  fine  close-grained   limestone, 
resembling  somewhat  German  lithographic  stone,  but  darker.      It  takes  a  good 
polish.      Mr.  Galbraith,  the  gentleman  who  handed  it  in,  said  he  remembered 
seeing  it  when  whole.      Unfortunately  the  record  of  its  locality  has  been  lost. 
Perhaps  this  notice  will  meet  the  gentleman's  eye. 

66.  6f  xljxl  1-16  in.     Hole  f  in  diameter  at  one  end  and  5-16  at  the  other. 
Sides  rounded.     Cross  section  oval.      Slate.      Beverly  Township.      Miss  Jessie 
Robertson,  Valens. 

67.  7f  in.  long.      Almost  round  and  tapering  slightly  from   f   in.  to  f   in. 
diameter.     Hole  \  in.  diameter  at  larger  end,  and  f  at  the  other.     Slate.     S. 

68.  4  in.  long,  and  1J  in.  dia.   at  larger  end,  tapering  to  an  oval  of  1   in. 
x!3-16  in.  at  the   other  end.      Hole  is  flared  at  large  end   to   nearly   full  dia. 
of  tube.      At   small   end   it  is   also   somewhat  enlarged,  being  J  in.  dia.  at  the 
tip,  and  barely  f  in.,  half  an  inch  in.     The  material  is  much  like  that  of  No.  65, 
but  lighter  in  color.     Wolfe  Island. 

69.  8J  in.  long,    1J   in.  dia.      Almost   perfectly   round.       One   end  slightly 
larger  than  main  body,  measuring  nearly  \\  in.     Hole  as  in  No.  68.      Material 
similar,  but  darker  in  color,  darker  even  than  No.  65. 

70.  3|  in.  long,  f  in.  dia.     Broken.     Slate.     West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

71.  4|  in.  long,  1   in.  x  If  in.  dia.  in  middle.      Sides   rounded  and  tapering 
with    convexity   to   about    f    in.  dia.  at  smaller  end   which  is   broken.      Hole 
decreases  from  f  to  f  in.     Striped  slate.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

72.  5    in.    long,   and    f    in.    dia.      Two   sides   flattened    and   two    rounded. 
Striped  slate.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

73.  4  in.  long,  and  1J  in.  wide.     Longitudinal  fragment ;  shows  side  of  hole 
McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

73 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  0).  A.  1890J 


Bar   Amulets. 

_ 

20.  3.f  in.  long,  1J  in.  wide,  and  1J  deep.    Cross  section  triangular.  Bosanquet 
Tp.     M. 

21.  3J  in  long.     Base  9/16  in.  wide,  depth  J  in.     Boring  of  holes  at  each  end 
incomplete.     Scotland  Village.     S. 

22.  3  in.  long.     Base  nearly  f  in.  wide.     Depth  |  in.     Both  ends  fractured 
on  upper  side.     St.  Mary's.     S. 

23.  3f  in.  long  , nearly  1 J-  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  deep.    Cross  section  semi-circular. 
West  Williams  Tp.      M. 

53.  3  in,  long,  f  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  deep.     Higher  in   middle  than  at  ends ; 
ends  collared.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

24  4f  in.  loner,  f  in.  wide  at  ends,  less  in  middle.     \  in.  deep.     McGillivray 
Tp.    M. 

74.  4|   in.  long.    Greatest   dia.  If  in.    Hole   f   in.  dia.,  bored  If   deep   as  if 
intended   for   a   tube.     Smaller   end    only  about    1  in.  diameter.     Striped  slate. 
West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

75.  4-f  in.  long,  If  in.  wide,  and  1  in.  thick.    Sides  rounded.    Smaller  at  each 
end  than  in  the  middle.     Striped  slate.     London  Tp.     M. 

76.  3-J  in.  long,  and  about  J  in.  dia.      Broken  at  each  end,      Sides  slightly 
rounded.    Hole  shows  longitudinal  markings  deeply  cut.    Striped  slate.  Blanshard 
Tp.     M. 

77.  3f  in.  long,  1§   in.  wide.      One    side  splintered  but  leaving  hole  intact. 
Sides  rounded.     Striped  slate      Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

84.  Fragment  of  object  like  No.  52.     This  specimen  is  less  in  size  than  No. 
52.  but  has  been  much  more  handsomely  made.     Striped  slate.     Biddulph  Tp.  M. 

85.  6J  in.  long,  fully  1  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  thick.     Viewed  from   the   edge  it 
tapers  to  a  point  at  each  end.     Viewed  from  the  side  the  two  edges  are  almost 
parallel.     The  ends  are  slightly  hollowed,  but   the  sides  are  perfectly  flat.     A  f 
in.  hole   pierces   it   edgewise   in   the   middle.     Under  side  weathered,  but  on  the 
whole  a  beautiful  specimen.     Western  Ontario.     S. 

86.  Similar  in  almost  every  particular  to   No.   85,   except  that  the  ends  are 
more  deeply  hollowed.     Perth  Co.     P.  R.  Jarvis. 


CASE  N. 
GORGETS  OR  TABLETS — Two  OR  MORE  HOLES. 

The  specimens  in  cases  N  and  O  are,  almost  without  exception,  made  from 
slate.  They  vary  very  much  both  in  size  and  shape.  They  appear  to  be  con- 
siderably more  plentiful  in  the  western  than  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  pro- 
vince. In  many  instances  it  is  easy  to  believe  that  these  were  worn  as  gorgets  or 
breast-plates,  but  in  other  specimens,  especially  some  of  those  in  case  N,  the 
number  and  position  of  the  holes  would  seem  to  indicate  a  different  use.  One 
tablet  has  had  as  many  as  seven  holes  bored  through  it,  some  of  them  close  to 
the  edges  and  now  partly  broken  off,  others  near  the  middie,  and  all  apparently 
without  any  regularity. 

74 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

1.  St.  Thomas.     S. 

2.  Fingal.     S. 

3.  No  record.     S. 

4.  Sarnia  Tp.     S. 

5.  Gait.     S. 

6.  Orillia.     S. 

7.  No  record.     S. 

8.  Caradoc  Tp.     S. 

9.  Near  Stratford.     S. 

10.  No  record.     York  P.  col. 

11.  St.  Mary's.     S. 

12.  No  record.     S. 

13.  Near^Norwich.     S. 

14.  Exeter.     S. 

15.  London  Tp.     S. 

16.  Pilkington  Tp. 

17.  Plympton  Tp.     S. 

18.  No  record.     S. 

19.  Eramosa  Tp. 

20.  Owen  Sound.     S. 

21.  No  record.     S. 

22.  No  record.     S. 

23.  No  record.     S. 
:24.  No  record.     S. 

25.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 
-26.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

27.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

28.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

29.  Thedford  Tp.     M. 

30.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

31.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

32.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

33.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 
54.  McUillivray  Tp.     M. 

35.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

36.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

37.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

38.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

39.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

40.  Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

41.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

75 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  189Q 


42.  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

43.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

44.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

45.  East  Williams  Tp.     M. 

46.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

47.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

48.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

49.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

50.  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

51.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

52.  Near  Lindsay.     S, 

53.  Near  Lindsay.     S. 

54.  St.  Thomas.     S. 

55.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

56.  Hamilton  Co.  O.,  W.  K.  Moorehead. 

57.  Stephen  Tp.     M. 

58.  No  record.     S. 

59.  No  record.     S. 

60.  No  record.     S. 

61.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

62.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 

63.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

64.  No  record. 

65.  Miami  Valley,  0.,  0.  J.  B.  Ratjen. 

66.  Miami  Valley,  0.,  0.  J.  B.  Ratjen. 

67.  Miami  Valley,  O.,  C.  J.  B.  Ratjen. 

68.  Miami  Valley,  0.,  C.  J.  B.  Ratjen. 

69.  Lee  Co.  Va.,  Ky.,  Geol.  Sur.,  Frankfort. 


CASE  0. 
GORGETS  OR  TABLETS — ONE  HOLE. 

1.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

2.  Western  Ontario.     Notched  at  one  end.     S. 

3.  Imly  City,  Mich.,  U.  S.     S. 

4.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

5.  Jarvis,  Norfolk  Co.     S. 

6.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

7.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

8.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

76 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


9.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

10.  NearCobourg.     S. 

11.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

12.  Moore  Tp.     S. 

13.  Exeter.     S. 

14.  Near  Gait.     S. 

15.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

16.  Guelph  Tp. 

17.  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

18.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

19.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

20.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

21.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

22.  Forest.     S. 

23.  Western  Ontario.     S. 
24  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

25.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

26.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

27.  London  City.     M. 

28.  West  Williams.     M. 

29.  West  Williams.     M. 

30.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

31.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

32.  Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

33.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

34.  Bosanquet  Tp.     M. 

35.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

36.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

37.  Middlesex  Co.     M. 

38.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

39.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

40.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

41.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

42.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

43.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

44.  Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

45.  Blanshard  Tp.     M. 

46.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

47.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

48.  Biddulph  Tp.     M. 

49.  Stephen  Tp.     M. 

77 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

50.  West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

51.  Humberstone  Tp.     Wilson. 

52.  Weston,  Ontario.     S. 

53.  Weston,  Ontario.     S. 
54  Weston,  Ontario.     S. 

55.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

56.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

57.  Weston,  Ontario.     S. 

58.  Wolfe  Island. 

59.  Wolfe  Island. 

60.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

61.  Wolfe  Island. 

62.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

63.  No  record. 

64.  Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

65.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

66.  Miami  Valley.     Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 


CASE  P. 
COPPER  AND  HEMATITE. 

Hematites. 

1.  2J  x  1 J.     Hartford  city,  Mason  Co.,  West  Virginia.     W.  K.  Moorehead, 

2.  3J  x  2J.     Locust  Creek,  Linn  Co.,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 

3.  2f  x  If.     Brookfield,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear. 

4.  Brookfield,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear. 

5.  Linn  Co.,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear. 

6.  Sinker  or  plummet  1 J  x  f  in.     Near  Columbus,  0.,  C.  D.  Pettibone,  Cin- 
cinnati, 0. 

Native  Copper. 

1.  Chisel  with  socket  for  handles.     Total  length  4f  in.     Width  at  lip  If  in. 
Manitoulin  Island.     Mr.  Yellowlees. 

2.  Axe  4J  in.  long,  2J  in.  wide  at  lip,  and  tapering  to  1 J  in.  at  head.     Great- 
est thickness  about  f  in.     Brantford.     S. 

3.  Axe  or  chisel  4  in.  long,  2j  in.  wide  at  lip,  and  tapering  to  f  in.  at  head. 
Greatest  thickness  5/16  in.     Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island,  Gananoque.  C.  A.  See. 

3.  Axe  or  chisel,  6  in.  long,  1^  in.  wide  at  lip,  and  tapering  with  convex  sides 
to  |  in.  at  head.     Greatest  thickness  J  in.     Beverly.     J.  Humphrey,  Troy. 

5.  Spear-head  6J  in.  long,  1  in.  at  widest,  and  about  5/16  in.  thick  in  middle. 
Has  tine  for  insertion  in  handle. 

78 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


6.  Spear-head,  7£  in.  long,  and  If  in  at  widest,  with  tine  2  in.  long.     Great- 
est thickness  of  blade  3/16  in.     Brantford.     S. 

7.  Spear-head,  or  knife,  4  in.  long.     Widest  part  of  blade  1 1/16  in.     Greatest 
thickness    £   in.      Has   a   neck   for   attachment   to   handle.      Neck  J  in.    long 
with  a  projection  at  each  lower  angle  to  aid  in  holding  place  in  shaft.     Rice: 
Lake.     S. 

8.  Spear-head   with  socket.     Total  length   5J  in.     Blade  3  in.  long,  f  in.  at 
widest  part,  and  ^  in.  thick.     Near  Toronto.     S. 

9.  Spear-head  or  knife  of  in.  long  with  tine.     Greatest  width  of  blade  |  in. 
and  about  J  in.  thick.     No  locality.     S. 

10.  Fragment  of  knife,  2|  in.  long.     No  locality.     S. 

11.  Knife  with  tine.     Total  length  3|  in.     Blade  2  in.  long  and  1  in.  wide — 
thinned  on  one  edge  only.     No  locality.     S. 

12.  Knife  with   tine.     Total  length  7|  in.     Blade   5-|-   in.    long.     Greatest 
width  1  3/10  in.,  and  although  thinned  on  both  edges,  has  only  one  made  to  cut. 
The  cutting  edge  is  convex  as  the  result  of  the  greater  thinning,  and  the  back  is 
correspondingly  hollow.     The  shape  of  this  knife  is  suggestive  of  a  European 
model.     Beverly.     James  Rae. 

13.  Bracelet,  2  in.  dia.,  and  from   J  in.  to   3/16   in.   thick.     Cross   section  a 
flattened  oval,  the  longer  dia.  being  in  the  plane  of  the  circle.     Rice  Lake.     S. 

14.  Bracelet  and  fragment;  sheet  copper  coiled  in  tubular  form   and  bent. 
No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

15.  Spear-head  with  tine.     Total   length   5f  in.     Blade   4  in.  long,  1  in.  at 
widest,  J  in.  thick,  and  smoothly  finished  to  double  edges.     Tine  round.     London. 
Tp.     M. 

16.  Spear-head  with  small  socket.     Total  length  9  in.     Blade  7J  in.  long,  If 
in.  at  widest,  and  J  in.  thick.     Burford.     M. 

17.  Axe  or  chisel,  4f  in.  long.     Thinned  at  both  ends.     One  end  roughly  so, 
as   if  for   insertion  in  a  handle.     Width   of   lip   1J  in.,  of  handle   end   1J   in. 
Greatest    thickness    J   in.     This   specimen   contains  a  speck  of  native    silver. 
Biddulph.     M. 

18.  Axe  or  chisel,  5J  in.  long.     Width  at  lip  If  in.,  tapering  to  f  in.  at  head. 
Greatest  thickness  J  in.     Noncon  Island,  Lake  Scugog.     A.  F.  Chamberlain. 

19.  Bead  f  in.  long  and  |  in.  dia.     Has  been  bent  to  form  a  hole.     London 
City.     M. 

20.  Nine  copper  heads  on  piece  of  hide  as  attached  originally.     Tremont 
Park,  Tidd's  Island. 

21.  Pendant,  triangular  2%  in.  long.     Eye  at  wide  end,  which  is  1  in.  wide 
Wolfe  Island. 

22.  Small  bead,  coiled,  5/16  in.  long,  and  £  in.  dia.     Caradoc.     S. 

23.  Double-pointed  awl  or  needle  4J  in.  long;  3/16  in.  dia.  in  middle. 

24.  Half  of  button,  lj  in.  dia.     Mound,  Ross.  Co.,  Ohio.     W.  K.  Moorehead. 

25.  Spear-head'  6|  in.  long,  tined,   £   in.   at  the  widest,  and  about  3/16   in. 
thick.     A  strong  rib  forms  the  centre  of  the  blade  on  each  side.     Dr.  Beeming, 
Perth.  (0.  L.)    ' 

26.  One   hundred   and  four    copper  beads  from  J  in.  to  J  in.  dia.,  and  three 
pendant  spikes  about  3  in.  long.     Pike's  Farm,  Wolfe  Island. 

.79 


53  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


27.  Spike   or  spear   12  J   in.  long,   fxf  in.  in  middle,  and   tapering  to   fiat 
points  at  each  end.     Sides  bquare      North  bank  of  River  Kaminstiquia  at  Fort 
William.     Capt.  J.  S.  Smith. 

28.  A.xe  or  adze  with  socket.     Total  length  5J  in.     Width  at  lip  2|,  at  end 
•of  socket  3|  in.     The  edges  are  turned  almost  the   whole  length  to  form  the 
socket,  but  2  in.  from  the  lip  the  material  is  flattened  by  "  shouldering  "  to  form 
.a  blade.     This  implement  has  the  appearance  of  having  been  made  in  a  swage. 
North  bank  of  Kaminstiquia  River  at  Fort  William.     Capt.  J.  S.  Smith. 

29.  Axe  6J  in.   long,    with   beaver-skin   in   which   it   was    wrapped.       Pt. 
Mamainse,  Lake  Superior. 

30.  Spike  ;  round  ;  8f  in.  long,  f  in.  wide.  ^Pointed  at  one  end  and  chisel-edged 
at  the  other.     Near  London,  Ont. 


CASE  Q. 
MOSTLY  OF  UNKNOWN  USE. 

1.  Fifteen  brown  stone  beads  from  half  an  inch  to  three  inches  long.    York 
.P.  col. 

2.  String  of  blood-stone  beads.     Y.  P.  col. 

3.  Five  brown  stone  beads.     Y.  P.  col. 

4.  Six  blood-stone  beads.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

5.  Eight  brown  stone  beads.     Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

6.  Five  brown  stone  beads.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

7.  One  large  brown  stone  bead.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

8.  One  large  brown  stone  bead.     Saskatoon,  N.W.T.     M. 

9.  Five  blood-stone  beads.     Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

10.  Circular,  thin  and  flat  brown   slate,  nearly   1   in.  dia.   with   eight  small 
holes  round  margin,  one  larger  than  the  others  as  if  used  for  suspension — one 
small  hole  in  centre.     Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col. 

11.  Small  flat  brown  stone  pendant  (?)     Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed  col.      . 

12.  Steatite  bead,  two  fragments   of  steatite   objects  and   one  of  limestone. 
Wolfe  'island. 

13.  Hawaiian  sling-stone,  Helia,   Oahu,  Sandwich   Isles.     St.   Mary's  Insti- 
tute, Dayton,  O. 

14.  Carved  head,  perhaps  a  wolf's;  limestone.  Nottawasaga  Tp.  Lougheed  col. 

15.  Finely  carved  human  head  1J  in.  long.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

16.  Bird's  head  and  neck,  broken  from  some  large  object.     Nottawasaga  Tp. 
Lougheed  col. 

17.  If  in.  long,  profile  of  beaver  in  blue  slate.     Nottawasaga  Tp.     Lougheed 
.col. 

18.  Profile  of  quadruped  in  brown  slate  about  1J  in.  long.     Nottawasaga  Tp. 
Lougheed  col. 

19.  Circular,  conical  (with  flattened  apex)  striped  slate  If  in.  dia.  and  1J  in. 
high.     Burford  Village.     S. 

80 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1800 


20.  A  hollowed  conical  stone  "2 J  in.  dia.  and  1J  in.  deep  outside  measurement 
Outside  smooth  and  shows  a  laminated  structure.  Bottom  of  hollow  smoother 
than  sides.  Near  Woodstock.  S. 

21.  Light  blue  slate  depressed  cone  ;  2J  in.  dia.  and  1-J  in.  high.  Not  hollowed. 
"  God's  Country,"  Hamilton  Co.,  0.     W.  K.  Moorehead,  Washington.  D.  C. 

22.  A  light  oval  (pumice-like)  stone  2J  in.  long,  2J  in.  wide  and  1  in.  thick 
in  middle.     A  5/16  in.  hole  goes  through  the  centre,  side  wise.     McGillivray  Tp. 
M. 

23.  Slate  implement   5J   in.  long  and   from   1J  to   2  in.   wide.     Thin  and 
shaped  like  a  knife  blade.     One  end  fractured  within   f  in.,  of  which  a  small 
oblique  hole  is  bored.     Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto. 

24.  Perhaps  a  "slick- stone";   slate.     Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

25.  Perhaps  a  "  slick-stone."     No  locality.     S. 

26.  Pointed  instrument  of  slate  5f  in.  long,  roughly  rounded  and  tapering  to 
a  narrow  chisel  point  j-  in.  wide.     Greatest  dia.  about  f  in.     Large  end  broken. 
Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Isl.     C.  A.  See. 

27.  Fragment  of  pointed  weapon  5J  in.  long,  two  sides  rounded  and  smooth, 
two  flat  and  rough.     Large  end  broken.     Dia.  at  large  end  1  in.     S. 

28.  Dark  slate  6J  in.  long  and  f  x  f  in.  in  middle.     Three  sides  flat,  one 
rounded.     Tapers  to  blunt  point  at  each  end.     Norfolk  Co.     S. 

29.  Striped  slate  4f  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  and  f  in.  thick   in  middle.     Three 
sides  nearly  flat  and  slightly  convex  lengthwise.     Fourth  side  much  rounded  and 
bevelled  towards  each  end.     With  flat  side  up  has  a  square-ended  canoe  look. 
West  Williams.     M. 

30.  Light  colored  striped  slate  5J  in.  long,  much  like  No.  29  except  that  the 
bevelled  side  is  not  rounded   trans versety.     Two  holes    If  in.  apart,  and  1J  in. 
from  each  end,  have  been  bored  from  the  straight  to  bevelled  side.     Dia.  on  upper 
side  5/16  in.  and  on  lower  side  barely  J  in.     East  Williams  Tp.     S. 

31.  Dark  striped  slate,  4f  in.  long,  similar  in  outline  to  Nos.  29  and  30,  but 
deeper  in  proportion  to  length,  and  deeply  hollowed  from  end  to  end.     Two  holes 
are  bored  through  the  hollowed  and  opposite  sides,  one  1J  in.  and  the  other  13/16 
from  the  end.     Holes  have  been  bored  from  both  sides.     Nissouri  Tp.     S. 

32.  Light  brown  double  horned  or  winged  stone,  2J  in.  long— with  a  groove 
surrounding  the  middle.     Boone  Co.,  Ky. 

33.  34,  35,  36,  37  and  38  are  similar  in  outline,  -although   of  different  kinds 
of  stone.     They  are  from  2  in.  to  3  J  in.  long,  flat,  with  two  rounded  sides  termin- 
ating in  points.     No.  34  differs  from  the  others  in  having  two  holes  through  it. 
Except  No.  37,  these  all  came  from  Noncon  Isl.,  L.  Scugog.     A.  F.  Chamberlain. 

No.  37  is  from  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Island.     C.  A.  See. 

39.  Small  light  blue  slate  pointed  implement.     Tremont  Park  Tidd's  Island 
C.  A.  See. 

40.  Pointed  slate  implement  with  notched  end  as  for  a  string.     The  point 
was  broken  off  when  being  taken  out  of  the  mound.     Tremont  Park    Tidd's 
Island.     C.  A.  See. 

41.  Small  slate  object  like  No.  52,  case  M.  Newmarket.     S. 

42.  Plummet-like  stone,  2f  in.  long  and  If  in.  dia.     Egg-shaped  with  small 
knot  at  one  end,     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

6  (c.  i.)    '  81 


58  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


43.  A  black  pebble  grooved.     This  is  a  doubtful  specimen,  as  the  groove  is 
apparently  the  result  of  weathering  on  a  soft  micaceous   vein.     Victoria   Co. 
Dickson  col. 

44.  Half  of  a  notched  stone.     The  specimen  is  oval  and  the  notch  is  cut  a 
little  obliquely  round  the  longer  diameter.     Miami  Valley,  O.     Dr.  Craig,  Law- 
renceburg.     See  No.  90. 

45.  Small  brown  pebble  If  in.  long  and  J  in.  wide  with  notch  cut  round  the 
middle.     Aurora,  Ind.     J.  L,  Kassebaum,  Aurora,  Ind. 

46.  Water- worn  pebble  3  in.  long  and  2J  in.  wide,  hollowed.     The  hollow 
has  probably  been  deepened  artificially,  and  the  specimen  may  be  called  a  paint- 
mill,  or  paint-cup.     Miami  Valley.     Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

47.  Small  limestone  paint  cup  (?)     Miami  Valley.     Dr.  Collins,  Lawrence- 
burg,  Ind. 

48.  Limestone  paint  cup  (?)     West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

49.  Slate  4J  in.  long  and  f  in.  wide,  J  in.  thick,  ends  broken.     Victoria,  Brit. 
Columbia.     Jas.  Johnson,  Vancouver. 

50.  Fragment  of  a  slate  implement     Victoria,  Brit.  Columbia.     Jas.  Johnson,. 
Vancouver. 

51.  Cast  of  the  Cincinnati  Tablet.     Robt.  Clarke,  Cincinnati,  0. 

52.  Cast  of  the  Clarke  Tablet.     Waverly,    0.     Robt.   Clarke,   Cincinnati,  O. 

54.  Mottled  slate  8J  in.  long,  nearly  1|  in.  wide  in   middle,  where  it  is  also 
f  in.  thick.     At  each  end  it  is  \  in.  thick.     Between   the  middle  and  ends  it  is 
reduced  in  beautifully  regular  curves  on  one  side  to  f  in.     The  same  side  is 
smoothly  rounded  transversely,    making  a  sharp  angle  with  the  lower  side,  which 
is  very  smooth  and  perfectly  straight.     Cobourg.     S. 

55.  Brown  stone  bead.     Nottawasaga.     Herbert  Conner. 

56.  Three  brown  stone  beads.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

78.  Round  and  tapering  fragment  of  stone  implement  5|  in.  long.     Greatest 
dia.  1J  in.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

79.  Black  slate   4-f  in.   long,   f  in.   wide,   f  in.  thick,  three  sides  flat,  one 
rounded  both  ways.     Ends  thin.     Caradoc  Tp.     M. 

80.  Striped  slate  5|  in.  long  and  9/16  thick.     Pointed ;  one  side  flat,  others 
rounded.     2|  in.  from  point  is  a  portion  If  in.  long,  1J  in.  wide  and   f-  in.  thick, 
forming  a  flattened  bulb.     Near  Hamilton,  Butler  Co.,  0.     W.  K.  Moorehead. 

81.  Brown  veined  slate  6  in.  long,  If  in.  wide  in  middle,  whence  it  decreases 
by  curved  sides  to  f  in.  wide  at  each  end.     About  f  in.  thick.     One  side  flat,  on 
which  If  in.  apart  and  equi-distant  from   the   centre,  lengthwise,  are  the  begin- 
nings of  two  holes.     Shelby  Co.,  O.     Prof.  Moritz  Fischer,  Frankfort,  Ky. 

82.  5J  in.  long,  similar  to  No.  81.     (No  holes).     Mason  Co.,  W.  Virginia.   W. 
K.  Moorehead. 

83.  Gray  slate,  4J  in.  long.     Dia.  at  widest  1  in.  and  at   thickest  J  in.     Re- 
sembles No.  80,  but  is  pointed  at  both   ends  and  the  bulb  is  more  elongated. 
Point  of  longer  end   broken.     Near  Hartford,   Mason  Co.,  W.  Virginia.     W.  K. 
Moorehead. 

84.  Dark  veined  slate,  5f  in.   long,   1   in.  wide  and    f  in.  thick  in  middle. 
Three  sides  flat,  one  rounded  and  bevelled  to  each   end.     A  shallow  groove  goes 
round  two  adjoining  sides.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

82 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


85.  Brown  slate  3f  in.  long.     Greatest  dia.  If  in.     2f   in.   from  widest  part 
to  one  end,  may  be  regarded  as  the  body  of  some  animal.     The  other  end  is  the 
unfinished  head  and  neck.     Miami  Valley,     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

86.  Granite,  3  in.  long.     Much  like  No.  31.     One  end  broken.     The  one  hole 
remaining   has    been    bored  from  the  hollowed  side.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B. 
Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

87.  Sandstone,  2f  in.  long,  2J  in.   wide  and   J  in.  thick  in  middle.     Oval. 
Edge  has  twenty-two  deep  sharply  angular  notches.     Hole  through  smaller  end. 
Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

88.  Quartzite,  2  in.  long,  1J  in.  dia.     Plummet-like.     No  knob   on  smaller 
end.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

89.  Conglomerate,  2J  in.  long,  1  j-  in.  dia.     Plummet-like.     Grooved  round 
small  end  to  form  knob.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

90.  Sandstone,  2J  in.  long,  If  in.  wide  and  1£  in.  thick.     Flat  on  one  side. 
The  rest  of  the  surface  rounded.     A  groove  along  the  rounded  side  in  the  direc- 
tion of  longer  axis.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

91.  Close-grained,  mottled,  argillite.     6-J  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  and  f  in.  thick 
at  largest.     Tapers  on  two  sides  to  a  chisel  point  at  one  end,  and  on  three  sides 
to  a  pick-point  at  the  other.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

92.  Slate,  of  in.  long,  1J  in.  wide  at  one  end  and  J  in.  wide  at  the  other. 
About  J  in.  thick.     Edges  rounded.     Hole  bored  1  in.  from  small  end.     Large  end 
bevelled  from  both  sides  to  an  edge.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrence- 
burg, Ind. 

With  the  exception  of  the  beads,  it  is  impossible  in  the  present  state  of 
knowledge  to  give  suitable  names  with  certainty  to  the  objects  in  this  case. 
Many  of  them  also  are  indescribable  for  want  of  space. 


CASE  R. 
CLAY  PIPES 

1.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

2.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

3.  Highland  Creek.     Y.  P.  col. 

4.  Lake  Medad. 

5.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

6.  Eramosa. 

7.  Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

8.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

9.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

10.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

11.  Beverly.     Dwyer  coL 

12.  No  report.     Y.  P.  col. 

13.  No  report.     Y.  P.  col. 

83 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890! 

p 

14.  Beverly.     Dwyer. 

15.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

16.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

17.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

18.  Forest.     S. 

19.  Holland  Landing.    S. 

20.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

21.  Vaughan. 

22.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

23.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

24.  Ste.  Marie.     Simcoe  Co. 

25.  Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

26.  Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

27.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed.  col.     (2) 

28.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (2) 

29.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

30.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

31.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

32.  Orillia.     L.  Hayden,  Toronto. 

33.  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes,  Toronto. 

34.  Beverly.     Jas.  Rae. 

35.  Beverly.     Jas.  Rae. 

36.  No  record. 

37.  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes,  Toronto. 

38.  Near  Lake  Simcoe.      S. 

39.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

40.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

41.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

42.  Nottawesaga.  Lougheed  col. 

43.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

44.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

45.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed. 

46.  No  record.     Y  P.  col. 

47.  Onentisati.     Simcoe  Co. 

48.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

49.  Orillia.     Basil  R.  Rowe. 

50.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

51.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

52.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

53.  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes. 

54.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

84 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6), 


A.  1890 


55.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

56.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     Y.  P.  col. 

57.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes. 

58.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

59.  Onentisafci.     Simcoe  Co. 

60.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

61.  Ste.  Marie.     Simcoe  Co. 

62.  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes. 

63.  McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

64.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (3) 

65.  Lake  Medad.     C.  Macpherson. 

66.  Onentisati.     Simcoe  Co. 

67.  Beverly.     Dwyer  col. 

68.  Penetanguishene.     F.  A.  Benson. 

69.  York  Tp.     B.  Jackes. 

70.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

71-  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (2) 

72.  Ste.  Marie.     Simcoe  Co. 

73.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

74.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

75.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

76.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 
7/.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 
78.  No  record.     Y.  P.  col. 

144.  Lambton  Mills,  York  Tp. 


CASE   S. 
CLAY  PIPES. 


79.  York  Tp.     J. 

80.  Nottawasaga. 

81.  Nottawasaga. 

82.  Nottawasaga. 

83.  Nottawasaga. 

84.  Nottawasaga. 

85.  Nottawasaga. 

86.  Nottawasaga. 
87. 

88.  Nottawasaga. 


Kirkwood. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col.  (Human  face,  elongated.) 


(Owl's  head  from  lip  of  bowl.) 

(Human  face,  open  mouth.) 

(Human  face.) 

(Human  face.) 

(Human  face.) 

(Human  face,  elongated.) 


Lougheed  col.     (Human  face.) 
85 


53  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  6). 


A.  18£0 


Onentisati.     Simcoe  Co.     (Eagle's  head  on  lip.) 

Beverly.     Jas.  Rae.     (Snake's  head.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Owl's  head.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Two  human  faces  from  bowl.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Spiral  coil  round  bowl.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (2  birds'  heads  from  pipes.) 

Near  L  Simcoe.     S.     (Double  human  face,  forward  and  backward.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Human  face.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Square  mouth.) 

Onentisati.     Simcoe  Co.     (Square  mouth.) 

Ste.  Marie.     Simcoe  Co.     (Square  mouth.) 

Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Square  mouth.) 

(Square  mouth.) 

(Square  mouth.) 

(Square  mouth.) 
(Square  mouth.) 


89. 

90. 

91. 

92. 

93. 

94. 

95. 

96. 

97. 

98. 

99. 
100. 
101. 
102. 
103. 
104. 
105. 
106. 
107. 
108. 
- 109. 
110. 
111. 
112. 
113. 
114. 
115. 
116. 
117. 
edge.) 
118. 
119. 
120, 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 


Nottawasaga. 
Nottawasaga. 
Nottawasaga. 
Lake  Medad. 
Victoria  Co. 
Victoria  Co. 
Victoria  Co. 


Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed  col. 
Lougheed.  col. 
C.  Macpherson. 
Dicksori  col. 
Dickson  col. 
Dickson  col. 

Ancaster.  J.  E.  McCrimmon. 
Nottawasaga.  Lougheed  col. 
York  Tp.  George  Miller. 
York  Tp.  George  Miller. 
York  Tp.  George  Miller. 
Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.     Ed.  Coyle.     (Human  face.) 

<<  a  « 

Nottawasaga.     Thos.  White.      (Fragment  diagonally  marked   on  upper 


(Human  form,  head  broken.) 
(Fox's  head  ?) 


(Oval  curve.) 

(Stem  of  pipe  like  118.) 

(Square  mouth.) 
(Square  mouth.) 


Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga,  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  Lougheed  col.     (Human  face  elongated,) 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  David  Melville. 

Nottawasaga.  Mr.  Doner. 

Nottawasaga.  Herbert  Conner. 

Nottawasaga.  Dugald  Currie. 

Nottawasaga.  Thos.  White. 

Nottawasaga.  Thos.  White. 

86 


(Square  mouth.) 


63  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


132.  Nottawasaga.     Thos.  White. 

133.  Nottawasaga.  Lougheed  col.     (Human  figure,  broken.) 
134 

135.  Lake  Medad.     Mr.  Lillycrop.     (Human  face  from  pipe.) 

136.  Nottawasaga.     David  Melville.     (Human  face  from  pipe 

137.  Nottawasaga.     Herbert  Conner. 

138.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

139.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

140.  Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col.     (Dog's  head.) 

141.  Lake  Medad.     Luke  Mullock. 

142.  Nottawasaga.     Herbert  Conner. 

143.  Nottawasaga.     Herbert  Conner. 

144.  (See  case  R.) 

145.  Lake  Medad.     Luke  Mullock. 

146.  Nottawasaga.     Thos.  White.     (Human  face.) 

147.  Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss.     (Small-) 

148.  Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenins  Bearss. 
149-  Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 

150.  Humberstone  Tp.     Isaac  Bearss. 

151.  Dumfries  Tp.     Jas.  G.  Caven. 

152.  York  Tp.  Geo.  Miller. 

153.  Amberly  Tp.     Win.  Welsh.     (Square  mouth,  fragment.) 

154.  Tremont  Park,  Tidd's  Islands.    C.  A.  See.    (Stem.) 

155.  Eglinton,  York  Tp.     W.  G.  Long.     (Long  stem.) 

156.  Nottawasaga.     Snake  head.     Angus  Bitie. 

This  case  contains  also  a  large  number  of  stems  from  various  localities. 


CASE  T. 
Discs. 

1  to  6.  Six  discoidal  stones  (varying  from  2J  to  3J  in.  in  diameter)  said  to 
have  been  used  in  playing  a  game  by  rolling  them  along  the  ground,  opponents 
-aiming  missiles  at  them  when  in  motion,  and  bets  being  made  as  to  where  they 
would  stop,  or  which  side  would  lie  uppermost.  Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

7  to  12.  Six  small  discoidal  stones.  The  smallest  f  of  an  in.  in  diameter 
and  the  largest  2J.  No.  9  is  marked  by  four  lines  cut  on  both  sides,  crossing 
each  other  near  the  centre  and  extending  to  the  margin.  Geo.  Lougheed,  Notta- 
wasaga. 

12J  and  13.  Two  stones  apparently  in  preparation  for  discs.  Originally  they 
were  water- worn,  but  there  are  evidences  of  manipulation  by  pecking  on  the 
flattened  sides.  Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

14  Rude  or  unfinished  disc.  Both  sides  hollowed  as  if  to  aid  in  grasping. 
Edges  of  stone  not  circular.  Natural  Hist.  Soc.  Brookville,  Ind. 

87 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

I 

15.  Discoidal  stone,  4  in.  in  dia.,  well  hollowed  on  both  sides.     S. 

16.  Discoidal  stone  unfinished  ;  3f  in.  dia.,  sides  hollowed,  but  periphery  not 
made  quite  circular.     From  New  York  State.     Moses  JBarrowman,  Buffalo. 

17.  Small  discoidal  stone  If  in.  dia.,  hollowed  on  both  sides.     From  Ohio, 
U.S.     Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Cincinnati,  O. 

18.  Discoidal  stone  2£  in.  dia.,  hollowed  on  sides.     S. 

19.  Discoidai  stone,   2J  in.   dia.,   flat   sides.     "  Used  in  a  Hawaiian  game — 
the  object  being  to  see  who  could  roll  it  furthest  on  a  smooth  path."     The  spe- 
cimen is  interesting  as  being  so  like  many  found  in  Canada  and  the    United 
States.     Hawaii,   Sandwich   Islands.      Rev.  Bro.   Joseph,    St.    Mary's  Academy, 
Dayton,  O. 

20.  Discoidal  stone  2-J  in.  dia.,  sides  flat.     Ste.  Marie,  Simcoe  Co.,  Ont. 

21  to  25.  Discoidal  stones,  1J  in.  to  1|  in.  dia.,  sides  flat,  21  and  25  perforated 
in  the  centre.  From  York  Tp.  W.  G.  Long,  Lansing,  York  Tp. 

26.  Discoidal  stone,  1-J  in.  dia..   sides   convex.     From   West  Virginia,  U.  S. 
Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Brookville,  Ind. 

27.  Discoidal   stone,  1J  in.  dia.,  sides  flat.     Perforated.     From  Goose  Lake, 
near  L.  Simcoe.     S. 

28.  Discoidal  stone,  2J  in.  in  dia.,   both  sides  concave.     Miama  Valley,  near 
Lawrenceburg.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

29.  Discoidal  stones,  2J  in,  in  dia.,  both  sides  deeply  concave.   Same  locality. 
0.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

30.  Discoidal  stone,  2  in.  in  dia.     Edge  much   rounded,  both   sides  hollow. 
Same  locality.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

31.  Discoidal  stone,    2   in.    in   dia.,  sides  hollow.     Same  locality.     C.  J,  B. 
Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

32.  Discoidal  stone,  If  in.  in  dia.      This   specimen  differs  from  all  the  other 
hollow  sided  ones  on  account  of  the  cavities  not  merging  imperceptibly  into  the 
rounded  edge.     The  rounding  of  the  edge  is  carried  f  of  an  inch  over  the  side  and 
nearly  an  eighth  of  an  in.  deep,  so  as  to  form  a  sharply  defined  collar,  the  central 
portion  being  but  slightly  hollowed.     Same  locality.     C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  Lawrence- 
burg, Ind. 

33.  Discoidal  stone.     1|  in.  in   dia.     -f  in.   thick.      So  deeply  hollowed  on 
both  sides  that  the  thickness  in  the   middle  is  barely  J  of  an  inch.     C.  J.  B. 
Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

34.  Discoidal  stone.     1-J  in.  in  dia.     |  in.  thick.     Flat  on  both  sides.     Not- 
tawasaga. 

35.  Disc;   clay.      1-J-   in.   in  dia.       f  in.   thick.       Eglinton,  York  township. 
Loug.  collection. 

Nos.  1  to  4,  and  12 J  to  16  are  classified  by  some  as  hammers,  a  few  of  these 
may  have  been  used  thus,  but  others  show  no  signs  of  such  application.  Nos.  1, 
3,  12J,  13  and  16  retain  their  original  ovate  form  as  viewed  from  the  flattened  or 
hollowed  sides. 

36  to  40.  Discoidal  stones  from  1  in.  to  3  in.  dia.  Nottawasaga.  David 
Melville. 

41  to  44.  Discoidal  stones  from  1  in.  to  1 J  in.  dia.  Nottawasaga.  William 
Melville. 

88 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


RUBBING  STONES. 

1  and  2.  Rubbing  stones,  roughly  circular,  flat  and  smooth  on  both  sides,  5  in. 
dia.     Orillia.     Basil  Rowe. 

PESTLES. 

3  to  6.  Rudely  formed  pestles  from  5  to   7  in.  long  ;    cross  section  oval 
West  Middlesex.     M. 

7.  Pestle,  7  in.  long.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

8.  Pestle,  13  in.  long,  and  2  J  in.  dia.  in  middle.      Has  a  small  hole  bored  in 
one  side  near  the  middle.     Simcoe.     S. 

9.  Pestle,  10  in.  long  and  2^  in.  dia.     Simcoe.     S. 

10.  Pestle,  8  in.  long,  and  2  in.  dia.  ,  W.  Middlesex.     M. 

11.  Pestle,  12  in.  long  and  2  in.  dia.    McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

12.  Pestle,  8|  in.  long,  2f  in.  dia.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col.       (This  may  not 
be  more  than  a  water- worn  stone.) 

13.  Pestle,  4f  in.  long  and  1J  in.  dia.     Ft.  Gratiot,  Mich. 

14.  Pestle,  5J  in  long,  conical ;  diameter  of  base  2J  x  3J  in.  ;  of  head,  1J  in. ; 
it  is  worn  off  on  the  face  or  base  end  at  an  angle.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

15.  Pestle,  4J  in.  long  and  2 J  in  dia. ;  is  a  little  flared  at  base ;   upper  end  or 
head  rounded  off.     Kentucky.     Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky,  Prof.    Moritz 
Fischer. 

16.  Pestle,  3J  in.  long,  conical;  diameter  of  base  2J-  in.,  tapers  to  1  in.  Shelby 
Co.,  Kentucky.     Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,|Brookville,  Indiana. 

17.  Pestle,  5J  in.  long,  conical ;  dia.  of  base  3  in. ;  head  rounded.      Linn  Co., 
Missouri.     Dr.  Rear. 

18.  Pestle,  6J  in.  long,  base  broken.     Humberstone  Tp.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 


CASE  U. 
GROOVED  STONE  AXES  AND  HAMMERS. 

1    Axe,  8  in.  by  4f  in.,  grooved  all  round.     Lake  Superior.     Y.  P.  col. 

2.  Axe,  6J  in.  by  4  in.  one  edge  ungrooved.      Bourbon  Co.,  Ky.     Kentucky 
Geological  Surve}^,  Frankfort. 

3.  Axe,  7J  in.  by  4  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     Miami  Valley,  Ind.     C.  J.  B. 
Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

4.  Axe,  6  in.  by  3  in.,  Aurora,  Ind.,  one  edge  ungrooved.      J.  L.  Kassebaum, 
Aurora,  Ind. 

5.  Axe,  7J  in.   by  2£  in.,  one  edge   ungrooved.     Miami  Valley.     C.  J.  B. 
Ratjen,  Lawrenceburg. 

6.  Axe,  5  in.  by  4  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

7.  5 J  in.  by  3  in ,  one  edge  ungrooved  and  hollowed  lengthwise.      Linn  Co., 
Missouri. 

89 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

8.  Axe,  5  in.  by  3  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.    .Shelby  Co.,  Ind.     Nat.  Hist. 
Soc.,  Brook ville,  Ind. 

9.  Axe,  5  in.  by  3  J  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     Franklin  Co.,  Ind.     Nat.  Hist. 
Soc.,  Brookville,  Ind. 

10.  5  in.  by  2f  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved  and  hollowed  lengthwise.      Miami 
Valley.     Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

11.  Axe,  4J  in.  by  3  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     Garrard  Co.,  Ky.     Nat.  Hist. 
Soc.,  Brookville,  Ind. 

12.  Axe,  7  in.  by  3J,  grooved  all  round.     Miami  Valley,  Ind.      Dr.  Craig, 
Lawrenceburg. 

13.  Axe,  7  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  all  round.     East  Williams  Tp.     M. 

14.  Axe,  5  J  in  by  2-f  in.,  grooved  all  round.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

15.  Axe,  5f  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  all  round.     West  Williams  Tp.     M. 

16.  Axe,  6  in.  by  4J,  gruoved  all  round.  Near  Weston  Village.  Dr.  Richardson. 

17.  Axe.  7J  in.  by  3J,  grooved  all  round.     Arkona.     M, 

18.  Axe,  6  in.  by  3J  in.,  grooved  all  round.     W.  Middlesex.     M. 

19.  Axe,  5J  in.  by  4J  in.,  grooved  all  round.     Linn  Co.,  Mo. 

20.  Axe,  5J  in.  by  2J  in.,  grooved   all  round.     Miami  Valley.     Dr.  Craig, 
Lawrenceburg. 

21.  Axe,    5    in.   by  2f  in.,  grooved  all  round.      Miami  Valley.     Dr.  Craig, 
Lawrencebnrg. 

22.  Axe.  4  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  all  round.     J.  C.  Kassebaum.     Aurora,  Ind. 

23.  Axe,  3f  in.  by  2f   in.,  grooved  all   round.     Shelby  Co.,  Ky.     Nat.  Hist. 
Soc.,  Brookville,  Ind. 

24.  Axe,  4  in.  by  2J  in.,  grooved  all  round.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

25.  Axe,  3J  in.  by  2J  in.,  grooved  all  round.     Brookn'eld,  Mo. 

26.  Axe,  3  in.  by  2  in.,  grooved  all  round.     East  Williams  Tp.     M. 

27.  Axe,  4J  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  all  round.     McGillivray  Tp.     M. 

28.  Axe,  4|  in.  by  2|  in.,  grooved  all  round.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

29.  Axe,  5J  in.  by  3J  in.,  grooved  all  round.     No  locality.     Y.  P.  col. 

30.  Axe,  6 J  in.  by  3J  in.,  chiefly  grooved  on  the  two  edges.  McGillivray.    M. 

31.  Axe,  ()\  in  by  3J  in.,  groove  shallow  all  round.     No  locality.      Y.  P.  col. 

32.  Axe,  6  in.  by  3J  in.,  grooved  chiefly  on  edges.     No  record. 

33.  Axe,  3J  in.  by  2J  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     Shelby  Co.,  Ky.     Brookville 
Nat.  Hist.  Soc,  Ind. 

34.  Axe,  3 f  in.  by  If  in.,  one  edge  ungrooved.     Frookfield,  Mo. 

35.  Axe,  3  in.  by  2  in.,  thin  and  slightly  grooved.     Linn  Co.,  Mo. 

36.  Axe,  4J  in.    by  2^  in.,  very  slightly  grooved,  and  mainly  on  the  edges. 
Shelby  Co.,  Ky.     Brookville  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Ind. 

37.  Axe,  5J  in.  by  2f  in.,  grooved  mostly  on  edges.     No  record. 

38.  Axe,  6  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  all  round.     No  record. 

39.  Axe,  7  J  in.  by  4J  in.,  grooved  all  round  with  stony  projections  formed  on 
edges  above  and  below  groove.     No  record. 

40.  Axe,  6|  in.  by  4£  in.,  similar  to  No.  39.     No  record. 

90 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


41.  Hammer,  7J  in.  by  5J  in.     Lake  Superior. 

42.  Hammer,  6J  in.  by  3J  in.     Is  evidently  only  a  water-worn  stone  whose 
shape  has  suggested  use,  and  has  been  slightly  hollowed  in  two  sides  either  for 
attachment  to  a  handle,  or  to  aid  in  holding  directly  in  the  hand. 

43.  Hammer,   6  in.   by  4  in.     45   miles  north-west  of  Brandon,  Man.     Is 
deeply  grooved  and  well  shaped.     M. 

44.  Hammer,  5  in.  by  4  J  in.,  cylindrical  and  grooved  near  the  middle.     Point 
Edward.     M. 

45.  Hammer,  6f  in.  by  4J  in.,  grooved  about  one-third  from  smaller  end. 
Leamington,  Essex  Co. 

46.  Hammer,  of  in.  by  3f  in.     Has  originally  been  a  fine  implement — is  now 
broken  on  one  side  of  each  end.     Thunder  Bay. 

47.  Hammer,  3  in.  by  3  in.,  grooved  near  the  middle.     Thunder  Bay. 

48.  5-J  in.  by  5  in      Is  a  flat  water- worn  stone.     Has  originally  been  somewhat 
ovate  and  has  now  two  deeply  cut  notches  on  the  edges  If  in.  from  the  smaller 
end.     Point  Edward.     M. 

49.  8  in.  by  5J  in.     Corresponds  in  character  to  No.  48.     Biddulph.     M. 
Neither  of  these  bears  any  marks  to  indicate  use  as  a  hammer.     Perhaps  they 
were  used  as  anchors  for  the  frail  birch-bark  canoes  close  to  shore.     The  fact, 
however,  that  the  latter  was  found  inland,  does  not  add  force  to  this  conjecture, 
unless  the  same  use  was  made  of  it  for  river  purposes. 


CASE  Y. 
POTTERY.    . 

This  case  contains  a  large  number  of  pottery  fragments,  illustrative  of 
markings  or  patterns.  The  specimens  are  from  various  parts  of  this  Province  and 
United  States.  The  principal  contributors  are :  Jas.  Dickson,  P.  L.  S.,  Fenelon 
Falls  ;  Jas.  Dwyer,  Beverly  ;  T.  H.  Hulbert,  Duluth ;  Cyrenius  Bearss,  Humber- 
stone  ;  John  McPherson,  Toronto ;  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman,  Perth  ;  F.  A.  Benson,  Port 
Hope;  William  Welsh,  Amberley ;  Society  of  Natural  History,  Cincinnati ;  Prof.  J. 
L.  Deming,  Technological  Institute,  Boston  ;  Thos.  White,  Nottawasaga ;  Jas.  Rae, 
Beverly;  W.  J.  Long,  Lansing;  Albert  Lougheed,  Nottawasaga;  G.  Laidlaw,  of 
"The  Fort";  David  Boyle,  sr.,  Richmond  Hill,  J.  L.  Kassebaum,  Aurora, 
Indiana  ;  and  C.  Bell,  Toronto. 

The  finest  specimen  is  that  presented  by  Mr.  John  McPherson.  It  consists 
of  several  pieces  now  cemented,  and  shows  the  outline  and  proportions  of  what 
must  have  been  a  very  handsome  vessel  about  9  in.  high,  7  in  dia.  at  the 
widest  part,  and  5  in.  in  dia.  at  the  mouth.  It  was  found  in  Mr.  McPherson's 
island,  Mindemoya,  in  a  lake  of  the  same  name  in  Manitoulin  Island. 


91 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

CASE  W. 
CLEARVILLE  SPECIMENS. 

This  case  contains  specimens  of  horn,  bone,  shell,  clay  and  stone  from  the 
site  of  a  fortified  village  at  Clearville,  Kent  Co.,  Ont. 

18  deer-horn  prongs,  showing  rude  human  workmanship, 
30  bone  awls  or  needles,  from  1  \  in.  to  7  in.  long. 

2  dorsal  spines  of  a  large  fish.      These  are  about  1J  in.  long,  triangular  in 
cross  section  and  very  sharp. 

1  beaver's  tooth. 

2  muskrats'  teeth. 

10  unio  valves,  some  of  these  have  been  used  as  scrapers,  and  one  evidently 
by  a  left-handed  person. 

1  walnut. 

9  clay  pipe-stems. 

6  pipe  heads,  but  all  imperfect.       One  is   very  rude  in  form,  and   one  is 
remarkable  for  its  fine  finish  and  design. 

3  pieces  of  burnt  clay,  showing  manipulation. 

7  fragments  of  large  and  coarse  clay  vessels. 

19  fragments  of  smaller  and  finer  vessels. 

8  rudely  made  stone  chisels. 
8  roughly  chipped  flints. 

7  stones,  smoothly  rubbed. 

1  piece  of  red  jasper. 

1  sinker — so  called. 

1  semi-circular,  grooved  stone. 


CASE  X. 
DRILLS. 

1.  Drill,   2   in.   long,  broken,    T    head.      Curtis  Farm,  Linn  Co.,  Mo.      Dr. 
Rear.  Toronto. 

2.  Drill,  2  in.  long,  unsymmetrical,  rounded  head.      Bourbon  Co.,  Ky.     Dr. 
Collins,  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

3.  Drill,  1 J  in.  long,  T  head,     Bourbon  Co.,  Ky.     Dr.  Collins,  Lawrenceburg, 
Tnd. 

4.  Drill,  2J  in.  long,  notched  head,  seems  to  have  been  an  arrow  modified 
for  drilling  purposes.     Middlesex  Co.,  Ont.     M. 

5.  Drill,  2^  in.  long,  broken,  head  merely  a  little  broader  than  body  and 
thinner  at  end.     Curtis  Farm,  Linn  Co.,  Mo.     Dr.  Rear,  Toronto. 

6.  Drill,  1J  in.  long,  rude,  head  smaller  than  body. 

92 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


7.  Drill  1  in.  long,  half  of  head  broken  off  crosswise. 

8.  Drill  If  in.  long,  rounded  head. 

9.  Drill  If  in  long,  notched  head.     Outline  like  arrow,  but  is  flat  on  one 
side  and  round  on  the  other,  body  comparatively  thick,  and  curved  considerably  at 
the  point.  Nos.  6,  7,  8,  and  9,  from  Pike's  Farm,  Wolfe  Isl. 

10.  Drill,  3£  in.  long,  T  head,  body  rhomboidal,  and  twister].     McGillivray 
Township,  Middlesex,  Ont.     M. 

11.  Drill,  2 1  in.  long,  head  broken. 

12.  Drill  2J  in.  long,  head  a  slight  expansion  of  body,  and  thinned. 

13.  Drill  2  in.  long,  point  broken,  sharply  cut  T  head. 

14.  Drill  If  in.  long;  head  like  a  T  double  barred,  the  upper  portion  being 
the   lesser  in   size.     Nos.  11,  12, 13  and  14,  from  Townships  of  East  and  West 
Williams.    Middlesex  Co,     M. 

15.  Drill,  3f  in.  long  ;   no  marked  head,  one  side  of  body  comparatively  flat, 
-curved  near  the  point ;  greatest  width  (at  head  end)  f  in.     Pike's  Farm,  Wolfe 
Island. 

16.  Drill,  1  in.  long,  obscure  T  head,  point  broken. 

17.  Drill,  If  in.  long,  obscure  T  head,  body  curved  diagonally,  the  material  is 
dark  .blue  for  half  the  distance  at  the  head  end,  the  other  half  being  white. 

18.  Drill,  1J  in.  long,  head  broken.  ~\  Both  seem  as  if  made  for  being  inserted 

19.  Drill,  1 J  in.  long,  head  wedged,  j      and  fastened  in  a  cleft  handle. 

20.  Drill,  I  in.  long,  T  head,  sharply  pointed.     Nos.  16,  17,  18,  19,  and  20, 
from  Miami  Valley,  Ind.     Dr.  Craig,  Lawrenceburg. 

21.  Drill,  If  in.  long,  1  in.  wide  in  middle ;  drilling  portion  only  f  in.  long, 
and  J  in.  wide  at  point ;  notched  neck  for  fastening  to  handle  f  in.  long. 

22.  Drill,  If  in.  long,  broken  ;  unsymmetrical  T  head. 

23.  Drill,  f  in.  long,  broken  ;  good  T  head. 

24.  Drill,  1J  in.  long,  T  projection,  |  wide  near  middle  ;  notched  neck  for 
handle. 

25.  Drill,  2J  in.  long,  f  in.  wide,  obscure  neck  ;  roughly  chipped ;  may  have 
been  a  badly  made  arrow-tip. 

26.  Drill,  25  in.  long,  point  broken,  J  in.  wide  at  break  ;  T  head. 

27.  Drill,  2f  in.  long,  neck  broken,  f  in.  at  widest  part ;  might  have  been  an 
-arrow,  but  is  worn  smooth  on  sides  and  edges. 

28.  Drill,  3  in.  long,  notched  neck ;  slightly  curved  ;  flat  on  one  side. 

29.  Drill,  2f  in.  long,  imperfect,  oblique  T  head. 

30.  Drill,  2|  in.  long,  club-shaped  head  ;  tip  broken. 

31.  Drill,  2f  in.  long,  J  in.  wide ;  neck  broken ;  white  flint. 

32.  Drill,  1 J  in.  long,  f  in.  wide  ;  head  broken. 

(21  to  32  from  collection  presented  by  Jas.  Dickson,  Esq.,  Fenelon  Falls.) 

33.  Drill,  If  in.  long,  J  in.  wide ;  thick,  and  rudely  chipped  :  notched  with 
T  head. 

34.  Drill,  If  in.  long,  f  in.  wide;  slightly  curved  and  rudely  made;  head 
appears  to  have  been  broken. 

93 


; 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


35.  Drill,  1 J  in.  long ;  otherwise  like  No.  34. 

36.  Drill,  2f  in.  long,  f  in.  wide  ;  point  broken ;  club-shaped  head. 

37.  Drill,  2  in.  long,  flat  on  one  side  and  slightly  curved  ;  obscure  neck  ;  rude. 

38.  Drill,  3f  in.  long,  1  \  in.  wide  in  front  of  neck  ;  for  §  of  length  from  head 
is  as  flat  as  an  arrow,  but  takes  rhomboidal  form  near  the  point,  decreasing  to  J 
in.  in  width  at  the  same  distance  from  tip. 

(33  to  38  from  counties  of  Wentworth  and  Waterloo.) 

39  to  76.  These  were  procured  from  Mr.  C.  J.  B.  Ratjen,  of  Lawrenceburg,. 
Indiana,  and  were  all  collected  in  the  Miami  Valley.  They  vary  from  1  in.  to  4J 
in.  long,  and  from  -J  to  1|-  in.  in  width.  Some  are  T  headed,  others  club-headed, 
and  many  are  simply  thinned  for  insertion  in  a  handle.  1  here  is  no  notched 
specimen  among  them. 

72  and  73,  both  imperfect,  are  serrated  on  the  edges,  which  are  now  worn  a& 
if  the  specimens  had  been  used  as  saws.  42, 43,  and  44,  may  have  been  arrow-tips, 
but  all  the  others  were  no  doubt  drills. 


CASE  Y. 
SLATE  WEAPONS. 

These  objects  are  shaped  like  arrow  and  spear  heads.  Some  writers  regard 
such  specimens  as  knives.  They  were  probably  rather  of  an  ornamental  character 
and  intended  for  purposes  of  display  in  connection  with  feasts,  dances,  and  other 
celebrations,  They  are  not  very  common  in  this  country. 

1  to  3.  Western  Ontario.     S. 

4.  Broad  in  proportion  to  length,  being  5  in.  long,  (including  the  neck,  1^ 
in.,)   and   2f  in.   wide  at  the  base  ;  it  is  squarely  shouldered  to  form  the  neck. 
Wolfe  Island. 

5.  4J  in,  long,  2  in.  wide,  and  very  thin  ;  slightly  barbed  ;  the  neck  is  of  a 
kind  peculiar  to  this  class  of  object,  being  carefully  notched  or  serrated  on  each 
edge  as  if  to  assist  in   binding  to  a  shaft.     Another  peculiarity  is  that  the  neck 
although  |-  in.  long,  measures  1J  in.  behind  the  barbs  and  tapers  to  |   in.  at  ih& 
base.     This  shape  would  seem  to  add  to  the  difficulty  of  fastening.     S. 

6.  2-f  in.  long,  with  neck  similar  to  No.  5.     Caradoc  Tp.     S. 

7.  3J  in.  long,  square-shouldered,  neck  which  is  tapering  like  Nos.  5  and  6, 
but  not  serrated.     S. 

8.  2f  in.  long,  neck  broken.     S. 

9.  2f  in.  long,  deeply  barbed,  tapering  and  serrated  neck. 

10.  3|  in.  long,  very  perfect,  square-shouldered,  tapering  and  round  edged 
neck.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

11.  3|  in.  long,  single  barbed,  neck  tapering  and  round  edged.     Withrow 
Avenue,  Toronto, 

12.  3f  in.  long,  slightly  barbed,  with  nearly  parallel-sided  and  square-edged 
neck.     S. 

13.  4J  in.  long,  very  slightly  barbed,  neck  parallel-sided  and  square-edged.    S. 

94 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


14.  3J  in.  long,  deeply  barbed ;  neck  broken  partly  off;  round-edged.    Notta- 
wasaga.     Lougheed  col. 

15.  5  in.  long,  sharp  rib  along  middle,  barbed;  neck  slightly  tapering  and 
round-  edged.     S. 

16.  2J  in.  long,  barbs  broken;  has  the  appearance  of  having  been  bored  on 
each  side  to  form  neck.     Wolfe  Island. 

17.  3J  in.  long,  square-shouldered  ;  tapering,  round-edged  neck.    Downie  Tp. 
P.  R.  Jarvis. 

18.  If  in.  long,  slightly  barbed.     This  small  specimen  is  exceptional  in  the 
form  of  the  neck,  for  although  serrated,  it  is  somewhat  wider  below  than  above. 
Lakefield.     R.  Q.  Dench. 

19.  4  in.  long,  considerably  mutilated.     S. 

20.  3J  in.  long ;  is  a  fragment  of  some  tool   or  weapon ;  one  side  slightly 
convex,  and  the  other  strongly  ribbed.     Larnbton   Mills.      Wardie   and  T)ttie 
White,  Toronto. 

In  this  case  are  also  : — 

1.  11  in.  long,  If  wide,  and  f  in.  thick  ;  sides  convex  and  corners  rounded ; 
one  end  is  square  and  blunt,  and  measures  1-J-  in.  wide,  the  other  is  thinned  to  an 
edge  and  is  only  f  in.  wide.     On  one  side  is  a  scratched  figure  like  a  capital  T, 
the  lower   end  of  the  upright  stroke  being  forked,  and  on  the  opposite  side  a 
similar  mark  but  with  a  bar  across  the  middle  of  the  upright.     Arkona.     S. 

2.  llf  in.  long,  1J  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  thick ;  one  end  1  in.  wide,  and  chisel- 
edged  ;  the  opposite  end  J  in.  wide,  thinned  and  rounded.     West  Williams  Tp.  frM. 

3.  8|  in.  long,  If  in.  wide,  and  f  in.  thick  ;  one  end  1  in.  wide,  thinned,  but 
blunted  as  if  from  use.     The  opposite  end  terminates  in  a  rounded  point  about  f 
in.  diameter.     Point  Edward. 

4.  llf  in.  long,  1J-  in.  wide,  and  1  £  in.  thick  ;  tapering  to  both  ends,  one  of 
which  is  |  in.  wide,  and  the  other  5/16  in.,  both  are  chisel-edged.     Chief  Smith. 
Brant  ford. 

Axe  of  striped  slate,  6J  in.  long,  and  Sf  in.  across  the  mouth.     Looked  at 
sidewise  it  has  the  appearance  of  an  elongated  pear*     Richmond,  Indiana. 


CASE  Z. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

1.  Smoothly  rubbed  stone.     A.  W,  Reavley. 

2.  Flint.     A.  W.  Reavley. 

3.  " 

4       "  " 

5.  " 

6.  "  " 

7.  Stone  axe.     Wm.  Michener.     Humberstone. 

95 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

8.  Bone  awl  or  needle.     Wm.  Melville. 

9. 
10. 

11.  Clay  pipe 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 

20.    .       " 
21. 
22. 

23.  Stone  tablet 

24.  Small  notched  bone  or  needle.     Wm.  Melville. 

25.  Small  discoidal  stone.     Wm.  Melville. 
26. 

27. 
28. 

29.  Several  pipe  stems,  stone 

30.  Small  bone  chisel.     David  Melville. 

31.  Worked  bone 

32.  Small  stone  axe 

33.  Small  discoidal  stone 
34. 

35. 

36.  Discoidal  stone,  2J  in.  dia.,  with  hole  in  centre.     David  Melville. 

37.  Clay   pipe.     David  Melville. 
38. 

39. 
40. 
41. 

42.  Pipe  stems 

All  those  from  No.  8  to  No.  42  are  from  Nottawasaga  Tp. 

43.  Small  discoidal  stone,  with  hole  in  centre  and  groove  round  outer  edge. 
York  Tp.     Jos.  Smelser. 


96 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

CASE  A2. 
MISCELLANEOUS. 

1.  Pipe  head.     Lambton  Mills.     Wardie  and  Ottie  White. 

2.  broken.     Lambton  Mills.     W.  and  O.  White. 

3.  String  of  glass  beads.     " 

4.  and  shell  beads.     Lambton  Mills.     W.  and  O.  White. 
/».  Pipe-stem.     Lambton  Mills.     W.  and  0.  White. 

6.  Bear's  tooth  (bored).     Lambton  Mills.     W.  and  0.  White. 

7.  Diagonally  notched  bone.     "  "  "  " 

8.  Carved  fragment    of  bone,  (probably  of   European    origin).     Lambton 
Mills.     W.  and  0.  White. 

9.  Small  hollowed  stone.     Lambton  Mills.     W.  and  O.  White. 

10.  Two  broken  shell  beads.     Lougheed  col. 

11.  Small,  flat  stone,  perforated. 

12.  Stone  in  preparation  for  beads.     " 

13.  Bear's  tooth  ^notched).     Lougheed  col. 

14.  Stone  axe.     Sebastopol  Tp.     Alex.  Parks. 

15.  Gouge.     Golden  Lake,  Algora  Tp.     Alex.  Parks. 

16.  Stone  axe.     Brantford.     P.  R.  Jarvis. 

17.  "  N.  Easthope. 

18.  "  ElliceTp. 

19.  " 

20.  "  N.  Easthope. 

21.  "  (grooved).     Ellice  Tp.     P.  R.  Jarvis. 

22.  Gouge.     P.  R.  Jarvis. 

23.  Belt  ornament,  sheet  copper.     P.  R  Jarvis. 

24.  Pottery  fragments.     Delaware  Tp.     P.  R.  Jarvis. 

25.  Shell  ornaments  (2).     P.  R  Jarvis. 

26.  Clay  pipe.     Zorra  Tp. 
27. 

28          "  "  " 

29.  Red  stone  bead.     Saugeen.     P.  R  Jarvis. 

30.  Spoon  ;  Sioux  (buffalo  horn). 

31.  Bone  chisel.     Near  Battleford,  N.  W.  T.     Major  J.  M.  Delamere. 

32.  Pipe  from  grave  near  Stony  Lake,  N.  W.  T.     Major  J.  M.  Delamere. 

33.  Copper  kettle.     North-west  of  Battleford,  N.  W.  T. 

34.  Slate  of  in.  long,  4  in.  wide,  and  If  in.  at  thickest.     Oval  hole  (long  dia.  1 
in.)  in  middle,  from  side  to  side.     Outline  much  like  the  McCallumpipe,  and  sug- 
gestive of  a  monkey.     May  have  been  intended  for  a  large  pipe.     Nottawasaga. 
Angus  Buie. 

35.  Fragment  of  stone  pipe  ;  head  showing  a  fairly   well  cut  human  face  f 
in    long,  above  and  behind  which  is  a  dog's  head  neatly  cut.     The  latter  is  only 
half  an  inch  long,  and  about  the  same  breadth  across  the  forehead,  but  the  eyes 
ears,  mouth  and  nostrils  are  imitated.     Nottawasaga.     Angus  Buie. 

7  (c.i.)  97 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


36.  Pipe-head  (snake)  somewhat  like   No.    90   in    case   S.      Nottawasaga. 
Angus  Buie. 

37.  Human  head  from  pipe-head.     Nottawasaga. 

38.  Plain  clay  pipe.     Ellice  Tp. 

39.  Small  pipe,  like  modern  N.  W.  type.     Nottawasaga.     Angus  Buie. 
This  case  contains  also  47  flints  from  various  places  in  Perth  Co. 

All  the  articles  in  cases  Z  and  A2  are  placed  there  only  temporarily,  until  a 
re-arrangement  of  specimens  in  other  cases  will  afford  room  for  them. 


WALL  CASE  1. 
POTTERY. 

1.  Small  cup,  edges  broken.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  collection. 

2.  Small  cup,  almost  perfect.     Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  collection. 

3.  Plain  vessel,  moulded  in  grass  basket.     Humberstone.     Cyrenius  Bearss. 

4.  Small  spoon-like  specimen.     Nottawasaga.     Lougheed  collection. 

5  to  42.  Very  fine  specimens  of  clay  vessels,  entire  or  nearly  so  from  mounds 
in  Arkansas.     From  the  collection  of  C.  W.  Riggs,  Cincinnati. 

43.  Small  and  imperfect  cup.     York  Tp.     Dr.  R  Orr,  Maple. 


WALL  CASE  2. 

1  to  13.  Iron  tomahawks  from  various  localities. 

14.  Copper  kettle.     Algora  Tp.,  Renfrew  Co. 

15.  Pyrula  perversa  from  ossuary.     Penetanguishene. 

16.  Pyrula  perversa.     No  locality. 

17.  Pyrula  perversa  from  ossuary  on  Cape  Hurd. 

18.  Pyrula  perversa  from  ossuary  in  Humberstone  Tp.     Mrs.  Barney,  sr. 

19.  Pyrula  perversa  from  ossuary  in  Nottawasaga.     Angus  Buie. 

20.  Pyrula  perversa  from  ossuary  in  Nottawasaga.     Angus  Buie. 

21.  Wooden  war  club,  modern. 

22.  Wooden  war  club,  made  to  represent  a  hand  grasping  a  ball,  modern. 
23  to  34.  Iron  tomahawks  of  various  patterns  and  from  various  localities. 


98 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

WALL  CASE  3. 

CRANIA. 
1  to  55.  From  ossuary,  on  the  Keffer  farm.     Vaughan  Tp. 


WALL  CASE  4. 

CRANIA. 

1  and  2.  No  record. 

3.  Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto.'    E.  A.  Macdonald. 

4.  Beverly  Tp.     Dwyer  col. 

5  and  6.  Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto.     E  A.  Macdonrld. 

7  to  12.  Humberstone  Tp. 

13  to  28.  Nottawasaga  Tp. 

19  and  20.  Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto. 

21.  Upper  half  containing  portions  of  beaver  skin  and  pieces  of  cedar  bark, 
Beverly  Tp. 

22.  Withrow  Avenue,  Toronto. 

23  to  32.  Ridley  and  Bury  farm,  Clearville,  Orford  Tp. 

33.  South  Bay,  Manitoulin  Island.     R  Baskervilie,  Manitowaning. 


WALL  CASE  5. 

Contains  nearly  400  stone  axes  and  chisels  of  various  dimensions,  from  two. 
inches  to  upwards  of  one  foot  in  length,  also  14  iron  tomahawks. 


99 


63  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


WALL  CASE  6. 

Contains  about  1,000  arrow  and  spear  heads  from  different  parts  of  Canada 
-and  the  United  States. 

Six  iron  tomahawks. 

A  large  number  of  pottery  fragments  from  Miller's  farm,  York  Tp.,  and  a 
•quantity  of  miscellaneous  material. 

MORTARS  OR  MILLS. 

1.  Victoria  Co.     Dickson  col. 

2.  York  Tp.     S. 

3.  Vaughan  Tp.     Dr.  Orr,  Maple. 

4.  York  Tp.  contains  four  cavities. 

MODERN  SPECIMENS. 

Blood  Indian.     N.  Wt  Territory. 

1  Leather  belt,  beaded. 

1  Pair  woman's  leggings,  beaded. 

1  "    man's  leggings,  beaded. 

2  "    large  breast  buttons  ;  beaded. 

4  Paint  bags,  one  containing  paint,  beaded. 

1  Pair  large  moccasins,  beaded. 

1     "    child's 

1  Tom-tom. 

1  Large  wooden  pipe  stem,  plain. 

1  "  beaded. 

1  Kooie  stick ;  handle  beaded. 

1  Hammer  ;  long  handle,  beaded. 

I  Whip  ;   handle  beaded. 

1  "  Medicine  "  bag  of  buffalo  hide. 

1  Hunting  knife 

1  Leather  cartridge  pouch. 

1  Scalp,  with  lock  of  hair. 

3  "       locks. 

1  Fire-steel  attached  to  thong. 

1  Signal  hand-glass  in  richly  beaded  bag. 

These  were  presented  by  Rev.  John  McLean,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  Moosejaw,  N".  W  T 

Arouay  Indian.    British  Guiana. 

1  Man's  head-dress. 
1  Wooden  club. 
1  Blow-gun. 

100 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 

1  Bundle  of  small  arrows  or  darts  for  use  in  the  blow-gun. 

1  Bow. 

1  Bundle  of  arrows. 

1  Fan. 

2  Spears. 

1  Woman's  dress. 

These  were  presented  by  Mr.  M.  M.  Fen  wick,  B.A.,  Head  Master,  High  School,. 
Bowmanville. 


WALL  CASE  7. 

ESKIMO. 
1.  Skin  of  harp-seal. 

1.  Child's  coat,  fur. 

3.  "        trousers,  fur. 

•v 

4.  Pair  of  mitts,  fur. 

5.  "         shoes     " 

6.  "         boots     " 

7.  Man's  coat, 

8.  Woman's  coat, " 

9.  Man's  coat  with  hood,  fur. 

10.  Bed,  fur. 
On  wall— 

11.  Snow  shovel ;  wood  and  bone. 

12.  Snow  stick. 

13.  Walrus  spear. 

14.  Whale  line. 
15-16.  2  seal  lines. 

17.  Model  of  kayak. 

18.  "  "        frame. 

These  were  presented  by  Mr.  F.  F.  Payne,  of  the  Meteorological  Observatory^ 
Toronto. 

19.  Model  of  Kayak.     Mr.  John  Notman,  Toronto. 

CARIB. 
From  Nevis,  St.  Kilts,  Barbados  and  other  West  Indian  Islands. 

1  Stone  club  head. 
1      "      celt  or  axe. 
4      "      pestles. 

1  Shell  celt. 

2  "     gouges. 

These  were  presented  by  Mr.  Connell,  of  Nevis,  W.  I. 

101 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


OF    THE 


ART  AND  ARCHEOLOGY  OF  THE  ABORIGINAL  TRIBES 


OF    THE 


DOMINION  OF  CANADA  AND  NEWFOUNDLAND. 


II. 

By  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  M.A. 

tu  ABBOT,  CHARLES  C.,  M.D. — Primitive  Industry,  or  illustrations  of  the  handi- 
work in  stone,  bone  and  clay  of  the  native  races  of  the  Northern  Atlantic  se~- 
board  of  America.  Salem  and  Cincinnati,  1881.  8vo.  VI.,  560. 

Describes  (p.  64)  woman's  knife  used  by  Eskimo  of  Cumberland  Sound.  Describes  (pp. 
408-9)  charm  and  ornament  of  Eskimo  of  Cumberland  Sound,  after  Kumlein.  See 
Kumlein,  L. 

c  ALLEN,  J.  ROMILLY,  F.  S.  A.  Scot. — Notes  on  Fire-Producing  Machines.  Proc. 
Soc.  of  Antiquaries  of  Scotland.  Vol.  VII.  (N.  S.),  187if-80  (Edinburgh,  1880), 
,pp.  229-249. 

Describes  (p.  233)  process  of  fire-making  by  Chinooks  of  British  Columbia  ;  p.  239  figure 
of  Esquimaux  cord-drill  apparatus,  with  description  of  its  working  (240);  p.  241 
figure  of  Esquimaux  bow-drill  from  Ft.  Anderson,  with  description  ;  p.  249  figure  of 
Esquimaux  steel  now  in  Edinburgh  museum. 

u  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  JOURNAL.  Published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Archaeo- 
logical Institute  of  Gt.  Britain  and  Ireland.  Vol.  XVIII.  (London,  1861), 

Contains  (p.  374)  brief  note  on  fragments  of  pottery  found  beneath  a  pine  tree  near  the 
Great  (?  Grand)  River,  Canada. 

u Vol.  XXIV  (1867), 

Contains  (p.   70)  notice  of  flint  arrowheads  from  the  extreme  west  coast  of  N.  Canada. 

BABBIE  "ADVANCE"  [Newspaper],  June  28,  1888. 

Describes  skeletons  and  other  remains  found  at  Cameron's  Point,  Lake  Simcoe.  [Title  and 
description  from  Mr.  A.  F.  Hunter,  B.A.J 

BAWTBEE,  ED.  W.,  M.D. — Indian   Sepulchral  Pits  in  Canada.      Edinburgh 
New  Philosophical  Journal,  Vol.  XLV.     See  Squier,  E.  G. 
Describes  ossuaries,  etc.,  in  Simcoe  county,  Ontario. 


-53  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


cu  BELL,  CHAS.  N. — Die  Mound-Builders  von  Canada.  Verh.  der  Berliner 
Oesellschaft  fur  Anthrop.  Ethnol.  uud  Urgeschichte.  Bd.  18  (1886),  s.  192-194. 

Describes  mounds  in  the  Lake  Winnipeg  region,  near  Lake  Traverse,  and  a  group  of  mounds 
near  St.  Andrews.  See  Toronto  Mail,  Feb.  22,  1886. 

u  -  —Remains  of  Prehistoric  Man  in  Manitoba.    Report  of  British  Assoc. 

of  Adv.  of  Science,  26th  meeting,  Birmingham,  1886.     (London,  1887),  pp.  845-6. 
General  ideas  on  mounds  and  camp-sites. 

—Mounds  in  Manitoba.     American   Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal, 
Vol.  IX.  (1887),  p.  300. 

Short  note.     Brief  general  description. 

en  BELL,  ROBERT,  MD.,  LL.D. — Observations  on  the  Geology,  Mineralogy, 
.Zoology  and  Botany  of  Labrador  Coast,  Hudson's  Strait  and  Bay.  Geol.  and 
Nat.  Hist.  Survey  of  Canada,  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  LL.D.,  Director.  Report  of  Pro- 
gress, 1882-3-4. 

Description  (p.  DD.  30)  of  old  Eskimo  camp  at  Port  de  Boucherville.  Description  (p.  DD. 
32)  of  ancient  Eskimo  works  (camp,  etc.,)  at  Port  La  Perriere  (Digges  Island). 

c  BOAS,  DR.  FRANZ. — On  certain  Songs  and  Dances  of  the  Kwakiutl  of  British 
Oolumbia.  Journal  of  American  Folk-Lore,  Vol.  I  (1888),  pp.  49-64. 

Notes  (p.  50)  insruments  and  ornaments  used  by  dancers  ;  carved  bones  used  in  games 
(p.  51). 

cu Sagen  der  Eskimos  von  Baffin  Land.     Verhandlungen  der  Berliner 

Oesellschaft  fur  Anthrop.  Ethnol.  und  Urgeschichte.     Bd.  xx.  (1888),  s.  398-405. 

Describes    (402-404)    the    "Tornit"    (pre-Eskimo  population),  their  weapons  (403),  old 
•stone  houses  (403-4),  etc.,  according  to  legend. 

c Indian  skulls  from   British   Columbia.      Trans.   New  York  Acad.  of 

Science,  1888-9.     VII.,  pp.  4-6. 

c Notes  on  the  Snanaimuq.   American  Anthropologist,  Washington.  Vol. 

II.  (1889),  pp.  321-328. 

Describes  (p.  323)  mortuary  customs  of  the  Snanaimuq  Indians  of  British  Columbia. 

The  Houses  of  the  Kwakiutl  Indians,  British  Columbia. 

From  Proceedings  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1888,  pp.  197-213. 

An  elaborate  treatise  on  the  structure,  ornamentation,  etc.,  of  the  houses  of  the  Kwakiutl 
Indians  from  personal  observations  made  during  a  lengthened  stay  (1886-7)  in  British 
Columbia.  The  information  given  is  of  the  highest  value  in  determining  the  relations 
of  the  British  Columbian  and  other  Canadian  arid  American  Indians.  The  paper  is 
illustrated  by  figures  as  follows  :  1,  Model  of  a  Kwakiutl  house,  Fort  Rupert,  B.  C., 
<p.  197);  2,  Ground  plan  of  Kwakiutl  house  (198);  3,  Front  elevation  (198)  ;  4,  Longi- 
tudinal section  (199)  ;  5,  Carved  settee  in  a  house  at  Qumta'spe,  Hope  Island  (200)  ; 
6,  View  of  rear  part  of  house  in  Qumta'spe  (201)  ;  plate,  view  of  village  of  Qumta'spe 
(facing  p.  202)  ;  7-8,  Carved  uprights  in  Kwakiutl  house  (203)  ;  9,  Carved  upright 
(204)  ;  10,  Heraldic  column  of  the  Gens  Sentlae,  Alert  Bay  (205)  ;  11,  Sun  mask  (204); 
12,  Gables  of  houses  at  Alert  Bay  (206);  J3,  Heraldic  column  at  Qumta'spe  (207); 
14,  Post  in  house  in  Qumta'spe  (208)  ;  plate  (facing  p.  208),  Painting  on  front  of  house 
at  Qumta'spe  (Hope  Island)  ;  15,  House  front  in  Qumta'spe  (210)  ;  16  17,  Uprights  in 
house  at  Qumta'spe  (211)  ;  J8,  Statue  on  house  at  Alert  Bay  (212)  ;  19,  Statue  in 
house  at  Qumta'spe  (212);  plnte  (facing  p.  212),  Front  of  house  at  Alert  Bay  ;  20, 
Post  in  house  at  Comox  (213)  ;  21,  Base  of  20  enlarged. 

At  pp.  209-210  is  an  interesting  account  of  the  famous  copper  plates. 

103 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


* The  Central  Eskimo.     [Extract  from  the  Sixth.  Annual  Report  of  the 

Bureau  of  Ethnology].     Washington  1888.     pp.  399-669. 

This,  perhaps  the  most  important  work  that  has  ever  appeared  dealing  with  the  Canadian 
Eskimo  (those  inhabiting  Baffin  Land,  the  western  shore  of  Hudson  Bay,  the  region  of 
Boothia,  Felix  and  Back  River,  Smith  Sound,  etc.),  is  invaluable  to  the  archaeologist 
and  ethnographer.  It  describes  the  distribution  of  the  various  tribes  (419-470) ;  Hunting 
and  fishing  (471-516)  ;  Manufactures,  implements,  etc.,  (516-526)  ;  Boats  and  sledges 
(527-538) ;  Habitations  and  dress  (589-561)  ;  Social  and  religious  life  (561-615)  ;  Tales 
and  traditions  (615-643)  ;  Science  and  the  arts  (643-658)  ;  Glossary  of  Eskimo  words 
(659-662)  ;  Eskimo  geographical  names  with  equivalents  (662-666)  ;  Appendix,  Notes 
(667-669.)  Accompanying  the  texts  are  two  large  folding  maps,  one  showing  in  detail 
the  geographical  divisions  of  territory  occupied  by  the  Eskimo  fribes  of  North  Eastern 
America,  the  other  showing  the  territory  occupied  by  the  Eskimo  tribes  of  North 
America,  with  boundaries.  The  full-page  plates  are  as  follows  :  Map  of  Cumberland 
Peninsula,  drawn  by  an  Eskimo  (p.  643)  ;  Eskimo  drawings  (pp.  648,  650,  651). 
Eskimo  carvings  (pp,  652,  653);  Modern  implements  (654).  The  work  is  also  elaborately 
illustrated  with  157  figures  (the  last  four  of  which  are  Eskimo  maps)  of  hunting  and 
fishing  implements,  weapons,  boats,  sledges,  houses,  tents,  dress  and  ornaments,  gam- 
ing implements,  etc. 


u  BOGGE,  ED.  B.,  R.  N. — The  Fishing  Indians  of  Vancouver's  Island.  Memoirs 
of  Anthrop.  Soc.,  London.  Vol.  III.  (1867-8-9),  pp.  '260-5. 

Describes  method  of  fishing  of  Songish  tribe,  p.  260-26 L  ;  of  Tahtoosh  or  Cape  Flattery 
Indians,  262-263  ;  of  Ahousad  tribe,  263  ;  head- flattening,  263  ;  amusements,  dances 
and  games,  264  ;  burial,  265. 

*  BOMPAS,  RT.  REV.  WILLIAM  CARPENTER,  D.D. — Diocese  of  Mackenzie  River 
(Colonial  Church  Histories).  Lnndon,  1888.  8vo.,  pp.  108. 

Describes  (pp.  40-41)  houses,  dress,  etc.,  of  Tenni  tribes  ;  tents  of  Tukudh  (43);  rafts, 
canoes,  snowshoes  (44)  ;  Eskimo  face  ornaments  (46)  ;  pipe  (47)  ;  carving,  (47)  ;  dwell- 
ings, tents,  etc.  (48,  49)  •  tools,  fire-making,  etc.  (50).  Chapter  IX.  (pp.  90-100) 
treats  of  dress  and  habits  ;  dress  (90)  ;  tattoo  (91)  ;  ornaments  (91)  ;  burial  (91-92)  ; 
stone  implements  (92)  ;  cooking  (93)  ;  Eskimo  fish-hooks  (94)  ;  cradle-bags  (95). 

BOYLE,  DAVID. — Work  and  Play  among  the  Indians.     III.     School  Work  and 
Play.     Toronto.     Vol.  I.,  No.  6  (March  15,  1889),  p.  6. 

Describes  (with  illustrations)  Indian  pipes.  Figures  of  "McCallum"  pipe  in  shape  of 
monkey,  from  Halton  county;  "  Beecroft  "  pipe  of  bloodstone,  from  Nottawasaga; 
"McKnight"  pipe  of  Marble  from  Beverley  township,  and  a  pipe  from  British 
Columbia. 

cutl—  —Archaeological  Report,  pp.  9-59  of  Annual  Report  of  Canadian  Insti- 
tute. Session  1887-8.  Bein«  part  of  appendix  to  the  report  of  the  Minister  of  Educa- 
tion, Ontario,  1888.  Published  by  order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.  Toronto, 
1889.  pp.  1-59,  with  84  figures. 

pp.  11-12,  enumeration  of  Canadian  specimens  added  to  the  museum  ;  pp.  20-22,  clay  pipes 
from  Glenhuron,  Kottawasaga,  Lambton  ;  pp.  23-28,  stone  pipes  from  Frontenac, 
McGr  llivray,  Lake  Moira,  London  township,  Hope  Bay  (Wiarton),  West  Williams 
township,  Nottawasaga  ;  pp.  28-40,  implements  of  stone  from  McGillivray.  Scui'og 
Island,  VV.  Middlesex,  Nottawasaga,  Brandon  (Man.),  Point  Edward  (Ont.),  Biddulph. 
Toronto,  Wolfe  Cslaiid,  West  Williams,  Vaughan,  Ft.  McLeocl  ;  p.  40,  Eskimo  bone 
figures  and  measure  ;  pp.  40-41,  shell  gorgets,  London  (Ont.)  ;  pp.  41-45,  flints  from 
Wolfe  Island,  Fenelon  Falls,  etc.;  p.  46,  carved  stone  head  from  Beverley  township  ; 
pp.  48-50,  copper  beads  from  Wolfe  Island,  Tidd's  Island,  chisels  from  Biddulph,  Bur- 
ford,  London  townships  ;  pp.  51-53,  types  of  recent  iron  axes  from  Nottawasaga, 
Toronto,  etc. ;  pp.  54-59,  Contributions  towards  a  Bibliography  of  the  Archaeology  of 
the  Dominion  of  Canada  and  Newfoundland. 

cut  BRESSANI,  J. — Relation  Abregee  de  quelques  Missions  des  Peres  de  la  Corn- 
pagnie  de  Jesus  dans  la  Nouvelle  France,  par  le  R.  P.  F.  J.  Bressany,  de  la 

104 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


meme  Compagriie.  Traduit  de  1'Italien  et  augment^  d'un  avant-propos,  de  la 
biographic  de  1'auteur,  et  d'un  grand  nombre  de  notes  et  gravures,  par  le  R.  P.  K 
Martin  de  la  merne  Compagnie.  Montreal,  1852. 

Chapter  III.  (pp.  66-78)  treats  of  the  "  Sol,  Nourriture,  Vetementet  Caractere  des  Sauvagea 
de  la  Nouvelle — France  ";  Burial  customs  and  rites  of  the  Hurons,  101-103  ;  Notes  on 
Wampum,  301-302.  The  work  contains  p.  50  "Tabula  Novse  Franciae  anno  1660," and 
(p.  280)  "Carte  de  1'ancien  pays  des  Hurons,"  besides  numerous  engravings,  pp.  330- 
333  are  taken  up  with  explanatory  notes  on  the  maps  and  engravings.  On  p.  101  is  a 
note  relating  to  an  ossuary  discovered  near  Penetanguishene  in  1846,  and  on  p.  333r 
references  to  the  ruins  of  Ft.  iSte.  Marie  on  the  Wye. 

c  BRINTON,  D.  G.,  M.  D. — Lenape'  Conversations.     Journal  of  American  Folk- 
lore, Vol.  I.  (1888),  pp.  37-43. 

Conversations  with  Rev.  A.  S.  Anthony,  a  Canadian  Delaware  Indian.  Notes  on  weapons, 
38-39  ;  utensils,  39  ;  boats.  40  ;  houses,  50  ;  games,  and  implements  used  in  them,  40  \ 
hooks,  41  ;  sweat  lodges,  41;  trephining,  41. 

BRITISH  COLONIAL  Newspaper,  Sept.  24,  1847.     [Title  from  Squier]. 
See  Squier. 

cut  BROWN,  MRS.  W.  W. — Some   indoor   and  outdoor  Game?3  of   tbe  Wabanaki 
idians.     Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Canada,  18&8,  Sect.  II.,  pp.  41-46. 


?,  WILLIAM,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.E. — History  of  the  settlement  of  Upper 
Canada,  with  special  reference  to  the  Bay  of  Quinte  district.  Toronto,  1869* 
I.-XXL,  1-671. 

Notes  (p.  380)  site  of  Indian  village  at  Cataraqui  ;    battle  ground  (p.  393)  ;    island  scene  of 
massacre  007). 

u  CARTAILHAC,  M, — Kjoekkenmoddings  de  1'Am^rique  du  Nord  par  le  Dr. 
Charles  A.  White  (Prof,  de  Ge'ol.  a  1'Univ.  de  1'titafc  d'lowa  (feats-Urns).  Con- 
gres  internat.  d'  Anthrop.,  et  d'  Arche'ol.  pre'historiques.  Compte-Rendu  de  la 
cinquieme  session  a  Bologne,  avec  planches  et  figures  interc.  dans  le  texte.  Bologne 
1873.  pp.  079-391. 

Notes  briefly  (p.  380)  kitchen  midden  at  St.  Margaret's  Bay,  Nova  Scotia,  pp.  390-391. 
Bibliography  of  Shell-heaps.  See  White,  Dr.  Charles  A. 

cut  CHAMBERLAIN,  A.  R— The  Archaeology  of  Scugog  Island.  1889.  2  pp. 
[Reprint  from  the  Port  Perry  Standard  of  March  7,  1889,  p.  2]. 

Describes  graves,  and  camp  or  village  site,  on  Noncoii  Island  (part  of  Scugog  Island),  Lake 
Scugog,  Ontario  county,  Ontario,  with  specimens  obtained  therefrom. 

cut Contributions    towards   a   Bibliography   of   the  Archaeology  of   the 

Dominion  of  Canada  and  Newfoundland,  pp.  6.  [Reprint  from  Report  of  Canadian 
Institute,  1887-8,  pp.  54-9.     See  Boyle,  D.]. 

c  ~  Notes  on  the  history,  customs  and  beliefs  of  the  Mississagua  Indians. 

Journal  of  American  Folk-Lore.     Vol.  I.  (1888),  pp.  150-160. 

Describes  (p.  154),  mebhod  of  fishing  ;  p.  155,  gathering  and  drying  rice  ;  p.  156,  manu- 
factures. 

tu  CHAPPELL,  LIEUT.  EDWARD,  R.N.— Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  Hudson's  Bay 
in  his  Majesty's  ship  Rosamond,  containing  some  account  of  the  North-East  coast 
of  America  and  the  tribes  inhabiting  that  remote  region.  London,  18 17. 

Notes  (p.  61)  circles  of  loose  stones  at  Eskimo  fire-places  ;  description  of  an  Eskimo  burial 
place  ;  body  found  by  Capt.  Sterling  in  1813,  together  with  bows,  spear,  harpoon,  etc., 
p.  Ill  ;  Eskimo  canoes  pp.  55-57  ;  bow,  p.  70  ;  thro  wing-stick,  p.  101  ;  list  of  articles 
illustrating  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  natives  of  N.  W.  (?)  coast  of  America, 
brought  to  Europe  by  Commander  Billings,  pp.  254-255.  (Appendix  E). 

105 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  (3).  A.  1890 


u  -  Voyage  of  His  Majesty's  ship  Rosamond  to  Newfoundland  and  the 
southern  coast  of  Labrador,  etc.  London,  1818. 

Cut  of  Micmac  wigwam,  p.  59  ;  Micmac  wigwams  described,  74-75  ;  Esquimaux  winter  huts, 
101;  Mountaineer  sledges,   106;  Red  Indians,   169-187  (170-178,  f  rom  Whitbourne)  ;  j 
canoes,  174  ;  bark  kettles,  175. 

u  CHIMMO,  COMMANDER  W.,  K  N.  —  A  visit  to  the  North  -East  coast  of  Labrador 
during  the  autumn  of  1867.  Journ.  of  Roy.  Geog.  Soc.,  London.  Vol  XXXVIII. 

{1868),  pp.  258-281. 

Notes  on  Eskimo  dress,  p.  273  ;  Eskimo  graves  at  Hopedale,  273. 

u  DAWKINS,  PROF.  W.  BOY.D  —  The  Range  of  the  Eskimo  in  Space  and  Time. 
Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Science.  Fifty-fourth  meeting  (Montreal, 
1884).  London,  1885. 

Brief  abstract  of  paper,  p.  898. 

u  DAWSON  [Sir],  JOHN  WILLIAM,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.  —  Acadian  Geology. 
The  geological  structure,  organic  remains  and  mineral  resources  of  Nova  Scotia/ 
New  Brunswick  and  Prince  Edward  Island.  Third  edition.  London,  1878. 
Supplement  to  second  edition  of  Acadian  Geology,  containing  additional  facts  as 
to  the  geological  structure,  fossil  remains,  and  mineral  resources  of  Nova  Scotia, 
New  Brunswick  and  Prince  Edward  Island.  London,  1878. 
Beds  of  shell,  pp.  17-18  ;  Micmac  remains,  18-19. 

cu  —  —  On  a  specimen  of  Aboriginal  Pottery  in  the  museum  of  the  Natural 
History  Society  of  Montreal.  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist  and  proceedings 
of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal.  Vol.  IV  (1859),  pp.  186-190  (with 
figure,  p.  188).  Article  is  signed  "  J.  W.  D." 

Describes  earthen  vessel  found  on  lot  4,  8th  range  of  lots  in  Clarendon  township,  in  July, 
1859,  together  with  stone  enclosure. 

cu  —  —Notes  on  Aboriginal  Antiquities  recently  discovered  in  the  island  of 
Montreal.  76.  Vol.  V.  (I860),  pp.  430-449.  Article  is  signed  "  J.  W.  D." 

Describes  (pp.  432-434)  skeletons,  skulls  (with  figure,  p.  433)  ;  remains  of  articles  of  food, 
484  ;  earthen  vessels,  434-5  with  6  figures  on  p.  435  ;  tobacco  pipes,  435  (with  figure  of 
clay  pipe,  p  436)  ;  other  earthen  objects,  435-435  ;  bone  implements,  436-487  (with 
figure  of  awl,  p.  437)  ;  iron  implements,  437  (with  figure  of  knife)  ;  historical  import- 
ance of  discoveries,  437-49  ;  plan  of  Hochelaga  from  Ramusio.  446. 

cu  —  —Note  on  Relics  of  the  Red  Indians  of  Newfoundland,  collected  by  Mr. 
Smith  McKay  and  exhibited  to  the  Natural  History  Society  (of  Montreal).  Ib. 
Vol.  V.  (i860),  pp.  462.  Signed  "  J.  W.  D." 

Describes  briefly  portion  of  Walrus  tooth,  3  flat  pendants  of  some  material,  shells,  wam- 
pum, perforated  shells,  part  of  iron  knife,  hatchet,  stone  arrowhead,  found  in  .a 
sepulchral  cave  in  the  southern  part  of  Newfoundland,  with  the  remains  of  a  body 
wrapped  in  birch  bark. 

cu—  —  Additional  Notes  on  Aboriginal  Antiquities  found  at  Montreal.  Ibid. 
Vol.  VI.  (1861),  pp.  362-373.  Signed  "  J.  W.  D." 

Treats  of  articles  found  on  site  of  Indian  village,  near  Metcalfe  St.,  Montreal.  Human 
remains,  pp.  364-369  ;  beads  and  wampum,  369  (with  2  figures);  bone  implements, 
369-370  (with  3  figures);  pipes,  370-371  (  with  2  figures);  earthen  vessels,  371-372  (with 
1  figure);  stone  implements,  37'^  ;  metallic  articles,  372  ;  articles  of  food,  373. 

•cu  ---  Notes  on  Indian  Beads  presented  to  the  Natural  History  Society  by 
-James  Robb,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer.  Ibid.  Vol.  VI.  (1861),  p.  471.  Signed  "  J. 
W.  D." 

Describes  beads  of  native  copper  found  in  an  old  burying-place  on  a  small  island  in  the  St. 
L/awrence,  near  Brockville,  Ont. 

106 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


cu  DAWSON,  GEO.  M.,  L.L.D.,  F.G.S. — Sketch  of  the  Past  and  Present  condition 
of  the  Indians  of  Canada.  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  New  Series,  Vol. 
IX.  (1881),  pp.  12.^159. 

cu—  — On  the  Haida  Indians  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  Appendix  A.  of 
Report  on  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  A.  R.  C. 
Selwyn,  Director.  Report  of  Exploration  and  Surveys.  Report  of  Progress, 
1878-1879.  Montreal,  1880,  pp.  103-171. 

Describes  ornaments,  pp.  106-109  ;  plate  of  houses  and  carved  posts  at  Kumshewa  village, 
114  ;  plate  of  carved  posts,  houses,  etc.,  115-116  ;  shell-currency,  J35;  burial  customs, 
132-133;  arts  and  architecture,  J  37-147  ;  marks,  13S-139  ;  carved  sticks,  139;  dishes 
and  vessels,  140-141  ;  stone  mortars,  etc.,  141  ;  spoons,  dishes,  etc.,  142  ;  adzes,  ham- 
mers. 143;  spears,  hooks,  144  ;  canoes,  145  ;  houses,  146  ;  pots,  148-149  ;  2  plates  of 
houses  and  carved  posts,  146-147. 

cu Note  on  the  occurrence  of  Jade  in  British  Columbia  and  its  employ- 
ment by  the  natives.  With  quotations  and  extracts  from  a  paper  by  Prof.  A.  B. 
Meyer,  on  Nephrite  and  analogous  minerals  from  Alaska.  Canadian  Record  of 
Science,  Vol.  II  (1887),  pp.  364-378.  Also  Reprint  of  the  same,  pp.  1-15. 

Describes  (pp.  365-6)  partly  worked  boulders  of  jade  at  Littleton  and  Yale  on  Lower  Fraser 
River;  jade  implements  in  museums  at  Ottawa  and  Montreal,  366  ;  enumeration  of 
specimens,  366-367  ;  chemical  composition  of  jade,  367  ;  implements  and  fragments, 
368  ;  figures  of  boulders  from  Littleton  and  Yale  with  description,  368,  369,  370  ; 
quotation,  (370-378)  from  Prof.  Meyer  (Ueber  Nephrit,  etc.);  chisel  from  Queen 
Charlotte  Islands.  374-375. 

cu Notes    and    Observations  on    the    Kwakiool   People   of  Vancouver 

Island.     [Reprint  from   Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Canada,  Vol.  V  (1887),  pp.  1-36.] 
Montreal,  1888,  pp.  36,  4vo. 

Mode  of  life,  arts,  customs  of  Kwakiool,  pp.  13-17;  houses,  13;  totem-posts,  13-14; 
copper-plate,  14  ;  burials,  16-17. 

cu Notes  and  Observations  on  the  Kwakiool  People  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Canada,  Vol.  V  (1887),  Sec.  II,  pp.  1-36. 

cu Notes    on    the   Indian  Tribes  of    the   Yukon  District  and  adjacent 

northern  portion  of  British    Columbia.     (Reprint  from  Annual  Report  of  Geolo- 
gical Survey  of  Canada,  1887,  pp.  191B-213B),  pp.  1-23. 

Notes  on  stone  implements  of  the  Tahltan  Indians,  p.  6;  weiving,  6  ;  masks,  7  ;  graves  of 
Kutchin  Indians,  13  ;  graves  of  Tagish,  15. 

c  DEANS,  JAMES. — The  Worship  of  Priapus  among  the  Indians  of  British 
Columbia.  Amer.  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal,  Vol.  IX.  (1887),  pp.  368-9. 

Describes  lingam  images  dedicated  to  Slo-caw  (Priapus). 

—Inside  view  of  a  Huidah  Dwelling.     Ibid.  pp.  309-310. 

Describes  the  inside  construction,  arrangement,  etc. ,  of  an  ancient  Huidah  house  on  one  of 
the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands. 

c  DUNS,  PROF. — On  Stone  Implements  from  Nova  Scotia  and/^anada,  and  on 
the  use  of  Copper  Implements  by  the  aborigines  of  Nova  Scotia.  Proc.  of  Soc. 

107 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


of  Antiquarians  of  Scotland,  New  Series,  Vol.  Ill  (1879-1880).  Edinburgh,  1880, 
pp.  176-180. 

Describes  (p.  176)  stone  axe  (from  entrance  to  Pictou  Harbour,  N.  S.)  of  heavy  greenstone,^ 
pitted  over  with  small  holes  ;  porphyrite  scraper  from  L.   Superior,   Micmac  axe  from  ' 
Middle  River  Point,  Pictou,  N.S.,  granitoid  axe  from  Merigomish,  N.S.,  178;  skinn- ' 
ing  knife  from  L.  Superior,  3  arrowheads  from  Lunenburg,  N..S. ,  2  arrowheads  from  L.  ' 
Superior,   5  unfinished  arrowheads  from  Merigomish,  N.S.,   1  from   Prince  Edward 
Island,  arid  some  from  Canada  West  179  ;  pp.  179-180,  notes  on  use  of  copper  founded 
on  Dawson  and  Paterson  (q.  v. ) 

I  DURAND  CHARLES. — Indian  Graves  on  the  Humber.  Paper  read  before  York  ' 
Pioneers,  Dec.  26,  1886.     See  note  in  ''Toronto  Globe,"  Jan.  15,  1887. 

c  EELLS,  REV.  MYRON. — The  Thunder  Bird.  American  Anthropologist,  Wash- 
ington, B.C.,  Vol.  II.  (1889),  pp.  329-326. 

Notices  (p.  334)  masks  of  Bella-Bella  and  Makah  Indian  ;  war-clubs  p.  334. 

cw  GAT.SCHET,  A.  S. — The  Beothuk  Indians.  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila*, 
Vol.  XVII.  (1885),  pp.  408-424. 

Ethnologic  notes,  411-412  ;  bibliography,  412-413.  mentions  archoeological  articles. 

u  GIBB,  SIR  GEORGE  DUNCAN. — Stone  Implements  and  fragments  of  Pottery 
from  Canada.  Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  f.  Adv.  of  Science.  Forty-second 
meeting,  1872,  p.  186. 

tu  GORDON,  REV.  DANIEL  M. — Mountains  and  Prairie.  A  Journey  from  Victoria 
to  Winnipeg  via  Peace  River  Pass.  Montreal,  1880,  pp.  X.,  310,  8vo. 

Describes  (pp.  20-21)  fish-rakes  for  catching  oolachan  (candle-ffsh);  curious  carved  bowl  o 
wundah-mortar,  up  the  Skeena  River,  65;  carved  totem-posts,  68;  graves,  68-69;  lip 
ornaments  and  nose-rings  of  Achwiligate  Indians,  84-85. 

cu  GRANT,  W.  C.  COLQUHOUN,  F.E.G.S. — Description  of  Vancouver  Island  by 
its  first  Colonist.     Journ.  Roy.  Geog.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  XXVII.  (1857),  pp.  268 
320. 

Describes  dwellings,  implements,  etc.,  of  Indians,  pp.  299-300;  burial,  301,  302,  303 
money,  wampum,  307  ;  spears,  300. 

u  HALE,  HORATIO. — On  the  Nature  and  Origin  of  Wampum.  Report  of  Proc 
of  Brit.  Assoc.  f.  Adv.  of  Science.  Fifty-fourth  meeting  (Montreal,  1884),  Lon 
don,  1885,  pp.  910-911. 

[Abstract].     General  notes. 

u  HALIBURTON,  R.  G. — Notes  on  a  Tau  Cross  on  the  Badge  of  a  medicine  man 
of  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  f.  Adv.  of  Science 
Fifty-sixth  meeting  (Birmingham,  1886),  London,  1887,  p.  845. 

[Abstract].     Describes  symbol  on  large  sheets  of  copper  to  which  Indians  attach  a  high 
value.     See  Dawson,  G.  M. 

tu  HATTON,  JOSEPH  AND  HARVEY,  REV.   M. — Newfoundland,  its  History,  its 

Present  Condition,  its  Prospects  in  the  Future.     Boston,  1888,  pp.  XVII,  422. 

Chapter   VII.    (pp.    168-187).     The   Aborigines.     Contains   remarks   on    the    implements 

utensils,  weapons,  etc.,  of  Beothuks. 

108 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


u  HECTOR,  JAMES,  M.D.,  AND  VAUX,  W.N.W.,  M.A — Notice  of  the  Indians 
seen  by  the  exploring  expedition  under  the  command  of  Captain  Palliser.  Trans. 
Ethnol.  Soc.  of  London.  New  Series,  Vol.  I.  (1861),  pp.  245-261. 

c  HIND,  HENRY  YULE,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S. — Narrative  of  the  Canadian  Red  River 
exploring  expedition  of  1857  and  of  the  Assiniboine  and  Saskatchewan  exploring 
expedition  of  1858.  London,  1860,  2  vols.  Vol.  I.  pp.  XX.,  494;  Vol.  II.  Pp. 
XVI,  472. 

Vol.  I.  pp.  89-90,  describe  Indian  Mounds  near  Long  Rapids,  Rainy  River;  'standing 
stone,"  p.  31)7  ;  re  nains  of  ancient  encampments  in  Qu'Appelle  Valley,  p.  340  ;  Indian 
buffalo  pound,  356-318  ;  description  and  discussion  of  wampum,  417-420  (references  to 
Latitau,  Sagard,  Champlain  and  Bressany);  Indian  fish-weir,  491. 

Vol.  II.  ochre,  p.  18;  birch  bark  tents,  63,  snowshoes,  85  ;  Sioux  dress  and  moccasins, 
105  ;  Sioux  knife-sheath,  119  ;  Cree  medicine  bag,  128  ;  medicine  rattle,  132  ;  spirit 
charm.  134;  pp.  137-141  describe  pipes,  with  16  figures;  figures  of  tobacco  pipes  of 
the  Swampy-Crees  of  L.  Winnipeg,  and  of  the  O  jib  ways  of  Rainy  Lake,  p.  139  ;  figures 
of  Sioux,  Chepewyan,  Plain  Cree,  and  Blackfoot  pipes,  p.  140  ;  figures  of  Babeen 
pipes,  p.  141  ;  Cree  fire-bags,  143  ;  Sioux  quiver,  bow  and  arrows,  144  ;  Indian  graves, 
164-165;  Huron  ossuaries,  165;  engraving  of  Indian  burial-places,  facing,  p.  166; 
Indian  graves  are  noticed  at  Vol.  I.,  pp.  90-436,  II.,  122,  124,  164. 

HIRSCHF ELDER,  G.   A.— Gri-ye-wa-no-us-qua-go-wa,  Sacrifice  of  the  White 
Dog.     The  Indian,  Vol.  L,  pp.  73-74,  86-87,  98-99. 

General  description  of  sacrifice  of  white  dog  by  the  Canadian  Onondagas.  Description  of 
preparation  and  adorning  the  dog,  p.  86.  See  Indian,  the 

A  Ceremonial  Ornament.   The  Indian,  Vol.  I.,  No.  5  (March  17,  1886), 

p.  49. 

Describes  a  stone  found  on  Christian  Island,  Georgian  Bay,  semi-circular,  with  hole 
through  the  centre. 


c  --  Anthropological  Discoveries  in  Canada.  Read  before  the  Canadian 
Institute,  November  18,  1882.  Proc.  Canad.  Institute,  New  Series.  Vol.  I  (N.  S) 
p.  354,  [Title]. 

Thd  paper  appaared  in  "  Toronto  Mail,"  Decembar  2,  1882.     Deals  with  the  Ossuaries  of 
Simcoe  County,  Ontario. 

c  ----  The  Practical  and  Theoretical  Study  of  Anthopology.  Read  before  the 
Canadian  Institute,  March  31,  1883.  Proc.  Canad.  Inst.,  New  Series,  Vol.  I  (N  S  ) 
p.  355,  [Title]. 

The  paper  appeared  in  the  <l  Toronto  Mail,"  April  14,  1883. 

u  ---  Anthropological  Discoveries  in  Canada.  Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  f. 
Adv.  of  Science.     Fifty-fourth  meeting  (Montreal,  1884),  pp.  915-916.  [Abstract], 
Brief  General  description  of  forts,  burial-places,  ossuaries,  archaeological  relics. 

tu  HISTORY  OF  THE  COUNTY  OF  YORK,  ONTARIO.  Illustrated.  Toronto,  C. 
Blackett  Robinson,  1888,  2  vols. 


(Vol.  I.,  p.  107)  Inlian  sites  at  River  Rouge,  Greenvale  and  Claremont  in  Pick- 
ering Towa^hip  ;  village  site  on  lot  9,  coucessioa  8,  Whitchurch,  opened  in  1848, 
pp.  14S-14J  ;  oa  lob  16,  concession  6,  pp.  149-159  ;  site  near  Aurora,  p.  150. 

HUNTER,  A.  F.,  B.A.  —  Ahoendoe  ;  the  last  refuge  of  the  Hurons.    The  Indian, 
Vol  I.,  p.  217. 

D3sorib93  night  Huron*  (after  att  ick  of  Iroquoh  in  1649)  |  to  the  Island  of  Ahoendoe 
(C  irisbUn  tslanl)  in  Georgian  Bay,  and  the  relics  found  there.  Ruins  of  fort,  stone 
enclosures,  pottery,  etc. 

109 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


cutl [Villages   and    Ossuaries   of  the    Huron    country].     Archaeological 

Report.      Report  of  Canadian  Institute,  Session  1886-7,  Toronto,  1888,  pp.  57-58. 

General  description  and  enumeration  of  Huron  village  sites  in  Simcoe  County,  57  ;  descrip- 
tion of  ossuiries  and  remains  found  therein,  58. 

Mr.   Hunter,  to   whom   the  compiler  of  this   Bibliography  is  indebted  for 
various  items,  has  a  large  amount  of  valuable  information  still  in  MSS. 

c  HUART,  L' ABBE\ — L' Age  de  Pierre  au  Saguenay ,  Le  Naturaliste  Canadien> 
Tome  XVII.  (1886-7).  pp.  86-91. 

Describes  stoas  relics  of  Saguenay  Valley,  Province  of  Quebec. 

"  INDIAN,  THE."     Hagersville  [Ontario].     Vol.  I.  (Nos.  1-.24,  Dec.  30,  1885,  to 
Dec.  29,  1866),  pp.  1-264,  4to. 

The  Canadian  Archaeological  Museum.  Circular  of  Curator  of  the  Canadian  Institute. 
No.  1  (Dec.  30,  1885).  p.  6. 

A  Ceremonial  Ornament,  C.  A.  Hirschfelder.  No.  5  (March  17,  1886),  p.  49.  Describes  a 
specimen  found  on  the  north-east  end  of  Christian  Island  in  Georgian  Bay,  semi-circu- 
lar in  form,  with  hole  through  the  centre.  [A  short  note  on  discovery  of  Indian  skele- 
ton at  Adolphustown].  Ib.  p.  50. 

Gi-ye-wa-no  us-qua-go-wa,  Sacrifice  of  the  White  Dog.  No.  7  (April  14,  1886),  pp.  73-74, 
C.  A.  Hirschfelder. 

[Short  note  on  discovery  of  bones  of  an  Indian,  with  Queen  Ann  musket,  kettle,  etc.,  on 
farm  of  R.  Kennedy,  7th  concession,  London].  Ib.  p.  82. 

Sacrifice  of  White  Dog  (continued).  No.  8  (April  28,  1886)  pp.  86-87;  No.  9  (May  12, 
1886),  p.  98-99.  Describes  sacrifice  as  carried  011  by  the  Canadian  Onondagas. 

How  the  Crees  banquetted  me.  No.  10  (May  26,  1886),  pp.  110-111.  Description  of  Cree 
dog-feast.  Pipe  (110),  kettles  (110). 

Ahoendoe  the  last  refuge    of  the  Hurons.     A.  F.  Hunter      No.  19  (Nov.  24. 1886),  p.  217. 

[The  above  citations  are  from  a  copy  of  the  work  kindly  lent  the  compiler  by  Mr.  A .  F. 
Hunter,  B.A.] 

tu  JAMESON,  MRS. — Winter  Studies  and  Summer  Rambles  in  Canada.  London> 
1838.  3  vols. 

Describes  (Vol.  III.,  p.  324)  Indian  graves  ;  "Island  of  skulls,"  an  ancient  sepulchre  of  the- 
Hurons,  327. 

tcu  JONES,  REV.  PETER. — History  of  the  Ojebway  Indians,  1861. 

Chap.  V.  (pp.  70-  ),  mode  of  life,  wigwams,  ancient  domestic  implements,  mode  of  travel- 
ling, dress  ;  mode  of  burying  the  dead  (98-100);  weapons  of  war  (131-132);  amusementa 
(134-135);  wampum  (139-140).  The  following  plates  accompany  the  work  :  opp.  p.  73, 
plate  containing  figures  of  pottery  and  pipes  ;  p.  KS  and  p.  85,  idols  ;  p.  99,  Muncey 
graves  ;  131,  weapons  ;  135,  drums,  rattles,  etc. ;  145,  implements  of  medicine  men. 

—Life    and   Journals  of   Kah-ke-wa-quo-na-by  !      (Rev.  Peter   Jones),. 
Wesleyan  Missionary.     Toronto,  1860. 

pp.  43-4,  description  of  Pagan  Temple  at  Munceytown  ;  pp.  233-4,  ornaments  ;  p.  242> 
deer-fence. 

cu  JOUENAL  OF  EDUCATION  FOR  UPPER  CANADA.  Edited  by  the  Rev.  Egerton 
Ryerson,  D.D.,  Chief  Superintendent  of  schools,  assisted  by  Mr.  J.  George  Hodgins, 
deputy  superintendent.  Vol.  XVIII.  (1865).  Toronto,  1865. 

Canadian  Archaeology,  pp.  3-4.  General  remarks  on  Huron-Iroquois  as  compared  with 
Hebrews,  p.  3  ;  relics  discovered  in  Hospital  street,  Montreal,  4  ;  village  of  Hochelaga, 
4  ;  notice  of  relics  discovered  in  Augusta  township,  near  Prescott,  mounds,  tumuli, 
etc.,  4  ;  near  Spencerville,  in  Edwardsburg  township,  similar  to  foregoing,  pottery,  etc* 

cu-       -Vol.  XIV.  (1861),  p.  16. 
Short  note  on  Indian  relics  discovered  at  Montreal. 

110 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  0).  A.  1890 


u  KALM,  PETER. — Travels  into  North  America  etc.     London,  1771.     3  v<>Ls. 

Vol.  III.,  pp.  123-127,  Notice  of  pillar  with  Tatarian  characters  inscribed  on  it,  900* 
miles  west  of  Montreal  ;  pp.  179-180,  note  on  wampum  ;  230-231,  tobacco  pipes  ;  273- 
274,  wampum. 

*cu  KANE,  PAUL — Wanderings  of  an  Artist  among  the  Indians  of  North 
America,  etc.  London,  1859.  XVIII,  468. 

Describes,  with  wood-cut,  dark  stone  pipe,  p.  14  ;  Chinook  and  Cowlits  head-flattening. 
180-181  ;  Chinook  utensils,  185  ;  Chinook  hut-building,  186  ;  burial  place,  202-204  ; 
fish-hooks,  43  ;  fishing  implements,  213-214  ;  masks,  217  ;  wiqua  shells,  238  ;  Babine 
lip  and  nose  ornaments,  241-242  ;  game  of  al-kol-lock  (bone  and  ring  game),  310-311.. 

c  KOHL,   J.    G. — Kitchi    Garni.      Wanderings    round    Lake    Superior  (Trans. 
(   Lascelles  Wraxall).     London,  1860.     XII.,  428. 

Describes  Chippeway  house,  cradle  and  ornamentation,  pp.  5-10  ;  construction  of  canoes,. 
29-34  ;  medicine  lod^e,  41-42  ;  sacrificial  stone,  42  ;  figures  used  in  game  of  pngessauy, 
82  ;  game-sticks,  90;  wampum,  136  ;  birch-bark  records,  145-165  ;  figures  of  birch- 
bark  drawings,  pp.  146,  150,  153,  154,  157.  15S,  159,  215,  287,  292,  387,  398,  400,  403 j- 
pipes.  282-283  ;  figure  of  tomahawk,  296  ;'  decoy-fish,  330  ;  spears,  330  ;  snow-shoes, 
333-337  ;  Indian  grave  at  Rivere  au  Desert,  373  ;  dress  of  chiefs,  381. 

u  KRAITSE,  DR.  AUREL. — Die  Tlinkit  Indianer.    Ergebnisse  einer  Reise  nach  der- 
Nordwestkiiste  von  Amerika  und  der  Beringsstrasse.     Jena,  1885,  XVI.,  420. 
S.  302-316,  deal  with  the  Haidahs  ;  307-308,  houses  ;  309  310,  games. 

KUMLEIN,    LUDWIG. — Fragmentary   notes    on   the    Eskimo    of    Cumberland.5 
:    Sound.     Science,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  85-88,  100-101,  214-218. 

Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  Arctic  America,  made  in  con- 
nection with  the  Howgate  Arctic  expedition,  1877-78.  Washington,  1879,  pp. 
1-179.  Forms  Bulletin  15  of  the  National  Museum. 

Pp.  11-46  take  up  ethnology  ;  p.  45,  description  of  charms  and  ornaments  of  Eskimo. 

u  LA  HONTAN,  MR.  LE  BARON  DE. — Nouveaux  Voyages  dans  1'Ame'rique  Sep- 
tentrionale,  etc.  A  la  Haye,  170-1  2  vols. 

Vol.  1.  Facing  p.  35,  full  page  illustration  of  Iroquois  bark  canoe  and  paddle,  description 
of  same,  p.  35  ;  pp.  47-48,  calumet  de  paix  ;  p.  48,  collier,  belts  of  wampum  ;  facing  p. 
73,  figure  of  snow-shoes  (raquettes),  description  73-74. 

Vol.  II.  Title  is  Memoires  de  1'Amerique  Septentrionale  ou  la  suite  des  Voyages  de  Mr. 
le  Baron  de  Lahontan.  pp.  151-152,  burial  ;  facing  p.  175,  figures  of  bow,  arrow  and 
tomahawks  ;  facing  p.  189,  totems  of  Hurons,  Ouataouas,  Nadouissis  (Seioux)  Illinois  • 
armours,  189-91  ;  facing  p.  190  totem  of  Outchipoues  (Sauteurs),  Outagamis,  Oumamis,' 
Pouteoua^amis  ;  opp.  p.  191,  full  page  of  "  Hieroglyphes,"  with  explanations  on  DD 
191-194. 

cu  LANE,  CAMPBELL. — Sun  Dance  of  Cree  Indians.  Canadian  RecDrd  of  Science 
Vol.  II.  (1886),  pp.  22-26. 

LANG,  J.  D.,  D.D. — Origin  and  Migrations  of  the  Polynesian  Nation.     First 
edition,  1>34-. 

Brief  reference  to  earthwork  near  Lake  Simcoe  in  foot-note  to  p.  109.  Note  not  in  second 
edition.  [Note  of  Mr.  A.  F.  Hunter.] 

u  L'HEUREUX,  JEAN,  M.A. — Notes  on  the  astronomical  customs  and  religious 
ideas  of  the  Choketapis  or  Blackt'eet  Indians.  Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  for 
Adv.  of  Science.  Fifty-fourth  meeting  (Montreal,  1884). 


P.  921  [Abstract]. 

Notices  ta'ismans,  tau-cross,  and  stone  circle. 

Ill 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


u Notes  on  the  Kekip  Sesoators   or  ancient  sacrificial  stone  of  the  N. 

W.  territory  of  Canada.     Report  of  Proc.  of  Brit.  Assoc.  for  Adv.  of  Science  (fifty- 
fourth  meeting,  Montreal,  1884).     London,  1885. 

Pp.  921-922  [Abstract.] 

Describes  boulder  of  quartz  on  S.  E.  side  of  Red  River,  said  to  be  used  as  sacrificial  stone 
by  Blackfeet  Indians. 

cu  MARKHAM,  CLEMENTS  R.,  F.R.G.S. — On  the  origin  and  migrations  of  the 
Greenland  Esquimaux.  Journ.  Roy.  Geogr.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  XXXV  (186f)),  pp. 
87-99. 

Description,  p.  93,  of  yourts  of  stone  on  Melville  and  Banks  Island  ;  p.  94,  general  notice 
of  Eskimo  remains  on  Melville,  Bathurst  and  Cornwall  Islands  ;  p.  95,  remains  on 
Wellington  Channel,  Griffith  Island,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  N.  Somerset,  N.  Devon,  etc. 

ut  MASON,  O.  T. — Resemblances  in  Arts  widely  Separated.  Amer.  Naturalist. 
Vol.  XXI  (1886),  p.  251. 

List  and  description  of  different  varieties  of  throwing-sticks  in  use  amongst  the  Eskimo  ; 
amongst  other,  at  Ungava  Bay,  Baffin  Bay,  Anderson  River,  etc. 

tcu —  —Indian  Cradles  and  Head-Flattening.  Science,  Vol.  IX  (1887),  pp* 
617-620. 

Describes  (p.  617)  cradle  of  Bella  Bella  Indians  of  British  Columbia,  and  of  Chinook 
Indians.  On  pp.  G19,  620,  are  plates  containing  amongst  others  figures  of  Bella  Bella 
and  Chinook  cradles. 

—The    Beginnings   of  the   Carrying   Industry.      American    Anthropo- 


logist, Vol  .II.  (Washington,  1889),  pp.  21-46. 

Contains  (p.  29)  figure  of  hand-basket  of  Micmac  Indians  of  Nova  Scotia.  See  also  Smith- 
sonian Annual  Report,  1884  (II.,  fig.  96). 

u  MAYNE,  COMMANDER  R.  C.,  R.N.,  F.R.G.S. — Four  Years  in  British  Columbia. 
London,  1862,  pp.  XL,  468. 

Chapter  XI.  (pp.  242-304),  Aborigines  of  British  Columbia.  Pp.  253-254,  clam-cooking  ; 
254-5,  fish-grease  maki  >g  ;  258,  carving  and  painting  ;  271-2,  sepulture  (with  plate); 
281-283,  facial  and  other  ornaments  ;  283-284,  clothing,  canoes,  etc. 

*  McLEAN,  JOHN.  M.A.,  Ph.D. — The  Indians  ;  Their  Manners  and  Customs. 
Toronto,  1889.  Pp.  X.,  350. 

Gives  interesting  accounts  of  wampum,  pp.  ]6-20  ;  Indian  burial  customs,  29-36;  the 
peace-pipe,  54-57  ;  Indian  charms,  70-73  ;  picture-writing,  90-94  ;  iron-stone  idol,  201- 
203. 

cu.  MERCER,  MAJOR, — Catalogue  of  a  few  remarkable  coincidences  which  induce 
a  belief  of  the  Asiatic  origin  of  the  North  American  Indians.  Trans.  Lit.  and 
Hist  Soc.  of  Quebec.  Vol.  II.  (1829),  pp.  240- 

General  enumeration  of  resemblances  in  customs,  arts,  dwellings,  implements,  weapons. 

MEYER,  A.  B. — Ueber  Nephrit  und  sehnliches  Material  aus  Alaska.      Jahres- 
bericht  (XXI)  des  Vereins  fur  Erdkunde  zu  Dresden,  1884.      See  Dawson,  G.  M 

c  MILLER,  PETER,  F.S.A.  Scot. — Notice  of  Three  Micmac  Flint  Arrow-heads 
from  Merigomish  Harbour  on  the  northern  coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  now  presented  to 
the  museum.  Proc.  Soc.  of  Antiq.  of  Scotland,  Vol.  IX.,  N.  S.  1886-7  (Edinburgh, 
1887),  pp.  212-214. 

Describes  arrow-heads  from  Merigomish  Harbour,  Pictou  county.  N.  S.  Description  (p. 
212)  of  camping  ground  ;  p.  213-4,  quotation  from  Paterson's  (q.v.)  History  of  Picfcou 
County,  describing  skull'  stone  axes,  arrow-hends,  etc.,  plowed  up  by  Mr.  Donald  Mc- 
Oregor  of  Big  Island,  and  description  of  ancient  burial  site. 

112 


.53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  18^0 


cut  "  NATURE."     London.     Vol.  XXXIX  (1889),  p.  545. 

Brief  note  on  paper  of  Dr.  F.  Boas  on  "The  Houses  of  the  Kwakiutl  Indians  of  British 
Columbia  "  (U.  8.  National  Museum). 

I  MONTGOMERY,  PROF.  HENRY,  Ph.  D. — Indian  Remains  in  Simcoe  and  Mus- 
koka.  Toronto  Globe,  August  3rd,  1888.  [Title  and  description  from  H.  F. 
Hunter,  B.A.] 

Treats  of  Huron  ossuaries,   burial  pits,  village  sites,  pottery,  etc.,  in  Medonte,   Simcoe 
county,  and  supposed  inscribed  rock  in  Muskoka. 

NOTICE  SUR  LES  MOEURS  ET  COUTUMES  des  Indiens  Esquimaux  de  la  baie  de 
Baffins,  au  pole  Arctique,  suivie  d'un  vocabulaire  Esquimaux-fran9ais.  Tours, 
Mame.  1826.  [Title  from  Pilling's  Bibliography  of  the  Eskimo  Language.] 

NOUVELLEBRETAGNE.  VicariatApostolique  d'Athabascaet  Mackenzie.  Annales 
de  la  Propag.  de  la  Foi.,  Vol.  XLI1I.  Paris,  1871.  8vo.  Pp.  457-78.  [Title 
from  Pilling.] 

ct  PACKARD,  A.  S. — Notes  on  the  Labrador  Eskimo  and  their  former  range 
southward.  Amer.  Naturalist,  Vol.  XIX.  (1885),  pp.  471-481. 

t   PATERSON,  REV.  GEO.,  D.D.— The  History  of  Pictou  County,  Nova  Scotia. 

1877. 

Contains  a  sketch  of  the  Archaeology  of  Pictou  county.     See  Miller,  Peter. 

Nova  Scotia  Archaeology.     The  Stone  Age.     The  Paterson  Collection* 

Dalhousie  Gazette  (Dalhousie  College),  Vol.  XXL,  No.  7.     Halifax,  Feb.  21,  1889' 

Description  of  the  Paterson  collection  of  stone,  implements,  etc.,  in  the  museum  of  Dal- 
housie college. 

PETITOT,  ^MILE. — Sur  quelques  armes  de  pierre  rapporte"es  d'Amerique,  avec 
•atlas  par  1'auteur.  Dans  les  Materiaux,  d'fcnile  Cartailhac.  Toulouse,  1875. 
[Title  from  Petitot's  "  Quinze  Ans  sous  le  Cercle  Polaire."] 

'  u  — Vocabulaire  frangais-esquimau,dialecte  de  Tchiglit  des  bouches  du  Mac- 
kenzie et  de  L' Anderson,  pre'ce'de'  d'une  monographie  de  cette  tribu  et  de  notes 
grammaticales.  Paris,  1876.  I-LXIV,  1-78,  4to. 

The  "  Monographie"  (IX. -XXXVI)  contains  some  items  of  archaeological  interest. 

Quinze  Ans  sous  le  Cercle  Polaire.     Mackenzie,  Anderson     Youkon- 

Paris,  1889.     Pp.  IV-XVL,  1-322. 

Notices  burial  of  Dene,  133  ;  Dindjie  yourts,  181 ;  De'ne  hut,  217  ;  opp.  p.  190  is  a  full 
page  illustration  of  a  Dindjie  camp,  and  opp.  p.  202  a  full  page  illustration  of  a  group  of 
Dene  on  a  winter  voyage  ;  opp.  p.  217  is  a  full  page  illustration  of  the  interior  of  a 
Dene  hut  with  its  occupants. 

cu—     — On  the  Athapasca  district  of  the  Canadian  N.  W.  T.    Canad.   Record  of 
Science,  Vol.  I.  (1884-5.).     [Article  reprinted  from  Proc.  Rov.     Geog  Soc  Lond 
Nov.  1885.] 

Pp.  46-53  taken  up  with  a  general  description  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  that  region. 

En  Route  pour  la  Mer  Glaciale.     Paris.  Pp.  394. 

—Les  Grands  Esquimaux.     Paris,  1887.     Pp.  VI,  307. 

Describes  Eskimo  sledges,  p.  11;  Eskimo  pipes,  13  ;  Eskimo  huts,  49-52  ;    Eskimo  dances 
.53-157  ;  tents,  170  ;  nets,  20C.     It  contains  a  map  of  the  region  in  question,  besides 
plates,  the  chief  of  which  are  :  Portrait  of  the  chief  of  the  Liverpool  Bay  Eskimo 

Pi'.7^  5  Eskimo  village  at  mouth  of  Anderson  River,  138  ;  interior  of  an  w 
192  ;  Eskimo  dance,  243  ;  Eskimo  camp,  299. 

(C.I.)  113 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


S,  HENRY,  Jr. — On  a  supposed  Runic  Inscription  at  Yarmouth,  Nova 
Scotia.  Proc.  Amer.  Philos  Soc.  Philadelphia.  Vol.  XXI,  (1883-4),  pp.  491-2, 
with  plate  on  p.  490. 

c  QUESNEL,  LEO. — Les  Esquimaux,  d'apres  M.  Petitot.  Revue  Scientifique. 
Tome  XLII,  3  e  S4rie,  8e  AnnSe  (1888),  pp.  670-674. 

Describes  (p.  671)  construction  of  an  iglou.     S^e  Petitot  J^mile. 

cu  RAE,  DR.  JNO. — Eskimo  Skulls.  Journ.  Anthrop.  Instit.  of  Gt.  Brit,  and 
Ireland,  Vol.  VII.  (1877-8). 

—Eskimo    Migrations.     Journ.    of    Anthrop.    Instit.    of    Gt.    Brit,    and 
Ireland,  Vol.  VII.  (1877-8). 

c  REVUE  CANADIENNE.    Quebec.     February,  1875,  pp.  108-109. 

Describes  Indian  dress,  feasts,  burial,  etc. 

cuRoss.  BERNARD  R. — An  Account  of  the  Botanical  and  Mineral  Products  use- 
ful to  the  Chepewyan  tribe  of  Indians  inhabiting  the  McKenzie  River  District. 
Canad.  Naturalist  and  Geologist  and  Proc.  of  the  Nat.  Soc.  of  Montreal.  Vol. 
VII.  (1862),  pp.  133-137. 

u  SAGARD  [THEODAT],  F.  GABRIEL. — Le  grand  Voyage  au  Pays  des  Hurons 
situe  en  I'Amerique  vers  la  mer  douce,  es  dernieres  conh'ns  de  la  Nouvelle  France 
dite  Canada,  avec  un  dictionnaire  de  la  langue  Huronne,  etc.  A  Paris,  1632. 
Nouvelle  Edition.  Publiee  par  M.  Jiimile  Chevalier.  Paris,  Librairie  Tross,  1865. 
Deux  Tomes,  pp.  1-268  (orig.  paging,  1-380.) 

Describes  Canots  (canoes),  p.  89  (129);  vessels  of  bark,  91  (132);  cradles,  118  (170);  chap- 
pelets,  185-136  (194-5):  burials,  199  (2S'5),  200  (287);  birch-bark  drawing,  245(348),  246 
(349(;  De  la  grande  feste  des  Morts,  203-206  (291-295). 

cu  SCHULTZ,  DR,  M.P. — The  Mound  Builders  of  the  West.  Canadian  Naturalist 
and  Geologist,  etc.  Vol.  IX.  (1881),  pp.  60-62. 

Describes  mounds  and  contents  (skeletons,  shells,  ornaments),  in  Lisgar  County,  Manitoba. 

tu  SCHWA  TKA,  FREDERICK. — Along  Alaska's  Great  River.  New  York,  1885. 
Pp.  360. 

Describes  pp.  216-220,  Ayan  grave,  near  old  Fort  Selkirk,  with  full  page  illustration  on  p. 
217  ;  *  yan  or  lyan  paddle,  p.  220  ;  Ayan  andChilkat  gambling  tools,  with  figure.  227; 
dress  and  ornaments,  228 ;  house  and  household  implements,  230  ;  Ayan  moose-arrow, 
230-232,  with  arrow  figure  on  p.  231  ;  knives,  232  ;  winter-tent,  232-5  ;  carved  pins  for 
fastening  marmot  snares,  152  ;  ruins  of  old  Fort  Selkirk.  205. 

tu  SKIDMORE,  E.  RUHAMAH. — Alaska,  its  southern  coast  and  the  Sitkan  Archi- 
pelago. Boston,  1885,  pp.  333. 

Pages  36-45  treat  of  the  Haidahs.  Houses  and  canoes  of  the  Kasa-an  (Haidah)  Indians, 
36-37  ;  figures  of  three  carved  spoons  and  Shaman's  rattle,  38 ;  Haidah  carvings  and 
ornaments,  38-30;  Shaman's  totems,  41-42  ;  figure  of  Kasa-an  pipe,  '268  ;  totem-p  jles, 
272-273  ;  chief's  residence  at  Kajan,  figure,  274  ;  Haidah  canoes,  275  ;  halibut-hook, 
276 ;  carving,  275-7. 

ctu  "  SCIENCE,"  New  York.     Vol.  IV.  (1884),  pp.  316-320. 

Brief  abstracts  of  papers  read  at  Montreal  meeting  of  the  British  Assoc.  for  Adv.  of  Science. 

v  ange  of  Eskimo  in  cpace  and  time — Dawkins — 316-317. 

Huron  Iroquois  as  typical  race  of  Amer.  Aborigines — Wilson — 3LH. 

Anthropological  Discoveries  in  Canada — Hirschf elder — 318. 

Origin  of  Tfampum — Hale — 320. 

tuc—      -Vol.  VII.  (1886),  p.  186. 
Brief  note  on  exploration  of  mounds  in  Manitoba. 

u  It  appears  from  surveys  made  during  the  past  summer  that  the  northern  limits  of  the 
Mound-Builders  lie  beyond  the  lied  River  of  the  north." 

114 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  18&0 


ctu. Vol.  IX.  (1887),  pp.  006-7.     Ethnological  notes.    The  Serpent  among 

the  North-west  American  Indians. 

Contains  (p.  606)  figure  of  dancing  implement  representing  the  Sisiutl. 
See  American  Antiquarian. 

SCHOOLCRAFT,  H.  R. — One'ota. 

Notices  (p.  826),  earthworks  near  Dundas,  Ontario. 

SCHOOLCRAFT,  H.  R. — The  Indian  in  his  Wigwam  or  Characteristics  of  the 
Red  Race  of  America.     New  York,  W.  H.  Graham,  Tribune  Buildings,  1847. 

Pp.  324-327  contain  a  letter,  dated  from  Dundas,  Canada  West,  /ct.  26,  1843,  giving  an 
account  of  a  visit  to  an  ossuary  in  Beverley  township.  [Title  and  descripti-  n  from  the 
Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamp,  of  Baldwinsville,  N.Y.] 

c  SCOTTISH  GEOGRAPHICAL  MAGAZINE,  THE.  Vol.  V.  (1889),  pp.  191-198.  The 
Eskimo  Tribes. 

A  review  of  ''The  Eskimo  of  Tribes;  their  Distribution  and  characteristics,  especially 
in  regard  to  language,"  by  Dr.  H.  Rink  (Vol.  XI.  of  the  Meddelelse  on  Greenland, 
Copenhagen,  (1887).  Treats  of  implements,  pp.  (192-193),  dwellings,  193-194;  dress 
,and  ornaments,  194;  domestic  industries  and  arts,  194-5;  religion  and  folk-lore, 
195;  social  organisation,  195-7;  distribution  and  division,  197-198. 

u  SCOULEK,  JNO.,  M.D.,  F.L.S. — On  the  Indian  Tribes  inhabiting  the  N.  W. 
coast  of  America.  Ethnol.  Journ.  Journ.  of  the  Ethnol.  Soc.  of  London.  Vol  I 
(1848),  pp.  228-252. 

u  SOUTHESK,  THE  EARL  OF,  K.T.,  F.R.G.S. — Saskatchewan  and  the  Rockv 
Mountains,  A  Diary  and  Narrative  of  Travel,  Sport  and  Adventure  during  a 
journey  through  the  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  in  1859  and  '60,  Edinburgh  1875 
XXX.,  448. 

Describes  (p.  59)  Cree  calumet  pattern  on  Skin  Robe ;  p.  258,  Assiniboine  Pipe  and 
stem,  with  figure;  p.  261,  Assiniboine  knife-sheath  and  fire-bag. 

u  SPROAT,  GILBERT,  MALCOLM,  ESQ. — The   West  coast  Indians  of  Vancouver 
Island.     Trans,  of  Ethnl.  Soc.,  London.     New  Series,  Vol.  V.  (1866),  pp.  243-254. 
Describes    houses  (pp.  247-249),  arts  (249),  instruments  (250). 

u  SQUIER,  E.G.,  M.A. — Antiquities  of  the  State  of  New  York,  being  the  results 
of  extensive  original  surveys  and  explorations,  with  a  supplement  on  the  Antiqui- 
ties of  the  West,  Buffalo,  1851. 

Notices  (pp.  15-16),  remains  found  on  Canadian  side  opposite  Morrisville  by  Dr.  Rey- 
nolds (q.  v.);  p.  16,  figure  of  terra-cotta  mask  found  there.  Pages  100-107  treat  of 
ossuaries,  etc..  in  Simcoe  County,  Ontario,  after  Bawtree  (q.  «.).  P.  100,  human 
bones,  etc. ,  discovered  neor  Barrie  in  1846,  ossuary  near  St.  Tincents  ;  '  100-103 
ossuary  neas  Penetanguishene  in  Township  of  Giny  (read  Tiny)  examined  in  184?', 
from  which  skulls,  "26  kettles  of  copper  and  brass,  3  large  c  nch-shells,  piece  of 
beaver  skin,  large  iron  axe,  human  hair,  cupper  bracelet,  bead?,  etc.,  were  taken 
description  of  pit,  p.  101,  kettles  100-102  (figure  on  page  102).  conch-shells  102 
(fi.ure  on  102),  axe,  whh  figure,  10-2,  pipe  102-10:3,  beads  103.  Pages  1U3-104  describe 
another  pit  (2  miles  from  above),  and  contents  ;  104-105,  a  pit  discovered  in  Oro 
township  in  November,  1847,  in  which  several  hu  dred  skeletons,  '/6  kettles,  one 
conch-shell,  one  iron  axe,  a  number  of  flat  perforated  shell-beads  a  d  pipe  were 
found.  Pages  105-6  describe  a  pit  in  the  Township  of  Giny  (Tiny),  from  which  a  large 
number  of  skeleton  s,  16  conch  shells,  a  stone  and  a  clay  pipe,  copper  bracelets,  and 
ear-ornaments,  red-pipestone  beads,  and  copper  arrowheads  were  taken.  Pages  106- 
108  deal  with  a  fifth  pit  in  the  centre  of  the  Town  of  Tiny,  with  figure  and  plan  oppo- 
site page  107.  P.  108  notices  a  burial  place  on  Isle  Ronde,  near  the  extremity  of  L. 
Huron,  and  one  near  Hamilton,  Ont.  Pages  108-110  contain  quotation  from  Charlevoix 
(II.,  194),  on  the  Fete  des  Marts  among  the  Hurons  and  Iroquois.  On  p.  142,  and  p. 
267,  are  brief  references  to  earthworks  in  Canada. 


115 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


I  STONE,  WM.  L. — Orderly  Book  of  Sir  John  Johnson  during  the  Oriskany 
Campaign,  1776-1777.  Albany,  1882. 

A  note  on  page  68  describes  a  large  Indian  burial-ground  on  the  shore  of  Button  Bay, 
Wolfe  Island,  discovered  in  1878,  bv  reason  of  the  washing  away  of  the  shore.  Find 
of  large  spears,  arrowheads  and  skulls  (encesed  in  mica).  Also  a  mound  covering 
skeletons. 

THOMAS,  Miss  NORA. — Burial  Ceremonies  of  the  Hurons.  Translated  from 
the  Relations  des  J4suites,  1636,  pp.  128-139.  Supplemental  Note  to  "  Burial 
Mounds  of  the  Northern  Section  of  the  United  States,"  by  Prof.  Cyrus  Thomas 
in  Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  1883-1884  (Washington, 
1887),  pp.  3-139. 

Describes  the  burial  customs  of  the  old  Hurons  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  as  recorded  by 
Breboeuf  and  others  in  the  Jesuit  Relations. 

c  THOMPSON,  GILBERT. — Indian  Time  Indicators.  American  Anthopologist, 
Washington.  Vol.  II.  (1889),  pp.  118. 

Describes  from  Hind  (Vol.  I,  p.  150),  rude  form  of  sun-dial  employed  by  the  Nascapee 
Indians. 

TORONTO  "  MAIL."     Vol.  XVIIL,  No.  7,913.     (February  27,  1889),  p.  4,  col.  6. 

Description  [from  the  St.  John  (N.B.)  Educational  Review]  of  Pictographs  on  the  Fairy 
rocks,  between  Annapolis  and  Queen's  County. 

September  30,  1889.     P.  8,  col.  2. 

Notice  of  ossuary  and  contents,  near  Thornhill,  Ontario. 

cut  TURNER,  LUCIEN  M. — On  the  Indians  and  Eskimos  of  the  Ungava  District, 
Labrador.  Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Canada,  Vol.  V.  (1887),  Sec.  II.,  pp.  99- 
119.  . 

Describes  Nascopie  funeral  customs,  113  ;  dressing  deer-skins,  110-111  ;  wigwam,  111  ; 
method  of  burial  of  Itivimut  (Ungava)  Eskimos,  Tahaagmagut,  103;  dress  of  Tahag- 
myut,  102  ;  ivory  gambling-blocks,  102. 

c  — Scraper  of  the  Naskopie  (Nayriaynots)  Indians.  American  Anthro- 
pologist, Washington.  Vol.  I.  (1888),  pp.  186-188. 

Describes  a  bone-scraper  of  the  Nascopies  and  method  of  making  and  manner  of  using  it, 


cu  TYLOR,  E.  B.,  D.C.L.,  RRS. — Old  Scandinavian  Civilization  among  the 
Modern  Esquimaux.  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.  of  Gt.  Brit,  and  Ireld.  Vol  XIII. 

(1884),  pp.  348-356. 

u  TYTLER,  PATRICK  ERASER. — The  Northern  Coasts  of  America  and  the  Hud- 
son's Bay  Company's  Territories,  with  a  continuation  by  R.  M.  Ballantyne.  Lon- 
don, 1854. 

Describes  ornaments  and  implements  of  the  Dog-Ribs,  148  ;  house  of  the  Diguthee-Dinees 
or  Quarrellers,  152-153;  carved  and  painted  posts,  180;  canoes,  180;  Eskimo  nose- 
ornaments,  etc.,  234-255  ;  dress,  235  ;  Eskimo  House  of  Assembly  on  Atkinson  Island, 
244-245  ;  Kayaks  and  oomiaks,  369-370. 

u  VIRCHOW,  HERR. — Die  anthropologische  Untersuchung  der  Bella-Coola. 
Zeitschrift  fiir  Ethnologic,  18.  Bd.  (1886),  S.  206-215. 

Treats  of  dance-masks,  208  ;  houses  and  totem-poles,  208  ;  wood-carving,  208  ;  tattooing 
and  scarring,  '210-211 ;  physical  characteristics,  212-215,  and  table  of  measurements  of 
body  and  skull  of  Bella-Coola. 

116 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


I  WELD;  ISAAC,  JR. — Travels  through  the  States  of  North  America  and  the 
Provinces  of  Upper  and  Lower  Canada  during  the  years  1795,  1796  and  1797. 
Fourth  edition."  Illustrated  and  embellished  with  16  plates.  London,  1807,  2 
vols.,  I-V11L,  1-376. 

Describes  Indian  dress  and  ornaments,  231-238  ;  brooches,  236  ;  bracelets,  ring,  ear-rings, 
etc.,  236,  nose -pendants,  237  ;  silver  and  shell  breast-plates,  237;  utensils,  241-243; 
weapons,  243-244  ;  wampum,  249-252 ;  quill-work,  259-260. 

c  WEST,  JOHN,  A.M. — The  Substance  of  a  Journal  during  a  residence  at  the 
Red  River  Colony,  British  North  America  and  frequent  excursions  among  the 
North-west  American  Indians,  in  the  years  1821,  1822,1823.  Second  Edition 
enlarged  with  a  journal  of  a  mission  to  the  Indians  of  New  Brunswick  and  Nova 
Scotia  and  the  Mohawks  on  the  Ouse  or  Grand  River,  Upper  Canada,  1825-1826. 
London,  1527, 1-XVI.,  1-326. 

Describes  Eskimo  toys,  images,  etc.,  7  ;  Indian  (Saulteaux?)  burial,  33  ;  burial  of  Stone  (?) 
Indians,  55. 


i,  FREDERICK. — Travel  and  Adventure  in  Alaska.  New  York,  1869. 
I-XIX,,  353. 

Describes  (p.  74)  masks  used  by  the  Aht  Indians  of  Vancouver  Islands  with  figure  of  the 
mask  on  page  77. 

u  WILSON,  CAPTAIN. — Report  on  the  Indian  Tribes  inhabiting  the  country  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  49th  parallel  of  N.  Latitude.  Ethnol.  Journ.  Journ.  of  the 
Ethnol.  Soc.  of  London.  Vol.  IV.  (1865),  pp.  275-332. 

Describes,  Kootenay  head  flattening :  burials ;  dwellings ;  canoes  ;  Selish   houses ;  dress  ; 
native  manufactures. 

tuc  WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  L.L.D.,  F.R.S.   E.— The   Huron  Race  and  its  Head- 
Form.     Canad.  Journal,  Second  Series,  Vol.  VIII.  (1871-3),  pp.  113-134. 
Plates  opposite  pp.  113,  126,  128  ;  table  of  measurements,  p.  131. 

tu Prehistoric  Man.     Researches  into  the  origin   of  Civilization  in  the 

Old  and  New    World.     Cambridge   and   London,    1862,  2  vols.     New  Editions, 
1876,  2  vols. 

Passim,  and  at  I.,  105,  archaeological  discoveries  at  Toronto. 

u Supposed  prevalence  of  one  Cranial  T}^pe  throughout  the  American 

aborigines.     Edinburgh  New  Philos.  'Journ.,  VII.  (1858),  1-32. 

>ome  ethnological  phases  of  Conchology.     Ib.  IX.  (1859),  65-82;  191- 


u On    some    modifying  elements  affecting  the  ethnic  signification  of 

peculiar  forms  of  the  human  skull.     76.  XIV.  (1861),  269-281. 

cu On  some  modifying  elements  affecting  the  ethnic  significance  of  peculiar 

forms  of  the  human  skull.     Canadian  Journal.  Second  Series,  Vol.  XV.  (1861). 

cut Pre-  Aryan  'American  Man.     Proc.   and  Trans.  Roy.    Soc.  of  Canada. 

Vol.  I.  (1882-3),  Section  II.,  pp.  35-70. 

Brief  references  to  Eskimo  and  Haidah   dwellings,  38  ;  Haidah  carving  and  ornaments,  40  ; 
companion  of  art  of  Eskimo  and  man  of  Vezere,  48-50. 

9(c.L)  117 


53  Victoria.  Sessional  IP apers  (No.  6).  A.  1890 


tcu  -  Inaugural  Address.     Read   May  22,  1882.     Proc.    and  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  of  Canada.     Vol.  I.  (1882-3),  Sec.  II.,  pp.  1-12. 
Brief  comparison  (p.  14)  of  art  of  Eskimo  and  Haidahs  . 

utc  --  The  Huron-Iroquois  of  Canada.  A  Typical  Race  of  the  American 
Aborigines.  Proc.  and  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Canada.  Vol.  II.  (1884),  Sec.  II,  pp. 
55-100. 


,  JUSTIN.  —  The  Progress  of  opinion  respecting  the  origin  and  antiquity 
of  man  in  America.  Narrative  and  Critical  History  of  America.  Edited  by 
Justin  Winsor.  Vol.  I.  (1889),  pp.  369-412. 

Contains  valuable  bibliographical  items.     Also,  p.  377  and  389,  figure  of  Hochelaga  skull 
from  Dawsou  "  Fossil  Men." 


REMARKS. 

The  present  contribution  contains  some  160  titles  (the  first  contribution  con- 
tained 74)  and  the  compiler  hopes,  with  about  three  more,  to  make  the  Bibliography 
fairly  complete.  The  Relation,  of  the  Jesuits,  works  like  those  of  Charlevoix, 
Latitau,  etc.,  will  be  cited  in  the  next  section,  as  will  also  the  mass  of  books  of 
travel  relating  to  the  Arctic  coast  of  British  America  (some  of  which  will  be 
found  in  the  present  section),  together  with  local  histories  and  fugitive  articles 
in  newspapers  and  periodicals. 


0,  l,-t,  u,  before  a  title  mean  that  the  work  from  which  the  title  and  description  have 
been  taken,  is  to  be  found  in  the  Library  of  the  Canadian  Institute  (c),  the  Library  of  the 
Ontario  Legislature  (£),  the  Toronto  Public  Library  (£),  or  the  Library  of  the  University  of 
Toronto  (it).  A  work  marked  by  an  asterisk  (*)  is  cited  from  a  copy  in  the  possession  of  the 
compiler. 

CORRIGENDA. 

Corrigenda  in  No.  I.  (Report,   1887-188).     P.  6,  1.  27,  read  Soeur  Ste  Helene. 
P.  6,  line  8,  read  2  vols. ;  p.  3,  1.  41,  read  Aborigines. 


118 


-54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


FOURTH  ANNUAL,  REPORT 


OF   THE 


CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 

(SESSION  OF  1890-91.} 


BEING 


-A.  IST       -A.  ZE>  IF»  E  1ST  ID  I 


TO  THE 


REPORT  OF  THE  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION, 


ONTARIO. 


PRINTED  BY  ORDER  OF  THE  LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY. 


TORONTO: 
INTED    BY    WARWICK    &    SONS,    (58    AND    70    FRONT    STREET    WEST, 

1891; 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21.  A.  1891 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

INTRODUCTORY 5 

NOTES  : 

Southwold  Earthwork 8 

Tuscarora  and  Oneida ' 10 

Balsam  Lake 12 

Lake  Wesleinkoon    14 

Midland  City  .  . .' 17 

Saints  Marie , 18 

Parry  Sound : 19 

Parry  Island '20 

Point  Abino 21 

Porcupine  Quill  Work 23 

Invitation  Quills .  . 24 

Pottery 24 

Clay  Pipes 29 

Stone  Pipes 35 

Hammer  Stones ' 41 

Game  Disk 43 

Figured  Tool 43 

Flaked  Stones .- , 44 

Stone  Cup 45 

Amulets  or  Gorgets 45 

Stone  Carving 49 

Disks 49 

Slick  Stone    50 

Shell '...., 50 

Bone 54 

Ojibway  Game 55 

Horn 56 

Unfinished  Relics 57 

Copper    59 

Post  European  Relics 64 

EXTRACTS  : 

Account  of  the  Maquas 68 

Tribal  Names , 71 

*  Balsam  Lake,  by  G.  E.  Laidlaw    , 73 

Bibliography,  Pt.  Ill,  by  A.  F.   Chamberlain 78 

*  The  Algonkian  Indians  of  Baptiste  Lake,  by  A.  F.  Chamberlain 83' 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Tapers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL    REPORT. 

BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 


To  the  President  and  Members  of  ike  Canadian  Institute: — 

GENTLEMEN, — In  presenting  you  with  the  fourth  annual  archaeological  report, 
it  is  my  extremely  pleasant  duty  to  inform  you  that  the  year  just  ended  has  proved 
in  many  ways  the  most  encouraging  of  any  since  the  inception  of  our  project. 
Many  places  have  been  visited  and  more  or  less  carefully  examined,  and  from 
these  considerable  numbers  of  specimens  have  been  added  to  our  collection. 
Almost  everywhere,  a  large  measure  of  public  interest  was  manifested,  and  this, 
it  may  be  said,  was  mainly  owing  to  the  circulation  of  our  previous  annual  reports, 
and  to  the  visits  of  interested  persons  to  the  Museum.  As  was  anticipated,  there  is 
an  increasing  disposition  on  the  part  of  private  collectors  to  place  their  specimens 
on  permanent  exhibition  in  our  cases,  as  is  the  practice  in  connection  with  the 
best  museums  in  Europe  and  the  United  States.  In  this  way  alone,  the  number 
of  specimens  in  the  Provincial  Museum  has  been  increased  by  nearly  fifteen 
hundred.  Early  in  the  season  Mr.  W.  G.  Long  of  Lansing,  York  county,  placed 
his  collection  numbering  six  hundred  in  our  care.*  The  value  of  these  is  enhanced 
from'  the  fact  that  they  are  nearly  all  from  places  within  a  comparatively  short 
distance  north  of  the  city— the  townships  of  York,  Vaughan,  Markharn  and 
Wliitchurch.  This  collection  is  marked  by  an  unsually  large  number  of  articles 
manufactured  from  bone  and  horn. 

Dr.  Tweedale,  jun.,  of  St.  Thomas,  has  also  made  the  Institute  custodian  of  the 
chief  portion  of  the  fine  collection  brought  together  by  his  father,  the  late  Dr. 
Tweedale.  Most  of  the  Tweedale  collection  is  from  a  part  of  the  country,  Elgin 
county,  formerly  occupied  by  the  Attiwandarons,  and  will  prove  valuable  for  com- 
parision  with  specimens  of  "the  same  people-'s  work  from  their  westerly  limits  in 
the  county  of  Kent  to  the  extreme  east  of  their  Canadian  occupancy  in  Lincoln 
and  Welland. 

Mr.  George  E.  Laidlaw  of  "  The  Fort,"  Victoria  Road,  Victoria  county,  lias 
deposited  with  us  his  very  fine  collection,  illustrative  of  a  people  bordering  east 
of  the  Hurons,  if,  indeed  they  were  not  a  branch  of  the  Hurons  themselves.  In 
another  part  of  this  report  will  be  found  Mr.  Laidlaw's  own  description  of  the 
Balsam  lake  locality  and  the  specimens  it  has  yielded,  As  he  has  made  this 
neighborhood  a  pretty  close  and  very  intelligent  study  for  many  years,  his  obser- 
vations must  be  read  with  much  interest. 

But  what  is  of  even  more  importance  is  the  increase  of  our  knowledge  rela- 
tive to  the  areas  occupied  by  different  tribes ;  the  sources  from  which  they  pro- 
cured the  various  materials  employed  in  the  fabrication  of  their  tools  and  weapons ; 
their  articles  of  exchange ;  their  burial  customs ;  their  routes  of  travel ;  the 
character  of  their  village  or  town  sites  ;  the  extent  of  their  dwellings;  their 
methods  of  fortification ;  the  modification  of  their  habits  under  European  influ- 
ence, and  many  hints  from  peculiarly  formed  or  incomplete  specimens,  as  to  the 
methods  employed  in  fashioning  objects  of  stone,  copper,  bone  and  shell. 

*  This  collection  is  now  the  property  of  the  Provincial  Museum. 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21.)  A.  1891 


It  is  now  generally  understood  that  savage  life  is  or  was,  much  "  the  same 
with  a  difference  "  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  it  is  the  study  of  what  consti- 
tutes this  difference  in  a  given  district  or  territory  that  enables  us  to  add  to  the 

-  common  stock  of  ideas  concerning  the  -history  of  our  race.  Primitive  man  every- 
where has  made  use  of  stone — at  the  outset,  probably,  just  in  its  natural  condi- 
tion, and  either  as  a  missile,  or  as  a  hammer,  but,  in  course  of  time,  all  our  early 
representatives  discovered  the  advantages  of  sharpness  and  hardness,  and  thus 
they  were  led  to  the  flaking  process,  and  to -the  selection  of  silicious  material  as 
being  best  adapted  for  their  purpose.  But  all  have  not  performed  the  flaking  or 
chipping  process  in  the  same  manner.  A  higher  step  in  lithurgy  was  the  pro- 
duction of  polished  celts  or  axes,  but  here  again  we  find  differences.  In  Europe 

.many  of  these  are  perforated  to  receive  a  stout  handle  ;  in  North  America  such  a 
weapon  or  tool  is  never  seen,  or  is  so  exceedingly  rare  that  the  exceptions  are  not 
worth  taking  into  account.  .Again,  almost  all  tools  of  this  class  found  in  Ontario 
are  quite  plain  on  the  sides  which  have  a  taper  decreasing  towards  the  head  or 
pole.  Further  south  a  large  proportion  of  the  stone  axes  are  grooved  transversely 
for  the  purpose  of  attaching  them  to  their  handles. 

Commonplace  as  this  remark  may  be  regarding  the  celts  of  the  two  conti- 
nents, it  is  nevertheless  typical  of  differences  that  are  known  to  exist  amongst 
many  classes  of  aboriginal  workmanship  within  more  limited  areas,  and  a  critical 
-examination  of  minor  variations  in  form,  finish  or  material,  is  often  sufficient  to 
•enable  a  conclusion  to  be  arrived  at  relative  to  the  local  or  tribal  origin  of  a  given 
specimen.  A  study  of  the  objects  composing  the  Long  an<^.  Laidlaw  collections, 
although  these  are  from  sections  of  the  country  not  far  aparfc,  reveals  a  number 
of  peculiarities.  This  is  perhaps  the  more  noticeable  in  the  ornamental  markings 
of  pottery  from  the  two  localities. 

In  course  of  time  the  number  of  specimens  from  other  portions  of  the  pro- 
vince may  afford  material  for  wider  and  more  detailed  comparison. 

Notwithstanding  the  very  much  increased  amount  of  outside  work  that  was 
•performed  during  the  year,  the  character  of  our  operations  is  unsatisfactory — it 
lacks  thoroughness.  Alany  localities  demand  weeks  and  months  of  examination, 
but  the  limited  resources  of  the  Institute  render  this  impossible.  The  progress 
-of  time  serves  but  to  prove  the  futility  of  our  attempts  to  grapple  with  the  task 
•of  Ontario's  archaeology  otherwise  than  in  the  most  superficial  manner.  From 
the  Lake-of-the- Woods  in  the  west  to  the  Ottawa  Valley  in  the  east,  our  corres- 
pondence points  to  fields  wholly  untouched,  or  only  partially  touched.  Even 
within  a  short  radius  from  this  city  there  remains  much  to  be  done.  A  year  ago 
Dr,  Parkman  expressed  the  hope  that  we  should  be  able  to  devote  considerable 
attention  to  the  ancient  seat  of  the  Hurons,  but  scarcely  anything  has  yet  been 
.done  towards  the  accomplishment  of  that  important  task. 

While  this  state  of  the  case  affords  matter  for  regret,  we  are  not  without 
reason  to  entertain  hope.  As  already  mentioned,  the  work  of  the  Institute  has 
been  the  means  of  arousing  considerable  interest  in  many  places,  and  as  a  result 
,of  this  the  future  will  be  marked  by  less  disregard  for  what  pertains  to  abori- 
ginal life-history  than  has  been  the  case  in  the  past.  A  large  number  of  private 
collectors  are  at  work,  many  of  whom  are  farmers,  mechanics  and  members  of  the 
medical  profession.  A  considerable  proportion  of  these  are  not  mere  "  curiosity 
hunters,"  but  devote  attention  to  the  literature  of  archaeology  generally,  as  well 
as  to  its  scientific  bearings  from  the  points  of  view  afforded  by  their  own  locali- 
ties. It  is  something  even  to  incite  or  foster  a  praiseworthy  sentiment  of  this 
kind,  and  the  Canadian  Institute  has  the  satisfaction  of  knowing  that  it  has 
/done  much  in  that  direction. 

6 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No,  21).  A.  1891 


Your  curator  is  blameworthy  for  having  failed  upwards  of  a  year  ago  to  avail 
liimself  of  your  authority  to  visit  one  or  more  of  the  large  American  public  collec- 
tions for  the  purpose  of  learning  what  experience  has  taught  in  the  management 
of  these,  and  it  should  be  the  duty  of  the  present  official  or  his  successor  to  take 
the  earliest  opportunity  to  compare  the  different  methods  employed  at  tho  Smith- 
sonian Institution  and  the  Peabody  Museum  in  registering,  numbering,  classifying, 
cataloguing  and  otherwise  recording  accessions.  Our  own  collection  has  now 
attained  proportions  so  large  that  the  very  best,  or,  some  good  system  should  be 
adopted  to  avoid  such  future  confusion  as  would  render  the  specimens  almost 
totally  worthless  for  scientific  purposes. 

To  Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss ;  the  brothers  William  and  David  Melville ;  Mr. 
Alex.  Robertson  of  Madoc ;  Mr.  Arthur  Crawford  of  Tiny ;  Mr.  H.  F.  Switzer  of 
Midland  City ;  Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman  of  Bancroft ;  Ag-wah-setch  (Francois  Antoine) 
of  Baptiste  Lake ;  Mr.  Wm.  Michener  of  Humberstone  ;  Mr.  Chester  Henderson 
of  South  wold  ;  Dr.  McCallum  of  Dunnville  ;  Dr.  P.  E.  Jones  of  Hagersville :  Mr. 
J,  B.  Freeman,  M.P.P.,  of  Simcoe  * ;  Mr.  A.  E.  Otway  Page  of  Bertie ;  Mr.  W.  A. 
Reaveley,  M.A.,  of  Simcoe  ;  Mr.  Wm.  Henderson  of  Toronto  ;  Messrs  Waters,  Heath 
and  Grouse  of  Brantford ;  Messrs.  W.  Ireland  and  J.  W.  Fitzgerald  of  Parry 
Sound  and  Rev.  Mr.  Gaviller  of  Parry  Sound,  we  are  especially  indebted  for 
many  favors. 

DAYID  BOYLE. 

*  The  death  of  Mr.  Freeman,  after  a  brief  illness  in  November,  1890,  deprived  the  Institute  of  one  of 
the  best  friends  its  archaeological  work  could  claim. 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No  21). 


A.  1891 


NOTES. 

BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 


THE  SOUTHWOLD  EARTHWORK. 

What   is   probably   the   best  example  in  Ontario,  of  an  Indian   palisaded 
enclosure  is  to  be  found  on  the  property  of  Mr.  Chester  Henderson,  lot  4,  north  side- 


§ 
c 


J> 

& 


FIG.  1. — SOUTHWOLD  EARTHWORKS. 

of  Talbot  street,  in  Southwold  Township,  county  of  Kent.  In  the  present  state 
of  our  knowledge  it  may  be  premature  to  speak  of  it  as  -having  been  palisaded, 
there  being  no  direct  proof  to  that  effect,  but  from  what  we  know  of  the  methods 

8 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  181>I 


employed  by  the  aborigines  elsewhere  in  old  Canada,  it  may  be  fairly  concluded 
that  the  Southwold  earthwork  was  of  this  description. 

In  the  nature  of  the  ground  or  of  the  situation  there  is  but  little  to  indicate 
any  reason  why  this  particular  place  was  chosen  by  the  Indians  for  defensive 
purposes.  Usually,  as  has  been  frequently  pointed  out,  places  of  this  kind 
occupy  moderately  high  land,  near  to,  or  forming  the  bank  of  some  stream.  A 
possible  exception  was  referred  to  in  our  last  report,  where  mention  was  made 
(pp.  11  and  12)  of  embankments  on  the  bottom  land  of  a  branch  of  Batteaux 
creek,  in  Nottawasaga;  but  in  that  case  the  little  tributary  was  at  any  rate  avail- 
able for  fishing  purposes,  and,  as  was  remarked,  the  remaining  embankments  may 
have  at  one  time  extended  up  the  adjacent  hill.  Here  the  case  is  quite  different 
there  is  no  high  land  in  the  neighborhood,  and  the  only  water  consists  of  the 
outflow  of  a  strong  spring  which  rises  at  a  short  distance  south. 

Although  the  Southwold  works  have  been  mentioned  in  several  publications 
at  intervals  during  the  past  twenty  or  twenty-five  years,  I  am  not  aware  that 
any  measurements  have  been  taken.  At  any  rate,  the  following  are  the  results 
of  a  visit  paid  to  the  place  last  May,  in  company  with  Dr.  Tweedale,  jun.,  then  of 
St.  Thomas,  but  now  of  Salem,  Michigan.  Unfortunately  for  our  purpose  a 
heavy  rain  continued  to  fall  nearly  all  the  time  we  were  on  the  ground ;  but  as 
the  proprietor,  Mr.  Henderson,  has  kindly  consented  to  give  the  Canadian  Insti- 
tute the  first  opportunity  to  make  a  thorough  examination  of  the  place  next 
season,  any  mistakes  made  last  summer  may  be1  rectified. 

Apparently,  the  area  enclosed  by  the  double  embankment,  which  forms  the 
Southwold  earthworks,  is  circular,  but  the  tape  line  proves  it  to  have  a  longer 
axis  from  north  to  south  than  from  east  to  west,  the  respective  measurements 
being  390  feet,  and  330  feet  from  base  to  base  of  the  outer  slopes.  The  two 
.banks  are  not  equi-distant  all  the  way  round,  as  may  be  seen  from  figure  1.  at 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F  and  G.  The  greatest  amount  of  uniformity  lies  between  the  points 
A  and  H,  where  a  width  of  about  23J  feet  is  maintained  throughout  nearly  one- 
fourth  of  the  whole  circuit.  The  northern  portion  of  the  work  widens  until  the 
distance  is  upwards  of  30  feet  at  F.  But  it  is  on  the  western  side  that  the  banks 
are  farthest  apart,  varying  from  28  feet  at  B  to  44  feet  at  C  and  diminishing  to 
37  feet  at  D.  -Both  within  and  without  the  enclosed  area,  the  ground  is  level, 
except  where,  for  a  distance  of  160  feet,  the  little  stream  in  freshet  moods  has 
cut  for  itself  a  gully  10  feet  below  the  top  of  the  bank  or  about  7  feet  below  the  gen- 
eral level  where  it  emerges  at  the  north-west.  The  general  height  of  the  banks  is 
about  3  feet.  In  some  places,  as  at  a  little  east  of  where  the  stream  enters,  both 
banks  are  3  feet  8  inches  high.  At  the  western  side  of  the  creek  entrance,  the 
outer  bank  is  the  same  height,  but  the  inner  one  is  only  3  feet.  At  A  the  outer 
bank  is  3^  feet  high,  and  the  inner  one  3  feet.  Neither  are  the  banks  of  uniform 
width.  At  a  point  nearly  north-east  near  F,  G,  each  measures  across  its  base 
6i-  feet ;  the  distance  from  crown  to  crown  being  25  feet,  and  the  measurement 
over  all  being  37  feet,  while  at  the 'north- west  the  outer  bank  is  12  feet  wide  at 
the  base. 

Near  the  south  where  the  stream  enters  the  enclosure,  the  configuration  of 
the  earthwork  would  seem  to  indicate  the  former  existence  of  a  gateway.  The 
ends  of  the  banks  as  they  face  each  other  on  opposite  sides  of  the  stream  are 
somewhat  squarely  shouldered,  the  exterior  opening  being  7  feet  wide  and  the 
interior  one  10  feet  wide,  while  the  passage  narrows  to  5  feet  in  the  middle 
About  half  of  the  stream's  course,  through  the  enclosed  ground,  is  but  little 
below  the  surface,  but,  as  already  mentioned,  160  feet  from  its  exit  it  flows  through 
a  channel  which  deepens  to  nearly  10  feet.  The  gap  in  the  banks  could  be  easily 
strengthened  by  means  of  logs  and  branches  extending  from  side  to  side. 


64  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).'  A.  1891 


Doubly  stockaded  as  this  enclosure  probably  was,  it  must  of  been  well  nigh 
impregnable  if  the  occupants  were  at  all  prepared  for  assault.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  plan  to  indicate  even  the  remotest  particle  of  European  influence,  and  none 
of  the  relics  found  by  Mr.  Henderson's  sons,  and  kindly  presented  by  them  to 
the  Ontario  Archaeological  Museum,  affords  evidence  of  the  white  man's  presence 
while  this  interesting  place  was  occupied. 

It  is  impossible  to  say  whether  the  ground,  enclosed  was  cleared  when  the 
embankments  were  thrown  up ;  if  so,  the  period  of  occupation  may  be  guessed 
at  from  the  size  of  the  largest  trees  now  growing  on  the  spot,  or  from  the  stumps 
of  those  that  lived  and  died  on  it.  A  living  maple  within  the  double  walls 
measures  3J  feet  in  diameter,  and  there  is  an  elm  of  the  same  dimension*,  while  an 
elm  stump  near  the  middle  of  the  ground  is  4  feet  in  diameter.  The  timber 
growth  within  the  earthworks  consists  mainly  of  maple,  ehn,  beech  and  iron- wood, 
and  the  trees  number  not  fewer,  probably,  than  200,  although  we  did  not  make 
an  actual  count. 

When  we  consider  how  few  really  well  preserved  land-marks  of  the  original 
people  remain  in  Ontario  it  is  deplorable  to  think  that  in  a  few  years  this 
earthwork  with  all  its  distinctive  characters  will  be  levelled  in  the  course  of  cul- 
tivation, leaving,  perhaps,  not  a  trace  of  the  importance  it  one  time  held  in  the 
economy  of  those  who,  regarding  themselves  as  the  natural  owners,  never 
dreamt  of  dispossession  or  displacement  by  strangers,  especially  by  strangers  from 
beyond  the  sea. 

One  cannot  help  wondering  why  municipal  corporations  (township  or  county )> 
scientific  bodies,  or  wealthy  individuals  do  not  make  some  effort  to  preserve  all 
that  is  possible  'of  such  extremely  interesting  works  as  those  of  Southwold, 
although  in  what  may  be  called  a  ruinous  condition. 

Through  the  efforts  of  Prof.  Putnam,  of  the  Peabody  Museum,  Massachu- 
setts, the  Serpent  Mound  in  Ohio  has  been  purchased,  and  is  now  public  property. 
The  Southwold  earth  works,  though  less  extensive,  are  quite  as  interestingin  relation 
to  the  anthropology  of  Ontario  as  is  the  Serpent  Mound  to  that  of  Ohio,  and  to 
think  of  the  time  when  it  will  be  cultivated  out  of  existence,  is  anything  but 
agreeable  to  those  who  take  an  interest  in  what  pertains  to  a  people  regard- 
ing whom  we  know  so  little,  and  in  a  part  of  the  country  where  so  few  well- 
marked  monuments  remain  to  attest  the  existence  of  early  man. 

The  works  cover  an  area  little  exceeding  three  acres,  the  purchase  of  which 
with  the  right  of  access,  need  not  cost  a  very  large  sum,  and  it  is  unlikely  that 
the  intelligent  proprietor  would  throw  any  unnecessary  obstacles  in  the  way  of 
having  the  place  set  apart  for  preservation  in  its  present  condition. 

In  Great  Britain  the  Public  Monuments  Act  provides  for  the  preservation 
of  such  places,  but  in  Ontario,  as  in  the  United  States,  local  effort  and  enterprise 
may  be  substituted  for  legislative  enactment. 


TUSCARORA  AND  ONEIDA. 

A  few  miles  from  Hagersville,  on  the  Six  Nation  Indian  Reserve,  in  the 
township  of  Tuscarora,  what  is  in  many  respects  an  interesting  locality  exists  on 
the  farm  of  Mr.  Powles  Baptiste,  south  half  of  lot  No.  2,  3rd  concession. 

The  whole  of  the  Grand  River  Valley  is  rich  in  evidences  of  occupation  by 
Indians  long  prior  to  the  settlement  of  the  Six  Nations  on  the  Tuscarora  Reserve. 
In  the  neighborhood  of  Brantford,  higher  up  the  valley,  Messrs.  Waters,  Heath 
and  Grouse,  enthusiastic  amateur  archaeologists  have  succeeded  in  locating  several 

10 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.   1891 


Ancient  village  sites,  potteries  and  ossuaries.  Each  of  these  gentlemen  too  has.  made 
for  himself  a  collection  containing  many  valuable  and  some  rare  specimens.  Near 
the  mouth  of  the  river  ])r.  McCallum  is  doing  good  work  in  making  observations 
and  in  the  preservation  of  all  specimens.  Midway  between  these  points  Dr.  P.  E. 
Jones,  of  Hagersville,  is  on  the  alert,  and  it  is  to  his  kindness  that  the  Institute  is 
indebted,  not  only  for  the  information  relative  to  the  Baptiste  locality,  but  for 
many  courtesies  extended  to  the  representative  of  the  Institute  while  the  examin- 
.ation  of  tne  place  was  being  made. 

Dr.  Jones,  who  had  several  times  visited  Baptiste's  place,  was  convinced  that 
the  clay  bed  which  here  forms  the  right  bank  of  Boston  creek  had  been  worked 
by  the  ancient  natives  for  pottery-making  purposes.  A  brief  examination  proved 
the  correctness  of  the  doctor's  surmises,  and  further  observation  showed  that  the 
finest  or  best  quality  of  clay  being  found  at  some  distance  below  the  top  of  the 
bank,  the  old  pathway  between  the  deposit  and  the  level  ground  above  could  still 
be  traced  ;  and  what  proved  of  even  more  interest  was  the  existence  of  a  broad  and 
•comparatively  level  portion  of  the  bank  at  the  foot  of  the  path,  but  some  feet 
above  the  hole  from  which  the  clay  was  taken,  as  if  the  material  when  excavated 
had  been  placed  here  to  be  carried  upwards  either  by  the  digger  or  by  an  assistant. 
The  situation  of  the  spot  may  be  seen  at  the  angle  which  would  be  formed  by 
lines  drawn  from  the  roots  of  the  two  trees  at  the  right  of  the  diagram  to  meet  in  the 
lower  bank  (Fig.  2).  On  the  top  of  the  bank  and  extending  westwards  across  part 


FIG.  2.— Tuscarora  Village-site  and  Clay-bed. 

-of  the  adjoining  farm  a  line  of  ash-beds  could  be  traced  by  actual  measurement 
for  a  distance  of  one  thousand  two  hundred  feet.  Four  Indians  were  employed 
for  two  days  digging  at  various  points  on  this  village  site,  and  the  nnd  was 
mainly  of  the  usual  character,  except  that  on  the  Baptiste  end  were  found  three 
breast  bones  (Fig.  133),  of  some  large  fowl,  which  an  Indian  woman  who  was  pre- 
'Sent  stated  had  been  used  in  twisting  lines  made  from  the  tibre  of  basswood  bark. 
On  the  Garlow  farm,  west  of  Baptiste's  was  found  a  granite  boulder  hollowed 
for  grinding  purposes. 

It  may  be  worthy  of  note  that  Powles  Baptiste  and  the  three  other  Indians 
who  were  employed,  exhibited  no  superstitious  fears  in  connection  with  their  work, 
«ven  when  handling  the  bones  of  departed  braves,  for  in  one  instance  we  came 
upon  human  remains. 

A  short  time  previous  to  our  visit,  Baptiste  in  excavating  a  jellartothe  rear 
of  his  house,  nearer  the  front  of  the  lot,  came  upon  a  small  ossuary  containing  seven- 
teen skulls  and  some  other  bones.  The  skulls,  he  informed  us,  all  faced  outwards, 

n 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  '21).  A.  181*1 


and  were  arranged  circularly  and  pyramidally — seven  forming  the  base,  tbe  upper 
tiers  being  composed  respectively  of  five,  tbree  and  two  skulls,  one  of  tbe  upper- 
most being  that  of  a  child.  The  other  bones  were  found  both  above  and  below 
the  skulls. 

Besides  the  specimens  which  were  procured  here  others  were  presented  by 
Dr.  Jones  and  Mr.  James  E.  Wood.  From  the  latter  gentleman  we  received  a 
beautiful  "  ceremonial "  weapon  of  Huronian  slate,  and  an  arrangement  of  conical 
bones  on  a  string  (Fig.  134),  for  playing  a  gambling  or  betting  game,  the  name  of 
which  I  could  not  learn.  The  Indians  on  this  part  of  the  Reserve  are  Mississaugas* 
and  have  long  ago  ceased  to  take  any  interest  in  such  pastimes.  Indeed,  the 
whole  band  numbering  258,  (213  in  Tuscarora  and  45  in  Oneida),  under  the- 
superintendence  of  Dr.  Jones  presents  a  model  for  imitation  by  those  of  Indian 
origin  in  other  parts  of  America.  Their  farms  are  in  a  good  state  of  cultivation, 
and  well  fenced.  The  live  stock  will  compare  favorably  with  that  of  the  neigh- 
boring whites  ;  the  houses,  as  a  rule,  are  commodious,  clean,  and  comfortable,  and 
no  stranger  driving  through  the  settlement  could  observe  anything  to  indicate 
that  the  land  was  fanned  by  others  than  white  men.  There  is  no  doubt  a  consid- 
erable admixture  of  Europenn  blood  among  the  members  of  this  band,  but  this  we 
know  does  not  always  tend  to  improvement.  Here,  however,  'the  Mississaugas 
oi  every  shade  seem  determined  to  vie  with  the  white  settlers  in  the  arts  of 
civilization. 

The  Reserve  council-house  is  a  handsome  brick  building,  eligibly  situated 
within  an  enclosure  large  enough  to  afford  recreation  ground  for  the  young 
people.  Flower-beds  have  been  laid  out  opposite  the  front  of  the  building,  and 
the  interior  of  the  hall  is  well  furnished.  Portraits  of  the  Queen,  Sir  John  A. 
Macdonald,  and  of  several  distinguished  Indians  adorn-  the  walls. 

It  was  my  good  fortune  to  be  able  to  accept  an  invitation  to  attend  a 
meeting  of  the  band  held  here,  where  the  discussions  were  carried  on  quite  as 
intelligently  and  in  as  business-like  a  manner  as  one  might  expect  to  find  any- 
where. Members  of  the  band  who  read  this  may  not  consider  it  a  very  high 
compliment,  but  it  will  prove  news  to  people  who  make  no  distinction  between. 
Mississaugas  on  the  one  hand  and  CYees,  or  Blackfeet,  or  Sioux  on, the  other. 

A  short  distance  from  the  council  house  is  the  church  (Methodist)  built  of 
brick  also,  and  tastefully  finished  both  without  and  within.  The  reserve  school 
is  maintained  under  the  auspices  of  the  New  England  Society  and  is  well  attended 
bv  the  young  Mississaugas. 

\ 

BALSAM  LAKE. 

The  name  of  this  lake  must  always  remain  associated  with  the  Huron, 
expedition  led  by  Champlain,  in  September,  1615,  to  make  that  attack  upon  the- 
Iroquois,  the  bitter  results  of  which  the  French  in  Canada  were  compelled  tcJ 
experience  for  nearly  a  hundred  and  fifty  years,  and  which  also  in  no  small  degree- 
tended  to  the  almost  utter  extermination  of  the  Hurons  and  Eries  by  the  terrible 
Iroquois  within  half  a  century  from  the  date  of  Champlain's  ill-starred  alliance- 
with  the  Hurons. 


*" Undoubtedly  the  Missisaugahs,  Ottawas,  Pahtewahtemahs,  etc.,  are  branches  of  the  great  Ochipwas.. 
The  Indian  tribes  derive  their  names  from  rivers,   lakes,  swamps,  mountains,  etc.,    and  they   frequently 
change  their  denomination  from  a  removal  to  another  locality.     The  term  Missisaugah  (to  whom  the  Oredi 
Indians  belong)  is   probably  derived   from   their  residence  near  the  mouth  of  some  river,  as  the  name 
signifies."— Indian  Kesearches,  SLIGHT,  p.  22. 

—The  Rev.  Peter  Salt,  native  missionary,  Parry  Island,  informed  me  that  the  correct  pronunciation 
would  be  more  clearly  brought  by  the  spelling  Meezezaugee,  which  he  interprered  to  mean  the  place  o3 
many  mouths  of  rivers." 

12  ••J'.f: 


Victoria  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


Describing  this  part  of  the  allies'  journey  between  the  Georgian  Bay  and 
Lake  Ontario,  Dr.  Parkman  says,  "  The  Huron  fleet  pursued  its  course  along  the 
bosom  of  Lake  Simcoe,*  up  the  little  River  Talbot,  across  the  portage  to  Balsam 
Lake,  and  down  the  chain  which  form  the  sources  of  the  River  Trent." 

This  was  no  new  route  chosen  for  the  occasion,  but  was  one  of  the  long 
established  lines  of  travel  between  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Ontario.  The  warriors 
of  the  Five  Nations  had  often  travelled  it  on  their  way  to  pillage  and  scalp  the 
Hurons,  and  of  the  two  thousand  five  hundred  braves  now  led  by  Champlam,  or, 
rather  perhaps,  leading  him,  it  is  probable  that  every  lake,  and  stream,  and 
swamp  had  frequently  been  traversed  by  the  greater  number. 

Along  such  a  highway  it  would  seem  reasonable  to  look  for  many  traces  of 
the  former  people,  and  this  too  more  especially  at  the  points  of  landing  or  depar- 
ture forming  the  termini  of  the  portages  connecting  the  numerous  lakes. 

The  old  trail  between  the  Talbot  River  and  Balsam  Lake  is  now  used  as  a 
public  highway,  and  is  generally  known  as  the  Portage  Road.  As  it  iiears  the 
lake  it  runs  through  an  extensive  farm,  known  as  '•  The  Fort,"  the  property  of 
the  brothers  Laidlaw. 

It  is  fortunate  in  the  interests  of  archaeology  that  a  gentleman  of  Mr.  A.  E. 
Laidlaw's  tastes  should  be  so  favorably  situated  for  the  observation  of  the  facts 
illustrative  of  what  pertains  to  this  subject,  and  that  he  should  have  been  so 
scrupulously  careful  in  the  preservation  of  everything  found  in  the  neighborhood 
that  might  tend  to  throw  more  or  less  light  on  the  sociology  of  the  first 
inhabitants. 

On  the  "  Fort  "  farm  a  short  distance  from  the  lake  there  is  a  village  site 
which  on  examination  yielded  a  considerable  quantity  of  fragmentary  pottery  and 
several  bone  needles  or  awls.  Not  far  away  and  on  lower  ground  were  two  rows  of 
single  graves  numbering  altogether  about  twenty.  In  most  of  these  only  faint 
traces  of  human  remains  we're  found,  but  in  a  few  there  were  still  some  of  the 
larger  bones  entire,  but  so  fragile  that  they  crumbled  away  on  exposure.  I 
managed  to  secure  two  skulls  in  an  imperfect  condition.  As  the  Hurons  always 
selected  high  ground  for  their  places  of  sepulture,  the  position  of  these  graves 
seems  to  point  to  the  possession  of  this  territory  by  a  different  people,  unless  we 
regard  the  burials  under  consideration  as  having  been  intended  for  only  tempo- 
rary purposes,  prior  to  removal  at  the  period  of  the  Great  Feast  of  the  Dead.  It 
is  noteworthy,  however,  that  no  ossuary  or  communal  grave  is  known  in  that 
part  of  the  country.  The  situation,  depth,  order  and  regularity  of  these  simple 
graves  indicated  intentional  permanence  on  the  part  of  the  people  who  made  them. 
The  bones  in  every  case  were  at  least  three  feet  below  the  surface,  and  in  some 
cases  even  more.  In  the  grave  from  which  the  most  perfect  skull  was  taken,  the 
bones  were  lying  in  natural  order,  at  a  depth  of  four  feet. 

It  is  also  to  be  observed  that  the  almost  total  absence  of  bones  from  some 
of  the  graves  did  not  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  any  removal  had  taken  place, 
but  rather  that  decay  had  completed,  or  nearly  completed  its  work,  and  this 
would  favor  the  belief  that  the  bodies  were  placed  here  long  anterior  to  the  begin- 
ning of  the  seventeenth  century,  a  period  we  can  fix  with  certainty  in  connection 
with  some  Huron  ossuaries  in  which  the  bones  may  still  be  found  in  a  compara- 
tively sound  condition.  It  should  be  mentioned,  further,  that  no  tools  or  trinkets 
of  any  kind  were  discovered  in  these  graves. 

In  company  with  Mr.  Laidlaw  I  visited  most  of  the  Islands  that  add  so  much 
to  beautify  the  waters  of  Balsam  Lake. 

*  Then  and  for  many  years  afterwards  known  as  Tentaron,  Taranto,  Taronto,  or  Toronto.     It  was 
Also  known  to  the  French  as  La  Claie. 

13 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


On  the  west  side  of  Ghost  Island  we  opened  a  few  single  graves  similar  to 
those  on  the  mainland,  but  scarcely  any  traces  of  human  remains  were  found.  On 
the  south  side  of  this  island  are  two  circular  mounds  about  17  feet  in  diameter,, 
near  to  which  Mr.  Laidlaw  had  once  picked  up  some  pieces  of  bone,  but  an 
examination  of  these  elevations  proved  that  they  had  previously  been  opened,, 
although  it  is  not  probable  that  they  ever  contained  anything,  as  they  have  th& 
appearance  of  natural  formations. 

Chiefs  Island,  which  is  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  acre  in  extent  showed 
no  evidence  of  Indian  occupation,  either  permanent  or  otherwise. 

Messrs.  George  and  James  Laidlaw.  had  opened  two  graves,  each  containing; 
one  body,  on  St.  Mary's  Island,  which  forms  part  of  their  own  property,  but  th& 
occasion  of  our  visit  revealed  nothing  new. 

Birch  Island — very  properly  so  called — has  a  number  of  grave-like  depres- 
sions similar  to  those  on  the  "  Fort  "  farm  and  elsewhere  in  this  locality,  but  no- 
bones  were  found  in  them.  In  one  place  these  depressions  were  in  two  rows  of 
four  each. 

On  the  south  point  of  Grand  Island,  in  line  with  the  old  route  from  the 
Portage  to  the  outlet  of  Balsam,  evidences  of  Indian  habitation  were  numerous. 

Ant  Island  contains  an  ancient  camping  ground,  and  is  one  of  the  few  places- 
in  this  part  of  the  country  where  the  rlint  arrow-makers  have  left  behind  them 
traces  of  their  handicraft.  Here,  too,  many  pottery  fragments  were  scattered 
over  the  surface.  Indicative  of  permanent  residence  or  frequent  resort  of  the 
Indians  to  this  part  of  the  country  is  a  large,  artificially  hollowed  boulder  on  the 
lake  shore  in  front  of  the  Laidlaw  residence..  Of  this  type  th^re  are  two  or  three 
in  the  museum.  They  were,  no  doubt,  used  for  grinding  or  pounding  purposes,, 
and  the  hardness  of  the  material  (Laurentian  granite)  is  sufficient  proof  as  to  the 
length  of  time,  or  frequency  of  use,  necessary  to  produce  even  a  slight  depression. 

About  eight  miles  west  of  Balsam  Lake,  at  what  is  known  as  Logan's  Hill,, 
is  a  moderately  extensive  village  site,  but,  as  it  was  under  crop,  no  examin-' 
ion  could  be  made.     From  this  neighbourhood,  however,  we  procured  a  number 
of  specimens,  some  of  which  were  quite  valuable. 


LAKE  WESLEMKOON. 

On  receipt  of  what  appeared  to  be  highly  promising  information  relative  to- 
the  location  of  an  ossuary  some  miles  from  Bancroft,  in  the  county  of  Hastings,, 
Mr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain  and  I  lost  no  time  in  proceeding  to  the  spot.  The  loca- 
tion was  on  new  ground — it  was  in  the  woods — it  had  never  been  disturbed. 
These  conditions  bade  fair  to  recompense  us  fully  for  time,  trouble  and  expense. 
Hastings  may  be  called  the  county  of  magnificent  distances,  and  so  far,  at 
any  rate,  as  the  northern  four-fifths  of  it  are  concerned,  it  might  well  be- 
characterized  as  the  land  of  rocks  and  the  land  of  lakes.  Much  of  it  is  impos- ' 
sible  of  cultivation,  and  the  roads  are  consequently  like  those  of  the  Scottish 
Highlands  before  their  improvement  was  undertaken  by  Cromwell's  military 
representative,  reminding  one  of  what  a  local  poet  said  aboutThem : 

"  Had  you  seen  thes3  roads  before  they  were  made, 
You  would  have  said  '  God  bless  General  Wade.'  ' 

Up  and  down  hills  frightfully  steep,  over  rocks  acres  in  extent,  across  corduroy 
bridges  and  "  swampaducts,"  and  past  many  lakes  and  lakelets  we  travelled  fully 

14 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  18<J1 


sixty  miles  to  and  from  L'Amable  with  a  two-horse  "  rig  "  containing  tent,  food, 
cooking  utensils  and  spades.  Numerous  enquiries  enabled  us  to  rind  our  way  to 
the  shores  of  an  extensive  lake  locally  known  as  "  Westmacoon,"  but  which  we 
afterwards  learned  is  spelled  in  a  variety  of  ways,  as  Mr.  Chamberlain  in  his 
paper  points  out.  This  lake  lies  partly  in  the  townships  of  Effingham  to  the 
south  and  Ashby  to  the  north,  both  in  the  county  of  Addirigton.  Careful  search 
on  the  part  of  four  men  enabled  us  to  find,  eventually,  the  place  we  wanted.  It 
occupied  a  position  on  a  plateau  considerably  above  the  level  of  the  lake  and  not 
far  from  its  margin.  Much  of  the  surface  was  marked  by  broken  bones,  but 
in  such  fragmentary  condition  that  it  was  impossible  to  say  whether  they  were 
those  of  human  beings  or  of  other  animals.  A  few  places  within  this  area  were 
suggestive  of  ossuaries,  but  digging  gave  no  encouragement.  It  is  just  possible 
that,  after  all,  our  information  was  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  enable  us  to  hit 
the  spot  we  wanted ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  quite  probable  that  "  only  this 
and  nothing  more  "  had  given  rise  to  the  talk  of  the  neighbourhood.  Mr.  Alex- 
ander Robertson,  of  Madoc,  who  joined  us  on  our  way,  cannot  be  too  heartily 
thanked  for  the  many  kind  services  he  rendered  throughout  what  may  be  termed 
"  The  Weslemkoon  Expedition."  His  gift  of  specimens  to  the  museum  is  else- 
where recorded. 

At  the  close  of  our  fourth  day  out  we  reached  Bancroft,  and  from  information 
furnished  by  Dr.  Beeman  we  resolved  to  visit  an  island  in  Lake  Baptiste,  where 
about  twenty  Indians  reside  in  a  sort  of  semi-savage  state,  and  where,  we  ascer- 
tained, there  were  traces  of  pre-historic  occupation.  A  short  voyage  in  a  birch- 
;bark  canoe  brought  us  to  a  small  Indian  settlement,  the  chief  man  being  Fran- 
cois Antoine;  or  Ag-wah-setch.  While  Mr.  Chamberlain  engaged  Ag-wah-setch 
:>m  matters  philological,  Jean  Baptiste,  the  elder  son,  paddled  Dr.  Beeman  and 
myself  to  the  western  end  of  the  lake,  where,  at  a  spot  known  as  Grassy  Point, 
relics  of  various  kinds  had  been  picked  up.  One  of  our  highly  valued  copper 
specimens,  presented  by  Mr.  Alex.  Robertson,  was  found  at  this  place. 

Grassy  Point  has  undoubtedly  been  either  a  permanent  residence,  or  a  place 
where  frequent  visits  were  paid  by  the  Indians  of  by-gone  days,  judging  from 
the  number  of  traces  left.  Want  of  time,  however  prevented  us  from  making 
anything  beyond  an  exceedingly  superficial  examination  of  the  ground. 

Young  Antoine  having  volunteered  the  information  that  he  knew  of  a  cave 
where  his  grandfather  had  often  told  him  their  ancestors  used  to  conceal  weapons 
of  all  kinds,  our  canoe  was  headed  for  the  spot,  on  the  south  side  of  the  lake,, 
.about  two  miles  distant.  The  cave  in  question  proved  to  be  at  least  one  hundred 
and  twenty  feet  almost  precipitously  above  the  lake,  and  formed  a  recess  about 
ten  feet  wide  at  the  mouth,  and  extending  not  far  short  of  twenty  feet  back, 
narrowing  rapidly.  Dr.  Beeman,  on  the  way  up,  thinking  he  heard  a  noise  of 
some  kind,  paused,  and  asked  Baptiste  Antoine  whether  he  too  had  heard  any 
sound.  The  Indian's  reply  was  "  Wendigo,  Wendigo  ! "  indicating  that,  despite 
profession  of  Christianity,  a  little  of  the  pagan  clings  to  these  people's  habits  of 
thought — possibly,  however,  they  attach  no  more  meaning  to  such  an  expression 
than  some  of  ourselves  do  when  we  suggest  ghosts  or  witches  as  probable  causes 
of  mischief. 

Ag-wah-setch  and  another  old  Indian  are  experts  in  the  making  of  birch- 
bark  canoes,  and,  as  we  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  one  "on  the  stocks,"  the 
following  description  of  the  steps  taken  in  the  manufacture  of  these  marvellously 
light  but  strong  vessels  may  prove  not  uninteresting ;  especially  when  we  take 
into  consideration  that  the  day  is  not  far  distant  when,  like  the  arts  of  pottery 
and  flint-flaking,  the  art  of  canoe-building  will  be  quite  forgotten. 

15 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21), 


A  level  place  having  been  selected,  a  bed  of  clay  somewhat  larger  than  the 
canoe  is  prepared.*  Into  this  a  number  of  stout  stakes  are  driven  solidly  and 
perpendicularly  in  two  lines  corresponding  with  the  intended  form  of  the  canoe, 
and  about  six  inches  higher  than  it  is  .to  be.  For  a  two-fathom  boat  the  number 
would  be  six  on  each  side,  not  counting  those  at  the  ends,  where  two  are  driven 
in  side  by  side,  with  only  sufficient  space  between  them  to  admit  of  a  double 
thickness  of  bark. 

The  bark  having  been  previously  procured  in  the  largest  possible  sheets 
free  from  flaws,  and  having  been  kept  for  some  time  under  pressure  to  take  the 
curve  out  of  it,  is  now  placed  between  the  stakes,  inside  out,  or  so  that  the 
natural  bend  will  be  reversed.  In  a  canoe  twelve  feet  long,  or,  to  use  the 
locally  popular  phraseology,  in  a  "two  fathom  canoe,"  the  number  of  sheets  of  bark 
may  vary  from  four  ti«  six — the  fewer  the  better.  The  overlapping  edges  that 
form  the  joints  of  the  sheets  are  firmly  stitched  with  thongs,  made  from  the 
fibrous  roots  of  the  spruce,  and  the  joint  is  made  water-tight  by  a  libenil  but 
neat  application  of  pine  pitch.  Of  course,  this  part  of  the  work  is  done  previous 
to  placing  the  bark  in  position  on  the  stakes.  Firmly  held  together  at 
.the  ends,  the  united  pieces  of  bark  now  form  a  hollow  into  which  water 
is  poured.  The  water  is  brought  to  a  high  degree  of  heat  by  means  of  stones 
which  are  placed  in  it  after  being  made  hot  in  a  fire  close  by.  The  effect  of  the 
steaming  is  to  curve  the  bark  to  the  required  form — that  is,  as  flat  as  possible  at 
the  bottom,  and  with  sides  rising  almost  straight.  Ribs  from  one  to  two  inches 
wide,  and  one-fourth  inch  thick  of  pliable  material  are  next  fixed  in  position  not  • 
more  than  an  inch  apart,  and  these,  again,  are  held  in  place  by  means  of  strips 
.running  lengthwise.  The  strips  forming  the  gunwale  are  lashed  firmly  by 
means  of  spruce  root.  A  light  but  stout  bar  across  the  middle,  and  a  shorter  one 
near  each  end  add  materially  to  the  stiffness  of  the  canoe.  Timid  passengers 
must  sit  in  the  bottom,  but  the  expert  paddler,  white  man  or  Indian,  perches 
himself  on  a  level  with  the  thwarts,  seemingly  as  secure  as  if  in  the  jolly-boat 
-  of  a  man-o'-war. 

In  the  production  of  canoes  for  sale,  the  modern  Indian  does  not  fail  to  avail 
ihimself  of  nails,  t Lough  he  still  possesses  the  art  of  completing  his  tiny  vessel 
if  necessary,  in  true  old-fashioned  style.  None  in  this  locality  but  the  two  Indians 
mentioned  attempt  canoe-building,  and  Ag-wah-setch's  son  informed  us  he  did  not, 
care  to  know  how.  In  other  places  it  is  the  same.  Indifference  on  the  part  of 
the  young  men,  increasing  scarcity  of  bark,  and  the  introduction  of  cedar 
boats  will  soon  render  the  making  of  this  elegant,  light,  substantial,  serviceable, 
and  peculiar  craft  a  thing  of  the  past. 

Besides  the  result  of  surface  finds  along  the  shores,  I  procured  from 
Ag-wah-setch  a  few  stone  relics  he  had  picked  up,  and  a  very  fine  old  specimen 
of  porcupine  quill  work,  the  production  of  which  is  also  rapidly  dying  out. 
Although  Ag-wah-setch  hails  directly  from  Oka,  he  stated  that  the  specimen  in 
.question  (see  colored  plate)  was  once  the  property  of  his  grandfather  who  resided 
.near  the  Georgian  Bay. 

It  is  figured  full  size  on  the  plate.  Its  use  I  was  unable  to  learn,  but  in  all 
probability  it  was  worn  in  front,  suspanded  from  either  the  neck  or  the  waist, 
bearing,  as  it  does,  a  symbol — for  the  black,  T-like  design  is  certainly  meant 
to  represent  a  bird,  and  that  bird,  very  likely,  an  eagle.  The  arrangement  of;' 
colours  is  pleasing,  and  the  pabtorn,  though  somewhat  intricate,  is  almost  perfectly 

*  It  need  scarcely  be  said  that  in  some  places  this  preparation  would  not  be  necessary  to- 
the  same  extent,  bat  Acr-wah-setch  had  brought  his  clay  from  some  distance  to  enable  him  10.. 
carry  on  his  work  near  home. 

16 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


symmetrical ;  the  bird's  head  and  neck  being  the  only  exceptions.  In  fact  it 
was  this  very  want  of  symmetry  in  these  parts  that  led  to  the  bird  interpreta- 
tion, for  it  was  evident  that  some  meaning  must  attach  to  the  neck  being  a  little 
to  one  side.  Work  of  this  kind  necessarily  demand  not  only  much  time,  taste 
and  patience,  but  an  unusual  amount  of  dexterity  in  so  wrapping  the  quills  (round 
the  small  strips  of  leather  forming  the  foundation)  as  to  keep  them  in  place 
without  showing  any  ends.  Insignificant  looking  as  this  piece  of  work  is,  it 
lias  involved  in  the  attachment  of  the  quills  alone  not  fewer  than  1,155  distinct 
-operations.  Both  sides  are  exactly  alike  in  finish  and  appearance. 

Mr.  W.  A.  Davy,  of  Bancroft,  gave  us  a  stone  gouge  found  on  the  farm  of 
Mr.  Billa  Flint,  on  the  York  branch  of  the  Madawaska  River. 

The  Institute  is  under  a  debt  of  gratitude  to  Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman,  of  Bancroft, 
and  to  Mr.  Alex.  Robertson,  of  Madoc,  for  many  valuable  services  rendered  to  its 
representative  while  in  North  Hastings  and  Addington. 

Before  closing  this  part  of  the  report,  it  may  be  mentioned  as  an  interesting 
fact,  and  as  illustrative  of  the  character  of  extensive  areas  in  North  Hastings, 
that  about  ten  or  twelve  years  ago  the  moose  made  its  appearance  in  the  town- 
ships of  McClure,  Wicklow,  Mounteagle  and  Herschei,  and  several  animals  of  this 
.species  have  been  killed  recently  in  the  County. 


MIDLAND  CITY. 

Within  three  miles  of  one  another,  and  each  at  the  head  of  its  own  magnifi- 
cent bay,  stand  one  of  the  oldest  and  one  of  the  youngest  centres  of  population 
in  Ontario.  Penetanguishene,  during  early  British  colonial  days,  was  a  place  of 
•considerable  importance,  and  held  still  higher  rank  as  a  business  centre  during 
the  period  of  French  rule.  Grouped  round  the  site  of  the  present  town 
were  many  of  the  Indian  villages  whose  names  are  familiar  to  every  student  of 
•early  Canadian  history  in  connection  with  the  Jesuit  missions. 

Midland  "  City,"  as  the  residents  proudly  style  the  newer  town,  is  but  of  yes- 
terday, comparatively  speaking ;  but  it  already  boasts  of  an  extent,  solidity, 
wealth  and  population  placing  it  far  ahead  of  many  older  towns,  and  making  it 
a  formidable  rival  to  its  ancient  neighbor,  Penetanguishene.  Midland  occupies 
a  beautiful  slope  on  the  western  side  of  Gloucester  Bay,  and  the  situation  was 
undoubtedly  as  highly  appreciated  by  the  aborigines  as  by  the  Midlanders,  for 
the  farms  in  the  vicinity  bear  evidence  of  ancient  "settlement."  Just  outside  of 
the  town  limits  is  a  beautiful  little  lake  of  two  or  three  hundred  acres  in  extent, 
the  shores  of  which  were  a  favourite  camping-ground.  Near  the  highest  point 
of  land  between  the  town  and  the  lake  is  a  driving-park  which  has  recently  been 
acquired  and  laid  out  by  the  enterprising  citizens.  In  digging  a  post-hole  for 
fencing  purposes  near  the  south-west  corner  of  the  park,  the  workmen  came  upon 
a  small  ossuary.  None  of  the  skulls  or  other  bones  were  in  sound  enough  coridi- 
tion  to  be  preserved,  but  in  the  middle  and  at  the  bottom  of  the  pit  were  found 
two  very  fine  native  copper  implements  (Figs.  145  and  146).  Both  of  these,  when 
placed  in  the  grave  were  wrapped  in  beaver  skin,  portions  of  which  yet  adhere  to  one 
side  of  each  implement.  At  the  solicitation  of  Mr.  William  Henderson,  of  this 
city,  the  managing  committee  of  the  park  company  were  good  enough  to  send 
these  to  the  museum  for  examination,  and  on  the  occasion  of  my  visit,  some  time 
afterwards,  the  managers  very  kindly  and  very  sensibly  presented  them  to  form 
part  of  the  provincial  archaeological  collection,  where  at  least  one  of  them  (Fig.  145), 
will  continue  to  be  a  source  of  admiration  by  American  archaeologists  for  all 
time. 

2  (c.  i.)  17 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


Mr.  H.  F.  Switzer,  Midland  town  clerk,  may  be  ranked  as  one  of  the  museum's 
best  friends,  as  we  are  indebted  to  him  for  many  acts  of  kindness,  including 
a  donation  of  several  pipes  and  other  objects  found  in  the  vicinity. 

When  the  incorporation  of  Midland  as  one  of  Ontario's  cities  is  about  to  be- 
consummated — an  event  probably  not  far  distant — it  is  "  devoutly  to  be  wished  '* 
that  the  enterprising  citizens  will  select,  in  place  of  the  present  unmeaning  name,, 
one  that  will  connect  it  with  the  memory  of  the  original  people,  and  that  will 
bear  some  historic  interest — Huron,  Machedash,  Onentisati,  Anonatea  and  Cham- 
plain  are  a  few  of  many  from  which  a  choice  might  be  made. 


SAINTE  MARIE. 

The  story  of  this  old  French-Huron  fort  and  settlement  has  been  written 
scores  of  times  since  the  first  reference  was  made  to  it  by  the  missionaries  them- 
selve  after  its  foundation  iri  1639.  In  the  words  of  Parkman,  "  It  was  to  serve 
at  once  as  residence,  fort,  magazine,  hospital  and  convent."  and  again,  "  On  two- 
sides  it  was  a  continuous  wall  of  masonry  flanked  with  square  bastions,, 
adapted  to  musketry,  and  probably  used  as  magazines,  storehouses  or  lodgings. 
The  sides  towards  the  river  and  the  lake  had  no  other  defences  than  a  ditch  and 
palisade,  flanked,  like  the  others,  by  bastions,  over  each  of  which  was  displayed 
a  large  cross.  The  buildings  within  were,  no  doubt,  of  wood  ;  and  they  included 
a  church,  a  kitchen,  a  refectory,  places  of  retreat  for  religious  instruction  and 
meditation,  and  lodgings  for  at  least  sixty  persons."  This  from  Dr.  Parkman 
must  suffice,  but  those  who  are  interested  and  have  not  yet  read  the  story  of 
Sainte  Marie  as  related  by  that  historian,  are  referred  to  his  extremely  interest- 
ing volume,  "  The  Jesuits  in  North  America." 

In  April,  1885,  Mr.  James  Bain,  junior,  read  a  paper  before  the  Canadian 
Institute,  on  "  The  present  condition  of  the  old  French  Fort  at  Ste.  Marie,"  in 
which  he  stated  "  that  in  1856  some  of  the  walls  were  six  feet  high,  but  on  visit- 
ing it  in  1884,  he  was  grieved  to  find  that  the  only  traces  of  it  were  to  be  found 
in  a  few  heaps  of  earth  and  broken  stone."  This  pretty  correctly  describes  the 
condition  of  the  ruins  to-day,  only  that  things  are  now  a  little  worse. 

Here,  as  elsewhere,  there  are  "  vain  traditions  "  relative  to  hidden  treasure, 
so  that  much  of  the  demolition  to  the  old  fort  is  not  due  merely  to  the  ravages 
of  time.  Relic  hunters  have  had  a  considerable  share  in  rasing  the  works 
both  outside  and  inside.  When  I  saw  it  last  summer  a  heavy  growth  of  weeds 
covered  all  that  is  left  of  the  walls,  and  rendered  it  difficult  even  to  examine 
the  interior,  but  the  outline  of  structure  including  the  bastions  can  still  be 
followed. 

It  is  not  probable  that  the  walls  ever  exceeded  eight  or  ten  feet  in 
height,  or  just  high  enough  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  easily  scaling  them, 
or  from  applying  the  torch  as  was  customary  when  attacking  simple  palisaded 
enclosures.  Perhaps  a  storey  of  wood  was  erected  above  the  stone,  or  it  may 
have  been  that  the  walls  served  only  as  a  protection  to  buildings  within.  At  all 
events,  the  debris  represents  what  must  have  been  a  truly  prodigious  task  in  the 
heart  of  the  forest  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  ago. 

Saint  Marie  as  represented  in  its  ruins  is,  to-day,  the  oldest,  and  the  only 
work  of  its  kind  in  the  Province  of  Ontario.  Can  anything  be  done  to  preserve 
it  from  further  speedy  decay  ?  We  have  no  castles,  or  keeps,  or  feudal  mansions 
to  connect  us  with  the  past  of  our  country.  We  have  no  legendary  lore  to 
excite  our  wonder  or  to  test  our  credulity — no  traditional  warriors  of  gigantic 

18 


54  Victoria  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


proportions  and  super-human  strength  who  performed  extraordinary  feats  of 
arms.  We  are  neither  blest  nor  cursed  with  too  much  aestlieticism.  The  wish  to 
maintain  all  that  is  left  of  a  once  famous  structure  is  not  childish,  nor  foolish, 
nor  retrograde  any  more  than  to  desire  the  possession  of  an  ancient  heirloom,  or 
to  express  admiration  for  some  antique  work  of  art,  or  piece  of  mechanism.  The 
man  is  yet  unborn  who  does  not  value  a  keepsake. 

In  the  history  of  this  country  Sainte  Marie  is  comparatively  more  ancient 
than  what  is  left  of  the  old  edifices  on  Lindisfarne,  or  lona,  which  are  carefully 
kept  in  repair  and  jealously  guarded  from  tourist  vandals  as  well  as  from  the 
ravages  of  time,  Throughout  Europe,  historic  ruins  are  regarded  by  the  people 
with  feelings  of  veneration  as  well  as  pride.  Parents  and  grandparents  delight 
to  tell  their  oft  told  tales  in  connection  with  the  days  of  yore,  pointing  to  the 
cairn,  or  the  cromlech,  or  the  mouldering  walls  in  the  neighborhood,  to  attest 
the  truth  of  the  uncanny,  but  veracious  (or  otherwise)  stories,  and  in  this  way 
the  young  folk  have  their  interest  awakened  or  incited  in  the  history  of  their 
own  country,  and  are  all  the  better  for  it.  In  the  United  States  steps  have  been 
taken  in  several  places  to  preserve  ancient  monuments. 

Unlike  the  round  towers  of  Ireland,  the  British  and  French  stone  circles 
and  the  American  mounds,  there  is  nothing  mythical  or  even  doubtful  regarding 
Ste.  Marie.  Its  brief  but  bitter  history  is  as  well  authenticated  as  that  of  any 
event  or  series  of  events  that  have  happened  in  America  since  its  discovery.  It 
forms  a  closely  connecting  link  through  the  French,  between  ourselves  and 
the  Hurons,  a  people  who  held  the  very  highest  rank  among  savages  in 
this  part  of  America.  Few  portions  of  the  continent,  and  certainly  no  others  in 
Canada,  have  been  rendeied  so  famous  in  the  story  of  early  settlement  as  the 
county  of  Simcoe.  Most  of  the  land  on  which  Ste.  Marie  stands  belongs  to  a 
Mr.  Santimo,  and  a  small  portion  is  the  property  of  the  Jesuits.  Perhaps  it  is 
only  necessary  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  prosperous  and  intelligent  yeomen  of 
Simcoe  to  the  present  condition  of  affairs,  and  that  steps  will  soon  be  taken  to 
purchase  and  put  in  order  the  old  fort  on  the  Wye. 

Might  not  the  enterprising  Midlanders  make  a  move  in  this  direction  ?  The 
accomplishment  of  such  a  work  would  be  a  credit  to  them.  Four  hundred, 
dollars,  perhaps  less,  would  prove  ample  to  buy  the  land,  fence  it,  restore  the 
outline  of  the  fort,  and  erect  a  tablet  setting  forth  in  brief  the  history  of  the 
spot. 


PARRY   SOUND. 

Parry  Sound  is  the  chief  town  in  a  district  of  the  same  name.  In  the  pre- 
sent state  of  our  knowledge  it  would  be  unsafe  to  hazard  an  opinion  as  to 
whether  this  part  of  the  country  was  used  as  a  hunting-ground  by  the  Hurons 
of  the  south,  or  was  part  of  the  territory  claimed  by  the  Algonquins.  At  any  rate 
these  are  proofs  not  only  that~  the  country  was  occupied  of  old,  but  that 
the  population  was  somewhat  numerous,  whether  at  all  stationary,  or  nomadic. 
Relics  of  the  common  varieties  are  not  un£ requently  picked  up  in  the  district,  and 
the  French  traders  and  missionaries  seem  to  have  found  their  way  here  at  an 
early  period.  From  the  Rev.  Mr.  Gaviller,  Episcopalian  minister,  and  Mr.  J.  W, 
Fitzgerald,  we  received  a  number  of  specimens  illustrative  of  what  usually 
occurs  in  the  neighborhood.  Some  of  these  are  described  and  figured  elsewhere. 
From  Mr.  Wm.  Ireland,  editor  of  the  North  Star,  we  received  one  of  the  well* 
known  French  iron  tomahawks. 

19 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


Mr.  Wm.  Beatty  has  in  his  possession  a  bronze  mortar  weighing  probably 
not  less  than  twenty  or  twenty -five  pounds,  which  was  discovered  under  the 
roots  of  a  large  pine  tree  in  the  township  of  Macdougall.  This  vessel  may  be 
described  as  resembling  in  shape  an  inverted  bell  with  a  flat  base.  Two  projec- 
tions on  opposite  sides  have  been  moulded  to  represent  grotesque  animal  heads, 
and  round  the  middle  of  the  mortar  are  six  fleur  de  Us  in  relief,  three  on  each 
side  of  the  heads.  On  the  outer  margin  of  the  lip  are  the  words  "  FAICT  LAN 
1636," — made  in  the  year  1636.  The  letters  of  this  inscription  have  been 
attached  somewhat  carelessly  to  the  pattern  before  it  was  moulded,  so 
that  they  present  an  irregular  appearance.  Although  richly  resonant  when 
struck,  the  suggestion  that  this  was  used  as  a  bell  is  not  at  all  well  borne  out  ; 
in  the  first  place,  because  of  the  base  on  which  it  was  evidently  intended  to 
stand,  mouth  up  ;  secondly,  the  position  and  direction  of  the  head-like 
projections ;  thirdly,  the  absence  of  marks  as  the  result  of  being  struck, 
and  in  the  last  place,  because  of  the  direction  in  which  the  fleur  de  Us  and 
inscription  stand.  It  is,  at  any  rate,  quite  certain  that  this  mortar  was  carried 
to  the  vicinity  in  which  it  was  found,  by  the  Jesuit  missionaries,  although,  so 
far  as  I  know,  there  is  no  record  of  their  having  reached  a  point  so  far  north 
before  their  dispersion  from  Ste.  Marie,  in  1649.  Perhaps  some  of  the  fugitive 
priests  made  their  way  to  this  part  of  the  country  carrying  with  them  a  portion 
of  the  materials  from  the  fort  and  church.  During  the  panic  consequent  upon 
the  destruction  of  St.  Ignace  and  St.  Louis,  by  the  Iroquois,  many  of  the  Hurons 
escaped  northwards,  and  the  following  passage  from  Parkman*  may  serve 
to  account  for  the  presence  of  this  vessel  so  far  away  as  the  township  of  Mac- 
dougall : 

c<  Several  of  the  priests  set  out  to  follow  and  console  the  scattered  bands  of 
fugitive  Hurons.  One  embarked  in  a  canoe  and  coasted  the  dreary  shores  of 
Lake  Huron  northward,  among  the  wild  labyrinth  of  rocks  and  islets,  whither  his 
scared  flock  had  fled  for  refuge ;  another  betook  himself  to  the  forest  with  a 
hand  of  half-famished  proselytes,  and  shared  their  miserable  rovings  through  the 
thickets  and  among  the  mountains." 

In  all  probability  the  statement  contained  in  the  italicised  sentence  is  suffi- 
cient to  account  for  the  finding  of  this  vessel  upwads  of  sixty  miles  from  the  old 
mission  headquarters. 

Within  the  town  limits,  on  the  southern  slope  of  Belvidere  Hill,  Mr.  Ireland 
pointed  out  a  number  of  shallow  pits  the  shape  and  arrangement  of  which  were 
suggestive  of  white  influence.  The  elevation  is  a  commanding  one,  and  the  posi- 
tion of  the  pits  would  enable  men  in  possession  of  them  to  rake  the  whole  face 
of  the  hill  from  its  most  approachable  side  facing  the  water.  A  few  of  these 
have  been  opened,  but  nothing  was  found  in  them.  It  is  not  likely  they  were 
ever  more  than  two  or  three  feet  deep,  but  this  in  the  forest  with  the  addition 
of  logs  would  afford  tolerably  good  protection  to  marksmen. 


PARRY  ISLAND. 

Parry  is  the  largest  island  in  the  archipelago  that  fringes  the  portion  of  the 
-Georgian  Bay  coast  along  Parry  sound  district.  It  forms  an  Indian  Reserve  of 
mixed  character,  consisting  as  the  population  does  of  Mississaugas,  Pottawatomies 
and  Ottawas.  All  the  Mississaugas,  ninety-six  in  number,  are  treaty  Indians, 
while  the  Pottowatamies  and  Ottawas,  numbering  upwards  of  one  hundred  are 

*  Jesuits  in  North  America,  twenty-first  edition,  1885,  p.  395. 

20 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


non- treaty  Indians.  The  Mississaugas  and  all  profess  Christianity,  but  among  the 
others  a  considerable  number,  perhaps  half,remain  pagans.  At  the  village  about  one- 
half  are  pagans  and  the  rest  Roman  Catholics.  Most,  if  not  all  of  the  Mississaugas 
are  Methodists,  and  it  is  to  their  native  missionary,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Salt,  that  I  am 
indebted  for  these  particulars. 

Judging  from  what  a  short  visit  revealed,  the  Mississaugas  forming  this  band 
are  a  long  way  behind  their  brethren  in  the  townships  of  Tuscarora  and 
Oneida. 

Occasionally  stone  weapons  and  fragments  of  pottery  are  found  on  the  island 
but  hitherto  no  care  has  been  taken  to  preserve  them.  No  traces  of  ossuaries  or 
of  old  village  sites  were  known,  but  it  is  likely  that  some  of  these  will  be  discov- 
ered if  an  examination  be  made. 


POINT  ABINO. 

To  many  people  in  this  country  it  is  a  source  of  wonder  where  the  Indians 
procured  their  "flint/'  but  to  the  dwellers  along  the  eastern  end  of  Lake  Erie  this 
matter  is  plain.  Immense  quantities  of  chert  are  found  in  the  limestone  forming 
the  outcrops  near  the  shore.  Many  of  the  nodules  are  sufficiently  large  to  yield. 
,  material  for  a  score  or  two  of  arrow-tips  or  spear-heads,  and  although  the  quality 
in  general  is  not  of  a  character  to  permit  of  producing  the  finest  specimens  of 
flaking,  there  are  occasional  pieces  that  present  excellent  fractures,  For  miles 
along  the  sandy  beach  heaps  of  flakes  may  be  seen.  The  number  and  extent  of 
these  warrant  the  belief  that  here  the  Indian  fl etcher  carried  on  his  trade  both 
for  "  home  and  foreign  consumption,"  as  relics  of  this  kind  are  found  in  all  parts 
of  the  country  corresponding  in  appearance  with  the  Lake  Erie  material. 

In  company  with  Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss  I  visited  a  field  of  several  acres  in 
extent  on  Point  Abino  in  Bertie  township,  where  thousands  of  chert  fragments 
lie  upon  the  surface,  and,  since  it  was  ploughed,  below  the  surface.  In  almost 
every  instance,  those  fragments  varying  in  size  from  mere  chips  to  lumps  three 
or  four  inches  in  diameter,  show  signs  of  having  been  handled.  Some  appear  to 
have  been  split  and  rejected  because  of  their  unpromising  fracture,  other.*? 
are  gnarled  nuclei  from  which  the  finer  outside  portions  have  been  struck  off. 
Finished  and  half -finished  specimens  have  been  found  in  considerable  numbers  on 
the  same  ground,  but  it  was  rather  a  source  of  supply  than  a  place  of 
manufacture. 

The  ancient  Attiwandaron*  had  at  least  one  good  reason  for  earning  the 
name  of  Neutrals,  as  they  found.it  more  advantageous  to  "make  bullets  for  others 
to  shoot  "  than  to  shoot  them,  themselves. 

Not  far  away  from  the  field  mentioned,  but  still  in  forest,  is  a  large  dune  of 
the  fine  sand  that  forms  so  much  of  the  Erie  shore  in  this  section.  At  some  points 
it  is  about  twenty-five  feet  above  the  surrounding  level,  and  the  sides  are  as 
steep  as  it  is  in  the  nature  of  sand  to  be.  The  top  is  an  irregular  oval  measuring 
from  east  to  west  122  paces,  and  from  north  to  south  156  paces.  For  the  greater 
part  of  the  distance  round  the  top  the  margin  forms  a  bank  from  five  to  eighteen 
feet  above  the  average  inner  level,  the  highest  point  being  near  the  middle  of  the 
east  side,  and  the  lowest  exactly  opposite.  Within  this  area  there  were  at  one 
time  two  or  more  "  longhouses,"  for  here  can  be  traced  in  long  and  irregular  out- 
line the  situation  of  two  at  least.  All  that  is  left  to  show  where  these  stood  is 
the  earth  blackened  by  the  hearth  fires  and  enriched  by  the  refuse  of  the  camp. 

*Known  also  as  Attiwendonk,  Atirhagenrenrets,  Rhagenratka  and  Attionidarons.  Parkman  says  "  they 
and  not  the  Eries,  were  the  Kahkwas  of  Seneca  tradition." 

21 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


'The  superior  fertility  of  the  soil  on  these   camp -rows  affords  foothold    to   many 
-plants  such  as  grow  nowhere  else  within  the  area,  juniper  elsewhere  having  pre- 


.  FIG.  3.— POINT  ABINO  VILLAGE  SITE. 

.dominance.     The   smaller   of  the  two  camp-rows   measured  130  feet  as   far  as  it 

22 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


be  traced  on  account  of  overlying  sand.  It  is  situated  at  the  northwest  of 
the  dune,  and  forms  an  obtuse  angle,  which  is  open  to  the  same  direction.  The 
other  one  we  found  to  be  360  feet  long,  and  extending  mainly  from  north  to 
south,  but  turning  towards  the  west  and  again  south  near  the  southern  extremity. 
These  measurements  are  not  given  as  absolutely  correct,  but  as  the  result  of 
pacing  by  Mr.  Bearss.  and  I  feel  sure  that  any  variation  from  exactitude  is 
under,  rather  than  over  the  mark.  Along  the  southern  half  of  the  longer  site,  there 
are  many  flat,  water- worn  stones  from  two  to  six  inches  in  diameter.  They  lie 
scattered  between  the  camp-row  and  the  foot  of  the  adjoining  slope.  It  is  diffi- 
cult to  account  for  the  presence  of  these  in  such  a  place  from  any  physical  point 
of  view,  and  there  are  none  anywhere  else  on  the  dune.  So  far  as  observed 
they  were  free  from  any  signs  of  use — none  of  them  were  notched,  nor  were  any 
>of  the  edges  battered. 

It  is  probable  that  these  camp-rows  are  the  longest  that  have  been  observed 
in  this  country,  and  few  "  longhouses  "  are  known  to  have  exceeded  them  anywhere 
else.  Vanderdonk  measured  an  Iroquois  longhouse  which  he  stated  to  be  540 
feet  in  length,  and  Champlain  says  he  saw  some  more  than  180  feet  long.*  Dr. 
Dr.  Parkman  in  referring  to  Vanderdonk's  statement  closes  his  sentence  with  a 
mark  of  exclamation,  which  may  be  interpreted  to  signify  the  historian's  doubt. 
Perhaps,  however,  it  is  meant  to  signify  only  his  wonder  at  the  extraordinary 
length. 

The  Point  Abino  site  was  well  chosen — high,  dry,  well-sheltered  by  the 
surrounding  forest  and  capable  of  easy  defence. 

When  in  this  neighborhood  I  was  gratified  to  receive  for  the  Institute  a 
number  of  interesting  specimens  from  Mr.  Wm.  Michener,  one  of  the  oldest  living 
settlers,  from  Mr.  A.  E.  Otway  Page,  and  from  our  steadfast  friend  Mr.  Cyrenius 
Bearss,  who  also  in  various  other  ways  extended  many  courtesies. 


PORCUPINE  QUILL,  WORK. 

Among  the  lost  or  almost  lost  arts  of  the  Canadian  Indian  is  that  of  employ- 
ing porcupine  quills  as  in  the  colored  illustration.  Partly  on  account  of  scarcity 
of  material,  but  chiefly,  it  is  likely,  from  change  of  habits  and  of  taste,  there  are 
comparatively  few  Indian  women  now  living  who  attempt  to  produce  any  fabric 
of  this  kind. 

The  method  employed  was  to  fasten  closely  together  as  a  warp,  a  number  of 
finely  cut  strips  of  leather.  In  the  specimen  here  illustrated  there  were  fifty- 
five  such  strips  all  neatly  bound  by  means  of  a  thread  twisted  from  some  vege- 
table fibre.  The  strips  were  then  bound  two  and  two,  by  means  of  porcupine 
quills  wound  four  or  five  times  round  and  fastened  so  ingeniously  that  even  with 
a  magnifying  glass  it  is  difficult  to  perceive  how  the  work  has  been  done.  One 
row  (say  the  top  row  in  the  plate)  having  been  so  formed,  the  next  was  com- 
menced by  binding  the  outer  strip  singly  and  thereafter  taking  one  from  each 
adjoining  group  of  two  above.  In  forming  the  third  row  the  same  strips  would 
be  bound  as  in  the  first  row ;  and  in  the  fourth  as  in  the  second,  and  so  on. 
Meanwhile  the  pattern  must  have  been  clearly  defined  in  the  mind  of  the  artist, 

*  Introduction  to  Jesuits  in  North  America,  p.  xxvi. 

23 


54:  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


for  this  is  really  a  bit  of  artistic  work,  the  purely  ornamental  portion  of  which 
speaks  for  itself  both  in  color  and  design.  The  central  figure  demands  a  little- 
attention.  At  first  sight  one  would  hardly  recognize  it  as  a  bird — perhaps  not 
even  at  second  or  third  sight,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  is  meant  to  repre- 
sent the  eagle  or  great  Thunder-bird,  the  belief  in  which  is,  or  was,  widely  spread 
among  the  Indians  over  the  northern  part  of  this  continent.  The  only  claim  that 
can  be  made  for  this  conception  of  the  Thunder-bird  is,  that  as  nearly  as  possible 
it  is  symmetrical, — the  .method  of  working  led  to  that.  Only  in  the  neck  is  any- 
thing out  of  place,  and  yet  for  this  also  the  working  method  is  responsible.  When 
the  row  containing  the  head  was  being  bound,  the  head  was  naturally  placed  in 
the  very  middle  of  the  pattern,  but  in  the  next  row,  when  the  neck  was  reached 
it  had  to  be  placed  at  one  side  or  the  other,  or  it  would  have  no  resemblance  to- 
a  bird's  head  at  all. 

This  beautiful  piece  of  quill- work  was  procured  from  Ek-wah-satch,  who> 
resides  at  Baptiste  Lake.  He  informed  me  that  it  had  belonged  to  his  grand- 
father who  resided  near  the  Georgian  Bay. 


INVITATION  QUILLS. 

On  the  colored  plate  are  also  shown  drawings  of  the  "  quills  "  used  by  the- 
Indians  of  the  North-west  when  sending  invitations  of  different  kinds  to  their 
friends  for  war,  feasting,  ceremonial  or  other  purposes.  Referring  to  these  the 
Rev.  Peter  Jones  says : — "  A  young  man  is  generally  sent  as  a  messenger  to  invite 
the  guests,  who  carries  with  him  a  bunch  of  colored  quills  or  sticks  about  four- 
inches  long.  On  entering  the  wigwam  he  shouts  out  Keweekomegoo,  that  is- 
'  You  are  bidden  to  a  feast !'  He  then  distributes  the  quills  to  such  as  are  invited:, 
these  answer  to  white  people's  invitation  cards  *****  they  are  of  three 
colors,  red,  green,  [blue  ?]  and  white ;  the  red  for  the  aged,  or  those  of  the  Wah- 
buhnoo  order ;  the  green  for  the  media  order,  and  the  white  for  the  common 
people."* 

The  quills  illustrated  were  presented  by  Dr.  P.  E.  Jones,  and  were  brought- 
by  his  father,  the  author  above-mentioned  from  the  North-west  fifty  years  ago. 


POTTERY. 

In  no  class  of  work  common  to  the  aborigines  of  America  is  more  difference- 
observable  than  in  pottery.  Material,form  and  styleof  ornament(when  there  is  any), 
vary  considerably,  and  within  certain  limits  one  may  distinguish  even  by  means- 
of  a  small  fragment  what  is  characteristic  of  certain  areas.  Our  northern  forms 
though  frequently  worthy  of  being  pronounced  *"  elegant "  are  generally  less  so 
than  those  of  the  country  lying  south  and  west  of  the  Ohio.  The  material,  too,, 
is  thicker  and  coarser,  but  the  exterior  markings  exhibit  an  amount  of  taste  that 
will  compare  favorably  with  the  class  of  work  produced  by  the  southern 
peoples. 

*  History  of  the  Ojebway  Indians  pp.  94-5 — London,  1861. 

24 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


Among  Canadian  Indians  the  making  of  pottery  has,  for  probably  two  centu- 
ries at  least,  been  a  lost  art.  Pipe-making  from  clay  seems  to  have  lingered  after 
the  production  of  vessels  had  ceased,  for  these  were  among  the  first  to  be  dis- 
placed by  European  art ;  in  this  case,  that  of  the  coppersmith.  Dishes  of  clay 
varied  in  size  from  that  of  a  wine-glass  to  thirty  gallons  in  capacity.  The  former 
may  have  been  but  the  playthings  of  children — the  larger  ones  were  used  for 
various  domestic  purposes.  Among  the  first  evidences  that  present  them- 
selves in  most  cases  in  connection  with  the  site  of  an  ancient  Iroquois  or  Huron- 
Iroquois  village  are  numerous  fragments  of  pottery,  and  occasionally  the  searcher 
is  fortunate  enough  to  procure  a  perfect  or  almost  perfect  specimen  from  one  of 
the  communal  graves.  In  most  cases  the  attempts  at  ornamentation  have  been 
confined  to  the  outside  of  the  vessel,  but  now  and  again  an  inch  or  even  more  on 
the  inside  of  the  lip  has  had  a  simple  pattern  impressed  upon  it. 

Among  the  numerous  specimens  from  Balsam  Lake  in  the  Laidlaw  collec- 
tion there  are  several  peculiarities  to  which 'some  reference  may  be  made.  The 
deeply  notched  markings  that  in  most  cases  surrounded  the  vessels,  separating  the 
ornamental  upper  portion  from  the  plain  part  underneath  (plate  I.)  have  been 
made  by  a  blunt,  square-edged  tool,  and  the  lower  edges  of  the  separating  bars 
have  also  been  squared.  The  prevalence  of  this  style  is  noteworthy,  because  not 
far  to  the  west  of  Balsam  Lake  the  corresponding  portions  of  the  patterns  seem 
to  have  been  crenated  by  simply  pinching  the  clay  between  the  finger. and 
thumb — indeed,  in  a  few  instances,  the  marks  of  the  finger-nails  have  been  left. 
It  will  also  be  observed  that  the  angle  of  all  the  square  notches  is  in  the  same 
direction.  It  is  seldom  that  any  effort  has  been  made  to  impress  a  pattern  on  the 
edge  of  a  vessel,  but  we  find  an  example  of  edge-markings  on  Fig.  5,  where  the 
depressions  have  been  produced  by  means  of  a  tool  similar  to  the  one  that  was 
used  to  make  the  short  horizontal  markings  in  Figs  12  and  17,  plate  II.  A 
totally  different  kind  of  edge-ornamentation  will  be  seen  at  Figs.  1,  2,  4,  5,  6,  8, 
and  14,  plate  II,  where,  in  the  last  enumerated  deep  angular  notches  extend  some 
distance  down  the  side.  In  Figs.  13,  16,  and  20  to  23  plate  I,  the  band  marks 
appear  to  have  been  made  with  the  finger-tips. 

In  plate  II  several  characteristic  patterns  may  be  seen.  Figs.  2  and  6  are 
peculiar,  and  Figs.  12  and  17  illustrate  a  style  of  marking  not  found  elsewhere  in 
Ontario,  so  far  as  I  know,  the  short  horizontal  depressions  being  arranged  in 
three's.  The  lining  in  Fig.  18  is  of  an  unusual  pattern.  Unfortunately  the  frag- 
ment does  not  show  the  complete  figure,  but  the  missing  portion  probably  corres- 
ponded in  its  angles  with  the  part  found. 

Loops  or  lugs  for  lifting  or  suspending  purposes  are  seldom  found  on  clay 
vessels  in  Ontario,  but  upward  projections  on  the  lip  are  not  uncommon,  as  in 
plate  III,  and  these  portions  are  generally  made  thicker  than  other  parts  of  the 
margin.  Sometimes  the  whole  collar  or  upper  part  of  the  vessel  here  forms 
an  unbroken  angle  on  the  outside  as  at  Figs.  1  to  9,  at  other  times  this  is  relieved 
by  a  single  groove,  Figs.  10  to  13,  or  by  two  or  more,  as  in  Figs  14  and  16.  In 
Figs.  17  and  18  deep  notches  occupy  the  places  of  the  single  grooves.  On  the 
larger  vessels  there  may  be  as  many  as  four  of  these  projections,  but  on  the  smaller 
objects  of  this  kind  sometimes  only  one  has  been  formed.  On  the  whole  of  the 
Balsam  Lake  pottery  there  is  a  curious  blending  of  the  Huron  with  something 
that  appears  to  be  of  a  different  origin. 


25 


54VictOiia. 


Sessional  1'aj  ers  (Iv'o.  21). 


A. 1891 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.   1891 


PLATE  II. 

27 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A.  1891 


.  Co, 


PLATE  III. 
88 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG.  66.     (Half  Size). 


The  difficulty  of  procuring  whole  specimens  of  pottery  makes  such  a  fragment 
as  fig.  66  quite  valuable,  as  it  is  sufficiently  large  to  show  the  form  of  the  original 
vessel — jn  this  case,  a  very  small  one.  Though  found  on  the  south  half  of  lot  2 
in  the  3rd  concession  of  Tuscarpra  now  occupied  by  the  Mississaugas,  the  cup 
of  which  fig.  66  represents  a  portion,  was  made  and  used  by  the  Neuters  or 
Attiwandarons  who  fo'r  centuries,  perhaps,  occupied  this  territory. 


CLAF  PIPES. 


FIG.  67.     (Full  Size). 

Considerable  interest  naturally  attaches  itself  to  aboriginal  methods  of  work- 
ing, one  of  which  is  beautifully  exemplified  in  the  accompanying  figure.  As 
makers  of  clay  pipes  the  Indians  of  this  part  of  the  continent  were  as  far  ahead 
of  many  southern  tribes  as  they  were  behind  them  in  other  branches  of  manufac- 
ture. The  great  length  and  curve  of  many  pipe-stems  rendered  the  making  of 
holes  by  perforation  an  impossibility  even  when  the  clay  was  soft,  and  the 
ancient  pipe-maker  adopted  the  plan  of  forming  the  clay  round  a  slender  twig, 
which,  being  left  in  place,  was  thoroughly  charred  when  the  pipe  was  submitted 
to  the  burning  process,  thus  leaving  the  hole  clear.  In  moulding  the  pipe,  of  which 
fig.  67  was  a  portion,  instead  of  a  twig,  two  strands  of  grass  or  of  some  fibre  have 
been  twisted  to  form  a  stout  cord  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  stem  core.  This, 
like  the  twigs,  has  not  been  withdrawn  after  the  clay  was  moulded  about  it,  and 
as  a  result,  we  see  in  this  split  stem  the  spiral  impressions  of  the  old  core  cord 
'This  specimen  forms  part  of  the  Laidlaw  collection. 

29 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A    1891 


FIG.  68.     (Half  Size). 

This  gracefully  formed  pipe-head  is  from  the  vicinity  of  Midland  city  and 
our  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  H.  F.  Switzer  for  it. 


FIG.  69.     (Full  Size). 

The  pipe,  of  which  figure  69  is  a  cut,  is  of  a  very  unusual  pattern.  Sc* 
almost  infinite  is  the  variety  of  forms  given  to  clay  pipes  that  one  cannot  fail  to 
be  struck  with  the  absence  of  conventionality  that  characterizes  their  make  as- 
compared  with  the  production  of  many  other  articles.  The  remaining  portion  of 
the  bowl  in  fig,  69  shows  that  even  when  complete  its  capacity  was  not  very 
great. 

The  lower  side  of  the  under  jaw  is  hollowed  in  close  imitation  of  nature. 
The  stem  is  four-sided,  each  angle  being  crenat^d.  Another  pipe  in  the 
museum  (S.  110.)  from  the  same  neighborhood,  has  an  animal  head  of  similar 
shape  and  side-markings,  (See  Fig.  8.  Kep.  of  Canadian  Institute  for  1889).  Fig. 
69  is  from  the  Melville  Farm  Nottawasaga. 

30 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG.  70.     (Quarter  Size). 

The  snake  is  frequently  used  as  a  device  in  the  manufacture  of  Indian  pipes. 
Fig.  70  shows  the  mouth-piece  of  a  pipe-stem  round  which  a  snake  has  been  repre- 
sented as  having  coiled  itself.  Delicate  markings  imitate  the  scales. 


FIG.  71.     (Full  Size). 

This  owl's  head  formerly  surmounted  the  lip  of  a  Tobacco-nation  pipe,  part 
of  the  bowl-hollow  remains  at  the  back  of  the  head.  The  beak  has  been 
well  formed,  and  the  eyes  have  been  admirably  imitated  by  means  of  depressions 
made  with  the  end  of  a  tube,  leaving  the  eye-ball  in  strong  relief.  The  dots  sur- 
rounding the  eye  are  not  of  usual  occurrence,  although  in  one  of  our  specimens  a 
series  of  scallops  probably  represents  feathers. 


(Full  Size). 


54  Victroia. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


Fig.  72  is  of  a  type  represented  by  many  fragmentary  specimens  in  our  col- 
lection. The  design  appears  to  have  been  a  favorite  one  with  the  Tiononntates, 
and,  so  far  as  the  face  is  concerned,  seems  to  have  been  effected  by  pinching  the 
clay  with  the  lingers.  In  this,  as  in  many  others  of  its  kind  the  right  arm  ex- 
tends to  the  face.  In  a  few  cases  both  hands  are  made  to  reach  to  the  mouth. 
The  curved  and  projecting  portions  at  the  sides  are  no  doubt  meant  for  bent  legs, 
the  figure  being  in  a  sitting  posture.  From  W.  Melville,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  73.     (Half  Size). 

This  is  an  oddity  in  pipes.  It  is  likely  that  a  head  surmounted  the  edge  of 
this  bowl  when  new,  but  is  now  broken  off  and  the  fracture  smoothly  ground 
down.  The  arms  and  the  peculiar  position  of  the  hands  differ  from  anything  else  in 
our  large  collection  of  clay  pipes.  Three  deep  depressions  are  made  lengthwise  on 
the  breast,  and  a  row  of  smaller  ones  surround  the  rim.  The  fingers  of  the  two 
hands  do  not  meet  as  the  cut  would  indicate.  Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG. 


(Half  Size). 


In  this  attempt  to  represent  the  human  face  the  cheeks  are  brought  out  in 
bold  relief — something  seldom  tried.  As  in  most  other  cases,  the  ears  are  not 
taken  into  account  at  all.  Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  75.     (Full  Size). 
32 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


This  mask  is  all  that  is  left  of  a  well  formed  pipe  from  the  neighborhood  of 
Midland  city.  The  eyes  and  mouth  are  sunk  unusually  deep,  but  the  teeth  are 
not  so  prominent  as  the  engraving  would  indicate.  Mr.  H.  F.  Switzer  presented 
it  to  the  museum. 


FIG. 


(Full  Size). 


In  this  specimen  we  have  an  ambitious  attempt  at  originality  as  well  as 
detail.  Surrounding  the  hole  that  forms  the  eye  a  slight  ridge  has  been  moulded 
—nostrils  have  been  at  least  indicated,  and  teeth  are  rudely  represented  where 
the  lips  should  be.  Two  rows  of  small  holes  surround  the  face,  while  between 
these,  round  the  forehead,  there  is  a  row  of  shallow  notches.  The  chief  peculi- 
arity, however,  consists  in  making  one  of  the  eye-holes  large  enough  to  form  the 
bowl  of  the  pipe.  In  another  specimen  belonging  to  us  the  mouth  is  made  to 
serve  a  similar  purpose.  This  curious  specimen  is  from  the  farm  of  Mr.  Thomas 
White,  Nottawasaga. 


FIG.   77.     (Full  Size). 


The  satariic-looking  specimen  figured  above  is  from  the  same  locality  as  fig. 
70.  It  is  even  less  symmetrical  than  the  diagram  shows.  The  eyes  and  lips  are 
cleverly  moulded  and  the  ears  seem  to  be  purposely  set  at  different  angles  to  cor- 
respond with  the  expression  of  the  eyes.  At  the  back  of  the  head  is  a  projection 
nearly  as  prominent  as  the  ears,  and  on  each  side  of  it,  is  a  small  hole  not  larger 
than  the  Point  of  a  lead  pencil.  The  bars  across  the  breast  are  as  uncommon  as 
the  rest  of  the  design,  and  resemble  the  markings  on  some  of  the  Laidlaw 
pottery. 

3  (c.i.)  33 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG. 


(Full  Size). 


In  figure  78  we  have  a  good  imitation  of  the  very  best  Indian  attempt  I 
have  seen,  to  represent  the  human  face  in  clay.  It  is  only  a  mask,  but  as  such 
is  perfect.  The  pipe-bowl  of  which  it  formed  a  part  must  have  been  a  tolerably 
capacious  one.  Even  as  a  fragment  this  specimen  has  been  prized,  for  the  broken 
edges  are  rubbed  smoothly  down,  and  one  can  only  wonder  that  no  hole  is  bored 
to  hang  it  by.  It  was  procured  from  Mr.  Jos.  W.  Stewart,  who  reports  that  it 
was  found  "  somewhere  about  Lake  Simcoe." 


FIG.  79.     (Full  Size). 

Was  the  pipe,  of  which  figure  79  represents  a  fragment,  made  before  or  after 
the  French  occupation  of  Canada  ?  If  made  subsequently  the  hatted  form 
may  be  regarded  as  an  imitation  oi:  the  white  man,  perhaps  of  a  priest ;  but 

34 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


if  made  previous  to  that  time  this  imperfect  relic  gives  us  a  glimpse  of  the  native 
costume.  The  back  of  the  specimen  is  also  of  a  curious  pattern,  looking  in  some 
respects  as  if  made  to  imitate  a  kind  of  cloak  merging  into  arms  at  the  shoulder 
and  terminating  in  a  cross  bar  at  the  lower  end.  A  somewhat  sharp  angle  forms 
the  medial  line  along  the  back,  and  this  is  relieved  with  nine  small,  oval  depres- 
sions. The  face  is  graphically  but  not  accurately  modeled.  The  bowl  was  only 
about  one  inch  deep  and  five-eights  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  stem-hole  rose 
perpendicularly  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  this  pipe,  before  reaching  the  cavity 
that  formed  the  bowl,  and  it  is  plain  that  the  face  was  made  to  look  towards  the 
smoker. 


STONE  PIPES. 


FIG.  80.     (Full  Size;. 

The  small  pipe  here  figured  is  made  of  greyish -blue  slate,  and  was  probably 
more  for  ornament  than  use,  as  the  bowl-hole  is  scarcely  half  an  inch  in  diameter 
and  depth.  A  number  of  deeply  cut  notches  have  been  made  on  the  outside  with- 
out any  reference  to  design,  the  intention,  no  doubt,  being  to  work  the  whole 
surface  down  smoothly  to  the  depth  of  the  notches.  This  is  more  evident  at  the 
back  of  the  pipe-head  than  elsewhere.  The  stem  hole  is  almost  as  large  as  the 
other.  From  South  Yarmouth  township,  Elgin  county,  and  now  in  the  Dr. 
Tweedale  collection. 


FIG.  81.     (Quarter  Size). 

"  White-stone  "  pipes  are  among  the  rarest  of  archaeological  finds.  There  are 
only  two  in  the  museum,  the  one  figured  above  being  from  the  Lotteridge  farm, 
near  Hamilton,  and  the  other,  which  is  less  perfect,  from  Lake  Medad.  Fig.  81, 
is  6J  inches  long,  and  almost  perfect,  though  considerably  weathered.  On  ;the 
Lake  Medad  specimen  a  human  head  surmounts  the  bowl. 

35 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG.  82.     (Full  Size). 

This  small  steatite  pipe  must  have  served  less  for  use  chan  for  ornament. 
The  bowl  is  not  more  than  half-an-inch  wide  or  deep  inside,  and  the  stem-hole! 
which  enters  from  the  breast  is  fully  half  as  large.  Fig.  82  is  regarded  as  repre- 
senting a  duck.  It  is  certainly  intended  for  a  bird,  and  a  duck  most  probably. 
Through  the  lower  back  corner  a  small  suspension  hole  is  bored. 

We  have  to  thank  Mr.  J.  W.  Fitzgerald,  of  Parry  Harbor,  for  this  and  other 
specimens. 


FIG.  83.     (Full  Size). 

What  may  be  called  the  "  lizard  "  pipe  is  here  figured.  It  is  made  of  steatite 
and  was  found  on  lot  8,  concession  6,  Nelson  township.  County  of  Halton,  by  Mr 
George  D.  Corrigan,  who  presented  it  to  the  museum.  Both  head  and  tail  are 
damaged,  but  there  is  a  little  more  of  the  latter  and  less  of  the  former  than  is 
shown  in  the  cut. 


FIG.  84.     (Quarter  Size). 


FIG.  85.     (Quarter  Size). 


36 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


One  of  the  finest  stone  pipes  in  the  Prov.  Arch.  Museum  is  here  figured.  The 
material  is  steatite,  and  is  dyed  or  stained  a  deep  black.  It  is  undoubtedly 
meant  to  represent  a  bear.  Of  the  same  class  as  the  McCallum  "monkey"  pipe 
from  Milton,  it  is  much  more  highly  finished,  every  part  of  it  being  carefully 
worked,  and  the  whole  of  the  surface  having  a  high  polish,  The  hind  legs  have 
been  conventionalized  to  make  them  correspond  with  the  front  ones.  A  band- 
like  depression  is  cut  on  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  neck  as  in  the  "  monkey  n 
pipe,  and  the  "  panther  "  pipe  of  the  same  type.  Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 

Of  the  same  type  as  the  Laidlaw  "  bear  "  pipe,  figure  84,  is  the  pipe  repre- 
sented by  Fig.  85,  but  much  inferior  to  it  in  execution.  As  is  the  case  with  the 
"  bear  "  and  "  monkey  "  pipes,  this  one,  which  has  been  called  the  "  panther  " 
pipe,  is  made  of  steatite.  The  ears  in  this  specimen  are  delicately  modeled,  but 
in  place  of  the  eyes  a  hole  has  been  bored  clear  through  the  head.  The  legs  and 
paws  are  clumsily  imitated,  and  the  workmanship  on  the  whole  cannot  be  com- 
pared with  that  which  characterizes  the  "  bear "  pipe.  Two  stem  holes  have 
been  bored,  one  above  the  other.  This  apparently  useless  arrangement  becomes 
easily  understood  when  it  is  observed  that  the  lower  one,  or  the  one  first  bored 
is  so  large  (f  in.  in  diameter)  that  it  would  not  always  be  easy  to  find  a  suitable 
stem  ;  a  smaller  hole,  less  than  f  in.  in  diameter  has  been  made  close  above  the 
the  former,  which  was  no  doubt  plugged  when  the  pipe  was  in  use.  The  light 
marking  on  the  neck  is  a  groove,  similar  to  those  on  the  "  monkey  "  and  "  bear  " 
pipes,  but  for  what  purpose  does  not  appear  plain.  The  "  panther "  pipe  was 
found  in  the  township  of  Garden,  not  far  from  Balsam  Lake,  and  is  now  in  the 
G.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  86.     (Quarter  Size). 


Another  beautiful  specimen  of  aboriginal  workmanship  is  shown  above* 
This  "  Eagle  "  pipe  is  made  of  a  finely  veined  and  close-grained  piece  of  Huronian 
slate.  The  head  and  beak  are  remarkably  well  formed.  The  right  and  left  talons, 
are  separated,  and  through  both  is  a  hole  to  aid  in  fastening  the  pipe-head  to  the- 

37 


64  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A.  1891 


stem  which  entered  from  behind.  The  wings  too,  are  clearly  outlined,  but  they 
do  not  appear  so  in  the  engraving.  The  total  length  of  this  fine  relic  is  five  inches. 
It  belongs  to  the  Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.   87.     (Full  Size). 


Figure  87  is  more"odd  than  elegant.  The  stone  is  white  steatite,  but  having 
a  number  of  flaws.  In  cross-section  at  the  top  is  nearly  square,  but  the  front  side 
curves  backwards  to  base.  The  stem-hole  enters  behind  and  a  suspension  hole 
passes  through  the  lower  corner.  The  head  may  be  meant  for  either  that  of  a 
man  or  of  an  owl.  Presented  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Fitzgerald,  Parry  Harbor. 


FIG.  88.     (Full  Size). 


The  pipe  of  which  Fig.  88  is  but  the  ornamental  part  must  have  been  a  fine 
sample  of  aboriginal  skill  and  taste.  The  material  is  argillite.  The  combination 
of  heads  is  remarkable.  Forehead,  ears,  eyes,  nose  and  jaws  in  the  dog's  (?)  are 
carefully  worked  out — much  more  so,  indeed  than  in  the  human  head,  which  is 
surmounted.  Perhaps  the  idea  of  this  design  was  drawn  from  the  practice  of 
wearing  masks  in  some  dances.  As  these  masks,  attached  to  the  head,  could  be 
raised  or  pulled  down,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  design  was  suggested  in  this 
way.  From  Mr.  Angus  Buie,  -Nottawa^aga. 

38 


54  Victoria,  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


FIG.  89.     (Full  Size). 

Fig.  89   is  of  a  -coarse  soapstone  and  is  considerably  ruder  and  less  marked* 
in  outline  than  the  engraving  would  indicate.     The  position  of  the  arms  corres- 
ponds with  what  is  found  on  clay  pipes  (see  Fig.  72).     The  cavity  is  larger  than 
usual  in  pipes  of  this  kind,  the  wall  of  the  bowl  being  thin.     This  pipe  is  from  the 
Melville  farm,  Nottawasaga. 

.  On  the  occasion  of  the  Institute's  meeting  at  Niagara  last  summer,  the  very 
singular  stone  pipe,  of  which  views  are  shown  (Figs.  90,  91  and  92),  was  presented 
to  us  by  Mr.  A.  C.  Billups,  who  stated  that  he  had  taken  it  from  a  mound  on  the 
Kentucky  shore  of  the  Ohio,  not  far  from  Lawrenceburg  on  the  Indiana  side. 
This  portion  of  country  is  dotted  with  mounds.  Along  both  banks  of  the  Ohio  and 
its  tributaries,  on  many  of  the  highest  bluffs  and  some  of  the  lower  lands,  mounds 
of  various  sizes  may  yet  be  seen.  Not  far  away  from  where  this  pipe  was  found 
is  Fort  Hill,  a  celebrated  ancient  earthwork,  near  the  junction  of  the  Big  Miami 
with  the  Ohio.  When  I  had  the  pleasure  of  examining  this  extensive  "  fort "  two 
years  ago  in  company  with  Dr.  Collins,  of  Lawrenceburg,  evidences  of  a  numer- 
ous, industrious  and  intelligent  population  were  everywhere  apparent.  Remains 
of  paved  ways  could  be  traced  on  easy  grades  and  round  gentle  curves  on  two 
opposite  sides  of  the  large  embankments,  and  no  better  place  could  have  been 
chosen  for  defensive  purposes.  It  is  not  improbable  that  the  people  who  con- 
structed these  and  other  works  of  a  similar  kind  in  this  locality  were  those  who 
made  the  Billups  pipe,  for  the  depth  at  which  it  was  found  precludes  any  supposi- 
tion that  it  was  intrusive. 

The  stone  is  a  light  brown  argillite,  and  has  been  found  in  pebble  form  by 
the  pipe-maker.  An  ingenious  as  we1!  as  a  humorous  side  to  the  Indian  character 
is  brought  out  in  the  adaptation  of  the  design  to  the  natural  form  of  the  pebble. 
Symmetry  having  been  impossible  without  cutting  away  too  much  material,  the 
workman  contrived  to  produce  from  the  somewhat  plano-convex  form  still  observ- 
able in  the  front  view,  a  gruesome,  wry  face,  full  of  character,  and  having  the 
details  artistically  treated. 

One  peculiarity  of  this  pipe  is  in  the  formation  of  the  eyeballs  which  are  like 
cylinders,  half-sunk  diagonally,  with  the  flat  ends  facing  the  left  side,  giving  the 
countenance  much  of  its  wild  expression.  Nose,  cheeks  and  eye-brows  have  been 

39 


54  Victo 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


carefully  carved,  but  the  mouth  and  chin  are  less  successfully  imitated.  In  com- 
bination with  the  head  are  the  stem  of  a  tree,  and  a  snake,  the  head  of  the  latter 
being  at  the  base  of  the  carving,  from  which  point  the  body  rises  with  a  graceful 
curve  to  the  left,  half-way  up  the  bowl,  when  it  descends,  passing  under  the  chin 
and  up  the  opposite  or  right  cheek,  the  tail  terminating  almost  in  the  middle  of 
the  pipe  at  the  back.  (Fig.  92). 


FIG.  90.  FIG.  91.     (Full  Si/e).  FIG.  92.     (Full  Size.) 

What  seems  to  be  a  tree  stem  also  originates  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  neck,  one  small  branch  curving  gently  up  the  left  side,  while 
the  main  portion  stretches  up  the  right  side,  becoming  forked  about 
two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  bottom.  The  left  and  thicker  division 
terminates  at  the  back  where  it  is  cut  off  smoothly,  and  through 
this  termination  the  stem-hole  is  bored.  Taken  altogether  the  work  on  this  pipe 
is  remarkably  well  done,  one  is  almost  tempted  to  say,  suspiciously  so  ;  but  there 
seems  to  be  no  reason  to  doubt  its  genuineness.  In  the  curious  combination  of 
tree  and  serpent,  theory-maniacs  may  easily  find  material  either  for  attributing 
to  it  a  spurious  origin,  or  for  the  elaboration  of  some  far-fetched  arguments  to 
prove  a  traditional  connection  with  an  older  and  higher  civilization,  if,  indeed, 
the  term  civilization  should  be  appropriate  to  the  mode  of  life  connected  with 
which  the  Kentucky  pipe  was  modeled. 


40 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A. 1891 


HAMMER  STONES. 


S!lG.  93.     (Full  Size). 

The  specimen  represented  here  is  a  granite  pebble  symmetrically  water-worn? 
and  roughly  pecked  on  its  upper  and  lower. sides  with  only  a  few  recent  dents  on 
the  edge.  It  has  perhaps  been  used  either  as  a  hammer,  or  as  an  anvil.  Possibly 
the  pecking  has  been  preparatory  to  finishing  as  a  disk,  many  specimens  of  which 
arc  hollowed  on  the  sides.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  the  former  is  the  cor- 
rect supposition  although  most  hammer-stones  have  been  used  to  strike  with  the 
edge.  This  specimen  was  presented  by  Dr.  Craig  of  Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 


FIG.  94.     (Full  Size). 

Hammer  stones,  as  such  do  not  always  suggest  their  use,  because  many  were 
simply  held  in  the  hand,  but  anybody  would  at  once  name  figure  94  as  an  imple- 
ment of  this  kind.  The  groove,  of  course,  suggests  a  handle,  and  both  faces  bear 
marks  of  usage — the  upper  one  as  if  for  striking,  and  the  lower  one  as  if  for  rub- 
bing or  grinding.  The  material  is  a  grey  granite.  Above  the  groove,  the  outline 
is  oval ;  beneath  the  groove  it  is  quadrangular — Township  of  Nottawasaga. 

41 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A   1891 


FIG.; 95.     (Quarter  Size). 

Another  unmistakeable  hammer  is  figured  here.  It  was  found  near  Leam- 
ington, in  the  county  of  Essex,  and  consists  of  a  large  silicious  pebble  six  and 
three-fourth  inches  in  length,  and  four  and  three-fourth  inches  across  the  widest 
part.  The  groove  which  is  about  one-third  of  the  length  from  the  top,  goes 
almost  completely  round.  The  larger  end  or  "  face  "  shows  that  it  has  been  used 
to  do  some  very  effective  pounding. 


FIG. 


(Over  Quarter  Size). 


This  unusally  hammer-like  tool  is  a  puzzle.  That  it  was  not  intended  for  a 
hammer  is  made  evident  from  the  fact  that  a  hole  is  bored  in  the  centre  of  the 
larger  face.  In  cross  section  it  is  almost  perfectly  round — the  sharp  and  deeply- 
cut  grooves,  though  not  quite  true  show  no  tool-marks,  and  the  general  finish  is 
good.  It  is  three  and  a  quarter  inches  long,  with  a  diameter  in  the  middle  of  two 
and  a  half  inches — Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


42 


54  Victoria 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21 


A. 1891 


GAME  DISK. 


FIG.  97.     (Full  Size). 


Similar  in  appearance  as  this  specimen  is  in  the  engraving  to  fig.  93,  it  is 
totally  different  in  all  but  outline.  Like  fig.  93  it  is  water-worn  and  oval,  but 
the  material  and  its  treatment  are  quite  unlike  those  of  the  former.  In  this  case 
the  stone  is  calcareous,  and  the  two  sides  have  been  rubbed  down  until  they  are 
concave  instead  of  convex,  and  in  the  centre  of  each  hollow  a  deeper  one  is  sunk 
about  one-fourth  of  an  inch  and  nearly  a  whole  inch  in  diameter.  Nearly  all 
signs  of  pecking  have  been  removed  in  the  rubbing  process.  As  the  material  is 
too  soft  to  be  used  for  a  hammer  the  production  of  a  disk  was  probably  in  view. 
We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Moses*Barrowman  of  Buffalo,  for  this  specimen,  from  the 
State  of  New  York.  _ 

FIGURED     TOOL. 


This  figure  represents  an  implement  of  brown  slate  about  half  an  inch  thick 
in  the  middle,  and  thinning  towards  the  ends  both  of  which  are  sharpened.  It  is 
the  only  article  of  the  kind  we  have  on  which  any  figure  is  cut.  The  T  like 
mark  has  some  resemblance  to  the  conventional  representations  of  men  made  by 
some  western  tribes  at  the  present  day.  It  was  procured  from  Mr.  Jos.  W. 
Stewart,  and  was  found  near  Arkona. 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FLAKED  STONES. 


FIG.  99.     (Full  Size). 


Grassy  Point  near  the  western  end  of  Baptiste  Lake  is  the  site  of  an  ancient 
Algonquin  village.  Many  fragments  of  pottery  still  lie  scattered  about  the  beach; 
and  it  was  here  that  the  perforated  copper  knife  presented  to  us  by  Mr.  Alex. 
Robertson  was  found.  Fig.  99  is  a  good  picture  of  a  roughly  chipped  piece  of 
pure  quartz,  from  the  same  spot.  It  is  turtle-shaped  and  has  been  flaked  length- 
wise. Quartz  specimens  of  any  kind  are  rare  in  Ontario.  It  is  impossible  to  say 
with  certainty  what  was  the  purpose  of  this  object,  but  it}  all  probability  it  was 
intended  for  personal  ornamentation. 


FIG.  100.     (Quarter  Size). 


Fig.  100  represents  one  of  several  large  flaked  implements  in  the  museum 
from  Wolfe  Island,  opposite  Kingston.  It  is  too  large  and  too  roughly  shaped  for 
use  as  a  spear,  but  may  have  served  as  an  axe.  It  strongly  resemble,  specimens 
found  to  the  south,  that  seem  to  have  been  formed  for  digging,  but  there  are  no 
indications  on  the  surface  of  this  tool  that  it  was  ever  so  employed.  Aside  from 
its  considerable  size  it  is  remarkable  in  showing  a  nucleus  fully  two  inches  in 
diameter. 


44 


54  Victoria  Sessional  Papers  (No. .21). 


STONE  CUP. 


101.     (Full  Size). 

Figure  101  represents  what  is  commonly  known  as  a  paint-cup.  It  is  neatly 
hollowed,  has  a  flat  bottom,  and  is  made  from  some  kind  of  primitive  rock.  In 
the  G.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


AMULETS  OR  GORGETS. 


FIG.  102.     (Quarter  Size). 

This  gorget  or  amulet  of  Huronian  slate,  from  the  Tweedale  collection  is  one 
of  the  finest  in  the  museum.  It  is  four  and  five-eighth  inches  long  and  hand- 
somely veined.  What  may  be  called  the  lower  side  is  not  so  well  finished  as  the 
other.  Unlike  many  objects  of  this  class  the  hole  shows  signs  of  wear,  the  upper 
side  of  it  being  perceptibly  the  smoother.  The  flanges  at  the  lower  end  are 
peculiar  to  this  specimen.  It  was  found  in  the  township  of  South  Yarmouth, 
county  of  Elgin. 


FIG.  103.     (Quarter  Size). 

When  perfect  this  gorget  could  not  have  been  less  than  seven  and  a  half,  or 
eight  inches  long.     It  is  of  a  dark  colored  argillite  resembling  a  common  school- 

45 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


slate.  At  the  small  end,  one-half  of  a  small  hole  remains  showing  that  the 
specimen  at  one  time  extended  farther  in  this  direction,  as  well  as  towards  the 
roughly  fractured  end.  The  small  end  is  ground  down  from  both  sides  to  a  cut- 
ting edge.  The  chief  peculiarity  of  this  specimen  consists  in  the  number  of  care- 
lessly cut  diagonal  lines,  on  both  sides.  Almost  invariably  articles  of  this  kind 
are  perfectly  free  from  markings.  Locality,  Nottawasaga.  From  the  brothers  W. 
and  D.  Melville. 


FIG.  104.     (Quarter  Size). 

The  gorget  (fig  104)  is  a  good  specimen  of  its  class,  but  unlike  most  others 
the  slate  is  unpolished  on  the  one  side — perhaps  it  is  unfinished.  Most  of  the 
boring  has  been  done  from  the  rough  side,  only  enough  to  clean  the  margin  of 
the  holes  having  been  done  from  the  smoothed  side.  The  inward  side-curves  are 
unusually  deep. — G.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  105.     (Quarter  Size). 

This  gracefully  formed  gorget  is  in  the  Laidlaw  collection .f '.'It  is  made>  of 
grey  slate,  and  with  the  exception  of  a  small  piece  broken  off  the  larger  end  Jit'  is 
perfect.  The  holes  exhibit  no  signs  of  wear. 


Fia.  106,     (Quarter  Size). 

The  peculiarity  of  this  gorget  is  that  it  is  concavo-convex,  butjwhether  made 
so  purposely,  or  on  account  of  the  original  rough  shape  of  the  slaters  not  certain 

46 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A.  18&1 


The  holes  have  been  bored  entirely  from  the  convex  side  shown  above. — Geo.  E. 
Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  107.     (Nearly  Full  Size). 

Many  specimens  of  aboriginal  "jewelry"  owe  their  shapes  to  the  natural 
forms  of  the  material  when  found.  This  is  especially  true  of  articles  made  from 
pebbles.  Fig.  107  is  a  case  in  point.  It  is  a  pebble  of  fine  sand-stone,  the  pen- 
dant shape  of  which  caught  the  eye,  and  the  workman  has  proceeded  to  adapt  it 
to  his  fancy  by  boring  holes  in  it.  Examination  shows  that  the  smaller  end 
broke  just  before  the  boring  of  the  last  hole  was  completed.  The  Indian's  lack 
of  prescience  is  shown  by  his  leaving  the  boring  of  the  most  difficult  hole  till  the 
last,  having  even  countersunk  the  others  previously.  Fig.  107  is  from  the  town- 
of  North  Yarmouth,  and  belongs  to  the  Dr.  Tweedale  collection. 


FIG.  108.     (Quarter  Size). 

Figure  108  shows  one  of  the  plainest  and  neatest  specimensjof^its  class  in 
the  museum.  One  side  is  straight,  the  other  a  little  rounded  from*end  to  end, 
both  edges  are  almost  straight  and  nearly  parallel,  the  width  at  the  larger  end 
being  exactly  one  inch,  and  at  the  holeH  end  a  little  over  seven-eighths  of  an 
inch.  Its  greatest  thickness  (in  the  middle)  is  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch.  From 
North  Yarmouth  township,  Elgin  county.  Dr.  Tweedale  collection. 


FIG.   116.     (Quarter  Size). 

As  a  rule,  relics  of  this  type  are  symmetrical.    Fig.  116  is  an  exception.    The 
stone  is  Huronian  slate.     The  hole  has  been  bored   before  the  notches  were  cut 

47 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


above  .and  below.     It  was  found  by  Mr.  Chance  in  Markham  township,  and  now 
forms  part  of  the  G.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  117.     (Quart tr  Size). 


This  diagram  represents  what  is  the  largest,  and,  it  may  be  added,  the 
coarsest  specimen  of  its  kind  in  the  museum.  To  the  credit  of  the  Indian 
artificer,  however,  it  may  be  stated  that  his  work  is  still  incomplete — scarcely 
more  than  blocked  out,  in  fact,  but  none  the  less  valuable  on  that  account.  It  is 
live  and  a  quarter  inches  long,  and  of  Huronian  slate.  The  base  is  almost  in  its 
rough  state,  and  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  bore  the  fore  and  aft  holes  that 
are  almost  invariably  found  in  specimens  of  this  type.  In  the  Dr.  Tweedale 
collection ;  from  White's  Mills,  county  of  Elgin. 


STONE  CARVING. 


FIG.  109.     (Full  Size). 


The  specimen  of  which  figure  109  is  a  cut  was  presented  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Fitz- 
gerald of  Parry  Sound.  The  material  is  gypsum,  of  a  light  pink  color.  Accord- 
ing to  the  best  of  Mr.  Fitzgerald's  recollection  it  was  found  near  Lindsay.  The 
carving  is  fairly  good.  Behind  the  figure  a  beginning  has  been  made  on  each 
side  in  boring  a  hole  through  the  piece. 

48 


54  Victa/ia. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


DISKS. 


FIG.  110. 


FIG.  111. 


FIG.  112. 


FIG.  113. 


FIG.   114. 


Disks  of  pottery  and  stone,  like  those  shows  in  figures  110  to  113,  were  used 
in  different  ways.  The  smaller  ones  (tigs.  110  and  111)  may  have  heen  orna- 
mental, as  for  beads,  while  it  is  known  that  the  larger  ones  (tigs.  112,  113)  were 
used  in  a  game.  Figure  114  is  from  Hawaii,  where  it  was  employed  by  the 
natives  in  a  game  called  Naika  (Nah-eek-ah,)  being  rolled  along  the  ground  as  in 
what  was  a  favorite  Indian  pastime.  It  is  introduced  here  merely  for  comparison. 
A  hole  is  shown  in  the  centre,  by  mistake  of  the  engraver. 


TOTEM. 


FIG.  115.     (Full  Size). 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  figure  115  was  intended  to  represent  a  totem 
and  that  totem,  a  turtle.     Unfortunately  both  head  and  tail  are  damao-prl 
4  (c.i.)  49 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


the  general  outline  is  a  fairly  good  imitation  of  the  animal,  although  the  ancient 
artist  had  but  little  regard  for  the  necessary  number  of  toes.  The  turtle  totem 
is  made  of  fine-grained  sandstone,  was  found  in  South  Yarmouth  township^ 
and  is  part  of  the  Dr.  Tweedale  collection. 


%    SLICK  STONE. 


FIG.  118.     (Quarter  Size). 

Fig.  118  represents  what  may  be  called  a  scraper.  The  round  edge  is  sharp, 
and  the  upper  one  ragged  as  if  broken.  It  was  found  on  the  village  site  at 
Logan's  Hill  in  Victoria  county. 


SHELL. 


FIG.  119.     (Half  Size). 

The  common  unio  or  fresh-water  mussel  shell  was  employed  by  the  Indians 
for  several  purposes  after  the  contents  had  been  eaten.  Near  the  Atlantic  a 
species  known  as  the  quahog  afforded  material  for  wampum,  but  the  supply  of 
shell  for  our  more  westerly  tribes  seems  to  have  been  brought  up  the  Mississippi 
valley  from  the  gulf  coast.  In  some  places  considerable  numbers  of  mussel  shells 
are  found  with  other  remains  in  heaps  corresponding  to  the  European  "  Kitchen- 
middens." 

A  common  use  for  these  shells  was  that  of  scrapers  in  different  kinds  of  handi- 
craft. The  worn  edge  in  figure  119  indicates  its  employment  by  a  left-handed 
person.  From  the  Clearville  village  site,  Kent  county. 

50 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG.  120.     (Half  Size). 

Fig.  120  is  also  from  the  Clearville  village  site  and  shows  how  the  wearing  of 
the  edge  would  be  produced  by  a  person  using  the  right  hand. 


FIG.  121.     (Full  Size). 

From  the  above  figure  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  user  employed  both  hands 
alternately.  This  excellent  specimen  is  from  Fairchild's  Creek,  and  was  pre- 
sented to  us  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brantford. 


FIG.  122.     (Half  Size). 


Fig.  122  is  from  the  same  locality,  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters, 
of  Brantford.  The  whole  of  the  outer  coating  is  worn  off — indeed  the  body  of 
the  shell  itself  has  been  rubbed  down  until  a  hole  has  been  produced.  Messrs. 
Waters  and  Heath  are  of  opinion  that  specimens  of  this  sort  have  been  used  for 
smoothing  the  inside  of  clay  vessels,  when  in  process  of  being  manufactured,  and 
that  this,  or  some  similar  use,  accounts  for  the  condition  of  such  specimens.  They 
are  probably  correct  in  this  supposition. 

51 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A.  1891 


FIG.  123.     (Half  Size). 

In  Ohio  many  strong  unio  shells  are  found  punched  as  shown  above.  The 
belief  is  that  the  purpose  was  to  afford  a  means  of  lashing  a  handle  to  the  upper 
or  hinge  edge,  by  passing  a  cord  or  thong  through  the  hole  and  diagonally  over 
and  around  the  haft.  What  the  use  of  such  a  tool  could  be  we  are  left  to  imagine. 


FIG.  124.     (Full  Size).  FIG.  125.     (Full  Size). 

Figs.  124  and  125  represent  the  obverse  and  reverse  of  an  unfinished  piece 
of  wampum,  which  was  found  in  an  ossuary  in  Beverly  township.  The  process 
employed  my  be  traced  in  this  specimen,  where  only  part  of  the  rounding  has 
been  done,  and  only  half  of  the  hole  has  been  bored.  Many  years  after  the 
settlement  of  America  by  Europeans,  the  Indians  clung  tenaciously  to  wam- 
pum, preferring  it  to  metallic  coin.  In  course  of  time,  wampum  was  produced 
in  large  quantities  by  the  whites  for  trading  purposes,  and  the  use  of  it  as  a 
currency  was  legalised.  About  the  beginning  of  the  present  century,  Canadian 
Indians  refused  any  other  "coin."  * 

*  From  the  Provincial  Statutes  of  Lower  Canada,  Georgii  III,  1792,  His  Excellency  the 
Right  Honorable  Guy  Lord  Dorchester,  Governor,  being  the  First  Session  of  the  First  Pro- 
vincial Parliament  of  Lower  Canada. 

"  An  Act  to  permit  the  importation  of  wampum,  from  the  neighboring  States  by  the  inland 
communication  of  Lake  Champlain,  and  the  River  Richelieu  or  Sorel. 

"  Whereas  the  article  of  Wampum  in  the  form  of  Beeds,  moons  or  shells  and  hair  pipes,  is 
indispensably  necessary  in  the  Indian  Trade  carried  on  from  this  Province  to  the  Western 
Country  ;  and  Whereas  the  said  Articles  of  Wampum  in  the  form  of  Beads,  Moons  or  Shells  not 
being  the  product  or  manufactory  of  any  part  of  the  British  Dominions,  can  only  be  had  from 
the  neighboring  States,  of  which  it  is  the  product,  Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  King's  most 
Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  Advice  and  Consent  of  the  Legiolative  Council  and  the  As- 
sembly of  Lower  Canada,  constituted  and  assembled  by  virtue  of  and  under  the  authority  of  an 
Act  passed  in  the  Parliament  of  Great  Britain,  intituled  "An  Act  to  repeal  certain  parts  of  an 
Act  passed  in  the  fourteenth  year  of  His  Majesty's  Reign,"  intituled  "An  Act  making  more 
effectual  Provision  for.  the  Government  of  the  Province  of  Quebec,  in  North  America,  and  to 
make  further  provision  for  the  Government  of  the  said  Province."  That  from  and  after  the  pub- 
lication of  this  Act,  it  ahall  be  lawful  to  His  Majesty's  subjects  to  import  from  the  Neighboring 
States,  by  the  Inland  communication  of  Lake  Champlain  and  the  River  Richelieu  or  Sorel, 
the  article  of  Wampum,  in  the  form  of  Beeds,  Moons  or  bhells,  Hair  pipes  of  such  nature 
and  kind  as  are  used  in  the  Indian  Trade  to  the  Western  Country." 

52 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A. 


FIG.  126.     (Full  S'ze). 

The  collumella  of  large  shells  was  often  formed  into  beads  and  pendants 
Fi«    126  shows  one  of  many  specimens  found  in  an  ossuary  in  Beverly,  and 
which  is  perforated  at  each  end  for  suspensory  purposes.     Sometimes  this  part 
of  the  shell  was  also  made  in  to  a  variety  of  wampum. 


FIG.  127.     (Quarter  Size). 

The  specimen  of  which  the  above  is  a  diagram  was  found  with  several  other 
shell  articles  in  a  grave  on  the  east  side  of  Blackfriars  Bridge,  London,  Ont.,  by 
a  Mr.  John  McDowell,  in  the  year  1849.  The  other  objects  were,  as  in  this  case, 
made  from  the  material  of  a  sub-tropical  shell  of  large  size.  It  is  not  probable 
that  figure  124  served  any  other  purpose  than  that  of  a  gorget,  and  as  such, 
or,  indeed,  in  any  capacity,  it  must  have  possessed  great  value  on  account  of  the 
distance  from  which  the  material  was  brought,  and  its  corresponding  scarcity  in 
this  part  of  the  continent.  No  ^engraved  shell  objects  are,  so  far  as  known  to 
me,  found  in  Ontario. 


FIG.  128.     (One-third  Size). 

Among  the  specimens  procured  from  Mr.  J.  Y.  Connell,  of  Nevis, West  Indies, 
are  two  small  gouge-like  implements,  made  from  a  heavy  uni- valve.  Fig.  128 
represents  one  of  these  tools.  At  the  curve  it  is  fully  an  inch  in  thickness.  The 
hollowed  form  is  probably  the  result  of  necessity  arising  from  the  nature  of  the 
material,  rather  than  of  intention  ur  desire  on  the  part  of  the  maker  to  produce 
it.  Still,  it  may  have  served  a  purpose  similar  to  that  for  which  stone  gouges- 
were  made  by  the  natives  in  this  part  of  America. 

53 


<     Victoria, 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


BONE. 


FIG.  129.     (Seven-eighth  Size). 


FIG.  130.     (Seven-eighth  Size). 

Both  of  these  specimens  form  part  of  the  W.  G.  Long  collection,  which  is 
unusually  rich  in  bone  implements,  a  branch  of  industry  apparently  in  great 
favour  among  the  people  who  occupied  the  area  now  included  in  the  townships 
of  York,  Vaughan,  Markham  and  Whitchurch.  Most  of  the  objects  of  this 
sort  in  the  Long  collection  are  of  the  common  kind,  varying  from  one  and  a-half 
to  seven  inches  in  length.  Any  kind  of  ornamentation  on  such  objects  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  but  figures  129  and  130  are  notable  exceptions.  They  were  probably 
used  as  fastening  pins  for  clothing,  rather  than  as  awls  or  needles.  Fig.  130  is 
worn  very  smooth  on  one  side,  and  is  notched  for  suspension  or  attachment  at 
the  head.  Fig.  129  seems  to  be  specially  well  adapted  to  pinning  purposes. 


FIG.  131.     (Quarter  Size). 

The  similarity  of  this  bone  tool  to  those  still  employed  in  the  North-West 
in  the  dressing  of  skins,  is  strong,  even  to  the  toothed  edge.  No  smoothing  by 
friction  has  been  done  on  this  specimen,  and  the  tool  marks  are  quite  plain. — 
Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  132.     (Full  Size,  5f  in.) 


The  purpose  of  Figure  132  may  not  be  easily  divined.  It  is  made  from  the 
leg-bone  of  a  deer,  probably.  The  surface  is  highly  polished,  and  the  rings — five 
in  the  middle  and  four  at  each  end — are  rudely  cut. 

The  supposition  that  it  may  have  been  used  as  the  handle  or  hand-piece  to  a 
string  for  carrying  weights,  receives  some  force  from  the  fact  that  the  inner  edge  of 
one  end  is  worn  round  and  smooth,  just  as  it  would  be  if  employed  in  this  way. 

54 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A.  Io91 


It  is  quite  as  likely,  however,  that  it  was  simply  worn  on  a  string  passing  round 
the  neck.  The  inside  of  the  other  end  is  too  much  weathered  to  offer  much 
evidence,  but  even  there  are  indications  of  similar  wear.  Fig.  132  is  part  of  Mr. 
W.  G.  Long's  find  in  the  county  of  York. 


FIG.  133.     (One-third  Size). 


One  of  three  similar  specimens  found  on  the  Baptiste  Farm,  Tuscarora,  is 
figured  here.  They  are  simply  the  "  wish-bones  "  of  large  fowls,  having  a  small 
hole  drilled  through  the  broadest  and  thinnest  portion  of  one  side,  but  that  side 
opposite  to  the  one  shown  in  the  engraving.  An  Indian  woman,  who  was  stand- 
ing by  when  these  were  dug  up,  immediately  stated  that  she  had  heard  some  old 
people  speak  of  lines  being  twisted  from  bass  wood  bark  by  means  of,  or  with  the 
assistance  of  such  things,  but  she  was  unable  to  explain  how  they  were  used. 


OJIBWAY  GAME. 


FIG.   134. 


In  Figure  134  is  represented  an  old  Ojibway  game  played  for  gambling  pur- 
poses, as,  indeed,  most  Indian  games  were.     It  consists  of  seven  conical  bones 


55 


v  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


strung  on  a  leather  thong  about  eight  inches  long,  which  has  fastened  to  it  at 
one  end  a  small  piece  of  fur,  and  at  the  other  a  hickory  pin  three  and  a-half 
inches  long.  The  game  was  played  by  catching  the  pin  near  the  head,  swinging 
the  bones  upwards,  and  trying  to  insert  the  point  of  the  pin  into  one  of  them 
before  they  descended.  Each  bone  is  said  to  have  possessed  a  value  of  its  own  * 
the  highest  value  being  placed  on  the  lowest  bone,  or  the  one  nearest  to  the  hand 
in  playing.  This  bone  has  also  three  holes  near  the  wide  end,  and  to  insert  the 
pin  into  any  of  these  entitled  the  player  to  an  extra  number  of  points.  Above- 
each  hole  is  a  series  of  notches  numbering  respectively  four,  six  and  nine,  which 
were,  presumably,  the  values  attached. 

This  game  is  mentioned  by  the  Rev.  Peter  Jones  (Kah-ke-wa-quo-na-by) 
in  his  book  on  the  Ojibway  Indians,  but  no  name  is  given  to  it.*  Dr.  P.  E.  Jones,, 
his  son,  has  the  only  other  specimen  I  have  ever  seen.  The  one  in  our  possession 
was  presented  by  Mr.  J.  Wood,  an  intelligent  and  influential  member  of  the 
Mississauga  band,  near  Hagersville. 


HORN. 


FIG.  135.     (Quarter  Size). 

Deer-horn  was  either  not  much  used  in  the  making  of  implements,  or  its 
liability  to  speedy  decay  is  accountable  for  the  few  specimens  of  this  material 
found  on  the  surface  or  in  graves.  The  relic  shown  in  figure  135  was  probably 
used  in  skinning.  The  cutting  edge  is  damaged,  and  the  whole  specimen  is  con- 
siderably weathered.  The  hole  shows  us  that  it  was  carried  on  the  person, — 
Geo.  E.  Laidlaw  collection. 


FIG.  136.     (One-third  Size). 


ernment 
may 


*  Since  this  was  written,  I  have  been  informed  by  Kah-ke-wa-quo-na-by,  junior,  the  respected  gpv- 
nent  chief  of  the  New  Credit  Mississaugas,  that  the  game  was  called  "  Pe-peng^-gun-e-gun, "  which 
be  interpreted  to  mean,  he  says,  "  Stabbing  a  hollow  bone." 


56 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


This  is  one  of  several  specimens  presented  by  Mr.  James  S.  Heath,  of  Brant- 
ford.  It  is  the  greater  part  of  a  small  deer-horn,  from  which  the  upper  prongs 
have  been  half  cut  and  half  broken.  A  hole,  as  seen  in  the  diagram,  has  been 
made  at  the  base  of  the  lowest  prong.  Messrs.  Heath  and  Waters,  who  are  both 
ardent  arch  geological  students,  call  specimens  of  this  kind  "  arrow-straighteners." 
With  first-class  mechanical  eyes  they  detected  the  peculiar  obliquity  and  wear  of 
the  hole,  and  concluded  that  the  purpose  of  the  tool  was  to  act  as  a  "  pinch  "  in 
taking  any  bend  out  of  arrow-shafts,  either  when  newly  made,  or  as  the  result  of 
seasoning.  I  have  recently  seen  an  account  of  some  Pacific  slope  Indians  who 
make  use  of  a  wooden  tool  on  the  very  same  principle,  thus  confirming  the  view 
taken  by  Messrs.  Heath  and  Waters. 


UNFINISHED  RELICS. 


FIG.  137.     (Quarter  Size). 

In  the  specimen  figured  here,  we  have  a  capital  illustration  of  one  of  the  first 
steps  taken  to  reduce  rough  material  to  a  desired  form.  The  natural  shape  of  the 
stone  has  suggested  a  use,  but  one  edge  has  not  corresponded  with  the  other, 
having  been  somewhat  rounder.  To  reduce  it  to  symmetery  the  pecking  process 
has  been  carried  on  until  a  closer  similarity  is  the  result,  but  here  the  process  ends. 
Every  other  portion  of  the  stone  is  in  its  original  condition.  This  plain  but 
instructive  relic  we  owe  to  Dr.  Craig,  of  Lawrenceburg,  Indiana.  As  a  Canadian, 
and  an  archaeologist,  Dr.  Craig  takes  a  deep  interest  in  the  Provincial 
Archaeological  Museum. 


FIG.  138.     (Quarter  Size). 

Unfinished  objects  frequently  possess  interesting  features.  In  figure  138  from 
the  Baby*  farm  the  pecking  process  used  to  reduce  the  material  to  rough  form  is 

57 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 

. * ; _ 

well  illustrated.  By  some  accident  the  block  has  been  rendered  useless,  and 
while  we  may  for  this  reason  regret  the  loss  of  a  good  slate  pipe,  we  are  indebted 
to  it  for  an  instructive  example  of  the  laborious  methods  that  had  to  be  employed 
by  the  ancient  workmen. 


FIG.  139.     (Quarter  Size). 


Though  also  blocked  out  for  a  pipe,  the  above  is  totally  unlike  figure  138  in 
material  and  treatment,  This  specimen!  is  of  a  coarse  crystalline  limestone  with 
a  considerable  admixture  of  fine  particles  of  mica.  No  untoward  event  to  the 
block  has  hindered  the  completion  of  the  pipe,  but  something  of  the  sort  may 
have  happened  to  the  maker  himself.  The  bowl  is  bored  an  inch  and  a  quarter 
deep,  and  a  start  has  been  made  in  boring  the  stem.  The  hole  in  the  bowl  is 
barely  three-eighth  in.  in  diameter,  and  the  intention  must  have  been  to  "rim  "  it 
out  at  to  least  an  inch,  as  the  material  is  here  an  inch-and-a-half  thick.  Fig.  139 
was  found  in  ths  township  of  Tuscarora,  and  presented  to  the  museum  by  Mr.  J. 
H.  Grouse,  of  Brantford.  Other  excellent  articles  from  Mr.  Grouse  will  be  referred 
to  in  our  next  report. 


FIG.  140.     (Quarter  Size). 

Here  we  have  again  illustrated  some  methods  of  working.  The  stone  has 
first  been  rubbed  down  on  its  two  opposite  sides  until  it  is  about  an  .inch  and  a 
quarter  thick.  On  both  of  these  the  outline  of  the  pipe  has  been  "  scribed " 
and  deeply  grooved  with  flint-flakes.  A  deep  rut  has  also  been  cut  length- 
wise on  the  underside  of  what  was  intended  for  the  stem  to  prevent  chipping 
from  extending  too  far,  as  well  as  to  present  an  angle  for  starting  chips  outwards. 
This  part  of  the  work  has  been  completed,  and  the  base  of  the  grove  remains  to 
show  how  the  work  was  done.  On  the  upper  side  of  the  stem,  as  maybe 
seen  from  the  engraving,  cross  notches  have  been  sawn  deeply  to  permit'of  super- 
fluous material  being  knocked  off.  A  break  in  the  block  has  prevented  the  work 
from  being  completed.  From  the  Longheed  farm,  Nottawasaga. 

^Pronounced  Baw-by. 

58 


64  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


FIG.   141.     (Half  Size). 

It  is  not  easy  to  say  what  the  specimen  here  represented  was  meant  for. 
The  material  is  limestone  and  the  surface  looks  as  if  it  had  been  scraped  with 
some  fairty  sharp  instrument.  A  hole  has  been  bored  lengthwise  close  to  the 
outside,  and  the  thin  portion  has  been  broken  through  purposely.  The  diameter 
of  the  larger  end  is  fully  an  inch.  It  was  procured  from  Mr.  "David  Mellville 
Nottawasaga. 


FIG.  142.     (Half  Size). 

In  figure  142  we  have  an  engraving  of  an  unfinished  tablet  or  gorget.  It  is 
made  of  favorite  material  for  this  class  of  articles — slate.  The  side  opposite  to 
the  one  shown  is  comparatively  smooth  and  well  finished.  Perhaps  the  appear- 
ance of  the  flaws  shown  in  the  cut  put  a  stop  to  the  boring,  although  the  speci- 
men shows  that  some  work  has  been  performed  after  the  pieces  broke  off.  One 
hole  is  bored  almost  through,  and  a  second  has  just  been  begun.  This  specimen 
was  procured  from  Mr.  Jos.  W.  Stewart,  but  its  locality  is  uncertain. 


COPPER. 


FIG.  143.     (About  one  ninth  Size). 

The  specimen  figured  above  is  truly  a  "  long-knife."  Its  shape  is  suggestive 
of  European  influence  in  almost  every  line,  but  the  workmanship  is  undoubtedly 
Indian.  It  measures  exactly  fourteen  inches  in  length,  but  a  small  piece  perhaps 
not  more  than  half-an-inch  has  been  broken  off  the  tine,  or  the  handle,  for  it 
mayjiever  have  had  any  other haft,the  edges  being  rounded  as  if  for  use  in  its  pres- 
ent condition.  This  valuable  article  was  found  on  St.  Joseph's  Island  by  Mr. 
Alex.  G.  Duncan,  and  was  generously  presented  to  the  Provincial  museum  by 
Mr.  W.  D.  Kehoe,  editor  of  the  "  Express,"  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 

59 


54  Victoria 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  *21) 


A.  1891 


FIG.  144.     (Full  Size). 


FIG.  145.     (Quarter  Size). 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


The  copper  knife  here  figured  (Fig.  144)  was  found  on  Grassy  Point,  Baptiste 
Lake,  in  North  Hastings  county  and  was  presented  to  us  by  Mr.  A.  Robertson,  of 
Madoc.  Both  edges  have  been  sharpened,  and  in  the  form  of  the  handle  we  see 
one  of  the  steps  towards  insertion  by  means  of  a  tine  in  a  haft  of  wood  or  horn. 
The  handle  is  simply  beaten  down  to  thicken  the  edges  of  it,  which  are  also 
well  rounded,  for  ease  in  holding,  and  near  this  extremity  a  small  hole  is  bored 
by  means  of  which  it  may  be  slung  from  the  belt.  Its  original  owners  were  pro- 
bably Algonquins. 

In  figure  145  we  have  a  cut  of  one  of  the  most  peculiar  copper  implements 
ever  found  in  Ontario,  or,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  in  America.  It  was  discovered 
in  an  ossuary  now  within  the  limits  of  Midland  city  driving-park,  a  locality 
occupied  by  the  ELurons  of  old,  and  now  the  site  of  one  of  the  most  flourishing 
young  towns  in  the  Dominion. 

This  unique  specimen  was  presented  to  us  by  the  directors  of  the  park, 
through  their  secretary  Mr.  H.  F.  Switzer,town  clerk.  It  is  a  little  over  thirteen 
inches  in  length  and  is  nearly  three  inches  across  at  the  widest  part.  It  is  remark- 
fable  not  for  its  size  alone,  but  for  its  curve  and  its  undulating  or  round-toothed 
edge.  No  part  of  the  blade  is  more  than  one-eighth  inch  thick,  and  the  tine  is 
only  about  three-sixteenths.  The  teeth  are  fifteen  in  number,*  and  the  con- 
Condition  of  the  specimen  is  so  good  as  to  show  clearly  how  the  making  of  them 
has  been  done.  One  side  is  quite  smooth,  each  tooth  being  in  line  with  the  body 
"of  the  blade,  while  on  the  side  shown  in  the  engraving  there  is  a  distinct  hollow 
'corresponding  to  each  projection.  From  these  depressions  it  is  perfectly  evident 
fthe  edge  was  at  first  uniform  in  thickness  and  in  curve,  and  that  the  projections 
^were  formed  by  repeated  blows  with  a  hammer  of  some  sort  having  a  small  round 
"  pin  ;"  or  another  tool  has  been  used  as  a  punch  which,  when  struck  sharply 
•,  would  "  draw  out "  the  edge  as  we  see  it.  In  any  event  the  tool  is  a  most  remark- 
able proof  of  aboriginal  mechanical  skill.  To  produce  from  a  rough  piece  of 
^copper,  by  hammering,  this  long,  broad  and  uniformly  thick  blade  would  test  the 
skill  of  a  white  workman  with  a  kit  of  tools  at  his  command.  But  the  desire  to 
produce  an  improved  cutting  edge  as  in  this  case,  makes  it  appear  that  the  work- 
man has  merely  attempted  to  imitate  the  natural  or  inevitable  serrations  conse- 
,quent  on  flaking  stones,  especially  those  of  a  silicious  nature,  which  were  often 
,'tised  as  files  and  saws.  The  cuttirig-bar  of  a  mowing  machine  is  constructed  on 
the  same  principle,  and  hay-knives  and  large  bread-knives  are  sometimes  made 
with  an  undulating  edge  like  that  of  figure  145.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  all  our 
cutting  tools  have  been  evolved  from  the  flaked  flint  of  primeval  man. 

When  this  blade  was  deposited  with  the  bones  of  the  deceased  "  brave  "  it  was 
carefully  wrapped  in  beaver-skin,  a  portion  of  which  is  still  adherent  to  one  side. 
As  no  European  traces  were  discovered  about  the  burial  place,  it  is  safe  to  say 
that  this  implement  is  at  least  260  years  old,  and  may  be  much  more. 

The  example  set  by  the  people  of  Midland  City  in  placing  this  and  other 
valuable  relics  in  the  Provincial  Museum,  may  be  followed  with  advantage  by 
others  whose  good  fortune  may  lead  them  to  make  a  "  find." 


FIG.  146.     (Quarter  Size). 
61 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A.  1891 


Along  with  the  carved  knife  already  described  from  Midland  City,  there 
was  found  a  very  gracefully  formed  copper  axe,  and,  like  the  knife,  having  the 
original  beaver  skin  in  which  it  was  rolled  up  when  deposited,  still  attached  to 
one  side.  While  eight  and  three-fourth  inches  long,  it  is  only  one  and  a  half 
inches  wide  at  the  lip,  and  barely  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick.  It  is  perfectly 
symmetrical  in  every  line,  and  has  been  smoothly  finished. 


FIG.  147.     (Quarter  Size). 

This  axe  also  retains  its  old  beaver-skin  wrapping.  *It  is  much  heavier  in 
proportion  to  its.  length  and  breadth  than  figure  146,  being  nearly  half  an  inch  thick 
in  the  middle.  The  lip  is  very  blunt  and  looks  as  if  it  had  been  used  considerably. 
The  specimen  in  question  was  found  at  Point  Mamainse,  Lake  Superior. 


FIG,  148.     (Full  Size). 

We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Alex.  Robertson  of  Madcc  for  the  copper  implement 
or  weapon  figured  at  148.  He  found  it  in  a  small  mounded  grave  on  the  shore  of 
Hog  Lake,  or  Lake  Moira,  near  Madoc.  Its  size  and  shape  leave  hardly  any  doubt 
that  it  was  made  for  insertion  in  a  club-head.  The  small  end  is  rough,  the  edges 
are  square  and  grooved  (the  latter,  perhaps,  as  the  result  of  hammering)  and  the 
wide  end  has  a  good  cutting  edge.  Its  greatest  thickness  is  barely  a  quarter  of 
an  inch. 


FIG.  149.     (Three-quarter  Size). 

Fig.  149  appears  to  have  been  the  tip  of  a  shaft.     Two-thirds  of  it  are 

62 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21) 


A:  18&1 


socket,  a  part  of  which  is  broken  off.     It  was  found  in  the  township  of  Vaughan 
by  Mr.  Smelser,  and  presented  by  Dr.  R  Orr,  Toronto. 


FIG.  150.     (Full  Size). 

Fig.  150  consists  of  a  small  coil  of  copper  wire  beaten  flat.  It  is  of  doubtful 
origin  from  the  pure  Indian  or  native  copper  point  of  view.  It  seems  to  be  too 
uniform  in  size  for  aboriginal  make,  and  the  fact  that  it  was  found  on  the  Baby 
farm  suggests  European  origin. 


FIG.  151.     (Full  Size). 


This,  too  is  of  doubtful  origin.  It  is  from  the  Lotteridge  farm,  near 
Hamilton.  The  workmanship,  like  that  of  figure  150,  is  probably  Indian  but 
the  material  is,  perhaps,  European.  The  projection  for  the  hole,  too,  has  a 
suspiciously  European  look. 


63 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21). 


A. 


POST  EUROPEAN  RELICS 


FIG.  152.     (Full  Size). 

Relics  of  this  kind  are,  as  a  rule,  easily  distinguished.  There  can  be  no 
doubt  regarding  the  origin  of  Fig.  152,  which,  with  two  others,  was  found  on 
Beausoleil  Island  in  the  Georgian  Bay  by  Messrs.  ,  from  whom 

they  were  procured  for  the  Provincial  Museum  by  the  Rey.  Th.  Laboureau  of 
Penetanguishene.  Double-barred  crosses  of  this  kind  are  now,  it  seems,  unknown 
in  connection  with  Catholic  worship,  and  it  is  somewhat  singular  that  since  we 
received  these  relics  of  the  old  Hurons,  another  one  almost  identical  in  size  and 
pattern  should  have  found  its  way  to  our  collection  from  the  North-West,  where 
it  was  picked  up  during  the  late  rebellion. 

Nahneetis,  the  Guardian  of  Health,  is  figured  in  Jones'  "  Ojebway  Indians," 
p.  9o,  with  a  triple  barred  cross,  and  the  whole  front  of  the  dress  covering  the 
effigy  is  ornamented  with  brooches  similar  to  those  illustrated  at  Figs.  155,  156, 
157  and  162  in  this  report. 

Regarding  the  peculiar  form  of  cross  from  Beausoleil  Island,  Dean  Harris  of 
St.  Catharines,  writes  :  "  This  small,  dual  cross  is  permitted  to  be  worn  only  by 
patriarchs  of  the  Latin  Church.  It  is  also  sometimes  carried  as  a  processional 
cross,  and  as  Richelieu  was  bishop  and  cardinal,  it  is  possible  that  he  used  such 
a  cross  either  as  pectoral  or  processional.  In  all  probability  these  ornaments 
were  sent  out  to  Canada  during  his  regime,  and  receiving  the  blessing  of  the 
priest  among  the  Hurons,  would  have  served  the  double  purpose  of  being  orna- 
mental and  of  being  used  in  devotion." 

64 


54:  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No. 2 1). 


A.  1891 


It  should  be  noted  that  on  two  of  the  crosses  there  are  engraved  respectively 
the  letters  "  C.  A."  and  "  R.  C."  Taking  a  clue  from  Dean  Harris's  reference  to 
Richelieu,  these  letters  may  mean  Cardinal  Archbishop,  and  Richelieu  Cardinal, 
but  as  the  dean  says,  "  We  can  easily  conjecture  many  things  in  association  with 
these  letters,  but  they  would  be  only  conjectures." 


FIG.  153. 

In  the  report  of  United  States  Bureau  of  Ethnology  for  1880-1,  p.  178,  is 
figured  a  Navajo  Indian  with  silver  ornaments,  regarding  which  Mr.  W. 
Matthews  writes:  "  The  cross  is  much  worn  by  the  Navajos,  among  whom,  I 
understand,  it  is  not  intended  to  represent  the  '  cross  of  Christ/  but  is  a  symbol 
of  the  morning  star.  The  lengthening  of  the  lower  limb,  however,  is  probably 
copied  from  the  usual  form  of  the  Christian  emblem."  We  are '  indebted  to 
Major  J.  W.  Powell,  director  of  the  Bureau,  for  permission  to  copy  this  cut 
(Fig.  153.) 


5  (c.  I.) 


65 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21), 


A.  1891 


FIG.  154. 


FIG.  156. 


FIG.  155. 


Fig.  154  represents  one  of  several  "bangles"  found  with  the  crosses  or> 
Beausoleil  Island.  They  appear  to  be  made  of  silver,  or  else  of  some  other  soft 
white  metal.  Figs.  155  and  156  are  of  thin  silver,  and  were,  no  doubt,  simply 
used  as  brooches. 


FIG.  157. 

Fig.  157  was  found  near  Mindemoya  (Old  Woman)  Lake,  Manitoulin  Island,, 
by  the  late  Mr.  John  McPherson  of  this  city,  ana  Yy  him  presented  to  the- 
museum.  It  is  extremely  thin.  A  slender  pin  is  still  connected  with  it. 


FIG.  158.     (Full  Size). 

From  Mr.  John  McPherson  we  also  received  the  odd  combination  here- 
figured.  It  consists  of  a  cylindrical  copper  bead  and  a  flat,  triangular  one,  both 
made  from  European  sheet  metal.  Between  these  are  strung  four  small  glass  beadsr 
two  white  and  two  blue,  in  an  alternate  arrangement.  These  were  found  on. 
Manitoulin  Island. 


FIG.  159.     (Full  Size). 


FIG.  160.     (Full  Size). 


66 


54  Victoria. 


Sessional  Papers  (No.  21;. 


A. 1891 


Finger-rings  of  any  kind  are  seldom  discovered.  I  know  of  but  one  appar- 
ently genuine  and  highly  finished  stone  ring.  Those  figured  above  are  brass. 
Fig.  159  has  engraved  upon  the  seal  a  capital  L  enclosing  a  heart ;  and  on  figure 
160  is  cut  the  monagram  I.  H.  S.  The  latter  was  found  on  what  was  thought 
to  be  the  site  of  the  ancient  Ossossane  in  the  Huron  country,  and  was  presented- 
by  Rev.  Th.  Laboureau.  The  formerwas  found  on  the  Baby  Farm. 


FIG.  161.     (Quarter  Size). 

The  production  of  a  pewter  pipe  like  the  above  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  Euro- 
pean influence.  The  animal  is  probably  meant  to  represent  a  bear.  This  pipe 
was  found  near  the  village  of  Scotland  in  Brant  county.  The  only  other  pewter 
pipe  in  our  collection  came  from  the  Bay  of  Quinte,  where  it  was  found  some 
ieet  deep  in  the  water,  and  was  given  to  us  by  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman  of  Perth. 


FIG.   162.     (Full  Size). 

It  has  often  proved  puzzling  to  account  for  the  presence  of  numerous,  little 
broach-pins  (like  those  here  figured) in  ossuaries.  The  specimen  of  cloth  represented 

67 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


.-shows  us  the  use  that  was,  at  least  in  some  cases,  made  of  them.  Apparently  the 
whole  skirt  or 'body,  or  perhaps  the  whole  of  a  garment  was  adorned  in  this  way. 
Although  all  are  now  coated  more  or  less  with  verdigris,  the  metal  is  white. 
The  verdigris  may,  in  part,  be  owing  to  the  presence  of  a  small  copper  vessel 
that  was  found  beside  them  in  the  grave. 

The  fabric  to  which  they  are  fastened  is  a  course  linen  and  of  brown  color. 
It  was  found  along  with  the  crosses  already  mentioned,  on  Beausoleil  Island,  and 
was  procured  for  the  museum  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Laboureau  of  Penetanguishene. 


EXTRACTS. 

\ 

In  a  few  of  the  following  pages  I  have  transcribed  from  rare  sources  some 
bits  of  information  relative  to  the  Indians.  The  statements  made  tend  in  many 
cases  to  throw  light  on  portions  of  history  and  archocology  that  require  all  they 
can  get. 

The  first  quotation  is  from  the  pen  of  John  Mecklenburg,  a  Dutch  Lutheran 
minister.  According  to  the  custom  of  his  day  the  Rev.  Mr.  Mecklenburg  writes 
his  name  in  classic  form,  and  thus  figures  as  John,  or  Johannes  Megapolensis. 
His  account  of  the  Indians  as  he  knew  them,  in  what  is  now  the  State  of  New 
York,  is,  perhaps,  the  quaintest,  briefest  and  best  ever  written,  and  reveals  to  us 
the  Mohawk  or  Iroquois  as  in  some  respects  not  quite  so  bad  a  savage  as  he  has 
been  painted. 


"  A  SHORT  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  MAQUAS  INDIANS  IN  NEW  NETHER- 
LAND  ;  THEIR  COUNTRY,  STATURE,  DRESS,  CUSTOMS  AND 
MAGISTRATES,  WRITTEN  IN  THE  YEAR  1644." 

BY  JOHN  MEGAPOLENSIS,  JUN.,  MINISTER  THERE. 

(From  the  Dutch.} 

.  .  .  .  "  The  Inhabitants  of  this  Country  are  of  two  Kinds,  1st,  Christians 
so-called ;  2nd,  Indians  ;  of  the  Christians  I  shall  say  nothing  ;  my  Design  is  to 
speak  of  the  Indians  only.  These  among  us  are  of  two  Kinds,  1st,  the  Mahakin- 
haas,  or,  as  they  call  themselves,  Kajingahaga ;  2nd,  the  Mahakans,  otherwise 
called  Agatzagena.  These  two  Nations  have  different  Languages,  each  having  an 
affinity  to  the  other,  as  the  Dutch  and  Latin.  These  People  have  formerly 
carried  on  War  against  each  other,  but  since  the  Mahakanders  were  subdued  by 
the  Mahakohaas  a  Peace  has  subsisted  between  them,  and  the  conquered  are 
obliged  to  bring  a  yearly  Contribution  to  the  others^  We  live  among  both  these 
Kinds  of  Indians,  and  they  coming  to  us  from  their  Country  or  we  going  to  them, 
do  us  every  Act  of  Friendship.  The  principal  Nation  of  all  the  Savages  and 
Indians  hereabouts  with  which  we  are  connected,  are  the  Mahakuaas*  who  have 

*  Mohawks. 

68 


54  Victoria  Sessional  Papers  (No   -Jl).  A.  1891 


laid  all  the  other  Indians  near  us  under  Contribution.  This  Nation  has  a  very 
heavy  Language,  and  I  find  great  Difficulty  in  learning  it  so  as  to  speak  and  preach 
to  them  fluently:  there  are  no  Christians  who  understand  the  Language 
thoroughly  ;  those  who  have  lived  here  long  can  hold  a  Kind  of  Conversation,  just 
sufficient  to  carry  on  Trade,  but  they  do  not  understand  the  Idiom  of  the 
Language.  I  am  making  a  vocabulary  of  the  Mahakuaa  Language,  and  when  I 
am  among  them  I  ask  them  how  Things  are  called ;  then,  as  they  are  very  dumb, 
I  cannot  sometimes  get  an  Explanation  of  what  I  want.  Besides  what  I  have 
just  mentioned,  one  will  tell  me  a  word  in  the  Infinitive,  another  in  the  Indicative 
Mood  ;  one  in  the  first,  another  in  the  second  Person  ;  one  in  the  Present,  another 
in  the  Prceterperfect  Tense.  So  I  stand  sometimes  and  look,  but  do  not  know 
how  to  put  it  down :  and  as  they  have  their  Declensions  and  Conjugations,  so 
they  have  their  Increases  like  the  Greeks,  and  I  am  sometimes  as  if  I  was  dis- 
tracted and  cannot  tell  what  to  do,  and  there  is  no  Person  to  set  me  right ;  I 
must  do  all  myself  in  Order  to  become  an  Indian  Grammarian.  When  I  first 
observed  that  they  pronounced  their  Words  so  differently,  I  asked  the  Commissary 
of  the  Company  what  it  meaned,  and  he  told  me  he  did  not  know,  but  imagined 
they  changed  their  Language  every  two  or  three  Years  ;  I  told  him  it  could  never 
be  that  a  whole  Nation  should  so  generally  change  their  Language : — and  though  he 
has  been  connected  with  them  these  twenty  years  he  can  afford  me  no  Assistance. 

"The  Indians  in  this  Country  are  of  much  the  same  Stature  as  Dutchmen ; 
some  of  them  have  very  good  Features,  and  their  Bodies  and  Limbs  are  well  pro- 
portioned ;  they  all  have  black  Eyes,  but  their  Skin  is  tawny  ;  in  Summer  they 
go  naked — (almost)  ;  the  Children  and  young  Folks  to  10,  12  and  14  Years  of  Age 
go  mother-naked  ;  in  Winter  they  hang  loosely  about  them  a  Deer's,  or  Bear's  or 
Panther's  Skin,  or  they  take  some  Beaver  and  Otter  Skins,  or  Wild-Cat,  Raccoon's, 
Martin's,  Mink's,  Squirrel,  or  several  Kirds  of  Skins,  which  are  plenty  in  this 
Country  and  sew  some  of  them  upon  others,  until  it  is  a  square  Piece,  and  that  is 
then  a  Garment  for  them,  or  they  buy  of  us  Dutchmen  two  and  a  half  Ells  of 
Duffils,  and  that  they  hang  loosely  on  them,  just  as  it  was  torn  off,  without  any 
sewing,  and  as  they  go  away  they  look  very  much  at  themselves,  and  think  they 
are  very  fine.  They  make  themselves  Stockings  and  Shoes  of  Deer  Skin,  or  they 
take  the  Leaves  of  their  Corn,  and  plat  them  together  and  use  them  for  Shoes.  The 
Women  as  well  as  the  Men  go  naked  about  the  head  ;  the  Women  let  their  Hair 
grow  very  long  and  tie  it,  and  let  it  hang  down  their  Backs ;  some  of  the  Men- 
wear  their  Hair  on  one  Side  of  the  Head,  and  some  on  both  Sides,  and  a 
long  Lock  of  Hair  hanging  down :  on  the  top  of  their  Heads  they  have  a 
Streak  of  Hair  from  the  Forehead  to  the  Neck  about  the  Breadth  of  three 
Fingers,  and  this  they  shorten  till  it  is  about  two  or  three  Fingers  long, 
and  it  stands  right  on  End  like  Hog's  Bristles ;  on  both  Sides  of  this 
Streak  they  cut  the  Hair  short  off,  except  the  aforesaid  Locks,  and  they  also  leave 
on  the  bare  Places  here  and  there  small  Locks,  such  as  are  in  Sweeping-Brushes, 
and  they  are  very  fine.  They  likewise  paint  their  Faces  red,  blue,  &c.,  and  then 
they  look  like  the  Devil  himself.  They  grease  their  Heads  with  Bear's-grease, 
which  they  always  carry  with  them  for  this  purpose  in  a  small  Basket ;  they  say 
they  do  it  to  make  their  Hair  grow,  and  prevent  their  having  Lice.  When  they 
travel  they  take  with  them  some  Maize,  a  Kettle,  a  Wooden  Bowl  and  a  Spoon  : 
these  they  pack  up  and  hang  on  their  Backs,  and  when  they  are  hungry  they 
make  a  fire  and  cook — they  can  get  Fire  by  rubbing  Pieces  of  Wood  very  briskly 
against  one  another.  They  live  in  Common  without  Marriage,  but  if  any  of  them- 
have  Wives  the  Marriage  continues  no  longer  than  they  think  proper,  and  then 
they  separate  and  each  takes  another  Partner.  *************** 

69 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


The  Women  are  obliged  to  prepare  the  Land,  to  mow,  to  plant,  and  do  every 
Thing  :  the  Men  do  nothing  except  hunting,  fishing,  and  going  to  War  against  their 
enemies  :  they  treat  their  Enemies  with  great  Cruelty  in  time  of  War,  for  they 
first  bit  offthe  Nails  of  the  Fingers  of  their  Captives,  and  cut  off  some  Joints,  and 
sometimes  the  whole  of  the  Fingers  ;  after  that  the  Captives  are  obliged  to  sing 
and  dance  before  them  stark  naked,  and  finally  they  roast  them  before  a  slow 
Fire  for  some  Days,  and  eat  them  :  the  common  People  eat  the  Arms,  Buttocks,  and 
Carcass,  but  the  Head-men  eat  the  Head  and  the  Heart.  Our  Mahakas  carry  on 
great  War  against  the  Indians  of  Canada  on  the  river  St.  Lawrence,  and  take 
many  Captives,  and  sometimes  there  are  French  Christians  among  them.  Last 
year  our  Indians  got  a  great  Booty  from  the  French  on  the  river  St.  Lawrence, 
and  took  three  Frenchmen,  one  of  whom  was  a  Jesuit*  ;  they  killed  one,  but  the 
Jesuit  (whose  left  thumb  was  cut  off,  and  all  the  Nails  and  Pieces  of  his  Fingers 
were  bitten)  we  released  him  and  sent  him  to  France  by  a  Yacht  which  was  going 
to  Holland,  They  spare  all  the  Children  from  ten  to  twelve  Years  old,  and  all 
the  Women  they  take  in  War,  unless  the  Women  are  very  old,  and  then  they  kill 
them.  Though  they  are  very  cruel  to  their  .Enemies  they  are  very  friendly  to 
us  :  we  are  under  no  Apprehension  from  them  ;  we  go  with  them  into  the  Woods; 
we  meet  with  one  another  sometimes  one  or  two  miles  from  any  Houses,  and  are 
no  more  uneasy  about  it  than  if  we  met  with  Christians  :  they  sleep  by  us  too  in 
our  Chambers  ;  I  have  had  eight  at  once  who  laid  and  slept  upon  the  Floor  near 
my  Bed,  for  it  is  their  Custom  to  sleep  only  on  the  bare  Ground,  and  to  have  only 
a  Stone  or  a  Bit  of  Wood  under  their  Heads,  they  go  to  Bed  very  soon  after  they 
have  supped,  but  rise  early  in  the  Morning :  they  get  up  before  Pay-Break.  They 
are  very  slovenly  and  dirty  ;  they  neither  wash  their  Face  nor  Hands,  but  let  all 
the  dirt  remain  upon  their  tawny  Skin,  and  look  as  dirty  as  Hogs.  Their  Bread 
is  Indian  Corn  beaten  to  Pieces  between  two  Stones,  of  which  they  make  a  Cake 
and  bake  it  in  the  Ashes  ;  they  eat  with  it  Venison,  Turkies,  Hares,  Bears,  Wild 
Cats,  their  own  Dogs,  &c.  The  Fish  they  cook  just  as  they  get  them  out  of  the 
Water,  without  cleaning,  and  the  Entrails  of  the  Deer  in  the  same  Manner  ;  they 
cook  them  a  little,  and  if  the  Entrails  are  tough,  they  take  one  end  in  their  Mouth 
and  the  other  in  their  Hand,  and  cut  them  off  between  their  Hand  and  their  Mouth, 
and  then  they  eat  them  ;  so  they  do  commonly  with  the  Flesh,  but  they  cut  it  a  little 
and  lay  it  on  the  Fire  so  long  as  till  we  could  go  from  the  House  round  the  Church, 
and  then  it  is  done,  and  when  they  eat  it  the  Blood  runs  down  their  Chins.  They 
can  take  a  Piece  of  Bear's-Grease  as  large  as  two  Fists,  and  eat  it  without  any 
Bread.  It  is  natural  for  them  to  have  no  Beards,  not  one  in  an  hundred  has  any 
Hair  about  his  Mouth  :  they  have  also  naturally  a  great  opinion  of  themselves, 
and  when  they  praise  themselves  they  say  Thy  Othlcon  (I  am  the  Devil)  they 
mean  by  it  that  they  are  very  brave.  In  order  to  praise  themselves  and  their 
People  when  we  tell  them  they  are  very  expert  at  catching  Deer,  they  say,  Tkoschs 
Jeo  aguweechon  Kajingahaga  kouaane  Jountuckcha  Othkon,  that  is,  "Really  all  the 
Mohaivks  ate  very  cunning  Devils.  They  make  their  Houses  of  the  Bark  of 
Trees,  very  close  and  warm,  and  place  their  Fire  in  the  middle  of  them  ;  they  also 
make  of  the  Peeling  and  Bark  of  Trees  Canoes,  or  small  Boats,  which  will  carrjr 
four,  five  and  six  Persons ;  in  like  manner  they  hollow  out  Trees  and  use  them 
for  Boats  :  some  of  them  are  very  large.  *****  The  arms  used  by  the  Indians 
in  War  were  formerly  a  Bow  and  Arrow  with  a  Stone  Axe  and  Mallet,  but  now 
they  get  from  our  People  Guns,  Swords,  Iron  Axes  and  Mallets.  Their  Money  con- 
sists of  certain  little  Bones  made  of  the  Shells  of  Cockles  which  are  found  on  the 
Beach  ;  a  hole  is  made  through  the  Middle  of  the  little  Bones  ;  and  they  are  strung 

*Pere  Jogues. 

70 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (Xo.  21).  A.  1891 


upon  Thread,  or  they  make  of  them  Belts  as  broad  as  a  Hand  or  broader,  which 
they  hang  over  their  Necks  and  on  their  Bodies  ;  they  have  also  several  Holes  in 
their  Ears,  and  there  they  hang  some  ;  and  they  value  these  little  Bones  as  highly 
as  many  Christians  do  Gold,  Silver  and  Pearls,  but  they  have  no  Value  for  our 
Money  and  esteem  it  no  better  than  Iron.  *****  They  place  their  Dead  up- 
right in  Holes,  and  do  not  lay  them  down,  and  then  throw  on  the  Grave  some 
Trees  and  Wood,  or  they  enclose  them  with  Palisades.  They  have  their  set  times 
forgoing  to  catch  Fish,  Bears,  Panthers,  Beavers  and  Eels  ;  in  the  Spring  they  catch 
vast  quantities  of  Shad  and  Lampreys  which  are  very  large  here — they  lay  them 
on  the  Bark  of  Trees  in  the  Sun,  and  dry  them  very  hard,  and  then  put  them  in  a 
Bag  which  they  make  of  wild  Hemp,  and  keep  them  till  Winter  when  their  Corn 
is  ripe ;  to  keep  them  from  the  Air,  they  dig  a  deep  Hole  and  preserve  them  therein 
the  whole  Winter.  They  can  make  Nets  and  Seines  in  their  Way,  and  when  they 
want  to  fish  with  seines  ten  or  twelve  men  will  go  together  and  help  each  other, 
-all  of  whom'own  the  Seines. 

They  are  entire  Strangers  to  all  Religion,  but  they  have  a  Tharonhijouagon, 
(which  others  also  call  Athzoockkuatoriaho)  i.e.  a  Genius  which  they  put  in  the 
place  of  God,  but  they  do  not  worship  or  present  Offerings  to  him  :  they  worship 
and  present  Offerings  to  the  Devil  whom  they  call  Otskon  or  Aireskuoni.  *  *  * 
They  call  us  Assyreoni,  that  is  Cloth-Makers,  or  Charistooni,  that  is  Iron-Workers, 
because  our  People  first  brought  Cloth  and  Iron  among  them.  ******** 

The  Mohawk  Indians  are  divided  into  three  Tribes,  which  are  called  Ochkari, 
Anoware,  Oknaho,  that  is,  the  Bear,  the  Tortoise  and  the  Wolf ;  of  these  the  Tor- 
toise is  the  greatest  and  principal,  and  boast  that  they  are  the  oldest  descendants 
of  the  woman  beforementioned  ;  (a  woman  who  fell  from  heaven  and  was  carried 
by  a  Tortoise,  while  she  paddled  in  the  water  with  her  hands  and  raked  up  earth 
to  form  the  dry  land),  these  have  made  a  Fort  of  Palisades,  and  call  their  Castle 
Asserue.  Those  of  the  Bear  are  the  next  to  these,  and  their  Castle  is  by  them 
called  Banagiro ;  the  last  were  taken  from  them  and  their  Castle  is  called 
Thenondiogo.  Each  of  these  Tribes  carries  the  Beast  after  which  it  is  called 
(as  the  Arms  in  its  Banner)  when  it  goes  to  War  against  its  Enemies,  and 
this  is  done  as  well  for  the  Terror  of  its  hinemies  as  for  a  Declaration  of  its  own 
Bravery.  ******  But  although  they  are  so  cruel,  and  have  no  Laws  or 
Punishments,  yet  there  are  not  half  so  many  Villaines  or  Murders  committed 
amongst  them  as  amongst  Christians,  so  that  I  sometimes  think  with  astonishment 
upon  the  Murders  committed  in  the  Netherlands,  notwithstanding  their  severe 
Laws  and  heavy  Penalties.  These  Indians  though  they  live  without  Laws  or  fear 
of  Punishment,  do  not  kill  People  unless  they  are  in  a  great  Passion,  or  fighting, 
"wherefore  we  go  along  with  them,  or  meet  them  in  the  Woods  without  Fear. 

JOHANNES  MEGAPOLENSIS. 

Hazard's  Historical  Collection  of  State  Papers,  Philadelphia,  1792,  p.  517 
et  seq. 


TRIBAL  NAMES. 

The  number  of  synonyms  by  which  many  Indian  tribes  were  known,  makes 
it  difficult  sometimes  for  the  reader  to  understand.  Sometimes  the  difference 
consists  merely  in  the  spelling,  but  not  seldom,  totally  different  words  are  employed, 
and  with  a  wholly  different  meaning.  There  are  various  reasons  for  these  diver- 
gencies— the  pronunciation  of  the  same  name  may  not  strike  all  foreign  ears 

71 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21 ).  A.  1891 


alike,  hence  a  difference  in  the  spelling;  sometimes  the  question  of  a  European) 
was  misunderstood,  and,  in  consequence,  the  wrong  answer  was  given  ;  not  unfre- 
quently  the  name  a  people  called  themselves  was  different  from  that  by  which 
they  were  known  to  their  neighbors  or  enemies,  and  sometimes  they  actually 
called  themselves  by  more  than  one  name,  or  the  name  of  a  family  or  band  was 
given  by  mistake  to  the  "  nation."  Thus  in  the  case  of  the  Hurons,  Parkman 
remarks: — "The  usual  confusion  of  Indian  tribal  names  prevails  in  the  case  of 
the  Hurons.  The  following  are  their  synonyms  :— 

Hurons  (of  French  origin) ;  Ochateguins  (Champlain) ;  Attigouantans  (the 
name  of  one  of  their  tribes,  used  by  Champlain  for  the  whole  nation) ;  Ouendat 
(their  true  name  according  to  Lalemant)  ;  Yendat,  Wyandot,  Guyandot  (corrup- 
tions of  the  preceding);  Ouaouakecinatouek  (Potier);  Quatogies  (Golden)." 

Again,  the  Tobacco  Nation  ultimately  united  with  the  Hurons  was  known 
as  the  Tionnontates,  Deonondadies,  Dionondadies,  Tuinontek,  Etionontates,  and 
Khionontaterrhonons  ! 

The  Mohawks  did  not  apply  the  name  to  themselves.  "  An  enemy  hath 
done  this."  These  proud  people  acknowledged  only  the  name  Ganeagaono. 
Instances  of  this  kind  are  common  among  ourselves.  From  %the  following  extract 
we  may  learn  what  was  considered  as  the  official  or  "  authorized  list "  of  all  the 
Indian  tribes  within  British  jurisdiction  at  the  time  the  "  Instructions  "  were 
issued. 

In  the  "  Copy  of  Instructions  to  Guy  Carleton,  Esquire,  Captain-General  and 
Governor-in-chief  in  and  over  the  Province  of  Quebec  in  America,  and  of  all  the 
territories  dependent  thereupon.  Dated  St.  James,  3rd  January,  1775,  there  is  a 
'  Plan  for  the  future  Management  of  Indian  Affairs.' " 

According  to  this  plan  article  2nd  provides  "  That  for  the  better  Regulation 
of  this  Trade  and  the  Management  of  Indian  Affairs  in  general,  the  British 
Dominions  in  North  America  be  divided  into  Two  Districts,  to  comprehend  and 
include  the  several  tribes  of  Indians  mentioned  in  the  annexed  Lists  A.  and  B." 

A 

"  List  of  Indian  Tribes  in  the  Northern  District  of  North  America : 

Mohocks,  Oneidas,  Tuscaroras,  Otiondagas,  Cayugas,  Senecas,  Oswegachys> 
Nanticokes,  Conoys,  Tuteeves,  Saponeys,  Caghnawagas,  Canassadagas,  Arundacksr 
Algonkins,  Abenaguis,  Skaghquanoghronos,  Hurons,  Shawanese,  Delawaresr 
Wiandots,  Powtewatamis,  Ottawas,  Chipeweighs,  or  Missisagis,  Meynomenys, 
Folsavoins,  Puans,  Sakis,  Foxes,  Turghtwees,  Kickapous,  Mascoatins,  Pianashaws,, 
Wawiaghtones,  Keskeskias,  Illinois.  Sioux,  Micmacs,  Norwidgewalks,  Arse- 
guntecokes,  Penobscots,  St.  Johns. 

B. 

List  of  Indian  Tribes  in  the  Southern  District  of  North  America : 

Cherokees,  Creeks,  Chickasaws,  Cheictaws,  Catawbas,  Beluxis,  Humas, 
Attucapas,  Bayugatas,  Tunicas,  Peluchas,  Osuglas,  Querphas." 

The  foregoing  is  from  Papers  relative  to  the  Province  of  Quebec,  ordered  to 
be  printed  21st  April,  1791  : 


7'2 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


The  following  from  "  An  Historical  Journal  of  the  Campaigns  in  North 
America  for  the  years  1757,  1758,  1759,  and  1760,  by  John  Knox,  London,  1769," 
will  enable  us  to  form  an  idea  of  the  relative  strength  of  the  six  nations  who  were 
loyal  to  the  British  shortly  before  the  outbreak  of  the  American  war,  as  well  as- 
to  compare  the  names  with  some  of  those  already  given. 

"  At  a  muster  taken  this  day,  (August  5th.,  1760),  they  [the  Indians]  amount 
to  thirteen  hundred  and  thirty,  composed  of  the  following  different  nations,  most 
of  whom  were  lately  in  alliance  with  the  French,  and  by  them  called  the 
Iroquois  : 

Senesagos 329 

Cayugas 284 

Tuscarores 37 

Cunasarages 20 

Mohawks 51 

Mohians 12 

Oquagos 18 

Oswegatcheis 15 

The  Belt  Party 12 

Senecas • 114 

Onondagoes 203 

Oneidas  : 60 

Canajorakies 85 

Schonasies 22 

Chennogoas 31 

Mawas 3 

Caunadroghas    34 


Total .1330." 


BALSAM  LAKE. 
BY  GEORGE  E.  LAIDLAW. 

Balsam  Lake  is  a  large  lake  lying  to  the  north-east  of  Lake  Simcoe,  about 
seventeen  miles  distant.  The  height  of  land  lying  between  these  two  lakes  lies 
at  an  average  distance  of  one  mile  west  of  Balsam  Lake,  which  is  a  link  in  the 
inland  system  of  waters  emptying  into  the  Bay  of  Quinte ;  this  system  being 
one  of  the  internal  canoe  highways  to  Montreal  from  the  Huron  country,  and 
was  connected  by  a  portage  from  near  Beaverton,  on  Lake  Simcoe,  to  the  extre- 
mity of  West  Bay  Balsam  Lake.  This  old  Huron  trail  is  now  enlarged  into  a 
government  road  called  the  Portage  Road.  The  Hurons  had  the  option  of 
another  route  to  Balsam  Lake ;  namely,  ascending  the  Talbot  River  as  far  as 
possible,  then  portaging  across  the  height  of  land  to  North  Bay ;  this  is  the  most 
northerly  of  the  two. 

Of  village  sites  I  know  of  but  three  ;  the  first  situated  about  three-fourths 
of  a  mile  west  of  West  Bay,  and  about  the  same  distance  north  of  the  Huron 
trail.  ,The  second,  distant  nine  miles  along  the  trail,  and  about  one  mile  south 

73 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


or  about  half  way  distant  between  the  two  lake's,  and  has  need  of  being  exam- 
ined by  an  expert,  for  some  unique  relics  have  been  found  in  that  locality.  The 
third  village,  situated  about  one  and  a  half  miles  west  of  North  Bay  and  three 
miles  north  of  first  village  site. 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  camp  sites,  from  which  fragments  of  pottery, 
pipes,  bone  ornaments  and  implements,  clam  shells,  charcoal,  and  burnt  bones 
have  been  picked  up.  These  camps  cover  small  areas,  and  are  quite  near  the 
.shore,  wherever  there  is  a  bit  of  sandy  beach. 

Indian  Point  is  a  point  a  couple  of  miles  long,  jutting  down  into  the  lake 
from  the  north  end.  Indians  have  lived  on  this  point,  from  ancient  times,  down 
to  a  score  or  so  of  years  ago.  Both  ancient  and  modern  relics  have  been  found 
there,  but  being  cultivated  for  a  quarter  of  a  century,  the  traces  are  wiped  out. 
There  is  an  ancient  graveyard  here  similar  to  the  ones  in  the  vicinity  of  village 
sites  one  and  three.  But  the  exact  position  of  the  single  graves  cannot  be  deter- 
mined owing  to  cultivation. 

There  are  three  islands  (Ghost,  Birch  and  Ant)  which  were  examined  last 
-summer  by  Mr.  Boyle  and  myself.  On  Ghost  Island,  two  graves  on  the  south 
side  of  the  island  were  opened  some  years  ago  ;  skulls  being  carried  off  and 
relics  if  any.  These  are  the  only  two  known  graves  here,  that  have  mounds 
erected  over  them;  diameter  ten  to  twelve  feet  deep.  On  Ghost  and  Birch 
Islands  there  are,  evidently,  a  few  short  rows  of  single  graves,  containing  neither 
skeletons  or  relics,  but  showing  by  the  discolouration,  and  the  disturbance  of 
the  soil,  that  they  have  at  one  time  contained  skeletons  ;  whether  the  skele- 
tons have  been  disinterred  for  reburial  in  an  ossuary,  or  totally  decayed  from 
extreme  age,  is  a  matter  for  conjecture. 

Ghost  Island,  it  is  claimed,  was  formerly  a  corn  planting  ground,  and  the 
pagan  Indians  in  modern  times  lived  on  it,  while  the  Christian  Indians  of  the 
same  tribe  lived  on  the  adjacent  Indian  Point. 

On  Ant  Island  were  found  arrow  points,  flint  chips,  etc. 

Graveyards  are  generally  found  near  a  village  site,  but  instead  of  being 
located  on  the  top  of  the  hills  like  the  Huron  ossuaries,  are  on  the  slope,  or  at 
the  foot  of  the  hill.  The  one  on  Indian  Point  being  on  the  lowest  piece  of  land. 
These  graveyards  consist  of  single  graves,  which  are  about  two  feet  deep,  and 
can  be  easily  traced  by  the  circular  depressions  in  the  soil.  These  single  graves 
occur  in  rows,  which  run  in  no  particular  direction;  some  even  appearing  to 
cross  one  another.  They  contain  no  relics.  A  number  were  opened  at  village 
site  No.  1  last  summer ;  the  skeletons  were  medium  size,  brittle  and  soft,  crum- 
bling on  exposure  to  the  air.  Two  or  three  skulls,  however,  were  preserved. 

Besides  the  two  mound  graves,  a  modern  grave  is  occasionally  found  on  the 
banks  of  the  lake  ;  of  those  known,  two  contain  single  skeletons  in  rough  hewn 
cedar  coffins,  fastened  with  nails  of  French  make  ;  no  relics  ;  locality,  Indian 
Point,  while  another  contained  two  skeletons,  evidently  a  woman  and  child, 
wrapped  in  birch  bark.  A  copper  pot,  pewter  spoon,  string  of  bells  on  buskskin, 
small  silver  broach  or  buckle,  silver  ring  and  cross,  were  found  with  them  ; 
locality,  bank  of  West  Bay. 

An  ash  heap  on  the  outskirts  of  village  No.  1  on  examination,  disclosed, 
fragments  of  pipes,  pottery,  bone  implements  and  ornaments,  burnt  bones,  clam 
shells,  jaws  of  beaver  and  other  small  animals,  fragments  of  turtle  shells  and 
deer  horns.  Diameter  of  ash  heap,  seventeen  feet ;  depth,  three  feet. 

74 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


At  the  eastern  extremity  of -this  trail  quite  a  number  of  relics  have  been 
found,  including  stone  axes,  gouges  and  pipes,  fragments  of  pottery,  clay  pipes, 
flint  arrow  and  spear  heads — about  the  only  place  here  where  the  latter  are 
found — flint  scrapers,  awls,  and  chips  ;  gun  flints,  iron  tomahawks  and  French 
axes,  fragments  of  gun  barrels,  and  hoop-iron  arrow  heads,  and  also  a  copper 
arrow  head,  of  native  copper  and  native  manufacture.  This  is  about  three 
inches  long  and  one  and  one-half  broad,  with  corners  turned  up  to  form  a 
socket,  the  point  rounder  than  sharp.  The  evidence  of  this  variety  of  relics 
shows  that  the  trail  was  in  use  from  a  very  early  time.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  from 
this  trail  is  a  large  boulder,  on  the  lake  shore,  containing  a  shallow  mortar,  pro- 
bably used  to  pound  shells,  mica  or  quartz  in  the  manufacture  of  pottery, 
or  to  crush  corn.  Around  it  are  evidences  of  a  camp  site. 

The  relics  picked  up  on  village  site  No.  1  show  no  trace  of  contact  with 
white  men.  There  were  two  large  slabs  of  green  stone  found  here,  probably 
brought  in  from  some  far  off  quarry.  They  were  about  eighteen  or  twenty 
inches  long  by  about  twelve  wide  and  two  or  three  thick. 

Axes,  celts,  gouges,  chisels,  slick-stone,  mullers  of  all  sizes  and  material, 
from  granite  celts  pecked  into  shape,  to  rough  slabs  of  slate,  or  green  stone, 
worked  to  an  edge,  and  of  all  sizes,  from  two  to  fifteen  inches  long,  none,  how- 
ever, are  grooved. 

Arrow  and  spear  heads  are  not  numerous,  as  in  other  sections,  probably  ones 
of  bone  and  horn  being  used  to  a  great  extent,  or  that  the  population  lived 
largely  by  agriculture  and  fishing,  instead  of  hunting.  "  Parkman "  mentions 
there  was  a  dearth  of  game  in  the  Huron  country,  though  there  are  doubts 
whether  this  section  was  included  in  the  Huron  territory.  These  arrow  and 
spear  heads  embrace  all  the  general  types,  tanged,  barbed,  notched,  based,  tri- 
angular, etc.  Materials,  quartz  and  chert  predominating,  with  a  few  of  slate. 

Scrapers  embrace  the  horseshoe,  leaf-shaped  and  circular  types. 

No  doubt  the  larger  chips  and  flakes  of  these  were  used  for  scraping,  cut- 
ting, sawing,  etc. 

The  awls  are  of  the  ordinary  club-based  variety. 

The  square  and  oval  types  of  pendants  and  gorgets  occur,  also  the  concave 
sided,  contain  from  one  to  three  or  four  holes. 

A  good  specimen  of  slate  knife  of  the  semi-lunar  shape,  as  figured  by 
Abbott  in  "  Primitive  Industry  "  was  found  by  Mr.  Boyle  on  village  site  No.  2. 

The  bone  articles  consist  of  needles,  eyed  and  eyeless,  harpoons,  arrow  heads, 
.awls  of  every  size,  made  by  sharpening  one  end  of  bone  splinters,  and  pottery 
markers.  The  latter  being  formed  by  sawing  off  one  end  of  a  bird's  bone  to 
leave  the  impression  of  a  ring,  and  sharpening  the  other  end  to  a  point  to  make 
the  strokes,  as  observed  in  the  pottery  patterns. 

Ornaments  are  sections  of  hollow  bones  polished,  probably  birds',  and  used 
as  beads.  Worked  bones,  similar  to  that  which  is  figured  in  the  Canadian  Insti- 
tute's Report  for  1887,  fig.  102.  A  few  tallies  were  also  found  of  horn  objects  ; 
one  specimen  is  evidently  intended  lor  a  pipe,  and  another  is  chisel  shaped,  with 
a  hole  at  butt  end  for  suspension,  and  is  large  enough  to  be  used  for  skinning 
purposes. 

Bear's  tusks  are  plentiful  on  the  village  sites 

75 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A    1891 


Discs,  beads  of  stone  and  pottery.  These  vary  up  to  two  inches  in  diame- 
ter, and  are  sometimes  well  finished.  The  pottery  ones  were  probably  formed 
from  broken  fragments.  Some  are  perforated,  others  with  the  perforaion  just 
started,  and  a  few  are  not  perforated.  See  fig.  28  in  "  Fossil  Man." 

All  the  pottery  from  village  and  camp  sites  and  isolated  places,  are  of  the 
same  class.  The  majority  of  the  markings  are  similar  to  those  represented  by 
"  Dawson,  in  Fossil  Man,"  as  belonging  to  the  Hochelagan's.  See  figs.  14,  16,  17r 
21  and  a,  b,  c,  d,f,  fig.  22.  A  few  patterns  resemble  the  Vermont  style,  p.  159, 
and  the  Pennsylvania,  p.  178  in  "Abbott's  Primitive  Industry."  "While  not  a  few 
samples  indicate  that  the  types  figured  in  Primitive  Industry  p.  173,  as  coming 
from  the  county  of  Grey,  or  modifications  thereof  were  in  vogue.  These  types- 
are  all  intermingled,  but  the  majority  show  the  Hochelagan  influence. 

One  sample  of  a  denser,  closer  structure,  found  by  myself,  may  be  called  a 
Grecian  type.  It  is  the  panel  of  a  square  mouthed  pot,  the  ornamentation  con- 
sisting of  a  row  of  short  parallel,  horizontal,  straight  lines,  surrounded  by  a 
number  of  concentric  squares,  not  very  different  to  the  Mexican  Frette,  figured 
by  Wilson  on  p.  30,  vol.  1,  Prehistoric  Man. 

The  clay  pipes  may  be  divided  as-  follows :  Firstly.  The  plain  cornet  or 
Huron  pipe  of  various  sizes  and  colours,  ornamented,  or  plain,  or  modifications- 
thereof,  figured  in  "  Fossil  Man,"  as  Hochelagan,  and  fig.  6  Canadian  Institnte's 
Report  for  1889.  Secondly.  The  human  face  pipe,  of  which  a  splendid  one, 
double  faced  and  unbroken,  found  on  village  site  No.  1,  was  sent  to  the  British 
Museum.  Another  similar  to  fig.  14,  Canadian  Institute's  .Report  for  1889r 
only  with  narrower  eyes  and  thin  protruding  lips. 

Another  head  pipe  has  very  large  pointed  nose,  broad  forehead,  and  small 
retreating  chin.  Another  pipe  evidently  had  a  head  perched  on  the  rim.  Arms 
.and  hands  in  front  of  bowl.  Mr.  R.  G.  Corneil  has  a  double-faced  pipe,  and  a 
pipe  with  figure  of  a  child  projecting  from  front  of  bowl.  Thirdly.  Quite  a 
number  of  pipes  of  the  following  description  are  found:  short,  round,  thick 
bowl  at  right  angles  from  the  stem,  varying  from  one  to  two  and  one-half  inches 
in  height,  and  about  one  to  one  and  one-half  in  diameter ;  some  very  rough  and 
others  glazed,  a  few  are  ornamented  with  indented  rings  and  rows  of  holes. 
There  are  a  few  pipes  which  cannot  be  classed.  The  fragment  of  a  stem  show& 
a  snake  coiled  around  it ;  another  fragment  split  longitudinally  shows  that  its- 
stem  hole  was  made  with  a  twisted  cord. 

Vase  types,  do  not  occur  frequently,  no  doubt  owing  to  the  extensive  use 
of  clay  pipes ;  however,  we  have  the  vase  type  represented  by  two  specimens  ;. 
the  largest,  of  grey  marble,  with  two  stem  holes,  the  diameter  oval.  The  longer 
axis  through  the  sides,  which  contain  the  stem  holes.  The  smallest  is  of  black 
marble,  \nth  one  stem  hole,  circular  diameter. 

Both  pipes  are  well  polished  and  each  has  two  small  holes  in  the  bottom,, 
drilled  to  meet  each  other  at  an  angle,  either  for  suspension  of  an  appendage,  or 
to  securely  fasten  the  stem.  See  figs.  12,  16,  19  Canadian  Institute's  Report, 
1889. 

An  unfinished  pipe  shows  that  the  bowl  and  stem  hole  were  bored  after  the 
pipe  was  shaped  ;  this  one  has  a  small  bowl  similar  to  the  Chinese  opium  pipe, 
set  on  a  long  base  of  square  section,  lessening  to  a  mouthpiece,  resembling  the- 
mound  builders'  pipe,  in  the  manner  that  no  separate  stem  was  needed.  Diame- 
ter of  stem  hole,  one-eighth  of  an  inch. 

76 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


ANIMAL  PIPES. — This  is  a  new  and  distinct  class  of  pipe  sculpture  differing 
greatly  from  known  types  and  is  represented  by  the  bear,  panther,  and  we  may 
include  the  monkey  and  lynx  pipes. 

The  bear  pipe  is  made  of  steatite,  colour  stained  black ;  length,  three  and 
one-half  by  two  and  one-quarter  inches,  eyes,  ears  and  mouth  well  marked ; 
each  leg  is  separate,  and  a  groove  around  the  neck.  Locality,  Balsover.  (See 
fig.  84). 

The  panther  pipe  is  of  steatite,  colour  a  mottled  green ;  length,  four  and 
one-eighth  by  two  and  one-fourth  inches,  same  posture  as  bear  pipe.  An  inden- 
tation is  on  each  side  of  neck,  eyes  bored  through,  ears  defined  by  slight  pro7 
tuberances,  mouth  defined  by  an  indentation  on  each  side  of  jaw,  legs  not 
separate  as  in  bear  pipe,  each  pair  being  en  Hoc  and  in  a  natural  position,  two 
stem  holes.  The  perforation  behind  the  hind  legs,  as  in  bear  pipe,  being  pro- 
bably used  for  attachment  to  the  person  of  the  owner  by  a  cord.  Locality, 
township  of  Garden.  See  Fig.  85. 

The  lynx  pipe  is  similar  to  above,  but  with  tufts  on  the  ears.  Locality, 
Muskoka. 

EAGLE  PIPE. — Material,  Huronian  slate,  well  finished,  colour  light  green  with 
dark  veins  ;  length,  five  inches  ;  thickness,  two  inches  ;  wings,  beak,  eyes,  and  feet 
well  executed.  The  position  of  the  bowls  on  these  pipes  show  that  they  were 
made  by  the  same  people,  and  may  be  called  totem  pipes,  being  a  different  class 
of  sculpture  from  the  Mound  Builders'  animal  and  bird  pipes  and  fully  as  well 
finished  and  executed,  and  as  true  to  nature.  No  pipes  like  these  being  found 
on  Huron  village  sites,  they  may  properly  be  relegated  to  some  nation,  the 
Hurons  exterminated  or  absorbed,  or  the  only  other  alternative  that  they  were 
made  since  the  Hurons  left  the  country.  Still  these  animal  pipes  may  have 
been  the  life-work  of  .a  single  pipemaker.  See  Fig.  86. 

Copper  relics  are  rare.  Besides  the  arrow  head  before  mentioned,  a  knife 
has  been  found  ;  length,  seven  inches,  point  rounded. 

Some  exception  has  been  taken  to  this  knife,  because  it  is  supposed  to 
resemble  the  modern  form.  If  this  is  conceded,  then  it  must  have  been  made  in 
modern  times,  which  cannot  be  admitted,  for  the  Jesuits  in  their  records  make 
no  mention  of  the  natives  working  copper,  and  they  were  the  most  observant  of 
all  observers.  This  knife  resembles — except  the  rounded  point — the  ones  figured 
116,  Canadian  Institute's  Report,  1887.  Figs.  1,  2,  p.  89,  Short's  North  America 
of  Antiquity ;  fig.  54  a,  Foster's  Prehistoric  Races  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  evident  from  the  different  modes  of  burial  and  from  other  minor  details, 
that  this  country  was  inhabited  by  a  people  which  were  absorbed  or  extermi- 
nated by  the  Hurons,  or  else  they  sought  shelter  with  the  Hurons  from  the 
savage  forays  of  the  Iroquois.  This  people  may  or  may  not  have  been 
the  Hochelagans  of  Cartier;  the  evidences  rather  show  that  they  were.  So  let 
us  extend  their  territory  to  this  region.  The  Hurons  having  their  settlements 
and  towns  to  the  west  of  Lake  Simcoe,  did  not  extend  to  this  side  in  historic 
times,  or  else  it  would  have  been  recorded. 

This  region  having  been  too  thickly  populated  to  have  been  passed  by 
unnoticed.  If  Jesuit  relations,  locate  no  towns  on  this  side  of  Lake  Simcoe,  or 
mention  no  large  population,  then  evidently  at  that  time,  none  existed,  so  that 
the  village  sites,  etc.,  belonged  to  some  other  nation,  or  that  the  Hurons  them- 
selves resided  here  before  they  lived  to  the  westward  of  Lake  Simcoe. 


77 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


CONTRIBUTIONS    TOWARDS   A   BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF    THE   ABCELE- 
OLOGY  OF  THE  DOMINION  OF  CANADA  AND  NEWFOUNDLAND. 

III. 

BY  A.  F.  CHAMBEKLAIN,~M.A. 

AMBROSE,  REV.  JOHN,  M.A. — A  few  observations  on  a  beach-mound  or 
kitchen-midden,  near  French  Village.  .  .  .  Proc.  and  Trans.  Nova  Scotia  Insti- 
tute of  Natural  Science.  Vol.  II.  (1864),  pp.  42-43.  ' 

Describes  shell-mound  and  contents  on  shore  of  Dauphiney's  Cove,  St.  Margaret's  Bay, 
N.S. 

BACK,  CAPT.,  R.N. — Travels  to  the  Arctic  Regions.  Forms  pp.  509-704  of  : 
The  Voyage  of  Capt.  Beechey,  R.N.  to  the  Pacific  and  Behring's  Straits,  and  the 
Travels  of  Capt.  Back,  R.N.,  to  the  Great  Fish  River  and  Arctic  Seas.  Compiled 
by  Robert  Huish,  Esq.,  F.S.A.  &  Z.S.  London  1836,  VI,  704. 

Describes  religious  offerings  to  Kepoochikawn  at  Cumberland  House,  (pp.  568-565),  religious- 
festival,  in  tent,  (566-567),  Chippewa  burials  (579-580),  remains  of  Kskimo  encampments 
(661). 

BOYLE,  DAVID. — Archaeological  Report.  Annual  Report  of  Canadian  Insti- 
tute, Session  1888-9.  Toronto.  1889,  pp.  1-118. 

This  most  valuable  report  may  be  thus  summarized  :  Introductory  remarks  (pp.  1-3), 
archaeological  remains  in  the  Huron  region  (8-15)  with  map  of  the  township  of  Nottawasaga 
showing  location  of  village-sites,  graves,  and  ossuaries,  (9)  and  map  of  earth-work  in  the  town- 
ship (11),  detailed  description  of  archaeological  investigations  at  village-site  at  Clearville,  Kent 
County  (15-18)  with  map  (16),  township  of  Humberstone  (18),  York-  and  Vaughan  (19-20), 
archsBological  notes  (21-42)  with  39  figures,  pottery  (21-23),  clay  pipes  (23-27),  stone-pipes  (28- 
31),  bone  and  horn  implements  (31-34),  flint  (35),  stone-tubes  (35),  other  stone  specimens  (36- 
37),  mortars  (38),  copper-implements  (39-40),  crania  (with  figure,  41),  modern  Indian  dresses 
(42),  French  relics  from  village-sites  of  the  Hurons  (42-46,  see  Hunter,  A.  F.),  exhaustive 
catalogue  of  specimens  in  the  Provincial  Archaeological  Museum  (48-101),  Bibliography  of  the 
Art  and  Archaeology  of  the  Aboriginal  tribes  of  Canada  (102-118,  see  Chamberlain,  A.F.) 

Long  article  in  Toronto  Globe,  Vol.  XLVL,  No.  190,  Aug.  9,  1890,  illus.  by 
numerous  wood-cuts  of  specimens  in  the  Provincial  Archaeological  Museum. 

Canadian  Indian,  The.     Vol.  I.  No.  I.  October,  1889. 
Contains  (pp.  6-7)  a  iew  remarks  on  mounds,  burial-places,  etc. 

CHAMBERLAIN,  A.  F. — Bibliography  of  the  Art  and  Archaeology  of  the  Abori- 
ginal Tribes  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada  and  Newfoundland,  II.     Annual  Report 
of  Canadian  Institute,  Session  1888-9.     Toronto,  1889,  pp.  102-118. 
Contains  some  160  titles. 


— .    The  Archaeology  of  Scugog  Island.     Proc.  Canad.  Inst.  3rd  'Series 
Vol.  VII  (1889),  pp.  14-15. 

Brief  abstract  of  paper  cited  in  previous  section,  See  also  "  Toronto  Mail,"  Jan.  14,  1889, 
and  Amer.  Antiquarian,  November  1889,  p.  390.  See  likewise  Proc.  Canad.  Inst.  3rd  series, 
Vol.  VII  (1889)  pp.  13-14,  pp.  40-41,  "  Toronto  Mail,"  Jan.  14,  1889,  April,  15,  1889. 

DAWSON  [SiR].  J.  W—  Nouvelle  Note  sur  les  Antiquite's  Aborigines- 
trouvees  a  Montreal.  Pamphlet,  800,  pp.  25-36.  Apparently  a  reprint  in  French 
from  the  Canadian  Naturalist. 

78 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21)  A.  1891 


Describes  the  finds  at  Montreal.  Evidently  a  reproduction  in  French  of  the  article  "  Ad- 
ditional Notes  on  Aboriginal  Antiquities  found  at  Montreal,"  Canad.  Naturalist  atd  Geologist,. 
VI  (1861)  pp.  662-673  with  same  wood. cuts.  See  under  Dawson,  Sir  J.  W.  in  Section  11. 

G ,  W. — On  the  occurrence  of  the   Kjoekkenmoedden  on  the  shore 

of  Nova  Scotia,  Proc.  and  Trans.  Nova  Scotia  Institute  of  Natural  Science.  Vol. 
II  (1864),  pp.  94-99. 

Gives  (pp.  94-97)  a  detailed  account  of  the  examination,  at  St,  Margaret's  Bay,  N.S.,  of  a 
shell-heap.  The  mound  was  100x25  feet  and  contained  shells,  bones,  teeth  of  animals,  needle* 
of  bone,  arrow-heads,  etc.  At  pp.  97-99  are  descriptions  of  similar  deposits  at  Cole  Harbor,  1Q> 
miles  east  of  Halifax  and  at  Cranberry  Cove.  The  article  is  signed  "  W.  G." 

GENTLEMAN'S  MAGAZINE,  THE. — Vol.  LI,  London,  1781.  pp.  367-8. 

Contains  letter  from  "  Y.  Z."  on  "  Punic  Inscriptions  on  the  western  borders  of  Canada. 

GILPIN,  BERNARD  J.  B.A.,  M.D.,  M.KS.C. — The  Indians   of  Nova  Scotia,- 
Proc.  and  Trans,  of  Nova  Scotia  Institute  of  Natural   Science,  Halifax.     Vol.  II 

(1876-1877),  pp.  260-281. 

General  description  of   Indian  Tribes  of  Nova  Scotia.     Notices,   weapons  (261),  clothing,,., 
utensils  (262),  dress  (270-271),  agriculture  (279). 

.—On    the  Stone  Age  of  Nova  Scotia.     lb.,  Vol.  III.  (1872-3),  pp.. 

220-231,  with  plate  containing  ten  figures  between  pages  320  and  321. 

An  elaborate  and  interesting  paper.  Describes  clothing,  etc.  (221-2),  cooking  (223),  graves 
near  Yarmouth  (22 T),  stone  pipes  (227),  stone  implements  (228-9),  pierced  stones  (228),  arrow- 
heads (228),  spear-heads  (229),  hammer,  axes,  gouges,  chisels,  wedges,  of  polished  stone  (229),  . 
wicker-boat  (229),  chisels,  wedges  (230),  serpent  stones  (230).  The  figures  on  the  plate  are  : 
1,  2,  3,  arrow-heads  ;  4,  knife-blade  ;  5,  axe  ;  6,  lance-head  ;  7,  pipe  ;  8,  wedge  ;  9,  serpent 
stone  ;  10,  plummet  stone. 


GOSSIP,  WILLIAM. — On  the  Antiquity  of  man  in  America.     Ib.  11^(1 868-9), 
pp,  35-37. 

Contains  (pp.  70-71)  brief  notice  of  arts  and  customs,  arms  and  utensils  of  Micmacs. 

HALE,  HORATIO. — In  "  Magazine  of  American  History,"  Vol.  (1883),  p.  479. 

Notices  a  curious  carved  oak  image  of  Sastaretsi,  king  of  the  Wendats  or  Hurons. 

. — The  Origin    of    Primitive  Money.      Popular  Science  ^Monthly,, 

January,  1886.     pp.  296-307. 

Discusses   the   origin,  use,  distribution,  etc.,  of  wampum,  shell-money,  and  the  like,  with 
numerous  illustrations  at  pp.  303,  305,  306, 

HALIBURTON,  R  G.,  ESQ.  F.S.A. — On  the  Festival  on  the  Dead.     Proc.  and 
Trans,  of  Nova  Scotia,  Institute  of  Natural  Science.     Vol.  I  (1863),  pp.  61-85. 

HALLOCK,  CHAS. — Three  months  in  Labrador.    Harper's  New  Monthy  Maga- 
zine.    Vol.  XII  (1860-1861),  pp.  577-599,  743-765. 

Describes   Eskimo  of  Ungava   (p.  750),    graves  (752),  dog-calls   (765-6,),    Eskimo  burying- 
ground  (756),  dress,  etc.  of  Nascopies  (759-760). 

HANNAY,  JAMES. — History  of  Acadia  from  its  first  discovery  to  its  surrender 
to  England  by  the  treaty  of  Paris.     St.  John,  N.  B.  1879,  p.  440. 

Chapter  II  (pp.  29-58)  is  devoted  to  "  The  Aborigines  of  Acadia,"  and  notices  dwellings  (46),,, 
methods  of  cooking  (46),  funeral  ceremonies  (55). 

79 


Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No  21.)  A.  1891 


HARPER'S  NEW  MONTHLY  MAGAZINE. — Vol.  IV.  pp.  690-692.  Habits  and 
character  of  the  Dog  Rib  Indians. 

Reproduced  from  Sir  John  Richardson's  "  Arctic  Search  Expedition." 

HoREfsKY,  CHARLES. — Canada  on  the  Pacific.  Being  an  account  of  a  jour- 
ney from  Edmonton  to  the  Pacific  by  the  Peace  River  Valley,  and  of  a  winter 
voyage  along  the  western  coast  of  Dominion,  etc.,  Montreal,  1874,  X,  244  pp. 

Appendix  I  (pp.  210-224).  "  The  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  General  remarks  on  In- 
dians, see  pp,  103,  117,  119,  120,  128,  131,  149,  150,  151  ;  Indian  encampment  119-120  ;  In- 
dian village  128-129, 

HOUGH,  WALTER. — An  Eskimo  strike-a-light  from  Cape  Bathurst,  with  six 
figures.  Bulletin  of  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Vol.  XI  (1888),  Washington  1889, 
pp.  181-184. 

Describes  Eskimo  apparatus  for  obtaining  fire.  Figure  1  (p.  181)  tinder-pocket  ;  fig.  2 
fire-bag  ;  fig.  3  pyrites  ;  fig.  4,  4*  striker  and  handles  ;  fig.  5  (p.  183)  using  the  strike-a-ligbt  ; 
fig.  6  old  French  strike-a-light. 

.     Aboriginal   Fire-Making.      Amer.  Anthropologist,  Washington. 

Vol.  Ill  (1890),  pp.  359-371, 

Contains  Description  of  Huron  Fire-making  from  Lafiteau  (p.  362),  Figure  of  pump-drill 
/used  by  Onondagua  Indians  of  Canada  in  1888  (p.  364)  with  description  of  same  (p.  365). 


HUISH,  ROBERT. — See  Back,  Capt. 

HUNTER,  A.  F.,  B.A. — French  Relics  from  Village  sites  of  the  Hurons.     The 
'Geographical  distribution   of  these  relics  in  the   counties  of  Simcoe,  York,  and 
Ontario.     Annual  Report  of  the  Canadian  Institute.     Session  1888-9.     Toronto, 
1889,  pp.  42-46. 

This  valuable  paper  discusses  in  detail  the  important  question  of  the  distribution  of  French 
L  ralics  in  the  Huron  region,  with  a  tabulated  statement  showing  their  location. 

IRISH,  WILLIAM  C. — In  Report  of  Smithsonian  Institution,  1879,  p.  448. 

Heports  that  mounds  and  graves  occur  two  miles  east  of  Brighton,  Ontario,  on  Presqu'ile 
Point  ;  Similar  mounds  are  on  Redick's  farm,  four  miles  west  of  the  first-mentioned. 

JACK,  J,  ALLEN. — A  sculptured  slab  found  in   St.  George  (Charlotte  Co.) 
New  Brunswick.     Report  of  Smithsonian  Institution,  1881,  pp.  665-671. 
Lengthy  discussion  of  a  stone  with  inscribed  face  found  in  Charlotte  Country,  N.  B. 


In  Smithsonian  Report,  1879,  p.  48. 


Notices  stone  images  from  New  Brunswick,  and  sculptured  slabs  from  St.  Johns  N.  B. 

JONES,  J.  M. — Kitchen-middens  at  St.  Margaret's  Bay,  N.  S.  (from  the  Lon- 
don Athenwum).  Report  of  Smithsonian  Institution,  1863,  (Washington,  1864), 
pp.  370-371. 

Notice  of  shell-heaps  and  contents  at  St.  Margaret's  Bay,  Nova  Scotia. 

MORICE,  REV.  FATHER  A.GL  O.  M.  I. — The  Western  De'nes  ;  their  manners 
-and  customs.  Proc.  Canad.  Institute  Toronto.  3rd  Series,  Vol.  VII  (1889)  pp. 
109-174. 

Describes  (p.  115)  personal  ornaments  of  D<$n<$s,  dress,  dwellings  (p.  117),  methods  of 
taking  fish  (pp.  129-130),  canoes  (p.  131),  hunting  (pp.  131-133),  making  of  berry  cake  (pp.  133- 
4)  baking  of  fern-root  (p.  135);  arts  and  industries  (135-138),  Canoes,  birch-bark  vessels  (p. 
136),  Chilkotin  baskets  of  spruce-root,  (136),  moccasins,  etc.  (p.  137),  carving  (p.  138),  knives, 

80 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


axes  (p.  138),  copper  (p.  138);  weapons  (pp.  139-141),  bone  and  flint  arrows  (p.  139),  spear  (p. 
139),  stone  casse-tete  (p.  140),  armour  (pp.  140-141),  burial  (pp.  145-146),  masks  (p.  151),  games 
(pp.  154-155).  The  paper  is  accompanied  by  16  figures  as  follows  : 

P.  167,  fig.  1,  carved  totems,  fig.  2,  carrier  harpoon  ;  p.  168,  fig.  3,  Chilkotin  double-dart* 
fig.  4,  bone  coregone  fry  used  as  bait ;  p.  169,  fig.  5,  horn  dart,  fig.  6,  bark-bottle  ;  p.  170,  fig- 
7,  bark  peeler  and  cambium  scraper,  fig.  8,  bone  chisel,  fig.  9,  bone  scraper  ;  p.  171,  fig.  10 
(5  cuts),  Dt^ne  flint  arrow  heaps,  fig.  11,  bow- point,  fig.  12,  spear-head  ;  p.  172,  fig.  13,  stone 
casse-tete,  fig.  14,  bone  triple  arrow  ;  p.  173,  fig.  15,  funeral  posts  ;  p.  174,  fig.  16,  horn  ladle 
and  spoon.  The  Indian  tribes  treated  of  here,  live  in  the  northern  part  of  British  Columbia, 
(that  part  orginally  known  as  New  Caledonia). 

MULLALY,  JOHN. — A  trip  to  Newfoundland.  Harper's  New  Monthly  Maga- 
zine, Vol.  XII  (1856),  pp.  45-57. 

Notice  of  Micmac  village  and  wigwams  (p.  56). 

PATTERSON,  KEV.  G.,  D.D. — The  Stone  Age  in  Nova  Scotia,  as  illustrated  by 
a  collection  of  relics  presented  to  Dalhousie  College.  Proc.  and  Trans,  of  the 
Nova  Scotia  Institute  of  Natural  Science.  Halifax  N.  S.  Vol.  VII  (1889),  pp.  231- 
252. 

A  most  interesting  and  valuable  detailed  account  of  over  250  archaeological  specimens  from 
Nova  Scotia,  which,  together  with  some  50  other  specimens  from  other  parts  of  the  world,  were 
presented  to  the  Museum  of  Dalhousie  College,  by  the  Rev.  George  Patterson,  D.D.  of  New 
Glasgow,  N.S. 

General  description  of  places  whence  the  relics  were  obtained,  pp.  231-242.  Description 
of  prehistoric  cemetery  on  the  Big  Island  of  Merigormish,  and  excavations  made  there  in  1874, 
and  relics  found,  pp.  231-237;  skull,  p.  232,  axe,  etc.  p.  233,  bones,  233,  stone-implements,  233, 
stone  spear-head,  p.  234,  stone-flakes,  p.  234,  quadrilateral  stone  implement,  p.  235,  copper- 
knives,  p.  235,  bone,  fish-spear  heads,  pp.  235-236,  stone  pipe,  p.  286,  kitchen- middens  and 
their  location,  pp.  237-239,  kitchen-middens  on  the  sea-coast,  pp.  239-240,  Palaeolithic  and 
Neolithic  remains,  p.  240  ;  description  of  kitchen-midden  on  the  farm  of  Rev,  A.  P.  Miller, 
Merigormish,  from  which  about  half  the  objects  in  the  collection  were  obtained. 

Pp.  242-252,  are  occupied  with  a  detailed  catalogue  under  proper  heads  of  the  various  objects. 
A.  Flaked  and  chipped  stone,  pp.  242-5.  I.  Objects  of  stone,  pp.  243-249.  Raw  material,  pi  242, 
irregular  flakes  of  obsidian,  p.  243,  arrow-heads  (from  Merigormish,  St.  Mary's  Antigonish, 
Annapolis  and  Lunenburg  Co.),  pp.  243-244,  spear-heads,  perforators,  scrapers,  cutting  and 
sawing  implements,  leaf  shaped  implements,  p.  244,  large  ovoid  flat  iniplements,  p.  245.  B. 
Pecked,  ground  or  polished  stone,  pp.  245-249.  Wedges  or  celts,  p  245,  chisels,  p  246,  gouges, 
adzes,  hammers,  cutting  tools,  p.  246,  pendants  and  sinkers,  discoidal  stones,  pierced  tablet, 
stones  used,  in  grinding  and  polishing,  p.  247.  pestles,  247,  tube,  248,  pipes,  248-9,  ornaments, 
vases,  p.  249.  II.  Copper,  pp.  249-250.  III.  Bone  and  horn,  pp.  250-251,  bone  piercers,  fish- 
spear  heads,  ivory  harpoon  points,  p.  250,  horn  or  ivory  chisel,  instruments  of  walrus  ivory, 
instruments  of  uncertain  use,  p.  251.  IV.  Shell,  (none  from  N.S.).  V.  Clay,,  pp.  251-252, 
fragments  of  pottery.  VI.  Wood,  (no  prehistoric  objects  found  in  N.S.). 

PAYNE,  F.  F. — Eskimo  of  Hudson's  Strait.  Proc.  Canad.  Inst.  3rd  Series,  Vol. 
VI  (1889),  pp.  213-230. 

Contains  (p.  228),  some  remarks  on  Eskimo  graves.  Reprinted  in  pamphlet  form  18,  pp., 
Toronto,  1889.  (Notice  of  graves  on  p.  16). 

PIERS,  HARRY. — Aboriginal  Remains  of  Nova  Scotia.  Illustrated  by  the  Pro- 
vincial Museum  Collections.  Proc.  and  Trans.  Nova  Scotia  Institute  of  Natural 
Science,  Halifax,  N.S.  Vol.  VII  (1888-9,  pp.  276-290. 

A.  Detailed  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  archaeological  specimens  in  the  provincial  museum. 
Introductory,  pp.  276-7.     I.   Stone,   pp.    277-288.     A  flaked  and  chipped  stone,  pp.  277-280. 
Pvaw  material,  flakes,  unfinished  arrow  and  spear-heads,  p.  277,  arrow-heads,  p,278,  spear-heads, 
pp.  278-279,  perforators,  cutting  implements,  leaf-shaped  implements,  p,  279. 

B.  Pecked,  ground  and  polished  stone,  pp.  280-288.     Wedges,  or  celts,  pp.  280-281,  chisel, 
281,  gouges,  adzes,  p.   281,  grooved   axes,  pp.  281-282   discoidal   and   implements   of   kindred 
shape,  pp.  282-283,  (two  stones  each  resembling  a  coiled  snake),  pierced  tablets,  pp.  283-284,  stone* 

6  (c.  j.)  81 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


used  in  polishing  and  grinding,  p.  284,  tubes,  pp.  284-286,  pipes,  pp.  286-287,  ornaments,  pp. 
287-288.  III.  Copper,  (18  specimens),  p.  288.  IV.  Bone  and  horn  (piercer  or  fish-hook),  p, 
288.  IV.  Shells,  (2  fine  strings  of  wampum  beads),  pp.  288-289.  V.  Clay,  (various  fragments 
of  pottery),  pp.  289-290. 

The  very  valuable  and  interesting  paper  of  Mr.  Piers  is  illustrated  by  a  plate  (Plate  V  of 
the  volume),  with  9  figures,  the  explanation  of  which  is  found  on  p.  311  as  follows  :  Fig,  1. 
Pierced  tablet  from  Smith's  Cove  near  Digby.  Fig.  2.  Pierced  tablet  in  Webster's  Collection. 
Figs.  3  and  4,  "Snake  stone,"  presented  by  Mr.  Gilbert  Seaman  of  Ninudie.  Figs.  5  and  6, 
*'  Snake  stone,"  presented  by  Miss  Frame,  of  Shubenacadie.  Figs.  7  and  8  Pipe  from  Musquo- 
doboit  Harbor.  Fig.  9.  Pipe  from  River  Dennis,  Cape  Breton. 

POPULAR  SCIENCE  MONTHLY,  THE.— Vol.  XXXVII,  (1889),  p.  571. 

Note  on  aboriginal  mounds  in  Manitoba.     See  Bryce,  Prof.  G. 

SCOULER,  JOHN. — Observations  on  the  indigenous  tribes  of  the  N.W.  Coast 
of  America.  Journ.  of  Roy.  Geog.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  XI  (1841),  pp.  215-249. 

On  the  Indian  Tribes   inhabiting  the  N.  W.   Coast  of  America. 

Edinburgh,  New  Philos.  Journ.  Vol.  XLI  (1846),  pp.  168-192. 

SELLAR  ROBERT. — The  history  of  the  County  of  Huntingdon  and  of  the 
Seigniories  of  Chateauguay  and  Beauharnois,  from  their  first  settlement  to  the 
year  1838.  Huntingdon,  P.Q.,  1888,  VIII,  584  pp. 

Notices  (pp.  4-5)  mound  on  Nun's  Island,  and  (p.  5)  relics  found  in  Chateauguay. 

"Toronto  Globe,"  Vol.  XLVI,  No.  190,  August  9,  1890. 

Contains  on  pages  one  and  two.  a  lengthy  article  on  Indian  archaeology,  illustrated  by 
numerous  wood-cuts  of  specimens  in  the  possession  of  the  Canadian  Institute,  including  stone 
and  clay  pipes,  tubes,  awls,  totems,  copper  implements,  etc.,  by  David  Boyle. 

TRAILL,  CATHERINE  PARR. — The  Canadian  Crusoes ;  A  tale  of  the  Rice 
Lake  Plains.  Edited  by  her  sister  Agnes  Strickland.  376  pp..  Boston,  1881. 

Contains  :  description  of  preparation  of  rice  (pp.  203-204),  mortars  (204),  stone-implements 
(p.  368),  artistic  work  (pp.  375-6). 

TURNER,  LUCIEN  M. — The  single-headed  drum  of  the  Naskopie  (Nagnagnot) 
Indians,  Ungava  District,  Hudson's  Bay  Territory.  Bullet,  of  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  Vol.  XI  (1888),  Washington  1889,  pp.  453-4. 

WARD,  C.  C.— Moose  Hunting.  Scribner's  Magazine,  VoL  XII  (1877-1878), 
pp.  549-465. 

Contains  (p.  464)  notice  of  a  stone  medallion  found  at  St.  George,  New  Brunswick,  and 
wood-cut  of  same  on  page  465. 

WILSON,  SIR  DANIEL,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.,  etc. — Trade 'and  Commerce  in  the 
Stone  Age  Trans.  Roy.  Soc ,  Canada,  Sect.  II,  1880,  pp.  59-87. 

Contains  of  the  Canadian  flints  (pp.  71-72),  obsidian  (79),  pipes  Chippewayan  (81),  Assini- 
boian  (81-82),  Chippewa  (82),  stone  relics  (85),  spear-points  (85),  flints  in  Nova  Scotia  (86). 

t 

YOUNG,  REV.  EGERTON  R. — By  Canoe  and  dog  train  among  the  Cree  and 
Salteaux  Indians.  Toronto,  1890,  pp.  267. 

Describes  :  Making  of  birch-bark  canoes  (pp.  72-75),  dog-sleds  (95-6),  cabin  (206),  full-page 
illustrations  of  dog-feast  (213),  bone-fish-hook  (235). 


82 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  tapers  (No.  21).  A.  1991 

THE  ALGONKIAN  INDIANS  OF  BAPTISTE  LAKE. 
BY  A.  F.  CHAMBERLAIN,  M.A. 

During  the  month  of  September,  1890,  the  writer  (in  company  with  David 
Boyle,  Esq.,  Ph.  D.  and  Dr.  Beament  of  Bancroft)  paid  a  visit  to  the  northern 
portions  of  the  county  of  Hastings,  in  the  Province  of  Ontario.  Among  the  places 
visited  was  Baptiste  Lake,  situated  about  ten  miles  from  the  village  of  Bancroft. 
On  the  islands  and  shores  of  that  body  of  water  reside  some  twenty  Indians,  of 
Algonkian  stock.  They  are  Catholics,  and  a  priest  comes  to  them  from  time  to 
time  to  dispense  the  comforts  of  religion.  Formerly  the  Indians  roamed  over  the 
region  in  question  to  a  very  great  extent,  but  now,  excepting  the  settlement 
on  Baptiste  Lake,  there  are  few  Indians  residing  in  it.  At  another  part  of  the 
lake  there  is  an  isolated  settlement  of  Mohawks. 

On  the  island  visited,  dwell,  besides  other  Indians,  Pana'sawa  Ekwo'satsh 
and  his  family.  Francois  (which  Indianised  becomes  Pana'sawa)  speaks  English 
(fairly  well),  Indian,  and  French-Canadian.  His  wife  speaks  Indian  and  very 
little  English.  Their  son  John,  about  twenty-five  years  of  age,  speaks  English 
best,  having  forgotten  some  of  his  mother-tongue.  Fran£ois'  little  boy  (about  7) 
speaks  Indian  only. 

The  art  of  making  birch-bark  canoes  is  known  only  to  a  very  few  Indians 
in  the  settlement,  besides  Ekwosatsh  himself.  Not  the  least  interesting  portion 
of  the  time  spent  at  his  house  was  passed  in  watching  the  construction,  by 
himself  and  wife,  of  one  of  these  canoes.  Some  of  these  vessels  are  still  made 
without  any  of  the  additions  due  to  the  superior  civilization  of  the  white  man, 
such  as  leather,  nails,  etc.,  but  very  many  of  them  contain  these  articles  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  be  of  little  value  as  specimens  of  aboriginal  workmanship. 
The  mode  of  constructing  a  birch-bark  canoe  is  after  this  fashion  :  First,  the 
bark  (tchima'n  tch'igwe)  is  selected  from  the  best  tree  in  large  pieces,  as  free 
from  knots  and  blemishes  as  possible.  The  mould  or  form  (ndeskodjigan), 
around  which  the  shell  of  the  boat  is  to  be  built,  is  then  set  up.  The  piece, 
of  bark  in  approximately  fixed  positions  are  then  steamed  by  filling  the  canos 
(in  process  of  building)  with  water  and  throwing  heated  stones  into  it.  The  bare 
then  being  forced  into  proper  shape  and  position  is  sewed  with  the  spruce-rook 
fibre  (wa'tap),  and  the  little  interstices  and  seams  are  covered  with  a  sort  of  pitcht 
procured  from  the  pine  or  some  like  tree.  The  various  strengthened,  side-pieces, 
and  thwarts  are  added  from  time  to  time  as  the  construction  progresses.  The 
names  of  the  various  parts  of  the  canoe  are  as  follows  : 

ENGLISH.  INDIAN. 

Bow Ekwa  djawa'nuknl'tamo'nam'guk. 

Stern [o'J  taka'ning. 

Thwarts    Ml'tasog. 

Lisses    Pl'mikwa'nik. 

Ribs ,  •  •  • Wa'gina'k. 

Laths  along  top  of  sides Pl'tibi'ge'gun. 

Pegs Kizikataskwan, 

Mould , Ndesko'djigan. 

Paddle Abwi'. 

Bark     Tchima'n  tchigwe. 

Stones  used  to  steam  bark Assi'nin. 

S3 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  2l)  A.  1891 


Indians  here  do  not  practice  the  art  of  making  birch-bark  baskets,  or  the 
grass-woven  pails  and  other  vessels  found  amongst  other  tribes  of  similar  stock. 
Much  of  their  folk-lore  and  traditions  is  now  forgotten,  but  Ekwosatsh  had  the 
reputation  of  remembering  as  much  of  the  lore  of  his  people  as  any  Indian  in  the 
settlement.  He  was  not  at  all  acquainted  with  the  name  Nanibozhu,  but  was 
quite  familiar  with  Wiske'tchak  (another  Algonkian  name  for  this  demi-god),  who 
he  said  was  a  "big  man,  two  hundred  feet  long."  The  legend  of  Assemo'ka"  (see 
Journ.  Amer.  Folk-Lore  III.  pp.  149-150),  was  quite  unknown  to  him.  When 
some  of  the  party  were  approaching  a  cave  in  a  high  hill,  some  distance  from  the 
island,  a  noise  was  heard  proceeding  from  it,  whereupon  John  (the  son  of 
Ekwosatsh),  who  was  guiding  them,  declared  that  it  was  made  by  a  Windigu. 

Mr.  Mackintosh,  school  inspector  for  North  Hastings,  informed  the  writer 
that  the  Algonkian  Indians  in  his  county  are  still  afraid  of  the  Mohawks,  and  a 
young  Indian,  whom  he  employed  to  paddle  his  canoe  in  the  far  north  of  the 
county,  could  scarcely  hear  the  name  Mohawk  mentioned  without  showing  signs 
of  great  fear.  Pana/sawa  Ekwo'satsh  claims  that  the  Mohawks  were  badly 
defeated  by  his  people,  and  took  great  pleasure  in  relating  the  legends  here 
recorded. 

LEGEND  I. 

Ekwosatsh  says  he  heard  this  from  his  father's  grandfather  Mishito'gon,  after 
whom  Lake  MishitS'ga  was  named,  and  he  claims  to  be  the  only  one  in  the  settle- 
ment who  knows  it. 

Ki'migatnowun  ki'sa  kakma  Mitchina/towek,  Ngi'zhma'zhawuk  wudo'de 
There  had  been  men  at  that  lake  ;  they  killed  them  all,  the  Mohawks.  I  sent  one 
Mitchi  na'towe'  ode'ning  ka'mingk.  Pe'zhik,  pi'tchi  pa'tu  mitchi  na'towe  ode'nonk 
family  opposite  Mohawks  to  the  village  on  the  other  side.  One  comes  running,  Mohawks, 
ontchipi.  Azhewe'  wi'sinik  ndaina/nik.  Geshwa/bung  kikaka  wa'banunk 
from  the  village.  Our  dog  is  hungry.  To-morrow  you  will  see  him,  to-morrow  you  are 
azhaiya  bi'zhlmu'sek  saga/iguning.  Mlga'kl  mlna'gon  o'gwane'nik  kukinna 
coming  to  the  lake.  They  turn  to  fight  us,  all  we  kill,  we  did  not  kill  all  except  two 
gmesuna'nik ;  ninnishkuna  'pino'djinshiik  mzh  mi'shido'nga  sa/igun  katinuk 
children,  two,  at  Mishitoga  Lake,  them  all  we  kill,  the  Mohawks,  in  the  town, 
ka'mikut  mitchi  na'towe'  odenongk.  Pl'bung  Kitchigizis  (1)  katinuk  ka'migut 

In  winter,  February,          them  all          we  kill. 

nizh  glmadj5nug  odenongk.     Neoodenowun  mitchi  na/t<5we   [- ]  azhaiye 

Two,  I  took  them  to  (my)  town.       Four  towns,  Mohawks,         [I  destroyed].      I  am 

miglwe  nishtagank.         Madjonug  n'do'shkinl'glmuk. 

going  home  to  our  own  village.     I  took  them          away  home. 

LEGEND  II. 

(Related  by  Ekwo'satsh.) 

Pezhiknawindomagwa'nun  madawa/skugshawa/skongk.   Wezhitag.    Azhaiye 
One  came     and     told     us      at     the      Cranberry     Marsh.     Get   ready !       They 
pa'timig  nisa  ndowek.     Wa'bung  gizha/min  pezhik  nin  nishna'bek.     Pawittlgunk 
come          down.  Next  day    I  take  up    this  one    ?      people.    They  watched  them 

(1)  Kitchigizis  (i.e.  big  month)  is  now  the  Indian  name  of  February,  but  Ekwo'satsh  said  that 
formerly  it  was  called  Naw^ndo'dzh. 

84 


54  Victoria  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 


ndukka'mawa'nanfk     sl'bing    (2).  Ashinwa'bama/nanik    si'bing     pizhimshikog 

come        down  the  river.  We  see  them  coming  in  the  river  in  the  middle, 

patindontchima'n  ma'yaowa'nikum.  Azhaiye  win  si'gona'nik  ka'win  mi'naswa- 
lots  of  canoes  [come  down]  the  portage.  They  try  to  kill  us         not,       we  did  not 

'na'nanik     bu'shkaswa'nanik     Nanin      kanapikog.     Mitchi    pu'kite     wu'nunik 

give  them       battle  at  all,  we        clubbed  them 

pawe'tigunk  sibing. 

at  the  river. 

According  to  Indian  tradition  a  great  fight  took  place  at  Weslemkoon  Lake, 
one  March  day,  years  ago.  This  legend  was  told  by  an  old  Indian  chief,  who 
died  some  time  ago,  after  removing  to  Oka.  . 

NAMES  OF  LAKES  AND  RIVERS. 

There  are  some  very  interesting  names  of  streams  and  lakes  in  the  region  visited. 
The  writer  was  fortunate  enough  to  obtain  from  Ekwo'satsh  the  Indian  names  of 
many  of  these,  with  their  etymological  significations. 

1.  York  River.     No  Indian  name  known. 

2.  Baptiste  Lake  is  called  Assi'ntowa'ningk,  signifying  the  lake  where  they 
"hunt  with  a  long  pole  for  fish  (at  night)." 

3.  L'Amable  Lake,  Kawa'ndjiwe'gamug,  expressing  the  idea  of  "large  hills 
going  up,  see  lake,"  as  Ekwo'satsh  put  it. 

4.  Weslemakoon  Lake.     The  name  of  this  large  body  of  water  was  given 
variously   by  residents  in  its  vicinity.     The   writer  met  the  following  forms  : 
West  Macoun,  Westlemakoon,  Weslemakoon,  Weslemkoon,  Westnamaakoon.  The 
Indian  name  is  sinimiku'ung,  which  signifies  where  "the  beaver  makes  a  hole  in 
the  rock." 

5.  The   "narrows"   at   Weslemakoon    Lake    are    called,    by    the   Indians, 
Ota'shiwun. 

7.  Otter  Lake  translates  Nigik  Sa'igun. 

8.  Bow  Lake  translates  'Tigwa'bi  Sa'igun. 

9.  Mink  Lake  translates  Shangwe'sl  Sa'igun. 

10.  Mink  River  translates  Shangwe'si  Sibi. 

11.  Papineau  Lake  is  called  in  Indian  Mi'shiwi  Saigun,  "beaver-house  lake." 

12.  Mississippi  River  is  called  S'nl'miko'bi,  "beaver  creek." 

13.  Elephant  Lake  is  called  Oba'kadjishkawa'  kuk,  "where  it  is  all  dry,  etc." 

14.  Bunor's  Lake,  Ta'gwa'kushlwe'ning,  "place  where  they  camp  in  the  fall." 

15.  Mishitoga  Lake  is  called  Mfshitonga  SaTgun,  after  a  chief  of  that  name. 

16.  The  Madawaska  is  called  Ma'dawa'skug. 

17.  An  old  beaver-dam  some  distance  above  Ekwosatsh's  house  was  called 
'Kwe'nim.  . 

18.  A  high  granitic  bluff  near  Bancroft,   known  as  the  "Eagle's  Nest,"  is 
rendered  into  Indian  as  Kinlu  Wa/bik  (eagle-rock). 

19.  The  Ottawa  is  termed  Tchi  Si'bl',  "the  great  river." 

(2.)  Egan    "  Shute." 

(1.)  This  is  the  name  of  "a  big  marsh  thirty  miles  from  here,  called  Conroy's  marsh."  * 

85 


o4  Victoria.       ,         Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 

20.  The  Indian  name  of  the  St.  Lawrence  is  'Tchiga'mi  Sibi,  "the  sea-river." 

21.  The  island  on  which  Ekwo'satsh  lived  he  called   Mi'nitik,  a  name  given 
to  an  island  in  a  river. 

LANGUAGE. 

Besides  the  legends  and  proper  names  given  above  the  writer  obtained 
from  Ekwo'satsh  a  vocabulary  of  some  150  words.  The  language  is  that  of  the 
Nipissings  of  Oka,  at  which  place  Ekwo'satsh  had  formerly  been. 

VOCABULARY. 

ENGLISH.  INDIAN. 

Apples   Wa'bimfnuk  (i.e.  white  fruits). 

Apple-tree Wa'bimimgunsh. 

Bark Tchima'n  tchigwe. 

Barley    Wa'iyada'gan. 

Barley-flour      Wa'iyada'gan  napane'nuk. 

Beans  (white)    Sa'insun. 

Beans  (another  kind) Witisa'in. 

Beaver   Amik. 

Bed     Nipa'gun  (from  nipa,  I  sleep). 

Beech     'Shawe'mish. 

Beef   Tikwe'yoth. 

Beets Miskikade'yak  (red  turnip). 

Blackberry  (long) Ota'taga/komin. 

Blanket Wa'bowe'yan  (white  skin). 

Bow  (of  boat)   Ekwa'djaa'wnukm'tamo'nam'guk. 

Bowl  (of  pipe) O'shtigwan  (i.e.,  head). 

Bread     Pukwe'zhigan  (that  which  is  cut). 

Butter    . , Toto'shmite  (teat-grease). 

Butternut Pakano'komish. 

Cabbage     *Teshu  (Fr.  des  choux). 

Cabrestan  (for  warping  logs) Tediba'yakwe'gun. 

Canoe     Tchima'n. 

Carrots Ka'teya'_bisun. 

Cat     Ka'djag5nsh. 

Cedar     Ki'zhik. 

Ceiling  (laths) Pitustchlga'nuk. 

Chair Te'sibiwa'gun. 

Cheese   *Tchis  (Eng.  cheese). 

Cherries     Migwa'shimish. 

Chew  (to — tobacco) Takwa'men  se'ma. 

Coffee     *Ka'pe  (French  cafe). 

Come And!  wendipun(  where  do  you  comefrom).  '. 

Coal  oil Minaguk  pimite'. 

Corn Manda'min  (mysterious  seed). 

Cow  Ati'k.  ^ 

Crib   ^ Opindisa'gun. 

Crib-oars Sha'bodja'nak  Opindisa'gun. 

Cucumber *Pikwa'komb  (Fr.  de  concombres). 

Cup  Nagiinson. 

86 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 

VOCABULARY —  Continued. 

ENGLISH.  INDIAN. 

Cup  and  saucers Ni'bishwa'bona'gons. 

Currants  (red) Mi'shidji'minuk. 

Deer Washke'shi. 

Dog    Animu'sh. 

Door 'Skwandeb. 

Figs    Kinukitne'minuk. 

Fire Ishkwede'. 

Fir Shingobik. 

Floor Mitchfsug. 

Flour *Na'pane'nuk  (plural  fromF  r.  la  farine). 

Fork '. .  Patuka'igun. 

Fox    Wagush. 

Goose     Wa'bika. 

Gooseberries Sha/bominiik. 

Grapes Shawe'minin. 

Grape-vines Shawe'mish. 

Hat .  .Te'seo'kwan. 

Hemlock    Kaga'komish  (raven-tree). 

Hickory 'Tigwa'bak. 

House Wikwam. 

Huckleberries   Ml'nin  (i.e.  the  fruits). 

.     Ironwood  .' Ma'nin. 

Kettle Akikons,  atikons. 

Knife     Wisniwa/go  mo'komon  (i.e.  tableknife). 

Lamp     Wa/skonendjigun. 

Laths Pitustchiga/nuk. 

Lime Wabazheski. 

Lisses  (of  canoe) Pi'mikwa'nik. 

Logs  (of  which  house  is  made).  .  .  . Wikwa/makug. 

Loon Mangk. 

Maple  (soft) Tchigome'mish. 

Maple  (hard)    'Nina'tuk. 

Maple-sugar Nina/tuk  sinzhabakwat. 

Maple-syrup Tchiwa/gamfshigan. 

Marten 0  . .  .  .  Wa/bfshe'shi. 

Melon  (musk)   *Tema/non  (Fr.  de  melons). 

Melon    (water) Askipogwissiman. 

Milk Toto'shwa'bo  (teat-liquid). 

Mortar   : Wabazheski. 

Mould  (for  canoe)    Ndesko'djigan. 

Muskrat     .  .  , Wazheshk. 

Mustard; ^emuta'd  (Fr.  lemutard). 

Mutton Mantche'npwl'yo'th. 

Oak  (black Mitigomish. 

Oak  (red) Mitigomish. 

Oak  (white) Mishi'mish.  , 

Oar Onsun. 

Oats Mano'min. 

Oil Pimite. 

87 


54  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  21).  A.  1891 

VOCABULARY — Continued. 

ENGLISH.  INDIAN. 

Otter Nlgik. 

Paddle   Abwl'. 

Pears Wa'biminuk  (white  fruits). 

Pegs  (of  canoe) Kizikataskwan. 

Pepper  *Djepwe'v  ;  *tepwe'bun  (Fr.  du  poivre). 

Pillow    ,  .  Pikwe'shimun 

Plates  (little)    Teslna'gons. 

Pine   Shingwak. 

Pine   Kwikens. 

Pipe Poa'gun. 

Pipe-bowl Oshtigwan  (its  head). 

Pipe-stem Kidja/tik. 

Plum-tree Pa'gesa'nimish. 

Plum-stone  game. Pa'ko'minan. 

Pork Koko'shwinin. 

Pork-grease Koko'shmite. 

Pot Akik,  'tchakik  (large  pot). 

Potatoes     *Pata'kun  (Fr.  patate). 

Punt-oar .  O'nsun. 

Raccoon     Eslbun. 

Raisins Shawe'minin. 

Raspberries Miskvv^minu'k  (red  fruits). 

Rats  (house) Wa/wa/bigonozhishiig. 

Reindeer    Am'natik  (true  deer), 

Ribs  (of  canoe)    ...  Wa'gina/k. 

Rock Tchi'pikwa/bik. 

Roof 'Pukwa'ning. 

Rope Sesub. 

Rye    Kawa'djashidje'djuk. 

Rye-flour - Kawa'djashldje'djuk  napane'nuk. 

Salt    Shi'uta'gun. 

Sheep     Mantche'nish. 

Sheet Ta/tago'kwawa/djlgun. 

Skunk   Shik6g. 

Smoke  (to  —  tobacco) Sagiiswe. 

Spruce Minalk, 

Spruce  roots Wa/tap. 

Stem  (of  pipe)  .  .  ( Kldja'tik. 

Stern  (of  boat) .  . '. [0]  taka/ning. 

Stones    Assfnin. 

Stove     Plwa/pikesigun. 

Stove-pipe     ' .  Wabikwe'gun  kwanda'gunun. 

Strawberry 'Te'min. 

Sugar     Sinzhaba/kwat. 

Sugar,  (maple) 'Nlna/tuk  sinzhaba'kwat. 

»      Sumac    Kakaki'mlto'akunsh. 

Syrup  (maple) Tchiwa/gamfshigan. 

Table Wisnawa'gun. 

Tamarack 'Skegwa/tik. 

88 


51  Victoria.  Sessional  Papers  (No.  -21).  A.  1H01 


VOCABULARY — Continued. 

ENGLISH.  INDIAN. 

Tea  (dry) Nl'bish. 

T«a  (liquid)    JSi'bish  wa'bo. 

Thwarts  (of  canoe) Mitaso"g. 

Tobacco Se'ma. 

Tomatoes Kopustiyagun. 

Tree   Mitik. 

Turnip   Kade'yab. 

Upstairs     Pimi>a'gunk. 

Venison Washkeshwly<5th. 

Vinegar *Pine'gftn  (from  Fr.  vinaigre). 

Wall  (of  house)    Ne'yagwikwam. 

Water     Nlpl. 

Wheat    Mi'sirninenuk. 

Where    .And!  ko'zkon  ?  (where   have  you  been  ?). 

Whiskey    . Sko'dewa'bO  (fire  liquid). 

Who We'nen  km  ?  (who  are  you  ?). 

Window     Sabwa'gun. 

Wolf Mayinggun. 

Wolverine Pizhu'. 

In   the  above  vocabulary  the  consonants  have  their  ordinary   English   sounds. 

The  long  vowels  have  the  continental  sounds;  e  is  the  sound  in  the  English  left ; 
a  the  sound  in  am  ;  o  the  sound  in  not  ;  u  the  sound  in  but ;  a  is  a  sound  approx- 
imating to  this  last,  but  not  so  short  and  dull  ;  d  and  t,  b  and  p,  k  and  g  often 
interchange.  The  accents  are  marked,  but  in  the  case  of  dissyllables  the  stress 
is  often  equally  distributed.  The  same  word  is  not  always  pronounced  by  the 
same  individual  in  exactly  the  same  manner. 

The  French  and  English  loan-words,  which  occur  in  the  vocabulary,  are 
marked  thus  (*).  As  seen  from  a  vocabulary  of  the  Missiesagas  of  Skugog 
obtained  in  1888,  the  Baptiste  Indians  would  seem  to  denote  certain  objects  by 
names  quite  different. 

ENGLISH.  BAPTISTS  LAKE  (1890).  MISSISSAGA  (1888). 

Bark Tchigwe Wigwns. 

Bean Witisa'in  (pi.) Mishkodisimin. 

Beets Miskikarievak  (pi ) Miskotchi's. 

Carrots Kateya/blsun  (pi.) Osawatchis. 

Fire    Ishkwede   Isketuk. 

Hat Teseo'k wan    Wlwakwan. 

Pepper Tepwe'bun     Wa/sakon. 

Potato    Pata/kun  (pi.)     Opin. 

Turnip Kade'yab     Tchls. 

Window     Sabwa'gun Wasa'djakan. 

The  Nipissing  and  Mississaga  dialects,  on  the  whole,  however,  closely  re- 
semble each  other. 


7  (c.  i.)  89 


ANNUAL  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT 


AND 


CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 

(SESSION   1891), 


BEING 


:E>  IE  isr  ID  i  zx: 


TO   THE 


REPORT  OF  THE  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION, 


ONTARIO. 


PRINTED  BY  OEDEE  OF  THE  LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY. 


TO  It  ONTO: 
PRINTED   BY   WARWICK   &   SONS,  68  AND  70   FRONT   STREET   WEST. 

1892. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT 5 

NOTES 7 

PALCEOLITHS 10 

•SOUTHWOLD  EARTHWORK * 11 

MALAHIDE  TOWNSHIP 11 

•CAMDEN  TOWNSHIP 12 

WlLLIAMSBURGH  EARTHWORK 13 

HERSCHEL  TOWNSHIP 13 

LANARK  COUNTY,  by  Dr.  T,  W.  Beeman 15 

ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM   18 

POTTERY ; 23 

€LAY  PIPES 26 

STONE  PIPES 29 

FLAKED  IMPLEMENTS 34 

-CELTS,  CHISELS,  GOUGES 36 

VARIOUS  SLATE  SPECIMENS 39 

FINGER  KING 43 

RUBBING  TOOLS 43 

BONE  AND  HORN   44 

SHELL 50 

IRON  TOMAHAWK  51 

COPPER  51 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA  SPECIMENS    52 

LETTER  FROM  MR.  W.  H.  JONES 53 

LETTER  FROM  MR.  ROWLAND  E.  GREEN 55 

CRANIA  57 

CRANIAL  MEASUREMENTS,  by  Dr.  Susanna  P.  Boyle 57 


^ARCHAEOLOGICAL    REPORT- 

BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 


To  the  President  and  Members  of  the  Canadian  Institute  : — 

GENTLEMEN, — Our  year's  work  has  been  successful,  and  I  am  able  to  an- 
nounce augmented  interest  in  archaeological  matters,  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
Institute.  The  increase  of  correspondence  alone  has  been  considerable  and  has 
occupied  an  unusually  large  portion  of  time.  Many  of  the  letters  received  are 
irom  farmers  and  young  people ;  from  the  former,  generally,  with  regard  to 
features  observed  on  the  farm,  and  from  the  latter,  asking  for  information  about 
^specimens  they  have  found,  and  where  they  may  procure  books  that  will  lend 
them  assistance  in  prosecuting  the  study  of  archaeology.  In  a  large  number  of 
•cases  correspondents  ask  for  copies  of  our  reports,  but  these,  I  am  sorry  to  say, 
we  cannot  always  send,  as  the  issue  is  too  small  to  supply  the  increasing  demand. 

During  no  other  period  since  the  commencement  of  this  work  have  so  many 
requests  and  invitations  been  received  to  go  here  and  there  for  the  purpose  of 
examining  this  or  that  locality.  Only  want  of  time  and  means  has  prevented 
this  being  done  in  many  cases.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that  much  of  such  work 
may  be  overtaken  during  the  next  year,  especially  in  some  of  the  newer  parts 
of  the  country,  where  the  conditions  for  investigation  are  superior  to  those  of 
the  old  settlements. 

With  the  increase  of  interest  manifested  in  this  study,  two  types  of  individ- 
ual are  particularly  noticeable.  First,  there  is  the  man  of  true  scientific  instinct, 
who  says,  in  effect,  "  I  am  glad  this  work  is  going  on,  and  it  is  my  intention  to 
help  it  in  every  way  I  can,"  and,  secondly,  there  is  the  sordid,  mercenary  man 
who  says  in  effect  also,  "  I  am  glad  this  work  is  going  on,  and  it  is  my  intention 
to  help  it  in  every  way  I  can,  so  long  as  I  can  make  anything  out  of  it"  We 
have  to  thank  both  for  much  valuable  assistance  rendered  during  the  year. 

Again  also,  we  are  indebted  to  the  Legislature  of  the  province  for  the  aid 
•extended  to  our  work. '  Without  it,  absolutely  nothing  could  have  been  done, 
except  in  a  very  perfunctory  sort  of  way. 

Up  to  the  present  time,  one  of  the  chief  drawbacks  to  the  museum  has  been 
its  undesirable  situation  on  a  third  storey.  It  is  hoped  that  the  new  arrange- 
ments entered  into  will  render  it  more  attractive  to  the  general  public.  Here- 
after, with  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Education,  the  Museum  will  find  ac- 
commodation in  the  building  of  the  Toronto  Public  Library,  where  it  will  be  open 


daily,  (all  day,  and  not  only  during  afternoons  as  formerly).  This  arrangement* 
however,  affects  only  the  exhibition  of  the  specimens.  A  s  heretofore,  the  archaeo- 
logical work  will  be  under  the  direction  of  the  Canadian  Institute,  and  will  be 
as  purely  provincial  in  its  character  as  it  has  always  been. 

During  the  year  we  have  been  under  especial  obligations  to  Hon.  Peter  Mc- 
Laren and  Mrs.  McLaren,  of  Perth  ;  Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman,  of  Bancroft ;  Dr.  T.  W. 
Beeman,  of  Perth  ;  Dr.  M.  I.  Beeman,  of  Centreville  ;  Mr.  Arthur  Brown,  Public 
School  Inspector,  Morrisburg ;  Mr.  Archibald  Riddell,  Bancroft ;  Mr.  Fred.  Mul- 
lett,  Bancroft ;  Mr.  John  Bell,  ex-M.  P.  Lennox  and  Addington ;  Mr.  Chester 
Henderson,  Southwold ;  Mr.  D.  H.  Price,  Aylmer ;  Mr.  J.  H.  Coyne,  St.  Thomas ; 
Mr.  J.  H.  Grouse,  Brantford  ;  Messrs.  McCrossen,  Osborne  and  Bend,  of  Penetan- 
guishene ;  Mr.  W.  H.  Jones,  Vancouver  City,  British  Columbia ;  Mr.  T.  Sydney 
Dobbin,  Esquimalt,  British  Columbia ;  Mr.  Alan  Macdougall,  Toronto ;  Capt. 
David  Allan,  Elora ;  Mr.  Jas.  Bolan,  Springfield,  Mass.  ;  and  to  Messrs.  W.  J. 
Morris,  Harry  Morris,  Jas.  Knox,  J.  S.  Wilson,  Cyrus  Davis,  Nelson  Covell,  E- 
M.  Morgan,  Andrew  McCoy,  Andrew  Drummond,  Thos  H.  Scott,  Matthew  Scott' 
Mrs.  Sherritt,  James  King,  James  McLaren,  Geo.  Hone,  Geo.  Carpenter,  Chas. 
Mackey,  John  P.  Fraser,  J.  F.  Kennedy,  Jas.  Graham,  Thomas  Moffat,  J.  W.  Bor- 
rowman,  Jas.  Jackson,  Mrs.  Smith,  W.  H.  Blair,  Daniel  McDonald,  James  Walker,. 
John  Coutts,  R.  McLean,  John  F.  Moore,  Andrew  Paul,  Miles  Brown  and  Austin 
Keays,  all  of  whom  have  contributed  through  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman,  to  make  the 
collection  from  Lanark  county  as  nearly  as  possible  a  thoroughly  representative 
one. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Moule,  the  artist,  has  taken  pains  to  make  the  drawings  for  this 
report  as  accurate  as  possible,  and  the  engravings  made  by  the  Central  Press 
Agency  have  been  capitally  reproduced,  by  the  photozincographic  process. 


NOTES. 


"  The  student  who  applies  the  comparative  method  to  the  study  of  human  customs  and  institu- 
tions is  continually  finding  usages,  beliefs,  or  laws  existing  in  one  part  of  the  world  that  have 
long  since  ceased  to  exist  in  another  part  ;  yet  where  they  have  ceased  to  exist  they  have  often 
left  unmistakable  traces  of  their  former  existence.  In  Australia  we  find  types  of  savagery 
ignorant  of  the  bow  and  arrow  :  in  aboriginal  North  America,  a  type  of  barbarism  familiar 
with  the  art  of  pottery,  but  ignorant  of  domestic  animals  or  of  the  use  of  metals  ;  among  the 
earliest  Romans,  a  higher  type  of  barbarism,  familiar  with  iron  and  cattle,  but  ignorant  of 
the  alphabet.  Along  with  such  gradations  in  material  culture  we  find  associated  gradations  in 
ideas,  in  social  structure,  and  in  deep-seated  customs.  Thus  some  kind  of  fetichism  is  apt 
to  prevail  in  the  lower  stages  of  barbarism  and  some  form  of  polytheism  in  the  higher  stages. 

"In  the  most  advanced  societies  we  find  numerous  traces  of  such  states  of  things  as  now 
exist  only  among  savage  or  barbarous  societies.  Our  own  ancestors  were  once  polytheista,  with 
plenty  of  traces  of  fetichism.  They  were  organized  in  clans,  phratries,  tribes.  There  was  a 
time  when  they  used  none  but  stone  tools  and  weapons,  when  there  was  no  private  property  in 
land,  and  no  political  structure  higher  than  the  tribe.  .  Among  the  forefathers  of  the  present 
civilized  inhabitants  of  Europe  are  unmistakable  traces  of  human  sacrifices,  and  of  the  reckoning 
of  kinship  through  the  mother  only.  When  we  have  come  to  survey  large  groups  of  facts  of  this 
sort,  the  conclusion  is  irresistibly  driven  home  to  us  that  the  more  advanced  societies  have 
gone  through  various  stages  now  represented  here  and  there  by  less  ad  van  ced  societies  ;  that 
there  is  a  general  path  of  social  development,  along  which,  owing  to  special  circumstances,  some 
peoples  have  advanced  a  great  way,  some  a  less  way,  some  but  a  very  little  way,  and  that  by  study- 
ing existing  savages  and  barbarians  we  get  a  valuable  clue  to  the  interpretation  of  pre-historic  times. 
All  these  things  are  to-day  common-places  among  students  of  history  and  archaeology ;  sixty  years 
ago  they  would  have  been  scouted  as  unintelligible  and  idle  vagaries.  Yet  to  this  change  is  en- 
tirely due  the  superior  power  of  modern  historical  methods.  Formerly  the  historian  told  anec- 
dotes <>r  discussed  particular  lines  of  policy  ;  now  he  can  do  that  as  much  as  ever,  but  he  cai 
also  study  nation-building,  and  discern  some  features  of  the  general  drift  of  events  from  the  earli- 
est to  the  most  recent  times." — John  Fiske,  Pop.  Science  Monthly,  Sept,  1891.  pp.  585.  586. 


With  the  advance  of  time,  interest  increases  in  all  that  relates  to  the  early 
condition  of  man.  The  words  ethnology,  anthropology  and  archaeology  are  rapidly 
becoming  as  common  as  geology  astronomy  and  geography.  Everything  that 
illustrates  a  point  in  the  life-history  of  existing  primitive  peoples  is  carefully 
noted ;  comparisons  instituted,  and  conclusions  either  arrived  at  or  attempted.  A 
German  traveller  recently  discovered  a  tribe  of  cave  dwellers  in  Africa,  and, 
thereupon,  curiosity  was  aroused  as  to  how  the  manners  and  customs  of  these 
modern  troglodytes  would  bear  out  conclusions  arrived  at  from  an  examination 
of  ancient  cave -dwellings  in  France,  Belgium  and  England.  Notwithstanding 
racial  distinctions  and  lapse  of  time,  the  results  of  the  comparison  were  said  to 
be  highly  satisfactory. 

But,  although  much  has  been  written,  especially  during  the  last  half  century, 
on  the  beginnings  and  growth  of  society,  one  still  hears  a  frequent  repetition  of 
the  query,  What  does  it  matter  to  us  how  a  lot  of  savages  lived  a  hundred  or  a 
thousand  years  ago  ?  A  query  of  this  kind  always  embodies  a  sneer;  a  sneer 
implying  that  time  devoted  to  such  matters  is  spent  foolishly  or  absolutely 
thrown  away. 

"  We  are  too  apt,"  says  Reclus,*  "  to  look  down  scornfully  from  the  heights 
of  modern  civilization  upon  the  mental  processes  of  former  times,  upon  the  ways 
of  feeling,  acting  and  thinking,  which  characterise  human  aggregations  anterior 
to  our  own.  How  often  we  scoff  without  knowing  anything  about  them !  We 
have  fancied  that  the  ethnology  of  inferior  races  was  nothing  but  a  medley  of 

*  ftlie  Reclus  in  "  Primitive  Folk,"  1890,  p.  vii. 


nonsense ;  and,  in  fact,  prejudices  appear  doubly  absurd  when  we  do  not  possess 
the  key  to  them.  We  have  ended  by  believing  that  there  is  no  intelligence  but 
our  own,  no  morality  that  does  not  fit  in  with  our  formulas.  But  who  are  we 
that  we  should  take  up  such  a  lofty  position  with  regard  to  the  intellectual  and 
moral  weakness  of  those  who  preceded  us  ?  There  is  a  lesson  to  be  learnt,  if  we 
take  the  pains  to  look  for  it,  in  these  errors  through  which  the  human  race  has 
passed,  these  illusions  which  it  has  left  behind.  They  are  no  mere  anomalies  or 
sports  of  chance  launched  forth  into  empty  space  ;  they  have  been  produced  by 
natural  causes,  in  natural,  and  we  may  say,  logical  order.  *  *  *  The  whole 
series  of  superstitions  is  but  the  search  for  truth  amidst  ignorance," 

A  common  error  regarding  savages  is  that  they  have  lived,  or  still  live,  in  a 
state  of  chronic  war  and  bloodshed,  either  with  their  neighbours  or  among  them- 
selves ;  a  moment's  consideration  should  suffice  to  show  the  fallacy  of  this  view, 
for  besides  the  very  considerable  amount  of  time  required  to  provide  food  and  the 
material  for  clothing,  many,  many  days  and  weeks  of  patient  labour  were  spent 
in  flaking  flints,  chipping  and  polishing  celts,  boring  holes  in  implements  of 
various  kinds,  and  in  fashioning  what,  to  us,  are  mysterious  objects,  so  far  as 
their  use  is  concerned. 

Misconception  of  this  kind  is  likely  to  arise  from  the  perusal  of  "  penny- 
dreadfuls,"  and  even  from  books  of  professedly  higher  aim,  where  the  savage  is 
never  introduced  without  a  "  diabolical  grin  on  his  countenance,  a  war-club  in 
his  blood-stained  hand,"  and  "  his  dishevelled  locks  matted  with  the  gore  of  his 
innocent  victims." 

Prince  Kropotkin*  on  this  point  remarks,  "  At  no  period  of  man's  life  were 
wars  the  normal  state  of  existence.  While  warriors  exterminated  each  other  and 
the  priests  celebrated  their  massacres,  the  masses  continued  to  live  their  daily  life, 
they  prosecuted  their  daily  toil.  And  it  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  studies  to 
follow  that  life  of  the  masses ;  to  study  the  means  by  which  they  maintained 
their  own  social  organisation,  which  was  based  upon  their  own  conceptions  of 
equity,  mutual  aid,  and  mutual  support  of  common  law,  in  a  word,  even  when 
they  were  submitted  to  the  most  ferocious  theocracy  or  autocracy  in  the  state." 

The  myths  and  superstitions  of  primitive  folk,  their  social  organization,  their 
germs  of  constitutional  government,  their  daily  occupations,  their  forms,  cere- 
monies, games  and  amusements,  the  mechanical  methods  and  devices  they 
employed,  and  the  examples  of  their  handicraft — all  these  must  ever  possess  an 
increasing  interest  to  thoughtful  persons  generally,  but  more  especially  to  those 
whose  desire  it  is  to  study  civilisation  "  in  its  wide  ethnographic  sense  "  as  "  that 
complex  whole  which  includes  knowledge,  belief,  art,  morals,  law,  custom,  and 
any  other  capabilities  and  habits  acquired  by  man  as  a  member  of  society." 
"Even  when  it  comes  to  comparing  barbarous  hordes  with  civilised  nations,  the 
consideration  thrusts  itself  on  our  minds,  how  far  item  after  item  of  the  life  of  the 
lower  races  passes  into  analogous  proceedings  of  the  higher,  in  forms  not  too  far 
changed  to  be  recognised,  and  sometimes  hardly  changed  at  all.  Look  at  the 
modern  European  peasant  using  his  hatchet  and  his  hoe,  see  his  food  boiling  or 
roasting  over  the  log  fire,  observe  the  exact  place  which  beer  holds  in  his  calcu- 
lation of  happiness,  hear  his  tale  of  the  ghost  in  the  nearest  haunted  house,  and 
of  the  farmer's  niece  who  was  bewitched  with  knots  in  her  inside  till  she  fell  into 
fits  and  died.  If  we  choose  out  in  this  way  things  which  have  altered  little  in  a 
long  course  of  centuries,  we  may  draw  a  picture  where  there  shall  scarce  be  a 
hand's  breadth  difference  between  an  English  ploughman  and  a  negro  of  Central 
Africa."  f 


"  Mutual  Aid  Among  Savages,"  Nineteenth  Century,  April,  1891,  p. 
"Primitive  Culture,"  by  Edward B.  Tylor,  London,  1871,  vol.  1,  p.  6. 


559. 


Except,  perhaps,  in  the  matter  of  house  accommodation,  it  might  not  be 
difficult  to  prove  that  the  every-day  life  of  the  old  American  savage  was  superior 
to  that  of  peasants  in  some  civilised  communities  to-day.  This,  not  so  much  to 
the  credit  of  the  Indian,  as  to  show  that  modern  society  in  at  least  a  few  of  its 
phases,  has  not  made  all  the  advance  it  was  capable  of  making,  or  that  we  have  a 
right  to  suppose  it  should  have  done. 

In  the  region  of  the  aesthetic,  the  Indian,  even  of  this  northern  latitude, 
occupied  an  immensely  higher  plane  than  the  class  just  mentioned.  He  under- 
stood the  effect  of  colour,  and  employed  it  to  some  purpose,  both  in  personal 
decoration  and  on  articles  of  manufacture  ;  his  sense  of  the  elegant  in  form  is  well 
illustrated  in  the  graceful  outline  given  to  many  of  his  coarse  clay  vessels,  his 
pipes  of  stone  and  clay,  and  in  the  great  variety  of  beautifully  fashioned  objects 
which  are  known  to  us,  for  the  want  of  a  more  definite  name,  as  "  ceremonial  " 
weapons.  In  the  adornment,  too,  of  his  clay  pipes  and  pots  he  attempted  to 
please  the  eye  by  means  of  depressed  lines,  dots  and  circles,  to  form  patterns,  some 
of  which  are  both  regular  and  complicated. 

Morally,  his  code  may  not  have  been  a  very  high  one,  out  religiously,  he  may 
fairly  be  placed  among  the  first  of  animists.  To  him,  everything  visible  and 
tangible  was  the  abode  of  a  spirit.  When  he  dreamt  of  anything  he  must  obtain 
it,  lest  his  spirit  should  forsake  his  body  to  fraternise  with  the  spirit  of  what  ap- 
peared to  him  in  his  sleep  ;  or  his  dream  was  a  visit  paid  to  him  from  the  soul'  of 
the  subject  of  hisd  ream.*  According  to  Morgan^  the  Iroquois  used  to  make  a  hole 
in  the  grave  to  facilitate  the  passage  of  the  soul  from  and  to  the  body,  and  more 
recently  it  was  customary  to  bore  one  or  more  holes  in  the  coffin  for  a  similar 
purpose. 

Sagard  informs  us  that  the  soul  of  the  dog,  went  to  serve  the  soul  of  his 
owner  in  the  Spirit-land. f  Of  nothing  concerning  the  Indians  are  we  more 
certain  then  of  his  pan-spiritism — all  the  early  writers  referred  to  this  belief. 
Not  only  were  natural  objects  thus  regarded,  for  weapons,  tools,  ornaments,  war- 
paint and  all  other  objects,  partly  or  wholly  manufactured,  were  similarly 
possessed.  Hence  the  custom  of  placing  those  articles  in  graves. 

"  That  the  purpose  of  such  offerings  is  the  transmission  of  the  objects'  spirit 
or  phantom  to  the  possession  of  the  man's,  is  explicitly  stated  as  early  as  1623  by 
Father  Lallemant :  when  the  Indians  buried  kettles,  furs,  etc.,  with  the  dead,  they 
said  that  the  bodies  of  the  things  remained,  but  their  souls  went  to  the  dead  who 
used  them.  The  whole  idea  is  graphically  illustrated  in  the  following  Ojibwa 
tradition  or  myth.  "  Gitchi  Gauzini  was  a  chief  who  lived  on  the  shores  of  Lake 
Superior,  and  once,  after  a  few  days'  illness  he  seemed  to  die.  He  had  been  a 
skilful  hunter,  and  had  drsired  that  a  fine  gun  which  he  possessed  should  be 
buiied  with  him  when  he  died.  But  some  of  his  friends  not  thinking  him  really 
dead,  his  body  was  not  buried  ;  his  widow  watched  him  for  four  days,  he  came 
back  to  life,  and  told  his  story.  After  death,  he  said,  his  ghost  travelled  on  the 
"broad  road  of  the  dead  toward  the  happy  land,  passing  over  great  plains  of 
luxuriant  herbage,  seeing  beautiful  groves,  and  hearing  the  songs  of  innumerable 
birds,  till  at  last,  from  the  summit  of  a  hill,  he  caught  sight  of  the  distant  city  of  the- 
dead,  far  across  an  intermediate  space,  partly  veiled  in  mist,  and  spangled  with 
glittering  lakes  and  streams.  He  came  in  view  of  herds  of  stately  deer,  and 
moose,  and  other  game,  which  with  little  fear  walked  near  his  path.  But  he  had 
no  gun,  and  remembering  how  he  had  requested  his  friends  to  put  his  gun  in  his 

*  Nouvelle  France,  Charlevoix,  vol.  vi.,  p.  78. 
f  Iroquois— Morgan,  p.  176.      JHistoire  du  Canada,  Theo.  Sagard  p.  497. 


10 


grave,  he  turned  back  to  go  and  feteh  it.  Then  he  met  face  to  face  the  train  of 
men,  women,  and  children  who  were  travelling  toward  the  city  of  the  dead. 
They  were  heavily  laden  with  guns,  pipes,  kettles,  meats,  and  other  articles ; 
women  were  carrying  basket-work  and  painted  paddles,  and  little  boys  had  their 
ornamented  clubs,  and  their  bows  and  arrows,  the  presents  of  their  friends. 
Refusing  a  gun  which  an  overburdened  traveller  offered  him,  the  ghost  of 
Gitchi  Gauzini  travelled  back  in  quest  of  his  own,  and  at  last  reached  the  place 
where  he  had  died.  There  he  could  see  only  a  great  fire  before  him  and  around  him, 
and  finding  the  flames  barring  his  passage  on  every  side,  he  made  a  desperate 
leap  through,  and  awoke  from  his  trance.  Having  concluded  his  story  he  gave 
his  auditors  counsel  that  they  should  no  longer  deposit  so  many  burdensome  things 
with  the  dead,  delaying  them  on  their  journey  to  the  place  of  repose,  so  that 
almost  every  one  he  met  complained  bitterly.  It  would  be  wiser,  he  said,  only 
to  put  such  things  in  the  grave  as  the  deceased  was  particulary  attached  to,  or 
made  a  formal  request  to  have  deposited  with  him."* 

Perhaps  it  is  in  some  degree  owing  to  this  belief  in  universal  spirit  possession 
that  our  northern  Indians  so  seldom  ventured  to  fashion  anything  immodest,  or 
even  suggestive.  That  it  was  not  for  the  want  of  mechanical  ability  we  know — 
the  multiplicity  of  designs  in  clay,  stone  and  bone  sufficiently  attest  this,  but 
whatever  the  reason  may  have  been  the  almost  entire  absence  of  such  objects  is 
a  noteworthy  fact,  when  taken  in  connection  with  the  early  records  relating  to 
all  the  tribes  in  this  part  of  America. 

Among  North  American  Indians,  perhaps  the  Cherokees  deserved  least  credit 
for  their  good  taste  in  this  respect,  but  even  they  compare  favorably  with  the. 
peoples  ot  South  America. 


While  many  specimens,  (especially  flaked  ones)  found  in  different  parts 
of  the  province,  may  be  classified  -as  palseoliths,  they  have,  up  to  the  present 
time  always  been  found  associated  in  such  a  way  with  neoliths  that  it  is 
impossible  to  designate  them  as  palseoliths  with  any  degree  of  certainty.  Leaf- 
shaped  "  flints  "  have  been  picked  up  that  are  quite  as  rudely  formed  as  any  from 
the  deepest  stalagmite  deposits  of  Europe,  but  never  in  situations  to  suggest  that 
they  are  other  than  rough-hewn  tools  or  weapons,  which,  as  such,  had  a  purpose 
in  the  economy  of  people  who  were  capable  of  producing  better  things.  Until 
we  find  specimens  of  this  kind,  as  Dr.  Abbott  found  them  in  the  Trenton  gravels, 
or  in  some  situation  isolated  from  all  others,  or  distinct  as  to  material  or  coating 
from  specimens  of  a  superior  quality  in  the  same  neighborhood,  we  shall  not  be 
warranted  in  making  any  distinction  relative  to  time  of  possible  production. 
Those  that  approach  most  nearly  to  satisfying  some  of  those  conditions,  and  now 
in  the  museum,  were  found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Seabrook,  near  Komoka  in 
Delaware  township.  Nearly  seventy  were  found  in  a  "  nest "  only  a  few  inches 
below  the  surface.  In  appearance  they  bear  every  mark  of  being  much  older 
than  other  specimens  found  in  the  same  district,  but  unfortunately  among  the  lot 
as  forwarded  to  us  was  an  arrow-head  of  decidedly  more  recent  type,  and  Mr. 
Seabrook  asserts  that  it  was  found  along  with  the  rest.  A  further  reference  to- 
these,  with  two  cuts,  may  be  found  in  the  Archaeological  Report  for  1886-7  p.  45. 

^Primitive  Culture,  Tylor,  vol.  1,  pp.  434,  435. 


11 


SOUTHWOLD   EARTHWORK. 


i 

A  former  examination  of  this  remarkable  earthwork  in  company  with  Dr 
Tweedale  having  proved  unsatisfactory  for  want  of  time,  the  place  was  visited 
again  last  May  by  Mr.  Jas.  Bain,  Mr.  W.  H.  Jenkins  and  myself,  Mr.  Chester 
Henderson  the  proprietor,  and  Mrs.  Henderson  doing  everything  possible  to 
facilitate  the  object  we  had  in  view. 

It  was  thought  that  a  close  scrutiny  might  lead  to  the  discovery  of  the  re- 
mains of  palisades,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Beverly  works  [Can.  Inst.  Ann.  Rep. 
1886-7,  p.  11]  but  in  this  we  were  disappointed.  We  uncovered  the  banks  at 
various  points,  by  removing  the  sod  to  the  depth  of  several  inches,  but  no  trace 
of  palisades  was  found  anywhere.  At  a  place  near  the  south-sast  point,  where 
the  outer  bank  measured  seventeen  feet  across  the  base,  and  was  three  and  a  half 
feet  above  the  adjacent  level,  we  made  a  cut  the  whole  depth  exposing  a  clean 
section,  which  showed  very  clearly  the  structure  of  the  work,  on  account  of  the 
admixture  of  dark  and  light-coloured  mould  as  it  had  been  thrown  up  by  the 
builders. 

A  large  number  of  test-holes,  made  in  various  parts  of  the  enclosed  area, 
proved  the  existence  of  various  ash-heaps.  Some  fragments  of  pottery  and  deer- 
horn  were  found. 


MAL  ABIDE. 

The  people  who  at  one  time  held  the  ground  now  included  in  the  county  of 
'Elgin,  have  left  many  evidences  of  their  fondness  for  the  throwing  up  of  embank- 
ments, of  which  the  most  remarkable  is  that  in  the  township  of  Southwold, 
already  referred  to.  But  others  are  reported  in  various  parts  of  the  county. 

In  Malahide  township  there  are  several  works  of  this  kind,  a  few  of  which 
we  examined.  On  the  farm  of  Mr.  Stephen  Pound,  lot  —  concession  7,  is  a 
plateau,  some  three  or  four  acres  in  extent,  the  sides  of  which  facing  the  north- 
east and  south-east  respectively,  are  unusually  steep  and  from  fifteen  to  twenty- 
five  feet  in  depth.  The  sides  mentioned  converge  to  a  point  almost  due  east, 
and  connecting  the  opposite  ends  where  the  declivities  begin  is  a  bank  about  one' 
hundred  yards  long,  forming  the  western  boundary  of  a  triangular  area.  Only 
twelve  or  thirteen  years  ago  this  bank  is  said  to  have  been  quite  three  feet  high  ; 
it  is  now  barely  one  foot  above  the  level,  having  been  already  ploughed  five  or 
•  six  times. 

Taking  into  account  the  two  naturally  formed  steep  sides,  there  can  be  little 
reasonable  doubt  that  the  embankment  was  constructed  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
fending the  spot  on  its  weakest  or  most  approachable  side.  The  bank  was  pro- 
bably palisaded,  but  the  length  of  time  the  ground  had  been  under  cultivation 
rendered  it  useless  to  look  for  any  traces  of  such  fortification.  On  the  Dalby 
farm,  lot  26,  concession  6,  is  a  bank  eighty-six  feet  long  and  nearly  two  feet  high. 
It  is  not  quite  straight,  but  forms  a  very  obtuse  angle  twenty-two  feet  from  its 
western  extremity.  While  this  elevation  has  both  internally  and  externally 
apparent  evidences  of  artificial  formation,  we  could  find  no  traces  of  posts  or  pal- 
ings, nor  did  it  at  all  resemble  the  heaps  sometimes  left  to  indicate  the  former 
existence  of  a  "  long-house." 

On  the  same  farm  and  but  a  short  distance  away,  are  two  mounds  each 
twenty-five  feet  in  diameter,  one  being  about  two  feet,  and  the  other  nearly  four 


12 


feet  high.  They  are  old  kitchen-middens,  consisting  mainly  of  ashes  and  domes- 
tic refuse.  Both  have  been  opened  at  various  times  with  the  usual  result :  clay 
pipes,  broken  pottery,  splintered  bones  and  unio  shells. 

From  an  eighty-three-year-old  native  of  the  township,  we  learned  that  while 
a  good  many  skeletons  have  been  discovered  singly,  no  ossuaries  have  been  found 
in  that  part  of  the  country. 


CAMDEN. 

The  township  of  Camden,  in  the  county  of  Addington,  has  been  in  former 
days  a  famous  Indian  fishing  and  hunting  ground.  On  the  invitation  of  Dr.  M. 
I.  Beeman,  of  Centreville,  I  spent  a  few  days  there  during  the  past  summer,  and 
although  some  of  the  places  examined  did  not  "pan  out "  as  well  as  could  have  been 
wished,  a  considerable  amount  of  information  was  gained — information  that  will 
probably  prove  valuable  in  future. 

Being  joined  by  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman,  of  Perth,  we  proceeded  first  to  examine 
a  number  of  knolls  situated  very  closely  to  one  another  on  the  farm  of  Mr. 
Israel  Stewart,  lot  37,  in  the  4th  concession  of  the  township.  For  many  years, 
these  had  been  regarded  by  the  settlers  "  in  all  the  region  round  about "  as  In- 
dian graves,  but  the  first  glance  tended  to  throw  discredit  on  this  view.  A  few 
spadefuls  of  earth  from  some  of  them  speedily  satisfied  us  (if  we  had  any  doubt) 
that  the  knolls  were  of  natural  formation,  and  the  wonder  is  that  such  a  simple 
test  had  not  been  made  long  before,  by  those  who  regarded  them  as  what  they 
were  not. 

On  the  same  farm  there  is  a  long  bank,  some  three  or  four  feet  above  the 
general  level,  which  has  every  surface  appearance  of  our  western  earth- works,  and 
of  one  I  subsequently  visited  further  east,  in  the  township  of  Williamsburgh. 
An  examination  of  this  bank  revealed  to  us  the  fact  that  it  was  simply  an  ancient 
reef,  formed  by  the  anticlinal  strata  of  an  upheaval  which  took  place  long  before 
even  the  Indians  had  "  discovered  "  America. 

In  an  adjoining  field,  close  to  Varty  Lake  there  are  still  many  traces  of 
former  Indian  occupation,  and  here,  some  years  ago,  Mr.  Stewart  found  a  fine 
copper  spear-head,  which  came  into  our  possession  through  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 

Along  a  low  ridge  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  George  Milligan,  lot  29,  con.  6,  we 
found  innumerable  traces  of  old-time  residence,  consisting  mainly  of  pottery  frag- 
ments, and  one  bone  awl  or  bodkin  (with .  a  hole  in  it)  picked  up  by  Dr. 
Beeman. 

On  the  farm  of  Mr.  Joseph  B.  Lucas,  many  interesting  specimens  have  been 
found  from  time  to  time.  From  this  gentlemen  we  have  procured  a  large,  block- 
ed-out, stealite,  platform  pipe  (see  figure  28),  two  gouges  and  three  large  stone 
axes. 

Mr.  George  G  Wager,  of  the  village  of  Enterprise,  presented  us  also  with  a 
knife-like  formed  lime-stone  specimen,  the  shape  of  which  is  probably  due  to 
natural  causes. 

Besides  the  gentlemen  already  referred  to,  our  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  John 
W.  Bell,  ex-M.P.,  for  the  courtesy  and  assistance  he  rendered  during  a  portion  of 
the  time  spent  in  Camden  township. 

From  the  interest  that  has  been  created  in  that  part  of  the  country,  profit- 
able returns  may  yet  be  expected,  and  should  any  discovery  be  made,  the  Insti- 
tute will  no  doubt  hear  of  it,  through  Dr.  M.  I.  Beeman. 


13 


WILLIAMSBURGH. 

Early  in  the  season,  I  received  from  the  Minister  of  Education,  a  letter  ad- 
dressed to  him  by  Mr.  Arthur  Brown,  Public  School  Inspector  of  Dundas  county, 
pointing  out  that  in  the  township  of  Williamsburgh,  a  few  miles  from  Morrisburg, 
there  was  still  to  be  seen  a  portion  of  what  had  once  been  very  extensive  earth- 
works. Mr.  Brown  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  place  should  be  examined  in  the 
interests  of  archaeology,  and  we  have  to  acknowledge  our  indebtedness  to  him  for 
calling  attention  to  what  is  (or  was),  according  to  our  present  state  of  knowledge, 
the  most  easterly  circular  embankment  in  Ontario.  On  reaching  Morrisburg, 
Mr.  Brown  kindly  accompanied  me  to  the  place,  and  put  me  in  communication 
with  Mr.  J.  J.  Merkely,  one  of  the  oldest  residents  in  that  part  of  the  country. 
Mr.  Merkely  remembered  seeing  the  embankment  first  in  1816.  It  was  then 
about  three  feet  above  the  surrounding  level,  and  enclosed  an  area  of  about  five 
acres.  His  father  Mr.  Jacob  Merkely,  and  his  uncle  Henry  had  both  told  him  that 
within  the  enclosure  there  were  five  "  pottery  ovens,"  but  this  statement  my  in- 
formant regarded  as  having  reference  rather  to  quantities  of  pottery  fragments 
found  in  certain  places,  than  to  anything  in  the  form  of  structures  that  could 
properly  be  called  "  ovens."  Many  stone  and  bone  implements  had  been  collected 
from  the  place,  but  nothing  indicative  of  European  influence — no  iron,  sheet- 
copper,  or  glass. 

Remains  of  human  bodies  had  been  exhumed,  but  these  invariably  belonged 
either  to  isolated  graves  containing  only  one  body,  or  to  single  graves  arranged 
in  rows — no  ossuaries  or  communal  graves  are  known  to  have  been  found  in  the 
neighbourhood. 

All  that  remains  of  this  ancient  earthwork  is  a  few  feet  of  the  bank  lying 
partly  outside  and  partly  inside  of  the  fence,  on  the  west  side  of  the  road  that 
runs  in  a  northerly  direction  from  Morrisburg  through  the  township  of  Williams- 
burgh,  and  which  at  this  point  separates  lots  30  and  31  on  the  fifth  concession. 
So  inconspicuous  is  the  remaining  portion  of  this  once  extensive  embankment, 
that  none  but  persons  who  know  of  its  former  connection  would  regard  it  as 
other  than  a  hummock  or  "  cradle-knoll." 

Having  cut  a  section  through  it,  however,  the  evidence  was  conclusive  that 
the  earth  had  been  thrown  up  artificially,  besides  which,  we  found  fragments  of 
pottery  at  various  depths  as  low  as  three  feet. 


HERSCHELL. 

Almost  midway  in  a  line  extending  south-west  from  the  Ottawa  river 
to  lake  Simcoe,  is  situated  the  township  of  Herschell.  It  is  one  of  the 
most  northerly  in  Hastings  county  and  has  within  its  limits  a  lake  known 
as  Baptiste,  about  eight  miles  in  length.  This  lake  has  continuous  river 
communication,  through  the  York  and  Madawaska  rivers,  with  the  Ottawa, 
and  by  means  of  portages  between  the  innumerable  lakes  and  many  streams 
to  the  west  and  south,  it  would  not  be  difficult  to  maintain  canoe  inter- 
course with  the  Georgian  Bay,  Lake  Simcoe,  Chemung  Lake,  Rice  Lake 
and  Lake  Ontario.  At  all  events,  it  is  evident  that  it  has  once  been  a  fairly 
populous  centre,  and  that  too,  until  within  a  comparatively  recent  period. 
Several  village  sites  and  camping  grounds  have  been  observed  at  various  places 
on  the  shores  of  Baptiste  Lake,  and  last  summer  there  was  discovered  a  burial 
ground  of  considerable  extent.  I  am  sorry  that  before  I  succeeded  in  reaching  it 


14 


a  number  of  amateurs  had  so  destroyed  the  surface  marks  and  disturbed  the 
graves  that  my  examination  was  not  nearly  so  satisfactory  as  I  could  have  wished. 

Whoever  the  people  were  that  made  their  interments  here,  they  were  not  of 
Huron-Iroquois  stock,  as  the  graves,  numbering  nearly  forty,  were  all  single  and 
arranged  in  rows,  like  those  recorded  last  summer  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  G.  E.  Laid- 
law,  on  Balsam  Lake,  in  the  township  of  Bexley.  Neither  was  the  ground  by 
any  means  the  highest  in  the  neighborhood,  but  appears  to  have  been  chosen  on 
account  of  its  light  sandy  character  and  its  accessibility  to  the  water. 

The  graves  were  of  two  kinds — some  being  encircled  on  the  surface  with 
stones  placed  close  to  each  other,  and  some  having  no  such  arrangement.  In 
every  case  the  situation  of  a  grave  was  known  by  the  presence  of  a  slight  depres- 
sion in  the  soil.  The  average  depth  of  the  interments  was  not  more  than  three 
feet ;  the  deepest  one  I  opened  being  nearly  four  feet,  and  the  shallowest  one 
scarcely  more  than  a  foot.  The  bodies  seem  to  have  been  placed  in  the  ground 
without  any  reference  to  system  or  plan,  so  far  as  I  could  see,  although  I  under- 
stood some  of  those  who  had  opened  other  graves  to  say  that  the  skulls  all  faced 
the  lake,  i.e.,  westward.  In  several  of  the  graves  were  found  remains  of  iron 
knives,  sword-blades  and  iron  arrows.  This,  of  course,  pointed  to  the  compara- 
tively recent  period  of  these  particular  burials,  but  I  was  anxious  to  learn  whether 
such  articles  were  found  only  in  the  graves  having  the  stone  circles ;  in  those 
that  had  not,  or  in  both  kinds.  I  am  sorry  I  cannot  say  very  definitely  how  this 
was — I  can  only  go  the  length  of  stating  that  in  none  of  the  stone-encircled 
graves  opened  under  my  eye,  were  there  any  traces  of  iron  implements,  whereas, 
in  one  not  so  marked,  we  found  a  quantity  of  iron  weapons. 

On  the  higher  ground  and  at  some  distance  from  the  other  graves,  I  was 
fortunate  enough  to  discover  one  day,  the  spot  in  which  a  child  had  been  buried. 
The  remains  were  scarcely  a  foot  below  the  surface,  and  but  little  of  the  skeleton 
was  left.  Only  the  ulna  of  one  arm  remained  surrounded  by  two  rows  of  small 
wampum,  which, strung  as  beads,  had  probably  been  worn  by  the  child.  Besides  this 
the  grave  contained  a  bone  comb  (fig.  62),  the  top  of  a  wooden  comb  (fig.  78),  half 
of  a  sleigh-bell,  a  quantity  of  copper,  glass  and  shell  beads,  and  a  small  European 
copper  vessel,  not  more  than  six  inches  in  diameter,  Another  child's  grave 
opened  by  Dr.  Beeman  contained  a  number  of  glass  beads  and  a  circular  wooden 
box  about  three  inches  in  diameter,  holding  within  it  a  small  native-copper  spoon- 
like  article,  and  a  tiny  moccasin. 

Mr.  Archibald  Riddell  in  other  graves  found  a  "  whitestone  "  pipe  (fig.  15) 
some  bone  tools  and  several  fragments  of  iron  weapons,  all  of  which  he  has  kindly 
presented  to  the  museum. 

Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman  also  presented  us  with  all  he  discovered  in  the  same  place. 

Other  specimens  found  by  Messrs.  Mulcahy  and  Robins  were  procured  by 
purchase,  so  that  the  collection  from  this  burial-place  is  now  tolerably  complete. 

On  the  whole,  this  burying-ground  is  an  interesting  one.  The  people  were 
probably  Ojibwas,  rather  than  Hurons  or  Iroquois.  If  Ojibwas,  it  is  likely  they 
were  Mississaugas  who  had  advanced  so  far  on  their  southward  and  westward 
march  after  European  occupation  along  the  front  prevented  Iroquois  incursions, 
or  after  the  Iroquois  had  exhausted  themselves  in  their  attempts  to  exterminate 
other  foes. 

Among  the  Mississaugas  it  is  an  accepted  article  of  belief,  that  on  the  occa- 
sion of  their  last  encounter  with  the  Mohawks,  as  they  call  them,  the  Iroquois 
were  so  fearfully  worsted  that  an  agreement  was  come  to  between  the  two 
peoples  that  the  hatchet  should  forever  be  buried. 

However  this  may  be,  it  is  plain  that  those  who  made  many  of  the  Herschell 
graves  were  at  that  time  in  communication  with  the  whites,  and  yet  this  inter- 


15 


•course  had  not  proceeded  far  enough  to  modify  the  old  burial  customs  of  the 
natives.  With  the  stone  pipe-heads,  the  bone  implements  and  the  wampum, 
were  buried  copper  vessels,  sword-blades,  and  glass  heads.  Elsewhere,  it  is  true, 
we  frequently  find  a  similar  condition  of  things,  but  here  the  presence  of  a  small 
birch-bark  basket,  a  wooden  box,  a  toy  or  baby  moccasin,  and  some  fragments  of 
coarse  cloth,  would  seem  to  point  to  a  time  considerably  more  recent  than  when 
the  graves  in  the  Huron  and  Neuter  countries  were  formed,  unless,  indeed,  it  can 
be  shown  that  the  soil  in  Herschell  possessed  superior  preservative  qualities. 

Taken  altogether  the  case  containing  the  material  from  the  shore  of  JBaptiste 
Lake  is  one  of  the  most  complete  and,  therefore,  most  interesting  and  instructive 
in  the  museum.  The  bone  tools  are  dissimilar  to  anything  else  we  have,  (see 
figures  63  to  66  in  this  report),  and  I  have  not  seen  anything  like  them  figured 
or  described  elsewhere, 


» 


LANARK  COUNTY. 
BY  T.  W.  BEEMAN.  M.D. 

Former  reports  of  the  Canadian  Institute  have  dealt  principally  with  the  arch- 
aeology of  the  western  end  of  this  Province. 

It  has  been  my  privilege  to  have  the  opportunity  to  devote  some  time  to  the 
subject  in  a  part  of  Ontario  that  has  not  received  much  attention. 

The  country  jj,bout  the  Rideau  range  of  lakes  shows  every  sign  of  a  once, 
numerous  Indian  population.  The  advantages  offered  by  these  waters  for  communi- 
cation were  great. 

My  work  has  been  confined  to  the  Tay  river  and  part  of  the  lower  Rideau  Lake 
but  I  secured  a  number  of  specimens  from  the  farmers  generally  in  the  county. 

From  all  appearances  the  Rideau  seems  to  have  been  the  principal  Indian 
resort  as  here  are  found  in  greatest  quantities,  evidences  of  an  occupation  that 
must  have  been  extended  over  a  great  length  of  time.  The  reason  for  believing 
that  the  occupation  of  the  lake  was  an  old  one  is,  that  there  is  a  marked 
difference  in  the  weathering  of  different  specimens.  The  pottery  also  shows 
two  different  periods  of  time,  and  possibly  two  distinct  peoples.  As  a  rule 
the  older  pottery  was  far  superior  in  make  and  ornamentation  to  the  newer  Pieces 
of  both  were  found  lying  together  in  the  same  field  or  on  the  same  siiore. 

About  the  lake,  every  bit  of  sandy  beech  on  the  banks  along  the  mouth  of  a 
stream  emptying  in  the  lake,  was  sure  to  yield  large  numbers  of  specimens.  Follow- 
ing up  the  streams,  every  small  lake  showed  one  or  more  old  village  sites. 
One  in  particular,  Murdy  Lake,  showed  one  of  the  oldest  camping  places.  Nearly 
fifty  years  ago  a  dense  hemlock  growth  was  cleared  off  here,  and  even  yet  the 
ash-beds  of  their  old  camp-fires  are  plainly  visible.  Numbers  of  specimens  have 
been  found  about  this  lake,  at  different  times  and  more  may  be  expected  from 
here.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mrs  Peter  McLaren,  I  was  enabled  to  visit  many 
different  places  about  the  Rideau  on  her  steam  yacht  "  Geraldine."  Mrs  McLaren, 
takes  an  active  interest  in  the  work  and,  but  for  her  I  would  not  have  been 
able  to  do  nearly  so  much.  During  our  visits  to  the  lake  we  found  such  a  great 
amount  of  work  to  be  done,  that  it  will  take  years  of  observation  to  get  the 
researches  fairly  begun,  At  the  Narrow  Locks,  the  dividing-point  between  the 
lower  and  upper  Rideau  we  found  what  was  evidently  an  open-air  work-shop,  as 
the  shore  for  yards  was  covered  with  flint  chippings.  The  flint  could  be  obtained 
an  island  but  a  short  distance  from  this  point. 

Material  of  different  kinds  used  in  the  manufacture  of  implements  and  wea- 


16 


pons  is  to  be  found  about  the  Lake — steatite  in  abundance — Lake  Huron  slate 
in  large  deposits  not  far  away,  besides  sandstone,  granite  and  slate.  The  deposits 
of  the  latter  being  particularly  fine. 

The  Rideau  is  five  or  six  feet  higher  than  it  was  in  a  state  of  nature,  owing 
to  the  work  of  building  the  canal,  and  as  that  depth  of  water  would  cover  many 
yards  of  shore,  there  must  be  a  large  amount  of  valuable  material  hidden  from 
our  sight. 

Spear  and  arrow  points  were  the  most  numerous  among  the  specimens  and 
were  of  the  usual  variety  as  to  shape  and  material.  A  large  number  of  spear 
points,  commonly  so  called,  are  just  as  likely  to  have  been  knives.  They  were 
provided  with  notches,  tor  fastening  the  weapon  to  a  handle,  but  in  some  cases  one 
side  was  nearly  straight  and  the  other  curved.  If  they  had  been  intended  as 
spear  heads  one  would  expect  both  sides  to  be  alike.  This  can  not  be  regarded 
as  altogether  accidental,  for  the  more  specimens  one  studies  the  less  apt  one  be- 
comes to  regard  a  certain  form  as  an  accident  in  making.  The  Indian  workman 
did  not  resemble  the  modern  one  in  one  particular.  He  was  not  conventional. 
He  followed  no  set  rule.  No  two  specimens  can  be  found  exactly  alike,  and  it 
cannot  be  because  he  did  not  desire  to  make  them  so.  For  the  workman  who  can, 
with  another  stone  shape  a  piece  of  rude  flint  into  a  weapon  so  perfect  as  an  arrow 
or  spear  could  also  produce  two  or  more  exactly  alike. 

It  shows  that  effect  was  sought  from  the  first  and  with  other  evidence  proves 
the  directness  of  the  savage  mind. 

Many  spear  heads  were  found  near  the  water's  edge  and  were  no  doubt  used 
on  a  long  handle  for  spearing  fish.  One  feature  of  these  was  that  so  many  of  them 
were  broken  transversely  at  about  an  inch  from  the  notches.  Can  this  be  be- 
cause the  handle  was  split  and  each  side  extended  along  the  spear  head  making  a 
point  of  least  resistance  ?  It  is  quite  possible  that  these  spears  may  have  been 
used  for  the  purpose  of  spearing  through  the  ice  mink,  musk-rat,  beaver  and 
otter. 

The  arrows  were  more  numerous  than  any  other  specimens,  and  were  gen- 
erally of  the  elongated  leaf  pattern,  but  other  kinds  were  also  found.  The  material 
used  in  the  arrows  was  found  in  abundance  about  the  lake,  flint,  chert,  slate  etc., 
There  were  many  sizes,  some  so  large  that  one  would  hesitate  to  say  that  they 
could  be  shot  with  sufficient  force  to  be  effective,  and  yet  they  seem  too  small 
to  be  used  as  spears. 

To  us  the  arrow  seems  but  a  poor  weapon,  but  it  had  one  great  advantage 
over  the  gun  with  its  loud  explosion.  As  it  made  no  noise  the  hunter  must  often 
have  been  able  to  secure  more  than  one  chance  at  his  prey. 

A  few  very  peculiar  specimens  of  a  flint  implement  were  found  that  must 
be  regarded  as  a  skinning  or  scraping  tool.  They  were  about  J  or  \  of  an  inch 
in  thickness,  broad  at  the  base  and  coming  to  a  point  at  the  other  end,  the 
pointed  extremity  being  curved  so  that  at  this  end  one  side  was  concave  the  other 
convex.  The  edges  were  very  sharp,  and  by  taking  one  between  the  thumb  and 
finger  the  flesh  or  skin  could  be  laid  open  as  effectually  as  with  a  knife.  It  could 
readily  be  used  as  an  instrument  for  scraping  an  arrow-shaft  or  for  cleaning  small 
particles  of  flesh  from  a  skin 

A  few  small  specimens  of  slate  were  found  at  one  place  in  particular  on  the 
lake,  that  at  first  were  regarded  as  accidental  until  after  finding  several  of  the 
same  kind  They  were  about  -J  of  an  inch  thick,  and  in  the  shape  of  an  irregular 
square  about  one  inch  in  size.  Every  edge  was  finished,  but  no  effort  seemed  to 
have  been  made  to  produce  a  cutting  edge  as  on  other  slate  tools.  Finding  them 
about  the  lake,  suggested  the  idea  that  they  may  have  been  used  for  scaling  fish, 
if,  indeed,  the  natives  took  that  trouble  in  preparing  fish  for  food. 


17 


Celts  were  found  in  abundance  and  variety.  The  majority  of  them  were, 
polished,  but  few  being  found  of  the  chipped  variety,  the  same  lack  of  conven- 
tionalty  was  found  among  the  celts  as  in  other  specimens.  From  the  fact  that  so 
many  broken  celts  were  found,  some  fractured  transversely,  others  split,  leads  to 
the  conclusion  that  one  of  their  uses  was  for  striking  hard  substances. 

From  the  large  number  of  celts  iound  and  from  their  many  different  sizes, 
one  would  naturally  think  that  this  implement  was  a  general-purpose  tool  about 
the  aboriginal  lodge.  To  those  restricted  to  the  use  of  few  tools,  this  would  serve 
many  purposes,  breaking  or  chopping  ice,  breaking  bones  to  obtain  the  marrow, 
digging  edible  roots,  detaching  the  bark  from  a  tree,  as  a  wedge  to  split  wood,  as 
well  as  being  of  great  service  in  the  chase  or  in  war.  Why  this  implement  is 
popularly  regarded  as  one  used  exclusively  for  skinning  deer,  it  is  dfficult  to 
understand. 

There  were  a  few  grooved  axes  found.  One  in  particular  deserves  mention 
on  account  of  its  perfection.  The  material  is  red  granite,  and  it  weighs  a  little 
under  four  pounds.  It  has  a  groove  around  it  at  about  one  third  its  length,  and 
another  groove  running  lengthwise  from  the  base  to  the  groove  around  it,  being 
for  the  purpose  of  fastening  or  tightening  the  handle  on.  Its  width  is  about 
twice  its  thickness,  and  it  had  no  cutting  edge.  From  this  fact  it  should  no  doubt, 
be  regarded  more  as  a  hammer ;  the  other  grooved  axes  had  well  defined  edges, 
but  in  no  case  was  the  groove  so  marked  as  in  the  granite  specimen.  (Fig.  41.) 

Dr.  Abbott,  in  his  "  Primitive  Industries  "  speaks  of  grooved  axes  being  very 
commonly  found  in  New  Jersey.  Among  the  specimens  found  here,  they  were 
very  rare  and  their  presence  here  is  probably  a  result  of  barter  between  tribes,  or 
possibly  the  result  of  the  fortune  of  war,  some  brave  from  a  distance  being  over- 
come and  leaving  his  wordly  goods  to  his  conquerors.  This  may  account  for 
other  implements  found  here,  but  made  of  material  not  to  be  obtained  in  this 
locality. 

Gouges  were  secured  but  nothing  remarkable  was  noticed  among  them. 
They  were  found,  as  a  rule,  away  from  the  water,  and  this  fact  should  have  some 
bearing  on  the  use  they  were  intended  for.  Why  some  gouges  were  hollowed 
out  the  whole  of  their  length,  and  others  had  but  one  end  hollowed,  is  another 
point  of  interest,  It  certainly  could  not  have  been  a  matter  of  unconcern  as  the 
work  in  one  case  is  much  greater  then  the  other.  There  must  have  been  some 
object  in  producing  this  difference  as  all  the  work  of  the  Indian  shows  a  decided 
purpose. 

Slickstones  or  scrapers  were  quite  numerous,  some  of  slate,  others  of  sand- 
stone. Those  of  slate  were  very  often  broken,  but  there  was  generally  sufficient 
left  to  show  their  original  shape  and  the  purpose  for  which  they  were  intended. 

A  few  drills  or  awls  were  found,  one  only  being  of  bone.  The  flint  awls  were 
of  two  principal  shapes,  the  club  based,  and  those  that  resemble  an  arrow  to  some 
extent.  From  the  fact  that  not  many  persons  would  recognize  the  flat  drill,  with 
its  small  points  may  account  for  so  few  being  found.  The  attention  of  those  in  search 
for  specimens,  was  called  to  the  fact,  that  every  stone  with  a  worked  or  chipped 
edge  was  valuable,  and  it  resulted  in  securing  many  more  things  than 
otherwise  would  have  been  found.  Among  the  drills  was  one  of  bone,  and  this, 
was  the  only  specimen  of  bone  obtained  during  the  summer.  It  is  more  than 
likely  that  other  bone  implements  were  overlooked. 

Comparatively  few  ornaments -were  secured.  Those  found  were  of  soapstone 
and  slate,  and  were  of  the  usual  form,  nothing  remarkable  being  discovered. 

Part  of  one  discoidal  stone  was  found.  Several  pipes  were  secured,  only  one 
being  in  any  way  remarkable.  This  pipe,  (Fig.  6)  was  found  at  Bob's  Lake,  over 
twentv  years  ago,  and  is  a  very  perfect  piece  of  native  work.  The  two  serpents. 

2  (c.O 


18 


are  accurately  moulded  and  both  possess  a  degree  of  life  and  expression  hardly  to 
be  looked  for  under  the  circumstances.  The  conception  must  have  been  very 
clearly  worked  out  in  the  savage  mind,  before  it  could  take  its  present  form. 

One  complete  clay  dish  was  got,  and  it  was  a  splendid  specimen.  The 
ornamentation  on  it  was  of  rather  an  ambitious  kind,  and  must  have  been  the  work 
of  a  master  hand.  This  dish,  (fig.  2)  was  found  some  years  since,  by  Mr.  Mathew 
Scott,  in  a  crack  in  the  rock  near  an  old  beaver  meadow.  As  to  the  methods 
used  in  ornamentation,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  that  another  year's  work,  will  throw  more 
light  on  the  subject,  by  comparing  a  large  number  of  specimens.  From  the  faci 
that  other  clay  dishes  have  been  found  in  this  county  in  recent  years,  (bu 
which  were  allowed  to  be  broken)  it  is  confidently  expected  that  more  still  may 
be  secured  and  preserved. 

Other  localities,  besides  the  Rideau  Lake  are  rich  in  specimens. 

In  conclusion,  it  should  be  said  that  the  work  to  be  done  in  this  section,  is 
but  fairly  commenced.  Quite  a  respectable  number  of  specimens  were  secured 
but  they  don't  represent  a  fraction  of  those  remaining  in  the  county  that  coulc 
be  obtained  with  very  little  trouble.  From. the  first  I  received  the  warmer 
support  of  every  one.  With  scarcely  an  exception,  all  who  had  specimens  gave 
them  to  me  for  the  Museum,  and  the  Institute  is  under  a  debt  of  obligation  to 
those  who  so  generously  gave  up  their  relics,  and,  to  me,  it  was  a  great  encourgo- 
ment  to  have  my  efforts  in  collecting  so  well  received. 

Not  a  few  took  more  than  a  passing  interest  in  the  .subject  and  were  of  grea* 
help  in  the  work.  To  Mrs.  McLaren  I  am  most  indebted  for  the  chance  of  visit- 
ing many  points  of  interest  about  the  Rideau. 

The  engineer  and  pilot  of  the  Geraldine — Messrs.  Geo.  Hone  and  Dick  Car- 
penter— are  enthusiastic  workers  and  secured  a  large  number  of  valuable  speci- 
mens during  the  summer.  To  their  enthusiasm  they  add  a  degree  of  intelligence 
that  has  been  of  great  help  in  the  work. 

W.  J.  Morris,  Esq.,  of  Perth,  was  also  a  daily  help  to  me  from  his  intimate 
knowledge  of  the  county  about  here. 

Mr.  John  S.  Tullis,  of  Balderson,  furnished  me  with  some  valuable  informa- 
tion that  I  hope  to  make  useful  in  time. 

Others  who  contributed  specimens  are  Thomas  Moffat,  John  P.  Fraser, 
Joseph  M.  Rogers,  James  Walker,  Daniel  McDonald,  James  Graham,  J.  F. 
Kennedy,  L.D.S.,  Master  Austin  Keays,  Dr.  E.  M.  Morgan  ;  Master  Harry  Morris,  of 
Perth,  Wm.  Richard  McLean  and  Master  Robert  McLean,  of  Rideau  Centre. 
•  Peter  Campbell,  Wm.  H.  Blair,  John  F.  Moore,  John  Coutts,  Mrs.  Smith,  Mrs.  A 
Palmer,  Cyrus  Davis,  George  Ritchie,  Charles  Mackey,  Matthew  B.  Scott,  T.  B 
Scott,  James  McLaren,  James  King,  Andrew  McCoy,  Andrew  Paul,  Andrew 
Drummond,  Mrs.  R.  C.  Sherritt,  Miles  Brown  and  John  Poole. 


ADDITIONS   TO   THE  MUSEUM. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  principal  additions  to  the  museum  during  the  year 

Per  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman,  Perth  :— 

Copper  spear,  with  socket. — Mr.  Andrew  Paul. 
Copper  spear,  with  socket. — Mr.  W.  J.  Morris. 


19 


Stone  axe. — Mr.  Harry  Morris. 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  J.  S.  Wilson. 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  Jas.  King. 
2  Stone  axes. — Mr.  Cyrus  Davis. 
6  Stone  axes. — Mr.  Nelson  Covell. 
Stone  axe. — Dr.  E.  M.  Morgan. 

12  Stone  axes.— Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman  and  "  Geraldine  "  party. 
2  Iron  tomahawks. — Mr.  Andrew  McCoy. 
Quartzite  arrow-tip. — Mr.  Andrew  Drummond. 
Coarse  jasper  scraper. — 
Chert  arrow-tip.— 
Fragment  of  gypsum  (worked). — 
Chert  arrow-head. — Mrs.  Sherritt. 

Lenticular  quartz  specimen,  roughly  chipped. — Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 
6  "  Flints."— Mr.  Nelson  Covell. 
Arrow-head. — Mr.  James  King. 
6  "  Flints."— Dr.  T.  W  Beeman. 
Quantity  of  flakes  and  chips. — Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 
Quantity  of  broken  pottery.—  " 

8  Stone  axes. — Mr  James  McLaren. 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  George  Hone. 
Stone  axe,  very  large. — Mr.  Chas.  Mackey. 
S  Stone  axes,  plain. — Mr.  John  P.  Fraser. 
Stone  axe,  grooved. — Mr.  John  P.  Fraser. 
Stone  axe,  Huronian  slate.— 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  J.  F.  Kennedy. 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  Jas.  Graham. 
2  Stone  axes.— Mr.  Thos.  Moffat. 
Stone  axe,  part. — Mr.  J.  W.  Borrowman. 
Part  of  discoidal  stone. — Mr.  Geo.  Hone. 
Gouge,  slate,  small. — Mr.  Jas.  Jackson. 
Stone  gouge. — Mrs.  Smith,  Oliver's  Ferry. 
Stone  gouge. — Mr.  W.  H.  Blair. 

Base  of  flat-bottomed  steatite  pipe. — Mr  Daniel  McDonald. 
Gorget,  slate,  two  holes. — Mr.  Jas.  Walker. 
Gorget,  fragment. — Mr.  John  P.  Fraser. 
Gorget,  fragment  — Mr.  John  Coutts. 
Spear-head  or  knife,  slate. — Mr.  Wm.  R.  McLean. 
Pestle,  double-ended,  California. — Mr.  Chas.  Mackey. 
Opalescent  quartz  arrow-head,  Dakota. — Mrs.  Peter  McLaren. 
2  small  knife-like  flints.— Mr.  Thos.  Moffat. 
Broken  pipe-tomahawk. — Mr.  Chas.  Mackey. 

Specimens  of  arrow-heads. — Messrs.  Matthew  Scott,  Thos.  Moffat,  Robert. 
McLean,  John  F.  Moore,  Alex.  Palmer,  "Geraldine"  party  and  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 
Beautiful  quartzite  arrow-heads  have  been  presented  by  Messrs.  W.  J.  Morris, 
Thos.  Moffat  and  John  F.  Moore. 

Pipe  bowl,  steatite. — Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 
2  Stone  hammers. — Mr.  Austin  Keays. 

From  Addington  County  a  few  specimens  have  been  received,  the  most  valu- 
able of  which  is  the  blocked-out  form  of  a  large  pipe  in  soapstone.  (See  fig.  28.) 
This  unique  specimen  was  found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Jos.  B.  Lucas,  and  by  him 
kindly  presented  to  the  museum,  along  with  3  stone  axes  and  2  gouges. 


20 


Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  M.  I.  Beeman,  of  Centreville,  we  have  pro- 
cured a  few  other  specimens  from  the  same  county  :  and  a  fine  gouge,  from  Eliza- 
bethtown,  Leeds,  comes  from  Mr.  J.  M.  Kogers.  Perth, 

Per  Mr.  Alan  Macdougall,  C.  E.  -: 

Hydah  blanket. — Mr.  T.  Sydney,  Dobbin,  Esquimalt. 

Hydah  fish-line  and  fish-hook. — Mr.  T.  Sydney,  Dobbin,  Esquimalt. 

Blade  of  jade  axe. 

Catlinite  pipe,  Nottawasaga. — Mr.  Bend,  Penetanguishene. 

Gouge    chisel,    grooved. — Mr.     Jas.     McCrosson,     Warden,    Reformatory, 

Penetanguishene. 

Stone  pipe  (cast). — Mr.  J.  H.  Grouse,  Brantford. 
Paint  cup  (cast). 
2  Bird  amulets  (casts). 
Ceremonial  axe  (cast). 

Gorget,  Huronian  slate. — Capt.  David  Allan,  Elora.  , 

140   Bone   awls   or   needles. — Mr.    W.    H.    Long. 
26  Rubbed  deer  tarsal  bones. 

10  Worked  bone  fragments.  v 

135  Bone  beads. 
1  Carved  bone. 
1  Piece  of  worked  horn. 
10  Horn  tips,  worked. 

8  Bear's  teeth,  bored. 

1  Bear's  tooth,  notched. 

2  Bear's  teeth,  plain 

40  Clay  pipes,  mostly  imperfect. 

7  Stone  pipes,  whole. 

9  Stone  discs,  plain. 
2  Stone  discs,  bored. 

8  Clay  discs,  from  broken  pottery.    " 
1  Small  clay  vessel. 

22  Well  marked  fragments  of  pottery. 
1  Gorget. 

50  "  Flints." 
5  Iron  tools. 

51  Stone  axes. 

10  Miscellaneous. 

50  Pieces  of  wampum. — Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 

30  Clay  pipes,  imperfect. 
1  Clay  pipe,  perfect. 

1  Bird  amulet. 

1  Gorget. 

1  Ceremonial  axe,  slate. 

1  Pendant,  slate. 

4  Various,  slate. 

11  Slate  fragments,  partly  worked.    " 
400  "  Flints." 

34  Hammer  stones,  rough. 

15         "  "        and  blocks. 

31  Rubbing  stones. 
3  Grooved  axes. 

60  Stone  axes,  plain. 


21 


30  Bone  pins.—  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 

22  Bone  awls  or  needles. 
4  Needles,  fiat  with  eyes. 
91  Bone  beads. 

4  Bone  spears,  barbed. 
3  Combs,  imperfect. 
50  Bone,  various. 

%  Horn  chisels. 

1  Horn,  grooved. 

6  Bones,  split.  " 

13  Unid  shells,  worked. 

3  Shell  ornaments,  sub-tropical.        " 

3  Stone  beads.  " 

1  Restored  clay  pot. 
50  Various. 

Quantity  of  broken  pottery  from  Baptiste  Lake. 
6  Bone  tools,  use  unknown. 

2  Bone  combs. —  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 

1  Gouge.  " 

2  Stone  axes. 

1  Wooden  ladle. 

Hematite  (war  paint).  " 

Birch  bark  basket,  pieces.  " 

5  Pottery  fragments.  " 

1  Arrow  of  quartzite.  " 

3  Pieces  plumbago.  " 

6  Iron  pyrites.  " 

6  Sheet  copper  arrow-heads.  " 
12  Copper  fragments.  " 
10  Iron  tools,  imperfect.                      " 

3  Small  copper  vessels.  " 
*6  Stone  pipes.  " 

2  Clay  pipes. 

300  Copper,  glass  and  shell  beads.      " 
Copper  spike. — Capt.  J.  G.  Spain,  Simcoe. 
Copper  arrow-head.  "  " 

28  Gorgets,    whole    and    broken. — Capt.  J.  G. 

3  Bird  amulets.  " 
1  Bar  amulet.                                                         " 

1  Paint  cup.  « 

4  Stone  tubes.  « 

2  "Butterfly "stones. 

4  Slate  tools.  " 

1  Stone  finger-ring.  " 

7  Stone  pipes.  " 

3  Unfinished  stone  pipes.  " 
20  Clay  pipes.                                                       « 

5  Discoidal  stones.  '  « 
16  Bone  needles.  " 
5  Bone  beads.                                                       « 
3  Portions  of  human  leg  bones,  perforated. 

2  Shell  ornaments.  " 
S  Flint  drills. 


Spain. 


22 


400  "  Flints  "  of  various  sizes.— Capt.  J.  G.  Spain. 
175  Stone  axes. 

60  Fragments  of  pottery.  " 

8  Gouges. 

12  Rubbing  stones.  " 
Unfinished  gypsum  pipe. 

Stone  pipe,  Kansas.  " 

21  Miscellaneous. 

1  slate  spear  head.— Mr.  W.  H.  Blake. 

45  Clay  pipes,  imperfect. — Wm.  and  D.  Melville. 

82  Clay  pipe  stems. 

13  Clay  pipes,  imperfect. — Mr.  David  Boyle. 
25  Clay  pipe  stems. 

]  Gouge.  " 

7  Stone  axes. 
15  Flints. 

1  Flint  arrow-tip,  Scotland. 

5  Bone  beads.  " 
56  Miscellaneous.  " 

6  Arrow-heads,  New  Jersey.     Mr.  Jas.  Bolan,  Springfield,  Mass. 
Small  pair  of  brass  compasses  from  Fort  Ste.  Marie. — River  Wye. 

2  Skulls  from  Mounds,  Arkansas. — Mr.  C.  W.  Riggs. 

27  Pieces  of  pottery,  more  or  less  whole. — Mr.  C.  W.  Riggs. 

3  Skulls  from  British  Columbia. — Mr.  W.  H.  Jones,  Vancouver. 
Stone  axe. — Mr.  Wm.  Findlay,  Onondaga. 

Stone  pipe,  Manitoba. — Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman. 

Flint  scrapers. — Mr.  T.  H.  Powell,  London,  England. 

2  Angle-sided  axes. — Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss. 

1  Smoothly  worked  straight  sided  stone. — Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss.. 

2  plain  axes.  "  " 
1  grooved  axe.                                                               "  " 
1  Gouge. 

1  very  fine  gorget  or  tablet.  "  '' 

1  large  slate  "  Slick  "  or  hoe. — Mr.  Archibald  Riddell. 
1  Soapstone  pipe,  Lake  Weslemcoon  — Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman, 


POTTERY. 

• 

The  large  pot  shown  by  the  diagram  is  really  a  thing  of  "  shreds  and  patches/* 
the  pieces  having  been  carefully  put  together  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters,  who  also  eked 
out  deficiencies  with  plaster  of  Paris  for  the  purpose  of  restoring  the  complete 
outline.  The  work  is  well  done,  enabling  us  to  appreciate  the  beauty  and  to- 


FIG.  1. 


estimate  the  capacity  of  this  ancient  piece  of  pottery.  The  decorative  attempts 
are  as  rude  as  they  are  simple,  and  perhaps  point  to  an  earlier  stage,  or  a  more 
primitive  people  than  we  connect  with  the  more  elaborately  ornamented  exteriors. 
The  vessel  represented  by  figure  1  was  found  in  Brant  county  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 
It  is  ten  inches  in  height  and  nine  inches  in  diameter. 


24 


The  piece  of  pottery-ware  represented  in  the  cut  (fig.  2)  is  almost  as  perfect  in 
form  as  when  it  was  made.  It  stands  seven  inches  high  and  its  greatest  diameter 
is  eight  inches.  At  the  mouth  it  is  slightly  elliptical,  the  short  and  long  diameters 
being  respectively  five  and  a  half  and  six  inches.  The  tooling  to  form  the  pattern 
has  been  carefully  done  and  the^general  effect  is  good.  Each  line  is  the  result  of 
a  single  action,  that  is,  no  tool  like  that  represented  in  figure  72  has  been  used 
The  scollops  that  surround  the  lower  edge  of  the  lip  have  been  formed  by  pinch 


FIG.  2. 


ing  with  the  finger  and  thumb,  or  by  pressure  with  the  tip  of  a  finger,  the  nail 
mark  being  plainly  discernible  at  the  base  of  each  hollow.  The  three  bars  seen 
on  each  row  of  ornament  are  raised  nearly  an  eighth  of  an  inch  above  the  general 
level.  In  color  this  vessel  is  of  a  uniform  rusty  brown,  and  the  thickness  is 
scarcely  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch.  The  clay  appears  to  have  been  of  fine  quality 
and  has  been  tempered  with  a  much  smaller  quantity  than  usual  of  burnt  granitic 
or  gneissoid  rock.  This  handsome  pot  was  found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Matthew  Scott 
on  the  "  Scotch  Line,"  not  far  from  the  town  of  Perth. 


25 


This  small  clay  vessel  (fig.  3)  was  found  in  one  of  the  graves  in  Herschell  town- 
ship by  Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman  and  Mr.  J.  Robins.  In  form  and  finish  it  is  much  ruder 
than  figure  4,  from  the  same  locality,  Its  greatest  diameter  is  four  and  three- 


FIG.  3. 


fourth  inches.  Little  attempt  has  been  made  to  ornament  the  neck,  but  the 
pattern  on  the  body  of  the  vessel  is  made  with  considerable  accuracy  and  is  some- 
what unique. 


FIG.  4. 


Figure  4  represents  another  vessel  from  Baptiste  Lake,  found  by  Dr.  T.  A. 
Beeman,  and  presented  to  the  museum  by  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman.  This  specimen  is 
somewhat  oval  in  the  body,  and  decidedly  so  in  the  neck,  on  account  of  the  pro- 


26 


longation  that  has  been  made  to  extend  beyond  the  ear,  if  ear  it  be,  and  not 
merely  an  ornament.  The  arrangement  of  lines  on  figure  4  forms  a  very  simple 
pattern,  quite  unlike  anything  on  clay  in  our  possession.  The 
material  and  finish  of  this  vessel  are  nearly  as  good  as  those 
of  the  specimen  from  the  county  of  Lanark  (Fig.  2).  Its  thick- 
ness is  pretty  uniform  and  averages  not  more  than  three-six- 
teenths of  an  inch. 

This  smallest  of  small  clay  vessels, (fig-  5)  we  may  readily  sup- 
pose, was  only  a  toy.  A  bit  of  clay  has  been  hastily  moulded  on  the 

end  of  a  finger  and  burnt,  most  likely,  along  with  some  larger 

FlG  5  articles.     Not  only  does  the  shape  of  the  hole  correspond  with 

(Full  Size.)        that  of  the  first  joint  of  the  finger,  but  the  impression  made  by 
the  nail  may  still  be  distinguished.     Township  of  Whitchurch.     Mr.  W.  G.  Long. 


CLAY  PIPES. 


This  illustration  gives  a  good  idea  of  a  serpent  or  snake  pipe  found  by  Mr- 
T.  B.  Scott  of  the  Scotch  Line,  near  the  town  of  Perth.  As  a  piece  of  clay  model- 
ing it  is  remarkable  for  its  boldness  of  design,  if  not  so  much  for  the  delicacy  of 
its  execution.  Two  intertwined  sna,kes  form  the  bowl,  their  tails  extending 
along  the  stem  fully  an  inch  in  the  present  imperfect  condition  of  the  pipe,  and 


FIG.  6.     (Nearly  Full  Size.) 

perhaps  twice  that  distance  originally.  The  heads  are  well  formed,  thejmouths 
clearly  cut,  and  the  eyes  deeply  pitted  as  if  made  by  the  pressure  of  some  round 
and  flat-ended  tool.  Diagonal  lines,  not  very  regularly  made,  across  the  body, 
serve  to  represent  scales,  It  is  a' pity  that  this  pipe  has  lost  a  portion  of  its  stem, 
perhaps  not  less  than  two  inches.  We  are  deeply  indebted  to»  Mr.  T.  B.  Scott 
for  placing  this  and  several  other  specimens  in  our  cases. 


27 


Fig.  7  is  a  very  good  cut  of  the  only  perfect  square-mouthed  clay  pipe  in 
our  collection,  which  includes  nearly  forty  in  a  fragmentary  condition.  As  most 
of  these  were  found  in  Nottawasaga,  this  type  of  pipe  is  known  as  the  Huron 

Pipe,  par  excellence.  The  specimen  figured  here  was 
found  by  Mr.  Robins  on  the  Baptiste  Lake  burial 
ground,  situated  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Mulcahy  in 
Herschell  township. 

Of  about  thirty  imperfect  clay  pipes  from  Brant 
County,  Figure  8  illustrates  the  only  one  that  is  at  all 
tastefully  marked,  the  pattern  being  one  commonly 
met  with  on  pottery  fragments  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Toronto.  In  Vaughan  township  this  is  the  pattern 
most  frequently  seen.  Mr.  E.G.  Waters. 

The  small  size  of  some  clay  pipes  has  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  they  were  made  as  toys  for  the  use  of 

children.  Occasion- 
ally such  pipes  are 
not  only  small,  but 
they  are  so  rude 
in  form  as  to  make 
it  tolerably  clear 
FIG.  7.  (Full  Ske).  that  children  were 

themselves  the  artificers.  Figures  9  and  10  illustrate  both  kinds.  The  former 
is  the  work  of  a  master  hand,  and  the  clay  has  been  carefully  tempered 
with  powdered  shell.  The  bowl  is  elliptical,  the  longer  axis  being  at  right 


FIG.  8.     (Full  Size). 


(FiG.  9.     (|  Size). 


FIG.  10.    (|  Size); 


angles  to  the  stem.  The  cavity  in  this  pipe  is  large  enough  to  have  rendered 
it,  though  on  a  small  scale,  a  man's  pipe.  The  bowl  of  figure  10  will  scarcely 
admit  the  little  finger,  and  the  stem-hole  is  no  larger  than  a  common  pin. 
The  clay  has  not  been  tempered  in  any  way.  Both  form  part  of  the  collection 
made  by  Capt.  Spain  in  Norfolk  County. 

The  half  bat-like  human  face  shown  at  figure  11  is  on  part  of  a  pipe  found 
in  York  township  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Long.  The  head  is  placed  with  good  effect, 
like  a  medallion,  on  the  side  of  the  bowl,  with  little  more  than  the  ear-like 
appendages  extending  above  the  edge.  As  in  many,  perhaps  most  of  such  clay 
pipes,  the  face  is  made  to  look  towards  the  smoker. 

The  workmanship,  or,  if  it  may  be  so  expressed,  the  art,  exemplified  in  figure 
12  is  different  from  anything  else  in  the  museum.  What  the  nose  was  like  we 


28 


may  only  surmise,  for  little  of  it  remains.  The  treatment  of  the  eyes  is  quite 
uncommon.  An  oval  depression  about  one  millimetre  in  depth  has  been  formed, 
an  the  centre  of  which  is  an  elevation  deeply  punctured.  The  hollow  to  repre- 


FIG.  11.     (Full  Size) 


FIG.  12.     (Full  Size). 


FIG 


(bull  Size). 


sent  the  eye  has  been  made  with  a  pointed  tool,  inserted  three  times  side 
by  side.  The  mouth  has  been  formed  in  the  same  way,  and  it  is  the  septa  of 
clay  remaining  between  the  punctures  that  in  the  one  case  makes  it  appear 
that  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  represent  eye-balls,  and  in  the  other  case, 
teeth.  There  'is  no  attempt  to  form  lips.  The  surface  is  smooth  and  well 
finished.  York  township.  Mr.  W.  G.  Long. 

A  not  uncommon  design  on  clay  pipes  is  that  of  a  man  whose  head  termin- 
ates in  a  peak,  and  whose  face,  extending  above  the  lip  of  the  bowl,  has  a 
simian  appearance  from  having  been  moulded  by  a  finger-pinch.  Sometimes  one 
hand  rests  on  the  breast  while  the  other  extends  to  the  mouth,  and  some- 
times both  reach  the  mouth.  The  legs  in  such  pipes  are  very  much  convention- 
alised, and  often  merge  into  scalloped  ribs  running  along  the  stem.  Figure  13 
is  in  many  respects  an  improvement  on  this  design  so  far  as  the  fragmentary 
specimen  allows  us  to  judge.  Unfortunately  the  head  is  missing,  but  the. arms 
and  hands  are  moulded  with  an  amount  of  graphic  rudeness  not  usual  in  this 
type.  Teeth,  fingers,  and  toes  were  seldom  attempted  by  the  Indian  workman. 
In  figure  13  the  fingers  are  represented,  but  the  left  hand  is  much  larger  than 
the  right.  Posteriorly  the  legs  are  in  fair  relief,  but  in  front  they  scarcely  stand 
out  beyond  the  body  of  the  bowl,  and  are  footless.  The  back  of  the  figure  forms 
&  sharp  angle,  and  is  neatly  impressed  with  a  row  of  small  dots.  York  town- 
ship. Mr.  W.  G.  Long. 

As  a  rule  the  Indian  maker  of  clay  pipes  did 
not  display  much  of  his  fine  work  on  the  stems, 
which  are  generally  round  and  perfectly  plain. 
Figure  14  illustrates  an  exception.  With  one 
convex  side,  and  two  flat  ones,  meeting  in  a  rib, 

FIG.  14.    (Half  Size).  this  stem  is   a  singular   one.      It  is  two    inches 

and  a  half  long,  and  an  inch  wide  at  the  larger  end.  Brant  County.  Mr.  E.  C. 
Waters. 


29 


STONE  PIPES 


The  beautiful  "  white  stone "  pipe  figured  here 
is  an  exceedingly  rare  and  correspondingly  interest- 
ing specimen.  Soft  in  its  nature  this  stone  readily 
weathers,  and  thus  loses  any  sharpness  of  outline 
that  carved  specimens  may  have  once  possessed.  This 
pipe  is  unusually  well-preserved,  especially  on  the 
side  shown  in  the  engraving.  Despite  the  appearance 
of  the  head,  it  is  is  probable  that  the  animal  whose 
form  extends  above  the  bowl,  and  more  than  half 
way  along  the  stem  was  intended  to  represent  a  lizard. 
We  are  indebted  for  this  excellent  specimen  of  the 


FIG. -15.     (Nearly  Full  Size). 

"  white  stone "  pipe  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Archibald  Riddell,  who  took  it 
from  one  of  the  graves  in  the  Lake  Baptiste  burying-ground,  some  days  before 
I  reached  the  place. 


FiG.  16.     (g  Size). 


FIG.  17.    (|  Size). 


Figs.  16  to  20  illustrate  five  pipes  from  Baptiste  Lake.     The  patterns  are 
not  common   ones.     All  are  of  steatite  except  Fig.  16,  which  is  made  ot  a  rich. 


30 


brown,  compact  argillite.     Figure  16  too,  differs  from  the  others  in  having  the 
sides  form  sharp  angles  with  one  another.     With  the  exception  of  Figure  20,  all 


FIG.  19.     (|  Size). 


FIG.  18.     (|  Size). 


FIG.  20.     (|  Size). 


these  pipes  are,  in  cross  section  about  twice  as  long  as  they  are  wide — a  similar 
section  of  Figure  20  is  perfectly  circular.  Figures  17  and  18  which  most  closely 
resemble  each  other  in  shape,  seem  also  to  have  been  made  from  the  same  piece 
of  material,  of  a  pale,  yellow  tint.  Figure  19  is  darker  in  color  with  a  shade 
of  brown,  and  Figure  20  is  a  mottled  gray.  All  have  small  holes  at  the  base  for 
securing  them  to  their  stems,  and  in  Figure  19  a  beginning  has  been  made  from 
each  side  in  the  making  of  a  second  hole.  Only  in  Figure 
20  is  the  bowl-hole  perfectly  round,  it  is  nearly  so  in  figure  18, 
quite  oval  in  Figure  17  and  in  Figure  19,  in  which  the  wall  of 
the  bowl  has  been  cut  away  quite  thin  30  as  to  form  in  this 
smallest  of  all  these  pipes  a  cavity  of  the  largest  capacity. 
The  specimens  here  figured  were  found  by  Messrs.  Robins  arid 
Mulcahy,  Dr.  T.  A.  Beeman  and  myself  at  different  times. 

Figure  21  represents  one  of  many  valuable  specimens 
found  by  Dr.  T.  "W.  Beeman  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Rideau. 
It  is  of  a  dark  brown  steatite,  and  remarkable  for  the 
accuracy  with  which  it  is  formed.  Enough  of  the  stem  is  left 
to  show  that  it  was  of  the  flattened  variety.  In  width  it 
exceeds  the  diameter  of  the  bowl  about  one-fourth  of  an  inch, 
measuring  an  inch  and  an  eighth  across,  while  it  is  only  five 
sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The  edges  of  the  stem 
are  delicately  ornamented  with  plain  zig-zag  lines. 


FIG.  21.      (§  Size). 


31 


Figure  22  illustrates  a  somewhat  unusual  form  of  catlinite  pipe  found  in 
the  Township  of  Nottawasaga.  It  has  not  even  a  suspicion  of  the  modern  in  its 
form.  Everything  in  the  workmanship  points  to  a  time  anterior  to  the  manu- 


FIG.  22.     (|  Size). 

facture  of  "  curiosities."  A  cross  section  of  the  end  of  the  stem  is  shown.  The 
only  other  catlinite  specimen  from  this  township  is  the  Beecroft  pipe.  (See  Can. 
Inst.  Report,  1886-87,  p.  28.)  The  extremely  beautiful  specimen  here  figured  was 
presented  to  the  Provincial  Archaeological  Museum  by  Mr.  Bend,  an  officer,  of  the 
Reformatory  at  Penetanguishene. 


Jb'iG.  24. 


FJG.  23.    (|  Size). 

Figure  23  represents  an  unfinished  pipe  found  in  Norfolk  County.  The 
workmanship  is  a  somewhat  curious  combination  of  Indian  and  European.  The 
contour  of  the  head  in  its  rough  condition  is  suggestive  of  the  eagle.  The 
material  is  a  brown  argillaceous  stone,  much  like  that  of  which  figure  16  is  formed. 

Fig.  24  shows  a  cross   section  of    the   stem. 
Capt.  J.  G.  Spain,  Simcoe. 

A  very  pretty  pipe,  apparently  made  of  lime- 
stone, is  here  figured,  nearly  full  size.  The 
attempt  at  ornamentation  round  the  margin  is 
of  the  rudest.  The  chief  peculiarity  of  this 
pipe  is  the  stem,  a  cross  section  of  which  is 
shown  as  it  would  appear  close  to  the  head. 
Each  edge  of  the  stem  is  relieved  with  a  series 
of  notches  sharply  cut — fourteen  on  one  side 
and  seventeen  on  the  other.  Capt,  J.  G.  Spain, 
Norfolk  County 


FIG.  25.     (£  Size). 


32 


This  excellent  pipe  (Fig.  26)  was  found  a  few  miles  south  of  Penetanguishene, 
and  was  procured  from  Mr.  A.  C.  Osborne,  one  of  our  members,  who  resides  in 
that  town.  It  is  of  steatite,  mainly  drab  in  color,  but  shading  into  a  dark  gray 

at  the  back,  the  face  hands  and  breast  being 
almost  black.  The  maker  of  this  pipe  had 
some  pretensions  to  anatomical  accuracy  in 
his  treatment  of  the  chin,  wrists  and  ankles. 
He  has  even  been  careful  to  carve  the  feet 
in-toed,  according  to  a  well  known  Indian 
characteristic.  But  with  all  this  care  in  these 
and  some  other  respects,  he  has  failed  to 
produce  thumbs  and  great  toes. 

I  am  indebted  to  Prof.  W.  H.  Ellis,  M.D., 
for  the  suggestion  that  this  pipe  represents 
a  man,  with  a  bundle  on  his  back,  taking 
a  rest. 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  only  other 
hatted  pipe  (fragmentary)  in  our  possession 
was  found  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
place  where  fig.  26  was  picked  up,  (see 
Can.  Inst.  Report  for  1890-91  ;  fig.  79, 
p.  34),  in  which  case,  however,  there  is  a 
distinction  between  the  crown  and  the  rim 
of  the  head-dress,  A  hat  or  cap  very 
similar  to  that  shown  on  the  Penetanguishene 
pipe  appears  on  a  carved  stone  head  from 
the  Dwyer  farm  in  Beverly  township,  (see  Can.  Inst.  Report  for  1887-88 
fig.  70,  p.  46). 

We  have  pipes  of  steatite,  catlinite,  "  whitestone,"  common  limestone,  marble, 
and  even  of  sandstone,  as  well  as  of  bone  ;  but  the  unfinished  specimen  repre- 


FlG. 


(Full  Size.) 


FIG.  27.     (Nearly  Full  Size). 


sented  by  fig.  27  is  the  only  one  of  gypsum.  It  is  three  and  a  half  inches  long ; 
the  bowl  (nearly  an  inch  and  a  quarter,  outside  diameter)  has  been  bored  to  its- 
full  depth,  and  is  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  stem,  in  cross  section, 
is  mainly  round,  only  the  lower  side  being  flattened.  At  the  end  it  is  roughly 


33 


squared,  as  if  to  form  a  mouthpiece,,  but  there  is  no  stem  hole — only  the  merest 
beginning  of  one.  The  specimen  in  question  was  found  on  the  St.  Glair  Flats,, 
and  forms  part  of  the  Spain  collection. 


FIG.  28.     (About  J  Size). 

As  has  been  mentioned  previously  in  these  reports,  it  was  the  practice  of  the- 
Indians  to  "  block  out "  the  various  articles  of  stone  as  nearly  as  possible  to  the 
required  size  before  boring  any  holes  that  were  necessary.  The  unfinished  gyp- 
sum pipe  (fig.  27)  is  one  example,  and  the  accompanying  illustration  is  another. 
On  more  than  one  account  this  is  a  valuable  specimen  for  museum  purposes.  The 
size  itself  is  somewhat  out  of  the  common,  as  the  base  measures  7J  inches 
long  and  2J  wide  ;  while  the  bowl  portion  stands  If  inches  above  the  upper  side 
of  the  base  or  stem  part.  But  the  pattern  is  more  noteworthy  still,  for  it  belongs 
to  a  type  better  known  in  the  region  of  the  mounds,  and  which  is  designated  by 
American  archaeologists  as  a  "  monitor "  pipe.  The  stone  itself  is  steatite  of  a 
very  soft  quality,  and  the  surface  appears  to  have  been  stained  black. 

The  end  intended  for  the  stem  is  five-eighths  of  an  inch  thick,  the  other 
being  only  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  That  this  is  an  unfinished  pipe 
is  undoubted,  and  we  can  only  conjecture  why  the  work  of  boring  has  not  even 
been  begun.  Perhaps  it  was  procured  in  its  present  condition  by  barter  or 
plunder  from  some  southern  source,  and  was  lost  before  an  opportunity  presented 
itself  for  the  boring  operations  to  be  performed. 

This  very  interesting  specimen  was  found  on  lot  3G,  concession  5,  township 
of  Camden,  by  Mr.  Joseph  Lucas,  the  intelligent  proprietor  of  the  farm,  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Lucas  generously  presented  this,  and  other  specimens  elsewhere  enu- 
merated, to  the  museum. 


FLAKED  IMPLEMENTS. 

Popularly,  all  "flints  "  are  regarded  as  having  been  made  for  shooting  pur- 
poses, or,  if  large,  to  be  used  as  spears  only.  In  reality  there  must  have  been 
many  other  uses  to  which  flaked  "  flints "  or  chert  objects  were  applied, 
although  the  shapes  correspond  largely  with  the  typical  arrow-head.  It  is,  for 
example,  quite  evident  that  articles  of  this  kind,  from  eight  inches  to  a  foot  in 


FIG.  29. 
(Full  Size). 


FIG.  30. 
(Full  Size). 


FIG.  31. 
(Full  Size). 


FIG.  32. 
Fall  Size). 


FIG.  33. 

(Full  Size). 


length,  were  not  intended  for  either  the  one  purpose  or  the  other,  and  more  es- 
pecially are  we  warranted  in  coming  to  this  conclusion  when  they  are  from  three 
to  six  inches  in  breadth.  In  such  cases  they  are  usually  regarded  as  spades  or 
hoes.  It  is  equally  certain  that  many  "  flints "  of  smaller  size  were  neither 
arrows  nor  spears.  When  serrated  they  were  probably  used  as  saws,  and,  no- 
doubt,  many  were  employed  for  cutting  purposes  just  as  we  use  pocket-knives. 

At  best,  when  shooting  with  flaked  arrow-tips,  the  result  must  have  been 
very  uncertain,  unless  the  aim  was  taken  from  close  quarters,  or  the  object  a 
pretty  large  one. 

Figures  29  to  33  show  the  curvature  possessed  by  specimens  in  our  cases. 
Shooting,  with  such  specimens,  must  have  been  wide  of  the  mark,  unless  the  in- 
tention was  to  send  the  shaft  round  a  tree  !  With  a  head  like  the  one  represented 
by  fig.  29  the  motion  resulting  from  a  shot  would  resemble  that  of  a  boomerang. 
In  savage  economy  there  were  many  uses  to  which  such  curved  articles  might  be 
applied,  in  scraping,  splitting,  carving,  cutting  and  dressing  stone,  wood,  bone  or 


35 


furs.  A  very  suggestive  use  is  that  of  the  scalping  knife,  but  it  is  not  at  all  certain 
that  in  pre-European  days  the  natives  carried  a  special  weapon  to  "  raise  the 
hair."  If  they  did,  perhaps  the  sewere  real  scalping  knives.  Most  of  the  curved 
"  flints  "  are  much  flatter,  transversely,  on  the  concave  than  on  the  convex  side, 


FIG.  37.  (I  Size). 


FIG.  35. 

FIG.  36.   (I  Size). 

especially  near  the  point.  Figure  35,  somewhat  reduced,  shows  a  side  view 
of  tig.  32,  which  makes  it  absolutely  certain  that  the  specimen  was  made  for  any 
other  purpose  but  that  of  shooting. 

Fig.  29  is  provided  with  a  deeply  notched,  or  semi-barbed  neck.     Figs.    30 
;and  31    are  leaf-shaped,  and  fig.  33  has  a  plain  straight-sided  neck.     Norfolk 
County,  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain. 

An  unusual  form  of  "  flint  "  is  shown  at  figure  36  in  a  slightly  reduced  form. 
It  is  not  easy  to  decide  whether  the  pattern  is  the  result  of  mere  whim,  or  was 
intended  to  serve  some  purpose.      The  smaller  end  is  quite  as  carefully  worked 
as  the  larger  one,  and  it  may  have  been  the  intention  to  make  the  ends  reversible. 
/'\  This  specimen  is  rather  thinner  in 

/     \  proportion  to   its  length    than  we 

commonly  find,  and  all  the  edges 
are  sharp,  without  any  signs  of 
usage.  Capt.  J.  G.  Spaing  Norfolk 
County. 

"  Scrapers "  are  not  found  in 
Canada  in  anything  like  such 
quantities  as  in  many  countries  of 
Europe.  In  the  collection  from  FlG' 39' (Fa11  Size)' 
Norfolk  county  there  are  twenty  or  more,  and 
mostly  provided  with  necks,  as  if  they  were  "  de- 
graded "  arrow  tips.  Most  of  the  European  articles 
of  this  kind  are  roughly  discoidal  or  elliptical,  flat 
on  one  side  and  convex  on  the  other.  This  type 
is  also  found  here,  besides  another,  which  has  a 
strong  straight  neck.  The  working  edge  of  figure 
FIG.  38.  (Full  size).  37  is  worn  smooth. 

Among  oddly  chipped  flints,  figure  38  is  worthy  of  a  place.  It  does  not  appear 
ever  to  have  been  even  roughly  symmetrical — the  dotted  lines  may  indicate  the 
original  shape  and  size  of  the  weapon.  From  Brant  county.  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 


36 


Figure  39  represents  a  chip  of  chert  carefully  worked  down  to  a  fine  point, 
no  doubt  for  use  as  a  drill.  Some  such  tool  must  have  been  employed  to  bore 
holes  in  wampum  and  other  small  articles.  Brant  county.  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 


CELTS,  CHISELS,  GOUGES. 


FIG.  40.  (£  Size). 

Among  the  many  hundreds  of  celts  and  similar  implements  in  the  museum* 
there  is  nothing  to  correspond  with  the  specimen  represented  by  figure  40* 
except  in  general  outline  and  material.  The  remarkable  feature  connected  with 
this  object  is  the  symmetrical  pattern  in  relief  which  has  been  carefully  formed 
on  one  side.  Although  not  more  than  a  millimetre  in  height,  it  indicates  no 
small  amount  of  labor,  and  more  than  a  little  mechanical  skill  to  produce  such  a 
result.  The  material  is  a  very  dark  gray  primitive  rock,  homogeneous  in  com- 
position, and  so  hard  as  to  scratch  glass  readily.  The  great  amount  of  work 
bestowed  on  this  article  suggests  a  few  queries  :  Was  it  the  property  of  some  dis- 
tinguished "  brave  "  ?  Had  the  design  any  particular  meaning  ?  Was  the  imple- 
ment more  for  ornament  than  use  ?  Was  it  made  solely  for  ceremonial  purposes  ? 
Or,  was  a  special  hatchet  produced  for  "  burial "  in  ratification  of  some 
important  treaty  of  peace  ?  This  unique  stone  tomahawk  was  found  a  short  dis-  i 
tance  north  of  Norfolk  county.  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain,  Simcoe. 


FIG.  41.  (£  Size). 

The  tool  illustrated  by  figure  41  was  an  adze  rather  than  an  axe,  and 
is  of  a  pattern  comparatively  rare  in  Ontario.  The  groove  for  handle 
attachment  is  not  very  deeply  cut,  and  on  the  side  not  shown  in  the 
engraving  no  attempt  whatever  has  been  made  to  extend  this  groove,  but 
as  may  be  seen  from  the  illustration,  another  groove  has  been  cut  length- 
wise from  the  top  of  the  adze  to  a  point  nearly  in  line  with  the  lower 


37 


side   of  the   horizontal   groove.       As   I   take  it  that  the    longitudinal   groove 
was  intended  to  hold  a  wedge  for  the  purpose  of  tightening  the  tool  in  its  withe 
or  sinew-bound  handle,  the  fact  that  it  was  cut  on  a  side  and  not  on  an  edge 
enables  us  to  see  how  the  implement  was  used,     Another  peculiarity  of  the  adze 
is  what  I  regard  as  the  traces  of  wear  resulting  from  its  friction  with  the  handle 
when  in  use,  for  it  is  not  only  unusually  smooth  on  the  side  shown   in  figure  41, 
h  but  the  smooth  portion  is  of  a  pale  green  hue,  suggestive  of  its  having  absorbed 
I  coloring  matter  from  copper  with  which  it  has  been  in  contact.     On  the  opposite  side 
I;  also,  the  smoothness  and  greenness  are  coincident,  but  to  a  much  less  extent.  The 
length  of  this  adze  is  7f  inches.     It  is  made  of  an   exceedingly  hard   and  fine 
;  grained,  gray  granite.     The  cutting  edge  is  considerably   battered,  and  the  ,pole 
|'j  looks  as  if  it  had  been  employed  as  a  hammer.     The   exceedingly  instructive 
implement  here  figured  and  described  was  found  at  the  Indian   Landing,  Lake 
I  Bideau,  by  Mr.  John  P.  Fraser,  and  by  him  presented  to  the  Provincial  Archae- 
ological Museum. 


FIG.  42.  (§  Size). 

When  describing  plain  celts,  axes  or  chisels  in  a  general  way,  it  would  be 
perfectly  safe  to  say  that  transversely  they  are  more  or  less  oval,  for  even  if  one 

side  is  somewhat  flat  the  opposite  side  and  corners 
are  nearly  always  rounded.  Occasionally  a  speci- 
men is  found  whose  sides  form  right  angles  with 
each  other,  but  these  are  rare.  Rarer  still  are 
specimens  like  the  one  figured  here,  for  both  sides 
are  flat,  and  the  corners  on  one  side  are  rubbed 
down  to  an  angle  of  forty -five  degrees.  Figure  43 
shows  a  cross  section  of  this  specimen.  Humberstone.  Mr.  Cyrenius  Bearss. 


FIG.  44.  (i  Size). 

^In  figure  44  is  represented  what  is  probably  an  unfinished  axe.     If  it  was 
ntended  to  be  used  in  its  present  condition,  its  maker  had  an  eye  to  utility  with- 


out  any  regard  for  appearances,  because,  while  the  blade  has  been  brought  to  a 
tolerably  good  cutting  edge,  the  upper  three-fourths  of  the  tool  are  left  in  an 
an  extremely  rude  condition  of  chipping,  except  that  some  of  the  most  prominent 
ridges  have  been  rubbed  down  as  if  for  comfort  in  grasping  it.  This  specimen 
is  somewhat  singular  in  another  respect,  for  the  material — Huronian  slate — 
was  seldom  used  in  the  making  of  axes  or  other  cutting  implements.  We  owe 
the  possession  of  this  valuable  specimen  to  Mr.  John  P.  Fraser,  of  Perth,  who 
found  it  on  the  Lake  Rideau  shore. 


FIG.  45.  (§  Size). 

A  unique  implement  is  figured  here  (fig.  45).  It  was  evidently  intended  to- 
serve  the  double  purpose  of  gouge  and  chisel.  The  gouge  end  is  peculiarly  hol- 
lowed, for  besides  being  deeper  than  usual  at  the  mouth,  it  is  to  some  extent  cup- 
shaped,  and  if  held  at  the  proper  angle  it  would  contain  fully  a  teaspoonful  ol 
water  Extending  also  from  the  upper  or  inner  end  of  this  deeply  cut  hollow  ii 
a  much  shallower  one,  reaching  within  an  inch  of  the  chisel  end.  The  latter  pos- 
sesses still  the  rough  surface,  resulting  from  the  pecking  process,  while  the  deeper 
one  has  been  smoothed.  The  chisel  end  is  almost  as  singular  as  the  other,  on 
account  of  the  sides  of  the  lip  being  slightly  flared — in  other  words,  the  "  bit "  or 
cutting  edgs  is  a  little  wider  than  the  body  of  the  tool  immediately  above  it 
This  end  has  still  an  excellent  cutting  edge,  but  that  of  the  gouge  is  considerably 
battered.  This  remarkable  implement  is  made  from  a  piece  of  light  gray  and 
close  grained,  dioritic  rock.  It  was  found  near  Penetanguishene,  and  was  pre- 
sented to  the  Museum  by  Mr.  Jas.  McCrosson,  Warden  of  the  Provincial 
Reformatory. 


FIG.  46.  ( Full  Size). 


What  has  been  in  its  perfect  condition  a  remarkably  beautiful  and  unusually 
small  gouge  is  represented  by  figure  46.  It  is  considerably  damaged,  but  even  in 
its  imperfect  condition  is  valuable  as  suggesting  some  use  not  attributed  to  larger 
and  correspondingly  strong  specimens.  As  this  one  is  made  of  slate  it  could  not 
have  been  meant  for  use  where  much  force  or  strength  was  required.  It  was 
presented  to  us  by  Mr.  Jas.  Graham,  who  found  it  on  the  shore  of  Rideau  Lake. 


39 


VARIOUS  SLATE  SPECIMENS. 

Perhaps  the  article  represented  by  figure  47  was  a  knife — perhaps  it  was  not 
Argillite  does  not  take  a  good  cutting  edge.  This  specimen  was  not  an  arrow- 
head, for  one  side  is  straighter  and  less  sharply  ribbed  than  the  other.  As  a  spear 
it  would  prove  too  fragile  for  use.  Unlike  many  objects  of  this  form  and 
material,  it  has  not  a  serrated  tine.  It  was  found  in  the  township"of  N.  Elmsley 
by  Mr.  W.  K.  McLean. 


FIG.  47.  (§  Size). 

Figure  48  is  of  slate,  and  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  thickness  near 
the  unnotched  end.  At  the  opposite  end  it  is  only  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch 
thick.  On  each  side  of  one  end  have  been  cut  seven  notches,  but  on  the  side 
shown  above  one  of  these  has  been  destroyed  by  means  of  a  splinter.  The  other 
end  appears  never  to  have  been  finished,  although  it  is  worn  quite  smooth  at  the 
extremity  of  a  fracture.  Both  edges  are  sharp,  and  their  concavity  suggests  that 
the  tool  may  have  been  used  to  "  slick  "  the  outside  of  clay  vessels,  while  the 
oblique  ends  may  have  been  employed  in  making  the  lines  that  characterise 
Indian  ceramic  adornment.  Norfolk  county.  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain. 


FIG.  48.  (Full  Size). 

Insignificant  looking   as  fig.  49  is,  the  original  was  not  improbably  held  in 
high  estimation  by  its  owner.     In  form  it  may  have  been  intended  to  represent 
a  bird — the  projection  at  the  upper  end  being  meant  for  a  head, 
while  at  the  lower  end  are  seen  the  tail  (from  which  a  piece  has 
been  broken)  and  the  tips  of  the  wings.     The  outline  is  not  unlike 
that  of  the  Thunder  Bird  done  in  porcupine  quill-work,  as  figured 
in  last  year's  report.     It  was  most  likely  worn  as  a  pendant,  form- 
ing part  of  a  string  of  beads.     The  notches  suggest  its  use  as  record 
of  some  kind  unless  they  were  made  for  a  purely  ornamental  pur- 
FIG.  49.         pose,  as  all  the  corners  are  similarly  treated,  although  the  marks  on 
ze''       two  of  them  have  become  almost  indistinguishable  as  the  result  of 
wear.     The  stone  is  a  dark  red  slate,  not  found  in  the  county  of  Brant,  where 
this  specimen  was  picked  up  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 


"  Gorgets "  so-called  have  been  previously  figured  in  the  reports  of  the 
Institute,  but  this  one  (fig.  50)  differs  in  many  respects  from  most  of  the  others 
in  our  cases.  Originally  it  has  had  seven  teeth  at  one  end,  but  the  two  outside 
ones  have  almost  disappeared — one  apparently  from  wear,  and  the  other  as  the 


FIG.  50.     (J  Size). 

result  of  a  fracture.  Perhaps  the  worn  corner  was  also  broken  and  afterwards 
rounded  off.  The  opposite  extremity  has  also  been  roughly  toothed,  but  it  is 
chiefly  noticeable  on  account  of  five  shallow  hollows  that  have  been  drilled  there. 
As  is  nearly  always  the  case  with  such  articles,  the  material  is  of  Huronian 
slate.  Norfolk  county,  Capt  J.  G.  Spain. 

This  figure  represents  what  is  commonly 
spoken  of  as  a  "  paint-cup."  It  is  made  of  slate, 
and  is  neatly  worked,  although  the  outside  is 
not  quite  symmetrical.  If  the  supposition  that 
articles  of  this  kind  were  used  for  mixing 
pigments  to  be  employed  in  personal  decora- 
tion, be  not  the  correct  one,  it  is  difficult  to 
surmise  in  what  other  way  they  could  have 
been  utilised.  Norfolk  county,  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain. 
A  most  singular  "  bar-arnulet "  from  the  same  source,  is  illustrated  by  figs.  52 
and  £3.  Usually  the  basal  holes  pass  out  diagonally,  one  at  each  end,  but  in  this 


FIG.  51.     (Nearly  Full  Size). 


£  Size). 

specimen  they  pass  through  the  sides.  On  the  upper  edge,  over  the  hole  to  the  left, 
there  is  just  the  beginning  of  a  perforation,  as  if  the  intention  had  been  to  make 
a  connection  with  the  basal  hole  from  that  point.  In  such  objects,  elevations  at 


FIG.  53. 


one  or  both  ends  are  not  uncommon,  but  the  central  knob  shown  here  is  unique 
so  far  as  our  collection  is  concerned.     Although  each  hole  in  the  base  is  half  an 


inch  in  diameter  at  the  mouth,  and  fully  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter  where 
they  enter  at  the  sides,  the  meeting-points  within  show  apertures  scarcely  more 
than  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  with  no  signs  of  wear. 

The  stone  of  which  this  odd  "  bar-amulet "  is  made  is  a  light  brown,  un- 
veined  argillite.     The  finish  is  only  passably  good. 


FIG.  54.    (Full  Size). 

Fig.  54  resembles,  in  some  respects,  specimens  from  Middlesex  county  in  the 
west  and  Wolfe  Island  on  the  east.  The  position  of  the  hole  in  all  of  them  is 
puzzling,  being  either  near  the  middle  or  towards  the  larger  end.  In  the  present 
instance  the  hole  is  not  only  nearer  to  the  large  end,  but  it  is  considerably  to  one 
side.  The  edge  in  this  specimen,  too,  is  crenated  as  well  as  chisel-shaped  ;  in  the 
others  it  is  chisel-shaped  and  plain,  whether  sharp  or  blunt.  The  stone  is 
Huronian  slate.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant  county. 


FIG.  55.     (|  Size). 


The  tube  figured  here  is  of  light  pea-green,  veined  steatite.  It  is  two  and  a 
half  inches  long,  the  hole  being  about  seven-sixteenth  inches  in  diameter.  Along 
one  side  is  a  groove  fully  an  inch  across  at  the  middle,  and  so  deep  that  lesi  than 
an  eighth  of  an  inch  of  material  separates  it  from  the  hole.  Norfolk  county, 
Capt.  J.  G.  Spain. 


FIG.  56.     (Size  2ixl|). 


The 


This  may  be  called,  for  want  o£  a  better  name,  a  small  ceremonial  axe. 
hole  is  oval,  f  in.  one  way  and  7-16  the  other.     It  is  slightly  damaged  on  one 
side,  but  even  in  its  imperfect  state  is  a  handsome  specimen.     Its  length  is  2£ 
inches  and  its  depth  If  inches.     Brant  county,  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 


Too  late  to  have  engraved,  we  received  from  Mr.  Archibald  Riddell,  manager 
Bronson  Lumber  Co.,  the  largest  and  one  of  the  most  perfect  slate  specimens  in 
the  collection.  In  form  it  may  be  very  properly  described  as  semi-lunar,  when 
viewed  sidewise.  Across  the  slightly  concave  edge  it  measures  nearly  nine 
inches,  its  width  is  four  and  a  half  inches,  and  the  arc  formed  by  its  convex 
edge  measures  thirteen  and  a  half  inches.  The  concave  edge,  or  back,  is  half 
an  inch  thick  in  the  middle  and  tapers  to  one-eighth  at  each  end.  The  back 
is  considerably  thicker  than  what  may  be  called  the  blade,  and  it  has  been  formed 
by  the  material  of  the  latter  portion  having  been  worked  down  until  its  greatest 
thickness  is  not  more  than  three-eighths  of  an  inch,  thus  forming  a  bar  on  each 
side  of  the  back,  as  if  left  to  give  it  strength. 

The  methods  employed  in  the  cutting-down  process  may  be  traced,  and  from 
this  point  of  view  alone  the  specimen  is  a  very  instructive  one.  These  may  be 
referred  to  in  a  future  report. 

In  outline  it  strongly  resembles  the  blade  of  an  ancient  European  battle-axe, 
and  the  grooves  that  have  been  made  at  the  base  of  the  bars  when  the  blade 
was  in  process  of  formation,  lend  color  to  the  idea  that  the  object  was  attached 
to  a  handle  and  used  as  a  weapon  of  war.  But  several  reasons  may  be  adduced 
to  show  why  it  was  not  so  employed.  First,  there  is  the  difficulty  of  attachment 
to  a  handle  owing  to  the  want  of  notches  at  the  end  of  the  grooves — next  there 
is  the  evidence  already  referred  to,  that  the  grooves  themselves  are  merely  inci- 
dent to  the  cutting-down  process — then  there  is  the  improbability  of  such  a  form 
being  used  for  this  purpose,  and,  chiefly,  there  is  the  objection  that  the  material 
is  too  fragile  to  prove  very  effective  in  the  infliction  of  more  than  a  few  blows. 

Its  use  was  probably  a  more  noble  one,  viz.,  that  of  preparing  skins  of 
animals  for  clothing.  It  is  well  known  that  currying  processes  of  various  kinds 
were  well  understood  by  savage  man — indeed,  such  knowledge  was  indispensable 
to  his  very  existence,  and  it  seems  tolerably  certain  that  this  tool  was  employed 
for  the  purpose  of  fitting  hides  or  pelts  for  domestic  or  personal  use. 

As  an  implement  for  procuring  clay  to  make  pottery,  or  as  a  spade  or  hoe 
for  simple  agricultural  purposes,  it  could  have  been  employed  also  with  good 
effect.  In  this  case,  however,  it  would  have  been  scratched  in  the  direction  of 
the  thrust,  whereas  the  thin  convex  edge  is  worn  perfectly  smooth. 

However  employed,  the  specimen  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  one,  and 
places  the  Institute  under  another  debt  of  obligation  to  Mr.  Riddell,  who  pro- 
cured it  from  an  Indian  at  the  mouth  of  the  York  River,  where  it  joins  the 
Madawaska.  The  Irdian  found  it  some  distance  below  the  surface  when  he  was 
digging  a  potato-pit. 


43 


FINGER  RING. 

Finger-rings  are  rare  among  relics  of  the  Red  Man.     The  only  other  one   I 
know  of  is  in  the  public  school  iruseum  at  Elora.     The  specimen  figured  here 


FIG.  57.    (Full  Size). 

is  from  Simcoe  county,  and  formed  part  of  the  collection  of  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain.  A 
series  of  shallow  cuts  or  notches  round  the  edge  of  the  hole  were  probably 
intended  for  ornament  rather  than  as  a  record  or  tally.  Norfolk  county. 


RUBBING  TOOLS. 

The  stone  represented  in  this  cut  (fig.  58)  has  been  employed  in  all  pro- 
bability for  the  reducing  of  bone  awls  or  needles  to  shape.  It  is  a  flat  gritty, 
limestone  pebble,  well  adapted  for  such  a  purpose,  and  the  scratches  made  are  still 


FIG.  58.    (Half  Size). 

visible  on  the  sides  of  the  rubs  that  have  been  deeply  worn  during  the  course 
of  rubbing.  The  angle  at  which  the  grooves  run  indicates  that  the  stone  was  held 
in  the  left  hand,  while  the  action  was  performed  with  the  right.  Capt.  J.  G. 
Spain. 


that  can  be  said  regarding  fig.  59  is  that  the  original  has  evidently  been 
employed  as  an  effective  tool,  but  in  what  way  it  is  not  easy  to  guess.  The 
oblique  notch  seen  at  one  end  has  its  counterpart  on  the  other  side  (see  cross 


FIG.  59.)    Half  Size). 


FIG.  60. 


section,  fig.  60),  and  both  appear  to  have  been  produced  by  rubbing  on  some 
hard  substance.  The  body  of  this  tool  is  smooth,  fairly  symmetrical,  and  is 
admirably  fitted  for  the  hand.  Capt.  J.  G.  Spain,  Norfolk  county. 


BONE  AND  HORN. 

Combs  are  not  among  the  common  finds  on  village  sites,  in  graves,  or  else- 
where, perhaps  for  a  similar  reason  to  that  suggested  in  connection  with  fig. 
74  (horn  chisel).  This  one  (fig.  61)  was  found  in  one  of  the  graves  at  Baptiste 
Lake.  The  side  shown  in  the  cut  has  been  worked  down  to  a  smooth  surface. 
Some  rubbing  has  also  been  done  on  the  opposite  side,  but  not  much.  The  upper 
end  shows  all  the  roughness  of  the  original  cutting.  In  the  grave  with  this 
specimen  was  found  a  quantity  of  red  hematite,  no  doubt  used  as  war  paint 


FIG.  61.     (Full  Size). 


FIG.  62.     (Nearly  Full  Size). 


Another  comb  of  bone  is  represented  at  fig.  62.  It  is  chiefly  remarkable  in 
having  the  upper  part  or  back  carved  to  imitate  the  form  of  a  bird — probably  a 
woodpecker,  with  an  elongated  bill.  I  found  this  interesting  specimen  along  with 
a  variety  of  others  elsewhere  referred  to,  in  the  grave  of  a  child  at  Baptiste  Lake 


45 


The  long  bone  specimen  illustrated  here  (fig.  63)  measures  eleven  and  a  quarter 
inches.    It  represents  one  of  two,  similarly  marked,  from  Baptiste  Lake,  Hastings 


FIG.  64.    (i  Size.) 


FIG.  63.    (§Size.)  FIG.  65.    (§  Size.) 

county,  and  found  in  the  burial  ground  there  by  Mr.  Archibald  Riddell.'^j  The 
grooves  at  both  ends  are  perhaps  too  long  to  have  been  intended  for  marking 
pottery.  At  the  larger  end  they  are  three  inches  in  length,  and  at  the  smaller 


46 


end  an  inch  and  a  half.  This  specimen  appears  to  be  formed  from  a  rib-bone, 
the  convex  side  of  which  is  seen  in  the  engraving. 

Fig.  64  is  also  made  from  a  rib,  and  is,  at  one  end,  grooved  like  Figure  63. 
It  is  much  more  curved  than  figure  63.  The  ridges,  eight  in  number,  appear 
rounded  as  the  result  of  wear. 

Figure  65  resembles  nothing  that  has  hitherto  found  its  way  into  our 
possession,  nor  is  it  like  anything  I  have  ever  seen  figured  elsewhere.  Indeed, 
the  same  may  be  said  regarding  figures  63  and  64.  At  one  end  it  has  been 
toothed  like  a  comb.  As  but  a  small  portion  of  the  teeth  remain  it  is  impossible 
to  say  with  certainty  how  long  these  were  originally,  but  perhaps  they  did  not 
exceed  in  length  those  shown  in  the  following  figure.  The  opposite  end  still 
has  the  angle  it  possessed  as  a  tool,  and  enough  remains  to  show  that  two 
deep  grooves  ran  from  heel  to  point  on  its  narrow  face,  thus  forming  three  sharp 
ridges  fully  an  inch  and  a  half  long  Though  somewhat  weathered  it  was 
probably  never  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  thickness  at  this,  its  thickest  end. 


FIG.  66.     (|  Size.) 

The  toothed  specimen  here  figured  is  thinner  than  even  the  one  last  des- 
cribed— its  thickest  part,  one-third  of  its  length  from  the  end  of  the  teeth,  is 
only  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch.  At  first  sight  this  might  be  taken  for  a  comb, 
but  an  examination  of  the  teeth  shows  that  the  ends  have  been  worn  wholly  on 
one  side.  This  specimen  is  six  and  one-eighth  inches  long.  It  was  found  in  one 
of  the  Baptiste  Lake  graves. 


FIG.  67.    (§Size.) 

This  exceedingly  odd-looking  specimen  (fig.  67),  forms  part  of  the  collec- 
tion from  Brant  county.     The  horn  of  which  it  formed  a  part  was  palmated 


Measuring  seven  and  a  half  inches  in  length  at  present  it  does  not  appear  that 
much  has  been  broken  off  the  fractured  end,  as  the  edge  shows  traces  of  cutting. 
As  is  the  case  with  a  few  other  specimens  of  deer-horn  similarly  bored,  the  hole 
is  worn  at  an  angle,  suggesting  the  use  of  the  tool  for  purpose  of  an  arrow- 
straightener.  See  Can.  Inst.  Report,  1890-91,  p.  56.  But  the  condition  of  the 
longer  prong  in  figure  67  is  suggestive  of  usage  in  some  other  way,  for  it  has 
been  hollowed  fully  five-eighths  of  an  inch  deep,  and  the  lips  are  whittled  down 
outwardly  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave  a  tolerably  sharp  edge  forming  the  mar- 
gin of  the  hollow.  It  may  have  been,  as  suggested  by  Mr.  Waters,  that  this 
portion  of  the  tool  was  used  as  a  sort  of  vice,  pincers,  or  grip,  in  which  small 
objects  were  wedged  to  be  held  while  being  chipped  or  otherwise  manipulated. 
Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 


FIG.  68.    (Full  Size.) 


Simple  in  form  as  are  specimens  like  figures  68  and  69,  there  is  nothing 
known  with  certainty  as  to  their  use.  They  have  been  called  tobacco  stoppers. 
An  old  gentleman  in  Brant  county  assured  me  he  had  seen  the  Indians  use  them 
to  fasten  down  skins  to  the  ground  for  dressing  purposes.  It  has  been  thought 


FIG.  69.     (Full  Si«e.) 

they  were  employed  as  pins  or  as  buttons  for  fastening  articles  of  clothing  about 
the  person.  Figures  68  and  69  show  about  the  maximum  and  minimum  lengths 
of  these  objects.  Those  here  figured  were  found  in  Brant  county  by  Mr.  E.  C. 

Waters. 


FIG.  70.    (i  Size.) 

Figure  7  (^represents  a  portion  of  an  antler  on  the  outer  surface  of  which 
two  deep  longitudinal  cuts  have  been  made  as  if  with  the  intention  of  cutting  off 
strips.  The  cutting  seems  to  have  been  performed  with  some  short  tool,  pro- 
bably a  flint  flake.  The  marks  produced  by  the  action  of  the  cutter  are  still  to  be 
seen  on  the  sides  of  cuts.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant  county. 


48 


The  object  here  figured  was  no  doubt  used  as  a  pipe  and  is  the  only  one  of 
horn  in  the  museum.  The  bowl  is  a  little  over  an  inch  deep.  The  stem-hole 
shows  that  it  has  been  drilled  with  a  rough-edged  instrument,  no  doubt,  flint.  The 


FIG.  71.     (Full  Size.)  FIG.  73. 

lower  end  is  rounded,  and  the  work  has  been  performed  with  a  not  over-sharp 
knife  of  some  sort.  An  attempt  has  also  been  made  to  round  off  the  outside  of 
the  edge  forming  the  lip  of  the  bowl.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant  county. 

On  the  prominent  end  of  figure  72  is  a  series  of  seven  ridges  and  six  grooves. 
The  bottom  of  each  groove  is  angular,  and  still  retains  the  marks  made  by  the 
rude  tool  that  did  the  cutting,  while  the  faces  of  the  ridges  are  smooth  and  round, 
as  if  the  result  of  wear.  What  strikes  one  as  the  most  likely  use  for  such  a 
tool  is  the  marking  of  pottery.  Having  tested  it  on  a  piece  of  clay  (see  fig.  73)r 
satisfactory  results  were  produced — perhaps  the  results  were  too  satisfactory,  for 
the  pattern  I  formed  possessed  a  regularity  that  seldom  characterizes  the  line- 
markings  on  Indian  pottery,  and  this  without  any  attempt  on  my  part  to  be  at  all 
exact.  Besides  this,  I  found  that  the  pressure  required  to  make  the  lines  deep 
enough  would  be  likely  to  throw  the  vessel  out  of  shape,  unless,  indeed,  we  suppose 
that  one  hand  supported  the  material  inside,  while  with  the  other  the  pattern  was 
produced  outside.  It  is,  at  any  rate, certain  that  the  tool  could  have  been  used  in  this 
way,  but  that  it  was  so  used  it  would  be  rash  to  assert.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant  county. 


FIG.  74.     (J  Size.) 

Implements  like  the  horn  specimen  figured   here  are  not  found  very  fre- 
quently, perhaps  rather  on  account  of  their  liability  to  decay  than  because  there 


49 


were  not  many  in  use.  This  one  is  nine  and  one-fourth  inches  long,  and  two 
and  three-fourths  across  its  widest  part.  For  cutting  purposes  it  never  could 
have  been  of  much  account,  but  as  a  tool  for  the  removal  of  bark  from  trees,  or 
as  a  spade,  or  a  hoe,  it  was  capable  of  doing  fairly  good  work.  The  edges  bear 
the  tool-marks  of  him  who  shaped  the  implement,  but  for  fully  half  the  distance 
from  the  sharpened  end,  these  are  worn  smooth,  just  as  we  might  expest  to  find 
them  if  the  implement  had  been  used  as  here  suggested.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant 
county. 


FIG.  75. 


FIG.  76. 

In  a  gravel-pit  near  the  town  of  Simcoe  were  found  the  lower  thirds  of  two- 
human  femurs,  and  the  whole  of  a  tibia,  each  of  which  is  bored  as  seen  in  the 
illustrations.  The  other  fragmentary  femur  is  not  shown,  because  it  corresponds 
in  every  particular  with  the  one  represented  here,  except  that  it  is  a  little  shorter. 
In  the  tibia  (only  part  of  which  is  engraved)  it  will  be  observed  that  three  holes  are 
bored  side  by  side,  and  in  line.  Unfortunately,  since  the  find  was  made,  a  mouse 
has  made  free  with  this  specimen  and  has  nibbled  away  the  portions  that  sep- 
arated the  holes.  Along  with  these  there  were  an  eyed  bone  needle  of  the  usual 
type  and  a  foreign  shell  (a  species  of  Natica  also  bored),  the  two  being  attached 
by  a  strand  of  hair. 

Mr.  W.  P.  Byrch,  of  this  city,  suggests  that  these  bones  were  probably  so 
treated,  in  connection  with  a  belief  thafe  stuffing  the  holes  with  poisonous 
substances  would  induce  bodily  pains  in  persons  against  whom  the  operator  had 
a  grudge.  The  presence  of  the  bone  needle,  the  shell  and  the  hair,  gives  colour 
to  the  belief  that  witchery  or  enchantment  had  something  to  do  with  the 
boring  of  the  holes  -in  the  bones,  and  with  the  burial  of  the  bones  themselves. 
Mr.  Byrch  states  that  the  Indians  of  Cape  Croker  still  entertain  a  belief  of  the- 
kind  mentioned. 


4  (c.i.) 


50 


SHELL. 

Fig.  77  seems  to  be  an  ornament  of  some  kind  made  from  the  columella 
of  a  sub-tropical  shell.  It  may  have  been  a  tool  of  some  kind,  the  use  of  which 
is  not  apparent,  unless  the  point  at  one  end  and  the  smooth  rounded  edge  at 


FIG.  77.    (I  Size.) 

the  other  are  suggestive  of  application  in  marking  patterns  on  pottery.  It  is  not 
likely,  however,  that  material  so  scarce,  and  therefore  so  precious,  would  be 
employed  in  any  such  way.  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters,  Brant  county. 


WOOD. 


FIG.  78.     (|  Size.) 

Fig.  78  is  from  the  child's  grave  already  mentioned.  It  appears  to  be  the 
upper  portion  of  a  hair-comb,  the  teeth  of  which  are  decayed.  In  all  likelihood 
it  was  used  for  fastening,  or  adorning,  rather  than  for  dressing  the  hair.  The 
material  is  wood,  and  the  workmanship  would  indicate  the  use  of  tools  other 
than  stone. 


51 


IRON  TOMAHAWK. 

The  iron  tomahawk  figured  here  is  of  a 
type  common  enough  in  many  parts  of  the 
province.  The  noticeable  thing  about  this 
specimen  is  the  evidence  it  bears  of  an 
attempt  on  the  part  of  its  owner  to  reduce 
its  weight  by  the  laborious  process  of  cut- 
ting a  strip  off  it  in  true  aboriginal  style 
with  flint  flakes  and  water.  Neither  the  inten- 
tion nor  the  method  is  so  clear  on  this  speci- 
men on  account  of  rust,  as  on  one  or  two 
others  I  have  seen.  Mr.  Luke  Mullock,  of 
Waterdown,  has  a  tomahawk  which  has  been 
worked  from  both  sides  in  this  manner  so 
deeply  that  the  severance  is  almost  complete, 
and  the  proof  of  the  rubbing  process  is  plain, 
especially  on  each  side  of  the  eye,  which  would 
have  been  dented  had  a  chisel  been  employed 
to  make  the  cut.  We  have  also  in  our  collec- 
tion a  piece  cut  from  a  tomahawk,  probably  by 
the  same  method,  but  a  slight  "  burr "  on  the 
inside  of  the  eye  renders  it  just  a  little  doubt- 
ful. Specimens  of  this  kind  tend  to  throw 
considerable  light  on  the  transition  condition 
of  Indian  life.  Possessed  of  a  European  tool, 
a  primitive  method  was  employed  to  reduce  its 
size  and  weight.  The  tomahawk  here  illustrated 
measures  seven  and  a  half  inches  in  length,  and  is 
an  inch  and  one-eighth  in  thickness  immediately 
below  the  eye.  Undertaking  to  cut  through  this 
thickness  of  solid  iron  by  friction  with  flint  flakes  gives  one  a  glimpse  of  the  patience 
and  tenacity  of  purpose  that  characterised  the  savage  Indian.  Both  of  the  specimens 
in  our  cases  are  from  Brant  county,  and  were  found  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Waters. 

COPPER. 

A  number  of  sheet-copper  arrow-tips  like 
those  shown  in  the  accompanying  cuts  were  found 
by  Mr.  Robins  in  some  of  the  graves  in  Herschell 
township.  These  arrow-heads  are  rudely  and 
carelessly  cut  from  portions  of  European  copper 
kettles,  They  must  have  been  quite  useless  for 
shooting,  and  seem  to  have  been  made  simply  as 
substitutes  for  flints  for  burial  purposes.  The  large 
num  ber  of  European  articles  found  in  some  of  the 
graves  renders  it  tolerably  clear  that  although 
those  who  made  the  graves  retained  the  old  cus- 
tom of  depositing  objects  of  various  kinds  with 
the  bodies,  they  had  lost  the  art  of  making  chip- 
ped arrow  points.  Here  we  seem  to  have  an 
overlapping  of  the  old  and  the  new  order  of 
things,  as  in  many  other  places  where  specimens 
of  White  manufacture  are  buried  in  accordance 
with  the  traditional  customs  of  the  Indians.  In 
this  case  arrows  were  probably  regarded  as  a 
necessity,  and  the  ghosts  of  these  thin  copper  specimens  were  thought 
for  spiritual  uses. 


•FIG 
(Full  Size.) 


FIG.  81. 


(Full  Size.) 
sufficient 


52 


BRITISH  COLUMBIA  SPECIMENS. 

To  the  kindness  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Jones,  of  Vancouver  City,  British  Columbia* 
we  owe  the  specimens  figured  in  the  three  following  cuts. 

Figure  82  was  brought  to  Van- 
couver by  a  sea-captain,  last  spring, 
from  Newitti  Head,  at  the  extreme 
north  of  Vancouver  Island.  This 
would  hardly  be  noteworthy,  in  con- 
sideration of  the  large  number  of 
specimens  the  natives  now  manufac- 
ture for  sale,  were  it  not  that  this 
article  bears  every  evidence  of  belong- 
ing to  a  date  anterior  to  the  demand 
for  mere  curiosities. 

The  Hydahs  are  remarkable  for 
their  carving  proclivities,  both  in  wood 
arid  stone.  Their  totem-posts  are  of 
world-wide  fame,  and  specimens  of 
their  artistic  handiwork  in  objects 
made  from  black  slate  may  be  seen  in 
almost  every  museum.  This  specimen 
appears  to  show  that  the  Flatheads  of 
Newitti  are  scarcely  inferior  to  the 
Hydahs. 

Notwithstanding  the  large  amount 
of  work  that  has  been  expended  on 
figure  82,  it  was,  in  all  probability, 
intended  only  for  a  household  chest — 
perhaps  for  holding  food,  and  corre- 
sponding to  what  is  known  in  Scot- 
land as  a  "  girnell."  It  is  made  of 
pine,  is  five  feet  four  inches  long,  and 
has  been  hollowed  to  the  capacity  of 
about  two  bushels.  The  main  figure 
represents  a  seal — the  head  supporter 
is  said  to  represent  a  rabbit  or  hare, 
and  the  figure  upholding  the  tail  is  a 
human  caricature,  the  head  of  which 
is  thrown  far  back,  and  the  enormously 
disproportionate  mouth  forms  a  deep 
cup,  capable  of  holding  fully  a  pint. 

The  characteristic  design  has  been 
painted  in  red,  white  and  black,  now 
much  worn,  and  not  quite  as  clear  as 
shown  in  the  illustration. 

Figure  83  gives  a  good  idea  of  a 
coffin  found  by  Mr.  Jones  on  a  small 
island  about  fifty  miles  north  of  Bur- 
rard  Inlet.  When  discovered  it  was 
covered  with  stones  and  contained  two 

82.  human  skulls  (see   figs.  127  and  128) 

and  some  other  bones. 

Mechanically,  this  box   illustrates   the  ingenious  devices   practiced   by   the 


53 


Hydahs  in  forming  right  angled,  wooden  receptables.  The  cedar,  which  is  a 
split  board,  fairly  well  smoothed,  has  been  half-checked  and  bent  to  form  three 
of  the  corners ;  the  fourth  one,  where  the  ends  meet,  being  fastened  with  wooden 
pins  driven  in  as  nails.  The  boards  that  form  the  top  and  bottom  are  much 
thicker  than  the  other,  and  they  have  been  roughly  slotted  to  receive  the  sides, 


FIG.  83. 

the  square  shoulder  on  the  outside  of  the  slot  adding  very  much  to  the  power 
against  pressure  from  within,  while  the  inner  and  sloping  side  of  the  slot,  fitting 
tightly  against  the  edge  stiffens  it  against  pressure  from  without. 

The  bottom  is  tied  to  the  sides  at  each  corner  by  means  of  some  spruce  root 
fibre.  There  was  no  fastening  to  the  top. 

Two  sides  and  one  end  are  painted  with  devices  on  the  grain  of  the  wood. 
It  is  a  little  over  two  leet  long,  and  eighteen  inches  wide. 


FIG.  84. 

Figure  84  represents  a  model  canoe  from  the  same  island  as  figure  82.  It 
is  two  feet,  five  inches  long. 

Since  the  foregoing  was  written,  I  have  received  the  following  letter  from 
Mr.  Jones.  The  particulars  he  gives  relative  to  the  coffin  and  carved  seal  vessel 
will  be  read  with  much  interest. 

"Vancouver,  British  Columbia, 

Nov.  30,  1891. 

"  The  Indian  coffin  I  sent  was  found  on  a  small  Island  not  more  than  40x60 
feet,  situated  in  Pendar  Harbor,  a  small  land-locked  bay  about  50  miles  north  of 


54 


Burrard  Inlet.  The  island  consists  of  rock  and  shingle  with  scarcely  more 
than  two  inches  of  mould  upon  it  at  any  place.  The  centre  of  it  was  covered 
by  scrubby  cedar  and  grass.  The  coffins  were  all  near  the  highest  part  of  the 
mound,  among  some  cedar  brush,  but  whether  that  had  been  brought  there  by 
the  natives  when  they  deposited  the  remains  of  their  relatives  and  friends  upon 
this  sequestered  little  island,  I  cannot  say.  The  boxes  were,  as  nearly  as  possible, 
of  the  same  size  and  all  had  been  covered  at  one  time  with  split  cedar  boards,, 
almost  similiar  to  the  sides  of  the  coffin,  held  in  place  by  boulders  weighing  from 
25  to  75  pounds.  In  some  of  the  boxes  we  found  two  skeletons  but  in  most  only 
one.  Decomposition  had  so  far  advanced  that  we  could  not  ascertain  whether 
the  remains  of  the  deceased  had  been  cut  limb  from  limb  in  order  to  get  them 
into  such  narrow  quarters,  nor  could  we  determine  whether  the  two  corpses 
whose  skeletons  we  found  in  the  one  coffin,  had  been  put  there  about  the  same 
time,  or  one  after  the  other  had  decomposed.  Only  two  of  the  score  of  coffins 
that  there  may  have  been  on  the  island,  were  remarkable ;  that  I  have  sent 
was  the  only  one  on  which  there  was  any  painting.  It  was  found  near  the 
centre  of  this  group  of  strange  looking  graves,  and  the  stones  upon  the  lid  were 
heavier  than  on  the  others,  and  there  were  more  of  them.  Another  coffin  had 
been  placed  upon  a  small,  clumsily  hewn- out  canoe,  about  8  feet  long  and 
scarcely  large  enough  to  accommodate  one  man. 

"  From  what  I  could  learn  by  inquiry  and  judging  from  the  state  of  the  pre- 
servation of  the  wood  in  these  coffins,  it  is  probable  they  had  been  on  that  sland  for 
upwards  of  fifty  years  and  perhaps  a  hundred.  Some  of  the  Indians  of  the  British 
Columbia  coast  place  the  remains  of  their  deceased  friends  in  caskets  very  much  like 
these  and  suspend  them  among  the  branches  of  trees,  and  on  one  or  two  occasions 
trouble  has  been  threatened  from  fires  made  by  settlers  to  clear  the  land  having 
spread  to  the  wood  and  burned  the  trees  in  \vhich  these  bodies  were.  The  figures 
on  the  coffin  are  common  to  all  the  tribes  of  the  northern  Pacific  coast,  and  are 
supposed  to  be  a  representation  of  the  all-seeing  eye.  The  coffin  sent  is  a 
very  fair  sample,  I  think,  of  the  kind  of  casket  used  for  the  dead  by  the  Flat- 
head  Indians  or  Siwashes  of  British  Columbia,  who  inhabit  the  coast  from  the 
north  of  Vancouver  Island  to  Puget  Sound,  though  I  think  the  idea  of  paint- 
ing it,  and  especially  the  design  came  from  their  intercourse  with  the  Haidah 
Indians  whose  home  is  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands. 

"  The  figure  of  the  seal  carved  in  wood,  and  supported  by  smaller  figures  at 
each  end,  was  probably  used  as  a  tureen  in  the  cabin  of  a  chief  of  the  Newitti 
Indians.  It  was  brought  from  Newitti  Head  at  the  extreme  north  of  Van- 
couver's Island  in  Nov.  1890  by  Capt.  Jas.  W.  Anderson,  who  was  there  on  a  halibut 
fishing  expedition  in  the  steamer  Velos  of  Vancouver.  The  Indians  of  Newitti 
belong  to  the  Flatheads,  but  having  travelled  somewhat  more  than  their  brethren 
of  the  south,  and  especially  having  come  so  frequently  in  contact  with  the 
Haidahs,  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  have  adopted  many  of  the  arts  of  the  latter, 
who  are  among  the  most  advanced  in  civilization  of  any  of  the  aboriginal  tribes 
of  America,  and  have  learned  the  arts  of  carving  in  wood  and  painting.  Some  who 
have  visited  these  places  are  doubtful  whether  they  do  any  of  the  carving  with  which 
their  cabins  are  so  profusely  supplied,  themselves,  hut  prefer  to  think  that  they 
have  bought  it  all  from  the  Haidahs.  The  cabins  of  the  Newittis  are  usually 
quadranglar  in  shape,  made  of  split  cedar,  around  the  inside  is  a  platform  of  these 
cedar  boards,  about  four  feet  wide,  inside  this  is  the  level  ground  floor  of  the 
cabin,  with  a  hole  about  two  feet  in  depth,  hollowed  out  in  the  centre,  in  which 
the  fire  for  the  household  is  built  and  the  cooking  done.  The  entrance  to  the 
cabin  is  often  through  a  movable  door  cut  out  of  the  trunk  of  a  huge  cedar, 
which  may  be  20  to  30  feet  in  height  and  carved  to  the  top  in  numerous  grotes- 
que figures,  the  whole  being  known  as  totem-poles.  Many  of  their  utensils  for 


55 


household  use  are  of  wood,  carved  in  various  ways  but  in  nearly  all  these  carv- 
ings the  figures  of  the  raven,  the  bear,  the  wolf  or  the  big  fish  are  seen,  but  fre- 
quently, however,  the  design  consists  of  a  union  of  two  or  more  of  these  forms 
In  all  of  the  representations  of  these  animals,  the  eye  is  made  large  and  promi- 
nent, their  recognition  of  the  presence  of  the  all-seeing  eye  of  the  Great  Spirit.(?) 

"  Yours  truly, 

"W.  H.  JONES." 

Now  on  the  way  from  British  Columbia  are  the  following  specimens  procured, 
from  Mr.  Rowland  E.  Green  : — 

3  Slate  totem  poles. 

1  Copper  shield. 

1  Pair  silver  bracelets. 

Abilone  shells. 

8  Horn  spoons. 

1  Spruce  fibre  hat. 

1  Water  basket. 

1  Medicine  man's  (Shaman's)  horn. 

Regarding  these,  Mr.  Green  sends  the  following  interesting  notes  : — 

"  The  slate  totem  poles  are  from  Skidegate  Inlet,  Queen  Charlotte's  Island 
the  only  place  where  such  soft  slate  is  found.  The  smallest  of  the  three  is  priced 
by  the  H.  B.  Co.,  at  Fort  Simpson  at  $7,  and  the  other  two,  more  in  proportion, 
according  to  size,  up  to  as  high  as  $20.  The  Indians  employ  their  time  during 
the  winter  months  in  making  these  and  bracelets  such  as  the  pair  I  send.  The 
latter  are  much  smaller  than  the  usual  run  of  bracelets,  each  one  is  made  from  a 
twenty-five  cent  piece,  they  sell  at  $3  to  $4  per  pair.  The  copper  shield  or  coat 
of  arms  came  from  Clew  between  Moresby  and  Provost  Island  in  Genushewa  Inlet. 
It  is  beaten  out  of  native  copper  found  on  Skedauz  Island.  They  are  valued  by 
tribes  other  than  the  Hydahs,  at  an  enormous  price.  At  Alert  Bay  in  the  Indian 
graveyard  is  a  board  over  the  grave  of  a  chief  which  contains  a  tally  of  the  num- 
ber of  blankets  his  copper  was  valued  at.  I  counted  up  to  seventy -five,  but  as 
after  that  it  was  confused  I  could  not  make  out  the  exact  number.  Seventy- 
five  blankets  each  of  which  costs  at  least  $2.50  makes  the  value  $187.50.  A 
trader  up  north  has  a  copper  not  any  better  than  yours  for  which  an  Indian 
offered  him  $50  gold  coin  and  the  offer  was  scorned.  I,  myself,  in  days  gone  by 
was  asked  by  a  chief  to  lend  him  $20  to  make  up  a  sum  he  had  to  pay  for  a 
copper.  If  I  remember  right  the  amount  was  $300. 

"  The  abilone  shells  I  procured  at  Clew,  Q.  C.  I.,  to  show  what  the  mother-of- 
pearl  which  you  see  inlaid  in  the  horn  spoons,  was  composed  of.  The  fossils  I  picked 
up  on  th  beach  at  the  same  place.  The  horn  spoons  eight  in  number,  are  made  from 
the  horns  of  the  mountain  goat  and  the  cow,  and  are  carved  according  to  the 
particular  tradition  which  it  represents.  You  will  notice  that  both  in  these  and 
the  totems  the  predominating  faces  or  figures  are  man,  bear,  wolf,  fish,  frog  and 
raven,  and  sometimes  you  meet  with  a  mixture  between  two  of  them,  half  fish 
and  half  bear  or  half  man.  I  saw  an  Indian  carving  a  bracelet  on  which  was 
the  representation  of  a  bear's  body  with  a  fish's  tail.  I  asked  why  he  put  such 
a  thing  on  the  bracelet,  and  he  answered  that  long  ago  their  ancestors  had  seen 
such  in  those  waters.  They  can  imitate  any  pattern  you  like  to  give  them  and 
can  work  in  any  metal  that  is  malleable.  You  will  often  see  bracelets  with  a 
perfect  representation  of  the  American  eagle  as  it  appears  on  the  half  dollars  and 
dollars. 


56 


"  I  suppose  you  wish  to  know  the  use  of  the  spoons  ;  they  are  used  at  all  meals 
but  not  generally  such  valuable  ones  as  these  which  fetch  S3  readily  in  Victoria 
and  over  the  Sound.  They  have  others  of  the  same  shape,  but  plain  and  made 
of  wood  only.  A  lady  who  was  at  a  marriage  feast  of  a  chief  and  chieftainess 
told  me  that  one  of  the  ceremonies  was  the  bridegroom  inarched  with  his  friends 
•carrying  big  presents  of  biscuit,  sugar,  molasses,  dried  fruits,  fish  (dried),  and 
oolachan  grease  with  berries.  (This  grease  is  the  most  horribly  stinking  stuff  to 
a  white  man  that  you  can  imagine.)  After  they  had  feasted,  the  chief  toasted  his 
bride  in  a  spoon  big  enough  to  hold  a  pint,  full  of  this  oolachan  grease,  he  emptied 
himself  another  and  then  filled  it  and  handed  it  to  her*  and  she  was  compelled  to 
do  likewise,  as  it  is  considered  a  bad  omen  to  spill  or  waste  a  drop.  That  bride  is  a 
widow,  and  at  present  the  head  chief  of  Forfc  Simpson,  Soodall  by  name. 

"  The  hat  and  basket  are  both  made  of  the  fibres  of  the  root  of  the  spruce  tree 
which -are  boiled,  and  then  beaten  till  they  become  disintegrated  strings,  of  which 
the  hat  and  basket  are  composed  ;  if  soaked  in  water  the  fibres  swell  and  become 
waterproof  enough  to  carry  water  in  them.  They  are  practically  indestructible  from 
fair  wear  and  tear.  The  medicine  man's  hornismadeof  wood  and  bound  together  with 
the  same  material  of  which  the  hats  are  made  This  and  several  other  instruments, 
such  as  drums,  fifes,  and  tom-toms  are  used  by  the  native  doctors  in  their  incan- 
tations over  the  sick,  to  drive  away  the  devil,  and  if  the  devil  is  anything  like  a 
human  being  he  must  indeed  get  scared,  for  the  hubbub  and  noise  are  something 
awful.  This  practice  is  however  very  seldom  used  of  late,  as  the  Hydahs  with  a 
few  exceptions  have  embraced  Christianity,  and  to  all  appearances  are,  for  new 
converts,  pretty  strict  in  their  adherence  to  their  religious  vows. 

"  Of  numbers  of  villages  which  composed  one  of  the  most  powerful  and  num- 
erous of  the  nations  on  the  north-west  coast  there  remain  now  but  three  villages, 
Massett,  Skidegate  and  Clew.  The  first  numbers  between  200  and  250  persons, 
the  second,  about  100  all  told,  and  the  last  not  more  than  84  or  85.  To  add  to 
their  misfortunes,  on  arriving  on  the  mainland  in  March  last  to  work  in  the  can- 
neries, hardly  a  soul  of  them  but  was  prostrated  with  la  grippe.  Massett  lost  a 
few  old  hands,  but  Skidegate  and  Clew  lost  terribly.  The  latter  especially,  lost 
out  of  98  counted  last  fall  during  six  weeks  previous  to  my  visit  there,  eleven, 
and  one  was  dying  whilst  I  took  the  census.  Many  others  were  sick  at  the  time 
but  most  of  them  bid  fair  to  pull  through.  In  conclusion  I  wish  to  say  that  these 
Hydahs  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  and  those  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island  in 
American  territory  who  speak  the  same  language,  appear  to  be  a  different  race 
altogether  from  the  rest  of  the  coast  tribes.  They  are  more  proud  and  haughty, 
and  consider  it  a  degradation  to  do  what  they  know  to  be  wrong ;  they  also  make  a 
proud  boast  that  they  never  killed  a  white  man.  No  other  tribe  on  the  coast  can 
say  so. 

"  I  must  close  by  hoping  you  will  be  pleased  with  my  description,  and  if  so, 
at  some  future  date  I  will  give  you  a  resume  of  what  I  have  ascertained  in  regard 
to  the  coast  Indians  of  British  Columbia  generally. 

"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Yours  very  respectfully, 

"  ROWLAND  E.  GREEN." 


57 


CRANIA. 

For  two  or  three  years  it  has  been  my  intention  to  embody  in  one  of  these 
reports  the  results  of  measurements,  made  on  the  skulls,  in  the  museum.  One 
deterrent  reason  was  a  fear  that  the  quantity  of  material  was  not  large  enough,  for, 
in  the  words  of  a  distinguished  anthropologist,  "  The  first  thing  which  is  requisite 
for  craniometrical  study,  is  a  sufficient  number  of  specimens.  *  *  *  *  The 
archaeologist,  therefore,  should  collect  the  most  likely  specimens  he  can  find,  and 
not  take  any  he  may  lay  hold  of,  and  bring  them  to  the  laboratory  with  the 
question,  Are  these  the  skulls  of  so  and  so  ?  *  *  *  *  Twenty  skulls  of 
the  same  sex,  are  sufficient  in  general  to  remove  all  questions  of  difficulty ;  but 
this  number  is  necessary."  Want  of  material,  however,  no  longer  constitutes  a 
reason  why  such  work  should  not  be  done,  and  I  have  been  fortunate  in  securing 
for  this  purpose  the  professional  services  of  those  who  were  able  to  execute  it 
much  more  satisfactorily  than  I  could  ever  hope  to  perform  it  myself. 

Where  special  attention  is  given  to  cranial  examinations,  many  mechanical 
devices  are  employed  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  exact  results,  and  it  may  be 
in  order  to  explain  here  that  the  only  apparatus  used  for  the  following  measure- 
ments consisted  of  B  tape-line  and  callipers.  This  not  only  rendered  the  labor 
exceedingly  tedious,  but,  notwithstanding  the  great  care  exercised,  failed  probably 
to  secure  such  absolute  nicety  as  could  be  wished  for  in  measurements  of  this 
kind. 

None  but  those  who  have  attempted  such  work,  can  realise  the  number  of 
difficulties  that  present  themselves  in  securing  accuracy.  "  Bernard  de  Palissy 
maintained  that  the  human  skull  is  the  most  irregular  formed  figure  in  nature, 
and  gave  expression  to  a  sentiment  in  which  all  must  agree  who  are  commencing 
craniometrical  researches.  '  I  have  a  desire,'  he  says, '  to  measure  the  head,  in 
order  directly  to  know  its  dimensions,  and  it  appears,  to  me,  that  the  sauterelle, 
the  rule  and  the  compasses  would  be  very  proper  instruments  to  employ  for  that 
purpose,  but  the  fact  is  I  can  never  be  sure  of  my  measurements.*' ' 

For  the  purpose  of  emphasising  the  character  of  the  following  results,  it 
may  be  pardonable  to  state,  that  both  of  my  assistants  are  graduates  of  Trinity 
University,  Toronto,  that  'one  is  now  a  practising  physician  in  the  city  of  Hamil- 
ton, and  the  other  is  demonstrator  of  anatomy  in  the  Toronto. Women's  Medical 
College.  I  am  glad  to  take  this  opportunity  of  thanking  them  both  for  the  time 
and  attention  they  have  gratuitously  bestowed  on  the  work. 

CRANIAL  MEASUREMENTS. 

DEAR  SIR  : — In  accordance  with  your  request,  and  with  the  assistance  of  Dr. 
Letitia  K.  Meade,  I  have  measured  and  examined  certain  of  the  Indian  skulls  in 
the  Institute's  collection,  and  herewith  present  the  results  of  the  work  done. 

The  measurements  have  been  made  as  carefully  and  accurately  as  limited 
time  and  scant  apparatus  would  permit.  On  one  or  other  of  these  grounds  also, 
some  calculations  are  wholly  omitted. 

At  first  we  examined  and  gauged  upwards  of  one  hundred  skulls,  according 
to  the  rules  laid  down  by  Michele  Centonze,but  the  accompanying  results  aie  mainly 
in  agreement  with  the  methods  of  Professr  Paul  Brooca,  and  Dr.  Paul  Topinard 
of  Paris.  Some  assistance  too,  was  procured  from  references  made  to  Morton's 
Crania  Americana. 

*  Paul  Topinard,  "  Anthropology  "  p.  223.  London,  Chapman  and  Hall,  1890. 


58 


As  it  is  recommended  by  anthropologists  that  observers,  for  the  guidance 
of  readers,  should  always  state  the  points  of  measurement,  those  we  employed  are 
herewith  given. 

Diameters. 

Maximum  antero-posterior  diameter,  from  glabella  to  the  farthest  point  of 
the  skull  behind. 

Maximum  transverse,  from  the  two  lateral  points  on  the  skull  most  distant 
from  each  other,  avoiding  the  mastoid  portion  of  the  temporal. 

Vertical,  basilo-bregmatic,  fron  the  basion  to  the  bregma. 

Transverse  frontal,  minimum  or  inferior,  at  the  narrowest  part  of  frontal 
bone  just  above  the  superciliary  ridges. 

Transverse  frontal,  maximum,  from  stephanion  to  stephanion. 

Transverse  occipital,  from  one  asterion  to  the  other. 

Curves. 

Median  frontal  sub-cerebral,  from  the  nasal  to  the  supra-orbital  point. 

Median  frontal  cerebral,  from  supra-orbital  point  to  bregma. 

Median  parietal,  from  bregma  to  lambda. 

Median  occipital  supra-iniac,  from  lambda  to  inion. 

Median  occipital  cerebellar,  from  inion  to  opisthion. 

Transverse  supra-auricular,  from  a  point  situated  above  the  auditory  foramen 
on  the  longitudinal  root  of  the  zygomatic  process,  through  the  bregma  to  the 
analogous  point  on  the  opposite  side. 

Horizontal,  circumference  from  supra-orbital  point  across  temporal  ridge  of 
frontal  bone  at  the  points  from  which  the  minimum  frontal  measurements  were 
taken  to  maximum  occipital  point  and  thence  round  opposite  side  of  skull  to 
starting  point.  The  horizontal  anterior  circumference  extends  on  each  side  to 
the  line  of  the  curve  of  the  transverse  supra-auricular  circumference  the  posterior 
horizontal  circumference  from  this  to  maximum  occipital  point. 

Face. 

Length  from  ophryon  to  alveolar  point. 

Width,  bizygomatic. 

Length,  skeleton  of  nose,  from  naso-frontal  suture  to  nasal  spine. 

Width,  skeleton  of  nose,  greatest  width  of  anterior  orifice  of  nose. 

In  describing  the  inion  M.  Broca's  method  has  been  adopted  and  numbers 
from  0  to  5  have  been  made  of  use  to  indicate  the  size  of  this  process,  0  corres- 
ponding to  its  complete  obliteration,  5  to  its  maximum  development.  The 
pterion  is  marked  H  or  K  according  as  it  resembles  either  of  those  letters. 

The  part  of  the  face  to  which  the  plane  of  the  artificially  lengthened  occipital 
foramen  comes  is  marked  in  the  notes,  A,  E,  I,  O,  U: — A  corresponding  to  tbe 
alveolar  point,  E  to  the  nasal  spine,  I  to  the  position  of  the  inferior  turbinated 
bone,  O  to  the  point  at  which  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbit  reaches  the  median 
line,  and  U  to  the  median  point  situated  at  the  top  of  the  os  unguis.  This  method 
is  also  that,  employed  by  M.  Broca. 

Those  measurements  marked  (app)  have  been  taken  in  skulls  whose 
measuring  points  were  broken  so  that  only  approximate  results  could  be 
obtained. 


59 


The  average  cephalic  index  of  the  35  skulls  in  which  the  requisite  measure* 
ments  could  be  obtained,  was  74.6  thus  placing  them  among  the  dolichocephalic 
crania  of  Broca's  classification,  or  among  the  orthocephalic  skulls  according  to 
Prof.  Huxley's  nomenclature. 

The  average  vertical  index  amounted  to  73.5,  and  the  frontal  and  Stephanie 
to  67.6  and  88.4  respectively. 

In  calculating  these  averages  the  artificially  deformed  skulls  A,  B,  C,  and  I> 
from  British  Columbia  and  Arkansas  were  not  taken  into  account. 

Yours  respectfully, 

SUSANNA  P.  BOYLE,  M.D.,  C.M. 


60 


KEY   TO    MEASUREMENTS. 


DIAMETEES. 

1.  Antero-posterior  diameter. 

2.  Transverse 

3.  Vertical  "          basion  to  bregma. 

4.  Transverse  frontal,  minimum. 

5.  maximum. 

6.  "  occipital         " 

CURVES. 

7.  Median  frontal,  sub-cerebral. 

8.  "       cerebral. 

9.  "       parietal. 

10.  "       occipital,  supra-iniac. 

11.  "  "          cerebellar. 

12.  Transverse,  supra-auricular. 

13.  Horizontal,  anterior. 

14.  posterior. 

15.  "  total. 


FACE. 


16.  Length. 

17.  Width. 

18.  Length,  skeleton  of  nose. 

19.  Width 


20.  Cephalic. 

21.  Frontal. 

22.  Stephanie. 

23.  Vertical. 


INDICES. 


61 


MEASUREMENTS— CRANIOMETRY. 


Fig.  84.    No.  3. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age    60  . 

1 

Millimetres. 
170 

Sex    female  

2 

139 

Sutures  not  distinct,  serrations,  simple  

3 

1325 

Inion  3        ..  

4 

808 

Pterion    H     .        

5 

107 

Part  of  face  artifically  lengthened,  occipital., 
foramen  comes  to   E.          

6 

7 

105 
15 

Lateral   parietes     protuberant    

8 

105 

Glabella,  absent  

9 

115 

Superciliary  arches,  slight  

10 

70 

Form  of  forehead  somewhat  retreating      .... 

11 

43 

Frontal   eminences,  small  

12 

310 

Vault   root-shaped  

13 

230 

Probola    medium  

14 

270 

Sub-iniac  curve,  level  with  condyles  

15 

500 

16 

76 

Inferior  border  nares,  heart  shaped  

17 

128 

Mastoid  process    small  *  

18 

43 

19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

20.6 
81.7 
58.1 
75.4 
77.9 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


62 


Fig.  85.    No.  4 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry, 


Age,  40 1 

Sex,  male 2 

Sutures,  serrations  simple,  intermaxillary  3 

slightly  marked 4 

Wormian  bones,  two  present,  in  lambdoid  and  5 

masto -occipital  sutures 6 

Inion,  0 7 

Pterion,  H 8 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes  9 

to  E 10 

Lateral  parietes,  bulging 11 

Glabella,  prominent 12 

Superciliary  arches,  prominent 13 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 14 

Forehead,  receding 15 

Vault  culminates  at  bregma 16 

Conformation  of  vault,  roof-shaped 17 

Probola,  projecting  and  rounded 18 

Sub-iniac  curve,  flattened 19 

Mastoid  process,  large,  tubercular 20 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 21 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  shallow  curves 22 

Muscular  attachments  all  well  marked. .  23 


Millimetres. 
202 
146 
136 

97 
110 
110 

20 
110 
122 

48 

70 
289 
235 
280 
515 

90 
132 

53 

30 

72.2 

66.4 

88.1 

67.3 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


63 


Fig.  86.     No.  5. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Face  gone. 
Age,  60  .  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
196 
149 

Sex.  male  

3 

140 

Sutures,  deep  and  complex   serrations,   sagittal 
bulging  from  bregma  to  f  in.  of  obelion  .  . 
Inion,  5,  rough  

4 
5 
6 

93 
110 
112 

Pterion,   H  

7 

20 

Artificially  lengthened  occip.  foramen  comes  to 
E  

8 
9 

116 
118 

Olabella,   prominent  

10 

75 

Superciliary  arches,  prominent  

11 

52 

Frontal  eminences,  absent  

12 

295 

Forehead    retreating  

13 

245 

Vault     culminates,     5.2    centimetres     behind 
bregma  . 

14 
15 

285 
530 

Mastoid  process,  large,  rough  

16 

17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

76.02 
62.4 
84.5 
71.4 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


64 


Fig.  87.    No.  6. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Face  and  base  of  skull  gone. 
Age    50 

1 

2 

Millimetres. 
175 
155  (aDD.^ 

3 

"  \   re  / 

Sutures,  serrations  simple,  except  lambdoid.  .  .    . 
Pterion,H  

4 
5 

101 
111 

Inion,  0  

6 

110 

Artificially   lengthened,   occipital  foramen  .... 
Lateral  parietes  protuberant                .  . 

7 
8 

21 

110 

Glabella    absent                                  .... 

9 

109 

Superciliary  ridges  small 

10 

77 

Frontal  eminences  small  

11 

imperfect. 

Forehead   straight       

12 

tt 

Median  line,  slightly  elevated   from  glabella  to 
a  point  between  parietal  eminences 

13 

14 

;; 

Probola  medium  in  size      Rounded       ..*.< 

15 

« 

16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

« 
u 
u 
(c 

88.5 
65.1 
90.9 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Fig.  88.    No.  7. 


Oranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 

Age,  45 1  186 

Sex,  male 2  143 

Sutures,   simple,    sagittal   depressed    between  3  134 

parietal  eminences  and  lambda.  Depression  4  97 

in  left  lambdoid    suture 5  110 

Wormian  bones,  small   one  in  masto-occipital  6  110 

suture 7  19 

Inion,  2 8  103 

Pterion,   H 9  115 

Artifically  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes  10  83 

to  1 11  29 

Lateral  parietes,  markedly  bulging 12  297 

Glabella,  medium f 13  232 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium .  .  .  -. 14  267 

Frontal  eminences,  rudimentary 15  499 

Forehead,  receding 16  91 

Vault  culminates  at  bregma, 17  140 

Probola,  small,  smoothly  rounded 18  47 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 19  27 

Mastoid  process,  small,  rough 20  76.8 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 21  67.8 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  heart-shaped 22  88.1 

23  72.0 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


5  (C.I.) 


66 


Cranioscopy. 

One  zygoma  broken.  1 

Age,  50., 2 

Sex,  male 3 

Sutures,  simple  serrations 4 

Pterion,   H 5 

Inion,  0 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occip.  foramen  comes  to  I  7 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  full 8 

Glabella.  small 9 

Superciliary  ridges,   well  developed , , 10 

Frontal  eminences,  moderate  in  size 11 

Forehead,  straight 12 

Median  line,  prominent  to  a  point  midway  be-  13 

tween  inion  and  vertex  where  there  is  a  14 

depression 15 

Vault,  somewhat  keel-shaped 16 

Probola,   very  prominent,  globular 17 

Sub-iniac  curve,  level  with  condyles 18 

Mastoid   process,   medium 19 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 20 

Inferior  border  nares,  tends  to  the  horizontal.  .  21 

Infra-orbital  foramina,   large.      Left   measures  22 

6.5    mm.  transversely 23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
180 
138 
136.5 

96 
114 
114 

13 
170 
125 

82 

30 
300 
240 
265 
505 

80.4 
130 

53 

20.9 

76.6 

69.5 

84.2 

75.8 


(app.) 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


67 


Cranioscopy. 


Fig.  90.    No.  9. 


Age,  65 

Sex,  male 

Sutures,  serrations   very   complicated..  .' 

Pterion,  H,  but  on  left  side  bridge  very  narrow 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes 
to  E 

Inion,  4 

Lateral   parietes,   bulging 

Glabella,  very  prominent 

Superciliary  ridges,  very  prominent .    . . 

Frontal  eminences,  small .  .  . 

Forehead,   retreating , 

Median  line,  presents  at  2  centimetres  above 
lambda  a  rounded  eminence  about  2  cen- 
timetres in  diameter 

Probola,  not  prominent 

Sub-iniac   curve,  level  with  condyles 

Mastoid  process,  very  long,  thick  and  rough, 
one  is  30.8  millimetres  in  length 

Malar  bones,  very  thick,  with  muscular  attach- 
ments strongly  marked. .  .< 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 

Inferior  border  nares,  heart  shaped 

Inferior  border  orbit,  much  thickened 

Muscular  attachments,  very  strongly  marked  on 
all  parts  of  the  skull.  Posterior  root  of 
zygoma  is  raised  behind  into  fa  prominent 
ridge  with  sharply  marked  hollow  behind 
it.  Similar  markings  are  present  on  each 
side  in  lambdoid  suture  about  2  centim. 
above  asterion,  groove  looking  backward 
and  inward.  On  superior  curved  line  is 
another  sharp  depression  looking  upward 
with  a  ridge  below  it , 


Craniometry. 

Millimetres. 

1  184 

2  149 

3  140 

4  100 

5  108 
114 

7  16 

8  112 

9  135 

10  55 

11  62 

12  300 

13  240 
14 .  286 
35  526 

16  83 

17  147 

18  54 

19  27 

20  80.9 

21  67.1 

22  92.6 

23  76.0 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


68 


No.  9. — Continued. 

Cranioscopy. 

Teeth,  none  present.     Alveolar  borders  smooth. 

Temporal  line,  reaches  to  within  4.4  centimetres 
of  median  line  at  bregma.  Temporal  fossae 
thus  very  large 

All  foramina  are  surrounded  by  a  rounded 
ring  of  thickened  bone. 


Craniometry. 

Millimetres. 


Fig.  91.     No.  10. 


Cranioscopy. 
Age,  70  .  . 

C 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

raniometry. 

Millimetres, 
199 
130 
134 
91* 
85* 
106 
8 
112 
130 
45 
67 
278 
239 
270 
507 
71 
Both  zygomas  gone. 
53 
28 
65,3 
70 
107 
67.3 

Sex    male 

Sutures,  simple.  In  some  places  obliterated  .... 
Inion    0      

Pterion   H  '.  .  .    '  

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes 
to  I                      

Lateral  parietes  flattened  perpendicular 

Temporal  ridge,  from  metopic  point  to  this  line 
45  mm.,  bregma  to  stephariion,  47  mm  .... 
Glabella  prominent      

Superciliary  ridges,  prominent   and  rough  .... 
Frontal  eminences    slight  

Forehead    retreating                    .    . 

Probola     bulging 

Sub-iniac  curve    flattened 

Mastoid  processes,  thick,  rough,  medium  length 
Median  line,  raised  from  glabella  to  obelion  .  . 
Vault    keel-shaped 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  deep  

Inferior  border  of  nares  shallow  

*In  this  case  the  high  curve  of  the  temporal  lines  makes  the  so-called  maximum  frontal  diameter 
appear  less  than  the  minimum. 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Fig.  92.     No.  11. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,   35-40 1 

Sex,  female 2 

Sutures,  serrations  small  but  not  complex. ....        3 

Pterion,  H .. .         4 

Inion,  0 ..-..- 5 

Artifically    lengthened  occipital  foramen  E . .        6 

Glabella>   absent .. .        7 

Superciliary  arches,  small 8 

Frontal  eminences,  slightly  marked 9 

Forehead,   straight 10 

Median  line,  elevated  in  parietal  region 11 

Probola,  globular,  bulging 12 

Sub-iniac  curve,  level  with  condyles 13 

Mastoid  process,  large  and  very  deeply  grooved      14 

posteriorly 15 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  scarcely  any  present. .      16 

Inferior  border  nares,  grooves  shallow .  . 17 

.  18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 


Millimetres. 
180 
140 
140 

99. 
112 
111  :, 

14 
110 
124 

71 

39   - 
297 
235 
272 
507 

67  app. 
137 
:  49 

30 

77.7 

70.7 

88.3 

77.7 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


70 


Fig.  93.     No.  12. 

Cranioscopy. 

Age,  70-80 1 

Sex,  rnale 2 

*Sut«res,  obliterated 3 

Pterion,  H 4 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes  5 

to  0 6 

Wormian  bones,  one  small,  at  posterior  inferior  7 

angle  of  parietal 8 

Lateral  parietes,  bulging .  J  9 

Temporal  line,  crosses  parietal  eminences 10 

Glabella,  medium 11 

Superciliary  arches,  medium 12 

Frontal  eminences,  prominent,  united 13 

Forehead,  straight 14 

Vault  culminates  2.5  centimetres  behind  bregrna  15 

Probola,  prominent,  globular 16 

Inion,2 17 

Mastoid  processes,  thick,  short,  rough 18 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  moderate 19 

Inferior  border  nares,  shallow 20 

Septum  nasi,  divergent 21 

22 
23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
198 
154 
140 
111 
120 
118 

12 
125 
135 

85 

46 
312 
252 
307 
559 

78 
145 

54 

29 

77.7 

72.0 

92.5 

70.7 


*  In  cut  the  sutures  are  too  sharply  defined. 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


71 


Fig.  94.     No.  13. 


Cranioscopy. 

Face  gone. 
Age,  66-70 

C 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

raniometry. 

Millimetres. 
195 
135 
142 
96 
107 
114 
15 
112 
135 
62 
58 
298 
250 
277 
527 

69.2 
71.1 

89.7 
72.8 

Sex,  male     

Sutures,  almost  obliterated                . 

Pterion,.H    ... 

Lateral  parietes,  flattened  

Glabella,  prominent  

Superciliary  arches,  prominent  

Forehead,  retreating    

Frontal  eminences,  absent  

Vault,  sugar-loaf  

Mastoid  process,  thick  broad  rough 

Probola,  prominent  

i 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


72 


Fig.  95.    No.  14. 


Cranioscopy. 

Almost  all  face  gone.  1 

Age,  60 2 

Sex,  male 3 

Sutures,  sagittal  and  coronal  almost  obliterated.        4 

Pterion,  H     5 

Inion,  4 6 

Artifically  lengthened  occipital   foramen  comes        7 

to  E   8 

Lateral  parietes,  bulging     9 

Glabella,  prominent 10 

Superciliary  ridges,  very  pronounced    11 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 12 

Forehead,  receding 13 

Probola,  bulging 14 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 15 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick,  rough 16 

Malar  bones,  thick,  wide,  projecting 17 

Wormian  bones  one  in  lambdoid  suture,  close      18 

to  lambda 19 

20 
21 
22 
23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
193 
144 
134 

94 
105 
105 

15 
115 
120 

69 

50 
295 
245 
275 
510 


74.6 
65.2 
89.5 
69.4 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


73 


Fig.  96.     No.  15. 


Cranioscopy. 

One  zygoma  broken.  1 

Age,  25-30    2 

Sex,  female 3 

Sutures,  simple  in  arrangement 4 

Pterion,  H     5 

Inion,  0 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  comes        7 

to  A 8 

Lateral  parietes,  flattened 9 

Glabella,  absent    : 10 

Superciliary  ridges,  slightly  marked 11 

Frontal  eminences,  slightly  marked 12 

Forehead,  receding 13 

Probola,  very  prominent,  globular 14 

Sub-iniac  curve,  level  with  condyles 15 

Mastoid  process,  large,  rough 16 

Malar  bones,  slender   17 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  almost  semi-circular  in      18 

shape     ....    19 

20 
21 
22 
23 


Craniometry, 


Millimetres. 
178 
125 
138.5 

82 
100 
105 

12 
105 
120 

58 

60 
270 
216 
270 
486 

84 
117  fapp.) 

54 

22 

70.2 

65.6 

82 

77.8 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


74 


Fig.  97.    No.  16. 


Cranioscopy. 

Age,  30-40 1 

Sex,  female   2 

Sutures,  serrations  small  and  very  intricate    . .        3 

Pterion,  H 4 

Inion,  2 5 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I ....         6 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  protuberant 7 

Glabella,  absent    8 

Superciliary  ridges,  absent 9 

Frontal  eminences,  slightly  marked 10 

Forehead,  straight    11 

Probola,  very  globular     12 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles   13 

Mastoid  process,  small,  slender 14 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  absent ;  root  of  nose      15 

broad 16 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  shallow  grooves 17 

Arch  of  palate,  very  high    18 

19 
20 
21 
22 
23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
180 
127 
126.5 

82 

93 
104 

15 
109 
124 

64 

50 
271 
223 
275 
498 

75 
124  (app.) 

51 

23 

70.5 

645 

88.1 

70.2 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


75 


Fig.  98.    Xo.  17. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  50 1 

Sex,  female  , 2 

Sutures,  serrations,  simple 3 

Pterion,  H 4 

Inion,  1....  5 

Artifically  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  mid-  6 

way  between  A  and  E  7 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  protuberant *  8 

Glabella.  absent  „ 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  slightly  developed 10 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 11 

Forehead,  straight  12 

Probola,  globular 13 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  the  condyles. ..."  14 

Mastoid  processes,  small,  slender  15 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  medium  16 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  sharply  curved  grooves  ;  17 

right  lower  than  left  18 

Wormian  bones,  small  one  in  posterior  inferior  19 

angle  of  left  parietal  bone 20 

21 
22 
23 


Millimetres. 
173 
134 
139 

89 
104 
103 

11 
109 
110 

57 

55 
279 
222 
270 
492 

72 
130 

52 

25 

77.4 

66.4 

85.5 

80.3: 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


76 


Fig.  99.     No.  18. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Face  entirely  gone,  with    glabella   and   super- 
ciliary arches. 
Age    70                            .......                        

2 
3 

Millimetres. 

155 

147 

Sex    male    

4 

95 

Sutures,  almost  indistinguishable,  except  lower 
part  of  lambdoid  and  pouamous 

5 

6 

103 
105.5 

Pterion  H              

7 

-d 

Inion,  1,  flattened  tria/igular  in  centre,  some- 
what elevated  at  the  sides                  

8 
9 

o 

g^S 

0      flr^ 

Lateral  parietes,  very  protuberant  from  parietal 
eminences  downwards                                 , 

1? 

.-a  «  2 

3             rO 

Q 

Frontal  eminences  very  small 

12 

310 

Forehead  rounded        

18 

248 

Probola  slightly  protuberant        

14 

275 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles  
Mastoid  processes,  short,  but  broad    
Occipital   bone,   superior  curved  line  strongly 
marked.     On  each  side  of  external  occipital 
crest  is   a    small  foramen.     At  outer  ex- 
tremity of  inferior  curved  'line  on  left  side 
is   a   large    rounded  prominence.     This  is 
also  present  on  right,  but  is  much  smaller. 

15 
l« 

17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

523 

61.2 

92.2 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


77 


Fig.  100.    No.  19. 


C.ranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Face  gone. 
Age,  70  

1 

2 

Millimetres; 
200 
141 

Sex,  male  

3 

141 

Sutures,  serrations  fine  but  not  deep  

4 

101 

Pterion,  H     

5 

J05  5 

Inion,  3  

6 

J16 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  full   .      ... 

7 

11 

Glabella,  small  

8 

115 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 

9 

137 

Forehead,  retreating    

10 

77 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 

11 

•  45, 

Vault,  keel-shaped   

12 

§00* 

Median   line,    vertex    4J    centimetres    behind 
bregma  ,  

13 

14 

235- 

298» 

Probola,  globular,  prominent  

15 

533- 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles  ,  

16 

Mastoid  processes,  short,  wide   

17 

Wormian  bone,  one  in  temporo-occipital  suture. 

18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

70.5 
71.6 
95.7 
70.5 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


78 


Fig.  101.    No.  20. 


Fig.  102.     No.  20. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  50 1 

Sex,  male !  2 

Sutures,  deeply  serrated 3 

Pterion,  H,  bridge  narrow  . =.....,...  4 

Inion,  4,  rough 5 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I ....  6 

•Glabella.  medium , 7 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 8 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 9 

Forehead,  retreating    10 

Lateral  parietes.  slightly  bulging 11 

Probola,  globular 12 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 13 

Mastoid  process,  small  but  very  massive  at  root.!  14     ( 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  deep 15 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  curves  wide,  shallow. .  |  16 

Wormian  bones,  three  present  ;   two   in  right |  17 

side   of   lambdoid,    and    one   in    occipito-l  18 

mastoid  suture  of  left  side.      In  front  of  19 

each  occipital  condyle  on  basilar  process  is  20 

a  distinct  tubercle    21 

22 
23 


Millimetres. 
IPO 
140 
140 

95 
111 
110 

15 
111 
132 

76 

48 
295 
230 
289 
519 

72.5 
136 

49 

28 

73.6 

67.8 

85.5 

73.6 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


79 


Fig.  103.     No.  21. 


Cranioscopy. 

Age,  66-70 1 

Sex,  male 2 

Sutures,  almost  obliterated,  excepting  the  lamb-        3 

doid   4 

Pterion,  H 5 

Inion,  2 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I.  ...         7 

Lateral  parietes,  vertical,  flattened    8 

Glabella,  small 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 10 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 11 

Forehead,  straight    12 

Median  line,  elevated  at  sagittal  suture    13 

Probola,  prominent 14 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles   15 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  medium    16 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  the  sides  asymmetrical      17 
owing  to  marked  deviation  of  septum  nasi      18 

to  the  left 19 

20 
21 
22 
23 

page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
192.5 
141 
140 

97 
107 
111 

13 
111 
130 

74 

51 
304 
230 
302 
532 

84 
137 

60 

27.5 

73.2 

68.7 

90.6 

72.7 


so 


Fig.  104.     No.  22. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


One  side  of  skull  gone. 
Ao;e   30 

1 

2 

Sex  female                      .            

3 

Sutures,  serrations  deep  and  intricate  
Pterion   H 

4 
5 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  1  .... 
Lateral  parietes  protuberant  

6 
7 

Glabella  small  .    .  .          .  .        

8 

Superciliary  ridges  small            .  .           

9 

Frontal  eminences    absent                               .    .  . 

10 

Forehead  straight                      .                             . 

11 

Mastoid  processes  small 

12 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose  medium 

13 

Inferior  border  of  nares    heart-shaped 

14 

15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

Millimetres. 


135 
99 

ioa 

13 
110 
112 


290  (app.) 


82 

124 

51 

27 


93,4 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


81 


Fig.  105.    No.  23. 


Granioscopy. 


Left  zygoma  broken.  1 

Age,  20-25  2 

Sex,  female 3 

Sutures,  serrations  deep  but  simple 4 

Pterion.  almost  K  shaped  5 

Inion,  0 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I  ...  7 

Lateral  parietes,  protuberant,  especially  below  8 

parietal  eminences 9 

Glabella,  small 10 

Superciliary  ridges,  absent 11 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 12 

Forehead,  straight  13 

Vault,  smoothly  curved 14 

Probola,  very  prominent,  globular  15 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles 1C 

Mastoid  process,  small 17 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  none  ;  root  of  nose  wide  18 

and  flat 19 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  widely  curved 20 

Wormian  bones,  one  small  in  each  occipito-mas-  21 

toid  suture 22 

23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetres. 
176 
135 
133 

87 
104 
105 

12 
110 
127 

62 

50 
285 
205 
287 

4.:J2 

79 

122 

50 

26 

76.7 
64.4 
83.6 
75.5 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


C  (CM.; 


82 


Fig.  106.    No.  24. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Very  thick-walled  and  heavy. 
Age,  30  .    .  .      ' 

1 
2 

Millimetres, 
190 
142 

Sex,  female  .  

3 

138.5 

Sutures,  serrations  very  intricate  and  deep.  .  .  . 
Pterion,H  

4 
5 

102 
105 

Inion,  0  

6 

110 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  .  .  . 
Lateral  parietes,  protuberant  

7 
8 

15 
128 

Glabella,  small  

9 

135 

Superciliary  ridges,  small    .    .  .        ...        

10 

75 

Frontal  eminences  fairly  well  marked   ... 

11 

44 

Forehead,  straight                                                .  . 

12 

302 

Median  line  elevated  as  far  as  lambda 

13 

241 

Probola,  very  prominent,  globular  

14 

286 

Sub-iniac  curve,  level  with  condyles  

15 

527 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick  

16 

81 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose  medium     

17 

140 

Inferior  border  of  nares  narrow  curves 

18 

52 

Wormian  bones,  os  epactal  

19 

24 

i 

20 
21 
22 
23 

74.7 
71.8 
97.1 

72.8 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measui  ements. 


83 


Fig.  107.    No.  25. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Very  small. 
Age,  20  .  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
156 
127 

Sex,  female  

3 

1275 

Sutures,  serrations  intricate  

4 

85 

Pterion,  H  

5 

100 

Inion,  0  

6 

99 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  .  .  . 
Lateral  parietes,  slightly  protuberant,  especially 
at  parietal  eminences  

7 

8 
9 

]5 

96 
104 

Glabella,  small  

10 

57 

Superciliary  arches,  moderate    

11 

46 

Frontal  eminences,  absent  

12 

270 

Forehead,  somewhat  retreating  

13 

209 

Probola,  slightly  protuberant    

14 

235 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  the  condyles  .  .  . 
Mastoid  process,  small  .... 

15 
16 

444 

76 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow  

17 

122 

Inferior  border  of  nares  shallow  curves  .  .    . 

18 

44 

' 

19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

25 
81.4 
66.9 
85 
81.7 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Fig.  108.     No.  26. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  60 1 

Sex,  male 2 

Sutures,  serrations  small,  obliterated  in  many  3 

places     4 

Pterion,  H , 5 

Inion,  0 , 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I ....  7 

Lateral  parietes,  protuberant 8 

Glabella,  large 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  well  developed 10 

Frontal  eminences,  small    11 

Forehead,  retreating    12 

Mastoid  process,  broken  on  both  sides 13 

Median  line,  elevated  in  parietal  region    14 

Probola,  medium,  globular 15 

Sub-iniac  curve,  does  not  extend   below   con-  16 

dyles 17 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  very  shallow 18 

Inferior  border  nares,  heart  shaped 19 

Wormian  bones,   a  large   one   4.2    centimetres  20 

long  at  lambda,  two  small  elongated  in  left  21 

side  larnbdoid  suture,  and  another  small  in  22 

right  lambdoid  suture 23 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Millimetres. 
195 
133 
133.5 

94 

96 
110 

13 
118 
129 

76 

45 
305 
255 
275 
530 

92 
144 

54 

26 

68.2 

70.6 

97.9 

68.4 


85 


Fig.  109.    !No.  27. 


Cranioscopy. 


Age,  70 1 

Sex,  male , 2 

Sutures,  serrations  deep,  simple     3 

Pterion,  H . . 4 

Inion,  3,  rough,  triangular,   with   a  point  pro-  5 

jecting  downward 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  7 

Lateral  parietes,  flat,  vertical     8 

Glabella,  very  prominent 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  very  prominent. 10 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 11 

Forehead,  retreating 12 

Median  line,  elevated  from  coronal  suture  to  a  13 

point  midway  between  the  parietal  fora-  14 

mina,  also  in  middle  line  of  frontal  bone  15 

there    is  a  longitudinal  median  eminence  16 

present 17 

Sub-iniac  curve,  does  not  extend  to  level  of  con-  18 

dyles 19 

Mastoid  process,  long  and  strong   20 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow. 21 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  curves  small,  shallow. .  22 

Styloid  processes,  very  long 23 


Craniometry. 

Millimetres. 

194.5 

138 

138 

102 

107 

109 
8 

120 

118 
78 
41 

292 

235 

280 

515* 
89 

150 
56 
27 
68.3 
76.6 
95.3 
70.9 


*  The  superciliary  ridges  in  this  skull  are  exceptionally  high,  so  much  so  that  the  total  horizontal 
circumference  measured  over  them  is  535  millimetres,  or  a  difference  of  20  millimetres  in  excess  of  the  sum 
of  the  anterior  and  posterior  measurements,  the  anterior  being  taken  above  them. 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


86 


Fig.  110.     No.  28. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  25 1 

Sex,  female 2 

Sutures,  serrations  simple i  3 

Pterion,  H , 4 

Inion,  depressed  instead  of  elevated,  and  intern-  5 

ally  presents  no  elevation  corresponding  to  6 

external  depression 7 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  .  .  8 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  full    9 

Glabella,  small 10 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 11 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 12 

Forehead,  straight   13 

Median  line,  raised  from  bregma  to  point  situated  14 

between  parietal  foramina ,  '  35 

Probola,  slightly  curved 16 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 17 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick 18 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  medium 19 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  narrow,  sharply  curved  20 

grooves 21 

Wormian  bones,  two  present,  one  in  parieto-  22 

mastoid  suture,  and  another  at  lower  end  23 
of  lambdoid  suture  on  right  side;  both  small. 


Millimetres, 
1825 
134 
140 

91.5 

98 
110 

10 
111 
125 

80 

42 
293 
218 
287 
505 

78 
134 

52 

27 

73.4 

68.2 

93.3 

76.7 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


87 


Fig.  111.     No.  29. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Face  entirely  gone. 
Ase,  50  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
174 
138 

Sex  female  

3 

12$ 

Sutures,  serrations  simple 

4 

85 

Pterion    4  ... 

5 

94.5 

Inion  2  flattened  

6 

111 

Lateral  parietes,  protuberant  .  .  .  .  t  

7 

20 

Median  line,  depressed  between  parietal  emin- 
ences    

8 
9 

100 
108 

Glabella,  small  

10 

67 

Superciliary  ridges,  small  

11 

52 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct  

12 

283 

Forehead,  somewhat  retreating  ... 

13 

222 

Mastoid  process,  small,  thick  

14 

281 

Probola,  flattened  

15 

303 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles   

16 

Wormian  bones,  a  small   one  at  each  end  of 
lambdoid  suture  

17 
18 

19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

79.3 
61.5 
89.9 
73.5 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


88 


Fig.  112.     No.  42. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniomet*  y. 


Left  zygoma  gone. 
Age,  60  .  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
194 
144 

Sex,  male  

3 

152 

Sutures,  very  simple  serrations  

4 

94 

Pterion   H.                                         

5 

117 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  below 
A    

6 

7 

111 
14 

Inion,  4  

8 

120 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  full  

9 

132 

Glabella,  very  prominent    

10 

58 

Superciliary  ridges   very  prominent  

11 

50 

Frontal  eminences,  slightly  marked,  united  .... 
Forehead  straight                                    .  . 

12 

13 

318 

238 

Probola  slightly  protuberant 

14 

294 

Sub-iniac  curve  slight 

15 

532 

Mastoid  process,  thick,  rough,  of  medium  length 
Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  pronounced,  deep     .... 
Inferior  border  nares,  grooves  shallow  and  wide 
Muscular  attachments  on  occiput  very  strongly 
marked  .                                 ... 

16 
17 

18 
19 
20 

82 
148 
53 
27 
74.2 

21 
22 
23 

65.2 
71.7 

78.3 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


89 


Fig.  113.    No.  45. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Left  zygoma  gone. 
Age,  25  .  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
185 
127.5 

Sex,  female  ... 

3 

135 

no 

4 

9o 

Pterion,  H     

5 

104.5 

Inion,  0          

6 

106 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  A    .  . 
Lateral  parietes  flat 

7 
8 

10 
109 

Glabella  small                                              ...... 

9 

118 

Superciliary  rid  ores,  prominent  

10 

Imperfect. 

Frontal  eminences  small  united 

11 

Imperfect. 

Forehead,  straight   

12 

285 

Probola,  medium  

13 

227 

Sub-iniac  curve,  broken  

14 

275 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick  

15 

502 

Vault,  beautifully  curved     

16 

76  (app.) 

/ 

17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

w     ^u,£/£/.y 

128  (app.) 
48 
28.5 
68.9 
72.9 
88.0 
72.9 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


90 


Fig.  114.    No.  47. 


Cranioscopy. 

Both  zygomatic  proesses  absent.  1 

Age,  65 2 

Sex,  male 3 

Sutures,  indistinct   4 

Pterion,  H     5 

Inion,  2,  rough 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  .foramen,  A    .  .  7 

Lateral  parietes,  protuberant 8 

Glabella,  very  prominent    9 

Superciliary  ridges,  very  prominent 10 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct     11 

Forehead,  markedly  retreating 12 

Median  line,  elevated  from  glabella  to  metopic  13 

point    where   it    divides   and    encloses    a  14 

rounded    elevated  triangular  space  which  15 

extends    3    centimetres   on    each    side   of  16 

bregma,  sagittal  suture  raised   17 

Probola,  medium 18 

Sub-iniac  curve,  does  not  extend  below  condyles  19 

Mastoid  process,  long,  rough 20 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  deep,  nose  has  been  21 

broken  in  life,  and  is  somewhat  deflected.  22 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  sides  ascend  rapidly  23 

*Over  superciliary  ridges=250  mm. 
See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Craniometry 


Millimetres. 
190.5 
138 
144 

94 
104 
105 

10 
112 
119 

77 

44 
295 
236* 
279 
515 

78 
141 

52 

26 

72.4 

68.0 

90.4 

75.5 


91 


Fig.  115.     No.  48. 


Fig.  116.     No.  48. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Very  heavy. 
Age,  25  

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
192 
144 

Sex,  male  

3 

146 

Sutures,  deep,  simple  

4 

96- 

Pterion,    H  

5 

110 

Inion,  0  

6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  . 
Lateral  parietes,  full    .  . 

7 
8 

18 
112 

Glabella,  prominent  

9 

138 

Superciliary  ridges,  prominent 

10 

72 

Forehead,  retreating    

11 

49 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct  

12 

311 

Probola,  globular.  . 

13 

224 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles  . 

14 

304 

Mastoid  processes,  short,  thick,  rough 

15 

528 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  deep  

16 

94 

Inferior  border  of  nares,  shallow   curves  .... 
Wormian  bones,  os  epactal  

17 

18 

138 
55, 

Vault,  dome-like  

19 

28; 

20 
21 
22 
23 

75.0 
66.6 
87.2 
76.0 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements 


92 


Fig.  117.    No.  49. 


Fig.  118.    No.  49. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Very  heavy. 
Age,  50  .  . 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
183 
145 

Sex,  male  

3 

142 

Sutures     simple                                

4 

98 

Pterion    H                                                           .... 

5 

111 

Inion   1                                                                   .    . 

6 

112 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E  .  . 
Lateral   parietes,  prominent  

7 
8 

9 
120 

Olabella    medium                

9 

119 

Superciliary  ridges    prominent  

10 

73 

Frontal  eminences  indistinct.  .             .        

11 

47 

Forehead    straight 

12 

298 

Probola    slightly  protuberant                          .  .  - 

13 

234 

-Sub-iniac  curve,  does  not  extend  below  condyles. 
M.astoid  process  thick  rough   pointed 

14 
15 

281 
515 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow  

16 

85 

Inferior  border  nares,  broad  shallow  grooves.  . 
Wormian  bones,  4  present,  one  large  in  lamb- 
doid  suture  to  right  of  lambda,   one    at 
junction  of  lambdoid  and  mastoid  sutures, 
and  two  small  ones  in  lambdoid  suture  of 
left  side. 

17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

146 

56 
26 
79.2 
67.5 
88.2 
77.5 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


93 


Fig.  119.     No.  51. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  40 1 

Sex,  male  / 2 

Sutures,  frontal  and  parietal  serrations  simple,  3 

in  lambdoid  they  are  more  complicated .  .  4 

Pterion,  H 5 

Inion,  0 6 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  E .  .  .  .  7 

Lateral  parietes,  flat 8 

Glabella,  small „ 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 10 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 11 

Forehead,  straight  12 

Median  line,  culminates  3.75,  centimetres  behind  13 

bregma 14 

Probola,- prominent,  rounded 15 

Sub-iniac  curve,  on  level  with  condyles 16 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick,  rough 17 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 18 

Inferior  border  nares,  widely  curved ».  .  .  .  19 

Wormian  bones,  3  present,  one  in  sagittal  suture  20 

and  one  at  centre  of  lambdoid  suture.  ...  21 

22 
23 


Millimetres,. 
192. 
136- 
142: 

99 
111 
110' 

10' 
120' 
13T 

70 

46 
298 
240 
285 
525 

85 
138 

58.5 

27.0 

70.8 

72.7 

89.1 

73.9 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Fig.  120.     No.  54. 


Fig.  121.    No.  54. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


Age,  25 1 

Sex,  male 2 

^Sutures,  frontal  suture  present,  serrations  of  all  3 

the    sutures    complicated,    the     posterior  4 

extremity  of  the  frontal  suture  joins  the  5 

coronal  to  the  right  of  the  junction  of  the  6 

sagittal 7 

Pterion,H 8 

Inion,  2 9 

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  full 10 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital   foramen,  0..  11 

Glabella,  medium 12 

Superciliary  ridges,  prominent 13 

Frontal  eminences,  indistinct 14 

Forehead,  straight 15 

Probola,  prominent,  globular 16 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 17 

Mastoid  process,  short,  thick 18 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  very  shallow 19 

Inferior  border  nares,  grooves  shallow 20 

Root  of  nose,  very  wide „ 21 

Wormian   bones,   an   os  epactal   and  one  also  22 

about  middle  of  lambdoid  suture  on  left  side.  23 


Millimetres. 
197 
138 
132 

98 
111 
112 

11 
115 
139 

73 

47 
298 
240 
295 
535 

76 
140 

56 

26 

70 

70.8 

88.3 

67.0 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


95 


Fig.  122.    No.  64. 


Fig.  123.    No.  64. 


Cranioscopy. 

Both  zygomatic  processes  wanting. 
Age   25       ,  

c 
1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

raniometry. 

Millimetras. 
187 
145 
128 
98 
118 
120 
9 
117 
113 
89 
29 
294 
240 
28i> 
525 
82  (app.) 

52 
30 
77.5 
67.5 
83.0 
68.4 

Sex   female        

Sutures  serrations  small  and  intricate  

Pterion     H       

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  I  .... 
Lateral  parietes  protuberant  

Glabella  small           .  

Superciliary  ridges  absent   .          

Frontal  eminences  fairly  distinct  

Forehead  straight         .                  

Probola  prominent  globular  

Sub-iniac  curve  on  level  with  condyles  

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  absent,  root  of  nose  wide 
and  flat  

Wormian  bones,  9  present  altogether,  5  in  upper 
part  of  lambdoid  sutures,   3   to   right  of 
lambda  and  2  to  left,  also  a  small  one  in 
angle    between    squamous    and     mastoid 
sutures,  2  more  in  lower  end  of  right  limb 
of  lambdoid  suture  and  a  ninth  in  occipito- 
mastoid  suture  ;  largest  in  left  lambdoid  27 
millimetres  long. 

S«e  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 

96 


Fig.  124.     No.  67. 


Cranioscopy. 

Face  entirely  gone. 
Asre   45.. 

C 

I 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

raniometry, 

Millimetres, 
184 
142 
134 
96 
113 
114 
15 
116 
114 
71 
48 
299 
252 
270 
522 

77.1 

67.6 
84.9 

72,8 

Sex  female 

Sutures,  serrations  small  and  somewhat  intricate. 
Pterion    H                    

Inion,  2  ,  .  .  , 

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  

Lateral  parietes  protuberant 

Glabella  small      

Superciliary   rid°'es.  small    

Frontal  eminences   well  marked  united 

Forehead    straight               

Probola,  small,  but  very  globular  in  form  .... 
Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condvles  

Mastoid  process,  slender,  short  ,  

Wormian  bones,  2  on  each  side  of  lambda  in 
lambdoid  suture,  one  on  each    side  being 
large  and  close  to  parietal;  besides  these 
there  are  several  smaller  ones. 

e                  i 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements, 


97 


Fig.  125.     No.  80. 


Cranioscopy. 


Craniometry. 


One  half  (lateral)  of  face  gone. 
Ao-e  25 

1 
2 

Millimetres. 
182 
134 

Sex  female 

3 

135 

4 

93 

Pterion,  H  

5 

108 

Inion  3  

6 

105 

^  Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  E  .  .  .  . 
Lateral    parietes,  slightly    curved    and    protu- 
berant   . 

7 
8 
9 

11 
112 
126 

Glabella    small 

10 

67 

Superciliary  ridges,  small   

11 

39 

Frontal  eminences  well-marked 

12 

290 

Forehead,  straight   

13 

232 

Probola,  globular  

14 

270 

Sub-iniac  curve  extends  below  condyles  .        .  . 

15 

502 

Mastoid  process  small  slender  

16 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose  absent 

17 

Wormian    bones,   four    present,    in    lambdoid 
suture,  two  to   left   and  two   to  right  of 
lambda.     The  two  to  the  right  are  large 
and  united  by  a  suture,  those  to  left  are 
smaller  and  separate  from  one  another  .... 

18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

73. 

69.4 
86.1 
74.1 

See 'page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


Fig.  120.     A.     (Brit.  Columbia.) 


Cranioscopy. 

Artificially  deformed. 
Ao^e,  50 

C 

I 
2 
3 

4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 

raniometry. 

Millimetres. 
161 
150 
114.5 
92 
109 
110 
15 
104 
110 
60 
39 
288 
230 
265 
495 
87 
137 
56 
25 
93.1 
61.3 
84.4 
71.1 

Sex  female                ...                     

Sutures,  coronal  and  sagittal  almost  oblite- 
rated lambdoid  simple 

Pterion  H   

Inion   1                   .... 

Lateral  parietes  very  protuberant 

Artifically  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  O  .  .  .  . 
Grlabella  very  slight    .  • 

Superciliary  ridges  very  slight              

Frontal  eminences,  right  small,  left  almost 
indistinguishable 

Forehead,  markedly  retreating  

Median  line,  depression  between  frontal  emi- 
nences, then  an  elevation  about  two  centim. 
wide,  and  extending  three  or  four  centirn. 
laterally  immediately  in  front  of  bregma, 
behind  this  another  depression.  Between 
parietal  eminences  is  a  most  marked  de- 
pression extending  from  opposite  parietal 
eminences  to  lambda  .  .  ... 

Mastoid  process  small 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose  absent 

Inferior  border  nares  curves  flattened 

Parietal  region,  very  wide  on  top  and  flat- 
tened, behind,  the  parietal  eminences  are 
separated  by  a  depression  at  the  bottom 
of  which  is  the  sagittal  suture,  giving  the 
posterior  part  of  the  skull  a  natiform 
appearance.  The  left  side  projects  farther 
backward  than  the  right  and  is  much  more 
prominent  laterally 

See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


99 


Fig.  127.     B.     (Brit.  Columbia.) 


Cranioscopy. 

Artificially  deformed.  1 

Age,  60 ...v 2 

Sex,  male 3 

Sutures,  almost  obliterated 4 

Pterion,  H 5 

Artificially  lengthened,  occipital  foramen  I ....  6 

Lateral  parietes,  bulging,  left  more  prominent  7 

than  right 8 

Glabella,  medium 9 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 10 

Frontal  eminences,  absent  .  . 11 

Forehead,  retreating    12 

Curve    of   vault,  culminates    at  bregma,  then  13 

flattened   as ,  far   as  a  point  situated    be-  14 

tween   the  parietal  eminences,   whence   it  15 

descends  almost  perpendicularly  to  inion. .  16 

Inion,  3  forms  a  rounded  prominence  two  inches  17 

in  diameter    18 

Probola,  flattened 19 

Sub-iniac  curve,  slight    20 

Mastoid  process,  short,  rounded,  thick 21 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 22 

Inferior  border  nares,  heart-shaped 23 

Root  of  nose,  wide  and  flat 

Parietal  region,  very  wide  behind.  When 
viewed  from  above  is  triangular  in  shape 
with  line  between  parietal  eminences  as 
a  base.  Right  parietal  bone  more  pro- 
minent posteriorly  than  left 


Craniometry. 


Millimetre* 
170 
156 
123 
103 
120 
1J8 

11 
130 
112 

69 

46 
313 
228 
282 
510 

87 
145 

51 
27.5 
91.7 
66.0 
85.8 
72.3 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


100 


Fig.  128.     C.     (Brit.  Columbia.) 


Fig.  129.     C.     (Brit.  Columbia.) 


Cranioscopy. 


Age,  30 1 

Sex,  male 2 

Sutures,  lambdoid  takes  an  irregular  course    .  .  3 

Pterion,  H,  bridge  very  narrow 4 

Artifically  lengthened  occipital  foramen,  O.  .  .  .  5 

Lateral  parietes,  very  full 6 

Glabella,  very  prominent   7 

Superciliary  ridges,  medium 8 

Forehead,  retreating .  9 

Frontal  eminences,  absent 10 

Inion,  1 11 

Probola,  flat 12 

Sub-iniac  curve,  extends  below  condyles 13 

Mastoid  process,  small  pointed 14 

Wormian  bones,  five  present.     A  small  one  at  15 

posterior    termination    of  sagittal   suture.  16 

One  large  and  two  small  in  lambdoid  suture  17 

on  right  side,  and  a  small  one  just  above  18 

mastoid  region  in  left  lambdoid    19 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 20 

Inferior  border  nares,  curves  run  sharply  up-  21 

ward  and  outward ,  .  .  22 

23 


Craniometry. 


Millimetre. 
170 
159 
126 
100 
109 
117 

15 
105 
110 

60 

52 
320 
232 
286 
518 

98 
146 

56 

25 

90.3 

62.2 

91.7 

74.1 


See  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


101 


Fig  130.     D.     (Mound,  Arkansas.] 


Fig.  131.     D.     (Mound,  Arkansas.) 


Cranioscopy. 

Lower  part  of  occiput  broken. 

Age,  40 

Sex,  female 

Sutures,  simple,   sagittal  depressed   posteriorly 

Pterion,  H     

Artificially  lengthened  occipital  foramen  pos- 
terior border  of  foramen  broken    

Lateral  parietes,  moderately  prominent    .... 

Glabella,  small 

Superciliary  ridges,  small    

Forehead,  receding 

Frontal  eminences,  very  small    

Inion,  0 

Probola,  flat 

Sub-iniac  curve,  flat 

Mastoid  process,  small     , 

Hollow  at  root  of  nose,  shallow 

Inferior  border  nares,  curves  wide  and  shallow 


Craniometry. 

Millimetre. 

1 

150 

2 

144 

3 

143 

4 

92 

5 

123 

6 

109.5 

7 

13 

8 

94 

9 

120 

10 

62 

11 

12 

322 

13 

220 

14 

250 

15 

470 

16 

96  (app.) 

17 

133 

18 

»  55 

19 

27 

20 

96. 

21 

63.8 

22 

74.7 

23 

95.3 

§ee  page  60  for  Key  to  Measurements. 


8  (c.i.) 


0  VvAncur 


io 


FIFTH  ANNUAL,  REPORT 


OF    THE 


CANADIAN  INSTITUTE, 


SESSIOIDT    ±8Q2-3, 


BEING 


TO    THE 


REPORT  OF  THE  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION, 


ONTARIO. 


FEINTED  BY  ORDER  OF  THE  LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY. 


TORONTO : 

PRINTED  BY   WARWICK  &  SONS,   68   &  70  FRONT  STREET  WEST. 

1893. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

Archaeological  Report 1 

Notes 3 

Catalogue  of  Specimens  shown  at  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago 7 

Specimens  showing  methods  of  working 7 

Hammers , 7 

Axes 7-8 

Gorges 8 

Flaked  Implements 8 

Slate  Spears .      9 

Tablets,  or  Gorgets 9 

Animal  Forms  in  Slate,  etc 10 

Miscellaneous  (Slate)  10 

Ceremonial  Stones  (Bird  amulets) 10 

"      (Bar  amulets) 11 

"      (Horned  and  Winged  objects) 11 

"      (Tubes) 11 

Discoided  stones   12 

Bone  and  Horn 12 

Shell 12 

Stone  Pipes 13 

Clay  Pipes 13 

Copper  Tools  and  Weapons .  .    14 

Post,  European .  14 

Illustrations,  with  notes. 

Methods  of  working 15 

Clay  Pipes 15 

Stone  Pipes , 16 

Gorgets 19 

Bone 20 

Copper 21 

The  Southwold  Earthwork  and  the  Country  of  the  Neutrals,  by  James  H.  Coyne,  B.A. .  22 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  REPORT. 

BY  DAVID  BOYLE. 


To  the  President  and  Members  of  the  Canadian  Institute : 

GENTLEMEN, — As  I  have  been  employed  during  the  past  year  on  work  that 
prevented  as  much  time  as  I  could  wish  being  devoted  to  the  archaeological  field, 
and  as  the  council  has  consented  to  exhibit  a  typical  selection  from  our  cabinets 
at  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  to  be  held  in  Chicago  during  the  present 
year,  the  occasion  seems  opportune  to  review  in  a  very  general  way  what  has 
been  accomplished  since  the  Canadian  Institute  undertook  the  formation  of  an 
Archaeological  Museum. 

It  is  true  that  almost  from  the  establishment  of  the  society  by  Royal  Charter 
in  1852,  one  of  the  most  cherished  objects  of  the  leading  members  was  to  collect 
information  regarding  places  throughout  the  Province  that  were  in  any  way  con- 
nected with  the  Indians,  and -to  bring  together,  for  preservation,  specimens  of 
aboriginal  tools,  weapons,  utensils  and  ornaments. 

This  purpose  was  no  doubt  mainly  influenced  by  a  very  general  movement 
among  the  most  advanced  nations  in  Europe  along  archaeo-anthropological  lines. 
In  France,  Germany,  Switzerland,  Denmark  and  our  own  Mother  Country,  atten- 
tion had  been  for  some  time  directed  to  the  study  of  early  man,  in  so  far  as  such 
study  might  be  prosecuted  by  an  examination  of  his  relics,  and  by  comparing 
those  of  one  country  with  those  of  another. 

Only  mention  need  be  made  of  Dr.  Schmerling's  discoveries  in  the  Belgian  caves 
in  1833  ;  of  the  pre-historic  human  remains  found  in  the  Dusseldorf  cave  ;  of  the 
Danish  Kitchen-middens  and  the  Swiss  Lake-dwellings  ;  of  the  important  dis- 
coveries made  by  M.  Boucher  de  Perthes  at  Abbeville,  and  of  the  numerous 
•evidences  collected  relative  to  early  man  in  the  valleys  of  the  Thames,  the  Seine, 
the  Somme,  the  Rhine,  and  in  many  other  localities  in  widely  separated  portions 
of  Europe. 

In  view  of  this  great  intellectual  movement  it  was  inevitable  that  its 
influence  should  reach  America,  and  we  accordingly  find  that  in  1854  the  council 
•of  the  Canadian  Institute  issued  a  circular  asking  for  such  particulars  as  might 
be  in  possession  of  non-members  with  regard  to  the  existence  of  village  sites, 
burial  places,  etc.,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  results  were  very 
encouraging.  The  nucleus  of  an  archaeological  collection  was  formed,  but  as  no 
€ase-room  was  provided  (the  specimes  being  simply  placed  on  open  shelves)  the 
relics  in  possession  of  the  Institute  in  1886  were  neither  numerous  nor  valuable. 
In  that  year  a  small  private  collection  was  presented  to  us,  and  cases  were 
supplied  for  future  accessions. 

With  the  consent  of  the  council,  your  curator  decided  to  specialise  his  efforts 

archaeologically,  on  the  ground  that,  with  the  advance  of  settlement,  traces  of 

-early  occupation  would  speedily  disappear,  and  that,  in  any  event,  it  was  high 

time  to  preserve  for  the  examination  and  study  of  our  own  people  such  evidences 

)f  aboriginal  life  as  too  many  persons  seemed  anxious  to  deport  to  the  museums 

>£  foreign  countries. 

As  soon  as  the  success  of  the  project  appeared  to  be  assured,  application  was 
lade  to  the  Provincial  Legislature  for  assistance  on  the  exceedingly  valid  plea 
that  while  the  work  would  be  carried  on  by  the  Canadian  Institute,  it  would  be, 
in  character  and  scope  national,  not  local. 


On  this  understanding,  a  small  sum  was  placed  in  the  estimates  for  archaeo- 
logical research,  and  a  like  amount  has  since  been  voted  annually.  Without  such 
aid  it  would  be  wholly  impossible  to  prosecute  the  work  at  all  satisfactorily,  and 
it  is  especially  gratifying  to  be  able  to  state  that  not  only  have  our  efforts  in  all 
directions  been  so  eminently  successful,  but  we  have  been  rewarded  with  high 
praise  from  all  whose  opinions  are  worth  anything  on  this  subject. 

Our  annual  reports,  of  which  the  present  is  the  sixth  issue,  have  done  more 
than  a  little  towards  educating  public  taste  in  the  study  and  preservation  of  what 
relates  to  pre-historic  associations  in  Ontario  and  elsewhere,  and  the  demand  for 
copies  from  the  Institute  has  increased  to  such  an  extent  that  for  the  last  three 
years  the  supply  has  been  insufficient. 

Members  of  the  Legislature,  too,  agree  in  stating  that  they  have  applications 
for  these  reports  far  in  excess  of  their  ability  to  satisfy. 

The  publications  in  question  are  simply  records  of  what  has  been  done  here 
and  there,  and  of  accessions  to  the  Museum,  but  they  have  awakened  so  much 
interest  throughout  the  province,  that  there  are  now  invitations  for  your  curator 
to  visit  as  many  places  as  would  occupy  the  whole  of  two  or  more  seasons. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  this  kind  of  work  cannot  be  systematically 
undertaken.  Sometimes  well-meaning  residents  make  the  attempt,  but  too  often 
observations  of  an  important  character  are  wholly  overlooked — more  frequently 
nothing  is  done,  and  the  plough  eventually  obliterates  all  traces  of  what  might 
have  proved  an  instructive  spot,  or  a  place  of  "  treasure  trove." 

With  the  increase  of  material,  every  year  adds  to  the  difficulty  of  accommo- 
dating the  collection.  The  large  room  occupying  the  whole  uppermost  story  of 
the  Institute's  building  has  long  been  overcrowded,  and  a  considerable  number  of 
specimens  have  been  placed  in  the  Library.  Extension  can  proceed  but  little 
further  under  the  present  arrangement,  and  increased  accommodation  must,  before 
long,  be  found  here  or  elsewhere. 

As  a  mere  matter  of  business  the  collection  is  worth  many  times  what  it 
cost,  whilst  from  an  educational  and  scientific  point,  its  value  is  inestimable,  and 
it  is  deeply  to  be  regretted  that  no  better  place  for  its  accommodation  can  be 
found  in  Toronto. 

During  the  year  we  have  become  possessed  of  three  small,  but  in  some 
respects,  valuable  private  collections.  One  of  these  was  the  property  of  Mr.  E. 
C.  Waters,  of  Brantfurd ;  a  second  belonged  to  Chief  A.  G.  Smith,  of  the  same 
city,  while  the  third  was  the  property  of  Mr.  F.  W.  Waugh,  also  of  Brantford. 
The  first  is  especially  rich  in  implements  of  bone  and  horn,  and  includes  several 
unique  specimens  in  stone  and  clay.  Mr.  Waugh's  is  miscellaneous,  but  comprises 
some  rare  specimens.  That  of  Chief  Smith  is  remarkable  mainly  for  stone  pipes,, 
and  for  a  very  fine  assortment  of  post-European  silver  ornaments,  including 
brooches,  pins,  bracelets  and  hat-bands,  all  of  the  kind  formerly  given  to  the 
Indians  as  "  presents." 

Since  the  issue  of  the  Jast  report,  too,  we  have  received  from  Dr.  T.  W.  Bee- 
man,  of  Perth,  a  large  number  of  excellent  specimens  found  by  himself  and  others- 
in  the  County  of  Lanark. 

Mr.  T.  W.  Irwin,  of  Peterborough,  has  presented  us  with  a  large  and  beauti- 
ful clay  vessel  found  in  a  rock-cleft  on  the  divide  between  the  waters  flowing- 
into  the  Ottawa,  and  those  that  reach  the  Bay  of  Quinte,  and  valuable  specimens 
of  various  kinds  have  been  presented  by  Messrs.  Archibald  Eiddell,  of  Arnprior ; 
W.  McDonnell,  J.P.,  of  Lindsay;  David  Allan,  of  Rylston,  and  others,  to  all  of 
whom  we  beg  to  express  our  gratitude. 


We  have  also  to  thank  Mr.  E.  F.  White,  of  Clarksburg,for  depositing  with  us 
a  very  fine  specimen  of  pottery  in  perfect  condition.  It  was  found  in  the  Blue 
Hills  of  Nottawasaga. 

Special  thanks  are  also  due  to  Mr.  W.  G.  Wright,  of  Collingwood,  for  his 
donation  of  fifty-six  specimens,  some  of  which  are  very  valuable.  A  few  of  them 
are  figured  in  the  following  pages. 

Yours  respectfully, 

DAVID  BOYLE. 
Toronto,  March  1st,  1893. 


NOTES. 

It  appears  to  be  tolerably  certain  that  when  the  French  took  possession  of 
Canada,  both  banks  of  the  St.  Lawrence  west  of  Montreal,  part  of  the  territory 
lying  south  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  probably  most  of  that  lake's  northern  shore 
were  regarded  by  the  Iroquois  as  their  country.  The  territory  of  the  Neuters,  or 
Attiwandarons,  extended  along  the  northern  shores  of  Lake  Erie  and  for  some 
distance  inland,  occupying  the  whole  of  the  Niagara  peninsula  and  stretching 
eastwards  on  the  south  of  Lake  Ontario  until  it  marched  with  the  country  of  the 
Iroquois.  North  of  the  Neuters,  and  occupying  most  of  the  area  bounded  on  the 
west  and  north  by  Lake  Huron  and  the  Georgian  Bay,  were  the  Hurons,  akin  to 
the  Iroquois,  but  long  separated  from  them. 

The  areas  referred  to  comprised  the  greater  portion  of  old  Upper  Canada,  or 
what  is  the  southern  part  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  as  now  constituted. 

Natives-  of  Algonquin  stock  seem  to  have  been  confined  to  the  territory  lying- 
still  further  to  the  north,  on  both  sides  of  the  Ottawa,  and  westwards,  even 
beyond  Lake  Superior.  After  the  extermination  of  the  Hurons  and  the  Neuters 
by  the  Iroquois,  and  when  the  conquerors  had  themselves  ceased  to  be  a  terror, 
the  Ojibwas  or  Chi ppa ways  gradually  took  possession  of  the  country  formerly 
held  by  the  tribes  mentioned,  and  it  was  with  the  Ojibwas  the  British  authori- 
ties had  to  deal  after  Canada  was  ceded  by  the  French. 

Before  proceeding  to  the  point  to  which  this  leads,  it  may  prove  interesting 
to  say  a  word  or  two  regarding  the  various  land  surrenders  made  by  the  natives 
to  the  British  Government,  for  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  territorial 
rights  of  the  Indians  were  always  admitted  by  the  home  authorities.  These 
rights  were  fully  recognised  by  the  proclamation  of  George  III.,  7th  October, 
1763,  and  it  is  somewhat  curious  to  remark  that  the  first  purchase  made  from  the 
Indians  of  this  country  was  "for  ten  shillings,  and  divers  good  and  valuable  con- 
siderations given  on  23rd  September,  1787,"  for  what  now  forms  the  southern 
portion  of  the  County  of  York,  embracing  the  townships  of  Etobicoke,  York  and 
Scarboro';  although  the  surrender  was  not  completed  by  the  Mississagas  until  the 
1st  of  August,  1805. 

In  the  following  year  a  strip  of  similar  width  extending  from  the  west- 
ern limit  of  the  former  tract  to  the  mouth  of  Burlington  Bay,  and  containing 
85,000  acres,  was  surrendered  by  the  Mississagas  for  the  sum  of  £1,000  sterling. 
All  the  other  land  purchases  were  made  from  the  Chippaways,  of  whom  the 
Mississagas  and  Saugeens  were  tribes. 

But  the  knowledge  that  within  the  scope  of  history  there  has  been  a  double 
aboriginal  occupation  of  the  Province  fails  in  any  degree  to  account  for  much 
that  characterises  certain  classes  of  relics  which  appear  to  be  of  a  more  archaic 
type  than  others.  It  is  undoubted  that  among  the  specimens  found  in  almosi> 


any  given  locality,  there  is  a  larger  or  smaller  proportion  of  chipped  objects  some- 
what rude  in  form  and  finish,  corresponding  in  the  main  with  those  that  are 
known  in  Europe  as  paloeoliths.  Some  of  the  pipes,  too,  but  more  rarely,  are  of 
forms  usually  considered  ancient  when  compared  with  others,  and  there  seems 
reason  to  doubt  whether  most  or  many  of  the  so-called  "  ceremonial  weapons  " 
were  used  for  any  purpose  by  natives  contemporary  with  European  settlers. 

The  chipped  objects  referred  to  include,  of  course,  all  those  forms  known  as 
arrow-heads,  spears,  lances  and  knives,  and  which  are  usually  characterised  by 
a  lack  of  that  symmetry,  gracefulness  of  outline,  and  proportion  of  parts  so  much 
admired  in  what  we  regard  as  "  choice  specimens." 

Hitherto,  a  very  general  belief  has  been  entertained  that  the  ruder  forms 
were  merely  blocked  out  preparatory  to  higher  finish,  or,  that  they  were  make- 
shifts, or,  that  they  were  the  work  of  non-adepts,  or,  that  they  were  "rejects," 
and  while  there  is  still  good  ground  for  holding  such  views  in  a  very  large  num- 
ber of  instances,  there  is,  at  the  same  time,  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  not  a  few 
students  to  wonder  whether  some  of  the  coarsely-flaked,  neckless,  and  much- 
weathered  specimens  are  not  actually  the  counterparts  of  what  are  known  else- 
where as  paloeoliths,  pointing  to  a  time  and  condition  of  existence  on  the  part  of 
a  people  long  prior  to  the  fifteenth  century,  near  the  close  of  which  European 
intercourse  began  with  the  natives  of  this  continent. 

In  several  widely-separated  parts  of  the  United  States,  what  may  be  called 
the  paloeolithic  proof  appears  to  be  conclusive,  and.  while  it  would  seem  reason- 
able to  believe  that  similar  evidences  should  exist  in  Ontario,  none  has  been 
forthcoming  so  far.  Here  we  have  no  indisputable  proof  that  even  a  flake  of 
flint  has  been  discovered  in  a  bed  of  gravel  or  of  boulder  clay,  otherwise  than  by 
comparatively  recent  intrusion.  Workmanship  alone  affords  grounds  for  the 
conjecture  that  some  chipped  stone  implements  and  weapons  antedate  others,  and, 
as  has  already  been  mentioned,  it  is  quite  possible  to  account  for  the  variations 
on  totally  different  grounds. 


With  regard  to  pipes,  however,  similar  arguments  will  not  so  readily  apply, 
for  it  is  tolerably  safe  to  assert  that  the  production  of  these,  and  the  practice  of 
smoking,  belong  to  a  period  long  subsequent  to  that  of  pre-glacial  or  even  co- 
glacial  man,  and  to  a  condition  of  society  far  in  advance  of  the  paloeolithic. 
When  man  became  a  smoker  he  ceased  to  be  purely  and  simply  a  savage,  for 
whether  we  connect  the  practice  of  smoking  with  early  man's  ideas  of  indul- 
gence, or  of  superstition,  it  points,  at  all  events,  to  a  stage  in  his  advancement 
when  food  quest  had  ceased  to  be  his  all-absorbing  occupation,  and  when  senti- 
ment had  begun  to  exercise  its  sway  in  ministering  to  what  he  was  pleased  to 
regard  as  his  comfort,  or  for  the  purpose  of  appeasing  the  many  spirits  with 
which  he  peopled  his  surroundings. 

The  making  of  pipes  also  demanded  a  higher,  though,  perhaps,  not  more  diffi- 
cult degree  of  mechanical  skill  in  the  manipulation  of  clay  or  of  stone  than  was 
involved  in  the  act  of  chipping  to  produce  a  cutting  edge.  But,  although  for 
these  reasons,  it  is  quite  plain  that  pipes  came  in  long  subsequent  to  the  time 
when  the  rudest  forms  of  stone  implements  were  in  use,  it  is,  nevertheless,  not 
very  hard  to  distinguish  the  evolution  of  the  former  from  what  we  consider  their 
most  archaic  to  their  most  recent  types,  although  individual  specimens  are  occa- 
sionally somewhat  perplexing. 

Still,  there  is  another  difficulty.  Just  as  we  find  the  coarsest  flints 
mingled  with  those  that  are  most  beautifully  made,  now  and  then  we  discover 
.a  pipe  of  antique  shape  buried  with  material  that  we  have  reason  to  believe 


•comparatively  recent.  Were  the  old  pipes  heirlooms — family  fietishes  perhaps, 
—were  they  only  "finds  "  to  some  succeeding  Indian,  as  they  are  to  ourselves,  or, 
were  some  of  those  we  look  upon  as  ancient  pipes  after  all  simply  reproductions 
of  old  patterns  ?  Who  shall  say  ?  If  we  may  form  our  conclusions  from  the 
writings  of  travelers,  and  from  what  we  know  to  be  yet  the  practice  among 
outlying  tribes,  the  ceremonial  pipe  was  distinguished  from  others  both  in  point 
of  size  and  grandeur,  but  even  this  is  a  little  hazy,  and  we  are  to  a  great  extent 
in  ignorance  of  the  whole  part  played  by  the  pipe  among  pre-historic  Indians. 


It  has  long  been  found  convenient  by  writers  and  students  to  refer  all 
Indian  "  goods  and  chattels  "  of  unknown  use  to  the  catalogue  of  "  ceremonial  " 
objects.  The  list  has  become  a  very  large  one,  and  is  likely  to  increase,  although 
there  can  be  little  doubt  that  if  our  knowledge  were  as  extensive  as  our  possess 
ions  the  number  of  ceremonial  articles  would  be  very  materially  reduced.  A 
considerable  proportion  of  these  relics  are  made  of  Huronian  slate,  which  is  often 
found  so  beautifully  veined,  or  grained,  as  to  be  highly  suggestive  of  petrified 
wood  to  a  common  observer.  The  objects  made  of  this  material  are  among  the 
most  beautiful  specimens  of  primitive  handicraft  found  in  North  America,  and 
easily  rank  first  among  the  Indian  relics  of  Ontario.  To  whatever  use  assigned, 
they  must  always  have  possessed  a  high  value,  and  one  would  naturally  suppose 
that  they  must  have  been  conspicuous  objects  on  the  person,  or  connected  with 
the  persons  of  their  owners.  If  worn  as  charms  or  amulets,  they  would  have 
been  very  noticeable — if  employed  in  dances,'  feasts  or  pow-wows  they  could 
scarcely  have  failed  to  attract  the  attention  of  onlookers,  and  yet  amid  all  that 
has  appeared  respecting  "  The  Manners  and  Customs  of  the  North  American 
Indians,"  we  search  in  vain  for  information  with  regard  to  those  so-called 
"  ceremonial  "  objects  of  stone.  We  find  tolerably  minute  descriptions  of  head- 
dresses, masks,  mantles,  robes,  leggins,  moccasins,  wampum  belts,  necklaces  of 
various  kinds,  bracelets,  ornaments  of  feathers  and  porcupine  quills,  dyes  and 
pigments,  but  not  a  word  about  "  ceremonial "  stones — some  of  which  were 
conventionalised  forms  of  quadrupeds  and  birds,  some  elegantly  formed  bars  (in 
all  these  cases  having  a  hole  bored  diagonally  through  the  base  at  each  end), 
some  like  double-edged  axes,  some  resembling  pairs  of  horns,  some  like  butter- 
flies, and  others  of  various  fanciful  shapes,  but  always  with  a  hole  apparently  for 
the  reception  of  a  handle,  or  perhaps  for  suspension.  Regarding  these  not  a  syll- 
able has  been  written  to  satisfy  our  curiosity. 

It  is  particularly  noteworthy  that  specimens  of  the  kind  in  question  are 
nearly  always  found  absolutely  perfect,  free  from  marks  of  abrasion  or  wear,  and 
not  even  a  sign  of  friction  about  the  holes. 

Some  students  wonder  very  pertinently  whether  these  objects  had  not  actu- 
ally gone  out  of  use  previous  to  the  appearance  of  the  white  man,  and  here  again 
we  are  confronted  with  the  possibility  of  another  occupation  by  a  people  pre- 
vious to  that  of  the  tribes  found  in  possession  by  the  French. 

With  regard  to  surmises  of  this  kind,  there  is  presumably  no  desire  to  point 
to  dispersed  or  supplanted  races  of  totally  different  origin,  as  is  sometimes  done 
when  mention  is  made  of  the  Mound-Builders,  but  rather  to  such  speedy  and 
overwhelming  extirpations  of  tribe  by  tribe  as  have  fallen  within  historic  scope. 



The  art  of  flint-flaking  is  still  practiced  by  some  of  the  North-west  Indians, 
t>ut  so  far  as  is  known  nothing  corresponding  to  ceremonial  stones  has  been 
produced  by  any  aboriginal  people  during  the  historic  period. 


Not  taking  into  account  the  stone  tubes  and  the  varieties  known  as  amulets 
and  gorgets,  all  the  so-called  "  ceremonial  "  objects,  as  has  already  been  remarked,) 
are  provided  with  a  hole  as  if  for  the  insertion  of  a  thin  shaft  or  handle,  the 
aperture  seldom  exceeding  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  if  this  was 
the  purpose  of  the  hole  it  would  seem  all  the  more  remarkable  that  our  Indians- 
did  not  thus  attach  handles  to  their  tomahawks  and  hammers,  as  was  the  custom 
of  Old  World  primitive  man.     Until  very  recently  I  had  not  seen  a  single  stone  j 
hammer  or  celt  belonging  to  this  Province  with  a  hole  lar^e  enough  to   warrant 
the  belief  that  it  had  been  made  to  receive  a  handle  for  working  purposes,  but  an 
excellent  specimen  of  such  a  tool  has  been  presented  to  us  by  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman, ' 
of  Perth,  who  procured  it  from  Dr.  Clark,  of  Tarn  worth.    It  was  found  at  BeaveH 
Lake,  in  the  County. of  Addington.    The  hole  is  about  nine-sixteenths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  and  both  ends  of  the  tool  are  considerably  battered.     It   is   four 
inches  in  length,  and  an  inch   and  three-eighths  in  diameter  at  the  eye,  which r 
measuring  from  the  centre,  is   only  an  inch  and  a  half  from   one   end,  and,  of 
course,  two  and  a  half  from  the  other.     The   extremity  of  the   shorter   end  is 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  rounded,  while  the  opposite   end  is- 
chisel  or  axe-edged. 


Attention  is  called  to  the  valuable  paper  by  J.  H,  Coyne,  Esq.,  M.A.,  of  St. 
Thomas,  on  the  "  Southwold  Earthworks,"  in  the  county  of  Elgin. 


Appended  is  a  list  of  the  typical  specimens  that  have  been  selected  for 
exhibition  at  the  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago.  To  supply  accommodation  for 
these  the  Ontario  Government  has  kindly  furnished  twelve  large  and  handsome 
cases  of  cherry,  having  an  area  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  square  feet. 


It  is  anticipated  that  as  a  result  of  this  exhibition  the  Museum  will  receive 
many  valuable  accessions,  illustrative  not  of  early  man  in  Ontario,  or  even  irt 
Canada,  alone,  but  in  many  other  parts  of  the  world. 


A  large  edition  of  this  report  will  be   issued  for  the  catalogue  it  contains  of 
the  exhibit,  and  copies  will  be  freely  but  judiciously  distributed  in  Chicago. 


Canadians  and  others  into  whose  hands  this  report  may  come  are  herebjr 
invited  to  correspond  with  the  curator  regarding  the  subject  of  archaeology,  and 
it  is  needless  to  say  that  contributions  will  be  thankfully  received  from  all  well 
authenticated  sources. 

In  so  far  as  our  spare  material  will  admit,  exchanges  will  be  effected. 

DAVID   BOYLE, 

Curator, 


CATALOGUE    OF    SPECIMENS 

ON  EXHIBITION  AT  THE  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION,  CHICAGO, 
MAY  IST  TO  OCTOBER  31ST,  1893. 

FKOM 

THE  PROVINCIAL  ARCHAEOLOGICAL,  MUSEUM 

OF    THE 

CANADIAN    INSTITUTE,    TORONTO, 


SPECIMENS  SHOWING  METHODS  OF  WORKING. 

1.  Small  block  of  brown  stone,  marked  off  and  partly  sawn  for  beads. 
12.  Portion  of  a  stone  marked  off  for  a  pipe.     Nottawasaga  township,  Sim- 
coe  county. 

14.  Stone  showing  remains  of  holes  bored  in  line  to  separate  it  from  another 
piece.     Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

17.  Unfinished  tool — semi-circular  blade.     Middlesex  county. 

18.  Huronian  slate  pebble  almost  divided  into  five  lengths  by  deeply-cut 
notches.     McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

19.  Stone  showing  method  of  cutting  by  sawing.     Nottawasaga  township. 
21.  Gorget  or  tablet  partly  bored.     Western  Ontario. 

28.  Large  pebble  pecked  on  one  side  to  make  it  symmetrical. 
34.  Unfinished  object  in  Huronian  slate  shows  borings.      McGillivray  town- 
ship, Middlesex  county. 

49.  Limestone  (deeply-channelled).     Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

50.  Large  and  roughly  blocked  out  axe,  Lanark  county. 
69.  (?)  Huronian  slate.     Nottawasaga,  Simcoe  county. 

90.  Large  pebble  dressed  flat  on  one  end.     Lanark  county. 
97.  Large  "  platform  "  steatite  pipe,  blocked  out,  ready  for  boring.     Camden 
towship,  Addington  county. 
150.  (?)  Norfolk  county. 

HAMMERS. 

15.  Discoida] ;  hollowed  on  two  sides.     Western  Ontario. 

16.  Large  flat  limestone  pebble  grooved.     Biddulph  township. 

HAMMERS  (GROOVED). 

1.  Kingsville,  Essex  county. 

2.  Sebastopol  township,  Renfrew  county. 

AXES  (MOSTLY  PLAIN). 

1.  Victoria  county  (13J  inches  long). 

2.  Victoria  county  (10J  inches  long,  2  inches  thick). 

3.  West  Williams,  Middlesex  county  (with  longitudinal  rib). 


4.  5,  6,  7.  Small  specimens,  Middlesex  county. 

8.  Beaver  lake,  Addington  county  (with  handle  hole  &  inch  diameter). 

9.  Kent  county  (both  ends  sharpened). 
79.  Huronian  slate,  Norfolk  county. 

263.  Slender  tapering  form,  Norfolk  county. 

475.  Strongly  ridged  on  one  side,  Norfolk  county. 

509.  Having  ornamental  pattern  in  relief  on  one  side.     Norfolk  county. 


915.  Small  tool,  half  round  transversely,  pointed  at  one  end. 

AXES  (GROOVED). 

10.  East  Williams  township. 

11.  Leamington,  Essex  county.     Grooved  deeply,  grooves  surrounded  with 
flanges. 

12.  Weston,  York  county. 

13.  Norfolk  county. 

25.  Grooved  vertically  and  horizontally.     Lanark  county. 

GOUGES. 

8.  Near  Lindsay,  Victoria  county. 
12.  Pilkington  township,  Wellington  county. 

18.  Victoria  county. 

19.  Pilkington  township,  Wellington  county. 

29.  McGillivray  township  (transversely  grooved  for  handle  attachment). 
36.  South  Sherbrooke  township,  Lanark  county. 

38.  Humberstone  township,  Welland  county. 

39.  Sheffield  township,  Addington  county. 

40.  Penetanguishene,  Simcoe  county  (gouge  and  chisel  at  opposite  ends). 

41.  Haldimand  county. 

FLAKED  IMPLEMENTS. 

3,  4,  5,  6.,  7,  8.  Tidd's  Island,  11.  St.  Lawrence.     (From  6  to  8 J  inches  long ;  5 
and  7  are  of  quartzite.) 

15.  Pickering  township,  Ontario  county.     (This  is  one  of  the  largest  chipped) 
implements  found  in  Ontario,  it  is  11^  inches  long). 

16,  17,  18.   Wolfe  Island,  River  St.  Lawrence. 

20.  Biddulph  township,  Middlesex  county. 

23.  Plymptori  township,  Lambton  county. 

24.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

28-39.  Eleven  specimens  found  together  at  the  edge  of  a  swamp  in  West 
Williams  township. 

42.  Wolfe  Island,  River  St.  Lawrence. 

61-62.    Wolfe  Island,  River  St.  Lawrence.     (Two  large  roughly-flaked  leaf- 
shaped  tools). 

70-110.  Flints,  Brant  county. 
141-142.  Curved  flints,  Norfolk  county. 
269.  Large  scraper,  Norfolk  county. 


SLATE  SPEARS. 

4.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 

5.  Western  Ontario  (notched  shank). 

10.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

11.  Wi throw  Ave.,  Toronto. 
14.  Nottawasaga  township. 

17.  Ryleston,  Northumberland  county. 

TABLETS,  ETC.  (ONE  HOLE). 

5.  Jarvis,  Norfolk  county. 
8-9.  Tidd's  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 
14.  Gait,  Waterloo  county. 

24.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

25.  Biddulph,  Middlesex  county. 

30.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

33.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

34.  Bosanquet  township,  Lambton  county. 

36.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

47.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

48.  Biddulph  township,  Middlesex  county. 

51.  Humberstone  township,  Welland  county. 

52.  No  locality  known. 

57.  Western  Ontario. 

58.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence  (chisel-edged). 

59.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 
61.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 

TABLETS  (Two  OR  MORE  HOLES). 

1.  St.  Thomas,  Elgin  county. 

3.  Western  Ontario. 

4.  Near  Sarnia,  Lambton  county. 

5.  Gait,  Waterloo  county. 

6.  Orillia,  Simcoe  county. 

13.  Norwich,  Oxford  county 

14.  Exeter,  Huron  county. 

15.  London  township,  Middlesex  county. 

16.  Plympton  township,  Lambton  county. 

28.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

29.  Thedford,  Lambton  county. 

32.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

33.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

34.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 
38.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

41.  Biddulph  township,  Middlesex  county. 

42.  Middlesex  county. 

43.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

47.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

48.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

49.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

53.  Lindsay,  Victoria  county. 


10 


54.  St.  Thomas,  Elgin  county. 

55.  McGillivray  (Huronite)  Middlesex  county. 
62.  Wolfe  Island,  R.  St.  Lawrence. 

69.  Elbra,  Wellington  county. 

70.  Ellice  township,  Perth  county. 

ANIMAL  FORMS  IN  SLATE  AND  OTHER  STONE. 

14.  Wolfs  or  dog's  head,  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

15.  Finely-carved  human  head,  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 

16.  Bird's  head,  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

17.  Beaver  (?)  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
IS.  B3ar  (?    Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
19.  Turtle  (sandstone)  Elgin  county. 

87.  Dog- like, head  (marble)  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

MISCELLANEOUS  (SLATE). 

10.  Small  disc,  perforated  with  one  central  and  ten  marginal  holes. 

19.  Sub-conical  ornament,  If  in.  in  diameter,  Burford  village,  Brant  county. 

30.  East  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

31.  West  Nissouri  township,  Middlesex  county. 
41.  Newmarket,  York  county. 

53.  Slate  knife  (?)  Western  Ontario. 

54.  Cobourg,  Northumberland  county. 

.55.  Large  semi-circular  knife,  Madawaska  river,  Renfrew  county. 
56-57.  Pendants  (?)  Tidd's  Island,  River  St.  Lawrence. 

64.  Small  perforated  tool,  chisel-edged  at  one  end  and  pointed  at  the  other 
Probably  a  pottery  marker. 
204.  Paint  cup  (?)  Norfolk  county. 

CEREMONIAL  STONES  (BIRD  AMULETS). 

1.  Aurora,  York  county. 

2.  Middlesex  county. 

3.  Thorndale,  Middlesex  county. 

4.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

5.  Locality  not  known. 

6.  Elgin  county. 

7.  Brantford,  Brant  county. 

8.  Port  Rowan,  Norfolk  county. 

9.  Biddulph  township,  Middlesex  county. 

10.  London,  Middlesex  county. 

11.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

12.  Stephen  township,  Huron  count}^ 

13.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

14.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

1 6.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

17.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

18.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 


11 


(BAR  AMULETS,  ETC.) 

20.  Bosanquet  township,  Lambton  county. 

21.  Scotland  village,  Brant  county. 
2o.  West  Williams,  Middlesex  county. 

24.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

25.  Middlesex  county  (oval  hole). 

27.  Port  Rowan,  Norfolk  county. 

(HORNED    AND    WlNGED    OBJECTS.) 

26.  Middlesex  county. 

28.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

29.  Spherical  Huronian  slate,  bored.    Hollowed  in  line  with  hole  on  one  side, 
"West  Williams  township. 

29|.  Huronian  slate,  bored,  transversely  and  double  pointed. 

30.  Wingham,  Huron  county. 

31.  Norfolk  county. 

32.  Caradoc  Township. 

33.  Plympton  township,  Lambton  county. 
34-.  Zone  Township,  Kent  county. 

35.  Norfolk  Lake  shore. 

36.  Forest,  Lambton  county. 

37.  Wingham,  Huron  county. 

38.  Port  Perry,  Lake  Scugog,  Ontario  county. 

41.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

42.  Blanshard  Township,  Middlesex  county. 

44.  East  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

45.  McGillivray,  Middlesex  county. 

47.  East  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

48.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

49.  Biddulph  township,  Middlesex  county. 

51.  Oval  Huronian  slate,  bored,  Middlesex  county. 

91.  Oneida  Township. 

(TUBES.) 

52.  Middlesex  county. 
^62.  Forest. 

63.  Norfolk  Lake  Shore. 

64.  Norfolk  Lake  Shore. 

66.  Beverly  township,  Went  worth  county. 
•67.  Western  Ontario. 

68.  Wolfe  Island,  River  St.  Lawrence. 

69.  Wolfe  Island  (8J  inches  long). 

72.  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county. 

74.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

70.  London  township,  Middlesex  county. 
85.  Huron  county. 

87.  East  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

90.  Tuscarora  township,  Brant  county. 

92.  Tuscarora  township,  Brant  county. 

93.  Humberstone  township,  Welland  county. 
100.  Brantford,  Brant  county  (10  inches  long). 


12 


DISCOIDAL  STONES. 


18.  Middlesex  county. 
21-25.  Eglinton,  York  county. 

BONE  AND  HORN. 

11.  Part  of  human  skull,  rounded,  and  perforated  with  seven  holes,  Beverly 
township,  Wentworth  county. 

12.  Portion  of  human  skull,  rounded,  Vaughan  township,  York  county. 

24.  Spear  or  harpoon  (one  barb)  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 

25.  Spear  or  harpoon  (three  barbs")  Victoria  county.     One  end  of  this  speci- 
men is  sharpened  to  a  chisel  edge. 

28.  Barbed  fish-hook,  Lindsay,  Victoria  county. 

54.  Small  human  figure,  full  length,  hole  through  neck. 

55.  Small  human  mask,  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

56.  Spear  (one  barb)  York  township,  York  county. 

57.  Hollow  leg-bone  (deer's  ?);  highly  polished  and  ornamented  with  three  rows 
of  rings  deeply  cut.     York  township,  York  county. 

59.  Chisel  or  gouge,  Nottawasaga,  Simcoe  county. 

70.  Prongs  of  deer  horn,  probably  used  for  smoothing  or  rounding  thongs. 
71-85.  Awls  or  needles  of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  York  township,  York  county. 

86.  Needle  or  pin  with  small  hole,  York  township. 
87-88.  Probably  pins  for  fastening  articles  of  dress,  York  township,  York  county. 

89.  Wing-bones, notched  preparatory  to  being  cut  into  lengths,  York  township, 

90.  Wing  bone  slightly  worked,  York  township. 
91-92.  Small  foot-bones,  partly  worked,  York  township. 
93-94-.  Similar  bones,  rubbed  down,  York  township. 

95-97.  Bear's  teeth,  perforated  as  if  for  necklace,  York  township. 
98-100.  Wolf's  teeth,  similarly  perforated,  York  township. 

101.  Five  small  bone  beads,  York  township. 
102-104.  Three  strings  of  bone  beads,  York  township. 

105.  Small  bone  spear  or  harpoon,  three  barbs  on  each  side. 

106.  Large  bone  awl,  Nottawasaga. 

107.  Large  spear  or  harpoon  (four  barbs  on  each  side)  Nottawasaga. 

108.  Bear's  teeth,  notched  Nottawasaga. 

203.  Human  leg-bone,  bored,  Simcoe,  Norfolk  county. 
204-206.  Of  unascertained  use,  Baptiste  Lake,  Hastings  county. 
207.  Ojibwa  game  (like  cup  and  ball)  Brant  county. 

SHELL. 

1.  Busycon    perversa,   Nottawasaga,    Simcoe  county.    (Large  sea-shell,  the- 
material  of  which  was  used  in  making  wampum). 

3.  Wampum,  or  beads  from  colurnellae  of  large  shells,  Beverly  township. 

4.  Warnpurn,  or  beads  from  columellse  of  large  sheDs,  Beverly  township. 

5.  Section  of  shell,  partly  cut  for  wampum,  Beverly  township,  Wentworth 
county. 

6.  Portion  of  large  sea-shell,  partly  cut  in  preparation  for  wampum,  Beverly 
township,  Wentworth  county. 

21.  Ornament  (pendant)  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 
23.  Two  triangular  pendants  or  ear-drops,  made   from  unio  shells,   Notta- 
wasaga. 
39-43.  Circular  gorgets,  London,  Ontario. 

53.  Single  piece  of  wampum,  half-rounded  and  half-bored. 


13 


STONE  PIPES. 

2.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

3.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

5,  Albion  township,  Peel  county,  (boring  of  bowl  and  stem  incomplete.) 

14.  Nottawasaga,  Simcoe  county. 

15.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

16.  Kent  county. 

21.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

22.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

24.  Near  Milton,  Halton  county.  Monkey-like  form. 
28.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
31.  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 
37.  Nottawasaga  township.  Simcoe  county. 

43.  West  Williams  township,  Middlesex  county. 

44.  Wiarton,  Grey  county. 

45.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
50. .Lake  Moira,  Hastings  county. 

56.  Pittsburg  township,  Frontenac  county. 

58.  Sault  Ste.  Marie  (modern  form). 

59.  London  township,  Middlesex  county. 

60.  Grand  Bend,  Sable  R.,  McGillivray  township,  Middlesex  county, 

100.  Nelson  township,  Halton  county. 

101.  Kentucky  shore,  opposite  Lawrenceburg  (Ind.) 

102.  Penetanguishene,  Simcoe  county. 

104.  Ryleston,  Northumberland  county, 

105.  Unfinished  pipe,  Tuscarora  township,  Brant  county. 

110.  Unfinished  gypsum  pipe,  St.  Clair  Flats,  Lambton  county. 

111.  White  stone  pipe,, Bap tiste  Lake,  Hastings  county. 

112.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

CLAY  PIPES. 

2.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

8.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
19.  Holland  Landing,  York  county. 
22.  York  township,  York  county. 
35.  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 
47.  Onentisati,  Simcoe  county. 
49.  Orillia,  Simcoe  county. 
54.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
80.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
8L  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

82.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

83.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

85.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

86.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

89.  Onentisati,  Simcoe  county. 

90.  Beverly  township,  Wentworth  county. 

91.  Nottawasaga  township. 

96.  Near  Lake  Simcoe  (double  faced). 

110.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county  (wolf  or  dog-head), 
114.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 
2  (C.I.) 


118.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county  (oddly  flattened). 

119.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county  (eagle's  head). 

120.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county. 

121.  Nottawasaga  township,  Simcoe  county  (eye  of  human  face  made  to  form 
fcowl). 

122.  Nottawasaga  (fragment  of  pipe,  human  face  with  long  ears). 
241.  Baptiste  lake,  Hastings  county  (square  mouthed). 

COPPER  TOOLS  AND  WEAPONS. 

1.  Axe  or  chisel  with  socket,  Manitoulin  Island. 

2.  Axe — plain,  Brantford. 

4.  Chisel,  Beverly,  Wentworth  county. 

6.  Spear  head,  with  tine,  Brantford. 

13.  Bracelet,  Rice  Lake. 

15.  Spear  head,  London  township. 

16.  Large  spear,  with  socket,  Burford  township,  Brant  county. 
18.  Chisel  or  small  axe,  Noncon  Island,  Lake  Scugog. 

25.  Spear  with  tine,  Perth. 

26.  Knife  (?)  Baptiste  Lake,  Hastings  county. 

27.  Spike  or  spear  (12J  inches  long)  Kaministiquia  River,  at  Fort  William. 

28.  Axe  or  adze,  Kaministiquia  River,  near  Fort  William. 

29.  Lake  Moira,  Hastings  county. 

27J.  Spike  or  spear  head,  Port  Rowan,  Norfolk  county. 

28.  Spike  or  chisel,  London,  Middlesex  county. 

29.  Knife,  St.  Joseph's  Island. 

30.  Curved  cutting  tool  with  undulated  edge.     Covered  on  one  side  with 
piece  of  beaver-skin — the  remains  of  wrapping  when  placed  in  the  grave,  Midland 
City,  Simcoe  county. 

POST-EUROPEAN. 

1-61.  Silver  ornaments  worn  by  the  Indians.     From  graves  in   Brant  county. 

63.  Silver  hat-band,  Brant  county. 

84.  Pair  of  silver  bracelets,  Brant  county. 

85.  Double-barred  crous,  Beausoleil  Island,  Georgian  Bay. 
91.  Colored  glass  beads,  Lake  Medad,  near  Hamilton. 

104.  Blue  glass  beads,  Beverly  township. 

105.  Red  glass  beads,  Beverly  township. 


15 


METHODS  OF  WORKING. 

Fig.  1  illustrates  three  of  the  methods  employed  in  the  manipulation  of 
stone.  A  series  of  holes  has  been  drilled  along  one  side  to  detach  the  speci- 
men from'a  larger  portion,  or  to  reduce  it  in  size.  Below  these  sawing  has 
been  resorted  to,  and  other  parts  of  the  surface  show  marks  of  rubbing. 


FIG.  1. 


This  excellent  specimen  forms  part  of  a  small  but  valuable  collection  pre- 
sented to  us  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Wright,  ot  Collingwood.  Mr.  Wright  is  an  enthusiastic 
and  intelligent  student  of  Huron-Iroquois  remains  in  the  counties  of  Grey  and 
Simcoe,  and  the  Institute  is  deeply  indebted  to  him  for  this  and  other  gifts. 


CLAY  PIPES. 


FIG.  2. 


In  the  multiplicity  of  designs  employed  by  the  Indians  in  the  manufacture 
of  pipes,  the  human  face  occupies  a  prominent  place.  Fig.  2  is,  on  the  whole, 
one  of  the  neatest  bits  of  clay  work  in  the  museum.  It  forms  part  of  the 
admirable  little  collection  presented  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Wright,  of  Collingwcod. 

The  pipe  here  figured  is,  in  several  respects,  worthy  of  close  examination. 
The  clay  is  of  fine  quality,  and  light  in  color.  Portions  of  the  surface  possess  a 
fairly  good  glaze.  The  ears,  both  of  which  are  broken,  have  been  perforated. 

It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  as  this  specimen  is  from  near  the  shores  of 
Nottawasaga  Bay,  it  belonged  to  one  of  the  Huron  tribes,  probably  the  Tobacco 
Nation. 


16 


Fig.  3  is  of  an  unusual  pattern.  When  perfect  the  end  of  the  base,  now- 
fractured,  was  probably  almost  as  long  as  the  stem  shown  in  the  engraving.  In 
general  design  it  approaches  to  the  platform  or  "  monitor"  type,  a  form  seldom 
attempted  in  clay.  Peculiar  as  this  pipe  is  in  many  respects,  it  is  the  lower  side 
of  the  base  that  attracts  most  attention,  for  here  has  been  moulded  a  human  face. 
The  nose,  mouth  and  one  eye  remain,  and  any  lingering  doubt  is  dispelled  on 


FIG.  3. 


FIG.  4. 


finding  the  nostrils  distinctly  marked.  The  imitation  is  a  rude  one,  but  nothing 
is  more  certain  than  that  the  pipe-maker  intended  to  represent  a  face  in  this 
very  unusual  position.  Fig.  4  illustrates  the  lower  side  of  the  base.  This  pipe 
is  from  Brant  county,  and  is  part  of  the  collection  procured  from  Chief  A.  G. 
Smith  (De-ka-non-ra-neh),  of  the  city  of  Brantford. 

STONE  PIPES. 


FIG.  5. 


The  pipe  figured  here  is  of  a  pattern  not  uncommon  among  the  Hurons. 
The  ornamental  portion  was  carved  to  face  the  smoker.     The  stem  is  broken  off 


17 


close  to  the  bowl.     The  material  is  a  compact  grey  limestone,  and  portions  of 
the  bowl  show  traces  of  the  working  tools  used  in  shaping  it. 

This  pipe  is  also  from  the  country  of  the  Tobacco  Nation,  and  was  presented 
by  Mr.  W.  G.  Wright,  of  Collingwood. 


FIG.  6. 


The  pipe  represented  by  figure  6  is  the  only  one  in  our  collection  in  which 
the  mouth  of  the  face  is  made  to  serve  as  the  stem-hole.  The  workmanship  on 
this  bowl  is  rude,  unless  we  regard  it  as  an  unfinished  specimen.  It  was  found 
in  the  township  of  Nottawasaga  by  Mr.  W.  G.  Wright,  of  Collingwood. 


FIG.  7 


The  pipe  of  which  Fig.  7  is  a  diagram  is  made  of  yellow  soapstone.  It 
appears  to  represent  a  man  carrying  a  burden,  which  forms  the  bowl  proper. 
The  stem-hole  enters  from  the  front.  This  specimen  shows  signs  of  long  use,  as 
none  of  the  outlines  are  at  all  sharp.  The  face  markings  are  nearly  all  obliterated. 
Even  when  new  it  is  not  likely  that  Fig.  7  was  a  very  fine  piece  of  workman- 


18 


ship.  It  was  found  in  the  county  of  Brant,  and  in  all  probability  belonged  to 
the  Attiwandarons  or  Neuters.  It  formed  part  of  the  collection  of  Chief  Smith, 
Brantford. 


FIG.  8. 

Not  many  stone  pipes  are  formed  from  Huronian,  or  veined  slate,  as  is  the- 
specimen  figured  above,  which  was  presented  by  Mr.  David  Allan,  of  Rylston, 
in  the  county  of  Northumberland.  It  is  not  easy  to  recognise  the  animal-form 
the  old  mechanic  intended  to  represent.  The  stem-hole  enters  from  behind,  and 
the  hole  shown  in  front  no  doubt  served  the  double  purpose  of  binding  the 
bowl  to  the  stem  when  in  use,  and  of  enabling  the  owner  to  attach^  it  to  his- 
person  when  carrying  it  about. 


FIG.  9. 


X1  11*.    «7. 

Fig.  9  represents  a  very  plain  form  of  pipe,  the  bowl  and  stem  being  almost 
in  line.  It  is  made  of  dark  gray  soapstone,  and  was  presented  by  Dr.  T.  W. 
Beeman,  of  Perth,  Lanark  county.  In  the  evolution  of  stem  and  bowl  from 


19 


one  piece,  specimens  of  this  kind  may  be  regarded  as  indicating  one  of  the  early 
stages,  and  yet  the  form  may  have  depended  wholly  on  the  size  and*shape  of 
the  raw  material.  Fig.  9  is  well  formed,  though  simple  in  outline,  and  almost 
without  any  attempt  at  decoration. 


FIG.  10. 

Another  soapstone  pipe  from  the  same  locality,  and  presented  by  Dr.  T.  W. 
Beeman,  is  shown  in  Fig.  10.  It  is  much  larger  than  Fig.  9,  and  though  less 
graceful  in  outline,  possesses  some  markings  round  the  lip  of  the  bowl  intended 
to  enhance  its  appearance.  The  mouthpiece  shows  signs  of  many  smokings. 

GORGETS. 


FIG.  11. 


The  gorget  or  tablet  here  figured  is  the  most  elegant  and  symmetrical  in  our 
collection,  which  comprises  nearly  two  hundred  of  such  objects.  The  material 
itself  is  an  excellent  specimen  of  the  striped  slate  so  much  affected  by  the- 


20 


Indians  in  producing  this  kind  of  article,  whatever  its  purpose  may  have  been. 
The  piece,  too,  is  remarkably  thin — scarcely  more  than  an  eighth  of  an  inch — 
and,  in  view  of  this,  one  is  inclined  to  wonder  at  the  perfect  condition  of  the 
specimen. 

We  are  indebted  for  this  valuable  tablet  to  Squire  W.  McDonnell,  of  Lindsay, 
Victoria  county. 


FIG.  12. 

The  handsome  specimen  here  figured  is  from  the  collection  procured  by  the 
Institute  from  Chief  A.  G.  Smith,  of  Brantford.  In  point  of  perfection  it  is 
almost  equal  to  the  specimen  illustrated  by  Fig.  11,  and  in  at  least  one  respect  it 
is  superior,  viz.,  in  the  arrangement  of  the  holes.  Like  Fig.  11  it  is  also  unusu- 
ally thin.  It  differs  from  most  other  objects  of  its  class  as  to  material,  which 
in  this  case  is  a  very  fine-grained  stone  resembling  in  color  and  appearance 
-German  lithographic  limestone. 

BONE. 


FIG.  13. 


This  specimen  may  have  been  a  pin  for  fastening  clothing,  or  a  tool  for 
marking  pottery,  or  it  may  simply  have  been  used  as  at  ally-bone.  It  is  acutely 
pointed  at  one  end,  and  its  edges  are  tolerably  sharp.  At  what  may  be  called 
the  head  are  two  series  of  notches  which  may  have  been  intended  either  for 
ornament  or  as  a  record. 

The  specimen  was  found  in  Brant  county  and  is  part  of  the  Smith 
•collection. 


21 


COPPER. 


FIG.  14. 


Fig.  14  represents  a  spearhead  of  copper  found  in  Lanark  county,  and  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  T.  W.  Beeman.  It  is  provided  with  a  socket.  The  blade  is  thin 
and  flat  on  both  sides.  It  is  peculiar  in  having  a  hole  at  the  head  of  the  socket 
as  if  to  aid  in  fastening  the  handle.  This  hole  may  be  of  recent  origin. 


FIG.  15, 

In  Fig.  15  we  have  what  represents  a  very  tine  specimen  of  native  copper 
weapon.  Like  the  specimen  shown  at  Fig.  14  it  is  provided  with  a  socket  which 
is  neatly  formed.  The  side  of  the  blade  shown  is  flat,  the  opposite  side  is  ridged  as 
shown  in  cross  section  in  the  diagram.  This  specimen  also  was  presented  by  Dr. 
T.  W.  Beeman. 


22 


THE  SOUTHWOLD  EARTHWORK  AND   THE   COUNTRY  OF  THE 

NEUTRALS. 

BY  JAMES  H.  COYNE,  B.A. 

That  part  of  the  township  of  Southwold  lying  between  Talbot  Creek  and 
the  most  westerly  bend  of  Kettle  Creek  included  several  Indian  earthworks, 
which  were  well  known  to  the  pioneers  of  the  Talbot  settlement.  What  the 
tooth  of  time  had  spared  for  more  than  two  centuries  yielded,  however,  to  the 
settler's  plow  and  harrow,. and  but  one  or  two  of  these  interesting  reminders  of 
an  almost-forgotten  race  remain  to  gratify  the  curiosity  of  the  archaeologist  or  of 
the  historian.  Fortunately,  the  most  important  of  all  is  still  almost  in  its  origi- 
nal condition.  It  is  that  which  has  become  known  to  the  readers  of  the  transac- 
tions of  the  Canadian  Institute  as  the  Southwold  Earthwork.  Mr.  David  Boyler 
in  the  Archaeological  Reports  printed  in  1891,  has  given  the  results  of  his  exami- 
nations of  the  mounds,  and  there  is  now  in  the  possession  of  the  Institute  a  care- 
fully prepared  plan  made  from  actual  survey  by  Mr.  A.  W.  Campbell,  C.E.,  for 
the  Elgin  Historical  and  Scientific  Institute  of  bt.  Thomas,  and  presented  by  the 
latter  to  the  Canadian  Institute.  Mr.  Boyle's  reports  and  Mr.  Campbell's  plan 
will  together  form  a  valuable,  and,  it  is  hoped,  a  permanent  record  of  this  inter- 
esting memorial  of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  south-western  Ontario. 

The  writer  of  this  paper  has  been  acquainted  with  "  the  old  fort,"  as  it  was 
called,  since  the  year  1867.  At  that  time  it  was  in  the  midst  of  the  forest. 
Since  then  the  woods  have  been  cleared  away,  except  within  the  fort  and  north 
of  it.  Indeed,  a  considerable  number  of  trees  have  been  felled  within  the  southern 
part  of  the  enclosure.  In  the  mounds  themselves  trees  are  abundant,  and  there  are 
many  in  the  moat  or  ditch  between.  The  stumps  of  those  which  have  been  cut 
down  are  so  rnany  chronological  facts,  from  which  the  age  of  the  fort  may  be 
conjectured  with  some  approach  to  accuracy.  A  maple  within  the  enclosure- 
exhibits  242  rings  of  annual  growth.  It  was  probably  the  oldest  tree  within  the 
walls.  A  maple  in  the  outer  embankment  shows  197  rings  ;  between  the  inner 
and  outer  walls  a  beech  stump  shows  219  rings,  and  an  elm  266.  Judging  from 
the  size  of  these  stumps,  it  would  be  safe  to  calculate  the  age  of  the  forest  at 
about  200  years,  with  here  and  there  a  tree  a  little  older.  The  area  enclosed  is 
level.  In  the  field  south  there  are  numerous  hummocks  formed  by  the  decayed 
stumps  and  roots  of  fallen  trees.  The  walls  were  manifestly  thrown  up  from  the 
outside.  There  is  an  exception  on  the  south-east.  Here  the  ground  outside  was 
higher,  and  to  get  the  requisite  elevation  the  earth  was  thrown  up  on  both  walls- 
from  the  intervening  space,  as  well  as  on  the  exterior  wall  from  the  outside. 
Each  of  the  walls  runs  completely  round  the  enclosure,  except  where  the  steep 
bank  of  the  little  stream  was  utilized  to  eke  out  the  inner  wall  for  five  or  six 
rods  on  the  west  side,  as  shown  on  the  plan.  Opposite  the  south  end  of  this  gap- 
was  the  original  entrance  through  the  outer  wall.  The  walls  have  been  cut 
through  in  one  or  two  other  places,  doubtless  by  settlers  hauling  timber  across- 
them. 

The  writer  accompanied  Mr.  Campbell  on  his  visits  in  the  spring  and  fall  of 
1891.  The  members  of  the  Elgin  H.  and  S.  Institute  made  a  pretty  thorough 
examination  of  a  large  ash-heap  south-east  of  the  fort.  It  had,  however,  beeni 
frequently  dug  into  during  the  last  score  or  two  of  years,  with  ample  results,  it 
is  said,  in  the  way  of  stone  implements  of  various  kinds.  There  still  remainedr 
however,  arrow-heads  and  drippings  of  flint,  stones  partially  disintegrated  from 
the  action  of  heat,  fragments  of  pottery  whose  markings  showed  a  very  low  stage 
of  artistic  development ;  fish-scales,  charred  maize  and  bones  of  small  animals 


23 


the  remains  of  aboriginal  banquets.  Within  the  enclosure,  corn-cobs  were  found 
by  digging  down  through  the  mould,  and  a  good  specimen  of  a  bone  needle,  well 
smoothed  but  without  any  decoration,  was  turned  up  in  the  bed  of  the  little 
stream  where  it  passes  through  the  fort. 

The  original  occupants  were  manifestly  hunters,  fishermen  and  agriculturists, 
as  well  as  warriors.  Nothing  appears  to  have  been  found  in  the  neighborhood 
pointing  to  any  intercourse  between  them  and  any  European  race. 

It  would  seem  that  the  earthwork  was  constructed  in  the  midst  of  a  large 
clearing,  and  that  the  forest  grew  up  after  the  disappearance  of  the  occupants. 
A  lew  saplings,  however,  may  have  been  permitted  to  spring  up  during  their 
occupancy  for  the  sake  of  the  shelter  they  might  afford.  These  are  represented 
by  the  oldest  stumps  above  mentioned. 

The  question,  who  were  the  builders,  is  an  interesting  one.  To  answer  it, 
we  need  not  go  back  to  a  remoter  period  than  the  middle  of  the  17th  century, 
when  the  Iroquois,  after  destroying  the  Huron  settlements,  turned  their  attention 
to  the  southward,  and  the  Neutral  nation  ceased  to  exist.  However  long  before 
that  time  it  may  have  been  built,  the  enclosure  was,  we  may  reasonably  believe, 
a  fortified  village  of  the  Neutrals  up  to  their  evacuation  of  this  Province  nearly 
a  quarter  of  a  millennium  ago. 

Substantially  all  that  is  known  of  the  Neutrals,  is  to  be  found  in  Cham- 
plain's  works,  Sagard's  history,  the  Relations  and  Journal  of  the  Jesuits,  and 
Sanson's  map  of  1656.  A  digest  of  the  information  contained  therein  is  given  in 
the  following  pages.  The  writer  has  availed  himself  of  one  or  two  other  works 
for  some  of  the  facts  mentioned.  Mr.  Benjamin  Suite's  interesting  and  learned 
articles  on  "  Le  pays  des  grands  lacs  au  xvn^.  Siecle  "  in  that  excellent  magazine, 
"  Le  Canada  Fran9ais,"  have  been  most  valuable  in  this  connection. 

The  first  recorded  visit  to  the  Neutrals  was  in  the  winter  of  1626,  by  a 
Recollet  father,  De  Laroche-Daillon.  His  experiences  are  narrated  by  himself, 
and  Sagard,  who  includes  the  narrative  in  his  history,  supplements  it  with  one  or 
two  additional  facts.  In  company  with  the  Jesuit  Fathers,  Brebeuf  and  de  Noue, 
Daillon  left  (Quebec  with  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  Hurons,  who  were  settled  in 
villages  between  the  Georgian  Bay  and  Lake  Simcoe,  and  of  laboring  for  their 
conversion.  After  the  usual  hardships,  journeying  by  canoe  and  portage,  by  way 
of  the  Ottawa  and  French  Rivers,  they  arrived  at  their  destination.  The  ill-fated 
Brule  told  wonderful  stories  of  a  nation,  whom  the  French  called  the  Neutrals, 
and  Father  Joseph  Le  Caron  wrote  Daillon  urging  him  to  continue  his  journey 
as  far  as  their  country. 

He  set  out  accordingly  on  the  18th  October,  1626,  with  two  other  French- 
men, Grenolle  and  la  Vallee.  Passing  through  the  territory  occupied  by  the 
Tobacco  nation,  he  met  one  of  their  chiefs,  who  not  merely  offered  his  services  as 
guide,  but  furnished  Indian  porters  to  carry  the  packs  and  their  scanty  provisions. 
They  slept  five  nights  in  the  woods,  and  on  the  sixth  day  arrived  at  the  first 
village  of  the  Neutrals.  In  this  as  well  as  in  four  other  villages  which  they 
visited,  they  were  hospitably  entertained  with  presents  of  food,  including  venison, 
pumpkins,  "  neintahouy,"  and  "  the  best  they  had."  Their  dress  astonished  their 
Indian  hosts,  who  were  also  surprised  that  the  missionary  asked  nothing  from 
them  but  that  they  should  raise  their  eyes  to  heaven,  and  make  the  sign  of  the 
cross. 

What  excited  raptures  of  admiration,  however,  according  to  his  narrative, 
was  to  see  him  retire  for  prayer  at  certain  hours  of  the  day,  for  they  had  never 
seen  any  religious,  except  amongst  the  neighboring  Hurons  and  Tobacco  Indians. 

At  the  sixth  village,  Ounontisaston,  in  which  Daillon  had  been  advised  to 
to  take  up  his  abode,  a  council  was  held  at  his  instance.  He  observes  that  the 


councils  are  called  at  the  will  of  .the  chiefs,  and  held  either  in  a  wigwam  or  in 
the  open  air,  the  audience  being  seated  on  the  ground  ;  that  silence  is  preserved 
whilst  a  chief  is  addressing  the  assembly,  and  that  they  are  inviolable  observers 
of  what  the}'  have  once  concluded  and  settled. 

Daillon  explained  that  he  had  come  on  the  part  of  the  French  to  make  alli- 
ance and  friendship  with  them  and  to  invite  them  to  come  and  trade,  and  begged 
them  to  permit  him  to  stay  in  their  country  "  to  instruct  them  in  the  laws  of  our 
God,  which  is  the  only  means  of  going  to  paradise."  They  agreed  to  all  he  pro- 
posed, and  in  return  for  his  gifts  of  knives  and  other  trifles,  they  adopted  him  as 
"  citizen  and  child  of  the  country,"  and  as  a  mark  of  great  affection  entrusted  him 
to  the  care  of  Souharissen,  who  became  his  father  and  host.  The  latter  was, 
according  to  Daillon,  the  chief  of  the  greatest  credit  and  authority  that  had  ever 
been  in  all  the  nations,  being  n<*t  only  chief  of  his  village,  but  of  all  those  of  his 
nation,  to  the  number  of  twenty-eight,  besides  several  little  hamlets  of  seven  to 
eight  cabins  built  in  different  places  convenient  for  fishing,  hunting  or  cultivating 
the  ground. 

Souharissen  had  acquired  so  absolute  an  authority  by  his  courage  and  his 
success  in  war.  He  had  been  several  times  at  war  with  the  seventeen  tribes  who 
were  their  enemies,  and  from  all  he  had  brought  back  heads  of  those  he  had  slain, 
or  prisoners  taken  alive.  His  authority  was  without  example  amongst  other 
tribes. 

The  Neutrals  are  reported  by  Daillon  as  being  very  warlike,  armed  only  with 
war-club  and  bow,  and  dexterous  in  their  use.  His  companions  having  gone 
back,  the  missionary  remained  alone,  "  the  happiest  man  in  the  world,"  seeking 
to  advance  the  glory  of  God,  and  to  find  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  Iroquois,* 
in  order  to  conduct  the  savages  to  the  French  trading  posts.  He  visited  them 
in  their  huts,  found  them  very  manageable,  learned  their  customs,  remarked  that 
there  were  no  deformed  people  amongst  them,  and  taught  the  children,  who  were 
sprightly,  naked  and  unkempt,  to  make  the  sign  of  the  Holy  Cross. 

The  natives  were  willing  that  at  least  four  canoes  should  go  to  trade  if  he 
would  conduct  them,  but  nobody  knew  the  way. 

Yrcquet,  an  Indian  known  in  the  country,  who  had  come  beaver-hunting 
with  twenty  of  his  tribe,  and  taken  500,  declined  to  give  him  any  indication  of 
the  mouth  of  the  river,  but  he  agreed  with  several  Hurons  in  assuring  Daillon 
that  a  journey  of  ten  days  would  take  him  to  the  trading  post.  The  missionary, 
however,  was  afraid  of  taking  one  river  for  another  and  getting  lost  or  perishing 
of  hunger. 

For  three  months  he  was  treated  with  kindness  Then  the  Hurons  became 
jealous  lest  the  trade  should  be  diverted  from  them.  They  accordingly  circulated 
rumors  through  every  village,  that  Daillon  was  a  great  magician,  that  he  had 
poisoned  the  air  in  their  country,  and  many  had  died  in  consequence,  that  if  he 
was  not  soon  killed,  he  would  burn  up  their  villages  and  kill  their  children,  with 
other  stories  as  extraordinary  about  the  whole  French  nation.  The  Neutrals 
were  influenced  by  the  reports.  Daillon's  life  was  in  danger  on  more  than  'one 
occasion.  The  rumor  reached  Brebeuf  and  de  Noue,  that  he  had  been  killed. 
They  at  once  despatched  Grenolle  to  ascertain  the  truth,  with  instructions  to  bring 
Daillon  back  if  alive.  He  acquiesced,  and  returned  to  the  Huron  country. 

He  speaks  of  a  Neutral  village,  called  Ouaroronon,  one  day's  journey  from 
the  Iroquois,  the  people  of  which  came  to  tradsat  Ounontisaston.  Their  village 
was  the  last  of  the  Neutral  villages. 

*  NOTE. — This  was  doubtless  the  Niagara. 


25 


Daiilon,  like  every  other  traveler,  was  charmed  with  the  Neutral  country, 
which  he  pronounces  incomparably  greater,  more  beautiful  and  better  than  any 
other  "of  all  these  countries."  He  notes  the  incredible  number  of  deer,  the 
native  mode  of  taking  them  by  driving  them  into  an  enclosure,  and  their 
practice  of  killing  every  animal  they  find,  whether  they  needed  it  or  not.  The 
reason  alleged  was  that  if  they  did  not  kill  all,  the  beasts  that  escaped  would 
tell  the  others  how  they  had  been  chased,  so  that  afterwards  when  the  Indians 
needed  game  they  would  not  be  able  to  get  near  it.  He  enumerates  moose, 
beaver,  wild  cats,  black  squirrels,  larger  than  squirrels  in  France,  bustards,  turkeys, 
cranes,  etc.,  as  abundant,  and  remaining  in  winter.  The  winter  was  shorter  and 
milder  than  "in  Canada."  No  snows  had  fallen  by  the  22nd  November.  The 
deepest  was  not  more  than  two  and  a  half  feet.  Thaws  set  in  on  the  26th 
January.  On  the  8th  March  the  snow  was  gone  from  the  open  places,  but  a 
little  still  lingered  in  the  woods.  The  streams  abounded  in  very  good  fish.  The 
ground  produced  more  corn  than  was  needed,  besides  pumpkins,  beans  and  other 
vegetables  in  abundance,  and  excellent  oil.  He  expresses  his  surprise  that  the 
Merchants'  Company  had  not  sent  some  Frenchman  to  winter  in  the  country,  for 
it  would  be  very  easy  to  get  the  Neutrals  to  trade,  and  the  direct  route  would  be 
much  shorter  than  that  by  way  of  French  River  and  the  Georgian  Bay.  He 
speaks  of  the  Neutrals'  country  as  being  nearer  than  the  Huron  to  the  French, 
and  as  being  on  one  side  of  the  lake  of  the  Iroquois  (Lake  Ontario),  whilst  the 
Iroquois  were  on  the  other.  The  Neutrals,  however,  did  not  understand  the 
management  of  canoes,  especially  in  the  rapids,  of  which  there  were  only  two, 
but  long  and  dangerous.  Their  proper  trade  was  hunting  and  war ;  they  were 
lazy  and  immoral ;  tlaeir  manners  and  customs  were  very  much  the  same  as  the 
Hurons;  their  language  was  different,  but  the  members  of  the  two  nations 
understood  one  another ;  they  went  entirely  unclad. 

Sagard  adds  that  "  according  to  the  opinion  of  some  "  the  Neutrals'  country 
was  eighty  leagues  in  extent,  and  that  they  raised  very  good  tobacco  which  they 
traded  with  their  neighbors.  They  were  called  Neutrals  on  account  of  their 
neutrality  between  the  Hurons  and  the  Iroquois ;  but  they  were  allies  of  the 
Cheveux  Releves  against  their  mortal  enemies  of  the  Nation  of  Fire.  Sagard 
was  dissuaded  by  some  members  of  the  French  trading  company  from  attempt- 
ting  to  bring  about  a  peace  between  the  Hurons  and  the  Iroquois.  It  was 
supposed  that  this  would  divert  the  trade  of  the  Hurons  from  Quebec  through 
the  Iroquois  country  to  the  Dutch  of  the  Hudson  River.  At  so  early  a  date  did 
the  question  of  trade  relations  between  the  territories  north  and  south  of  the 
lakes  agitate  the  minds  of  statesmen  and  men  of  commerce. 

In  the  winter  of  1640-1,  the  Jesuit  missionaries,  Brebeuf  and  Chaumonot, 
traversed  the  country  of  the  Neutrals.  The  former  composed  a  dictionary 
showing  the  differences  between  the  kindred  dialects  of  the  Hurons  and  Neutrals. 
Chaumonot  made  a  map  of  the  country,  which  is  not  extant;  but  it  was  no 
doubt  the  authority  for  the  delineation  of  the  territory  on  Sanson's  map  of  1656, 
and  Ducreux's  Latin  map  of  1660.  It  is  highly  probable  that  they  reached  the 
Detroit  River,  and  that  they  visited  and  named  the  Neutral  village,  of  which  the 
Southwold  earthwork  is  the  memorial.  The  reasons  for  thinking  so  will  appear 
in  the  course  of  this  paper. 

What  is  probably  the  first  printed  map  in  which  Lake  Erie  is  shown  was 
made  by  N.  Sanson  d'Abbeville,  Geographer  in  Ordinary  to  the  King,  and  printed 
in  Paris,  with  "  privilege  du  Roy  "  for  20  years,  in  the  year  1656.  It  is  a  map  of 
the  northern  part  of  America.  The  sources  of  information  are  stated  in  general 
terms,  which  may  be  translated  as  follows :  "  The  most  northerly  portion  is 
"  drawn  from  the  various  Relations  of  the  English,  Danes,  etc.  Towards  the 


26 


"  south  the  coasts  of  Virginia,  New  Sweden,  New  Netherlands  and  New  England 
"  are  drawn  from  those  of  the  English,  Dutch,  etc.  THE  GREAT  RIVER  OF 
"  CANADA,  or  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  all  the  neighboring  regions  (environs)  are 
"  according  to  the  Relations  of  the  French." 

Now,  we  know  that  Father  Eaymbault  visited  Sault  Ste.  Marie  in  1641  and 
mapped  Lake  Superior,  and  that   Father  Chaumonot  in  the  same  year  rendered 
the  same  service  for  the  Neutral  country.    Sanson's  map  is  fairly  accurate  for  the 
upper   lakes,  when  compared  with  some  maps   published  at  a  much  later  period 
when  the   lakes  had  become  well  known  to  traders  and  travelers.     It  shows  an 
acquaintance  with  the  general  contour  of  Lakes  Erie,  St.  Clair  and  Huron,  with 
several  of  the  streams  emptying  into  Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Huron  on  both  the 
Canadian  and    the   American   sides,  with   the  names  of   tribes   inhabiting  both 
shores,  and  with  the  locations  of  five  towns  of   the  Neutrals,  besides  some  towns 
of  the  Tobacco  nation.     The   Neutral   towns   are   given   as  S.  Francois  (N.E.  of 
Sarnia;,  S.    Michel    (a   little   east   of   Sandwich),  S.  Joseph  (apparently  in  the 
County  of   Kent),  Alexis  (a   few  miles   west  of  a  stream  which  flows  into  Lake 
Erie  about  midway  between  the  Detroit  and  Niagara  Rivers,  and  where  the  shore 
bends  farthest  inland),  and  N.  D.  des  Anges  (on  the.  west  bank  of  a  considerable 
river,   probably   the    Grand   River,  near   where  Brantford  now  stands*).     The 
Detroit  and  Niagara  Rivers,  and   four  streams  flowing  into  Lake  Erie   between 
them,  are  shown  but  not  named.     The  great  cataract  is  called  "  Ongiara  Sault." 
The  name  "  Ongiara  "  may,  however,   be   that  of  a   Neutral  village    east  of  the 
Falls.     Lake  St.   Clair  is  called  "  Lac  des  Eaux  de  Mer,"  or  Sea-water  Lake,  pos- 
sibly  from    the    mineral    springs    in    the    neighborhood.     The   country  of  the 
Tobacco    Nation  includes    the    Bruce   peninsula,    and    extends   from  the  Huron 
country  on  the  east  to  Lake  Huron  on  the  west  and  Burlington  Bay  on  the  south- 
east.     The    Neutral  country   (Neutre   ou   Attiouandarons)   would  embrace  the 
whole  of  south-western  Ontario  south  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  west  end  of  Lak6 
Ontario  to  a  stream  which  flows    into  Lake  Huron  about  midway  between  Point 
Edward  and  Cape  Hurd,  and  which  is  probably  the  Maitland  River.     The  tribes 
to  the  south  of  the  lakes  are  indicated  from  the  Niagara  River  to  Lake  Superior. 
The  Eries  or    •'  Eriechronons,  on   du  Chat,"  are  south-east  of  Lake    Erie  ;  the 
"  Ontarraronon  "  are  west  of  what  is  probably  the  Cuyahoga  River  ;  at  the  south- 
west of  the    Lake  appear   the  "  Squenqioronon  ;  "  west  of   the  Detroit  River  are 
the  "  Aictaeronon  ; "  west  of  Port   Huron  the  "  Couarronon ;  "  Huron  county  in 
Michigan  is  occupied  by  the  "  Ariaetoeronon ; "  at  the  head  of  Saginaw  Bay  and 
extending  southward  through  Michigan  are  the  "  Assietaeronons  ou  du  Fen  ;"  in 
the  peninsula   extending   north    to    Mackinac     are   the    "  Oukouarararonons ;' 
beyond   them    Lake    Michigan    appears  as   "  Lac  de   Puans ; "  then  comes  the 
Mackinac    peninsula     and    "  Lac    Superieur.''      Manitoulin    Island    is    marked 
"  Cheveux  Releves,"  the  old  French  name  for  the  Ottawas.     The  Tobacco  Nation, 
called  "  N.  du  Petun  on  Sanhionontateheronons,"  includes  villages  of  "  S.  Simon 
etSt!ude"in    the  Bruce  promontory,  "  S.  Pierre"    near   the  south  end  of  the 
County  of  Bruce,  and  "  S.  Pol  "  south-west  of  a  lake  which  might  be  Scugog. 

The  Narratives  agree  in  stating  that  the  Neutrals,  like  their  kinsmen  of  the 
Huron,  Tobacco  and  Iroquois  nations,  were  a  numerous  and  sedentary  race, 
living  in  villages  and  cultivating  their  fields  of  maize,  tobacco  and  pumpkins. 
They  were  on  friendly  terms  with  the  eastern  and  northern  tribes,  but  at  enmity 
with  those  of  the  west,  especially  the  Nation  of  Fire,  against  whom  they  were 
constantly  sending  out  war  parties.  .  By  the  western  tribes  it  would  appear  that 
those  west  of  the  Detroit  River  and  Lake  Huron  are  invariably  meant. 

*  Alexis  corresponds  with  the  actual  situation  of  the  Southwold  earthwork. 


27 


Champlain  refers  to  the  Neutrals  in  1616  as  a  powerful  nation,  holding  a 
large  extent  of  country  and  numbering  4,000  warriors,  and  to  their  alliance  with 
the  Cheveux  Releves  (the  Ottawas),  whom  'he  visited  in  the  Bruce  peninsula, 
against  the  Nation  of  Fire.  He  states  that  the  Neutrals  lived  two  days  to  the 
south  of  the  Cheveux  Releves,  and  the  Nation  of  Fire  ten  days  from  the  latter. 
The  Nation  of  Fire  occupied  part  of  what  is  now  Michigan,  and  it  is  quite 
probable  that  they  extended  as  far  east  as  the  Detroit  and  St.  Clair  Rivers. 

Describing  his  visit  to  the  Cheveux  Releves,  he  adds  :  "  I  had  a  great  desire 
"  to  go  and  see  that  nation  (the  Neutrals),  had  not  the  peoples  where  we  were 
"  dissuaded  me  from  it,  saying  that  the  year  before  one  of  ours  had  killed  one  of 
"  them,  being  at  war  with  the  '  Entouhoronons '  (the  Senecas),  and  that  they  were 
"  angry  on  account  of  it,  representing  to  us  that  they  are  very  subject  to  ven- 
"  geance,  not  looking  to  those  who  dealt  the  blow  but  the  first  whom  they  meet 
"  of  the  nation,  or  even  their  friends,  they  make  them  bear  the  penalty  when 
"  they  can  catch  any  of  them,  unless  beforehand  peace  had  been  made  with  them 
"  and  one  had  given  them  some  gifts  and  presents  for  the  relatives  of  the 
"  deceased,  which  prevented  me  for  the  time  from  going  there,  although  some  of 
"  that  nation  assured  us  that  they  would  do  us  no  harm  for  that.  This  decided 
"•  us,  and  occasioned  our  returning  by  the  same  road  as  we  had  come,  and  con- 
"  tinuing  my  journey  I  found  the  nation  of  the  Pisierinij, "  etc.* 

Brebeuf,  who  reckons  the  Hurons  at  more  than  30,000,  describes  the 
Neutrals  in  1634  as  much  more  numerous  than  the  former.  The  Relation  of 
1641  gives  them  at  least  12,000,  but  adds  that  notwithstanding  the  wars,  famine 
and  disease  (small-pox)  which  since  three  years  had  prevailed  in  an  extraordinary 
degree,  the  country  could  still  furnish  4,000  warriors,  the  exact  number  estimated 
by  Champlain  a  quarter  of  a  century  earlier.  The  name  of  the  Neutrals  is 
variously  given  as  "  Attikadaron,"  "  Atiouandaronk,"  "  Attiouandaron,"  "  Atti- 
wandaronk,"  but  the  last  is  the  more  common.  The  name  signified  "  people  who 
spoke  a  slightly  different  dialect,"  and  was  equally  applied  to  the  Hurons  by  the 
Neutrals.  The  Neutrals  are  mentioned  in  the  Relations  as  one  of  the  twelve 
numerous  and  sedentary  nations  who  spoke  a  common  language  with  the  Hurons. 
The  "  Oueanohronons  "  formed  "  one  of  the  nations  associated  with  the  Neutral 
nation."  They  are  afterwards  called  in  the  same  Relation  (1639)  the 
"  Wenrohronons,"  and  are  said  to  have  lived  on  the  borders  of  the  Iroquois,  more 
than  80  leagues  from  the  Huron  country.  So  long  as  they  were  on  friendly  terms 
with  the  Neutrals  they  were  safe  from  the  dreaded  Iroquois,  but  a  misunder- 
standing having  arisen  between  them,  they  were  obliged  to  flee  in  order  to  avoid 
extermination  by  the  latter.  They  took  refuge  (more  than  600  in  all)  with  the 
Hurons,  and  were  received  in  the  most  friendly  and  hospitable  manner. 

The  Relation  of  1640  speaks  of  a  Huron  map  communicated  by  Father  Paul 
Ragueneau,  in  which  a  large  number  of  nations,  most  of  them  acquainted  with 
the  Huron  language,  are  shown,  including  the  Iroquois,  the  Neutrals,  the  Eries, 
etc.  The  "  Mission  of  the  Apostles  "  was  established  among  the  Tobacco  Nation 
by  Gamier  and  Jogues,  in  1640.  Nine  villages  visited  by  them  were  endowed  by 
the  missionaries  with  the  names  of  apostles,  two  of  which  are  given  in  Sanson's 
map  of  1656.f  In  one  "  bourg,"  called  S.  Thomas,  they  baptised  a  boy  five 
years  old,  belonging  to  the  Neutral  nation,  who  died  immediately  afterwards. 

*  NOTE.— The  above   translation  is  verbatim    and  exhibits  the  author's  peculiarities  of  style.     The 
Pisierinij  are  of  course  the  Nipissings. 

t  The  principal  "  bourg  "  was  Ehwae,  surnamed  &.  Pierre  et  S.  Paul.     If  S.  Pierre  on  Sanson's  map  is 
the  same  place,  this  must  have  been  near  {the  south  end  of  the  County  of  Bruce.     The  other  village  or 
eion  shown  on  the  map  is  S.  Simon  et  S.  lude. 


28 


"  He  saw  himself  straightway  out  of  banishment  and  happy  in  his  own  country." 
The  famine  had  driven  his  parents  to  the  village  of  the  Tobacco  Nation.  The 
devoted  missionaries  add,  that  this  was  the  first  fruits  of  the  Neutral  Nation. 

In  the  fall  of  the  same  year  "  the  Mission  of  the  Angels  "  was  begun  among 
the  Neutrals.  The  lot  fell  upon  Jean  de  Brebeuf  and  Joseph  Marie  Chaumonot. 
The  former  was  the  pioneer  of  the  Jesuit  Mission.  He  had  spent  3  years  among 
the  Hurons,  from  1626  to  1629,  and,  after  the  restoration  of  Canada  to  France 
by  Charles  I,  he  had  returned,  in  1634,  to  the  scene  pf  his  earlier  labors.  Hi& 
associate  had  only  come  from  France  the  year  before.  Brebeuf  was  distinguished 
for  hismastery  of  the  native  tongues,  and  Chaumonot  had  been  recognized  as  an 
apt  student  of  languages.  The  plan  of  the  Jesuits  was  to  establish  in  the  new 
mission  a  fixed  and  permanent  residence,  which  should  be  the  "  retreat "  of  the 
missionaries  of  the  surrounding  country,  as  Ste.  Marie  was  of  those  of  the  Huron 
mission. 

Lalemant,  from  their  report,  describes  the  Neutral  nation  as  exceedingly 
populous,  including  about  40  villages  .(bourgous  bourgades').  The  nearest  villages 
were  4  or  5  days'  journey,  or  about  40  leagues  distant  irom  the  Hurons,  going  due 
south.  He  estimates  the  difference  in  latitude,  between  Ste.  Marie  and  the 
nearest  village  of  the  Neutrals  to  the  south,  at  about  1°55/.  Elsewhere  the  dis- 
tance is  spoken  off  as  about  30  leagues. 

From  the  first  "  bourg,"  going  on  to  the  south  or  south-west,  (a  mistake,  for 
south-east  it  would  seem),  it  was  about  four  days'  journey  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Niagara  River.  On  this  side  of  the  river  and  not  beyond  it,  as  "  some  map"  lays 
it  down,  (Champlain's,  doubtless,)  were  most  of  the  "  bourgs "  of  the  Neutral 
nation.  There  were  three  or  four  on  the  other  side,  towards  the  Eries.  Lalemant 
claims,  and  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  fact,  that  the  French  were  the  first 
Europeans  to  become  acquainted  with  the  Neutrals.  The  Hurons  and  Iroquois 
were  sworn  enemies  to  each  other,  but  in  a  wigwam,  or  even  a  camp  of  the 
Neutrals,  until  recently,  each  had  been  safe  from  the  other's  vengeance.  Latterly,, 
however,  the  unbridled  fury  of  the  hostile  nations  had  not  respected  even  the 
neutral  ground  of  their  mutual  friends.  Friendly  as  they  were  to  the  Hurons 
and  Iroquois,  the  Neutrals  engaged  in  cruel  wars  with  other  nations  to  the  west,, 
particularly  the  nation  of  Fire,  as  has  been  stated  above.  The  previous  year  a 
hundred  prisoners  had  been  taken  from  the  latter  tribe.  This  year,  returning  with 
2,000  warriors,  the  Neutrals  had  carried  off  more  than  170.  Fiercer  than  the 
Hurons,  they  burned  their  female  prisoners.  Their  clothing  and  mode  of  living 
differed  but  little  from  those  of  the  Hurons.  They  had  Indian  corn,  beans  and 
pumpkins  in  equal  abundance.  Fish  were  abundant,  different  species  being  met 
with  in  different  places.  The  country  was  a  famous  hunting  ground.  Deer,  elkr 
(or  whatever  were  meant  by  "  vaches "),  wild  cats,  wolves,  "  black  beasts," 
(squirrels),  beaver  and  other  animals,  valuable  for  their  skins  and  flesh,  were  in 
abundance.  It  was  a  rare  thing  to  see  more  than  half  a  foot  of  snow.  This  year 
there  was  more  than  three  feet.  The  deep  snow  had  facilitated  the  hunting,  and,  in 
happy  contrast  with  the  famine  which  had  prevailed,  meat  was  plentiful.  They 
had  also  multitudes  of  wild  turkeys,  which  went  in  flocks  through  the  fields  and 
woods.  Fruits  were  no  more  plentiful  than  among  the  Hurons,  except  that 
chestnuts  abounded,  and  wild  apples  were  a  little  larger. 

Their  manners  and  customs,  and  family  and  political  government  were  very 
much  like  those  of  the  other  Indian  tribes,  but  they  were  distinguished  from  the 
Hurons  by  their  greater  dissoluteness  and  indecency.  On  the  other  hand,  they 
were  taller,  stronger,  and  better  formed. 

Their  burial  customs  were  peculiar,  although  similar  customs  are  reported 
at  this  day  amongst  some  African  tribes.  The  bodies  remained  in  their  wigwams 


29 


until  decomposition  rendered  them  insupportable,  when  they  were  put  outside  on 
a  scaffold.  As  soon  as  possible,  the  bones  were  removed  and  arranged  within  their 
wigwams  on  both  sides,  in  sight  of  the  inmates,  where  they  remained  until  the 
Feast  of  the  Dead. 

Having  these  mournful  objects  before  their  eyes,  the  women  habitually 
indulged  in  cries  and  laments,  in  a  kind  of  chant. 

The  Neutrals  were  distinguished  for  the  multitude  and  quality  of  their  mad- 
men, who  were  a  privileged  class  amongst  them.  The  immunities  they  eajoyed 
were  frequently  the  cause  of  shrewd,  bad,  Indians  assuming  the  character  of 
maniacs,  in  order  to  perpetrate  crimes  without  fear  of  punishment.  The  Jesuits 
suffered  much  at  their  hands. 

Some  old  men  told  them  that  the  Neutrals  used  to  carry  on  war  "  towards  " 
a  certain  western  nation,  who  would  seem  to  have  lived  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
where  the  "  porcelain,  which  are  the  pearls  of  the  country,"  was  obtained  from  a 
kind  of  oysters.  They  also  obtained  some  vague  notions  of  alligators,  which  are, 
apparently,  referred  to  by  the  description  "  certain  aquatic  animals,  larger  and 
swifter  than  the  elk/'  against  which  these  some  people  had  "  a  kind  of  war,"  the 
details  of  which  are  somewhat  amusing,  as  given  by  Lalemant. 

The  two  Jesuits  left  Ste.  Marie  the  2nd  November,  1640,  with  two  French 
servants  (probably  "  donne"s  ")  and  an  Indian.  They  slept  4  nights  in  the  woods. 
The  5th  day  they  arrived  at  the  first  "bourg"  of  the  Neutral  Nation,  called  Kan- 
doucho,  but  to  which  they  gave  the  name  of  All  Saints.  This  is  probably  the 
same  as  N.  D.  des  Anges,  on  Sanson's  map,  and  not  far,  perhaps,  from  the  site  of 
Brantford. 

Owing  to  the  unfavorable  reports  which  had  been  spread  through  the  country 
about  the  Jesuits,  the  latter  were  anxious  to  explain  their  purposes  to  an  assembly 
of  the  chiefs  and  old  men.  The  head  chief,  "  who  managed  the  affairs  of  the 
public,"  was  called  Tsohahissen,  (doubtless  the  same  as  Daillon's  Souharissen). 
His  "  bourg"  was  "in  the  middle  of  the  country  " ;  to  reach  it,  one  had  to  pass 
through  several  other  "  bourgs  et  bourgades."  In  Sanson's  map,  Alexis  is  placed 
almost  exactly  "  in  the  middle  of  the  country  "  of  the  Neutrals.  No  other  village 
is  marked  on  the  map  to  which  the  expression  could  be  applied.  Its  situation 
nearly  midway  between  the  Detroit  and  Niagara  rivers,  a  i'ew  miles  west  of  a 
stream  which  flows  into  Lake  Erie,  just  where  the  mouth  of  Kettle  creek  would 
appear  in  a  map  of  our  own  century,  corresponds  with  that  of  the  South  wold 
earthwork.  Was  the  latter  the  Neutrals'  capital  ?  We  can  only  conjecture ;  but 
the  evidence  o$  the  Relations,  the  map  and  the  forest  growth,  all  points  strongly 
to  an  affirmative  answer  to  the  question.  There  is  a  strong  probability  that  it 
was  here  Tsohahissen  reigned  (if  the  expression  is  allowable,  as  referring  to  an 
Indian  potentate)  as  head  chief  of  the  forty  Neutral  villages.  Through  the 
western  gate,  doubtless,  his  warriors  set  out  to  wage  their  relentless  warfare 
against  the  nation  of  Fire,  and,  when  satiated  with  blood,  came  back  in  triumph, 
adorned  with  the  scalps  of  their  enemies. 

Brebeuf's  Huron  surname,  "  Echon,"  had  preceded  him.  He  was  regarded  as 
"  one  of  the  most  famous  sorcerers  and  demons  ever  imagined."  Several  French- 
men had  travelled  through  the  country  before  him,  purchasing  furs  and  other 
commodities.  These  had  smoothed  the  way  for  the  Jesuits.  Under  the  pretext 
of  being  traders,  Brebeuf's  party  succeeded  in  making  their  way,  in  spite  of  all 
obstacles  interposed.  They  arrived  at  the  head  chief's  village,  only  to  find  that 
he  had  gone  on  a  war  party  and  would  not  return  until  spring.  The  missionaries 
sought  to  negotiate  with  those  who  administered  afiairs  in  his  absence.  They 
desired  to  publish  the  Gospel  throughout  these  lands,  "  and  thereby  to  contract  a 
particular  alliance  with  them."  In  proof  of  their  desire,  they  had  brought  a  neck- 
.3  c.i. 


30 


lace  of  two  thousand  grains  of  "  porcelain,"  which  they  wished  to  present  to 
"  the  public."  The  inferior  chiefs  'refused  to  bind  themselves  in  any  way  by 
accepting  the  presents,  but  gave  the  missionaries  leave,  if  they  would  wait  until 
the  chief  of  the  country  returned,  to  travel  freely  and  give  such  instruction  as 
they  pleased.  Nothing  could  have  suited  the  fathers  better.  First,  however, 
they  decided  to  return  in  their  steps  and  reconduct  their  domestics  out  of  the 
country,  and  then  resume  their  journey  for  the  second  time,  and  "  begin  their 
function."  As  it  had  been  the  servants,  however,  who  had  assumed  the  role  of 
traders,  and  this  pretext  was  now  wanting  to  the  Jesuits,  they  suffered  every- 
where from  the  malicious  reports  which  had  been  circulated  as  to  their  purposes 
in  visiting  the  nation,  and  the  acts  of  sorcery  with  which  they  were  charged. 
The  Hurons  of  the  Georgian  Bay,  alarmed  for  the  monopoly  they  had  hitherto 
enjoyed,  and  jealous  of  the  French  traders,  had  sent  emissaries  amongst  the 
Neutrals  to  poison  their  minds  against  the  adventurous  travelers  by  the  most 
extraordinary  calumnies.  For  these  reports  two  Huron  Indians,  Aouenhokoui 
and  Oentara  were  especially  responsible.  They  had  visited  several  villages,  pre- 
sented hatchets  in  the  name  of  the  Huron  chiefs  and  old  men,  and  denounced 
their  visitors  as  sorcerers,  who  desired  to  destroy  the  Neutrals  by  means  of 
presents.  These  representations  were  so  effectual  that  a  council  was  held  by  the 
chiefs  and  the  present  was  formally  refused,  although  permission  to  preach  was 
granted. 

From  village  to  village  they  passed,  but  everywhere  the  doors  were  barred 
to  them.  Hostile  looks  greeted  them  wherever  they  went.  No  sooner  did  they 
approach  a  village  than  the  cry  resounded  on  all  sides  "  Here  come  the  Agwa." 
This  was  the  name  given  by  the  natives  to  their  greatest  enemies.  If  any 
received  the  priests  into  their  dwellings,  it  was  more  frequently  from  fear  that 
the  sorcerers  would  revenge  the  refusal,  than  from  the  hope  of  gain,  "  God  making 
use  of  everything  in  order  to  nourish  his  servants." 

In  the  graphic  language  of  Lalemant :  "  The  mere  sight  of  the  fathers,  in 
figure  and  habit  so  different  from  their  own,  their  gait,  their  gestures  and  their 
whole  deportment,  seemed  to  them  so  many  confirmations  of  what  had  been  told 
them.  The  breviaries,  ink-stands  and  writings  were  judged  by  them  instruments 
of  magic ;  if  the  Frenchmen  prayed  to  God,  it  was  precisely  according  to  their 
idea  an  exercise  of  sorcerers.  Going  to  the  stream  to  wash  their  dishes,  it  was 
said  they  were  poisoning  the  water ;  it  was  cha,rged  that  through  all  the  wig- 
wams, wherever  they  passed,  the  children  were  seized  with  a  cough 
and  blood  flux,  and  the  women  became  barren.  In  short,  there  was  no 
calamity,  present  or  to  come,  of  which  they  were  not  considered  as  the  source. 
Several  of  those  with  -  whom  the  fathers  were  lodged  did  not  sleep  day  or 
night  on  account  of  it ;  they  dared  not  touch  what  had  been  handled  by  them  ; 
they  returned  their  presents,  regarding  everything  as  suspicious.  The  good  old 
women  already  regarded  themselves  as  lost,  and  only  regretted  their  little 
children,  who  might  otherwise  have  been  able  to  re-people  the  earth." 

The  Neutrals  intimidated  the  fathers  with  accounts  of  the  Senecas,  who  they 
•were  assured  were  not  far  off.  They  spoke  of  killing  and  eating  the  missionaries. 
Yet  in  the  four  months  of  their  sojourn  Brebeuf  and  Chaumonot  never  lacked 
the  necessaries  of  life,  lodging  and  food,  and  amidst  difficulties  and  inconven- 
iences better  imagined  than  described,  they  retained  their  health.  Their  pro- 
vision of  food  was  bread,  baked  under  ashes,  after  the  fashion  of  the  country,  and 
which  they  kept  for  thirty  and  forty  days  to  use  in  case  of  need. 

"  In  their  journey  the  fathers  passed  through  eighteen  '  bourgs  ou  bourgades' 
"  to  all  of  which  they  gave  a  Christian  name,  of  which  we  shall  make  use  here- 
"  after  on  occasion.  They  stayed  particularly  in  ten,  to  which  they  gave  as  much 


31 


"  instruction  as  they  could  find  hearers.  They  report  about  500  fires  and  3,000 
"  persons,  which  these  ten  bourgades  may  contain,  to  whom  they  set  forth  and 
"  published  the  Gospel,  but  it  is  very  difficult  for  the  sound  of  it  to  have  rung 
"  through  the  whole  country.  We  reckon,  however,  only  these  3,000  in  our 
"  calculation." 

In  another  place  it  is  stated  that  there  were  40  villages  of  the  Neutrals 
in  all. 

Disheartened,  the  fathers  decided  to  return  to  Kandoucho,  or  All  Saints,  to 
await  the  spring.  Midway,  however,  at  the  village  of  "  Teotongniaton,"  or  S. 
Guillaume  (perhaps  in  the  vicinity  of  Woodstock),  the  snow  fell  in  such  quan- 
tities as  to  be  impassable.  They  lodged  here  in  the  cabin  of  a  squaw,  who  enter- 
tained them  most  hospitably,  and  instructed  them  in  the  language,  dictating  nar- 
ratives syllable  by  syllable  as  to  a  schoolboy.  Here  they  stayed  twenty -five 
days,  "  adjusted  the  dictionary  and  rules  of  the  Huron  language  to  that  of  these 
"  tribes  (the  Neutrals),  and  accomplished  a  work  which  alone  was  worth  a  journey 
"  of  several  years  in  the  country." 

Hurons  from  the  Mission  of  La  Conception  volunteered  to  go  to  the  relief  of 
the  daring  travelers.  After  eight  days  of  travel  and  fatigue  in  the  woods  the 
priests  and  the  relief  party  arrived  at  Ste.  Marie  on  the  very  day  of  St.  Joseph, 
patron  of  the  country,  in  time  to  say  Mass,  which  they  had  not  been  able  to  say 
since  their  departure. 

Amongst  all  the  eighteen  villages  visited  by  them  only  one  (that  of 
"  Khioetoa,"  called  by  the  fathers  Sainct  Michel)  gave  them  the  audience  their 
embassy  merited.  In  this  village,  years  before,  driven  by  fear  of  their  enemies, 
had  taken  refuge  a  certain  foreign  nation,  "  which  lived  beyond  Erie  or  the  Cat 
"  Nation,"  named  "  Aouenrehronon."  It  was  in  this  nation  that  the  fathers  per- 
formed the  first  baptism  of  adults.  These  were  probably  a  portion  of  the  kindred 
Neutral  tribe,  the  Wenrdhronons,  referred  to  above  as  having  fled  to  the  Huron 
country  from  the  Iroquois.* 

Sanson's  map  shows  S.  Michel  a  little  east  of  where  Sandwich  now  stands. 

Owing  to  their  scanty  number  and  the  calumnies  circulated  amongst  the 
Indians  respecting  the  Jesuits  of  the  Huron  Mission,  the  latter  resolved  to  con- 
centrate their  forces.  The  Neutral  mission  was  abandoned,  but  Christian  Indians 
visited  the  Neutrals  in  1643,  and  spread  the  faith  amongst  them  with  a  success 
which  elicits  Lalemant's  enthusiastic  praises.  Towards  the  end  of  the  following 
winter  a  band  of  about  500  Neutrals  visited  the  Hurons.  The  fathers  did  not 
fail  to  avail  themselves  of  their  opportunity.  The  visitors  were  instructed  in  the 
faith,  and  expressed  their  regret  that  their  teachers  could  not  return  with  them. 
A  different  reception  from  that  experienced  by  Brebeuf  and  Chaumonot  three 
years  before  was  promised. 

Lalemant  relates  that,  in  the  summer  of  1643,  2,000  Neutrals  invaded  the 
country  of  the  Nation  of  Fire  and  attacked  a  village  strongly  fortified  with  a 
palissade  and  defended  stoutly  by  900  warriors.  After  a  ten  days'  siege  they 
carried  it  by  storm,  killed  a  large  number  on  the  spot,  and  carried  off  800  cap- 
tives, men,  women  and  children,  after  burning  70  of  the  most  warlike  and  blinding 
the  eyes  and  "  girdling  the  mouths  "  of  the  old  men,  whom  they  left  to  drag  out 
a  miserable  existence.  He  reports  the  Nation  of  Fire  as  more  populous  than  the 
Neutrals,  the  Hurons  and  the  Iroquois  all  together.  In  a  large  number  of  their 
villages  the  Algonkin  language  was  spoken.  Farther  away  it  was  the  prevailing 
tongue.  In  remote  Algonkin  tribes  at  that  early  day  there  were  Christians  who 
knelt,  crossed  their  hands,  turned  their  eyes  Heavenward,  and  prayed  to  God 

*  NOTE. — Compare  also  the  name  of  the  village  referred  to  by  Sagard,  "  Ouaroronon." 


morning  and  evening  and  before  and  after  their  meals,  and  the  best  mark  of 
their  faith  was  that  they  were  no  longer  wicked  nor  dishonest  as  tney  were 
before.  So  it  was  reported  to  Lalemant  by  trustworthy  Hurons,  who  went  every 
year  to  trade  with  Algonkin  nations  scattered  here  and  there  in  the  far  west,  v 

Ragueneau,  in  the  Relation  of  1648,  refers  to  Lake  Erie  as  being  almost 
200  leagues  in  circuit,  and  precipitating  itself  by  "  a  waterfall  of  a  terrible 
height "  into  Lake  Ontario  or  Lake  St.  Louys. 

The  "  Aondironnons,"  a  tribe  of  the  Neutrals  living  nearest  to  the  Hurons, 
were  treacherously  attacked  in  their  village  by  300  Senecas,  who,  after  killing  a 
number  of  them,  carried  as  many  as  possible  away  with  them  as  prisoners.  The 
Neutrals  showed  no  open  resentment,  but  quietly  prepared  to  revenge  themselves. 

A  Christian  Huron,  a  girl  of  15,  taken  prisoner  by  the  Senecas,  escaped 
from  them  and  made  her  way  to  the  Neutral  country,  where  she  met  four  men, 
two  of  whom  were  Neutrals  and  the  others  enemies.  The  latter  wished  to  take 
her  back  to  captivity,  but  the  Neutrals,  claiming  that  within  their  country  she 
was  no  longer  in  the  power  of  her  enemies,  rescued  her,  and  she  returned  in 
safety  to  Ste.  Marie. 

These  incidents  were  the  prelude  to  the  storm  which  shortly  afterwards 
burst.  In  1650  the  principal  part  of  the  Iroquois  forces  was  diverted  against  the 
Neutrals.  They  carried  two  frontier  villages,  in  one  of  which  were  more  than 
1,600  men — the  first  at  the  end  of  the  autumn,  the  second  early  in  the  spring  of 
1651.  The  old  men  and  children,  who  might  encumber  them  on  their  home- 
ward journey,  were  massacred.  The  number  of  captives  was  excessive,  espec>J& 
of  young  women,  who  were  carried  off  to  the  Iroquois  towns.  The  other  villt 
more  remote  were  seized  with  terror.  They  abandoned  their  houses,  their  pi^ 
perty  and  their  country.  Famine  pursued  them.  Scattered  amongst  distant 
woods,  lakes  and  rivers  they  lived  in  wretchedness  and  want,  and  in  constant 
apprehension  of  their  relentless  enemy. 

The  Journal  (April  22,  1651)  adds  that  after  the  destruction  of  the  Neutral 
village  the*  previous  autumn  the  Neutral  warriors,  under  the  lead  of  the 
Tahontaenrat,  had  followed  the  assailants  and  killed  or  taken  200  of  them,  and 
1,200  Iroquois  warriors  had  returned  in  the  spring  to  avenge  this  disaster.  In 
August  a  Huron  reported  at  Montreal  the  capture  of  Te  ot  'ondiaton  (probably 
the  village  in  which  Brebeuf  composed  his  dictionary,  and  which  is  referred  to  in 
the  Relation  as  having  been  taken  in  the  spring).  The  condition  of  the  Neutrals 
was  desolate  and  desperate.  In  April,  1652,  news  reached  Quebec  that  the 
.  Neutrals  had  leagued  with  the  Andastes  against  the  Iroquois,  that  the  Senecas 
had  been  defeated  in  a  foray  against  the  Neutrals,  so  that  the  Seneca  women  had 
been  constrained  to  quit  their  village  and  retreat  to  the  Oneida  country  ;  and  also 
that  the  Mohawks  had  gone  on  the  war  path  against  the  Andastes  during  the 
winter,  and  the  issue  of  the  war  was  unknown.  The  last  of  July,  1653,  seven 
Indians  from  the  Huron  country  arrived  at  Quebec  and  reported  a  great  gather- 
ing near  Mackinac  of  all  the  Algonkin  nations,  with  the  remains  of  the  Tobacco 
and  Neutral  nations  at  A'otonatendie,  three  days  above  the  Sault  Ste.  Marie 
(Skia'e)  towards  th3  south.  The  Tobacco  Indians  had  wintered  at  Tea'onto'rai", 
the  Neutrals  to  the  number  of  800  at  Sken'chio'e  towards  Te'o'chanontian.  These 
were  to  rendezvous  the  next  fall  with  the  Algonkins,  who  were  already  on  the 
spot  to  the  number  of  1,000. 

This  is  probably  the  last  we  hear  of  the  Neutrals  under  their  own  name,  "f 

*  Hurons  from  Georgian  Bay. 

+  Some  of  the  survivors  united  with  the  remnant  of  the  Hurons  at  Makinac  and  on  Lake  Superior,  and 
under  the  name  of  the  Hurons  or  Wyandots  they  appear  from  time  to  time  on  the  page  of  history.  Their 
removal  to  Detroit,  on  the  establishment  of  the  latter  trading  place  by  Cadaillac,  ia  jerpetuated  by  the 
name  of  Wyandotte,  to  the  south  of  the  City  of  the  Straits. 


Parkman  mentions  the  circumstance  that  an  old  chief  named  Kenjockety, 
who  claimed  descent  from  an  adopted  prisoner  of  the  Neutral  nation,  was  recently 
living  among  the  Senecas  of  Western  New  York. 

It  is  stated  in  the  "  History  of  the  County  of  Middlesex  "  that  over  sixty 
rears  ago  "  Edouard  Petit,  of  Black  River,  discovered  the  ruins  of  an  ancient 
building  on  the  Riviere  aux  Sables,  about  forty  miles  from  Sarnia.  Pacing  the 
size  he  found  it  to  have  been  40  x  24  ft.  on  the  ground.  On  the  middle  of  the 
south  or  gable  end  was  a  chimney  18  ft.  high  in  excellent  preservation,  built  of 
stone,  with  an  open  fireplace.  The  fireplace  had  sunk  below  the  surface.  This 
ruin  had  a  garden  surrounding  it,  ten  or  twelve  rods  wide  by  twenty  rods  in 
length,  marked  by  ditches  and  alleys.  Inside  the  walls  of  the  house  a  splendid 
oak  had  grown  to  be  3  ft.  in  diameter,  with  a  stem  60  ft.  high  to  the  first  branch. 
It  seemed  to  be  of  second  growth,  and  must  have  been  150  years  reaching  its 
proportions  as  seen  in  1828-9." 

This  must  have  been  the  mission  of  S.  Fran9ois,  shewn  on  Sanson's  map. 

After  the  expulsion  of  the  Neutrals  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie  remained 
an  unpeopled  wilderness  until  a  century  ago.  It  was  described  in  maps  as 
"  Chasse  de  Castor  des  Iroquois."  The  unbroken  forest  teemed  with  deer,  bears, 
racoons,  foxes,  wolves  and  wild  turkeys,  and  beaver  dam?  still  remain  in  large 
numbers  to  justify  the  cartographers  of  two  centuries  ago.  Dollier  de  Casson 
and  Galine'e  portaged  from  Burlington  Biy  to  the  Granl  River  in  the  autumn  of 
1669.  La  Salle,  who  had  baen  with  them,  turned  back,  and  left  them  to  proceed 
without  him.  They  met  Jolliet,  who  gave  them  valuable  topographical  informa- 
tn*1  Then  they  descended  the  Grand  River  to  Lake  Erie.  They  built  a  hut  on 
bank  of  a  stream  opposite  Long  Point  (doubtless  Patterson's  Creek)  and 
,  itered  there.  After  a  sojourn  of  over  five  months  they  proceeded  westward 
along  the  north  shore  of  the  Lake.  Losing  a  canos  in  a  storm  and  their  two 
canoes  being  unable  .to  carry  more  than  four  man,  five  of  the  party  had  to  travel 
by  land.*  They  proceeded  up  the  lakes  to  the  Sault.  Galine'e  mapped  out  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Erie  from  his  own  observation.-f  Bjfore  leaving  their  winter 
abode,  however,  they  had  set  up  a  cross  with  an  inscription,  the  proems  verbal  of 
which  translated  is  as  follows  : 

"  We,  the  undersigned,  certify  that  we  have  seen  affixed  on  the  lands  of  the 
lake  called  Erie"  the  arms  of  the  King  of  France,  with  this  inscription  :  The  year 
of  salvation  1669,  Clement  IX.  being  seated  in  St.  Peter's  chair,  Louis  XIV. 
reigning  in  France,  M.  de  Courcelle  being  Governor  of  New  France,  and  M.  Talon 
being  intendant  therein  for  the  King,  there  arrived  in  this  place  two  missionaries 
from  Montreal,  accompanied  by  seven  other  Frenchmen,  who,  the  first  of  all 
European  peoples,  have  wintered  on  this  lake,  of  which,  as  of  a  territory  not 
occupied,  they  have  taken  possession  in  the  name  of  their  King  by  the  apposition 
of  his  arms,  which  they  have  attached  to  the  foot  of  this  cross.  In  witness 
whereof  we  have  signed  the  present  certificate. 

FRANgois  DOLLIER, 

Priest  of  the  Diocese  of  Nantes,  in  Brittany. 

DE  GALIN^E, 

Deacon,  of  the  Diocese  of  Rennes,  in  Brittany." 

*  Near  one  of  the  creeks  (probably  Kettle  Creek  or  Catfish  Creek)  in  the  County  of  Elgin,  they  found 
the  canoe  Jolliet  had  hidden,  and  the  difficulties  of  their  journey  were  lessened. 

t  He  refers  to  Sanson's  map  in  his  account  of  the  exploration, 

4    c.i. 


Witfithe  formal  taking  possession  of  the  country  by  the  French  this  paper 
may  tittingly  close.  Further  research  may  add  to  our  knowledge  of  the  early 
history  and  geography  of  the  Neutrals'  country.  Meanwhile  we  may  admire  the 
wisdom  which  they  displayed  in  settling  in  so  choice  a  region  as  the  south- 
western peninsula  of  Ontario.  The  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie  was  well  called 
"  the  Paradise  of  the  Hurons,"  and  perhaps  no  portion  of  it  deserved  the  appella- 
tion better  than  the  ancient  clearing  in  the  midst  of  which  was  erected  the  earth- 
work which  has  been  under  consideration  in  this  paper,  and  which  in  all 
probability  was  the  residence  of  the  chief  Tsohahissen,  and  the  abode  for  a  time  of 
Brebeuf  and  Chaumonot  as  they  waited  the  chiefs  return  in  that  stormy  winter 
of  1641. 

JAMES  H.  COYNE. 
St.  Thomas,  March  16,  1892. 


BINDING  SECT.   FFB  3 


AM  Toronto,  Royal  Ontario 

101  Museum.  Art  and  Archaeology 

T642  Division 

1886/87-     Archaeological  report 

1892/93 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY